Full text of "A Descriptive Dictionary of British Malaya"

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

.svrv

'^^GBjSa^

„^-'

DESCRIPTIVE DICTIONARY OF BRITISH MALAYA.

UNIVER»nr OF MICHKNl in!M«£&

DESCRIPTIVE DICTIONARY

BRITISH MALAYA.

NrB. DENNYS, Ph.D.,

AUTHOR OF THB " FOLKLORE OF CHINA," BTC.

LONDON :

"LONDON AND CHINA TELEGRAPH" OFFICE,

79, GRACECHURCH STREET, E.C.

1894.
\All rights rtterved.']

6PA3>

591.5

[Copyrighted at Stationerif nall.'\

itaom
,pitiimn> BT wooDfAtt A«D Einn,

TO TO TO, LONO ACBK, W.C.

i Oil

PREFACE.

-»♦-

The origiDal intention of the compiler of this work was to make arrangements
for re-editing Crawford's valuable Descriptive Dictionary of the Indian Archipdago.
It was, however, found that to do this in conformity with the plan adopted would
be, for various reasons, impracticable, and the following pages deal only with that
portion of Malaya lying within the sphere of British influence.

The volume contains about 3,000 headings. The Straits Settlements and
Protected Native States are treated of at considerable length, while notices, more
or less brief, are given of every town, village, river, &c., appearing in published
maps, as also of many others hitherto undescribed. The various aboriginal
tribes, the products of the jungle, native manners and customs, the natural
history of the Peninsula and many other subjects of interest, are described or
explained. Somewhat less than 140 articles are quoted, rewritten, or brought up
to date, from Crawfurd's Dictionary^ Messrs. Bradbury and Agnew having kindly
given permission to that effect.

Works of Travel by many authors, the Journal of the Indian Archipelago^
and the Journal of the Straits Branch R, A, 8,, have been freely drawn upon.
Particular acknowledgments are due to the Hons. W. E. Maxwell, c.m.g., A. M.
Skinner, c.m.g., F. A. Swettenham, c.m.o., H. A. O'Brien, and D. P. A. Hervey, c.m.o,,
to Major J. F. A. MacNair, c.m.g.. Dr. T. Irvine Rowell, c.m.g., Mr. W. A.
Pickering, c.m.g., Mr. C. W. Kynnersley, Mr. E. W. Birch, Mr. L. Wray, Mr.
H. L. Noronha, Mr. G. Rappa, and the late Messrs. Davison, J. D. Vaughan, and
N. Cantley. Very special thanks are due to Mr. A. G. Angieb for numerous
statistical additions and corrections, as well as for many suggestions which have
materially improved the value of the work. They are scarcely less due to many
others who have done much to increase our knowledge of Malayan matters, while
many details have been derived from the columns of the Singapore and Penang
newspapers, and will be found duly acknowledged. When practicable, special
permission was obtained to utilize the information thus afforded ; but it is believed
that in most other cases the authority quoted is given. Enough original matter
will, nevertheless, be found to prevent any supposition that the work is a mere
reprint of previously accessible material.

A few articles have been inserted — ^notably those refemng to the Independent

VI Preface.

Native States and some of the outlying islands — which are not, strictly speaking,
included in British Malaya. The information given may, however, be of use.

As to the errors and omissions which will doubtless be discovered, those most
familiar with the difficulties of producing such a work will criticize it most
leniently, and be most ready to recognize whatever merits it may justly claim.
Every month is adding to our knowledge of Malaya, and some time must neces-
sarily elapse before finality can be reached. The compiler has endeavoured to
embody the most recent statistical returns, but in some few cases these have come
to hand after the pages in which they should appear have been printed off. The
oiftssions, however, are neither so numerous nor important as to require special
notice.

The sincere thanks of the author are specially due to the gentlemen — old
residents in the Straits Settlements — whose liberality has provided the means for
publishing the work.

it. B. DENNYS.

giiricattir

LIEUT.-GENERAL 8IK ANDKEW OLAEKE, R.E.,

G.C.m!g., CB., CLE.,

TO WHOSB WISB POLICY BOTH THB STRAITS SETTLEMENTS AND THE PROTECTED

STATES OF THE MALAY PENINSULA

OWE SO DEEP A DEBT OF GRATITUDE.

The following abbreviations are used in this work:

G. = Central.

Gh. = Chinese.

E. = East.

For. = Furlongs.

H. = Hill.

I. = Island.

Imp. = Important.

Jap. = Japanese.

J. I. A. = Journal of the Indian Archipelago.

J. S. 6. B. A. S. = Journal of the Straits
Branch Boyal Asiatic Society.

J. B. A. S.K Journal of the Boyal Asiatic
Society.

Kw. = Ewala. •

Malay G. & Die. = Malay Grammar and Dic-
tionary.
M. = Mountain.

N. = North.
P. = Province.
R. = Biver.
S. = South.
T. = Town.
V. = Village.
W. = West.

DESCRIPTIVE DICTIONARY

BRITISH MALAYA

[Articles marked * are wholly or in part taken from CrauforcTs " Dictionary of the

Indian Archipelago"']

Ablution. — The Malays emulate other Mahommedans in their regard for
physical purity. For this purpose, tanks are placed beside each mosque, to enable
worshippers to bathe before prayer, if they have not been able to otherwise cleanse
themselves. The Arabic word vmzzu is used to express religious ablution, and heds
the state of defilement during which Malays cannot pray.

Aboriginal Tribes. — The wild tribes of the Peninsula and Settlements com-
prise the following. It must be understood that some are generic terms and some
specific. Thus the word hentLa includes many others, but as particulars will be
found under each word in its alphabetical order, it will suffice to give the terms met
with in various authorities on the subject : —

Orang Beduanda Kallang.
Benua.

Besisi or Basisi.
Grargasi.
Kenaboi.

Mintira or Mantra.
Rayet.

Orang Sabimba.

Sakei or Sakai jinak.

Sakei or Sakai Har.

Selitar.

Semang.

Udai.

Utan.

The generic terms for " aborigines " are Orang huket, 0. liar, and 0. sakei.

Acre (rSlong) or orlong, equal to 1^ English acres, 3 orlongs making 4 acres.

Adiantnm Fern, of which the Maiden hair is a charming variety. — ^This is a
native of the Peninsula, and was discovered by Bishop Hose to exist in Malacca.
It is also found on Penang Hill.

Admiral, in Malay, is laksamdna, but the term has long since been disused.

Adze. — See Axe.

Agar- Agar. — The Malay name for a species of marine alga, the Fucvssaccha-
rinus of botanists ; growing on the rocky shores of many of the Malayan islands,
and forming a considerable article of export to China by junks. It is esculent
when boiled to a jelly, and is also used by the Chinese as a vegetable glue.* Of
late years it has been largely adopted in the European cuisine as a substitute for
isinglass with which to make blanc-mangcs, jellies, &c., though wanting somewhat

[1] B

Agr Descriptive Dictionary Aff

in delicacy of taste, The principal place of production ia Palo Fangkor Laut
(Dindinga) opposite Perak.

Agriculture. — The agriculture of the Malays (that of the Chinese is referred
to below) ie, strictly apeakiiig, almost confined to one object — the cultivation of
rice, of which several varietiea are grown. The labour rendered neceaaary ia con-
fined to only two or three months of the year, immediately after the autunuj rains,
when the padi fields are submerged, and the task of turning in the stubble and
weed of the preceding season is thus rendered easy. The planting of fruits, Ac., can
scarcely be termed "agriculture," the natural fertility of the aoil rendering any
labour unnecessary. In the Bettlementa and Protected States large areas are put
under rice every season. In the Independent States, the clearings being smaller,
o^rations are conducted on a more Umited scale, and it is only with great difficulty
that enough grain is raised to supply domestic consumption, a good deal being
imported from Siam.

The following remarks by the late Mr. Looan on the agricultural capabilities of
the southern portions of the Straits, apply almost equally well to the Peninsula
generally : — " Although the soils of the district have not the fertility of the volcanic
and calcareous soils which occur in many parts of the Indian Archipel^o, they are
covered with an indigenous vegetation of great vigour and luxuriance, supporting
numbers of animals of different species. The hills of plutonic rock support dense
and continuous forests composed of more than 200 species of trees, many of which
are of great size. So long as the iron is not in such excess a« to decompose the
clay into stone or render it hard, those soils which contain most iron are most fertile.
The purely or highly felapathic are the worst. But even felapathie soils, when
intermised with a sufficient proportion of quartz, are, in this climate, capable of
producing on abundant vegetation. Although it ia obvious to every observer that
there ia no kind of soil in the district for which nature has not yet provided plants
that flourish luxuriantly in it, yet it must not be hastily concluded, as some have
done, that this exuberant vegetation indicates a general fertility in the soil. It is
found, on the contrary, when the native plants are destroyed and the land is
employed for agriculture, that there are very few soils in which cultivated plants
not indigenous to the region, but whose climatic range embraces it, will flourish
spontaneously. While the cocoanut, betelnut, sago, gomuti and the numerous
Malayan fruits succeed well with little care, the nutmeg and clove are stunted and
almost unproductive, unless constantly cultivated and highly manured. Yet the
climate is perfectly adapted for them. Pla^e them in the rare spots where there is
naturally a fertile soil, or create one artificially, and the produce is equal to that of
trees in the Molucca plantations. With respect to indigenous plMits, gambler,
pepper and all the fruit-trees flourish on the plutonic hills, provided they are not
too deficient in iron and quartz. The hills of violet shale, where they are not too
sandy, are equal to the best plutonic soils— those namely in which there is a suffi-
cient proportion of hard granules to render them friable, and sufficient iron to
render them highly absorptive of water without becoming plastic. Of all the
scdimentarv soils, the soudatonc and very arenaceous shales furnish the worst. Of
the alluvial eoUs, the sand, particularly when it contains a mixture of vegelable
matter or triturated shells, is the proper soil of the cocoanut, and the vegetable mud
of the sago. When the countiy has been better and longer drained and cultivated.
the latter soil will become a rich mould. At present it is everywhere too wet and
sour to make a fertile soil. Kice is grown on some patches of it. The bluish sea
mud contains good ingredients, but clay is in excess, and the animal matter in it
appears to assist in rendering it hard and uutroctable when it in not saturated with
water. Even for such a soil nature has provided plants useful to man, for the
betelnut and some of the indigenous fruit-trees grow well in it with little cultiva-
tion, Although there are cultivated plants adapted to every kind of aoil in the
[2]

Ake of British Malaya. All

district, and it lias indigenous tribes who can live exclusively on its yams, sago, fisli
and wild animals, it is incapable of feeding a population of the more civilized races,
and the latter must always be dependent on other countries for the great necessary
of life — rice."

Small patches of tobacco and sugar-cane are common, but in each case the
cultivation is for domestic use only. The implements used are of the rudest nature,
the plough being a rough wooden affair capable only of scratching the surface,
while the harrow is equally primitive. The one tool oi the Malay agriculturalist is
the chwngkol, or large hoe, q, v. Some indication of the comparatively slight im-
portance attached to the art of cultivation by the Malays is afforded by the fact
that no generic word exists for it in the language ; that used, viz., tanam, and its
derivatives, meaning accurately to plant or bury.

The Chinese have, in fact, become the real agriculturalists of the Straits, co<»a-
nuts, sugar, indigo, pepper, gambler, nutmeg and pine-apple being all " cultivated "
by them in the full sense of the word. European enterprise has of late attempted
coffee, tea, cocoa, cinchona, cocoanuts and sugar, the latter having been cultivated
for many years and alone yielded results of importance. Guano, oil cake (especially
the latter), lime and other fertilizers have been plentifully used on the sugar estates,
and a good deal of care has been taken with cocoa, &c. The Chinese, however,
resort sdmost exclusively to excrement and sewerage.

Aker. — ^Means a root, and is constantly used to form compound words, such
as A. Jcdhma, A, einapo, A, ttiba, &c, (KaJuna-root, &c.)

Akki or Akki Apple (BligMa aapida). — ^A vegetable which during growth
is surrounded by a hard shell ; when the kernel ripens this splits open, disclosing
a yellow gelatinous seed. Fried with butter and pepper it is an acceptable addition
to the table. It has been introduced into the Straits from the West Coast of
Africa.

Albino. — Persons bom without the colouring matter of the skin, eyes, and
hair, and thus far imperfect, are occasionally to be seen in every race and tribe of
the Malayan Peninsula, as they are of those of Europe, Asia, Africa, and America.
The native terms are hcder or sSpak,

Alboquerquej Affonso. — Or Aponso Albuquebque, was the second son
of GoNSALVo DE Albuquebque, lord of Villaverde, and an illegitimate descendant
of the royal family of Portugal. He was born in 1452. In 1503 he made his first
voyage to India in the joint command of a fleet with his relative Pbancisco Albu-
QXJEBQXJE. Betuming home in 1503, he was appointed to the command of a squadron
bound for India, forming part of a fleet under the orders of Tbistan da Cunha,
who, proceeding himself to India, left Albuqebque to carry on a desultory and
improfitable warfare with the little Mahommedan States on the eastern coast of
Africa. In 1508 he acquired the government of India. In 1510 he attacked and,
after a first unsuccessful attempt, succeeded in capturing Goa, which has ever since
continued the capital of the Portuguese possessions in India. In 1511 he under-
took and achieved the conquest of Malacca — the enterprise which connects his name
with the present work. His last achievement was the conquest of Ormus, soon after
which he fell sick, returned to India, and died a few days after, in the sixty-third
year of his age.*

Allakan Durian Tembaga. — V. in S.E. Selangor, about 5 miles from
the Simgei Ujong frontier.

Alligator. — By a common error all reptiles of this family are usually termed
alligators (Spanish el legarto, the lizard), but the ten species known are all American,
though the discovery of a true alligator in India has recently been announced.
Alligators are all fresh-water animals ; the muzzle of the animal tapers roundly
from the back of the jaw to the snout, and its toes are partly webbed, the outer toe

[3] B 2

jm Descriptwe Dictionary Amo

being free. The canine teeth fit into jn£* in the upper jaw. The hind legs are
without scales.

The crocodile likes brackish or salt aa well as fresh water, has scales on the
hind legs, its teeth fit into notclw^ in the upper jaw, and the side of the jaw is
depressed in front of the snout. See Ckocodilb.

Alligator or Avocado Pear. — Not indigenous, introduced from the
West Indies.

Allspice {Pimenta fw^f/am).— This is exotic. Mr. Cantley, writing iu
December, 1886, says of a apecinien in the Botanical Gardens : — " A plant of all-
spice raised from seed some nine jears ago ie now about twelve feet iu height and
is for the moment covered with blossom and small fruit."

• Alma Estate.— Eight miles and 3 furlongs from Butterworth, and situated
in the centre of Province Wellesley, between Macham Bubo, Bukit Minyak and
Tebing TinggJ- This estate, which lies two miles inland from the high road, wu.s
opened nearly 50 years ago by Mr. Kobest Wilson of Penang for the purpose of
growing the manioc or caaaava root, here called vbi Icayu, for the manufacture of
tapioca, and it turned out a great success. The soil proved well adapted to the
growth of the root. A bead of soft water for turning the mill and washing the
flour was obtained by throwing a dam across a stream running from Bukit Merta-
jam towards the Juru, and now there are 1,000 acres under cultivation producing a.
proportionate quantity of that substance. The labourers employed are nearly all
Klings and Chinese. The house of the manager is situated on rising ground sur-
rounded by magnificent trees and opposite the lake formed in consequence of the
danuning operation above described, and is one of the most picturesquely situated
in the colony.

Almighty as distinct from " god " is rendered by Maha Eitaaa, but is rather
a descriptive than nominal phrase,

Almond trees abound in the Peninsula. They are called biidam (a Persian
word), kelapong or log. A wild almond is commonly met with.

Alor Gajah.— A village in the Pigoh district and on the S. borders of the
Haning territory, N. Malacca. Near it was situated Fort Lismore, at one time
occupied by a garrison under the East India Company, but now abandoned. A
Government bungalow and police station exist here, and prior to the reduction of
Naniug, the place was of some importance. It is about 16 miles N. of Malacca-
town on the high road to the Tabu district, and was frequently mentioned by early
explorers of the province.

Alor Star or Kola Star.—?. "-

Amber, so called in Malay. Known but not found in Malaya.

Amaugan. — V. on the S. slope of the hills below Ewala Lumpor iu S.E.
Selangor.

Amok. — " Kuuning amok " descrilies a species of murder.madness peculiar to
the Malaya. Inflamed by some real or fancied injury, or in some few eases insane,
the amok runner rushes throiigh the streets, cutting down with his sword or 2X'fang
every one he can. As an illuatration we quote the following ; " On the 8th July,
1846, SuNAN, a respectable Mahiy builder in Penang, ran amok in Chulia Street
and Penang Road, and before he was arrested killed an old Bindu woman, a Kling,
a Chinese boy, and a Kling girl about 8 years old in the arms of her father, and
wounded two Hindus, throe Klings, and two Chinese, of whom only two survived.
On his trial it appeared that he was greatly afflicted by the loss of his wife and
child, which preyed upon his mind and quite altered his appearance. A person
with whom he bad lived up to the 15th of June said further : ' He used to Itring
his child to bis work ; since its death be has worked for mo ; he often said he could

Amp of British Malaya. Ant

not work as he was afflicted by the loss of his child. I think he was out of his
mind. He did not smoke or drink. I think ho was mad.' On the morning of the
amok this person met him, and asked him to work at his boat. 'He replied that he
could not, he was very much afflicted.* ' He had his hands concealed under his
cloth, and frequently exclaimed, Allah ! Allah ! ' 'He daily complained of the loss
of his wife and child.' On the trial Sunan declared he did not know what he was
about, and persisted in this at the place of execution, adding : ' As the gentlemen
say I have committed so many murders, I suppose it must be so.' The amok took
place on the 8th, the trial on the 13th, and the execution on the 15th of July — all
within eight davs."

British rule has almost exterminated amxik in the Settlements, the prospect of
being hanged in cold blood causing a disinclination to run the risk. An amoker
always expects to be cut down while under the influence of his simulated passiSn.

Ampatlg. — V. in E. Selangor. A little over 10 miles E.S.E. of Kwalor
Lumpor.

Amulets. — fi^ee Chabms.

Anak Ayer Pari. — A small tributary of the E. Sei Pari, a branch of the
Kinta Eiver, C. Perak.

Anchor, — "The Malay anchor is constructed of a piece of forked timber,
the fluke being strengthened by twisted rattans binding it to the stem, while the
cross-piece is formed of the long flat stone secured in the same manner. This
anchor when well made holds exceedingly firm, and, owing to the expense of iron,
is stiU almost universally used on board the small prahvs" — Wallace. The
native word to anchor is herlahian. Hence Lahuan, the British Colony of that name.

Ang Mo Kio. — District in E.G. Singapore, greatly settled by Chinese.

Angin-Angill. — A weather-cock, which see.

Aniseed. — This well-known article of trade is termed Adas or jintan m^inis*

ADJOng Meandong. — Y- in the Pahang Delta about 1^ m. S.E. of the
junction of the E. Pahang and Pahang Tuah.

Ant. — 8*mut or Semut in Malay. A number of varieties are found in the
Peninsula, the largest being the semut temunggong, an insect about 1^ inch in
length, of black colour and armed with formidable forceps which wiU make an
appreciable wound. The kongkiah is another black variety over half an inch in
length and found only on the ground, as it never ascends trees. Its nest is formed
in the earth, and it is mostly visible in wet weather. It frequently bites the bare
feet of the natives. Next to this comes the karingga, a red ant, which, like the
iimiinggong, bites viciously, and is remarkable for the rapidity with which it
transfers itself from the branch, &c., it may happen to be on, to the person.
Hundreds will thus attack one in a few seconds, in which case the only alternative
is to immediately strip — an easy proceeding when within reach of a bath-room, but
embarrassing when away from nome. Of the anei-anei, or in Singapore aemut puteh,
or white ant, much might be written, but its depredations are precisely those
described in countless works of travel. It differs from its American congener in
never building the lofty tumuli familiar to all readers of Natural History, but is
none the less a nuisance. This species always attacks the butt end of wood, and
never (unless the piece attacked be joined to another already perforated) com-
mences its boring from the side. Metal shoes and a plentiful use of tar, kerosine
and its other derivatives, are the only known means of repelling their attacks. The
slight mounds raised by this insect bum, if properly lit, with a powerful red
heat for some days. A small black ant, of which the largest specimens are only a
quarter of an inch long, comes next in order. It is called semut sawa by the Malays
and is apparently harmless. A smaller reddish ant, exactly resembling that at
home, comes next. It is known as semut kerna. The smallest of the house pests is

[6]

Descriptive Dictionary

Arm

the ftmiii api, or " fire ant," the bite of wliich is aptly likened to the prick of a red-
hot needle. A yet smaller apecieB, the semvi hitu, infeata the ekina of specimens
prepared for the museum, but do uo dama^ beyond clearing away any minute
fragments of fleah left adhering in the course of preparation. These species
embrace all commonly met with, but the field is yet open to eiploration.

Antimony.— This metal, formerly unknown to the natives of the East, as it
was to Eitropeana until the fifteenth century, was found for the first time in Borneo,
in 1823. The ore is a sulphuret in a matrix of qnartz, and at present furnisheB the
chief supply of Europe, being exported, from the Emporium of Singapore, to a
large yearly amount.* Oiide of antimony is obtained in large quantities amongst
the hills of Perak, chiefly in oonjuuction with veins of tin.

^Antiquities, Malayan. — No remains of any archaeological importance,
save a few insiiriptiouB. are to be found in the Peninsula, but an interesting
sketch of those found in Java, &e,. is given in N. & Q. with No. XVI (1886) of
J. S. B. R. A. S., p, 88. Traces of ancient Buddhist temples are said to eiiat
in Province Wellealey. Some of the shell mounds occurring there might be worth
exploration.

Ape. — iScE Monkey.

Apit'Apit. — The game of draughts, much resembling our own. S'ee Dkaitohts.

Ara Panjang. — V. on E. bank of Perak E., C. Perat.

Ara RendaXLg. — A small village, 9 miles N.E. of Butterworth, Province
Wellesley, and close to Malakoff estate. A police station is established here. The
name is applied by the natives to the district, including the estate referred to.

Arabs, Arabia. — This country has been familiarly known to the inhab-
itants of the Malayan islands for sii centuries, the majority of them having,
within that time, adopted ita religion and laws, aad engrafted much of its language
n their own. There are many merchants and petty shopkeejiers of this nationality
in the Settlements.*

Arabic Language. — Malay contains numerous Arabic words, mostly
altered however in form. The Arabic alphaljet with the six letters j _ c lij i^
and (_j forms that of the Malays. See Ceaufoed, Malay G. &. Kc, Vol. i.
p. xiii.

Areca FalXa, Areca catechu (Pokoh Finang). This k the tree which
produces the well-known betel-nut {q. v.). The leaf-sheath is used to form water
buckets and baskets. The tree itself is very slender and graceful, and gives ita
name to the Pulo Pinang, there being about three-quarter million of trees on the
island. It is common throughout the Peninsula and Settlements, as also in the

IArehipelago and Southern India.
Argus Pheasant (Kwiu) (Argva gigantieua). — A native of Malacca, one of
the most magnificent, though lees brightly coloured than others, of the pheasant
tribe. The late Mr. Whampoa of Singapore had several in confinement, but it is
somewliat difficult to keep them alive in Europe. The wing coverts are beautifully
marked with eyes, and the tail is of gr^at length, i-equiring a very roomy cage
indeed for its display.
Armadillo, the tinggilhg of the Malays, is found throughout the Peninsula.
and " cooked in the shell" is an attractive djsh.
Anus. — In Malay nnjata, a word found in the language of all the civilized
nations as far as the Philippines. The earliest weapons of the Indian islanders,
after clubs, were most likely spears, for which their almost universal forests would
yield a ready supply. The inhabitants of the island of Matau, scarcely exceeding
an area of two leagues and a half, who defeated and slew the first circumnavigator
of the globe, with h's band of sixty Spanish cavaliers, were armed with hardly any

Arm of British Malaya. Arm

other weapons than wooden or cane spears sharpened and hardened in the fire, with
wooden bucklers. The spear is still a favourite weapon with all the Malayan tribes.
The sling, in Malay aZi-ali, although well known, seems never to have been much
used. The chief missile in use before the introduction of fire-arms was a small
arrow ejected from a blow-pipe by the breath, called a sumpitan, meaning the object
blown through. This instrument is at present in general use by most of the wild
tribes. The bow for discharging arrows is well known to aU the more advanced
nations of the Archipelago, but does not seem, at any time, to have been generally
employed, the blow-pipe probably superseding its use, although a far less effectual
weapon. The common name for it— ^ana^, — extends over the whole of the islands.
But of all weapons, the greatest favourite of the Malayan nations is the kris, the
native word for a dagger or poniard. Men of all ranks wear one, and men of rank
two, and even three and four when full dressed, the quality of the party being
shown by the richness of the hilt, scabbard, and belt. The preference ^ven to the
kris over the more effectual sword had most probably its origin in the high price of
iron in early times, and when there was no supply from abroad. In such times, a
kris manufacturer — called a pande, cutler or blacksmith — ^was a person of dis-
tinction, as the same artificer is represented to have been in the Ossianic poems,
and the names of several have been handed down by tradition. The word kris
belongs equally to the Malay and Javanese, and is to be found in the languages of
all the more advanced nations, expressing the same object. The sword is said to
have been introduced about the year 1580, which is near 70 years after the Portu-
guese conquest of Malacca. Bucklers were largely used by the Malayan nations
before the introduction of fire-arms, and in the Malay language there are no fewer
than eight names for them, sometimes synonyms, and sometimes expressing their
different forms.

Babbos enumerates the different weapons generally used by the Malays of
Malacca when it was attacked by Albuqttebque. " They consisted," he says, " of
daggers of from two spans and a half to three spans long, straight in the blade
and two-edged (the kns), bows and arrows, blow-pipes, which discharged very
small arrows barbed and poisoned, with short spears for throwing, and bucklers of
two kinds, the one short, and the other long enough to protect the whole body of
the wearer." Babbosa says that the Malays of Malacca obtained arms from Java.
"They" (the Javanese), says he, "bring many arms for sale, such as lances,
bucklers, and swords (krises), having hilts wrought in marque terie, and blades of
the finest steel." — Eamusio, vol. i.

But besides the arms thus enumerated, the Portuguese and Spaniards, when
they first arrived, found the most advanced of the Malayan nations in possession
of fire-arms. Babbos incidentally mentions the existence of match-locks in the
defence of Malacca. The Portuguese had manned a captured junk with cannon,
and sent her forward to batter the defences of a bridge, and this is his account of
the action which took place : " As soon as the junk had passed the sand-bank and
had come to an anchor, a short way from the bridge, the Moorish artillery opened
a fire on her. Some guns discharged leaden balls at intervals, which passed through
both sides of the vessel, doing much execution among the crew. In the heat of the
action Aktonio d'Abbeu, the commander, was struck in the cheek from a fusil
(espingardSo), carrying off the greater number of his teeth." The son of Albu-
QUEBQUE, in his Commentaries, is still fuller on the subject of the captured artillery
and the weapons of defence used by the Malays. " There were captured," says he,
" 3,000 pieces, of which 2,000 were of brass, and the rest of iron. Among them
there was one large piece sent by the King of Calicut to the King of Malacca. All
the artillery with its appurtenances were of such workmanship that it could not be
excelled, even in Portugal. There were found also match-locks (espingardSto), blow-
pipes for shooting poisoned arrows, bows and arrows, lances of Java, and divers
other arms, all which created surprise in those that captured them." — Commentarios

[7]

Arm

Descriptive Dictionary

Arm

do tjratiile Afonto ^ Albaqaerque ; Luboa, 1576. The greater nmnber moBt likely
miiisieted of tho small [jieceB called by the nativea rantaka or haJid-gunB. Castan-
HBi>A hIbo raentiona match -lock a (espingardao), aud while he reduces the captured
cannon to 2,000, he sajs that thej threw balls, Bome of stone, and some of iron covered
with lead. The caanon (bomlwudia) were aome of them of brass and aoiae of iron-
By his ai-ftount, the bridge — the chief scene of combat in the atorm of Malacca-— waa
defended by aeventy-two pieces of ordnance.

The name by wiiich tire-arma are UBually called ia b^dil, a general one for any
missile, and vuiriam, which is Arabic, and in that language signifies " the Vir^n
Mary," which would aeem to imply that the knowledge of artillery was derived by
the Arabs themselves fi'om the Christians, as without doubt it was. Smaller
ordnance are called by various names, such as raniaka, lela, &c., &a., &c. The
nJtive term biidil extends to the languages of all the more cnltivated nations,
although aometimes corrupted. The Arabic name mariata is also of general accept-
ance. The name of the match-lock is saiingar, a corruption of the Portuguese
espingardihi, and the musket rifle ia called aanapang, a corruption of the Dutch
enwppaan.

A knowledge of gunpowder must have been, at leaat, as early aa that of can-
non. It ia not improbable that it may have been even earlier known through the
Chiaeae, for the manufacture of fire-works, known to the Malaya under the name
marchun, a word of which the origin is not traceable. The principal ingredient*
of gunpowder are sufficiently abundant over many parts of the Archipelago, and
known by native names, gandawa. being the name of saltpetre, and bdliran^, or
wdiravtg, of sulphur. The names for gunpowder itself are a little singular. In
Malay it is called vhat-hddQ, which literally means " mi&sile-charm."

The parties who introduced the knowledge of fire-arms among the Malayan
nations cannot be mistaken. They were certainly the Mahommedans, and most
probably the Arabs. Cannon were in full use by Eurojiean nations for military
purposes in the middle of the fourteenth century, and nearly at the same time by the
Arabs of Spain, who had a frequent intercourse with their Eastern countrymen, and
these, at the time, with the Oriental nations aa far aa China. Between the time
when cannon were in general uae in Europe and the first appearance of the Portu-
guese in Malaya, a century and a half had elapsed—ample time for the transmisaiou
of the new invention to the Malayan nations, and even to China, where also It was,
most probably, first made known by the Arabs, The earliest reliable date which
we poaaesa of the use of artillery in continental India ia the year 1482, when
Mahommed Shah, King of Oujrat, employed cannon in a fieet during the war with
pirates. In such cases iJie cannoniera are stated to have been Turka and Europeans.
Thia aeems to liave been the case even after the arrival of Europeans ; for in the
great battle which secured to Babab the posseasion of Northern India, it is repre-
sented by the hjgtorian Fabishta, that " he ordered his park of artillery to be
linked together with leathern ropea made of raw hides, according to the practice of
the armies of Aala Minor." On the arrival of the Portuguese on the western coast
of India, they found all the maritime nations, whether under Mahommedan or
Hindu rule, in posseaaion of fire-arms, and employing them both on land and sea,
and they found the same to be the case from the Arabiaji to the Persian Oulf.
The handsomest piece of ordnance ea.ptured by them at Malac(a, as has been
already atat*^, had been a gift i.to the Malay prince from the King of Calicut, tho
Hindu prince called by the Portuguese the Zauorin. Of the actual year in which
fire-arma were made known to the inhabitants of Malaya there is no record, but,
conaidering the frequent intercourse which subsisted between them and the maritime
parts of Western India, we may safely conclude that the event did not take place
earlier than fifty yeara Iwfore the arrival of the Portuguese, that is, about the
middle of the fifteenth century, or abinit a. century after they had been in common

1 Europe.

Arr of British Malaya. AUT

On the first arrival of the Portuguese in Malaya, the Javanese appear to have
been the great manufacturers of arms of all descriptions. A regular manufacture of
cutting weapons, match-locks and cannons, is still carried on by the Malays of
Banjermassin in Borneo, and this with a skill surprising for their state of society.
As this part of Borneo was long subject to the Javanese, it seems probable that it
was this people that introduced the art. For many generations the Malays of
Menangkabau have been the manufacturers of all kinds of arms for Sumatra. But
the skilful manufacture of arms is by no means confined to these places.* — Con-
densed from Cbauford*8 D. /See also Kbis, Bow, Sling, and Sumpitan.

Arrack. — An Arabic word now conventionally used by the Malays to signify
" spirits." A knowledge of distillation was most probably acquired from either the
Arabs or Chinese, the fermented liquor known as gilang not being obtained in this
manner. The Chinese are the principal distillers in the Straits.* •

Arrowroot (Maranta arundinacea) , says Mr. Cantley (Report 1886), grows
perfectlv in the Experimental Nursery, Singapore. It is not much cultivated her^
except Dy cottagers for home consumption, but the produce is said to be very
superior in quafity.

Arrows (Anak damaJc). — J. I. A., I, 272. Seldom used now with the bow
(damak), but minute arrows, about 7 inches long, are the projectiles propelled from
the sumpitan, q, v,

Arsonic. — ^Is known by a native name, but is not a native product. It was
probably brought to the islands originally from Siam and Burma, of which it is a
product. Orpiment, or the sulphuret, goes under the name of warangan or haran-
gan, and the epithet puteh, or " white," is added for the white oxide. Warangan is
derived from vjarang, which means the process of applying a compound, of which
orpiment is a main ingredient, to a kris blade in order to preserve it. Arsenic is
the principal poison used by the Malays for assassination, but even this very rarely,
the kris being the means generally had recourse to*

Arum. — Large and small species of arums abound, that most common being
known as the hahi-makan, or pig's food (though the grammatical order of the words
is reversed). The flower is seldom attractive, being rather curious than beautiful.

AsaJian. — ^V. just inside the boundary between Muar and Malacca, 5 miles
W. of Mt Ophir.

Asiatic Society, Straits Branch of. —See Journal.

Ass {Kalde), known only to the Malays by its presence in other Mahommedan
countries.

Astana or Istana, ?• v.

Asthma (S^sak dada) . — Is a well-known disease amongst the Malays, yrho
gladly accept European palliatives.

Astrology. — Described by the Arabic term elmu nujum, believed in, but
seldom practised by the existing races.

Attap. — ^Roof or thatch ; but in common acceptation meaning the leaves of
the nipa and other palms, which are roughly plaited so as to be used for thatch.
Other substances, such as lalang grass and cocoanut leaves, are sometimes used,
though much inferior in lasting qualities, and are then spoken of as " attap lalang,^*
Ac. NipaAesLves thatch will keep in good condition for three years, but the average
life of an attap roof is generally taken as five. The names of the trees from which
attap is chiefly made are, besides Nipa, Attap puar. A, rurribia, A. sampit, A, sordan,
and A. rajah,

Aur Gadillg. — ^A thriving v. 6 miles 1 furlong N.E. of Butterworth, P.
Wellesley, and J mile from the 4th ferry of the Prai River : the site of a Police
station. A large nutmeg plantation formerly existed here, the property of Mr. S.
Hebiot of Penang.

[9]

Axe Descriptive Dictionary Ay6

Axe or liat<'het (Kapak or Uiong). — The native tool is very primitiTe, and
those of European manufacture are now chiefly used. The bUong cau be altered
so as to become an adze.

Aver.— la the Malay word for water, and sometimes for river, and con-
aeqiienlly for a diatrict seated on a river. Of places having this word combined
with another, we have at least a score in our maps and charts, as Ayer-itam, black
water or river ; Ayer-dekat. near rirer ; Ayer-be»ar, great river ; Pula-ayer, water
island ; and Pvlo-we, which we write Pulo-way, having the same meaning.

Ayer Anak Sadaug. — V. in N.E. Perak on the Kertang R., a small S. aff,
of the Plus R.

Ayer Bamban.— Small V. on the high road in the Jus forest reserve, N.
Malai,-ca.

Ayer Bankong. — V. at extreme E. boundary between Jubol, Muar and
MaWc^i. and N. «f Ml. Ophlr.

Ayer Batu. — Bay in Teluk Blangah district, S.W, Singapore.

Ayer Belantei. — A swamp on the Rembau-Malacea border.

Ayer Benkong. — V. on the road between Machap and Pondok Kompas. N.
Malacca.

Ayer Berendam. — v. S. of Sungei Udang district, Malacca ; the site of a
Police station. Situated on the high road between Malacca-town and Lin^, alwut
11^ miles from the former.

Ayer Bertam.— A small V. about 2 ^ miles W. of Payah Rumput, Malacca.

Ayer Biru. — V. on Johore shore of Old Strait, opposite W. eitremi^ of
Pulo Ubin.

Ayer Blangah. — A v. in the Sungei Pelei district, C, Malacca. -,

Ayer Brenggan.^A small V, a little over | mile S. of Ayer Panas i
E.G. Mahioca,

Ayer Bumben. — A small V. and Police station a little over 2 miles S. of
Ayer Panas, Malacua,

Ayer Chambok. — T. on the Jobol side of the boundary between that
State and Malacc^i, uu the road to Chindras,

Ayer Chantick. — V. in the Govt, reserve in Sungei Bharu Tengali
district, Malai'oa.

Ayer Chermin, — A small V. at the most 8. source of the Duyong E„
Malacra, 3 miles due S, of Ayer Panas.

Ayer Dammar. — Small v. at foot of Punggor hill. Jus forest resorve,
N. "Malacca.

Ayer Durian. — A small V. at S,W. comer of the Jus forest reserve, N.
Malacca.

Ayer Garma.— V. on the left bank of the E. Linggi, neariy opposite Niato.

Ayer Gemuru. — V. and stream } miles S, of Tanah Merah Besar, Singa-
pore. A foreign residence and plantation exist here.

Ayer Itam.— District, v. and R. in Lundu district, E. Penang,

Ayer Itam.— Small V. on border of Blimbing district in S.C. Malacca.

Ayer Klama. — V. on the boundary line between Malacca and Johol, 7
miles S, of Chindraa,

Ayer Kubu.— A small stream flowing from the N, into the Muar E. and
forming one of the Iwundariea between JohiJ and Johore,

Ayer Kuning (lU- yellow water).— A hill on the borders of Jobol and
Malacca reputed to yield gold.

[10]

Aye of British Malaya. Aye

Ayer Kuning, — Small v. in the Jus forest resefve, N. Malacca.
Ayer Langul. — V. in Tangga Batu district, Malacca, on the high road
from Malacca-town to Linggi.

Ayer Lombong. — ^A small V. between Dorian Tunggal and Machap.
Police station about 2^ miles S. of the latter.

Ayer Lombong. — Small V. 2 miles S. of Machap Police station, C.
Malacca.

Ayer Ludin. — ^V. in Sungei Udang district, Malacca.

Ayer Mendatang. — ^V. on road between MerUmau and Chin-Chin, S.
Malacca.

Ayer Miliyak. — ^A small V. about \\ miles S. of Machap Police station,
C. Malacca. *

Ayer Molek, — A V. in Malacca on the road from the town to Ajer Panas.

Ayer Mulei. — ^V. | miles on right bank of the E. Duyong, Malacca, with

which it is connected by a small stream. About 3 miles from the coast.

Ayer Nipah. — ^Bay in S.W. of Teluk Blangah district, Singapore.

Ayer Panas. — A V. in the neighbourhood of the old tin mines, E.G.
Malacca, and celebrated for its hot springs. The road to this place branches
off at right angles from the main S. road from Malacca-town to Merlimau, and
at the Tillage divides into two — one road leading to Durian Tunggal and the
other to Jasin. A Government bungalow is situated at the fork, the triangular
ground at its back, about 3| square miles, being a forest reserve.

Ayer Panas, or Ganong in Naning, the site of hot springs.

Ayer Pasir. — ^A small V. \ mile S. of Machap Police station, N.C. Malacca.

Ayer Pengaga. — ^V. in Sungei Siput district in extreme N.W. of Malacca
territory, and close to Labu China Police station.

Ayer Petei. — Small V. 1 mile S. of the boundary line between Malacca
and Johol, on the road to Chindras.

Ayer Petei. — A V. in the Sungei Petei district, C. Malacca.

Ayer Prang. — Stream flowing into a W. aff. of the Kinta E. in C. Perak.

Ayer Punge. — ^A stream in Naning, N. Malacca.

Ayer Puteh. — District just N. of Balik Pulau, W.C. Penang.

Ayer Puteh. — ^V. in the Sungei Bham TJlu district, N.W. Malacca.

Ayer Rajah. — District N.W. of Penang-town. A well-known residence also
takes its name from the stream which gives its name to the district.

Ayer Reminia. — A small V. at S.W. comer of Jus forest reserve, N.
Malacca.

Ayer Salak. — ^A small V. in N. of Tan^a Batu district, Malacca.

Ayer Sitandu. — A small v. close to Bukit Linggi, in district of that
narne^ N. Malacca.

Ayer Sumbah. — ^V. in the Simgei Bharu Tengah district, Malacca.

Ayer Tengah. — ^V- \ mile inside the boundary line between Malacca and
Johol, on the road to Chinoius.

Ayer Tengah. — ^V. at extreme N. point of boundary line between Malacca
and Johol.

Ayer Terap. — ^A small Y. in the Machap district, C. Malacca.

Ayer Terpin. — ^V. on E. bajik of Jurong, in Jurong district, W.
Singapore.

Ayer Udang. — ^A v. on the Malacca E. in the Sungei Petei district.

[11]

M^ /V^ct^/itv Dictionary Bag

v^^v^. KSij^iiu^Il^\ ubv *l\irki*h word for Sir, Father, or Child, and through
, ^mN^-^uvvJ 'UK* vKo ^miU St^ttloments. It is now applied to all Straits-
..... »M M ..X rui u' <Uo vhiUUvuof foroigners.

y> t^. 'i»v '*^'K V/^Nc<>. lu uU likelihood originally a Malay word, but intro-

^T;,i,. \\\ Aw ^\<4Uv*\sl luuifuages, even into some, as the Javanese and

1 ^ X, 'i \ :v '».oo u.^fi'^xv tonuH noaidos. It occurs frequently as the name of

. , 1 1 M . . ! .^ I « Is ' »>>r^^'*<'^k **^^**^ )MvUU>ly by Malayan navigators, and from some fancied

lial^i Hu*M v'^' K^^vUht). -This animal is a swine, and probably' received

i^nv.\.ti»»f* »»»vwu^ l\\»iu tho fact that its tusks present so extraordinary an

,. .,. . TUis*o v^i Uio low't»r jaw project upwards on each side of the upper

,u iK ..ivl»»K<,»\ WwTi Hut those of the upper jaw pass through the upper

, ,., J ,uM W\\\\\ s»vor \\\\> faco. The animal is fierce and dangerous, andean

.llui. I l< ml'l\^ \\ovu\\U with iU lower tusks. The use of the upper ones is

, .M, utidi.J. tK\^(uU old writers assert that the hahi-ruea was accustomed to

u I- ui liiu^'^'tt ^\v thorn ti) the branches of trees. The female has no tusks. It

, I .wiuuuv'V, M\\\ Im found in marshy localities.

Uik^V^^*^^ ^'^'*<^ "<«'<]/)• "These abound and reach a size to be formidable when
,,,..,,' I "i ivlU^-ktHl Thoy are reputed to attack monkeys of other species. In
.litiu. uii ill tiio.v iHVMMot, aH a rule, be trusted, and seem less capable of beingtamed
itt.ni 'M\\ (it hoi tUiluiiil of the same tribe.

A Minall V. over 2 miles from Malacca-town on the road to Batu

tt^Uklk Mfttli- ^'ill tmd V. 16 miles 4 furlongs from Butterworth, P. Welles-
I, 4 Mil Iho loft' of tho road going towards Sungei Bakap. The rising ground is
.. < ii|iii.il h.Y HUiiUl Ntigar-cane and fruit plantations.

(luv(^UK« V. about 4 miles E. of Prov. Wellesley frontier, 2^ miles N. of
>)i •till. Kouivh.

klk^KtiUt /'^^' ^ quay or landing-place : hence a ferry. It has come in Pro-
^hn>. NVollowloy Ui Hignify a small district, much as the words Ox-ford, &c., have
l,..>l. ihi.ii |it'iiiiary Kignification and become the names of cities and counties. Thus,
lixtimn Tunn Kt'chil means more than the actual ferry of Timn Kechil, and is
•i)*lihoU to tho village proper and surrounding land.

U^tfttU Ayam. — A fishing village and sea ferry, 2 miles 6 furlongs from Butter-
\\ Mi Ih. Province Wellesley, from which a road runs westward through Aur Gading to
AifUitolaiiK* where the ** MalakofE'' sugar estate is situated. This is a large village,
1(0(1 tliiM'o '\H a mosque and a Malay cemetery by the road-side. Three-quarters of
li (iitli« boyond Bagan Ayam, a private road diverges through the cocoa-nut planta-
t-ioii iff Mr. HoGAN direct to the old Police station at Teluk Eemis, where there is a
hit form bridge across the deep but narrow sand gully which forms the bed of the
io»*h-wat45r stream. Thirty years ago, as there was no bridge lower down, the
|iul»lhj road, which led direct to the beach at the mouth of the stream where wheeled
iHvrriages could not cross except under peculiarly favourable circimistances, fell into
(llMONo, and could not readily be distinguished. A good bridge has now, however,
htum erected, and the road thoroughly restored and re-metalled. The private road
IoimU i)ast the remains of a substantial brick building ftrmerly occupied by Col.
how, for many years Assistant Eesident of the Province, but which was sold after-
wards to the present proprietors of the plantation. See Teluk Eemis.

Bagan Ayer Itam. — On N. bank of same name, W. Penang, just below
Bukit Kechil.

Bagan Boya. — ^A fishing village 1 mile N. of Butterworth, P. Wellesley.
The system of hlats, or fishing weirs, which extends N. to the mouth of the Muda,

[12]

Bag of British Malaya. Bal

commences here, the coast in the neighbourhood of Butterworth being kept clear
for convenience of traffic.

Bagan Dalam. — important as the point where the steam ferry bridge
crosses to Prai conveying vehicles, &c., each way about every 20 minutes. It is a
suburb of Butterworth, P. Wellesley.

Bagan Datoh. — ^V. on S. side of embouchure of Perak E., S.W. Perak.

Bagan Jermal. — v. on N.E. Coast of Penang, about 3 miles from town.

Bagan Jermal. — A v. 1 mile 6 furlongs N. of Butterworth, P. Wellesley,
chiefly occupied by flshermen. A fresh -water stream is crossed by a platform bridge,
close to which is an extensive Chinese oil-boiling and pig-breeding establishment,
the animals being fed with the refuse of the cocoa-nuts from which the oil is made.
The mouth of the stream is often closed with sand, but the water manages to
escape by filtering through into the sea. On the beach immediately to the N. of
this stream, and 2 miles I furlong from Butterworth, a large board on two pillars
defines the northern limit of the Port of Penang. About 200 yards beyond the
bridge, on the left, near the sea, is a dwelling-house formerly belonging to the Messrs.
Beown, and occasionally occupied by members of the firm.

Bagan Nakodah Omar. — V. on S.W. coast, Selangor, about 6 miles S. of
entrance to Bemam R.

Bagan Samu. — v. on N. bank of Krian R., 2 miles S.E. of Parit Buntar.

Bagan Sorai. — District and ferry across the Prai R., P. Wellesley, which is
here 150 yards broad. On the S. bank of the river are several brick kilns worked
by Chinese. The bed of clay crosses the river a mile and a half above the ferry,
where there is also a large brick-making establishment, and then runs along the N.
bank of the river as far as Aur Gading, the clay improving greatly in quality at
the latter spot. Bagan Serai ferry is 2 miles 6 furlongs from Butterworth, being
the second from the mouth of the Prai.

Bagan Srei. — A ferry and V. about 7 miles from the entrance of the Krian
R., N.W. Perak.

Bagan Tiang. — V. on the N.W. coast of Perak, 5^ miles below Krian R.

Bagan Tuan Kechil. — Ferry place and V. in P. Wellesley, immedi-
ately N. of Butterworth, the ferry being ^ mile from the Magistrate's house. Popu-
lation 500 to 600. A large number of boats ply from here to Penang, and a regular
steam launch service is also kept up, this being the principal point of commu-
nication with George-town. The inliabitants are boatmen, fishermen, Chinese
and Kling shopkeepers, with clerks and interpreters attached to the Government
offices.

Balira=3 piculs. — ^A Malacca weight, not given in the tables of Malay
weights ordinarily published.

Bajang or Pelisit. — A malicious spirit or goblin which takes possession of
people, causing sickness, and can only be driven out by exorcists.

Bajau. — V. in Tengah district, W. Singapore. A Government rest-house \
mile N.W.

Baju Rantei. — fi^ee Mail Armour.

Balachong. — This is the name of a condiment made of prawns, sardines,
and other small fish, pounded and pickled. The proper Malay word is hdlachan.
This article is of universal use as a condiment, and one of the largest articles of
native consumption throughout both the Malay and Philippine Archipelago. It is
not confined as a condiment to the Asiatic islanders, but is also largely used by the
Burmese, the Siamese, and Cochin-Chinese. It is, indeed, in a great measure,

[13]

Bll Descriptive Dictionary Bat

tiaDr the same article known to the Greeks and Bomans under the name of
furwm^ the produce of a Mediterranean fish«*

Balang Balang. — ^A weathercock, which see.

Balei Paiqailg. — ^V. and Kampong 2| miles from Malacca-town on the road
to Pajah Sampm.

Bali Mnnktir. — ^A Y. between Bokit Perling and Bokit Tabo in Naning.

Balik PolatL — ^District and Y. in S.W.C. Penang, the former haring been
reeentlj placed under charge of a Magistrate, who has jurisdiction orer the adjoin-
ing di^ncts. It is reached bj a somewhat difficult road from Penang-town, un-
suitable for carriages.

Bambei. — ^Y. on N. bank of Langat B.» S.W. Selangor, near T^ngat.,

Bamboo. — <Se« Bulith.

Banana. — Bee Pisjuto and Fbuits.

Banana Fibre. — i9e« Fibres.

Banda Bhara. — The seat of the Besidencj in Perak.

Bandahara. — The title of the chief officer of State in the native territories.
He has control over all matters connected with the sea, and in concurrence with the
T^munggong instals a newlj^lected Sultan.

Bandar Kanching. — Y. in Selangor on N. bank B. of same name about
5 miles E. of Selangor B.

Bander or Bandar- — ^A town or large Y., used in the names of places.

Bander Bawang. — ^Y. on an E. aff. of the Selangor B., about 6 miles S.E.
of the main stream, E. Selangor.

Bandong. — ^Y. in S.R Selangor about 4 miles N. bj E. of Kwala Lumpor,
lat. 3° 16' N., long. 101° 55' E. Hot springs exist immediately to the N.

Bangbnn. — A species of Ichneumon (probably Herpeties griseut) which has
a peculiar antipathy to serpents and neyer fkils to engage and oyercome one when
it has the opportunity, escaping bites by its wonderful a^lity. It is also a splendid
ratter, is easily tamed and becomes much attached to man. It is yery fond of
crocodiles' eggs. In colour it is brown grizzled with grey : length about 3 feet 3
inches, of which the tail is about 1 foot 6 inches. It secretes a soent like the ciyet,
but of no commercial yalue. Its daws are partially retractile.*

Bangsal Tengah. — ^A small Y. N. of Jelutong, S. Malacca.

Banian Tree. — Too well known to need description. But many may be
unaware that its juice is regarded by the natiyes as a beneficial astringent applica-
tion for sore eyes.

Bami. — See Pulo Sbnang.

Barok. — ^ tinder extracted from the runut tree : also used to make the base
of a sumpitan arrow air-tight in the blow-pipe.

Barote. — The word applied to wooden roofing materials such as we call
" shingles."

Basik. — A pepper known also as Sirih Titan, credited with medicinal
properties.

Basisi. — The name applied to one of the aboriginal tribes of the Peninsula-
There seems to be no specific difference between them and the Sakais, q. v.

Baskets (BaktU or Kranjang), — Are made of yarious materials, chiefly
split bamboo, hertam, rotan kumba, langhap, &c. No particular taste is shown in
tneir design.

Batah Babit. — ^V. on C. bank of Perak B., about 5 miles by riyer below
Purian Sabatang in S.W. Perak.

[14]

Bat of British Malaya. Bat

Batam. — One of the largest of the many islands at the eastern end of the
Straits of Malacca, and which seem almost to block up the channel between
Sumatra and the Peninsula. It lies opposite to Singapore, and, with the larger
island of Bintang, forms the southern side of the Straits of Singapore, the
common route to and from the China and Java Sea. Batam is the Portuguese
orthography of Batang, a word meaning " tnmk," or " main part." The islMid is
computed to have an area of 128 square geographical miles, and its geological
formation is like that of the neighbouring countries — plutonic and sedimentary.
The land is poor and little cultivated. The ruling inhabitants are Malays, but it
has also a rude tribe unconverted to Mahommedanism, called Sabimba. It belongs
to the prince of Johor, under the usual superiori^ of the Dutch. [Included here
as being sighted by all vessels making Singapore Koads.]"*^

Batang Bljamei. — ^V. on E. bank of Selangor E. just above its turn N.
some 25 miles from the coast.

Batang Malacca Ilir. — v. in N. border of Jus forest reserve, N. Malacca.

Batang Padang. — v. at head of river of same name in S.E. Perak.
Abandoned tin mines exist in the neighbourhood, and traces of gold are also found.
It was formerly settled by numerous Chinese, but has declined in importance since
tin mining ceased.

Batang Tiga. — Sub-district of Tangga Batu, and immediately E. of Tanjong
Kling, Malacca.

Batin. — ^The title of the chiefs amongst the aboriginal tribes of the Penin-
sula, B, OnasHa being the highest in rank. For full details, see Vol. I, J. I. A.,
pp. 273-4.

Bats. — Several species of bats are found in the Peninsula and Settlements,
those attracting most attention being the frugiverous " flying foxes," q, v. An
exhaustive monograph on the Asiatic Chiroptera has been published by Dr. Dobson
(Taylob & Feancis, London, 1876), but the details would be too long and, to the
majority of readers, uninteresting, to republish in full. Three or four species are
ordinarily met with within the districts treated of in this work, but they present
little attraction except to naturalists, being neither venomous like snakes, nor
man-eaters like tigers. Practically speaking they do not, in any way, affect
the social life of residents in this part of the world. The " flying fox " is eaten
by certain tribes in the Malayan Archipelago, but is not an article of diet in the
Peninsula.

Battledore and Shuttlecock. — A wicker ball (raga) is played with as
a shuttlecock, being struck with the heel in place of a battledore. Considerable
dexterity is shown by the players.

Batu in Malay, and Watu in Javanese (a stone or a rock), is a word fre-
quently foimd throughout the Archipelago in the names of places, as Batu-gade,
" pawn " or " pledge rock ; " Batu-titi, " bridge rocks ; " Batu-hara, " live coal
rock ; " and Batu-mandi, " bathing rock." To complete the sense the words pulo,
uAet, or tanah, land, must generally be prefixed.

Batu Berendam. — District and V. immediately N. of Malacca-town, the
latter distant from the coast about | mUe. Two good roads lead to the V., one
starting on either side of Malacca R. A Police station is situated at their junction.

Batu Feringga. — District in N. Penang. V. of same name on N. shore.

Batu Qajah. — Jungle v. 2 miles E. of Merlimau, S.E. Malacca.

Batu Qajah. — A small v. in the Tabong district, N. Malacca.

Batu Qajah. — ^V. on W. bank of the Kinta R., a mile below the Baya R.
joining it, C. Perak. This is the head-quarters of the Kinta district, the seat of
the principal magistracy and of the Sikh Police force of the district. It is rapidly

[16]

Bat Descriptive Di<tionary Bay

eitendint?, and the advent of the projected railway to Telok Anson ■will increase its
importance. Tbe European hiingalowa and public buildings stand upon high
ground, a good road leading down to the river. It is in telephonic communication
with the principal outlying statinna and in direct telegraphic communication with
Penang. Railway communication with IpoU was completed in November, 1893.

BatU Itam.— Hill (2.278 feet) on W. side of central chain of hilla, C. Penang.

Ba.tU Kawan, Island of (16 milcB 2 furlongs S. from Eutterworth, Province
Wellesley) compriaea the estate ao named and a smaller holding under native
management, and ia formed by an arm of the sea separating it from Butit Tambun.
The former employs 6 Euraeians, 6 Europeans, 500 Chinese, and 1,100 Klings. with
their families, and has 1,000 acres under cultivation, giving an average annual out-
turn of 1,500 tons of sugar. Like all under similar management, it has a well-pro-
vided hospital, school, &c,, while the machinery of the mill is of the most modei'n
and improved pattern. It is reached by ferry from Bukit Tambun. The hill is
about 300 feet high. BaLu Kawan was a sugar-producing district some 60 years
n^o, or 20 years before the culture was commenced by Europeans. Like many of
the most successful plantations, its aoil consists mainly of reclaimed mangrove
swamp, which is peculiarly suitable to sugar-cane. A good road has Iwen made
from the ferry, turning off at right angles, to reach the works. Prom the liim-off
the main road continues for nearly a mile to the Batu Kawan Village, which \s_
situated on a creek running into the sea to the south of the rocky point of Batu
Musang, opposite Pulo Era, There is a stnall Police station here, and in the neigh-
bourhood is a chapel belonging to the Chinese Eoman Catholics. The village is
17 miles 1 furlong from Eutterworth.

Batu Kikir.— V. on E. bank of the Kinta E. just below the junction of the
R. Raya, C. Perak.

Batu Klirau. — V, at N. source of river of same name in the Ferak range,
N. Perak,

Batu Lahar. — V. on the Nyalas district, K. Malacca.

Batu Lanchang. — V. \ mile S.E. of Ayer Itam V,, N. Penang.

Batu MaU.— V. in S.E. Penang, N. of Teluk Terapoyak.

Batu Pahat.— V. and district on S. side of road of same name, W. Johore.
Numerous pliintatiuus exist here worked by Chinese.

Batu Pahat. — R- and settlement in Johore. Many Chinese planters reside
here. It lies about 55 miles from Singapore, half way between that Settlement
and Malacca.

Batu Pekarat ("■)—■*- small v. and hill, in the latter of which the S. source
of the Sungei Batang Malacca takes its rise. Tbe V. is on the W. &dge of the Jus
forest reserve. N. Malacca.

Batu Pekarat (6.)— Asmall V. in theTaniongRemuudistrict,N.MalaccR,

Batu Sawa. — v. on E. bank of Johore E„ 3 miles above Johore Lama.

Batu SembileU. — V, in S.E. Ponang, E. of R. Bayan Lepas.

Batu Uban. — l>istrict and V. on E. coast of Penang just below Glogor.

Batu Undan.— Hill (866 feet) between W. bank of Dmding Road and the
sea. S. Dinding.

Bau (acf Raga). — Game of. The wicker-work ball of the Malays is called rajo,
but the Portugese word holo has been adopted.

Bayan Lepas. — B- and districtonS.E.comerof Penang Island. Socallcd,
according to Malay tradition, from the celebrated sea rover Baoah having here
released a tame bird called Bayan — alao a T. of same name about 1 mile from 8. coaat
of Penang.

[16]

Bea of British Malaya. Ben

Bear. — See Bettano.

BSche de Mer. — See Tbipang.

Bod. — The Malay bed.place (katil or ismvat tidor) consists of tressel- supported
planks only. Over these is laid a mat. But httle covering is required, the tempera-
ture being always of summer heut.

Bedoh and Upper Bedoh. — District in extreme S.E. of Singapore, chiefly
occupied by cocoa-nut plantations, with vegetable and fruit gardens. Some of the
views from the high road hereabouts are pretty, owing to the inequalities of the
ground. Y. of same name on the beach about 1 mile E. of Tanah Merah Kechil
Jetty.

Bees. — ^Wild bees are found in numerous localities, but no attempt has ever
been made to domesticate them, though honey is much appreciated by the Malays.
A very large species, incorrectly called the " carpenter beetle," bores deep cylindrical
holes m woodwork, and is a considerable nuisance to house-owners. A few natives
devote their time to honey collecting, and work with immense eang froid amidst
clouds of angry bees, often at the height of 50 or 60 feet from the ground, cutting
away the comb and lowering it by a cord to those in waiting below.

Beetles {See Entomology). — A mere catalogue of the names of the countless
varietiea found in the Peninsula and Settlements would occupy many pages. See
Wallace's Malay Archipelago and the Catalogues of the British Museum Collec-
tions. The Malay term is Mnibamg,

Bekua. — ^V. at the foot of a hill about 4 miles S.W. by W. of Mt. Ophir in
Muar.

Bell (hching or gXnta). — Prom foreign countries only, but now familiar to most
Malays.

Benista. — V. on W. bank of Patani R., N.C. Patani, just above the Pala
Gkdena mines.

Bentree Oil. — See Oils.

Benua^ or more correctly Bdnuwa, is a Malay word signifying " a land,"
" country," or " region," that has had a wide extension, although with some modifi-
cations of sense, for in the Philippine tongues it means '' a village," and in the
Polynesian, " land " or " earth." The Malays, prefixing to it the word Orang, " men
or people," use the compound as a generic term for all the wild tribes of the
Peninsula speaking the same language as themselves, and of the same race, but who
have not adopted the Mahommedan religion. The literal meaning of the phrase is
" men of the land " ; and it may be fairly translated in the sense in which the
Malays use it — "aborigines." Such people are found from the extremity of the
Peninsula up to 5' of latitude, but apparently not further north. They also exist
in some of the larger islands of the Archipelago at the eastern extremity of the
Straits of Malacca. Everywhere they are brown-complexioned and lank-haired, are
of the same stature as the Malays, have the same features, and speak the same
language ; in short, are Malays in a lower state of civilization than the people known
to us under that name.

Some of the Oramg-hdnuwa dwell on the sea coast, and some in the interior,
always in small independent tribes. The principal settlements are in the interior
of Johore and southern portion of- Pahang. Udai, Pago, Mintira, Besisi, Jakun
and Sakai are all names by which they are known to the Malays, but they are more
generally named from the rivers on or near which they have their residence, as
Sletar, Mintira, Sabimba, and BSsisi. The Orang-laut, ** men of the sea," or sea-
gipsies, as they have been very appropriately called, evidently belong to the same
class, although some of them have embraced Mahommedanism, or passed through
the form of having done so. The state of advancement of the different tribes
varies, some being far more civilized than others. Some of those of the interior

[17] c

Ben

Descriptive Dictionary

Sractise a rude husbajidry, grow rice by burning the forest for a dressing, and
ibbliiig in the seed, cultivate some farinaoeoua roots, some fruits, as the bauaua
and durian, and have fiied habitations. The only domesticated animals known to
them are the dog, the cat, and common fowl. The Orang-biinuwa of the interior
receive their iron and clothing from the Malays, in exchange for the spontaneous
products of the forest, including of late years the well-known gutta-percha. "At
the time of my visit," says Mr. Looam, speaking of a tribe of Johore. " nearly every
man in the country was searching for tehan," that is, for the tree that produces the
best of this article. In personal appearance the Johore Bdnuwa bear a strong
resemblance to the Malays, but can be easily distinguished from them. The head
of the Siiftuwa is somewhat smaller, the eye soft and liquid, and the -general
expression of the face denotes good nature and content with but slight mental
energy. The hair is black and sometimes frizzled, but dry and tangled, as oil is
seldom used on it. The men drees much Uke the Malays, but the women in general
only a, short tarong reaching to the knees. The ears are always pierced, and with
some tribes form bandy receptacles for roknk (cigars) or a piece of cloth, but ear-
rings are worn when procurable. Amongst the very rudest a diawal or loin cloth
brought up between the legs, and consisting only of terap bark, is worn by the men,
and a similar piece hanging down by the women.

Much of the time of the wild races of the interior is spent in hunting and
fishing. The chief object of the first is the wild hog, which aboiinds ; and next to
it various species of deer. Both are pursued with dogs and spears, but fire-arms
are unknown. Ingeniously constructed traps and pit-falls ore also had recourse to.
The modes of taking fish, which are plentiful, are not less ingenious. In their
manners tbe Orang-bdniiwa are superstitious, but have no mischievous customfl or
sanguinary usages. Generally, they are in the same state of society as the Dayaka
of Borneo, but without the head-hunting, skull- hoarding habits of the latter.

From the first appearance of Europeans in the Peninsula, the existence of thifl
wild people bos been known, but they were never well and truly described until
visitfid by Mr. Looah in 184? and subsequent years. Bakbos, in bis second Decade,
mentions them in tbe following terms, as the precursors of tbe Malays who founded
Malacca : "The habitation of tbe Cellates is more on the sea than on the land.
On the sea, their children are bom and reared without their making any settlement
on tbe land. However, as they were hated by the people of Singapore and of the
neighbouring islands, they did not return to these ports, but they came and fixed
their location on the banks of a river where now stands the city of Malacca. The
first settlement which they made was on a hill above the fortress, which we n
hold, where they found some people of the land, half-savages in their manner
living, whose language was the proper Malay, imderstood by all the people, and
with which, also, the Collates were acquainted. At first there was alienation
between the two tribes on account of difference in the mode of life. But through
the womeu an accommodation was effected, and they agreed to live in one setllo-
ment, each party following that mode of life to which it had been accustomed,
the ono subsisting on the produce of the sea, and tbe other on the fruits of thd
earth."

The half-savages of Barros are evidently the Oravg-btiniiwa, and his Cellatea,
the sea-gipsies, the word being au obvious corruption of the Malay gdlat, a strut o:
narrow sea, which with orang prefixed, and making "men or people of the straits,"
is still apphed to the inhabitants of the innumerable islands which nearly choke ixp
the ea*tcm entrance of the Straits of Malacca. Whether the Orang-buauwa be the J
aboriginal of the Peninsula, and the people from which the wide-spreud Mahiy&n f
nation is sprung, or settlers from another country, is a question which natuially |
arises. The whole Peninsula is called by the Malays themselves Tanah MaJayu, 1
or the country of the Malays, in the same way in which they call Java, Tanah JuWO,
and Celebes, Tanah Bugis, the land of the Javanese, and the land of the Bugis ; 1
[18J

Ber of British Malaya. Ber

and this would seem to imply that they consider it their original mother country.
But this may arise from the country having, except a few scattered mountain negroes,
no other inhabitants than Malays, and is, therefore, not conclusive. Had the wild
people of the Peninsula been really its aboriginal inhabitants, they would most
probably, like the tribes of Borneo, Sumatra, and Celebes, be found speaking many
languages instead of one. As far as Malayan emigration is authentically known, it has
always been, not from, but to the Peninsula. Thus, their arrival in a comparatively
civilized state, with a regular form of government, and with a knowledge of letters, in
the twelfth century, is stated to have been from Sumatra, and they are, in fact, at
the present day, migrating from the same country and settling in the Peninsulft.
It is true, however, that even in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries the civil-
ized Malays found the sea-gipsies and rude people of the interior before them in
the Peninsula, so that this leaves the question of the parent country of the Malay
nation still doubtful. All that can safely be asserted, then, is that Malay civiliza-
tion did not originate in the Peninsula, but most likely in Sumatra. The proba-
bility is that the Malays were originally fishermen, occupying the mouths and banks
of the great rivers of the eastern side of Sumatra, such as those of Palembang,
Jambi, Indragiri, and Siak. Ascending these, after intermixing, as they are known
to have done, with the more civilized inhabitants of Java, and reaching the rich
volcanic table-lands in the valleys of the interior, they would naturally become a fixed
agricultural population, and acquire that civilization and power wnich under the
name of Menangkabau they are known to have attained. To this inland country,
communicating by its rivers with the sea, both on the eastern and western sides of
Sumatra, all the civilized Malay States, whether of the Peninsula or Borneo, trace
their origin. From the wandering Malay fishermen, who did not partake of the
civilization of the interior, might naturally proceed the Orang-laut, or gipsies, and
occasional stragglers from these may have given rise to the Orang-bdnuwa, o^ rude
tribes of the interior.* It is noteworthy that the Bentia have a tradition of the
deluge. A very full and interesting account of the Benua of Johore wiU be found
at pp. 24f6 et seq. Vol. I, J. I. A., and pp. 238 et seq. Vol. II.

Bera or Brah. — A lake and river in the S. of Pahang flowing into the E.
Pahang. The former is known as TasseJc Bera, and is about 25 miles in circum-
ference.-^J. I. A., VI, 372 (where 60 miles is given).

Bera Kampong. — ^A settlement on the E. of that name, Pahang.

Berallah China. — A large mass of granite, 60 to 60 feet in height, and
resembling a misshapen idol, at the entrance of the harbour between P. Ayer and
P. Dayang, off the E. coast of Johore.

Beranang. — ^V. on S. bank Langat E. in S.E. Selangor.

Berhala. — ^V. to N. of S. entrance of Kelantan E.

Beri-beri. — ^A disease of obscure origin, but the same as the KaJcke of
Japan. The symptoms include a peculiar swelling of the limbs. The following
extracts from the reports of the medical officers in the Straits give interesting
particulars. Dr. Mugliston writes: "The history of every case of beri-beri in
hospital has been taken with care with the following results : — The diet in most
instances has been inferior in quality, and has consisted of — (a) rice, which may or
may not have been of good quality ; (6) salt fish, sometimes good and sometimes
not ; (c) fresh fish or meat very seldom ; (d) salted vegetables, and occasionally
fresh ones. In all cases there has been a total absence of fruit in the diet. The
patients have come from all districts, malarious or not ; for instance, Tanjong Pagar,
Beach Eoad, Eochor, Tanglin, Sirangun, or Johore. Malaria, by these observations,
cannot have much to do with causation of the disease. The disease has not
attacked all the members of a batch of coolies living apparentlv under the same
oonditionsy and on inquiry it has been found that those attacked have not eaten
fruit, while other members of the batch have done so. Those enjoying a better

£19] c 2

Descriptive Dictionary

Bet

diet, although eating no fresh fruit, have not been attacked so soon as those who
have aquandered their monej in gambling or opium -fonoking, and who have bo
obtained less food. By far the njajority of pitiimts have been Chinese, who eat, in
their usual diet, less nitrogenous food and fruit than do other natives, although
otherwise living under preciaelv the same conditions. The Kliugs and Malays who
have been treated here all stated thiit fruit had not been eaten bj them for months.
Beri-beri frequently occurs at sea amongst natives, in ships that have not obtained
fresh fruit and diet for a lengthened period . I have thus been almost forced to believe
in the scorbutic origin of the disease, but this belief is open to correction, as my
obserrations have not been sufficiently prolonged. . . , These observations are quite
at variance with those of Doctors CoruelUssen and Sugeiioya, who have recently
been investigating the disease in Acheen. They conclude (vide Britiah Medical
Journal of December 5th, 1886) that :- — ' 1. It is a conto^oua disease. 2. Beri-
beri patients iofect certain localities, and persons in good health, coming from
districts free from beri-beri, and settling in those infected districts, contract the
disease. 3. That wooden structures retain the infectious product more than brick
buildings. 4. That contagion t'hrougb the means of wearbg apparel had been
observed.' The wards of the Hospital under mj charge are of wood. The beri-
beri patients occupy these wards with non-beri-beri cases. The wearing apparel is
not ke^t separate, and still not a case has occurred that could in any way be traced
to fomites."

Black beans have been introduced as a portion of the diet during the last few
years, and, containing as they do a great deal more nitrogen than the equivalent
amount of rice, have had prooably Eomething to do with the better general health
prevailing.

Berkuning.— V. on E. bank of Perak B. in 8.E. Kedali, 3 miles 8. o£ Padang
Semei.

Bemam. — A river in estreme SE. Perak.

Bersumptll. — A gathering of Sakais for music and dancing.

Bertam {Ewjeitnonia triete). — The name of certain jungle plants with long
straight stems having a pithy interior. The stems are split and flattened and dried,
and are then used to weave a sort of basket work much used for the walls of native
houses, &c. By dyeing the stems various colours, but chiefly black or red, very
tasteful patterns are produced. Bivding hertam is the correct term for this plaited
work, but it is conventionally termed " Bertam " only. In addition to the pokok
bertam (which does not produce an edible fruit), three other plants are used for the
same purpose, viz. P. kiimbar, P. klubi, and P. aala, all of which fumiah edible fruit.
Bertam is woven in squares as large as 20 x 20 feet. It makes a pretty dado in
foreign bouses.

BeSUt. — V. near m. of E. Endau, N. Johore.

Betel-nut. — The fruit of the Areca Palm, a tall, graceful tree, sometimes
reaching a height of 60 feet. The nuts are surrounded by a yellow tough fibre
enclosed in a thickish green rind. To prepare them for use the entire fruit is
split and the halves dried in the sun. When dry the nut is separated from its
envelope and is sold for chewing with nrlh leaf and lime. Its use commu-
nicates a blood-red colour to the lips and gums and the same hue to the saliva,
which the natives eject without much regard for time or place, unless checked by
regulation. Foreigners are generally puzzled to account for Malay devotion to
what api>ears to novices a tasteless object. Value (roughly) $1 per tree.

Betel Vine or Sirill (^Chaviea Betel). — Generally denominated a pepper.
A leaf used to chew with betel-nut and lime. The following remarks &om
a recent issue of The SlraiU Times are worth preservation in a more permanent
form : — " With the natives chewing eirih is not only serviceable to pasa the time,
but has certainly proved conducive to health. In this part of the world these fuct«
[20]

Bet of British Malaya, Bet

have been known for centuries, but no advantage, till recently, has been taken of
its healing virtues, in the interest of Western medical science. In Europe, they
have so far escaped notice that hardly anything relating to the betel leaf is met
with in pharmaceutical text-books. At Sourabaya, experiments and trials have
resulted m the discovery of a method to separate from the betel leaf the volatile
oil to which the plant owes its healing qualities. It seems that the reasons why,
in Europe, hitherto, no use has been made of betel leaves for curative purposes
reside chiefly in the fact that the leaves are soon liable to become damaged, and in
drying altogether lose their aromatic, spicy, and stimulating odour. In this part of the
world, so far as observation goes, betel leaf is used medically for sundry ends. It
has been outwardly and inwardly applied with some measure of success in different
disorders. In headache, cough, and affections of the throat, sores and wounds, it
has been found highly efl&cacious. In Europe, the same remedy may be turned to
account by making use of the betel oil now available. Already in Germany highly
satisfactory results have been achieved by prescribing it against these diseases. It
has been found beneficial even against consumption. This outcome certainly
affords gratification, from its increasing the resources of civilization in the medical
line, and alleviating the suffering arising from the diseases it cures."

Betong. — ^V. on E. side of Gunong Titi Wangsa, Kedah.

Betong Kusa. — The S. pt. of Changi district, extreme E. Singapore.

BBtrothal. — ^The Malays are as desirous of making good matches for their
children as their more civilized brethren, and when they perceive a suitable person,
that is, one possessing money or landed property, or who has the right of inherit-
ing any, they solicit the hand of the favoured one for their child, and the affair is
arranged by the parents to their mutual satisfaction. Children are thus affianced
at a very tender age. The parents go before a priest, and in the presence of two
witnesses or more the children are betrothed, and the marriage is consummated
when they arrive at maturer years.

If the girl is old enough to decide for herseK, she is questioned, and if her
views coincide with her father's, the latter goes to a Kali (or priest) and tells him
that his daughter is anxious to engage himself to so-and-so. IP the Kali approves
of the match the pair appear before him on a certain day, and in the presence
of witnesses the Kali says to the young man, " I have betrothed you to N., the
daui?hter of A., and you must sp^^q him so much," and mentions the amount
re<}ared by the parent^ of the gi^l for the marriage expenses, which is of course
guided by circumstances. The young man replies, "I am truly affianced to N., and
will pay the required amount." The Kali then asks the witnesses if they heard
\h^ man, and if they reply in the affirmative, it suffices ; but if, on the contrary,
they declare his reply inaudible, the whole ceremony is repeated.

Should the girl's father be alive and residing withm a convenient distance,
it is indispensably necessary that be should be present at the ceremony.

After the betrothal, should it be discovered that the father was near and not
present, it would be the duty of the Kali to insist on the ceremony being repeated
in the father's presence.

If the father be more than a two days' journey distant, or if it is an unsafe
road, it is not necessary for him to to be present, but the next of kin appears ; and
if there is none, then a friend or Wali attends and performs the father's part.

In cases where betrothal has taken place in youth, when the girl is old enough
to live with her husband the second ceremony, or 'Nxka^ is performed. The husband
elect is carried in procession on a platform, or artificial car, which is borne on the
shoulders of men to the house of the bride. On reaching the door the latter is
brought out and placed on the stage near her affianced and carried in procession
back to the latter's residence. The procession is made up of musicians, flag-bearers,
the relatives of both parties, and as many of the inhabitants of the same com-

[21]

Bez Descriptive Dictionary Bib

pany as feel inclined to join, some on foot, others on horseback. Fire-arms and
crackers are discharged as they proceed, and mirth and laughter are the order of
the day.

The husband's parents provide the feast, which is partaken of on returning
from the girl's house. See Mabeiaob.

Bezoar Stone (gti^iga)- — The concretion found in the stomachs of cattle..

BllSkllg. — ^An intoxicating liquor prepared from hemp. An overdose is said

to be cured by chewing betel-nut.

Bhar. — ^A measure of weight. About 3| cwt.

Bhani. — ^New. A name frequently given to villages, &c. There is a
Kampong Bharu in Singapore, and also in Jumpol near the E. Sercting.

Bibliography. — A complete bibliography of the Malayan Peninsula has
yet to be compiled, i.e., one including reference to the many thousand articles
which have appeared in papers and magazines on the subject. But as regards
printed works dealing only with the Peninsula, the following lists are fairly
exhaustive. They comprise : — ^I. General Works ; II. Grammars and Dictionaries ;
m. Original Malay Works ; IV. Translations in Malay of Foreign Works ; and
V. Translations in European languages of Malay Works. The last-named is the
least perfect, much work having been done in this direction by Dutch scholars
which lies buried in the columns of Dutch periodicals : —

PART I.— GENERAL WORKS.

Administration Bepobt. — Straits Settlements — ^published yearly, ending 1867.

Andebson, J. — Political and Commercial Considerations relative to the
Malayan Peninsula and the British Settlement in the Straits of Malacca — 2 parts
in 1 vol. sm. 4to. — Prince of Wales* Island, 1824.

Abbowsmith, J. — ^Map of the Asiatic Archipelago— E. Stanfobd, London,
1879.

Asset, Chables. — On the Trade to China, and the Indian Archipelago : with
Observations on the Insecurity of the British Interests in that Quarter — London,
1819.

Babbosa. — (See Rajittsio).

Beobie, Captain P. J. — The Malayan Peninsula, embracing its History, Man-
ners and Customs of its Inhabitants, Politics, Natural History, &c., from its
earliest Records, by Captain P. J. Beobie, Madras Artillery. Illustrated by
charts and 9 engravings from original designs. Printed for the author at the
Vepery Mission Press, Madras, 1834.

Bennet, Geobge. — Wanderings in New South Wales, Batavia, Pedir Coast,
Singapore, and China in 1832-4. 2 vols. 8vo. — 1834.

BiNTANG Babat (" Westebn Stab "). — Miilay newspaper published for a short
period after the appearance of the Jawi Peranakkan, but, like the Peridaran
8ham8U Walkamer, discontinued. *

Blue Books, Colonial. — Papers presented to Parliament — (See Parlia-
mentary Papers).

Blue Book. — Of the Straits Settlements — ^Published annually, commencing
1868.

BoBiE, Fatheb. — ^An Account of the Aborigines of the Malay Peninsula and
of the Malayan and other Tribes at present inhabiting it. — Translated from two
letters of the French Missionary, Father Bobie, at present stationed at Ayer Sala,
Malacca — Straits Times Office. [No date of publication; original dates 1st
November, 1857, and 26th April, 1863.]

Bbaddell, T. — ^Abstract of the Sijara Malayu, or Malayan Annals. — Trans-

[22]

Bib of British Malaya. Bib

lated by T. Bbaddell (from Vol. V. of the Journal of the Indian Archipelago,
commencing at p. 125 ei seq.)

Bbaddell, T. — Singapore and the Straits Settlements. Statistics of the
British Possessions in the Straits of Malacca — ^Notices of Singapore, &c. — 8vo. —
Penang, 1861.

Singapore and the Straits Settlements described. And the Arrangements

for the Future Government of these Possessions considered as distinct from the
general question of the Government of India under the East India Company —
Penang.

Calendab of State Pafebs. — Colonial Series, East Indies, China, and
Japan, 1513-1616.

Calendab. — ^A Mahommedan and English Comparative Calendar issued yearly
— Singapore, 1877 et seq.

A Chinese and English Comparative Calendar issued yearly — Singapore,

1875 et seq.

Cambbon, John. — Our Tropical Possessions in Malayan India: being a
Descriptive Account of Singapore, Penang, Province Wellesley, and Malacca, their
Peoples, Products, Commerce, and Government, by John Camebon, F.E.G.S., with
Illustrations. — Smith, Eldeb & Co., 65, Cornhill, London, 1868.

Chinaman Abboad, The. — ^An Account of the Malayan Archipelago. — 8vo. —
London, 1850.

CoLLiNowooD, CuTHBEBT, M. A., M.B. — Eamblcs of a Naturalist on the Shores
and Waters of the China Sea. Being Observations in Natural History during a
Voyage to China, Formosa, Borneo, Singapore, &c., made in Her Majesty's Vessels
in 1866-1867— John Mubbay, London, 1868.

Collins, James. — ^Museums, their Commercial and Scientific Uses — ^A Lecture
delivered at Government House, Singapore, 26th August, 1874. Eefers to special
facilities afforded by Singapore as a collecting centre.

Colonial Office List, The. — Historical and Statistical Information respect-
ing the Colonial Dependencies of Great Britain, an Account of the Services of the
Officers of the several Colonial Governments, a Transcript of the Colonial Regula-
tions, and other Information, with Maps ; compiled from Official Records, by the
permission of the Secretary of State for the Colonies, by Edwabd Faibfield, of
the Colonial Office. — (Annual.) — Habeison, 59, Pall Mall, London.

Colquhoxtn, a. — The Golden Chersonese.

Cbaxtfobd, John. — ^A Descriptive Dictionary of the Indian Islands and
Adjacent Countries, by John Cbattfobd, F.R.S. — Bbadbttbt & Evans, 11 Bouverie
Street, London, 1856. [A most useful work of reference regarding all matters —
political, geographical, or scientific — connected with the Malayan Countries. It
includes the whole of Malaya from Sumatra to the Philippines and New Guinea.
It must, however, be stated that the author had, in common with others in the
Straits in 1824, when he was a Resident, less acquaintance with the Malay
Peninsula than with any of the other districts which he describes.]

Cbinole, Tom. — Jottings of an Invalid in search of Health, comprising a Eim
through British India and a Visit to Singa];:^re and Java. A series of Letters
reprinted from the Times of IndiaJ* — Bombay, 1865.

Davidson, G. F. — Trade and Travel in the Far East, or EecoUections of
21 years passed in Java, Singapore, Australia, and China — 8vo.

Dblaubieb. — ^Voyage d'Abd' Allah ben Abd-el-Kader de Singapore a Kalan-
tan, 1850.

—— Collection des principales Chroniques Malayes — publico par M. Ed.
DsLAUBiBB — ^Paris, 1849.

Description de TArchipel d'Asie par Ibn Batuta — Paris, 1847.

Doyle, Patbick. — ^Tin Mining in Larut — London, 1879.

Eabl, Gbobob Windsob. — ^The Eastern Seas, or Voyages and Adventures in

[23]

""L

Bib Descriptive Dictionary Bib

the Indian Archipelago, in 1832, 1833, 1834, comprising a Tour of the Island
of Java, Visits to Borneo, the Malay Peninsula. Siam, &c. : also an Account of
the Present State of Singapore, with Observations on the Commercial Eeeourcee
of the Archipelago, by Geokgb WraoaOB Earl, R. A. S.— William H. Allbk &
Co., Leadenhall Street, London, 1837. [Still a raluable work of reference respects
ing the places treated of, as regards their past history,]

Favkb, L'Abb£. — The Wild Tribes inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula.— 12mo.
—Paris, 1852.

— An Account of Wild Tribes inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula, Suma-
tra, Ac, with a Journey in Johore, and a Journey in the Meuangkabau States
of the Malayan Peninsula, 1866.

FoRRKST, Captain Thomas. — Voyage from Calcutta to the Mergui Arohi-
peli^; also an Account of the Islands Jan Sylan, Pulo Pinang, and the Port
of Queda, &c„ and Directions for Sailinjf from .thence to Fort Marlborough,
down the South- West Coast of Sumatra ; to which are added an Account of the
Island Celebes. &c., with maps, views, and other engravings — Royal 8vo.—
London, 1792. [Also large paper.]

G-ovKBNMENT Gazettb.— Siroi/s Settlement* Govemmeiit Oaaeife —published
omenced on 1st January, 1858.

-Zoology of the Voyage of H.MS. Samarang in surveying the Islands
of the Eastern Archipelago — London, 1S50.

Gkoenevbldt, W. P. — Notes on the Malay Archipelago and Malacca, com-
piled from Chinese Sources— Bata via and the Hague, 1876.

Haobman. — GeBchJedenis der Verovering van Malakka — 4to.
Haqeman, J. — G«schiedenis der Verovering van Malakka, en der Ooorlogcn
TuBScben de Portugezen en Maleijers — 4to. — Batavia, 1854
Hill, T. H. — Report on Johore — Singapore, 1878.

Hume, Allah.— Stray Feathers (Ornithological Periodical, contains a list of
Malayan birds)— 8 vols.— Central Press, Calcutta. 1872-80,

Indo-Chinkbe Glbameb.^ — On the Literature. History, Philosophy, Mythology,
4c., of the Indo-Chinese Nations, drawn chiefly from Native Languages — 3 toIb.
Royal 8vo,— Malacca. 1818-22.

Ikheb, Mas. — The Chersonese with the Gilding off.

Jack, — Descriptions of Malayan Plants, edited by Geipfith — 8vo. — Calcutta.
Jaooe, Dr. TEonoB. — Eeiseakitzen Singapore, Malacca und Java — Berlin, .
1866,

Jawi Pbbanakkah (" Steaits-Bobn "). — Malay newspaper published every
Monday — Singapore, 1876, et eeq. [This ia the first Malay newspaper ever pub-
lished i circulation about 300 copies,]

Jawi Standabd. — Malay newspaper published at Peoaug. — (? 1877) now
discontinued.

JoNQHE. OK. — Hiatoriale ende ware Beschrijvingc van de Reyse des Admirals
CoENEi-is Matchif de Jonohe naer de Cost Indien uitgetrocken in Mayo, 1605,
Mitsgaders de belegheringhe voor Malacca euz,^-4to. — Rotltfrdam, 1608.

JoDKKAL 0¥ Eabtbbn Asia. — Edir,ed by Jahes Collins, P.B.S.E,, Vol. I, No.
I, July, 1875 — Government Printing Office, Singapore, [Only number published.]
Some papers intended for the second number of this Journal were published in
the first number of the Journal of the 9lrait» Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.
Journal of the STEArrs Bbakch of the Royal Asiatic Sociktt. — Pub-
lished half -yearly — Singapore ■, No. 1, printed at the Straits Timet Office ; Noa. 2
and 3 at the " Mission Press " ; No. 4 at the Prison Printing Office ; Noa. 5 to 24
at the Goverameut Printing Office, 1878-92. [This is the Journal of a new
branch of the Royal Asiatic Sodiety, established in Singapore towards the end of
1877. The object with which it was promoted was to collect and print information
regarding the Malay Peninsula and neighbouring countries (Malayan), and more
[M]

Bib of British Malaya. Bib

especially in regard to the little known geography of the Peninsula. Considerable
additions to the knowledge we possess of Perak, Pahang and Johore are to be found
recorded in the numbers already published.

Keppbl, Hon. Captain Hensy, R.N. — A Visit to the Indian Archipelago in
H.M.S. Maudis, with portions of the Private Journal of Sir Bajah Brooke — 8vo.
— ^London, 1853.

LEaiSLATiYE Council Papers. — Papers laid before the Legislative Council
of the Straits Settlements — commencing in the year 1869.

Leioh, Sir G-eorge, Bart. — ^An Account of the Settlement, Produce, and
Commerce of Prince of Wales' Island in the Straits of Malacca — 8vo. — 1805.

Lemos, Jorge de. — 4ito. — ^Historia dos Cercos de Malacca — 4to. — Lisbon, 1585.

Letters op Extinguisher. — ^A Series of Serio-Comic Contributions to the
Straits Times — Singapore, 1872.

Letden, Dr. John. — ^Malay Annals — ^Translated from the Malay Language by
the late Dr. John Letden; with an Introduction by Sir Thomas Stamford
Raffles — ^London, 1821.

Lindsay, J. — ^Directions to accompany Charts of the Straits of Malacca, with
two Journals from the Island of Mauritius to India — 4to.

Logan, J. E. — The Journal of the Archipelago and Eastern Asia — Edited by
J. B. LoGAN^ F.E.S., Member of the Asiatic Society, Corresponding Member of the
Ethnological Society of London, and of the Batavian Society of Arts and Sciences
— In twelve volumes — Printed at the " Mission Press," Singapore, 1847-1862.
This is a valuable series of Journals, ably edited by Mr. J. E. Logan, who is
generally held to be the highest authority on all the subjects upon which he
personally wrote in this Journal. Both from his pen and other contributors a good
deal of information is to be obtained, particularly in Vols. I to HI, respecting the
physical geography of the Peninsula, as well as upon many other subjects of a
scientific character. Most of the volumes in which ^e Journal was annually bound
contain an Index — ^Yol. I a very good one. A complete Index for the whole series
is subjoined : —

THE JOURNAL OP THE INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO.

*«* N. S. s New Series. The numbering of the volumes follows the binding of the copies in

the Raffles Library.

Abdullah's Schooling
Aoheen, Court of

I) History of

„ Annals of (Trans.)
African Explorations (Livingstone's)
Agriculture in Straits Settlements
America, Indians of
Amoks, Malay ...

„ f, and Piracies

Andaman Islanders, the ...
Anderson's Considerations
Annals, Malayan, Abstract of

II i» ti

Arru Islands, the

Asia and Indo-Pacifio Islands, Ethnology of

1, Eaiftem, with References to the Malays

„ and Australia, Cont. to Physical Geography of... 1852
Assam, Customs of Hill Tribes of...
Aur, Pule
Australia, Aborigines of ...

„ Tropical, Handbook for Colonists
Axes, Stone, and Spearheads found in Java
Bali and Lombok, Scientific Researches in

„ Researches in

[26]

year.

Vol.

Art.

1852

1850

1851

1850

1858

11 N.S.

1848

1858

III

6 N.S.

1849

III

1849

1858

7 N.S.

1858

12 N.S.

1851

1852

;vi

1853

VII

1850

/22

136

1849

1852

1848

1850

1851

1850

1851

• • •

1848

• ••

1849

III

• • •

9,10

1851

• •

Bib Descriptive Dictionary Bib

Ye&r. Vol. Art.

Banda, Nutmeg Plantations in ... ... ... 1858 ... I ... 6 N.S.

Banka, Island of ... ... ... ... 1851 ... V ... 18

II ,1 Report on ... ... ... 1848 ... II ... 17

II History of, and Life of Dutch Officials in ... 1848 ... II ... 18

Barram Biveri the ... ... ... ... 1861 ... V ... 89

„ „ Journal of a Visit to ... ... 1851 ... V ... 39

Batavia, Exhibition at, 1853 1853 ... VH ... 7

BattaSi Cannibalism amongst the... ... ... 1855 ... IX ... 16

II of Manheling and Pertibi... ... ... 1849 ... HE ... 23

Bawean, Island of .. ... ... ... 1851 ... V ... 24

Benaik Islands, the Maruior of the ... ... 1858 ... I ... 1 N.S.

BencooleUi Sugar Loaf Mt. of ... ... ... 1855 ... IX ... 12

II Nutmegs and Cloves in ... ... 1851 ... V ... 9

Benua, Orangi of Johore... ... ... ... 1847 ... I ... 18

Betsimisaraks of Madagascar, the ... ... 1850 ... IV ... 42

Biduana Eallang, Orangi the ... ... ... 1847 ... I ... 21

Bima and Sumbawa ... ... ... ... 1858 ... I ... 8 N.S.

Birds*-nests Bocks in Java ... ... ... 1847 ... I ... 11

Bongsui the Virgin Daughter of the Sultan ... 1848 ... n ... 43

Bomeoi Travels in Intenor of ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 11

II ■•• ••• ••• ••• ••• XO^O ••• XX ••• ^o

,1 European Intercourse withi prior to 1819 ... 1848 ... n ... 24

II Chinese n h n ... 1848 ... H ... 33

I, Proper Traces of Origin of the Kingdom of .. 1848 ... n ... 25

II General Considerations respecting ... 1848 ... 11 ... 21

II EayanSi and Kayan Language of ... ... 1849 ... HE ... 11,13

British Colonies in Straits of Malaccai the ... 1850 ... IV ... 2

Buddhism in Ceylon and Siam ... ... ... 1858 ... Ill ... 12 N.S.

Buddhist Monks or Telapoins ... ... ... 1850 ... IV ... 21

Bukit, A GkOlop to the ... ... ... ... 1851 ... V ... 23

Burmese Buddhai Legend of the ... ... ... 1852 ... VI ... 14

••• ... ... 1853 ... Vn ... 5

II II II ••• ... .• _____

... ... ... XOOx ... V J A * ... V

... ... ... 1855 ... IX ... 13

>» II II

II II 19

Cambodia and the Cambodians ... ... ... 1851 ... V ... 19,25

II II

1852 ... VI ... 7,9,11,28

1854 ... vrn ... 8

II II ••• •••

CelobeSi Minnahassa in ... ... ... ... 1848 ... II .. 44

f) f»

II )}

If }i

1858 ... Ill ... 3 N.S.

,1 Notices of ... ... ... ... 1848 ... II ... 38

1850 ... IV ... 40

1851 ... V ... 14
II Ichthyology of ... ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 5

II Tortoiseshell of ... ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 16

Coram Laut Isles ... ... ... ... 1852 ... VI ... 26

Changalelegat, the, or Mantaive Islanders .. ... 1855 ... IX ... 14

Chiang Chang, Visit to the City of 1850 ... IV ... 14

Chinese Divorces ... ... ... ... 1854 ... Vm ... 11

„ Doctrine of the Pulse ... ... ... 1858 ... II ... 7 N.S.

„ Immigrants, Annual Remittances by ... 1847 ... I ... 4

,1 in Penangi Notes on the ... ... ... 1854 ... Vm ... 1

II II II ... ... ... xooo ... x^^ ... o

II in Singapore n ... ... ... 1848 ... 11 ... 15

„ Objects of Worship ... ... ... 1848 ... II ... 19

II Superstitions and Customs of ... ... 1858 ... II ... 19 N.S.

II Tables of Merits and Errors ... ... 1858 ... II ... 8N.S.'

I, Tibetan, and Ultra-Indian Numerals ... 1858 ... I ... 22 N.S.

„ Trade with India and I. A.| Antiquity of ... 1848 ... II ... 82

China, Himalaio Numerals in China Tibet, &o. ... 1858 ... I ... 18 N.S.

Cinnamon Cultivation in South of Malacca ... 1851 ... V ... 36

Coal,Sumatran... ... ... ... ... 1848 ... n ... 42

II in Ligor and Kedah ... ... ... 1847 ... I ... 15

II DepositS|Siamese Coast Penang and Junk Ceylon 1847 ... I ... 14

Cochin-Ohinai A Voyage to ... ... ... 1852 ... VI ... 16

„ Details respecting ... ... ... 1847 ... I ... 6

„ Inyestitare of King of, in 1849 ... 1850 ... IV ... 22

[26]

Bib

of British Malaya.

Bib

Goohin-China, Funeral of King of

Coffee-planting in Ceylon

Conchology and Malaohology, Bemarks on

Contributions and Correspondence (Misc.) ...

Coral Beefs as a Cause of Fever ...

Cotton, Culture of, in S. S.

Deer, a White .^.

Diotionaiy, Crauford's Descriptive

Dinding, Polo ...

Do Dongo, Visit to the Mountaineers of ...

Dok in Muar, A Trip to ...

Dravidian Formation, the, Inquiries into ...

Durian, the

Dutch History in the Archipelago

Dutch Possessions in the L A.

Pyaks, Mythology of the

„ of Banjermassing, Remarks on
Ethnology of Indo-Pacific Islands

19
99

9>
99
99
99
99
99

„ of the Indian Archipelago

„ of Johore ,,

Exhibition 1851, List of Singapore Collections
Farquhar*s (Col.) Search for Place to establish a

Settlement ...
Floris, Cannibals on Island of
Fort Marlborough to Palembang, Journey from
Gamboge Tree, the
Oambier as a Preservative of Timber
Ghunbling and Opium-smoking in the S. S.
Garens, Notice of the
Ghoorkas, the, and Cognate Tribes
Glossarial Affinities (Tibetan, Chinese, Scythic)
Gold in Sarawak

Gimong Dempo, Sumatra, Journey to
„ Benko, Bencoolen, Journey to
„ Danka, or a Paradise on Earth : a Tale ...
Gutta taban Collectors, and Imports into Singapore .
Guttapercha ...
Harbours, Land-locked ...
Hill Tribes bordering Assam and of I. A., Customs

oommonto...
Himalaio or Tibetan Tribes of Asssum, Burma and Pegu

99.

HimmdUh, Bemarks made during Voyage of the ...
Hoevell, D>r. Baron van. Labours of
Horsburgh Lighthouse, Account of the
Human Baces, the Mixture of

,» Natural Selection of

Ichthyology of Sumbawa
Indian Axohipelago and East Asia, Laws of the
I, Ancient Trade of the ...

I, Area of Islands claimed by

Netherlands
Customs of Hill Tribes of the ...
Europeans in, in 16th and 17th

Centuries...
Ethnology of the. Int. Bemarks.

[27]

9»
99

Year.

Vol.

Art.

1849

• • •

ill .

.. 21

1852

• • •

VI .

.. 8

1847

• • •

I .

.. 17

1847

• ••

{i:

.. 30
.. 43

1848

• • •

n .

.. 22

1849

• • •

m .

.. 28,48

1850

• • •

IV ..

. 9, 88, 44

1850

• • ■

IV .

.. 46

1851

• • •

V .

7, 12

1848

• • •

n ..

. 10

1858

• • •

I ..

. lON.S.

1849

• • •

in ..

. 29

1848

• • •

TT ..

. 39

1868

t • •

n ..

. 16N.S.

1866

• • •

IX ..

.. 3

1861

• • •

V .

.. 17

1858

• • •

I ..

. 6 N.S.

1847

• • •

I ..

. 13

1849

• • •

m ..

.. 7

1847

• • •

I ..

. 3

1850

• • •

V .

. 16

1852

• • •

VI ..

1853

• ••

vu ..

1854

• • •

vni .

.. 2

1855

• • •

rx .

.. 1, 17

1858

• • •

I .

. 14 N.S.

1858

• • •

Ill .

.. App. N.S

1850

• • •

IV .

.. 24

1847

• • •

I .

.. 26

1851

• • •

V .

1852

• ••

VI .

.. 22

1848

• ••

11 .

.. 9

1858

• • •

u ..

.. 5 N.S.

1858

• • •

I ..

. 13 N.S.

1850

• • •

IV ..

.. 12

1858

• • •

I ..

3 N.S.

1851

• • •

V .

.. 21

1858

• • •

Ill ..

8 N.S.

1858

• • •

I ..

. 16 N.S.

1849

• ••

ni .

.. 46

1858

• • •

n .

1 N.S.

1855

• • 1

iX .

. 12

1850

• • •

IV .

.. 11

1848

• • •

n .

.. 27

1847

t • •

I .

.. 2

1852

• • •

VI .

.. 12

1848

• • •

n .

.. 13

1858

• • •

II .

.. 3 N.S.

185^

• • •

II .

.. 10 N.S.

1852

• • •

VI ..

.. 21

1848

• • •

11 ..

.. 45

1852

• ••

VI ..

. 18

1850

• • •

IV ..

1858

• • •

m ..

5 N.S.

1848

• ••

u ..

.. 86

1847

• • •

I ..

. 29

1858

• ••

n ..

. 12 N.S.

1848

• • •

n ..

.. 11

1848

• ••

n ..

. 13

1858

• • •

n ..

. 17 N.S.

1847

• • •

I ..

. 16

Bib Descriptive Dictionary Bib

Year. Vol. Art.

Indian Archipelago, Ethnology of the, Int. Remarks 1850 ... IV ... 24

„ Journal kept on board a Cruiser in 1854 ... YlLl ... 7

,, Languages of the ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 44

ri4

„ Piracy and Slave Trade in - ... 1849 ... Ill •••139

„ „ „ 1850 ... rv ... 5

„ Population of the ... ... 1849 ... in ... 24

,, Present Condition of the ... 1847 ... I ... 1

„ Trading Ports of the .. ... 1860 ... IV ... 28

„ ATripto, inH.M.S. Leancicr ... 1853 ... VII ... 6

Indian Races, Europeanization of the ... ... 1858 ... Ill ... 9 N.S.

Indo-Pacifio Islands, Ethnology of ... ... 1861 ... V ... 16

I, ' ,, ... ... 1852 ... VX ... o

II II ... ... Xooo ••• VXJ. ... A

I, I, ... ... 1854 ... Vni ... 2

II I, ... ... lood ... XJv. ... Xf Xf

,1 ,1 ... ... loOo ... X ... X4 JN.o.

,1 II ... ... 1858 ... Ill ... App. N.S.

Inscription, Ancient Javanese, at Panataran ... 1851 ... V ... 26

Islam, Legends of ... ... ... ... 1860 ... IV ... 19

Japan, Commercial Intercourse with ... ... 1851 ... V ... 37

Java, Excursion in, during War with DipoNegoro ... I ^|9^ "• yjjj g

{1847 I 9

1849 III 3

Javanese Ancient Inscription ... ... ... 1851 ... V ... 26

Johore, Geology of East Coast of .. ... ... 1848 ... 11 ... 35

,1 East Coast and Islands, Voyage to ... 1848 ... II ... 34

I, Orang Benua of ... ... ... ... 1847 ... I ... 18

II The Sultan of ... .. ... 1868 ... 11 ... 2 N.S.

II and Pahan^, Description of East Coast to ... 1851 ... V ... 11

,1 A Journey m ... ... ... .. 1849 ... Ill ... 4

,1 Archipelago, Ethnology of the ... ... 1847 ... I ... 26

„ Translations of Malayan Laws of ... ... 1855 ... IX ... 9

Kapans, Journal of a Tour on the ... ... 1858 ... I ... 4 N.S.

Karean Tribes of Martaban and Tavai ... ... 1860 ... IV ... 28

Karen Nee, Country of the (J^^ ;•; jg ;;; ^1 N.|.

Karens, Ethnographic Position of the ... . . 1858 ... II ... 20 N.S.

KarrangBolling(in Java) and Birds'-nests Bocks there 1847 ... I ... 11

Kayan Language (Borneo), Vocabulary of... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 18

Kayans, the ... ... ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 11

Kedah and Siam, Ancient Connection between ... 1851 ... V ... 81

Keddah, Some Account of ... .. .. 1850 ... IV ... 4

II Annals, Translation of the ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 1

Kei and Arm Islands ... ... ... ... 1853 ... VII ... 3

Kina-Balow, Ascent of Mt. ... ... ... 1852 ... VI ... 1

Komoring, the Orang ... ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 37

Labuan, Report on (Geology of ... ... ... 1852 ... VI ... 20

Lampong Districts, the ... ... ... ... 1851 ... V ... 85

Languages, Preliminary Remarks on ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 44

I, Malay, Polynesian and Chinese Words

introduced from English into ... 1850 ... IV ... 15

„ of the I. A. ... ... ... ... 1849 ... HI ... 44

,1 and Races, the Malayan and Polynesian 1848 ... n ... 12

Laterite, Origin of ... ... ... ... 1860 ... IV ... 17

Laws of the I. A. and Eastern Asia ... ... 1847 ... I .. 29

„ MalayaUi of Johore ... ... ... 1855 ... IX ... 9

Legends of Islam ... ... ... ... 1850 ... IV ... 19

Lights, Semi-horizon .. ... ... ... 1852 ... VI ... 6

Lombok, Notices of ... ... ... ... 1848 ... II ... 5

*« A« ••• ••• ••• ••• XOvX • • • Y • • ■ ^^^

,1 and Bali, Scientific Researches in ... 1848 ... II ... 4

Magindaneo, Adventures amongst the Pirates of .. 1858 ... II ... 16 N.S.

Mohammedanism in the I. A. ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 32

Majellis Aohe, Translation from the ... ... 1851 ... V ... 3

[28]

Bib of British Malaya. Bib

Year. Vol. Art.

Malacca, Journey from, to Pahang ... ... 1852 ... VI .«. 17

„ Law of England in ... ... ... 1868 ... Ill ... 2 N.S.

„ Agriculture in ... ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 49

,, Description of ... ... ... .. 1850 ... IV ... 43

,, History and Condition of ... ... 1840 ... II ... 41

„ Map of ... ... ... ... 1858 ... I ... 2 N.S.

"Mnf^a nn /1848 ... II ... 7

„ JMOieson ^jQgg ^ J 2 N.S.

„ Tin Mines of ... ... ... ... 1864 ... VIII ... 5

„ Trip to Interior of ... ... ... 1853 ... VII ... 4

Malachology and Conchology, Bemarks on ... 1847 ... I ... 17

Malay Annals, Translation of ... ... —{1862 * y\ '" ^3

Malay Peninsula, Search for Coal Deposits on Coast of 1847 ... I ... 28
„ Sketch of Physical (Geography and

Gteology ... ... ... 1848 ... II ... 2

„ Sumatra, &c.. Wild Tribes of ... 1848 ... II ... 14

„ Journey across the ... ... 1862 ... VI ... 17

„ Journey in the Menangkarbau

States of ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 12

,, Pol. and Com. Considerations rela-
tive to British Settlements in... 1854 ... Vm ... 6
Malays of Penang and Province Wellesley, the ... 1858 ... II ... 4 N.S.
Malay Sounds in Boman Letters... ... ... 1848 ... II ... 31

„ Royal Families ... ... ... ... 1865 ... IX ... 8

Malays, Manners and Customs of the ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 17

Meals of the ... ... ... ... 1850 ... IV ... 30

Memoirs of ... ... ... ... 1848 ... II ... 20

Notes on Maritime ... ... ... 1850 ... IV ... 41

Polynesians, Papuans and Australians ... 1849 ... Ill ... 47

Maldivian Alphabet, the... ... ... ... 1858 ... II ... 22

Marshes and Malaria at Singapore ... ... 1848 ... II ... 22

Maruvi, the, of the Benaik Islands ... ... 1858 ... I ... 1 N.S.

Jfeander, Trips of H.M.S., in the I. A. ... ... 1863 ... VII ... 6

Menangkarbau States, Trip in the ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 12

Mindoro, the Island of ... ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 51

Minahassa in Celebes (Menado) ... ... ... 1858 ... Ill ... 3 N.S.

„ „ a Glance at ... ... 1848 ... II ... 44

Mintira, the Drang, Visit of, to Singapore ... ... 1847 ... I ... 26

„ Phys. Charact. of the ... ... ... 1847 ... I ... 19

„ Biduanda, Measurements of ... ... 1847 ... I ... 23

„ Superstitions of the ... ... ... 1847 ... I ... 24

„ Agriculture of the ... ... .. 1851 ... V ... 29

Moar, a Trip to (see also Muar) ... ... ... 1850 ... IV ... 25

Moco-Moco to Pengkalan Jambi, Journey from ... 1858 ... n ... 18 N.S.

Mon-Anam Formation, the ... ... ... 1858 ... I ... 20, 21 N.S.

,, ,, ... ... ... Io5o ... IXx ... App. N.o.

Mount Semiru, Eruption of January 1846 ... 1860 ... IV ... 20

Muar (see also MoarJ Sila Datu Tumunggong of ... 1851 ... V ... 6

Naning, Five Days m ... ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 2

„ Notes on and Notice of Naning War ... 1858 ... I ... 7 N.S.

Netherlands, Area claimed by, in the I. A. ... 1848 ... II ... 11

„ India, Dr. Baron van Heovill's Labours 1848 ... II ... 46

New Guinea, North and East Coasts of ... ... 1852 ... VI ... 16

Nicobar Islands, the ... ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 18

„ Sketches at the ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 16

Numerals, Chinese and Tibeto-Ultra-Indian ... 1858 ... I ... 22 N.S.

Nutmeg, Cultivation of the ... ... ... 1848 ... II ... 37

„ Tree, Diseases of the ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 46

„ Cultivation and Trade in, from 17th Century 1861 ... V ... 28

„ Plantations, Banda ... ... ... 1868 ... I ... 6 N.S.

Nutmegs and Cloves, Bencoolen .. ... ... 1861 ... V ... 9

Orang Biduana Kallang of Johore ... .. 1847 ... I ... 21

„ Komoring, the ... ... ... ... 1849 ... Ill ... 37

„ Mintira, Visit of, to Singapore ... ... 1847 ... I ... 26

£29J

Bib Descriptive Dictionary Bib

Year. Vol. Art.

Orang Sabimba, the ... ... ... ... 1847 ... I ... 20

„ Seletar (or Sletar) of Johore, the ... ... 1847 ... I ... 22

Ophir, a Trip to Mt. ... .. ... ... 1862 ... VI ... 24

Opium Trade and Christianity, the ... ... 1849 ... m ... . 81

ri848 ... n ... 1

„ Smoking in Singapore and Straits ... ...4 1849 ... Ill ... SO

ll868 ... I ... 8N.S.

Pahang, Description of East Coast of ... ... 1859 ... V ... 11

„ Journey to, from Malacca ... ... 1852 ... VI ... 17

Pa-Laong, Notes on ... ... ... ... 1858 ... 11 ... IIN.S.

Palawan ... ... ... ... ... 1852 ... VI ... 4

Palepubang to Fort Marlborough, Journey from ... 1858 ... II ... 5 N.S.

ri847 ... I ... 80

Pantuns, Malay ... ... ... ...• 1848 ... 11 ... 46

Il849 ... in ... 52

Papuans, Australians and Polynesians ... ... - j^™ *" jy *" ^

Pasummah Lebar and GunongDempo, Journey to... 1858 ... n ... 1 N.S.

X c>^r aUBS ••• ... ... ... ... X04«/ ... XXX ... O

Perak, Observations on ... ... ... ... 1860 ... IV ... 34

Penang, the Malays of ... ... ... ... 1858 ... II ... 4 N.S.

„ the Chinese in ... ... ... ... 1855 ... DC ... 6

„ Kedah, Notes at ... ... ... 1851 ... V ... 5

„ Malacca and Singapore, Law of England in 1858 ... m ... 2 N.S.

„ Climate of ... ... ... ... 1848 ... II ... 28

(1850 ... IV ... 89

1861 ;;; ^ .*.'.* \

1858 ... n ... 6 N.S.

Pine-apple Fibre, Preparation of the ... ... 1848 ... 11 ... 26

Piracies and Amoks, Malay ... ... ... 1849 ... in ... 83

1849 ... in ... 14

Piracy and Slave Trade of the I. A. ... ... \ 1849 ... in ... 39

• • • I ■

1850 ... IV ... 5

Pirates, Sarebas, En>edition against ... ... '1849 ... m ... 19

Populations of the I. A.... ... ... ... 1849 ... m ... 24

I, dava ... •.. ... ..a xjjr^t ... X ... v

Probolingo, a Trip to ... ... ... ... 1848 ... n ... 30

Pronouns and Definitives, Malay, Polynesian, &o. ... 1858 ... in ... 4 N.S.

Province Wellesley, the Malays of ... ... 1858 ... n ... 4 N.S.

Pulo Aur ... ... ... ... ... 1850 ... IV ... 16

„ Dinding ... ... ... ... ... 1849 ... m ... 29

Baces and Languages, Asiatic and Indo-Pacifio ... 1855 ... IX ... 2

Baffles, Sir Stamford, Life and Services of ... 1855 ... DC ... 15

„ „ and the I. A. ... ... 1858 ... I ... 9 N.S.

Rainfall at Horsbuigh Lighthouse ... ... 1852 ... VI ... 29

Bambau, a Walk to Gunong Datu in ... ... 1849 ... m ... 2

Banow, Journey to the' Lake of ... ... ... 1858 ... n ... 14 N.S.

Bafflesla Palma, Cont. to Nat. History of ... ... 1847 ... I ... 7

Bhio, a Glance at ... ... ... ... 1847 ... I ... 8

„ Bevenue and Trade of ... ... 1849 ... ni ... 25

„ Lingga Archipelago, Sketch of the |J®^ - ^^ •" Jq

Boute, Steam, between Singapore and Torres Straits 1851 ... V ... 34

„ from Torres Straits to Sydney ... 1851 ... V ... 38

„ through Indian Archipelago ... 1851 ... V ... 27

Sabimba, Orang, the ... ... ... ../ 1847 ... I ... 20

„ Tribes ... ... ... ... 1847 ... I ... 27

oago ... ... ... ... ... .. xo49 ... x\.i. ... JM

Sakei Tribes of the Malay Peninsula ... ... 1850 ... IV ... 29

Sarawak, Gold in ... ... ... .. 1849 ... in ... 46

Sarebas and Sakanan Pirates, Destruction of ... 1849 ... in ... 40

„ „ „ Expedition against ... 1849 ... ni ... 19

Sassak, the Beligion of ... ... . . ... 1848 ... n ... 6

Seletar (<m Sletar)

Semang and Sake! Tribes of Malay Penimrola ... 1850 ... IV ... 29

.180]

Bib

of British Malaya.

Bib

Seman, Offerings on the Island of
Semiru, Eruption of Mt., in 1845 ...
Shair Bidasari, a Malay Poem and Translation
Shan, Ka-Kying and Pa Laong, Gomp. Vocab. of
Slam, Coronation of the King of ...
the Laws of

Account of Death of Queen of
and Kedah, Ancient Connection between
„ Ancient Annals of...
Siamese Border, Notes on the
„ Grammar, Bishop Pallieu's

Sijara Malayu (Malay Annals), Abstract of

Sila Datu, Tumunggong of Muar ...
Silong Language, Vocab. of the ...

„ Tribe of the Mergui Archipelago
Singapore, Agriculture of

Agricultural Statistics, Reports on

Advice to Livalids visiting
Botany of
Census of

>»

ft
ft

>•

Geology of ...
Medical Topography of

Notices of

„ to Penang, Boat Voyage from

„ Zoology of ...

Sletcur (or Siliteur) Orang, of Johore

„ and Sabimba Tribes
Soliman's Narration
Solo, Tiger Fight at
Soloese, Whale-fishing of the

Sooloo {fiu also Solo)

South-Eastem Asia, Ethnology of...

Steam Boutes through I. A.

Year.

... 1848

... 1860

... 1847

... 1868

... 1851

... 1847

... 1852

... 1851

... 1849

... 1860

... 1851
/1861

- \1862
... 1851
... 1850
... 1850
... 1849

/1849

- \1850
... 1851
... 1850
... 1850

ri847
••• \1852
... 1848

ri853
...41864

ll866
... 1850
... 1849
... 1847
... 1847
... 1848
... 1850
... 1850

/1849

•• \1849

... 1850

ri851
... \ 1851

1 1851
... 1849
.. 1852

• t •

• ••

• • •

• ••

Straits of Malacca, British Colonies in

„ Singapore, Geology of the
Sulu (see Solo and Sooloo).

Sumatra, General Sketch of ... ... ... 1849

„ Journey in ... ... ... ... 1858

„ Coal in ... ... ... ... 1848

Sumbawa and Bima ... ... ... ... 1858

Surabaya, Tour from and back to... ... ... 1849

Ta-lien, Worship of the ... ... ... ... 1850

Tankuban Prahu (Java) after Eruption May 1846 ... 1848

Tan Tai Hoey, in Singapore, the ... ... ... 1852

Temperature at Horsburgh Lighthouse, Tables of ... 1852

Tenasserim, Vegetable Products of ... ... 1850

Geological and Geographical Notes on.. 1849
Metalliferous Deposits and Mineral Pro-
ducts of ... ... ... 1849

Thrai Phum, Some Aocoimt of the ... ... 1851

Tibetan Dialects, Chinese and Scythic ... ... 1858

„ Lidian and Ultra-Indian Dialects, Words
common to .. ...

Tibeto-Ultra-Indian and Mon-Anam Formations

„ Burman Formation, the ...

Tiger Fight at Sooloo

Timor, Dialects of, and adjacent Islands .

[81]

... 1858
... 1855
/1855
•••\1858
... 1850
... 1848

• • •

Vol.

I
II

VI
V

IV
V
V

VI
V

III
III

vrn

IV
IV

in
in

IV
V

V
V

VI
VI
IV

in
in

I
I

IX
IX

Art.

8
20

9N.S.
83
30
27
31
38
13

8
13

6
27
26
34
43

3
15
31
10
10
10
22

47
41
22
27
20

8
48
27
35
33
34
38
27
42
10

IN.S.
42

8N.S.

6
36
16
19
28

7
26

50
32
16 N.S.

23N.S.

6
15 N.S.

8
40

Bib

Descriptive Dictionary

Year,

Vol.
VIII

Art.

Tin Mines ct Malacca ...

Torres Straits, Icdications of Copper Ore ii
„ Steam Routea through

Tortoiac-aboll of Celebes, The

Trade and Trading Porta of tho I. A. ... ...-i jggg jj 12 N 8

Trian, an AuriferoUH Mountain, Fall o£ a Portion of.

Tribes, the Goorkhas, and Cognate of. the Ganges, &c,

Ultra-Indian Gangotic and Tibetan Languages ... 18S8 ... I ... IT N.5.

Vocables non-Bhotian, common to N. Ultra-Indian

Himalajan, and Middle OaQgettc Languages ... 1868 ... I ... 34 N.S,

Vlndhvaa, Affiliation of tho Tl^ee ClasFies of the

Tribes of 1B58 ... lU ... 10 N.S.

Whale-fishiog, Soolooese. .

Wild Tribes of the Malayan Peninsula

Words introduced from English into Malay, Poly-
nesian, oad Chinofio,,.

Zollinger, SI., Notice of the Labours of ...

LooAN, J. E. — The EocIib of Pulo Ubin — 4to. pamplilet— Reprinted from Jour.
Ind. Archipelago.

Low. — Tlie Soil and Agriculture of Penting and Province Wellesley, with
Beferencea to Singapore and Malacca — Qojal 8to. — SingapKire, 1836.

MacAlibteb, Nobman. — HiBtorical Memoir relative to Prince of Wales' Island
in the Straits of Malacca : and ite Importance, Political and Comtnerdal : submitted
to the Hon'ble the Eaat India Company, and the Government and Legislature of
Great Britain — London, 1803.

Mai^cca. — Periodical Miscullany — 2 vols. 8vo. — Malacca, 1837-38.

Maiatan MiecELLANiBB. — 2 vols. 8vo. — Bencoolen, 1820-1842.

MAicoLM, Rev, Howakd. — TrayeU in South-Easteru Asia, embracing Hindu-
stan, Malaya, Siam. aud China, with Notieea of Missionary Stations and an Account
of the Burmese Em|.ire— 2 vols. 8vo.— 1839.

Mabbb, a.— Une Eerolution k Malaka en I'an 1334 de Jesus Christ^l874.

Mabbden, William. — Catalogue of Books and Manuscripts collected with a
view to the General Comparison of Languages, and to the Study of Oriental Lit«rar
ture — ito, — 182?. [Contains a catalogue of works on Malayan matters. The titles
have been embodied in the present list.]

A Brief Memoir of his Life and WritingB^Privately printed — ito. —

I^ndon, 1838.

Memoirs of a Malayan Family, written by themselves, and translated

from the original — 8vo. — 1830.

- — - Miscellaneous Works — 4to. — 1834.

Maktin. R. Montgomebt.— British Colonial Library — 10 vols. F.cap. 8vo. —
London. 1843 — Volume 10 : British Possessions in the Indian and Atlantic Oceans,
viz., Ceylon, Penang, Malacca, Singapore.

McMahoh, T. W. R. — My Reminiseences of a Picnic Party at Penang in the
year 1869.— Calcutta, 1871.

McNaib, Majoe F. J. A. — Perak and the Malays, or Sarong and Kris, by
Major Fbed. J. A, McNaib, K.A., C.M.6, ; Colonial Engineer and Surveyor-General,
9. S., late Officiating H.M. Commissioner, Perak ; Fellow of the LinnKan Society.
&c, ; Fellow of the Royal Geographicaj Society ; Associate Institute of Civil
Engineers — TlluBtrated with 13 engravings by E. Knight of photographs taken by
the author — Tinslkv Bkothbbs, 8, Catherine Street, Strand, London, 1878.

Mehezeb, db.^ — Malacca conquistada pelo grande AryoNao de ALBtrtjUEBtitB,
poema heroieo, com os ai^mentoB de Febbeika.^Svo. Lisboa, 1779.

MoNTooHERiB, W„ M.D. — Letter on Gutta Percha to the Bengal Medical
Board, 1843. [Dr. Montoomeeie received the gold medal of the Eoyal Society
of Arts for having brought Qutfa Percha into notice at home.]
[32]

Bib of British Malaya. Bib

MuAB AND THE MuABiTEs. — (Printed for private circulation only.) — Fcap. —
Singapore, 1880.

MuRTON, H. J. — Catalogue of the Plants under Cultivation in the Botanical
Gardens, Singapore, Straits Settlements, by H. J. Mubton — ^Govemment Print-
ing Office, Singapore, 1879. [The classification adopted is that of the Genera
Plantarum as far as the end of the 2nd Part of the 2nd Volume, after which the
orders are given in accordance with the English Edition of Le Maout et Decaisne.
With the Ai'oids, the compiler has followed the alphabetical order as given by Mr.
Brown in Sir Joseph Hooker's Report for 1877. An Index of the genera, as well
as one containing a good many English and Malay names, have been added to
enable non-botanists to find a particular plant. The number of species catalogued
amount to 1,802, of which there are : Orchids, 280 species ; Palms, 113; and Ferns
and Lycopods, 170 species.]

Supplement to the Annual Report on the Botanical Gardens for 1875.

[Contains the names of all the plants then in the Gardens, so far as they were then
known, which amounted to 488 species.]

Napier, W. — Memorandum regarding the Maharajah of Johore, his Title and
Position. — Fcap. — London, 1877.

Narrative of the Proceedings of the Straits Government with regard to the
recent operations on the East Coast of the Malay Peninsula — Signed by Colonel
Orpeur Cavenagh. — 8vo. pamphlet with appendices. — Singapore, 1863.

Navigations aux Indes Orientales, par les Hollandois, — 6 parts in 1 vol.
foUo— 1609.

Netscher. — Twee Belegeringen van Malakka. — 1756-57 en 1784.

Newbold, Lieut. I. S. — Political and Statistical Account of the British Settle-
ments in the Straits of Malacca : viz., Penang, Malacca, and Singapore ; with a
History of the Malayan States on the Peninsula of Malacca, by I. J. Newbold,
Lieutenant 23rd Madras Light Infantry, Aide-de-Camp to Brigadier-G^eneral
Wilson, C.B. ; Member of the Asiatic Societies of Bengal and Madras ; and
Corresponding Member of the Madras Hindu Literary Society — in two volumes —
John Murray, Albemarle Street, London, 1839. [This book still remains the
standard work on Malacca and its vicinity : it contains a particularly useful and
reliable account of the " Naning War," as to which the author, though not himself
engaged, had the best means of forming an opinion. He was stationed as Staff
Officer in the territory occupied immediately after, and in consequence of the
military operations. Lieutenant Newbold is also considered a high authority on
matters connected with Malay customs and traditions.]

NoRRis, George. — Singapore thirty years ago — Singapofe, 1879.

Ordinances of the Straits Settlements — 1867 ei aeq. — Eoyal 8vo. — [Previous
to April, 1867, the Straits Settlements were under the Indian Gfovemment.]

OsBORN, Captain Sherard, E.N. — Quedah, or Stray Leaves from a Journal in
Malayan Waters, by Captain Sherard Osborn, R.N., C.B., Officier de la Legion
d'Honneur — Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans and Roberts, London, 1857.

Parker, P. — Expedition from Singapore to Japan— 1838.

Parliamentary Papers. — 1866. Transfer of the control of the Straits Settle-
ments from the Government of Lidia to the Colonial Office.

1872. Command — i^^. Piratical Seizure of a junk in Selangor.

1874. Command — Despatch from Governor Sir Andrew Clarke to the

Earl op Kimberley upon the disturbed state of part of the Malayan Peninsula.

1874. Command — Engagement entered into with the Chiefs of Perak.

1875. Command — 1111. Correspondence respecting the Affairs of

certain Native States in the Malay Peninsula. (Perak and Sungei Ujong cam-
paigns.)

1875. Command — 1320. Further Correspondence, &c.

1876. Command— 1505. Do. do.

[33] P

Bib Descriptive Dictionary Bib

Pabliamentabt Papers. — 1876. Command — 1512. Further Correspondence, &c.

1877. Command— 1709. Do. do.

1879. Command — Correspondence respecting Muar Affairs.

1879. Command — Instructions to Residents in the Native States.

[Since continued as occasion required, but of comparative unimportance
as historical documents.]

Penanq Riots. — Report of the Commissioners appointed under Act XXI of
1867 to inquire into the Penang Riots. — Argus Press, Penang, 1868.

Pbnanq Gazette. — Tri-weeklj — published at Penang.

Penano. — Singapore and Malacca Almanac and Directory for 1843, 1844, 1846.
Prince of Wales' Island Register and Directory for 1820 and 1829.
Almanac and Directory — 1861-76.
Record, the— 2 vols. 8vo.— Pulo Penang, 1856-1857.
Records from 1785 to 1830— MS. folio with Index.

Perak. — Official Papers issued by the Government of the Straits Settlements
relating to Perak Affairs and the Complicity of the Chiefs in the Perak Outrages.

Parliamentary Papers relating to Native States in the Malay Peninsula — 4
numbers, Maps — 1876.

Peridaban Shamsu Walkamer. — (" Revolution of the Sun and Moon ") —
Malay newspaper published for a short period after the appearance of the " Jawi
Peranakkan," but discontinued.

Petires, James, F.R.S. — Opera Omnia — 2 vols, folio — 1746. [Contains notice
of the natural history of Malayan countries and Java.]

Phillip's Minute on the Landed Tenures of Prince of Wales' Island — Royal
8vo.— Prince of Wales' Island, 1829.

PoPHAM, Captain Sir H. — A Description of Prince of Wales' Island in the
Straits of Malacca ; with its real and probable Advantages and Sources to recom-
mend it as a Marine Establishment, by Sir Home Popham, Captain R.N., printed
for John Stookdale, Piccadilly, London, 1805.

Proceedings of Agricultural Societies and Institutions at Bencoolen and
Singapore — Bencoolen, <fcc., 1821.

PxjNic Faith. — (On the Muar Question), by an Englishman — Singapore, 1879.

Raffles, Sir Thomas Stamford. — Statement of Services — 4to. — 1824.

Raffles, Sir Thomas Stamford. — Malayan Miscellanies — Collected and chiefly
written by Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles — Bencoolen, from 1820 to 1822.

Ramusio. — Libro di Odoardo Barbosa — 1516. [Contains very full notices of
Malayan localities to which Crawpurd makes frequent references.]

Ransonnet, Baron Euoen von. — Skitzen aus Singapur und Djohor — :
Braunschweig, 1876.

Schleqel, Dr. G. — Tliian Tfi Hwui. The Hung League, or Heaven-Earth-
League — ^with an introduction and numerous cuts and illustrations — 4to. — Batavia,
1866. [This is the standard work on Chinese Secret Societies ; and, with Mr. W.
A. Pickering's articles in the Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic
Society, which forms a sort of supplement, may be taken to have entirely destroyed
the mystery which formerly surrounded such associations.]

Singapore Almanac and Directory. — 1846-60.

Directory for the Straits Settlements for 1877 and 1878.

Singapore and Straits Directory. — Published yearly — Singapore 1880
ei seq.

Singapore Acjction Gazette.— Published weekly — 1879 et seq.

Singapore Free Press. — ^A daily and weekly paper — ^published at Singapore.

Singapore Market Report. — Published by the Singapore Exchange (fort-
nightly).

Singapore Review and Straits Magazine. — Conducted by E. A. Edgek*
TON, Singapore — 1861-62.

[34]

Bib of British Malaya, Bib

Spalding, J. W. — Japaai and Eoiind the World — Crown 8vo. — London, 1856.
Contains notices of Singapore.

Speedy, Captain T. C. S. — Blue Book of the Larut District in the Native State
of Perak.

St. John, Horace. — The Indian Archipelago, its History and Present State —
2 vols. 8vo. — London, 1853.

Steaits Calendar and Directory. — 1861-65, 1867-75.

Straits Chronicle. — A daily paper — ^published at the "Mission Press,"
Singapore, 1878-79.

Straits Observer. — ^A daily paper — published at Singapore, 1869 to 1873.

Straits Produce. — ^A comk periodical, Singapore, 1869-1870.

Straits Times. — A daily, weekly, and overland mail paper (3 editions) pub-
lished at Singapore, 1831, et seq.

SwETTENHAM, F. A., c.M.G. — About Porak. (Eeprinted from the Straits
Times, Singapore, 1893.

Tabular Statements of the Commerce and Shipping of Prince of Wales'
Islands, Singapore and Malacca, from 1823 to 1858 — large 4to. — Singapore and
Calcutta.

Tanoai Snahen. — Tamil newspaper published fortnightly — Singapore, 1877
et seq.

Thomson, J. — The Straits of Malacca, Indo-China and China ; or Ten Years'
Travels, Adventures and Eesidence abroad — Illustrated with upwards of sixty
wood engravings by J. D. Cooper from the author's own sketches and photographs
— Sampson Low, Marston, Low & Searle, London, 1875. [Deals with the
Straits Settlements. The work is well illustrated and amusingly written, but is
of more interest to China than Straits residents.]

Thomson, J. T. — Some Glimpses into Life in the Far East, by J. T. Thomson,
late Government Surveyor, Singapore — 2nd edition — Eichardson & Co., London,
1865. [Contains sketches of life in Singapore, Malacca, Penang, &c., since 1835.]

Translation from the Hikayat Abdulla — ^London, 1874.

Trapaud, Elisha. — A Short Account of the Prince of Wales' Island, or Pulo
Peenang in the East Indies — given to Captain Light by the King of Quedah —
Ornamented with a view of the North Point of the Island, and the ceremony of
christening it, taken on the spot by Elisha Trapaud — London, 1788.

Treaties and Engagements entered into with or affecting the Native States
of the Malay Peninsula — Parts I, II, III. — Singapore, 1877.

Useful Tables. — Local and General — Penang, 1861.

Valenttn. — Oud en Niew Ooost-Indien, &c. ; a Collection of Voyages to the
East Indies, Japan, Moluccas, many Islands in the Eastern Seas, the Cape, &c. —
in Dutch— 8 vols, folio— Dortrecht, 1724-26.

Vaughan, Jonas Daniel. — The Chinese of the Straits Settlements — 8vo.
with illustrations — Singapore, 1879.

Voyages dans l'Inde, en Perse, &c., avec la Description de Tile Poulo
Pinang, nouvel Etablissement des Anglais pres de la Cote de Coromandel — 1801.

Wallace, A. E. — The Malay Archipelago — Cr. 8vo. — London, 1869.

Australasia — 1 vol. — Stanford, London, 1879. [These works take a

comprehensive view of the whole of the Archipelago as far North as the Philip-
pines, and give a connected account of the structure and zoological peculiarities of
most of its islands.]

Ward and Grant. — Medical Statistics and Topography of Malacca and
Prince of Wales' Island, and on the prevailing Diseases of the Tenasserim Coast —
folio— Penang, 1830.

— Topographical and Statistical Sketch of Singapore. [Not dated ; bound
with the above.]

Welch, James. — ^Military Eeminiscences, extracted from a Journal of nearly

[35] p 2

^Q^ Descriptive Dictionary Bib

I'imIy v\MvtV rtotivo Hrrvioo in the East Indies — London, 1830. [Gives an account
v\ w ^l»»M"l vinit iMvid to l\»nang and Malacca in 1818.]

Yv\N. I>H. — Six Months amongst the Malays, and a year in China — 12mo. —

I'AHT II.— GRAMMARS, DICTIONARIES, &c.
AuuiioNN, P.- Vocabulary of the Malay, Dutch, and Achinese Languages —

Ai^TtuiM, (loTAHDUS. — Dialogues in Malay — 8vo. — Cologne, 1608. [Mentioned
hy MAi$HnidN. |). HH of Intro, to Grammar. Origi^al work not procurable.] (See

MdWHUY, Captain Thomas. — A Dictionary English and Malayo, and Malayo
liiul ttlii^liMli. To which is added some short Grammar Rules and Directions for
\ti\\\\\\ (Tbwnrvation of the Propriety and Elegancy of this Language. And also
i»ifVttml MlMtutllanios, Dialogues, and Letters, in English and Malayo, <&c. To
witlrli Ih aiinox(Hl the Malayo Alphabet, with. a Specimen of the Character, by
'I'udMAH llowuEY — 4to. — Loudou, 1701. [Highly commended by Majisden, who
inttiitidiiH \\ copy corrected in MS. by one Henry Smith, regarding whom nothing
Inrtliur U known.] {See Marsden's Grammar, Intro., pp. 40, 41.)

( UiAHKE, John.-— Guide to Eomanized Jawi, Part I. Malay Grammar — 8vo. —
l\uiaug, 1869.

Ohawfubd, John. — Grammar and Dictionary in the Malay Language — In
Uiiiuan Characters — 2 vols. 8vo. — 1852.

Uanckaebts, Sebastianus. — Vocabularium Belgico-Malayaenum et Vice
Vt^riMi. <;uin Vocis Portugal-Belgice explicites, et Grammaticis Observationibus
Liii^. Malayee — S'Graven Hague, 1623.

OuNNYS, N. B., Ph.D. — A Handbook of Malay Colloquial as spoken in
Hiiigaixiro — 8vo. — Singapore, 1878.

J<!r.ouT, P. J. — ^Maleisch Spraakkuust, Grammaire de la Langue Malaie par
Mr. W. Mabsden; publico a Londres en 1812, et traduite de TAnglais en
IJollandaiH et Fran9ais par P. J. Eloxtt — Harlem, 1824.

KyNiNOA, P. P. EooBDA VAN. — Nedcrduitsch en Maleisch, Maleisch en
Nmlnrduitsch Woordenboek — 2 vols. 8vo — Batavia, 1824-25.

Beknopte Maleische Spraakkuust en Chrestomathie, Met Ital. en Arab-

kar -12mo.— Breda, 1839.

Nedcrduitsch en Malaisch Wordenboek, Ital. Kar — 12mo. — Breda, 1839.

Kavbe, L'Abbe — Dictionnaire Malais-Fran9ais — 2 vols. 8vo — Vienne, 1875.
— ~ Grammaire de la Langue Malaise — 8vo. — Vienne, 1876.

GuBYNiEB, Fbedebic — Fbedebici Gueynieb*s Groot Duytsche ende Maleisch
Woor-dc-boek, Voormaals ap Batavia Gedrukt 1677, doch nu Herdrukt (Batavia),
1 IKYA. (Collectanea Malaica Vocabularia.)

Vocabulaer ofte Worden-Boek in't Deutsch ende Maleys — 4to. — Batavia,

1677.

Guide to Eomanized Jawi — Penang, 1869.

Haex, David — Dictionarium Malaico-Latinum et Latino-Malaicum. Cum
aliis quamplurimis Opera, &c. — Romse, P. T., 1631 — Batavia, 1707.

Hautman van Gouda, Fbedebick de. — Dictionarium, ofte Woord ende
Spraeck-Boeck, in de Duytsche ende Maleysche Tale, met verscheyde t'samen
sprekingen, in Duytsche on Maleys, Gestlet — door F. de H. (Fbedebick de Haut-
man) VAN GouDA — Amsterdam, 1673; Batavia, 1707. (Collectanea Malaica
Vocabularia.)

Diologi Belgico-Malayce — 4to. — Amsterdam, 1603.

Hexjbnixjm, JusTUM. — Vocabularium ; ofte Woorden-boek. nae Ordre van den
Alphabet, in't Duytsch en Maleys. Eertijdts gecomponeered en uyt-gegeven

[36]

Bib of British Malaya. Bib

door Casparum Wiltens ende Sebastianum Danckaerts. Ende nu (met meer dan
drie duysent so woorden als Manieren van spreken) vermeerdert uyt de schriften
van Jan van Hasel ende Albert Ruvl, &c. — door Justum Heurnium — Amsterdam,
1650; Batavia, 1708.

HoLLANDEB, J. J. DE. — Hanleiding tot de Kennis der Maleische Taal — 12mo. —
—Utrecht, 1856.

HowisoN. — Malay Grammar, as spoken in Malacca, Sumatra, Java, &c. — 4to.
—1801.

HowisoN, JoHK, M.D. — A Dictionary of the Malay Tongue as spoken in the
Peninsula of Malacca, the Islands of Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Pulo Pinang, &c., in
two parts, English and Malay, and Malay and English; to which is prefixed a
Grammar of the Malay Language — 4to. — Printed at the Arabic and Persian Press,
by S. RoussEAxr, Wood Street, Spa Fields, London, 1801. Ditto, 1805.

Keasberby, Eev. W. — A Vocabulary of the English and Malay Languages —
2nd Edition, revised and enlarged — 12mo. — Singapore, 1852.

LoDEBUs, Andbea Lambebtus. — Maleische Woord-Boek Sameling. Col-
lectanea Malaica Vocabularia. Hoc est Congeries Omnium Dictionarium
Malaicorum, hactenus Editorum. Non tantum Vulgariorum Belgico-Malaicorum,
Verum etiam rarissiomrum hucusque Incognitorum, &c. — Editore Andrea
Lambebtijs Lodebxjs — Batavise (Ind.), 170?-8.

LoBBEBUS, John Chbistoph. — Grammatica Malaica, tradens prsecepta brevia
idiomatio lingua in India Orientale celeberrimee ab indiginis diet® " Malajo,"
succinte dilineata labore Johannis Chbistoph Lobbebi — 8vo. — Vinarise (Weimar)
1688. [Stated by Mabsden to be a bad translation of Eoman's work.]

Malay. — ^A Grammar of the Malay Tongue as spoken in the Peninsula of
Malacca, the Islands of Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Pulo Pinang, &c., &c., compiled
from BawBEY*s Dictionary and other authentic Documents, Manuscript and Printed
— London, 1780 — And a 4to. edition, 1801.

Vocabulary, English and Malay, Eoman and Arabic Characters — 8vo. —

Malacca, 1837.

A Short Vocabulary, English and Malay, with Grammar Eules for the

Attainment of the Malayo Language — Calcutta, 1789.

Mabbe, Abistide. — Histoire des rois Malais do Malaka, extraite du Sadjerat
Malayou, traduite du Malais et annotee.

Kata-Kata Malayou, recueil des mots Malais que Tusage a Francises.

Index des manuscrits Malais de la Bibliotheque Nationale de Paris.

Mabsden. — ^A Dictionary of the Malayan Language : to which is prefixed a
Grammar, with an Introduction and Praxis — London, 1812.

A Grammar of the Malayan Language, with an Introduction and Praxis.

—London, 1812.

Grammaire de la langue Malaie, traduite de TAnglais en Hollandais et

Fran9ai8 par Elout — 4to. — Harlem, 1824.

Maxwell, W. E., c.m.q. — A Grammar of the Malay Language — Tbijbneb
& Co., London, 1882.

Meijbsinge, a. — Maleisch leesboek, Vermeerderd door G. J. Gbashxjis —
(Malayan Eeading-book, Enlarged by G. J. Gbashuis) — Ist part, 8vo. — Leiden,
1879.

MoBEL, C. J. — Nieuw Nederlandsch-Maleisch en Maleisch-Nederlandsch
woordenboek — (New Dutch-Malayan, Malayan-Dutch Dictionary) — 2 vols. 8vo. —
Haarl., 1879.

OoiLBY, John. —A Brief Vocabulary of the Malayan Tongue — folio —
London, 1673.

RicHABD. — Dictionnaire Fran9ais-Malai8 et Malais-Fran9ais, en Lettres
Latines — 8vo. — Bordeaux, 1873.

[37]

Bib Descriptive Dictionary Bib

EiCHABD. — Cours Theoretique et Pratique de la Langue Commerciale de
TArchipel d'Asie, dite Malaise — 8vo. — Bordeaux, 1872.

EoBiNsoN, W. — An Attempt to elucidate the Principles of Malayan Ortho-
graphy, by W. EoBiNSON — Fort Marlborough, 1823 ; Bencoolen, 1828.

EoMAN, John. — Grondt ofte Kort Bericht van de Maleische Taal—- door
Johannes Eoman — folio — Amsterdam, 1655.

EuYLL — Spieghel van de Maleysche Tale, in die Welche sich die Indiansche
Jeneht Chrosthijick ende Vermaecklick Kunnen oeffnen, met Vocabularium
Duytsch ende Maleysche — square 8vo. — ^Amsterdam, 1612.

Spalding, Augustine. — Dialogues in the English and Malaiane Languages :
or Certaine Common Formes of Speech, first written in Latin, Malaian and
Madagascar Tongues, by the Diligence and Painfull Endevour of Master
GoTARDUS Arthusius, a Dantisker, and now faithfully translated into the English
Tongue by Augustine Spalding, Merchant — London, 1614. [These Dialogues
are copied from Fr. Hautman.]

SwETTENHAM, F. A., c.M.G. — ^Vocabulaij of the English and Malay Lan-
guages — In 2 vols. — Singapore, 1881, and two subsequent editions.

Thomasin, Hendeick. — ^An Alphabet, Syllabarium, and Praxis, in the
Malayan Language and Character — Malacca, 1818.

Thomsen, Eev. — English, Bugis-and Malay Vocabulary — Singapore. (? 1840).

Thunberg, Carl Peter. — Eesa uti Europa, Africa, Asia, forratted ifr4n An
1770 til 1779 — 4 vols. 8vo. — ^Upsala, 1789-93. [Vol. 11. contains a Vocabulary and
Dialogues in Swedish and Malay.]

Vocabulary, A. — Of the English and Malay Languages, with the Proper
Orthography for Englishmen — Second edition — 8vo. — Batavia, 1879.

Werndlij or Werndly, George Henrik. — ^Maleische Spraakkunst', int de
cige schriften des Maleiers Opgemaakt: mit eene Voorreden, behelzende eene
Inleiding tot dit werk, en een Aanhangsel van twee Boekzalen van Boekan in deze
tale zo van Europeers, als van Maleiers Geschreven — 8vo. — ^Amsterdam, 1736.
Batavia, 4to. 1823. [Very highly praised by Marsden.]

Wilde, A. de. — Nederduitsch-Maleisch en Soendasche Woordenboek
benevens twee stukken tot cefening in het Soeiidasch ; uitgegeven door T. Eoobda
— 8vo — ^Amsterdam, 1841.

Wiltens, Caspar. — Vocabularium afte Woortboek, naer orde van den
Alphabet, int 't Duytsch-Maleysch, ende Maieysch-Duytsch, by Caspar Wil-
tens: ende namaels oversien, vermeerdert, ende uytgegeren door Sebastianus
Danokaeterts — S'Graven Hage, 1623. Batavia, 1706. (Collectanea Malaica.)

Woodward, Captain David. — ^Narrative of Captain David Woodward and
Four Seamen — ^W. Vaughan, 1804. [In the curious "Narrative of Captain
David Woodward and Four Seamen,*' who were wrecked off the Island of
Celebes in 1791 and detained in captivity for two years and a half, published
by William Vaxjghan in 1804, is given a Malay vocabulary "committed to
writing" by Captain Woodward, differing in some respects to Malay as given
by Sir Edward Belcher.]

Worm, Petrus van der. — ^Vocabulaar, in't Duytsch ende Maleys. Mer-
kelijk Verbeterd en Vermeerderd door en Lief hebber der Maleische Tale —
Petrxts van der Worm — Batavia, 1708.

PART in.— ORIGINAL MALAY WORKS.

The following list, which embodies the titles found in the British Museum
and E.A.S. Catalogues, with such local additions as were procurable, is
believed to include almost all works known in the language to the inhabitants
of the Peninsula : —

[88]

Bib of British Malaya.

AcHEH, Sejabah. — Annals of the Kingdom of Acliin-7-in the Malayan
language.

Aeida Alawam. — ^An Exposition of some of the Fundamental Articles of
the Mahommedan Faith — 8vo.

Aluan Kabejikan. — The Pursuit of Virtue.

Ambun, Inch!. — The Conquest of Mangkasar (Macassar) by the uuited
forces of the Hollanders and Bigis, under the Command of Admiral Cobnelis
Speelman and Eaja Palaka, in the year 1667 — a Poem in the Malayan lan-
guage, by Inchl Ambun.

AsbabalInsan Fimab!fat ul-bud Abahman. — The Secret of a Pious and
Benevolent Life.

AsTBONOMY. — An Astronomical and Astrological Work — in the Malayan
language — (Mabsden's collection).

Babal akal kapada sagala obang besab-besab. — An ethic work laying
down Eules for Ministers when officiating, and illustrated by many tales.

BabanIkah. — Matrimony and the Rites and Ceremonies thereof according
to the requirements of Mahommedanism — 8vo.

BidItI. — The Doctrines of Mahommedanism — 8vo.

BiooBAPHY. — The Biography of a Malayan Family — with other Tracts —
(Mabsden's collection).

BiBDS. — ^A Discussion, in the Malayan Language, amongst the Birds which
attend the Throne of King Solomon, of the question " Whether it is wiser for
a person to speak or to be silent." — An imitation of the Hamahat of Habibi.

BocHABiE VAN DjOHOB. — Dc Kroou aller Koningen — ^Malay text in Arab.
char, with Dutch translation by Roobda van Eijsinoa— 4to. — Batavia, 1827.

BoEKOE OBAT DAN KATOEBONOGGo EOEDA. — ^Ya itoc mcuerangken tjatjad
atawa baiknja koeda, kentara darie boeloe atawa tandanja, bernama Mathie»
atawa oeijen-oeijengan, bagimana tjarietanja orang doloe kala — 8vo. — Djoodja,
1879.

Bbtjckneb. — Petit traite religieux en Javanais — Serampore, 1826 (?).

BiTSTANALSALATiN. — Contains a variety of information on such subjects as
the Creation, Prophets and Kings, Ministers, Learned Men, and Heroes, and all
sorts of arts.

Calendab. — A Mahommedan and English comparative Calendar — issued
1877 et seq. — Singapore.

Catalogue of Malayan Trees, Fruits, Animals, &c.
• Chebmin Mata, or the Malay Reader. Aids to the acquirement of know-
ledge — Singapore, 1859. — Keasbeby.

Chbestomaties Oceaniennes. — Textes en Langue Boughis — sq. 8vo.

Dance Koesoemah (Raden). — Soendasch gedicht Radja Darma — Batavia,
1862.

DAtJA BAYANG BAYANG DENGAN YANG AMPXJNYA AD. — The Shadow remon-
strating with the Real Being.

Deity. — ^A Malayan tract on the Attributes of the Deity — with a Javanese
translation.

DiABY.— A Diary, from 1184 to 1190 (a.d. 1770-1776) in the Biigis language
and char. (The names of the Months are European, written in the Arab. char. —
(Mabsden's collection.)

Divination. — Instruction in the Art of Divination — in the Malayan language.

Dbeams and theib Intebpbetations. — ^Malay MS.

Elmu Plangkah. — The art of divining the favourable times for raising a
building, setting out on a voyage, celebrating marriages, &c.

Geomancy. — The book of Geomancy, or of Divination, by Sand — in the
Malayan language — composed in the year of the Hejirah 1175 (1761) at Palambani
(Palembang r). Preceded by an Astrological tract, in which the motions of some

[89]

fill) Descriptive Dictionary Bib

of the Planets are described, and an account given of the days on which the Sun
enters each Sign of the Zodiac for that (lunar) year. A memordndum in Javanese
has the date of 1 1 a v (1187), or a.d. 1773.

Gebicke, J. F. C— Wiwoho of Mintorago — a Javanese poem — fol. — Batavia,

1845.

Hakayat Abbas Mahomed. — Solves 1,000 questions proposed by the Jews ;
and treats of Keyber and of his conversion.

Hakayat Abdullah Mxjnshi. — 4to. — Singapore.

Hakayat AbO Nawas. — Abu Nawas, the Clown of the famous Haroun Al
Easchid of Bagdad.

Hakayat Ahmed Bisun. — The Rambles of Ahamad Bisun.

Hakayat Baktizab. — The Tales of Baktizar. — ^A collection of inculcatory tales.

Hakayat Bayan B^^diman. — The Gifted Parrot.

Hakayat Dalano Panouda Isma. — The Prince of Kuripan. (A Panji tale.)

Hakayat Debma Bulan. — ^A Javanese tale.

Hakayat Debma Tasla.h. — The Devoted Wife.

Hakayat Dewa Bisna. — The Adventures of Dewa Bisna.

Hakayat Dewa Laksamana. — A fairy tale in verse.

Hakayat Dewa Mandeu. — A fairy tale.

Hakayat Dunia. — ^Mahomed's account of the Creation and of his Visit to
Heaven — Singapore, 1855.

Hakayat Patimah Kawin. — The Marriage of Fatima.

Hakayat GalIla and DimJna. — ^A collection of fables of the nature of jEsop's.

Hakayat Hamza. — The adventures of Hamza in the early days of Islam ism.

Hakayat Hang Txja. — The life and exploits of Laksamana Hang Tua, the
famous opponent of the Portuguese.

Hakayat Hoja Memun — or The Gifted Parrot.

Hakayat Indono Malati Rosuri. — (A Panji tale.)

Hakayat Indba Kayangan. — The adventures of Indra Kayangan in quest of
a wonderful musical instrument.

Hakayat Indba Putra. — The adventures of Indra Putra, son of the King of
Samantapura.

Hakayat Isma YatIm. — ^Life of Isma Yatim, the author of several stories in
the reign of Raja Pakarma Dati and of Memoirs of Tamum and Dan.

Hakayat Jabang Kulena. — The adventures of Jarang Kulena, who flees from
her father's residence and follows her lover in the garb of a man. — (A Panji tale.)

Hakayat JubAgan BuntMAN. — The rambles of Juragan Budiman, the judicious
navigator, in quest of her brother.

Hakayat Kajadian Negri Kedah. — An account of the foundation of KSdah.

Hakayat Maharaja. — A version of the story of King Skull.

Hakayat Maharaja All — The story of Maharaja Ali, with the story of King
Skull (Hakayat RAja Jam Jama), of which it is a version.

Hakayat MaharAja Borna. — The adventures of Bdma, son of Bison. — (A
Panji tale.)

Hakayat Maharaja Indra Dewa, and Shair. — Life of Sri Miskin, the
Mendicant.

Hakayat Mahkota Raja Raja. — ^The duties and responsibilities of the Royal
Office— 8vo.—(i8'ee Taj.)

Hakayat Mahomed Shah. — Laws and institutes of Mahomed Shah, of
Malacca, the first convert to Islamism.

Hakayat Nasi Musa. — ^Moses receiving various moral and ceremonial institu-
tions from God.

Hakayat NagA BisAru. — (A Panji tale.)

Hakayat PandAwa Jaya. — The life and exploits of Pandawa Jaya. — (A Panji
tale.)

Bib of British Malaya. Bib

Hakayat Panji Wila KabxjmA. — (A Panji tale.)

Hakatat Paeang POting. — The Miraculous Chopping Knife.

Hakayat Pabdama Lima. — (A Panji tale.)

Hakayat Pebsad Indra Laksama. — King of Tharaf — ^His delivery from
allegiance to Buliya Indra, the Monkey King, whom his son conquered.

Hakayat Plandoh Jenaka. — The Facetious Mouse-deer.

Hakayat RAja Baba. —The adventures of Raja Baba.

Hakayat RAja Berputba. — Observances during the pregnancy of the wives
of the Kings and their courtiers, and the birth of their children.

Hakayat RAja BudAk. — ^An allegorical tale wherein the requisite qualifica-
tions of royalty are considered.

Hakayat RAja Chaya LangkAba. — Travels of Makadan and Makdini in
search of the White Saflower.

Hakayat RAja Hundxtk. — The Subjugation of Raja Hunduk and his
guerre d mart for the propagation of the Mahommedan faith.

Hakayat RAja Iskandeb Zxjlkebnein. — The life and conquests of Alexander
the Great (the two-homed).

Hakayat RAja Khabab. — The 1,000 questions put to Mahomed by the
learned Jews of Naibar.

Hakayat RAja Khebeb. — Capture of Rlija BIheber by Mahomed, and his con-
version to Islamism.

Hakayat RAja Pase. — Chronicles of the Rajas of Pase or Samudara, or
Shamantara (in Sumatra), by which the whole of the island is now called.

Hakayat RAja RAja Bebpetba. — Court customs and ceremonies at pregnancy,
parturition, and during the minority of the Royal Family — With notes and glossary
— 8vo.

Hakayat RAja Shah MebdAn. — Raja Shah Merdan, his life and reign and
transmigraficatory powers — 8vo.

Hakayat RAja Zxjljxjb Aden. — Life and reign of Raja Zadaljub of Aden.

Hakayat Rangga Abiya Kuda Nastapa. — Adventures of Inu Kertapati. —
(A Panji tale.)

Hakayat Ras^^l Allah Bebchukob. — Gabriel shaves Mahomed and the
nymphs gather his hair.

Hakayat SebangA BAyu. — ^The adventures of the Royal brothers Ahmed and
Mohamed, the former a King of Bagdad, the latter his Minister, under the assumed
name of Sirang^ B4yu.

Hakayat Shamsul-Bahabain. — The adventures of Shamsul-Baharain»

Hakayat Si Miskin. — The Fortunate Beggar*

Hakayat Siti Habashah. — ^An ethic tale.

Hakayat Sbi RAma. — The adventures of Sri R&ma in quest of his wife, who
had been carried away by Mahar&ja Rawana.

Hakayat Taj-us-Salatin. — The duties and responsibilities of the Royal Office,
and the usages, customs, and ensigns of Court (lit, The Crown for all Kings).

Hakayat TAm^n al Dabi. — The adventures of Tamun al Dari, an iidiabitant
of Madura.

Hakayat Wanang Kebat. — (A Panji tale.)

Hakayat Yusuf. — The life of Joseph, compiled from the Pentateuch (by Mr.
Keasbeby).

Habdeland. — Surat akan ole ngadju hong pulau Borneo — 1846, Cape of Good
Hope.

Habdeland. — Surut hapan adjar membasa, kapataa — in 12-br. — 1846.

Habdeland. — Tjerita karadjan hatalla tuntang angh adjar bara surat Hatalla
tinei sombajang dan njanjian — 8vo. — Elberfield, 1845.

Habdeland. — Pira-pira tjerita bara surat Hatalla idja solahe — in-8 Carb. —
Batavia, 1843.

[41]

Descriptive Dictionary Bib

HIbis FathIla. — Patbila of Bussorah. His marriage to Siti Zawija — a love
poem — 8vo.

HoEzoo. — Petit traite sur la voie du salut en Javanais — in 12 parts — Rotter-
dam, 1855.

Indea Jaya. — Indra Jaya, son of the King of Samsualum Balir61. His
adventures in search of the Princess now Lela Chaja and other Princesses who had
been carried away by a griffin.

JuRAGAN BCdiman. — The rambles of Jnrigan Budim&n, the judicious navi-
gator, in quest of her brother — 1 vol. 8vo.

Keijzer, S. — Kitab Toehpah, Javaansch-Mohammedaansch Wetboek — Java-
nese text with annotations and glossary — 8vo. — La Haye, 1853.

Keyser, S. — Kitab Toehpah, Javaansche-Mohammedaansch Wetboek — in 8
cart. — Gravenhage, 1853.

KissAH Eaja EAja yano Ampuna Adat. — Duties and responsibilities of the
B[ingly Office.

Kitab Maniatakan SagAla Agama. — ^An account of the religions from Adam
to Mahomed and of the trust of Mahomed.

Kitab Mantahi pada maranchanakan sabda nahi. — Explanations of the
receipts of Mahomed.

Kitab Tbasxtl. — Etiquette of compliments in letter writing.

Lela Majnum. — An allegorical tale in which is illustrated the passion of love
and its seductiveness.

Life and Eeign of Abdul Muluk, King of Barbary.

Maraat-ul Makakin. — ^A Catechism on religious terms.

Malayan Correspondence — consisting chiefly of letters from the B&jas and
principal native merchants of the Peninsula and neighbouring islands, addressed to
Captain Francis Light, and Captain James Scott, of Pulau Pinang. Li several
Portfolios — (Marsden's collection).

Matthes, F. B. — ^Boegineesch Hcldendicht — texte Boughi en caract^res origin-
aux— 1864.

MuHAMED Hanufiah. — Muhamcd Hanuflah's guerre d mart against the Infidel
Y&zed at Mecca.

MxjHAMED UL Atik. — Evidence of the existence of a Divine Being, and dis-
sertations on Islamism, its creed and ceremonies.

Mt^JizAT Eastjlallah Memangil Btjlan. — Mahomed*s miracle of making
the moon pass by halves through his sleeves.

MUTIARA YANG TERKARANG PADA MENGATAKAN SAGALA YATIKAD. The prin-
cipal articles of the Mahommedan faith.

NAbi Me'raj. — The ascent of Mahomed to Heaven on the Bordk — 8vo.
Newspapers. — In Malay —

BiNTANG Barat. — Batavia, published on Wednesdays and Saturdays.
BiNTANG Barat. — ( " Western Star " ) — Singapore. [Malay newspaper
published for a short period after the appearance of the " Jawi Peranak-
kan," but, like the " Peridaran Shamsu Walkamer," discontinued.]
BiNTANG Djohor. — Published by the Society of Missionaries, Batavia, in

fortnightly numbers, on Saturdays.
BiNTANS Timor. — Soerat kabar di Soerabaya, published on Wednesdays and

Saturdays.
Bromartani Soerakarta. — In Javanese — ^published every Thursday.
Darmo Warsito. — Djocdja — published every Saturday.
HiNDiA Nederland. — Socrat kabar Betawi — Batavia — ^published on Wed-
nesdays and Saturdays.
Jawi Piranakkan ("Straits bom**) — ^Malay newspaper published every
Monday — Sin^pore, 1876 et seq, [This is the first Malay newspaper ever
published. Circulation about 300 copies.]

[42]

Bib of British Malaya. Bib

Jawi Standabd. — ^Malaj newspaper published at Penang (? 187?) — now

discontinued.
PsBiDABAN Shamsit Walkamer. — (" Rovolution of the Sun and Moon")
[Malay newspaper published for a short period after the appearance of the
" Jawi Peranakkan," but discontinued.]
Selompbet Melajoe. — Soerat kabar dan advertentie — Samarang, published

on Wednesdays and Saturdays.
Tangai Snehan. — ^Tamil newspaper published fortnightly — Singapore — 18?7

et seq,
Tjahaja Sijang. — Kartas Chabar Minahassa. — ^Tanawangko (Isle of
Celebes) — ^published every Thursday.
Panoajab. — ^Agama Kristan man inik inik pakata, dipilih doan kitab jubata
blaksa — ISmo. — Singapore, 1847.

Pant^ns. — ^A Collection of Pant^ns, or short Malayan Sonnets — (Mabsden's
collection).

PANTtNs. — 83 Love Songs — 8vo.

PENoaLiiTi. — ^Amusing Stories in Malay — Mahomed Syed — Singapore, 1879.
Pbnoutib. — Segala r^mah P6ngatahwan — Nos. 3 & 4 — Eoman characters —
Singapore.

* PhbIith. — ^The law relating to the distribution of the estates of deceased
persons — 8vo.

PoBNiKO TjABios ANEL TiGA BELAH. — lu Javauesc characters — 8vo. — Batavia,
1879.

Pbayeb. — ^Malayan religious tracts containing Rules to be observed with
respect to prayer, &c.

Pbentah adat EAja Eaja dan bethany. — ^Usages, customs, and ceremonies
relating to Malayan Kings from childhood to marriage — ^Malay MS.

Raden Mas Abjo Poebwo Lenono. — ^Reizen, texte Javanaise — 2 vols, in-8
cart.— Batavia, 1865-66.

RljA BastamIm. — His conquest of Persia and Palestine for the propagation
of the Mahommedan faith — 1 vol. foolscap.

REacriiATiONS. — Established for the port of Krui or Croee, in Siunatra, by the
Government of Batam, in Java, engraved on copper, in the Sunda dialect of Java
and Malayan Character. Dated in the year 1108 of the Hejirah, or a.d. 1696.
Rbligious Instruction in the Malayan language, grounded on Arabic text.
RoMO. — Javaansch gedicht naar de bewerking van Joro Dhipoero. Uitgeg,
door C. P. WiNTEB — Batavia, 1858.

RooBDA VAN Eysinoa.— Geschiedenis van Sultan Ibrahim vorst vau Eirah,
uit het Maleisch in Javaansche poezy met javaansch karakter-mits gaders nati sastra
of zedesplenhen, in het kawi met roode letters — in-8 cart. — ^Amsterdam, 1842.

Roobda, T. — Javaansche Brieveo, BerigtcD, Verslagen, Verzoekschriften, Pro-
clamatien, Publicaties, Contracten, Schuldbekenthenissen, Quitanties, Processtuk-
ken, Pachtbrieven en andere soortgelijke stukken — 8vo. — ^Amsterdam, 1845.
SabilIl. — ^The Rites and Ceremonies of Mahommedanism — 8vo.
Saif-itl Lizan. — The adventures of Saif-ul LizAn, King of Abyssinia, his
life and his accession to the throne of Medina Aharam in Abyssinia, founded by
his grandfather, a King of Yemen, Arabia — 8vo.

Samabkhand. — ^A catechism on the precepts of Islamism.
Sbjabah Malayu. — ^Malay Chronicles from the time of Demang Lobar Daon,
a descendant of Alexander of Macedon, to the arrival of the Portuguese in the
reign of Sultan Mahomed — 8vo. — Singapore.

Sblasilah RAja RAja Chebbon. — ^A genealogical account of the Kings of
Cheribon.

SsLASiLAH RAja RAja di Tanah Jawa. — Q-enealogicaJ account of the
Sovereigns of Java.

[48]

Bib Descriptive Dictionary Bib

Serat Tjarios belampahan poen praboe oema jon fol. — Javanese characters
— 8vo. — Batavia, 1879.

Sewaka. — JaYaansch gedicht, met eene Yertalingen woordenboek Uitgeg. door
J. A. Wilkels— 8vo.— 1850.

Shahib Iblis. — The devil visits the prophet (Mahomed) and acknowledges
his superiority.

Shahir Iean Tamb'os. — ^A love poem.

Shahir Ken Tabithan. — Ken Tabuhan, a captive princess of rare beauty, is
immured within the walls of a fort by order of Eadin Mantri's mother, who had
arranged a marriage between him and the princess of Banjor Kulou. The Badin
defiantly enters the place and as defiantly declares his love. The Queen is indig-
nant and disappointed, and Ken Tabuhan is forthwith assassinated. — ^A tragic love
poem.

Shaib AbdCl Mulxjk. — The life and times of Abdul Muluk, King of Bar-
bary — 8vo.

Shair BarAo BArAo. — The Mocking Bird Bar^o Bar&o, being exhortations
and precepts to Eling Solomon.

Shair BidasAri. — The beautiful Bidas4ri is discovered in a boat. The King
is captivated by her attractiveness ; the Queen, jealous of this, ill-treats her and
sends her home in an insensible state. By recourse to supernatural means she 'is
resuscitated during the night and thrown back into her former state during the
day. The Queen believes her no longer a dangerous rivaL Bedasari in time
recovers and marries the King despite the opposition of his consort.

Shair Bunga. — Flowers — a poem.

Shair Burong Pingei. — An allegorical poem regarding the soul.

Shair Chinta Berahi. — Love poems.

Shair Daoano. — The Stranger — a poem.

Shair Ikan. — Exhortation to children — A poem in which fishes are intro-
duivd an the oxhorters.

■ SuAiK JoHAN Anak RAja Perall. — A tragic love poem.

S^^Kts. — An exposition of the mystical doctrines of the Siii^s in the Malayan
languagt\ Written at Pas6 near Achin, in a character remarkably well-formed.

Sui.TAN Abdobl Moesok OF Barbary. — Life and reign of, in Malay, a. c,
publinluHl by Roorda van Eysinga — 8vo. — Batavia, 1847.

Sultan Usman. — Sheriff, King of Egypt, history of — ^Malay MS.

Sultan Ibrahim, — zoon van Adaham, Vorst van L-akh, history of, in Malay
(Arab, char.) with commentary by Lenting — 4to. — Breda, 1846.

SuRAT AL KiAmAt. — A pocm depicting the sorrows and punishments of the
next world — 1 vol. 8vo.

SxTRAT AL Nabi. — ^An account of God's dealings with Adam, Noah and others
down to Mahomed's time — 2 vols, large foolscap.

SuRAT brasi Djanji Taheta, Tuhan dan I)juru Salamat ikel Jesus Kristus
— 8vo. — Cape of Good Hope, 1846.

SuRAT brasih Djanji Taheta, tuhan tuntang diuru, salatus — 8vo. — Amsterdam,
1858.

Tabir Mimpi. — Literpretations of dreams, and of involuntary motions of the
body.

TAj-il Mxjlxjk. — A love poem — 1 voL 8vo.

Taj-us-SxjlAtin or Hakayat Mahkota Sagala RAja RAja.— The duties and
responsibilities of the Regal Office.

Taman Punotauan bagie kanak kanak — Roman char. — Singapore.

Thomasin, Hendrick. — ^A Discourse in the Malayan language and character,
professing to have for its text the 6th verse of the 11th chapter of Paul's Epistle
to the Hebrews — ^Malacca, 1818.

Tjaritania Ibrahim. — ^Batavia, 1853.

[44]

Bib of British Malaya. Bib

Tjabitania Joesoeb anak Jakoeb. — 32ino. — Samarang, 1860.

Tract. — Religious observances, in the Malayan language, much mixed with
Arabic.

T&AiTB Religiextx. — Eu langue Boughi — Caracteres originales — 1833.

Treatise. — On the magical virtues of the Sloth and other animals, and of
certain herbs.

Tripling Adventures, in the Malayan language.

Trom PIpit. — The original wanderings of the Malay Race — (Very ancient.)

Trombu Menang Kabao. — Table showing the genealogy of the Kings of
Menang E&bM — 2 sheets.

TCN-Bi-t^L Ekwhan. — The Ceremonial law of Mahommedanism — 1 vol. 8vo.

TCn-bi-Cl-gIjAlin. — The ordinances of Mahommedanism and admonitions to
practise the same — 1 vol. 8vo.

Trombu Palembang. — Genealogical Table of the Kings of Palembang.

XJndang Undang Sultan Mahomed Shah. — The Laws and Institutions of
Sultan Mahomed Shah of Malacca.

WicHERS, J. M. — Soerat Ondang Ondang atas tanah Hindie Nederland — 8vo.
— Batavia, 1856.

PART IV.— TRANSLATIONS IN MALAY OP FOREIGN WORKS.

Adelung, J. C. — Mithridates, oder allgemeine Sprachenkunge, mit wichtigen
Beytragen zweyer grossen Sprachforscher, fortgesetzt von Vater — containing the
"Lord's Prayer" in 500 Languages and Dialects — i vols. 8vo. — Berlin, 1806-17.

Anslijn, N. — De brave Hendrik een leesboekje voor jonge kinderen — Livre de
lecture trad, en Batak (Dialecte Mandailingsche) par W. Iskander — 1865.

Babkeng Kariehin. — Histoire des premiers temps (La Gen^se ?) en Javanais
— publ. par Bruchner ?) Bandjarmasin ? — in-12 br.

Beodes. — Histoires tiroes des Evangiles — in-12 cart. — Harlem, 1867.

Bible. — ^Elkitab 'ija itu segala surat perdjanjian lama dan baharuw tersalm
kapada bahasa Malajew — 8vo. — 1821.

The Holy Bible or Books of the Old and New Testament in the Malayan

language and character, originally printed at Bat^via in 1758, and reprinted, with
alterations, at Serampore, in Bengal, in 1821 — (Executed under the superintendence
of Bobert Hutchings).

The Books of the Old and New Testament in the Malayan language and

character-T-by Johan Mauritz Mohr and Herman Petrus van de Werth — Batavia,
1758.

De Scheppingsgeschiedenis, volgens Genesis I., overgebragt in de taal der

Bataks door H. N. van der Tuuk— 1853.

— Het boek Genesis, in het Boegineesch vertaald door Dr. B. F. Matthes —
1866.

Het boek (Jenesis, in het Tobaasch vertaald door H. N. van der Tuuk —

1859.

— Het boek Exodus, in het Tobaasch vertaald door H. N. van der Tuuk —
1859.

Bible en Langue Javanaise — 3 vols, in-8 cart. — 'sGravenhage — 1854.

Bible op Every Land. — A History of the Sacred Scriptures in every Lan-
guage and Dialect into which translations have been made : illustrated with specimen
portions in Native Characters, Alphabets, Maps, &c. — ito. w. d,

Biblia. — ^Id est Vetus et Novum Testamentum Malaice (Arab, char.) ed Wilmet
—8vo.— Harlem, 1853.

Branto, Ajinoldtjs. — Eisilet pada menjatakan, &c. — (Exhortation of the
Lord's Supper) — translated into the Malayan language — Amsterdam, 1734,

[45]

Bib Descriptive Dictionary Bib

Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progeess. — ^In Malay (Alzafar Alz&hid) a. c. 4to. —
Singapore, 1840.

Catechism on the Creation of Adam and Eve ; in the Bngis dialect spoken at
Boni Eata Islands, Celebes Sea.

Catecismo — ^De la Doctrina, en idioma de Pangasinan, anadido la iQtimo con
algunas oraciones para ayudar a bien morir — Imprenta de S. Thomas — in-32 broche
— Manila, 1857.

Ceremonials. — ^Malayan tracts, principally a translation of that part of the
Arabic Hedaya or legal guide which relates to Ceremonials, Ablutions, &c.

Cherita Nabi Alla Mtjsa Manajat di Bukit Forsina. — Moses' Ascent on
Mount Sinai.

Cherita Sultan Iskander. — Stories of Alexander the Great.

Common Prayers. — In Malay (Arab, char.) Ixih, — Singapore, 1857.

Common Prayers. — In Malay (Eom. char.) in four versions, with Pujian and
Surat Kiriman S. Paulos — n. ^., Sarawak.

Frederick, E. — Boma Kawya (Sanskt. Bh&uma £]awya), dat is gedicht van
Bh^umn, den zoon van Wisjnoe en de Aarde (Sanskt. Prethiwi of Bhilnu.) In het
Oorspronkelijk Kawi — 4to. — 1253.

Gospel according to St. John. — Translation in the Malayan language and
character, by W. Eobinson — Bencoolen, 1823.

Evangelie van Johannes in het Tobaasch door H. N. van der Tuuk —

1859.

Gospel according to St. Luke. — Het Evangelie van Lukas, in het Tobaasch
vertaald door H. N. van der Tuuk — 1859.

Gospel according to St. Mare. — En Javanaise — in-12 cart. — Amsterdam,
1849.

Gospel according to St. Matthew. — ^With commentaries (Arab, char.) —
Singapore.

— Indjil iang tarsoerat oleh Mattheus (Eom. char.) — 16mo. — Batavia,
1840.

— Indjil ande kasoeratheun koe Mattheus — in-8 br. — Batavia, 1854.
Hakayat GalIla dan DimIna. — Malay version of the tables of Pilpay — ^MS.
Histories. — Malayan translation of Arabian histories, commencing with the

Khalifat of Omar.

History of Little Henry and his Bearer. — 12mo. a,c. — Singapore.

HoEzoo. — Abrege de la vie de Jesus Christ par demandes et reponses — ^in-12
cart. — Rotterdam, 1855.

Jellersma. — ^Abr^ge de Thistoire sainte, en Javanais — ^in-12 cart. — ^Rotterdam,
1855.

— Hymnes Chr^tiennes en Javanais avec musique — in-12 cart. — ^Rotterdam,
1855.

Malay Magazine for the months of January, April, August, and October,
1821, and for January and April, 1822 — Printed at Malacca.

MoEHAMAD MoESSAH (Radcu Hadji). — Geschiedenis van Abdoerahman en
Abdoerahim, vertaald uit het Arabisch in het Soendaasch door Raden Hadji
Moehamad Moessah — in-8 br. — Batavia, 1863.

Moses. — Religious Historical Tracts in the Arabic and Malayan languages
(reciting the actions of Moses and Muhammed, with a mixture of absurd febles
and gross anachronisms).

Mystical Religion. — An Arabic Work on Mystical Religion, with a Malayan
interlinear translation, 7i. cf.

Naamlijsten. — Der opvolgende Vorsten van God, Tello, Boni Wadjo, Sopeng
Loewoe.

Natural Philosophy. — In Malay — a. c. — Singapore, 1841.

New Testament. ^Jang ampat £vangelia derri Tuan lata Jesu Christi, daao

[46]

Bib of British Malaya. Bib

Berboatan derri jang Apostoli bersakti, bersallin dallam bassa Malajo — (The four
Gospels of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the Acts of the Holy Apostles, translated
into Malayan tongue). — Published by Thomas Hyde and Thomas Marshall from
the version of Justus Heumius — Oxford, 1677.

Testamento Barou, attau segalla kitab derri Tuan Cami Jesu Christo

pounja comvoul barou. Derri bassa Greeco, Latino daen Hallando bersalin dallam
bassa Malayo, derripada Daniel Browcrins — Amsterdam, 1668.

Books of the New Testament translated into the Malayan language —

Amsterdam — ^The Books of the Old Testament, 1733. The Psalms of David, and
other writings. (The whole under the direction of George Henrik Wemdly) —
Amsterdam, 1735.

The Holy Gospel, or Books of the New Testament, in the Malayan lan-
guage and character — Originally printed at Batavia, 1758 ; reprinted at Serampore,
in &ngal, 1817.

Nouveau Testament traduit en Javanais par Bruchner, Serampore, 1829.

In Malay (Arab, char.) — 8vo. — Singapore, 1831.

Surat brasi djandji taheta tuhan dan djuru salamat ikei Jesus Kristus —
in-8 cart. — Kapstad, 1846.

(Le nouveau) en Javanais — Publi6 par J. F. C. Gericke — in-fol., cart. —

Gravenhage, 1847.

— in Javanese — in 8vo. — 1847.

Oetiz, E. p. Fr. Thomas, de la orden S. Augustin — Via Crucis oang daang
linacadan nang ating panginoong Jesu Cristong nag pasannang cruz — in-12 br. —
Madrid, 1820.

Pbbsia. — A Komantic story of a King of Persia, in the Malayan language.
(To be found in the continuation of the Arabian Tales, or Thousand and one
Nights.)

Psalms op David (Zabur — a. c. litli. — Singapore.

PsATJMES DB David— traduits en Javanais (par Geriche) — in-8 cart. —
Amsterdam, 1854.

Puji PujiAN. — ^Hymns for use in Church — a. c, — Pulo Penang.

Bamayana, thb. — ^Malayan abbreviated translation of the Hindu Poem of the
Bamayana.

Ebcttbil de LB90N8 piEXTSES — cu Javauais — in-12 cart. — Bandjarmasin, 1863.

Belioious Tracts. — a. e, printed in Singapore, bd. in 1 vol.

ScBiPTTJBE Stories. — In Malay (no date) — Singapore.

Sermon op Jesus upon the Mount. — In Chinese (Chinese char.) Malay
(Bom. char.) and English — 8vo. — Malacca, 1842.

Spiritual Hymns. — In the Malayan language and character — Serampore, 1825.

Stories from the Gospels. — a. c. lith, — Singapore, 1844.

Tjarita-nja. — Joesoeb anak Jakoeb — 32mo. — Samarang, 1860.

TooBN, J. L. VAN DER and L. K. Habmsen. — Pada menjatakan sagala hal-
ahwal ilmoe petjakan perrapoeloehan — (Published by the East-Indian Government)
— 8vo. pp. 64— Batavia, 1879.

TuuK, H. N. VAN DEB. — Dc Scheppingsgeschiedcnis, volgens Genesis L,
overgebragt in de taal der Bataks — ^Amsterdam, 1853.

XJndang Undang. — Police Act 1860, Hackney Carriages, Harbour, Nuisances,
Gambling Ordinances, &c.

Undang Undang Chukei. — Indian Stamp Act (10 of 1862).

Wall, A. P. von de. — Hikajat Aladdin — (Malay text in Arabic characters)
— ^with six coloured Plates, pp. 48 — Batavia, 1879.

Werndlt, George Henrik. — Pang-adjaran Servus, Karel George — agama
Meslhhij, &c, (Christian Instruction and Catechism in the Malayan language
and Roman character. To which is prefixed the Malayan Alphabet.) By George
Henrik Werndly and Karel George Servus — ^Amsterdam, 1780,

[47]

Bib Descriptive Dictionary Bib

Werndly, G-eobge Henbik. — Pang-adjS,ran kabenaran jang p61ion ibadet De
Lrere der Waarheit die naar de Godzaligheit is. Mit een Kort Bericht van de
Maleische Letteren — (A book of religious instruction in the Malayan language
and Eoman Character) — Amsterdam, 1 732.

Winter, C. F. — Duizend en eene nacht, Arabische Vertellingen ; naar de
Nederduitsche Vertaling in het Javaansch vertaald door C. F. Winter, uitgegeven
door T. EooRS^ — 2 vols, in-8 — Qravenhage, 1847.

Fables traduites en Javanais — in-12 cart. — ^Amsterdam, 1849.

Fables translated into Javanese — 12mo. — Batavia, 1849.

PART v.— TRANSLATIONS IN EUROPEAN LANGUAGES OF MALAY WORKS.

Adji-Saka. — Het boek, oude fabelachtige geschiedenis van Java; uit de
poezie in Javaansche proza overgebragt door C. F. Winter. Met een bijvoegsel
tot het woordenboek der Javaansche taal door G-ericke en Eoorda---8vo. —
Amsterdam, 1857.

Backer, L. de. — Bidasari, po^me Malais precede des traditions poetiques de
Torient et de Toccident — 1875.

BocHARY DE J6hor. — TAj-u'l-SalAtia, de kroon aller koningen oud-Maleisch
en Neder-Duitsch — 4to. — Batavia, 1827.

Brata-Joeda, De — de Eama, en de Ardjoenasasta' Drie Javaansche
heldendichten, in Javaansch Proza verkort door C. F. Winter — 8vo. — Amsterdam,
1845.

— Indisch Javaansch Heldendicht, voor de uitgave bewerkt door A. B.
Cohen Stuart — 2 vols. — Batavia, 1860.

Chroniques Javanaises — Histoire genealogique des princes, en vers, dans la
mesure du chant Asmara Dana.

Code op Bxjgis Maritime Laws, with a translation and vocabulary, giving
the pronunciation and meaning of each word, with an appendix — 8vo. — Singapore,
1832.

Demang Batawidjaya Eaden. — Zededicht Bidajatoessalih, onder leiding
van den Eegent aldaar, Eaden Adipati Aria hoesoemah Diningrat— Batavia, 1864.

Friederich, R. — ^Ardjoena Weivaha, een oorspronkelyk hawieverk, volgens
een Balineesch mss. met interlineareon commentarius : uitgegeven door R.
Friederich — Batavia, 1850.

Gericke, J. F. C. — Wiwoho of Mintorogo, een Javaansch gedicht — Batavia,
1845.

Manik Maja. — Javaansch gedicht : uitgeg. door 4to. — Hollander, 1851.

Marre, a. — Code des successions et du manage en usage d Java, transcrit en
caractdres Europ^ens et traduit en Fran^ais — 8vo. — Paris, 1874.

Sumatra, Histoire des rois de Passey, traduite et annotee — 1874.

Malaka, Histoire des rois Malays de Malaka et ceremonial de leur cour —

Trad, du Malay— 1874.

XJne Revolution a Malakka en Tan 1834 — 8vo.

Matthes, B. F. — Boegineesch Heldendicht op Daeng Kalaboe, uitgegeven en
vertaald door, 1838.

— Boegineesch Heldendicht op Daeng Kalaboe, uitgegeven en vertaald — 8vo.
— Makassar, 1858.

Boegineesch Heldendicht op den eersten Bonischen Veldtogt van 1859,

uitgegeven en vertaald, alsmede van aanteekeningen en beknopte historische
inleiding voorzein — 8vo. — Makassar, 1862.

Moehamad Moessa. — Geschiedenis van Setja Nala, bcvattende lessen voor den
boeren en handelstand — ^Batavia, 1863.

[48]

Bib of British Malaya. Bin

MoEHAMAD MoEssA Saden Hadji. — Soendaasch gedicht Eadja Soedibja —
Batavia, 1862.

Soendasche gedichten en fabelen — Batavia, 1862.

Soendaasch zededicht Woelang, Krama — Batavia, 1862.

MoEHAMAD Aiii MoEHTAB. — Batavia, 1864.

Prawiba Koesoeman Baden. — Soendasche gedichten Dongeng-Dongeng
Toeladan— Batavia, 1863.

BooBDA, T. — Het boek radja Perangon, of de Geschiedenis van nabi moesa,
eene javaansche legende — 'sGravenhage, 1844.

- De Wajangverhalen van Pala-sara, pandoe en Baden Pandji, in het
javaansch, met aanteekeningen door T. Boobda — *sGravenhage, 1869.

BooBDA Van Eysinoa. — Geschiedenis van Sultan Ibrahim, vorst van Eirah,
uit het Maleisch in Javaansche poezy met javaansche karakter, mitsgaders nito
sastra of zedespreuken, in het kawi met roode letters — Amsterdam, 1843.

Stuabt, a. B. Cohen. — Geschiedenis van baron Sakendher, een javaansch
verhaal — 2 vols. — Batavia, 1854.

Taman Panoataun Baju Kanak-Kanak. — 1848, edited bv Keasbebby.

Thomson, J. T. — Translations from the Hikayit Abdullah bin Abdulkadar
Munshi, with comments. — Henby S. Kino &Co., London, 1874. [Very interesting
to those who are unable to peruse the work in the original Malay. It contains
sketches of many officials eminent in the history of the Straits Settlements between
the years 1797-1866.]

TuNK, H. N. VAN DEB. — Accouut of the Malay Manuscripts belonging to the
B. A. S.— 8vo.— 1866.

WiNTEB, C. F. — Contes et anecdotes trad, en Javanaise — ^Amsterdam, 1849.

Het boek Adji, Saka, oude fabelachtige Geschiedenis van Java, uit de

poezie in Javaansch proza overgebracht door C. F. Winteb ; uitgegeven door
J. B. Gaal et T. BooBDA. Met een uitvoerig bijvoegsel tot het woordenboek der
javaansche taal van Geriche en Boorda — Amsterdam, 1867.

Hangling darmo, bevattende de regering, wonderlyke lotgevaUen en

krygsbedryven van den vorst Hangling darmo te Metowo Pati, tot de verheffing van
zynen kleinzoon bambang gondo koesoemo tot vorst vangenoemd ryk Malawo Pati
—Batavia, 1863.

Bomo, een Javaansch gedicht, naar de bewerking van Joso Dhipoero,

uitgegeven door F. Winteb — Batavia, 1847.

Bidadari. — A celestial nymph. The name of a house and extensive grounds
in E. Singapore owned by H.H. the Sultan of Johore.

Bidor. — V. at head of B. and foot of Mts. of same name. Some 35 years ago
it had a population of about 3,000 Chinese engaged in mining, but this being
abandoned, it has lost all importance.

Bidaanda Kallang. — Originally the aboriginal inhabitants of Kallang in
Singapore, who, upon its cession to the British, were removed by the Tumungong
to the banks of the B. Pulai in S. Johore. They then numbered 100 families, but
in 1847 their number was reduced to eight, and as a tribe they are now extinct.
An account of them is given at pp. 299 et seq,, Vol. T., J. I. A.

Bills. — ^V. in the Chaban district, extreme E. of Malacca.
Billal. — The assistant priest in a mosque, who calls the people to prayers.
He ranks below the Elhalib or preacher, who is again below the Lnam.

Biiqei. — ^V. in the Padang Sebang district, N. Malacca.

BintUTOng, — One of the Ichneumon family, a native of Malacca. It has a
coarse dead black fur, with the exception of the head, which is grey. The tail is
tbick and heavy, longer than the body and prehensile. It sleeps during the day

[49] E

Bin Descriptive Dictionary Bir

and is sullen in manner. It feeds on eggs, birds, rice, fruit, and vegetables.
Length about 2 feet 6 inches exclusive of the tail, which is somewhat longer. In
height it is from 12 to 15 inches.

Binaa (Orang), — See Benua.

Bird of Paradise. — Probably the most beautiful of the feathered tribe, the
hiirong dewata, hirong eiipan, or eepaJi pitri of the Malays. It is occasionally brought
both alive and dead to Singapore by the Bugis traders, its home being in the Am
and other southern islands of the Archipelago and New Guinea. The legs of the
first skins procured having been removed by the natives who killed the birds, gave
rise to the idea that they were legless. Wallace's " Malay Archipelago " gives
full particulars of the various species known, 18 in all, of which 11 inhabit New
Guinea.

Birdlime. — The juices of gutta or india rubber trees arc used for the same
purpose as birdlime at home.

Birds. — See Obnitholooy.

Birds' Nests (edible). —The esculent nests of the Ilh-undo esculenta, a small
dark coloured swallow with a greenish hue on the back, a bluish one on the breast,
and no white mark. The nest consists of a marine fucus (seaweed) elaborated by
the bird, and the Japanese are said to have discovered a means of preparing the
seaweed by hand so as to exactly imitate the consistency of the nest. The nests are
found throughout the Archipelago, and appear in the Straits Settlements as articles
of trade. They make an excellent but somewhat tasteless soup. Java and Borneo
are the chief producing centres.

Birth| Customs connected with. — Mr. J. D. Vauqhan's excellent remarks on
this subject in Vol. XI. of the J. I. A. render original compilation unnecessary.
He says : — " The young Malay is ushered into the world, attended by those dangers
that are to be found in the train of ignorance. Several months before parturition
great exertions are made by the expectant parents to collect fuel, which is an
indispensable part of the lying-in apparatus, together with some medicines in the
shape of oils and herbs of various descriptions.

The crones that act as nurses are, as may be supposed, perfectly ignorant of
the art of midwifery, and quite incapable of rendering any assistance in the event
of danger. In most cases nature accomplishes the work unaided, but if any diffi-
culty occurs, the mother or child must fall a victim to their stupidity. During
labour a fire is kindled with the fuel so assiduously collected, to which tne woman's
person is exposed, and sometimes so closely that the heat causes a violent irritation
of the nerves, which quite unfits lier for the requisite exertion.

On one occasion, a poor woman was brought to the point of death by the
ignorance of the midwife, and would have died if she had not been rescued by the
kind interposition of the Civil Assistant Surgeon ; the excessive excitement caused
by the heat was so overpowering that aberration of mind ensued, which continued
for several months. When the child is born it is cleansed and swaddled from
shoulder to heel, and kept so sometimes for three months. This bandage, it is
believed, keeps the child well-formed, by preventing it from starting suddenly and
thereby distorting its limbs.

After childbirth the mother is exposed to a roaring fire, once in every twelve
hours, for an hour or more at a time. This is continued forty days, and in
addition heated bricks and sand are sometimes applied to the stomach. To this
barbarous practice may be attributed the emaciated and shrivelled look that all
Malay women assume after bearing a few children. During the lying-in, an Imam,
or priest, reads portions of the Koran in an adjoining chamber to the inmates
and visitors ; this is not a general custom, but is adopted only by those that are
well-to-do.

When tlie cliild is seven days old a feast is held, and in the presence of the

[50]

Bla of British Malaya. Bla

guests the child's head is shaved and his name announced by the Katib, or assistant

Eriest. On the fortieth day after birth a second feast is given, and the child may
e named on that day if more convenient ; the wealthy generally name the child
when seven days old, but the poor are often obliged to postpone the ceremony to the
fortieth dav, so as to get the necessary funds for "the feast. On the seventh day,
when the nead is shaved, a tuft of hair is left on the crown to denote that the
child is still unclean ; this tuft is taken off on the fortieth day, and the child is
considered purified, the mother bathes, and is exposed no more to fire after that day.

Babes are suckled till they are twelve or fourteen months old, and are then fed
by the mother on all she eats herself. During the progress of dentition no par-
ticular care is taken of children, and no relief is afforded them when suffering.
Such a recourse as cutting the gums to free the teeth is unknown. The consequence
is that about fifty per cent, die at an early age.

On noticing delicate children who were evidently suffering with their teeth,
and inquiring if any remedies were afforded them, the parents have evinced the
greatest unconcern on the subject. They replied that children never ail while
teething, that they get their teeth easily, and that no care is required ; they admit
that a great number die young, but it is difficult to persuade them that teething is
the cause of their illness. The writer has made mquiries and learnt that fully
half the offspring of each family perish from neglect.

When a child is too young to crawl, it is usually put in a basket, which is
suspended from the rafters of the house, the mother swings it to and fro by means
of a string tied thereto, or if employed, and there are other children in the house,
the latter are made to do it in turns. Sometimes the mother carries her babe
slung over the shoulder in a hammock or bag, when she is employed out of doors
or engaged in household duties ; by so doing her arms are free. A child is
occasionally carried on the hip, with a leg on each side of the body ; this is an
Eastern custom, but it is not so common among the Malays as it is on the Continent
of India.

Women are seldom seen caressing their children, but the opposite sex delight
in fondling them, and may be constantly observed with their children in tlieir
arms."

A good description of Birth Ceremonies in Perak is given in Notes and
Queries with No. 16 (1885) of the Journal of the Straits Branch of the Eoyal
Asiatic Society.

Blachang. — S^ee Balachono.

Black Leopard. — The black leopard — Leopardm melas — is called rimau
trong kctsow by the Malays. It is of glossy blackness, except in particular lights,
when its markings, as darker than the general colour, can be seen. It is reputed
to be more dangerous than the tiger, although leopards as a rule are less apt to
attack man. This is the only species of leopard found in the Peninsula, and its
general appearance contradicts Mr. Wood's surmise that it is only a variety of the
tiger.

Black Tiger. — A misnomer of the above.

Blair Harbour. — The channel between Tanj. Peniabong and Keban I.,
N. Johore.

Blakang Mati. — ^An island about 2 J miles long, and in places 300 feet in
height, lying off the S.W. face of Singapore, and forming the southern boundary
of New Harbour. Various fanciful reasons are given for its name — ** Behind
Death." One explanation is that the southern, or, as regards Singapore, hinder,
face was so unhealthy that the Malays gave it a designation signifying by
onomatopoeia that death was to be foimd behind its ridge.

Blazqa. — important V. on E. bank of Perak E., in a line with the Binding
N. frontier.

[51] E 2

Descriptive Dictionary

Blian or Chenaku,— A creature -who, uuder the semblance of homan
foim, conceals its identity aa a tiger— the Malay Welir-wolf, a belief iu which la
widespread in the Peniuaula.

Blimbing. — A dietriet about 9 miles N. of Malacca town, of which Birubong
ia the principal V. Tapioca is largely gr«wii in the neighbourhood.

Bliong. — An ase or adze eo TOnstructcd that it can be used as either at
pleasure, Malay carpenters are very clever with it, aud turn out work which com-
pares favourably with that of Chinese.

Blowpipe. — '5ee Spmpitan.

Blakar Trusan.— V. on W. bank of R. Madek.E. Johore.

Boar, Wild.— Fierce bpeeimens of the wild boar are to be found both in
the Setth?ment« and Peninsula, and " shooting pig " is a favourite amusement,
especiiilly in Province Wellesley,

Boats fjwiM or sampan, Ch.). Dug-outs are tj-'mied *i jor or jaior, house-
boats Miap. while the small fishing canoe is called kohk. The Malays are eipert
boat- builders, and their mtHJels are superior to those of most Western nations.

Boran Darat.— R*ef of Eocks off E. face of Blakang Mati I.. 8. Singapore.

Borolak Keping.— The N.E. point of Elakang Mati I., S. of Singapore.

Botany. — The bofemy of the Malay Peninsula has never been exhaustively
dealt with, but scattered notices abound in moat works dealing with Eastern fauna.
Amongst other papers may be noted those in the J. 1. A., Vol. I., pp. 7 ef seq,, and
in Essays relating to Indo-China, Vol. II., p. 257. Mr. N. Caktley, however,
had a work on the subject in preparation previous to his decease. He kindly
furnished much of the information herein given under Emit, Ferns, &c., ifec.

Catalogues of the plants in the Botanical Gardens at Singapore have been
issued from time to time, and much information may be gained from the Ileports
of the Forest Department published annually by the Government. Woods and
fruits will be found noticed herein in their alphabetical places, its also plants
connected with trade.

Bow and ArrOWS. — See Abmb.

Boya or Buaya. — Crocodile, j- v.

Boyah.— A place N, of Sengang ou the Perak R.

Brapit. — V. about 7 miles W. of Kota Lama, C, Perak.

Bread Fruit {ArUicarp-u* inci»a). — Two varieties, of which one only is
edible, exist in the Peninsula, and even that is held in Uttle esteem. It resembles
the celebrated product of the South Sea Island, and reiinires cooking to become
palatable.

Breeding Pearls. — S^ee Peakls.

Bribor. — V. on E. bank of Tfin ta, R., 4 miles N. of Kinta, C. Perat. 5
Bricks {haUi), arc of E\u-opean introduction only.

Bride and Bridegroom.— See Massiaoe.

Brlmbang Faniang. — V. on W. side of the embouchure of Perak R. iu
S.W. Pemk.

Brimbun.— A hill about 3,300 feet high on the W. border of Olu Muar
(Negri Sembilan), forming part, of tlie dividing range between Selaugorand that State.

Bringin. — v. and District in C Malacca, Bumbia being the nearest place
of importance to the former, which lies about 11 miles N. of Malacca- town.

Briso. — Settlement and hill about 1^ miles S. of Bukit Putus iu N. Malacca.

British. — " We ourselves and our country are called by the natives of tbo
Malayan lalands Ingris or IngUs. a corruption, the origin of which is obvious,
[52]

BrO of British Malaya. Buft

The word is an adjective, and for the first, requires to be preceded by a word
signifying men or people, and for the second, by one signifying land or country.
The English first appeared in the Archipelago in 1602, the last year of the reign of
Elizabeth, six years after the Dutch, and 107 after the Portuguese. The first
place visited by us was Achin, under Sir James Lancaster, the same commander
having in 1603 visited Bantam. Owing to the great superiority of the Dutch of
the seventeenth century in commercial and nautical enterprise, they expelled the
Portuguese and Spaniards out of almost all their possessions in the Malay
Archipelago, drove ourselves out of the Spice Islands in 1620, and from Bantam
and Jaratra, in Java, 1683. Expelled by their influence from Bantam, we
established ourselves in the sterile land of Bencoolen in Sumatra in 1685, our sole
and humble object being to secure a share in the pepper trade. Bencoolen, with
some neighbouring establishments, continued for a himdred years, or up to the
foundation of Penang in 1785, to be our sole territorial possessions in the
Malay Archipelago ; for our other attempts at such acquisitions were ephemeral.
In ] 819 we founded Singapore, and in 1824 we received by convention Malacca and
its territory from the Dutch, giving them Bencoolen and our other possessions in
Sumatra in return." * Our present territorial possessions within the localities dealt
with in this work are Penang, Province Wellesley, The Dindings, Malacca, and
Singapore. The Native States Perak, Selangor, Sungei Ujong, the Negri Sem-
bilan and Pahang are under our protection.

Brooch. (Krusang). — This article of jewellery is made by the Malays, but is
of rough design. Most of those in use are of Hindoo or Chinese workmanship.
They are used to fasten the kahaya or short jacket at the neck.

Brooms (Penyapv), — These are made of the midribs of the cocoa-nut leaf,
and are very effective.

Bru. — The name of a tribe inhabiting Pulo Tingi ajid Sibu off the E. coast
of Johore. Described as very ill-favoured and filthy in their habits.

Bru. — The name of a large ape alleged to exist in the jungles on the
boundaij of Pahang and Kelantan. No zoologist has as yet met with it.

Bruang. — The Malayan sun-bear — the only animal of the bear species in
the Peninsula. It is also known as the honey-bear, from its fondness for that
sweet. It is black in colour, with the exception of a semi-lunar shaped patch of
white on the breast, and a yellowish white patch on the snout and upper jaw.
The fir is fine and glossy. Its feet are armed with formidable claws, and its lips
and tongue are peculiarly long and flexible, all three organs adapting it to tear
open and get at the apertures in old trees where the wild bees usually build. It is
naturally a fruit eater, and very easily tamed, especially if caught young. It
is frequently exhibited by itinerant native showmen. It is extremely destructive in
plantain and cocoa-nut plantations while in a state of nature.

Bmas. — ^V. on N. bank of Bruas, R., Dinding Territory, about 3 miles from
the coast.

Bruas. — Dist. on coast of Larut, Perak, on banks of R. of same name.
Said to be the original seat of Government in Perak.

Bruk. — See Monkey.

Buah Paku. — ^A small palmite, the heart of which is much used as a
vegetable by the Malays. Its fruit resembles a pine-apple in external appearance.

Buah Tandok. — ^A curious nut, shaped like the upper head and horns
of a buffalo. It is sometimes called the Water Caltrop, being the root of an
aquatic plant.

Buaya or Boya.— Crocodile (gf. v.),

Bubur. — ^A mixture of sago, cocoa-nut milk and scrapings, and a coarse

[53]

Bnd Descriptive Dictionary Bug

sugar known as gula Malacca. A favourite dish with most European children, and
some of their older relatives also, at times. The Malays greatly esteem it.

Buddha. — The name of this Indian deity, either in this its most frequent
form, or as Gautama or Sakya, or any other shape, is not found in any of the
living languages of Malaya. The nearest approach to it in form is the Sanskrit
word Buda, " old or ancient," which is a naturalized one in Javanese. No Buddhist
temple, properly so called, exists in British Malaya, but Chinese temples, nominally
Buddhistic, are of course frequently met with. The reader curious on such
subjects may be referred to Dr. Eitel's ** Three Lectures on Buddhism " (Hong-
kong, China Mail OflRce, 1873).

Buffalo (more generally called the water-buffalo). — The Bos hvhalus of
naturalists. (Kerhau in Malay.) The same useful, powerful, ugly, sluggish, and
unwieldy animal which exists in all the warm countries of Asia, and which was
introduced into Greece, Egypt, and Southern Italy in the middle ages. It is only,
however, within ten or twelve degrees of the equator that it is found of great size,
strength, and vigour. Compared with that of the Malayan countries, the buffalo
of Southern Italy is certainly an inferior animal, and that of Northern India even
a puny one. The buffalo is the principal beast of draught and burden throughout
Malaya, the ox being chiefly reserved for the tillage of dry upland grounds. The
buffalo is larger and more powerful than the ox, but much slower and with less
capacity of enduring toil. The flesh of this semi-aquatic animal is coarse, and its
milk poor in quality, compared with that of the cow. Its courage is indomitable,
and, united to its great strength, makes it an overmatch for the royal tiger. It
has a repugnance to strangers, but with its friends is thoroughly docile. I have
seen a boy of ten years of age part two enraged bulls with a switch, mount that
which was his own by one of its horns, and ride home on it. The domestic buffalo
is very scantily covered with hair, the colour of the skin appearing through it. It
is either black, flesh-coloured, or white, without any other variety, the black in
nine cases out of ten predominating, and being considered, perhaps without much
foundation, preferable to the white. Whenever the buffalo is found in the
domestic state, it is also found in the wild one ; and this makes it exceedingly
difficult to determine whether this animal be a native of the Archipelago, or a
domesticated stranger. Naturalists, I know not on what ground, have come to
the latter conclusion, and the natives of the country seem to entertain the same
opinion, for they caU all buffaloes found in the forest by an epithet which implies this,
and which in Malay is jalang, meaning ** stray" or ** vagabond." The names given
to the animal, however, afford no warranty for this conclusion. With one excep-
tion, they are native, and not traceable to any foreign tongue.* The Malay name is
Kerho or Kerhau, and this with very slight variations extends over, at least, ten
different langiiages of the Archipelago and Philippines. It is a penal offence in
the Straits Settlements to lead or drive a buffalo without a wooden guard across the
horns so as to j>revent the animal from ripping. The wound inflicted by an enraged
buffalo is fearful. The victim is generally gored in the thigh, the femoral artery
being ripped open, and death of course ensues. Four cases of death from this
cause occurred in Province Wellesley from January, 1886, to May, 1887.

Buffalo-head Nut. — The root of an aquatic plant resembling a pair of
buffalo-horns in shape, and very common in the Peninsula. (See Buah Tandok).

Bugis. — The name given by the Malays to the dominant people of Celebes,
who call themselves Wugi, of which, no doubt, it is a corruption. As constant
visitors to Singapore and occasional settlers in the Peninsula, they demand notice,
and we therefore quote Cbawpued's account in full. The native country of the
Bugis is the south-western limb of Celebes. The Macassar, or Mangkasara, nation
occupying the most southerly part of this peninsula, borders the Bugis to the
south, and the Mandar nation to the north. Like the Malays, they are, for the

[64]

Bug of British Malaya. Bug

most part, a maritime people, and it may be suspected that the original seat of
their civilization was the shores of the interior lake Labayo, or Taparang-danao, a
collection of navigable water said to be about 25 miles in length, surrounded by
fertile land, at present well cultivated and peopled.

The people who speak the Bugis language are, at present, divided into many
small states, and seem never to have been united under one government. Several
of these little states are united into confederations for general purposes. Each
state is under the government of its own prince, elected by the chiefs of the tribe
from the members of a family in which the office is hereditary, and women are not
excluded from the choice. The princes so elected form a council, which must be
unanimous for the decision of all matters of common concern. The confederacy
of Boni consists of eight princes, and that of Waju of no fewer than forty.

The Bugis are among the most advanced people of the Aixhipelago. They
have long possessed all |the domesticated animals, and cultivated the useful
plants known to the civilized inhabitants of the more westerly islands. They
understand the working of the useful metals, the rearing of cotton, and the
manufacture of cloth from it. They had framed a native calendar, although
they had no epoch. The year of the calendar is solar, consisting of 365 days,
and divided into 12 months, each with a native name. It commences with the
16th day of May of our time ; eight of its months containing 30 days, three of
them 31, and one 32. But above all, they possessed the art of writing, having
invented an alphabet which expresses with adequate precision the native sounds
of their own language, a language that is softer than the Malay, for even its
liquids do not coalesce with other consonants, and every word must end either
in a vowel, an aspirate, or the soft nasal ng.

The Bugis, to judge by their language, would seem to have been indebted
to the Malavs and Javanese for a large amount of their civilization. Thus the
names of cultivate plants and domesticated animals are, for the most part, taken
from the languages of these people ; so are the names of the metals, terms con-
nected with the useful arts, navigation, numeration, and even law and religion.

It is remarkable that the Bugis, now the most enterprising of aU the native
tribes of the Archipelago, are never mentioned by the earlier European writers.
Thus Babbosa, who describes the Javanese, the natives of the Coromandel coast,
and the Chinese whom he met at Malacca, never alludes to the Bugis, who, had
they existed there in his time, could hardly have failed to attract his attention,
were it only for the very peculiar build of their vessels. Babbos' enumeration of
the people trading to Mialacca is even more full than that of Babbosa, for he adds
to his list the Peguans and the Japanese, but he makes no allusion to the Bugis.
The inference is, that this people were unknown as traders in the beginning of the
sixteenth century, and that the commercial enterprise by which they are now distin-
guished is of comparatively recent origin. Even their native country, according to
Babbos, was not discovered until 1525, and when that happened, the country,
instead of being considered by the Portuguese as one great island, was thought to
be an aggregation of many islets, the people of which were thought to be in a very
rude state — clothed in the bark of trees, and unacquainted with all the metals
except gold.

The first distinct notice we have of the Bugis is derived from native authority,
and this assigns the year 1366 to the commencement of the reign of one of their
princes. Their early commercial enterprises do not seem to have extended beyond
the neighbouring Spice Islands. In the native annals of the state of Malacca, they
and the people of Macassar are represented as harassing the trade of Malacca by
their piracies in the time of a prince called Munsub Shah, whose reigu begun in
the year 1374. Even the name of the piratical leader, Kbaino Sa.meblak, is given,
which proves, however, that he was not of the Bugis, but of the Macassar nation, which
had acquired notoriety before it. No traces whatever of the Hindu religion, in the

[55]

Bug Descriptive Dictionary Bug

shape of temples, images, or inscriptions, such as exist in Java and Sumatra, have
l/t^iu discovered in the country of the Bugis, or in an^ other part of Celebes. Their
language, however, shows that the people speaking it had been slightly tinctured
with Hinduism, but no more. It contains a considerable number of theological
\AtrmA, palpably enough Sanskrit, but identical with those contained in the Malay
and Javanese, and obviously introduced with other words of these languages.

Of all the more advanced nations of the Archipelago, the Bugis were the latest
CiuverU to Mahommedanism. Even the Macassar nation, although in this respect in
a/lvance of them, did not adopt it until as late as 1605, or 94 years after the arrival
of the Portuguese, and even a few vears subsequent to that of the Dutch and
EugHsh. It was this peojile, at the time the most potent in Celebes, that by force
of arms (enforced the Mahommedan religion on the Bugis about the year 1640. It
was, most probablv, the adoption of the new religion that moved the Bugis, as it
did thrj Arabs, although in a different direction, to action, and which in the sequel
has nia^le thiun what thoy now are, at once the bravest men and the most enterpris-
ing morchants and navigators of the Archipelago.

Tho (mterprising character of the Bugis belongs more especially to the tribes
whi(!h go under the common name of Waju. The trade of this people extends, at
prttsnnt, to ev<3ry country of the Archipelago, from Sumatra to New Guinea. They
aru, in fa<^t, the carriers of the internal trade, and now what the Malays and Java-
niitft) wore on the arrival of the Europeans. The exports from the eastern ports of
the Ari'hipt'higo to the western are chiefly composed of cotton fabrics of their own
niamifacturts of gold-dust, holothurion, esculent roots, tortoise-shell, pearl shells,
rice from Java luid Bali, and, of late years, tobacco and coffee. Prom the Euro-
pean <'nii>oria thoy take back, to be distributed far and wide, the produce and
nianulu<;turoH of Europe and India. The Bugis are not only traders, but also
si^tth^rs in many of the countries with which they carry on trade. The largest
number of such settlers are probably on the western, and especially on the eastern
coast of Borneo, on the strait which divides this island from their own country.
On the large rivers of Pasir and Coti there are supposed to be about 1,600
families of them, in a state nearly independent of the Malay princes. The Waju
Bugis have also established themselves in the territories of Mandar and Kaili in
thtjir own island, and the Bugis of Boni formed a colony in the little island of
Bonirati, between Celebes and Ploris. In the European settlement they form con-
siderable communities, living in separatejquarters, and preserving their own
manners and language. Thus in Singapore, by the census of 1849, they were
found to number 2,269.

Altogether, the number of the Bugis* praus, usually known by the name of
Padewakan, carrying on foreign trade, is thought not to be short of 800, of the
burden of about 50 tons each. In their navigation they use charts and compasses,
the former from European originals, with the names in Bugis characters, and the
last made for them by the Chinese of Batavia. The account which Mr. Mabsden
gives of this people as he saw them at Bencoolen, above 80 years ago, is worth
quoting. " The Macassar and Bugis people," says*he, ** who come annually in their
praus from Celebes to trade at Sumatra are looked up to by the inhabitants as their
superiors in manners. The Malays affect to copy their style of dress, and frequent
allusions to the feats and achievements of these people are made in their songs.
Their reputation for courage, which certainly surpasses that of all other people in
the eastern seas, acquires for them thisjflattering aistinction. They also derive part
of the respect paid them from the richness of the cargoes they import, and the
spirit with which they spend the produce in gaming, cock-fighting, and opium-
smoking." — History of Sumatra, page 209.

A few years ago, a Bugis Chief of Perak married Inchi Maida of that State.
The lady is very popular with foreigners, and gave us ready aid when needed during
the disturbances.

[56]

Bnk of British Malaya. Bnk

Bllkho Kang. — ^District S. of Mandai, N.W. Singapore, 11 to 12 miles from
town.

Bukiti in Malay, is " a hill or mountain," and equivalent to Gunung in Java-
nese. Both words are of very frequent occurrence in the names of places.

Bukit Ampar. — ^A hill in the Tabu district, N. Malacca.
Bukit Arong. — Hill close to Eisang Point, N. Johore.
Bukit Assahan. — HiU on S. side of Bemam B., 3 miles S. of Bemam,
Sengor.

Bukit Ayer. — ^A small hill \ mile from the coast in the Sungei Bharu
Tengah district, Malacca, on the short cut between Penkalan Balak ^and Ayer
Berendang.

Bukit Ayer. — ^A hill close to the main road from Linggi to Malacca on the

Sungei Bharu Tengah district.

Bukit Badak. — ^A hill on the frontier of Pahang and Johol.

Bukit Bakau. — HiU on N. bank of Pahang E., nearly N. of Chgno, C.
Pahang.

Buikt Balucham. — 640 feet high, in E. Selangor, about 8 miles E.S.E. of
Kwala Lumpor.

Bukit BandoL — Hill range in S. portion of Terachi, one of the Negri
Sembilan.

Bukit Banian. — ^A hill \ mile from Bukit Putus, just inside frontier line
between Malacca and Eembau.

Bukit BatU. — Hill 6 miles N.N.W. of Kwala Lumpor Selangor. Limestone
caves exist in it. Height 1,516 feet, lat. 3° 2^' 19-J" N., long. 101° 52^'' E.

Bukit BatU Atap. — Hill in N.C. Pahang, 4 miles W.S.W. of Gunong
Talian.

Bukit Batu Pahat. — Hill on the dividing range between Selangor and
Pahang. The Selangor E. rises close by.

Bukit Batu Paliat. — Hill on the dividing range between Selangor and
Pahang, close to XJlu Selangor on N.E. of that State.

Bukit Batu Riawat. — A hiU on the frontier of Pahang and Johol.
Bukit Bemban. — Hill on W. bank of Linggi K., Sungei XJjong, opposite
Niato.

Bukit Berapit. — HiU and pass on the road from the mouth of the LarutE.

to Kwala Kangsa, Perak.

Bukit Besar. — Name of a hill in N. Patani, 10 miles S. of the coast.

Bukit Bharu. — Small V. 3 miles N.N.E. of Malacca-town.

Bukit Brembang. — Hill in S. Malacaa about \ mile from W. bank of E.
Duyong and 4f miles from the coast.

Bukit Bruang. — Hill in the Batu Berendam district, S. Malacca.

Bukit Bulan.— Hill in E. Johore, S. by W. of the source of the E. Madek.

Bukit Cana. — Hill just below Jelutong in the Batu Berendam district, S.
Malacca.

Bukit Chai (3,600 feet).— Hill 9 miles S.W. of Kwala Kangsa in C.
Perak.

Bukit Champakian.— Hill on N. bank of Pahang E., 6 miles E. of E.
Soui,

Bukit Changgan.— Hill on N. bank of Bemam E., S.E. Perak.

Bukiit Chennn.— HQl and small V. on the Duyong E., Malacca, a little
over 8 miles S.W. of Ayer Panas. Also hill in Singapore.

[57]

9ul( Descriptive Dictionary Bilk

ttukil Oblmundcng. - Hill :3,^XX) feet high in C. Johore near the supposed"
BM^lt Ohinft* *V\\i* hill to the N. of Malacca-town occupied as a cemetery
Bukit China, inn ami v. on W. bank of Johore E., 5 miles N.W. of

,|^/hi/Mt hlihlM..

Bukit DakukU. Hill 14 milos H. W. of Kwala Lumpor in Selangor.

Bukit Dpilong. A lull in tho (hiding Forest reserve, N. Central Malacca.

Bukit Dftinar ItfUn. Hill in the Bayan Lepas district, S.E. Penang.

Bukll Doh. A hill in W. Mnar, about 8 miles from the Kessang E., 5
im)Ii:h HVV. nf Mt. ()|ihii\

Bukit Dulang Dulang, inil in St^hingor, about 8 miles N.W. by W. of
\imU LiHMiuir. hu. ii° W N,. long,, lor M^ E.

Bukit Purl, Hill KMuiloHa i^ PiUuuig R. in C. Pahang. E. of same
MfiMMi rimi4 in i(

Bilkit Durl, llill ^'^^ W. ^^^^ ^^f l\Umug R.» Wtween Gnau and Cheno, C.

Bukll PuyM\|(« -^ l^ill U ^^^il*'* ^^ ^^f ^^^^' ri^'^'r ^^ *^** °*"^^ andSi miles
I Mini (hu rviHvt

Biikii Slp^VpO^ Hill 10 uuW S. of K\^'ala LumiK^r and just N. of the
ImmmuI»u\ brlv^^H^u rtivliiug\vv an\l Snug^n l-joug.

BiiUii SlU^b^. ^^^^ N. t'uiv of Hlakang Mati Id., S. of SingaiM>re.

BuMt QftdP^g- Sn\all V. about 3 miles E. of Durian Tunggal, C*
Miiltvt-Vii. in Uu'. v>U tin- mining district.

BiiHit Q^dP^g' — ^^ l^^n ^^ Tanjong Eling, Malacca, about \ mile from the

Bukit Qc^h^n. - A hill in the Tabu district, N. Malacca, about 2| miles
liuin llu: Ik'.mlulu fi\»ntior.

Bukit Q^^h Mati. — Hill on coast of Sungei XJjong at Kwala Lukut.

B\^kit QakdUg. — A. hill in the Sungei Bharu Tengah district, in Malacca,
•liMiiil \ \\\nK\ from tho beach.

Bukit Qambir. — Hill between Jelutong and Glugor districts, E. Penang.

Bukit Qanong. — a hill in Naning, N. Malacca.

Bukit Qantang. — Hill S. of Taii>eng, Perak, and distant about 5 miles.

Bukit Oasing.— Hill on W. bank of Klang E., about 9 miles S.W. of
livviila Lumpor.

Bukit Oayang (3,857 feet). — One of the hills in the Bukit Panjang
Hungn, N. l*erak.

Bukit Oemuruh. — Hill in S. Penang to N. of point of same name.

Bukit Oondol. — Hill 3^ miles N.E. of Malacca-town.

Bukit Oumaleh .— Hill in lat. 2° 58' N. and long. lOl** 31' E. in S.E.
Miflangor.

Bukit Ouy. — Hill on S. bank of Kkng E., about 9 miles E. of Daman
Hara, Selangor.

Bukit Indra Muda. — ^A pretty hill about 6 miles from Butterworth, P.
Welh'sley, and close to Bukit Merah {q, v.). It is the site of a village, and Qiuch
fruit is grown in the vicinity.

Bukit JakaS. — Hill on W. side of Sembrong E., just below its turn E. in
N. Johore.

[68]

Buk of British Malaya. Buk

Bukit Jalalang. — ^In Nanlng, so caUed from its* abounding in a small shrub
the leaves of which sting the hand slightly.

Bukit Java. — Hill about 6 miles from the mouth of the R. Klang, on the
S. bank.

Bukit Jelutong. — ^A hill of low elevation owned by Mr. Nooedin of
Penang, on the S. bank of the Prai R., about 44 miles from Butterworth, P.
Wellesley.

Bukit Jelutong.— Hill on N. side of Bemam R., S.E. Perak.

Bukit Jelutong.— Hill on W. side of Selangor R. after its turn S. in N.
Selangor.

Bukit Jelutong. — Hill on the border between Rembau and Malacca.

Bukit Jemah.— The principal Mt. in N. Kedah, lat. 6° 31' N. and long.
100** 35' E.

Bukit Jerom.— Hill 200 feet high on the coast of Selangor, 14 miles N. of
the entrance of the Klang R.

Bukit Jetty. — ^HiU about 8 miles from the mouth of the Klang R., close to
Klang, on the S. bajik.

Bukit Jugra. — Hill in S.W. Selangor, on S. side of Langat R., where it
flows into the Jugra R. According to the Admiralty Chart, this is Parcelar Hill,
which is, however, shown as a separate elevation on Langat I., 8 miles W. on the
S. A. S. map.

Bukit JlU'ak. — Small hill in E. bank of R. Endau, close to a stream of
same name, N.E. Johore.

Bukit Kaboh. — Hill in C. Pahang on the N. bank of Pahang R. where it
turns E. just W. of Cheno.

Bukit Kachang.— 932 feet high, 1\ miles S.E. of Kwala Lumpor,
Selangor.

it Kajang. — Hill and tapioca plantation in S. Malacca, about h\ miles
from the coast.

Bukit Kakusan.— A hill in the Padang Sebang (Naning) district, N-
Malacca.

^ Bukit Kalang. — Hill in the Kalang district, on the E. border of Chas-
seriau Estate, Singapore.

Bukit Kali. — ^Hill on N. bank of upper stream of Selangor R. in extreme
E. of the State.

Bukit Kalu. — Small hill on W. bank of Duyong R. about Z\ miles from
the coast of Malacca.

Bukit Kamandu. — v. at E. edge of Bukit Linggi forest reserve, N-
Malacca.

Bukit Kamuning.— Hill on W. side of a N. turn of the Klang R., about

8 miles E. of Klang.

Bukit Kamuning.— Hill 2 miles N. of Selangor R., about 10 miles from
the coast.

it Kanching. — ^Hill (800 feet) near source of R. of same name {(i, v.)
in Selangor E. The range is said to reach 840 feet.

Bukit Kayu Arang. — ^A small hill in the Government reserve, Sungei
Bharu Tengah district, Malacca.

Bukit Kechil. — Small v. on the Muar side of the R. Chohong (Kessaag),
forming the boundary between Muar and Malacca. It is about 2 miles from Chin-
chin in our own territory.

Bukit Keoh il.— Hill in S.E. Penang, S. side of Sungei Nipah.

[59]

Buk

Descriptive Dictionary

Sung-

Bukit Kechil.— Hill in Ayer Puteh district, W. Penang.

Bukit Kechil.— Hili (300 feet) on W. coast o£ Penang. on N. bunk of

Bukit Kedi.— Hill in estreme W. portion of Sungei IJjong.
Bukit Keluar.— Hill'on N. side of Bernam E., S.E. Peralc.
Bukit Kendok.— Hiil about 2 miles S. o£ the Pahang frontier in N.C.

Bukit Kenta.— Hill on N. side of Bernam E., S.E. Perak.

Bukit Kepong.— Hill and V. on E. bank of Muar E., Jobore. oppoait*

Trits Labis Isl

jd.

N.W.

Bukit Kledang.— Hill 1^ nules E. of Merlimau. 8.E. Malacca,

Bukit Kledang. — A hiU in the Suneei Bharu liar district,
Malacca.

Bukit Kramat.— Hill on W". side of Liuggi E.. 3 miles N,W. of Rantau,
Suuj/;fi Ujong.

Bukit Kriang.— A hUl 2,000 feet higb in the N. of Jelebu.

Bukit Kribon (982 feet high).— About 9 i»iles S. of Kwala Lumpor in
S.E. Selaugor.

Bukit Krlngga.— A MU (3.812 feet) of the Bukit Panjang range in N.
PiTak.

Bukit KritOW Sinjang,— Hill on E. side of Pahang E. at its bond N. in
0. Pithang.

Bukit Kuan.— HiU on E. sidB of Madek K., E. Johore.

Bukit Kuda.— Hil! ou N. bank of Klaug E., opposite Klang, Solaugur.

Bukit Kuda Mati-Hill in C. Johol, Negri Sembilan.

Bukit Kuklin.— HiU at head of R. of same name, N.E. Selangor.

Bukit Kuwan,— HUl 4 mUes N.E. of Ma!a<?ca-town.

Bukit Lada.— A hill in the Molaket district of Malacca, about 21 mUoa
N.W. of tin? town.

Bukit Ladang. — A hiU on the borders of Johol and Malacca ; one of the
seven golil-jirudiu-iiij; kills in that neighbourhood.

Bukit Laksamana.— HiU t« W. of Western HUl. Penang.

Bukit Lalow.— HiU close to one of the sources of the Klang E., in
Selangor, abciiit 4 miles N. of Kwala Lumpor.

Bukit Langkap.— Hill on E. side of E. Endau in N.E. Johore.

Bukit Larang. — HiU in tJie TTmbei district, S. Mahtcca, about 21 niilea
from the coast.

Bukit Liatang. — HiU lying a little over 5 mUos due E.of Malacca- town,
about 2s mUea from the coast.

Bukit Lintang.— HiU in the Lundu district, W. Malacca.

Bukit Louchong.— HiU about 2 miles N.W. of Kajang in S.E. part of
Sflangur.

Bukit Lungga. — Hill in W. Johore, source of E. of same name, and S
miles from Lungga V.

Bukit Lunjul. — HiU range in Terachi, one of the Negri Sembilan.

Bukit Machamapi.— HUl just inside the Pahang S. boundary line, about
2 miles N. of Segamat E.

Bukit Mahang.— In eitremo N. of Perak, one of the Perak range. R. and
V. of same name at foot. Supposed frontier of Kedah juet N.
[60]

Bnk of British Malaya. Bnk

Bukit Mahminah.— A hill in the Juru district, p. Wellesley.

Bnkit Mandi. — v., Police Station and Government Bungalow, 12| miles
from town in Mandi district, N.W. Singapore.

Bukit ManiS. — Hill in the Km district, Rembau, just inside the boundary
line from Malacca.

Bukit Marachet. — Hill in Naning territory, Malacca, not marked in the
OoYemment maps.

Bukit Merah. — A hill of red sandstone about 400 feet high, about 4 miles
from Butterworth, P. Wellesley, on the Kubang Semang road. It forms part of
the property of Mr. Noobdin of Penang, and is precipitous on its N. side, but
cidtivated. on the southern slope. The hill is crowned with a substantial house,
giving a clear view over a great portion of the Province.

Bukit Merbiliug. — Hill on the W. boundary point between Selangor and
Sungei Ujong, S. Selangor.

Bukit Merinang. — ^Hill 205 feet high, 6 miles from the coast and 2 miles
from N. bank of Klang E., Selangor.

Bukit Mertajam. — Hill and V. in the Central district of P. Wellesley,
9 miles 5 furlongs from Butterworth. The village lies close to the foot of the hiU,
and is well shaded by fruit-trees of all sizes. There are a good many shops hero
kept by Chinese, and a number of other Chinese are employed growing fruits or
spices, but the Malays are about ten times more numerous. There are also a
number of Klings. The daily markets are well attended during the fruit season,
as dealers come all the way from Penang. They generally land at Kwaia Prai,
and come by the new road, or " Jalan Bharu," which is nearly direct, the distance
being only six miles. A district magistrate resides in the village.

There is a road leading to the southward from Mertajam towards the Alma
Estate, which has only been completed within the last few years. It has since
been continued to Macham Bubu, near the boimdary, where a tin mine was opened,
the speculators being Chinese merchants of Penang. The speculation, however,
was not a success.

Bukit Miliyak. — ^A small hill N. of the Government Eeserve in Sungei

Bharu Tengah district, Malacca ; also a hospital station in Province Wellesley.

Bukit Muar. — ^Hill about 2 miles from the coast and 5 miles from S.E. of
the entrance of the Muar B. in that State.

Bukit Muc{i. — One of the hill ranges in Naning territory not marked in
Government maps?

Bukit Muriang. — A hill on the W. borders of Muar, near Chaban,
Malacca.

Bukit Musiam. — See Noeth Hummock.

Bukit Naksa. — One of the hills in S.E. Kedah joining the Gimong Titi
Wangsa.

Bukit Nior. — ^A hill in the S.W. comer of Pahang.

Bukit Niwang.— Hill in N.W. Sungei Ujong.

Bukit Pagan. — Hill at the confluence of the E. Kurut and Chendariang
with the Kinta, S.C. Perak.

Bukit Pago. — ^A hill on E. side of Muar E. close to Panchor, W. Johore.

Bukit Pajam. — Hill in N. Sungei Ujong, 7 miles E. of Pantay.

Bukit PanaS. — A hill in the Ayer Pah Abas district, Malacca.

Bukit Panchor. — A small range of hills in the Malacca Pindah district,
C. Malacca.

Bukit Panglor. — ^Hill in S.W. Pahang, about 10 miles N. of Segamat.

[61]

Bnk

Descriptive Dictiofiary

Bukit Panjang.— Hill in N. of Bukit Timah district, Singapore.

Bukit Panjang,— Range in N. Perak forming the E. of the twu chuins j
riiuoitiLT N. ill iLiit ytiitc.

Bukit Pasir Panjang. — Hill in S.W. Penang. v. of same name on coast I
at fuot. I

Bukit Pataling.— Hill on W. bank of Klang E., about 10 miles S.W. of ]
Ewala Lumpor, S-'ianfjor. Tin mines exist just S. of it.

Bukit Payong,— Hill about 17 miles E. of Gunong Jerei, N. Kedah.

Bukit Payong.— Ill Naning, N. Malacca.

Bukit Payong.— Hill l mile W. of Kota Lama. C. Pt-i-ak, one of tie Pemk

Bukit Penah Panjang. -

im> of the E. Miid.'k.

-Hill i

E.G. Joliore about 7 mUfs S.W. of tho

Bukit Penera— (1.150 feet). \ mile S.E. of Mt. Elvira, C. Penang.

Bukit Pengkalan.— HiU and v. near one of the sources of the Duvong R., "

uva ai.,.111 'l\ i.iiles S.W. of Ayer Panaa.

Bukit Peniujau.— Hill and V. at S. extremity of forest reserve E. of
Sungei Bhiii-u Ilir districl. N.W. Malacca.

Bukit Penyabong.— HiU in S.C. Johore, one of a series between the
Madek and Leugj^nn E.

Bukit Pesisik,— Hill N. of Johore R, between the Seluang and Pesisik
Rivera, S. Johort',

Bukit Piata,— Hill in extreme W. of Singapore I., \ mile N. of Tanjong
Mera%s-anf,'.

Bukit Piatu,— A small V. about 3 milea from Malacca-town, bearing N.E. ,

Bukit Plabang.— A hlll in the Tabu didrict,. N, Malacca, about 2| miles '
from thi> Koiiihitu frootier.

Bukit Plandok. — Hill in eitreme S. of Selangor on frontier of Sungci Ujong,

Bukit Punggor. — See Punqook.

Bukit Pupur.— Hill on E. bank of Lenpgin E., S.E. Johore.

Bukit Putus.— Hill in the Jelebu range between Terachi and Sungei Hjong.

Bukit Putus.— Hill on the boundary line between Malacca and Johol,
iK'twnt-Q KwaLi Siiu);or iiud Ayer Tengab.

Bukit Putus. — Hill on S, sideofMuar E., in Enas t*rritory.Negri Sembilan.

Bukit Rambei. — A small V. 5 miles N.W. of Malacca-town.

Bukit Ruminta.— A hill 1 mile S. of Bukit Putus in N. part of Malaw-a
Tc-rritury,

Bukit Sabukor. — Hill just N. of Priggit and nearly 3 miles N. of Malacca-

Bukit Samalau. — Small hill on W. bank of R. Ihivong just below Kwata
Gapain.

Bukit Santi.— 645 feet high, in S. Johore.

Bukit Sapam. — A small V. in the Padang Sebang dislriet, N. Malacca.

Bukit Sapetang {Hwih Momd on the Adm. CfcirO-— Hill about 10 miles
h-^-m \\w .■iw.sl and l mile 8, of Kurau R. in N.W. Perak.

Bukit Segamat. — Hill on the boundary line between Johore and Pafaang-
ih miles from Segamat.

Bukit Seginting.— Small V. iu the Durian Tunggal dislriet, C. Malacca.

Bukit Selosa.— At ertreme W. end of Blakang Mati 1., S. of 3ingai«)re.

Bnk of British Malaya. Buk

Bukit Senoh, — A hiU in S.W. comer of Pahang.

Bukit Sepang. — Hill in N. Sungei Ujong, 4 miles W. of Pantay.

Bukit Sera Pono. — Hill in N. of Blakang Mati I., S. of Singapore.

Bukit Serdang. — Hill E. of E. of the same name, S.W. Kedah ; "at or near
the boundary line with Perak.

Bukit Sidinan. — Small v. in the Jus forest reserve, N. Malacca.

Bukit Sigari. — Hill just S. of Telok Sera, N. Binding Territory.

Bukit Sigari. — Hill 9 miles from the coast, W. Perak, opposite mouth of

Jarum Mas E. Marked as Tulu Saggar or False Binding on Adm. Chart.

Bukit Sikari. — Hill about 3 miles E. of Muar E. about 10 miles from the
coast in W. Johore.

Bukit Silunchu. — Hill on S. Johore 2 miles N. of the Selat Tambrau.

Bukit Siuandong. — ^V. and tapioca plantation in the Burian Tunggal dis-
trict, C. Malacca, and about 2 miles from the Police station at the same village.

Bukit Singgi. — Bistrict in N. Malacca S. of Jus, and forming part of the
forest reserve. V. of the same name just S. of high road from Pondok Kompas to
Nyalas.

Bukit SogOr. — ^HiU on E. side of Linggi E. about 3 miles N.W. of Eantau,
Sungei Ujong.

Bukit Sudu. — ^Hill in N. Sungei Ujong 2 miles above Pantay.

Bukit Sungei Pinang. — Hill on S. bank of W. Eiver of that name about
2 miles from the W. shore of the island.

Bukit Tabong. — A hill on the borders of Malacca and Johol reputed, like
Chendras and Ganunshi, to produce gold.

Bukit Talang. — Hill 1 mile N. of Selangor E. about 9 miles from the coast.

Bukit Tambun. — Hill 3 miles W. of Perak E. about \ mile N. of Kota
Lama, C. Perak.

Bukit Tambun. — The most important village as to size and population in
Province Wellesley, being exactly 15 miles S. of Butterworth. There are nearly
1,000 inhabitants, including many Chinese and Kling shopkeepers. The village
consists of a single street running roimd the northern base of Tambun hill, having
a salt-water creek into which runs the Junjong river, navigable by large boats,
parallel with the road. The Inspector of Police of the southern division of the
ftovince resides here in the upper storey of a commodious Police station. The
Magistrate in charge of the district holds a Court of Police and Eequests at Bukit
Tambun. Beyond the village the road skirts the foot of the hill to the Bukit
Tambun Perry across the Junjong river to Batu Kawan, the river being about
150 yards across. There is more traffic at this ferry than at any other in the Pro-
vince, more especially of foot-passengers. There is also a large traffic of passengers
and produce by boat to and from Penang, two steam laimches (the fares by which
are 35 cents Ist class and 15 cents 2nd class) leaving each place daily. The creek
is much infested by crocodiles. Bukit Tambun derives additional importance from
being the chief highway to the S. of the Province, and a large number of two-
wheeled hack gharries are always plying for hire.

Bukit Tampoi. — A v. in the N. Central district of Mak, Malacca.

Bukit TampurODg. — A hill the S. of a small chain in the Tabu district,
N. Malacca.

Tanggah. — Hill in the Jelebu range between Sungei Ujong and
Ulu Muar, the source of the Muar river, 3,300 feet high.

Bukit TaDJOng. — ^A hill in the Chabau district, E. Malacca,

[63]

Bak

Descriptive Dictionary

Bukit Tebakar, — Hill and small village in forest reBcrre, E. Simgei Siput i

diatrict, N.W. of Malacca.

Bukit Tebakar.^A hiU in the Ayer Pah Abaa district, Malacca.

Bukit Telenteng.— Hill in N. bank of Lenggin R., S.C. Johore.

Bukit Telok Duri.— Hill on E, side of Gunong Titi Wangsa range, \
Eudah.

Bukit Teluk Pachat. — Hill about 1 \ miles from W. coast of Penang, 1
not far from E. bank of Suiigoi Gagah, W. Penang.

Bukit Tengah.— Hil) on the N. boundary of Sungei Ujong just S. of Bt. '
Bruang iu Selang'.>r.

Bukit Tengah. — A Tillage of some importance 6 miles 5 furlongn from
BiittCTworth, P. Wellesley. To the left, about 100 yards from the high road, is the
main entrance of the Golden GroTO Sugar Estate, at one time the property of the
Rt. Hon. E. HoKBMAN. M.P.. and still owned by his representatives. The village
consists of Chinese and Kling shops on either side of the road which runs through
the centre of the Gulden Grove Estate. A substantial Police station, and the
K'sidouue of tbt.- Magistrate in chaise of the central division, stands at tlie 8. end. '
I W. Johore in the Jakua country, 20 miles N. of 1

Bukit Terunka. — In S. Kedah, just N. of the supposed boundary between I

Perak and Kedah.

Bukit Tial.— Small V. about IJ miles E. of Duyong E., and 2\ miles S.W.
of Ajer Panas, B.C. Malacca.

Bukit Tiga,— Hill juat beiow Linggi, S. Sungei Ujong.

Bukit Tiga Puloh Tigah.— A portion of the Perak range in N. Perak,
nmniug N.N.W. from Kota Tampan.

—Hill about J mile W. of R. l>uyong, Malacca, about 7 miles J

Bukit Timall. — Hill of a range in N. Penang, a little over 1 mile N. of J
Government Hill Bungalow, Penang.

Bukit Timah. — Divided into two districts E. and W. The former indudea
the hill which is the highest elevation on the Island of Singapore, variously esti-
mated at 500 to 540 feet above the sea-level. A Government bungalow, accessible
liy a good cart road of not very steep grade, affording good accommodation, eiista
on the top of the bill, whence a good view of the isl^d generally is obtainable.
West Bnkit Timah has numerous plantations but no villages. The Police station
is situated on the high road from town at the 7 mile stone. A Government bunga-
low is close by.

Bukit Tinggi.— A hill in S.W. extremity of Pahang.

Bukit Tinggi.— A hill in Sungei Bharu Tengah district, Malacca.

Bukit To Kanga. — A hill occupied as trigonometrical stations, of Sungei
Juru in P. WcUesicy.

Bukit Trek.— Hill about 4 miles N. of the E. Lenggin in E.C. Johor«.

Bukit Trokil. — A small 1., about 7 miles from the coast of Kelantan,
140 feet high.

Bukit Tunggal.— A hill in Malacca not far from Alor Gajah. This is also
the name of a residence in Singapore on the road between Bukit Timah and Thomp'

Bukit Ulu Bin.— (3.072 feet,) One of the Bt. Panjang range. N. Perak,

[64]

Bnk of British Malaya, Bun

Bnkit Ulu Chepah.— (3,816 feet.) One of the Bt. Panjang range, N.
Perak.

Bnkit Ulu Selangor. — Hill in the dividing range between Selangor and
Pahang, near the source of B. of same name, in extreme E. of the State.
Bnkit Ulu Tulang.— Hill in N.W. Sungei Ujong.
Bnkit Undong. — A small V. about a mile from Rumbia, C. Malacca.

Bnloh Serua. — V. on W. bank of Bemam E., \\ miles below Changkat
Bamu, S. Perak.

Bulnh. (Bamboo — See Woods). — The uses of the bamboo are so numerous
that several pages might be occupied in their simple indication. There are many
varieties, the handsomest being of a bright yellow with vertical green stripes. A
pretty sort furnishes the handles of Chinese pencils. It is alleged that jungle fires
are sometimes caused by the constant rubbing together by the wind of two or more
trees which have grown so as to cross each other. The large hollow joints are used
to carry water and toddy.

The striped bamboo {Bainhuea vulgaris var. striata), the Hedge bamboo {B,
Nana), the yellow bamboo (B. vulgaris var. aurea), and the common bamboo (B,
vulgaris), are cultivated in the Singapore Botanic Gardens, the plants having been
introduced from India and China. They are, however, indigenous to the Peninsula.

The Male Bamboo (Dendrocalamus strictvs) and the Prickly Bamboo (D. spino-
sus), have been introduced into the Singapore Botanic Gardens from the East
Indies.

The countless uses of the bamboo &om flooring to paper-stuff have been too
often described to make repetition useful. A recent writer computed that over 360
articles of daily use or ornament were made from bamboo in the various countries
where it abounds.

Bulnh. Bibut or B. Perindu (Storm or plaintive bamboo). — ^A bamboo «
which by means of perpendicular slits cut above each joint and placed so as to
catch the wind becomes a sort of gigantic iBolian harp. The effect is most pleasing,
the larger holes giving a deep organ tone which the stringed instrument cannot
furnish. By an ingenious contrivance similar to the tail fan of a windmill the
apertures are always kept facing the wind. One of these bamboos is in the Baffles
Museum.

Bulnh. Timiang. — ^A species of bamboo used to make sumpitans ; a very
light and fine-grained variety.

Bundi The. — ^An embankment on the south side of the Muda River, N.
of Province Wellesley, made for the prot/Cction of the northern padi lands from
floods durings heavy rains. A tax is collected by Government on every animal
passing over the Bund, and an annual sum is spent on maintaining its efficiency.

BuBga-Mas. — The flowers wrought in gold, presented by certain semi-
independent Malay States to Siam as tribute. They are beautifully worked.

BuBga Taujong. — A small v. in the Tabu district, N. Malacca.

Bunga Taujong. — ^A sweet-scented star-shaped flower, used by native
women to ornament their hair. The Klings in the Settlements and Peninsula
offer them in chaplets at the shrines of their gods.

Bunga Taujong. — Small v. on road between Pulau and Briso, S. of Tabu
district, N. Malacca.

Bungams FaSCiatuS (Ular puchok). — One of the venomous snakes
common in the Settlements and Peninsula. It is handsomely marked with
alternate rings of bright yellow and black, and frequents swampy ground. Only
one death from its bite has been recorded during the past ten years.

{65] • F

a Descriptive Dictionary Cam

Bxingkwang.— >ve Majtoktang.
Burial Customs. — S<e Pdserals.

Butterflies. — See Entomoiajot.

ButterWOrth, Hon. GoL C. B. — GoTern«r of the Stiaits Settlements,
1847-1851. Col. BiJTTERwoBTH gare gnat eiiL-oangcmeiit to tlie fooudatioa of
the Joumiil of the Indian Artliij>^lay«. J. I. A., I., iii.

Butterworth. — TUe printijial settlement of Prorince Wellesle/, where the
Ik^imU t>f tlit< vartnus dtr^utiuents mostlv reside. It is situated on Uie beach of
Bawau Tiiau Kivhil. Thi> chief Police" Station. Hospital, Post Office, and Public
Wovba Offii* of the jnwinee are located here, the situation being conreiuent for
Rixx'Bs to IVuaut;- It is connected by telegraph with Penang and Perak. and with
thii Mit'StHtiottt iu the province by telephone. The place has been much improved
undi'r ivcvnC admiuist^Uions, a new sea-wall and loathing-house, with improved
lniiUUn([» fur boitaiug the Pohcu and other offii:ials having been receutly com-
iiK'tod or I'ut in hand. It takes its name from Col. ButtbuWoetb, Governor S. S.

Byrftm Kstate (Province Wellesley). — 27 miles by road from Butter-
tivrth. This is the moat westerly of the cluster of three estates N. of S.
Kriui. tuid, like the others, is under su^r-uane, 700 acres being now cultivated.

Cl^dpnt, Oil of. — Corrupted from Kayu pitteh. a tree which yields a green
v'<il valuable aa an embrocation for rheumatism, &c. See Uils.

Oftl fttnil B .—The scientific name of the class of plants which botanists have
■t^Tfocd to consider as l>elonging tu the family of palms, although in appearance
tooro hko rank grasses — popularly "canes and rattans." These abound in all
the forests of Malaya, particularly in tow and swampy lands, which they contribute
br their density and numerous prickles to render nearly impenetrable. They vary
iu ttixe from a few lines to a couple of inches in diamet«r, and creeping along the
ground or climbing trees, they often extend to the length of several hundred
yards. By the natives they are used for almost every purpose of cordage. The
great«r number of those eiport«d are the produce of Sumatra and Borneo, The
UaUiys, with a generic name for the whole family, distinguish the different Idoda.
which are probably distinct species, by adding an epithet to them. The general
name Is rofan, of which the European rattan is an obvious corruption. It is
thought to be derived from the verb rawat, which in Malay means " to pare or
trim," in reference to the process by which the canes are prepared for use.

Caledonia Estate. — 23 miles from Butterworth, P. Wellesley, by the old
road, but about 2H by the new cut. It is the moat N. of the three estates (the
other two being Victoria and Byram) owned in this neighbourhood by residents at
home. It has very good machinery, and the usual hospital, school, &o., for the
coolies and children. Some 1,162 acres are under sugar-cane.

CelU. — See Kali.

Caltrop (ranjau). — Small pointed irons or bamboos partly inserted in the
ground and planted round stockades or in ditches when attack is expected. Their
points are sometimes poisoned, and thej are very effective against a bare-fooled
enemy. Sec Ranjau.

Camel. — This quadruped, fitted for the dry sands of the desert, is wholly
unsuit«d to the humid climate and forest-ckd lands of the Peninsula. It is in
fact unknown to the natives, except by its Sanskrit name Unta, just na is the ease
with the lion.

Camphor. — A drug procured from the haiirut eamjtkora by soaking the
branches, leaves and chips in water, which becomes saturated with the gum. Tbia
latter is then alloned to coagulate. It is then placed iu an iron vessel with fine

Cam of British Malaya. Car

earth, over which a second vessel is tightly luted, and heat being applied the
camphor sublime into the upper vessel. Camphor-trees abound in the dense
jungle of the interior, and those who search for it abstain from certain kinds of
food, eat a little earth, and use a special dialect known as pantang kapor, or camphor
language (q. t?.). Camphor is not collected by the Bemam tribes on the western
side of the Pensinula. That sent to market is generally very crude and requires
refining for medical and other purposes. The wood is generally imported from
China, want of facilities for transport preventing the Malays from bringing it to
the coast.

Regarding Formosa and Sumatra camphor Mr. Cantley writes as follows : —

"Camphob (Camphora offidnarum), or Formosa camphor, is not of much
interest to Straits people so far as its cultivation is concerned, the climate being
unsuitable for its proper growth. It nevertheless grows fairly well in Singapore.

SxJMATBA Camphob (Dryohalanop8 aromatica), also known as Borneo
Camphor, is sparingly found on the Peninsula ; and its impoi*tance in the afforesta-
tion of the Settlements is not overlooked. Private enterprise will hardly ever
successfully cultivate the plant, owing to the time which is required to elapse
between first outlay and first income.

Asiatic Camphob (Cinnamomum camphora) has been introduced from E.
Asia into the Singapore Botanic Gardens.''

CsunpllOr Language {Fantan^ Kapor), — An artificial dialect used by
camphor hunters ; e. g,, for wood, instead of kayu, they say chue ; for eakit, sick,
hinto, Ac. In many cases the words substituted describe some quality of the object
referred to, e. g., " grass fruit " for " rice," ** far-sounding " for " gun," &c. It is
believed that no camphor will be found if care be not taken to use the pantang
kapor. See J. I. A., Vol. i., p. 263.

CampOBg. — See Kampong (K. being the initial Malay letter).

Cane. — See Malacca Cake.

Canoe (Koleh). — These vary in length from 8 to 15 feet, and are hollowed
out from one piece of wood. Kayu pinak is preferred, as it wiU last about 20
years. A canoe from 12 to 15 feet in length will carry 400 to 530 gantangs, and
requires two men to manage it. Its value is from 10 to 12 dollars, a shorter canoe
fetching 7 or 8 dollars. See Boats.

CaOUtcllOUC. — Two trees yielding the India-rubber of commerce have been
found in the Peninsula and British Settlements, viz., Chitta Rambong and Chitta
Singarip. They do not, however, exist in sufficient quantities to allow the gum to
be an aji^icle of trade, though it is said to be occasionally mixed with gutta percha,
which is largely dealt in. J. S. B. R. A. S., No. 1, p. 107. The Panama rubber
(CasieUoa elastica) has been introduced into the Singapore Botanic Gardens from
Moreton Bay.

Car, Cart| Chariot. — The name, in Malay, where foreign influence has
not peneixated, for a car or cart for ordinary use, is pdd-aU. Wheel-carriages are
hardly in use among the up-country Malays, for the boat takes their place ; and
even with the agricultural nations they are little used, except where European
power has been established. For a carriage for luxury or hire, the terms used are
kreta and raia^ both Sanskrit. In Malayan romances we frequently read of a
particular carriage of this description ; and the Portuguese historian, Castagneda,
voL iii., p. 94, has described one taken or rather destroyed at the capture of
Malacca. His account of it is as follows, and it will give the reader some notion
of the kind of barbaric pomp in which a Malay prince indulged three centuries
and a half ago : — *' There was also set on fire a great wooden house placed on a
car, which had thirty wheels, every one of them equal in size to the end of a hogs-
bead. This chariot was made by command of the King of Malacca, in order to con-

[67] . p 2

Car

Descriptive Dictionary

vey in procesBion througli the city the King of Pam (Pahang), to whom he had given
one o£ his daughters in marriage. He had prepared a great festival for the
nuptials, and this chariot was one of the (Mmtrivaneea for the purpoae. It was
hung with silk inside, and adorned with banners without. Vol. iii., p. 194.*

Carbuncle (gSnuila), known to the Malays, but not found in the Peninsula.
It is not partienlarly esteemed as a gem.

Cards (Kertu* siojjon^). — The Malays are fond of card games, but few
Europeans have taken tlie trouble to understand or describe them. Mr. W.
Maxweil, C.M.G., contributed the following description of dniwi liga lei to the
Notes and Queries of the J. S. B. R. A. 8. It refers to the game in question as
played in Perak : —

Hearts LUcoh, i King Raja.

Diamouds Eetin. Queen BancUtliaTu.

Clubs Kalalmear. Knave Pekah.

Spades ... ... Sakopong. \ Ace ... ... 8di.

To sluifSi', Kiyai, mengiyat.

To deal, Membawa.

To out, Kerat.

To sweep the board, make every one pay, MengSlong.

Three cards are dealt out to each player. The highest hand counting by pips
is that which contains the greatest number of pips after the tens are deducted.
Thus a knave, ten and nine is a good hand.

The best hand is three aces, 8&t tiga.

The nest best ia three court-cards, Kuda ; naik kuda.

The next is nine.

The nest is eight.

All these four bands are known as tiniB.

A hand of three threes is really a good hand, being nine, but it is considered
a propitiation of good luck to throw it down (without exposing it) and announce
that one is buta, in the hopes of getting good luck afterwards.

Each player makes two stakes — kapala aud ekor. They may bo of equal
value, or the ekiyr may be of greater value than the kajiala.

The hapala must not be of greater value than the ekor; that is tsulled dui'
ka-itjong (tual^beral).

Or there may be a single stake only, which is called podul.

Betting between players is called eorong, or tuioi, or eorong twei.

A pool, tuici tengah.

The ekor stake is only paid to the dealer if he holds one of the hands called
lerus, and if a smaller hand is held by a player, then the dealer takes both kajiaJa
and ekor (nienySlimg).

A plaj'er who holds thirty exactly (except when he has three court-cards,
htda) is said to be out {Imta).

Any one except the player on the right of the dealer may cut. The player
who cut* looks at the bottom card of those that he lifts, and if he thinks it is a
lucky cut he accepts it and puts down the card he has lifted (j>engfral).

The dealer then puts the rest of the pack on top of the cut and in his turn lift*
a portion of the pack (jietigangkat) and looks at the bottom card.

There are all sorts of names for different cajds and combinations of cards of
various degrees of luck, and these aru quoted by tlie cutt<.r and dealer, each
declaring his confidence in the luck coming to him by reason of the cutting or
lifting of a particular card,

( Tiang atnpal penghvlu ehtUmg.

\ Cfiukup dengan gamhala-nia,

[68]

Five of clubs

Car of British Malaya. Cat

Nine of diamonds ##. ... ... ... Bunga Tcachang raja hudiman

( Oa^dk ea-Tcawan raja di-hilir.

Ten of dubs ... ... ... ...I 8inggahmakanpedinda7ig rnasaJc,

(. Masak pun lahi muda pun lahi.

Ace of diamonds if cut, ... ... ... Buntut kris Baja Bandahara.

Do. if in the hands of the dealer ... ( ^7* yatvmjalan sa'orang.

( Satu pun tidak marabahaya.

Two of diamonds ... 8emut ginting Che Amai pelak.

Two of hearts ... ... ... ... Batang jamban.

Six is an unlucky card ... ... ... Baun anam jahanam .

Nine of hearts ... ... ... ... Haripanas kuhang her-ayer,

A player does not hastily look at his three cards and learn his fate at once, but
he prolongs the excitement by holding his cards tight together and looking
alternately at the outside ones and last of all at the middle one, sliding out the latter
between the two others little by little. Thus it is left uncertain for some time
whether a card is an eight or a seven, a nine or a ten.

A man to whom a court-card, an eight and an ace is dealt (if the eight is in the
middle), on finding that he has eleven by the two outside ones, says, for instance,
Handak kaki tiga, and then commences to slide out the middle card, hoping that it
is going to be an eight, or at all events a seven (three pips on each side). This
particulEkr hand is csJled lang aipui, because it is certain to carry off something.

A man who has just held a winning hand will say, in expressing a hope of con-
tinued good luck, ** Thnan handak pisang sarabu, eudah ea-hatang sa-hatan^ pula,**
(The plantain called earahu is one which puts out fruit from every stem of the
perdu about the same time, or one immediately after another.)

CarimOIl Islands, in Malay, Pulo Xrimim, the name of two islands
called by navigators the Great and Little Carimon ; situated towards the eastern
extremityjof the Straits of Malacca. Mr. Cbawfubd says : — " The smaller island
is about 2 miles in length, and high land throughout, the highest part about 500
feet above the level of the sea. The larger island is about 12 miles in length
and 5 in breadth, and its most elevated part rises to 2,000 feet. Both are of
granitic formation, and the smaller island, and probably both, contain ores of tin.
In a visit which I made to the Little Carimon in 1824, I procured the finest
specimen of aUuvial tin that I have ever seen, a round mass of about 15 pounds
weight, which had been very little rolled, for the surface was covered with
perfect crystals of the oxide. The smaller island is uninhabited, but the larger
has a population of about 4^0 Malay fishermen. Both form part of the Dutch
territories."

Gasliew Apple (Ana^ardium occidentale,) — The Janggvs of the Malays.
It is singular, owmg to the nut growing on the outside of the fruit. This nut
contains a most acrid oil, which bums freely, and causes irritation if brought in
contact with the mouth or any portion of the mucous membrane. The fruit itself
is of pleasant flavour, but does not attract much attention. It is said to have been
originially introduced from the West Indies.

Cassia (Dyer's).— See Dyes,

Castor Oil (Minyak jarah). — See Oils.

CaSUarina Tree. — This is common throughout the Peninsula and is not
tmpicturesque, resembling as it does the well-known fir. The wood, however, is
practically useless, except for burning, and its brittle nature renders it a somewhat
unsafe ornament to grounds in the immediate vicinity of a house. It flourishes in
a sandy soiL

Cat. — ^The domestic cat of the Malays has the same form, colour, and
habits as the European, except in one respect, that the tail seldom exceeds three

[69]

Descriptive Dictionary

Cha

or four inehos in length, and always ends in a fcind of crook, a peculiarity, however,
not ctinfiaed to it, for the same charauteriBtic belongs to the Burmeae cat. The
origin of the Malayan domestic cat is equally obscure with that of the European.
It is well known to all the civiliBed inhabitants. Its most common name through-
oiit Malaya, with slight corruptions, is kuching, bnt aometimea it ta.kes its name
from its err " meaou." "

Cat, Wild. — This has not been described as an inhabitant of the Peninsula
by any writer so far as I can ascertain, but in Province Wellesley I saw a female
and two kitteua caught in the vicinity which were unmistakably apecimena of the
true felis enlns. One great distinction between the wild and tame cat is that the
former has a tail somewhat lar^r at the tip than at the base, while that of the
domestic cat tapers. The markings are : ground-colour sandy grey with dark
streaks, tigerwiae, at right angles to the spine. Slight markings on thi^ leg. The
marks decrease in depth of colour as they approach the belly.

Catty. — See Kati.

Caves. — Some vast caves were discovered by Mr. Svebs, Superintendent of
Polico, Selangor, near Kwala Lumpor in that Stat«, during March 1879. They
contain thousands of tons of guano. A description is given in No. 3 (1879)
Journal of the Straits Branch of the Koyal Asiatic Society, p. 116.

Limestone caves also eiist at Beserah in Jalor, Patani, at Eota GlanHji
or Klanggi, Pahang, which is the centre of a district possessing many similar
natural formations, and at Ipoh in Eiinta, Perak. A full account of several caves
is given in No. 9 J. S. B. R. A. 8., 1882, p. 163 ei seq.

Cayenne Pepper (Capgieum annuumy Ckabei in Mahir.— No pepper
from this plant aeeraa to be made in the Straits, but chillies of all kinds grow
freely. The value of chillicH is about 45 BhiUinga per hhd. in London. They
are generally called lada chirta by the Malays.

Cemeteries {Kuhor) are distinguished by small najTow wooden head
boards at the end of each grave. In the case of priests, sultans, or other
important personages, tombs of some pretensions are erected.

Census. — Sm Population.

Centipedes (Jtalipau) are found in MJJaya as in most tropical countries.
The largest specimens kiUed have come from Penang HilL

Chabau. — District and V. in extreme E. of Malacca, the latter on the road
to Nyalas and about 3 miles N, of Chin Chin Police station.

Chain Armour, — See Mail Akmour.

Chameleon {ISnggtUng), found in the Peninsula and adjacent islands, but
in no particular wuy differing from the more Western speeies.

Champaka. — The name of a flowering tree giving a beautiful jessamine-
scented Hower. Tht-re are two varieties, yellow and white.

Champakien,— V. on S. Bank of Pahang R., 3 miles beyond the delta.

Champla. — A game resembling our "' beads and tails." except that the coins
are thrown agaitiat a stone in place of into the air.

Ghanang Botan. — A wicker ball used in a game resembling rounders.

Chan Chu Kang. — V. and Police station, 9 miles from Singapore; a
Goverumeut bungalow exists here having good accommodation, and the stream of
the river has bceo embanked and covered over so as t« form an excellent bathing*
plaee.

Chandriang. — imp. V. in E.C. Perak at the head of a river of same name.

Chandrong Klubi.— V. at S. extremity of W. range of hills. C. Perak,
about S miles VV.S.VV. of Blanja.

[70]

Cha of British Malaya. Cha

Chandu. — ^Prepared opium. See Opium.

Cliangfi. — ^The W. district of Singapore, V. of same name {g, v.).

Chailgi. — The principal Government bungalow, V., and Police station in E.
Singapore. ^The bungalow is well built and commodious and a good bathing-house
is attached to the grounds.

Changkat. — ^A hill, rising ground.

Changkat Batak. — ^V. about 5 miles from the coast of Perak, opposite
Pasir Itam I., at the mouth of Jarum Mas B.

Changkat Dungla. — ^A place on the elephant track to Kinta, in Perak.

Changkat Kledang. — V. N. of Caledonia Estate, Province Wellesley,
19 miles 6 furlongs from Butterworth. It is one of the trigonometrical stations of
the Province.

Changkat Lela. — V. in S.E. Perak about 7 miles N. of bank of BemamE.,
and 4 miles from Slim.

Changkat Bamu. — ^HiU on W. bank of Bemam E. at its bend S. 3 miles
W. of R. Slim.

Changkat Serdang. — v. at head of E. Sapetang, W.C. Perak coast.

Changkol. — The hoe with which all agricultural and planting work is per-
formed bj Klings, Malays, and Chinese in the Settlements and Peninsula. A long
or short handle is fitted according to the work to b6 done.

Charcoal {AraTyg Kayu) is universally used for firing. In the native states
the destruction of valuable trees became so common that prohibitive measures were
taken restricting the manufacture to timber of but little use for building purposes
— ja6re especially in the tin-mining districts where it is used to smelt the ore.

Charms aJid Amulets (Tanghil), T-These are much resorted to by the
Malays, written charms being especially popular. A common charm consists of the
tiger's claw or whisker, both of which are supposed to possess peculiar eflScacy. A
singular instance of agreement between old English, Chinese, and Malayan super-
stition under this head occurred recently in P. Wellesley, where a man was charged
with having buried a waxen figure, stuck all over with pins, at the door sill of the
complainant's house, with the intention of causing her to suffer pain in all the
places where pins had penetrated the effigy. He was found guilty of conduct
calculated to cause a breach of the peace ; but the complainant was privately re-
monstrated with as to the absurdity of attaching auy importance to the act. It
was, however, without avail. Interesting details regarding this belief are given in
the " Folklore of China," pp. 82, 83. The Agmara Indians of N. America have
a similar belief. Major McNais states that incantations were resorted to for three
successive nights to cause the death of the late Mr. Bibch.

A substsuice supposed to possess magical powers is the Chula — ^the name given
to hard horns or hornlike parts of animals. (See also Invocations and Kantu.)

Amulets are also formed of pieces of kunyit, hangU, and other substances
strong on a piece of terap bark, and boimd round the neck, wrists, or waist. They
are preservauves against demons, bad winds, and other evils generally. The chinkwi,
a flower at a " wishing rock " in Klang, is reputed to possess the power of making
the opposite sex follow and love the possessor.

' Chasseriau Estate. — ^A large plantation situated between the E. Bukit
Timah, Upper Kalang, and Upper Toa Payoh district, Singapore. Coffee, cocoa-
nuts and tapioca.

Chatori Main. — ^The usual Malay word for chess, which is, however, in

[71]

Cha Descriptive Dictionary CM

some districtB cftlled maxn. gajah, " the game of elephant." TLe game resembles
our own, the following being the pieces ; —

Rajfth . . . King. I Kuda . - . Knight.

Mantri . Queen, Ter ... Castle.

Gajah . . . Bishop. | Bedak or Eityat . Pawn.

Check is mh. aod oheckmate mat. A eheas-board is }iajian chator.

Chawat. — The strip of cloth passing between the legs and fastened round
the waist worn by the Malayan aborigine tribes, as by the Hindus. It ia oftea
formed of (erii/j bark, which ia simply beaten out t«> obtain the fibre. Amongst a
sub-famUy of the Mentira — the Udai, who inhabit the Muar tributaries— the
females wear the chaifat in the same way as the males.

Chedong Dua.— V. on N. bank of R. Sembrong, N. Johore.

Ghenai. — District in N. Patani,

Chenaku or Blian.— The Sakei name for a man who is in reality a tiger
(answering to the Wehr Wol/ of German superstiUon). A belief in lycantLropy is
widespread amongst both Malaya and aborigines.

Chendia Bemban.— v. at ihe source of R. Madik in E. Johore.

Chengkal Bintang.— V, and hill in S. bank of Beruara E. just above its
jimctioK wit.h tbij Sliui R., N. Selaugor.

Chengkal Bintang. -Hill and V.. S. bank of Bemam B., 2 miles W. of
Kwalii So m pang, N. Selaugor.

Cheno or Chuno.—A V. on the Pahang R,. where it tuma S. towards
Jempol.

Cheno.— Imp. V. on S. bank of E. Pahang just beyond ita turn E. in C.
Pahang ; about 4 miles If.NiE. of Gnau.

CheraS.— A. v. about 3 miles N.B. of Kajang in the S.E. corner of
Selangor.

Chess (CluUur or tnain gajah.)—" The game of cheas is supposed to have
beeu an invention of the Hindus, and, through them, to have been made known to
the Malayan nations. This opinion, however, ia not supported by the t«rms of the
game in the Malay lai^uage. Had it beeu received directly from the Hindus, these
terms, as in other cases, would have been wholly Sanskrit. They are not so, for
some of them are Persian, some native, and one belongs to the Telinga ; while those
that are Sanskrit are but words long naturalized in other departments of the insular
languages. It seems probable that the Malays, who alone are familiar with the
game, borrowed it in uomparatively modem times from the Mahommedana of the
Coromandcl Coast, who themselves had learnt it, directly or indirectly, from the
Persians."* See Chatob.

Chichak. — A lizard, of which numerous vjirietiea are found in the Peninsula.
The commonest is the little house- lizard, much liked from its fondness for
mosquitoes, and which utters a cry like tuk-tuk as it scampers joyously over the
walls and ceilings. The Malays call it cAichak legor. Like most of its family, it
has the capability of reproducing the tail should that become detached by accident
or when attacked. But in nearly all cases two tails or a bifurcated appendage takes
the place of the missing member. The compiler has ascertained this to be a fact
by j*r3oiial experiment.

Chigar Gala.— V. on E. bank of Perak R. juat below^Cw. Plus, N. Perak.

Chigukantoh.-^V. at a point on coast of C. Dinding marked Tanjung
Haatu on the Adm. Chart.

Chiko-S^e Pkuits.

[72]

of British Malaya.

Chi

I ChillSi (Cbinese).— This word, whicb in the Malayan lajipuagea, in con-

I funnity to its pmctiuo in all snob cases, is att adjective, is pronounced as an Italian
' wduU proQounue it. When tlie country is alluded to, the Sanskrit word nttjti, or
the native one, henua,, are required. It is difficult to deturmioe from what source
the Malay Archipelago have derived a word now so familiar to them. They may
have received it from the Persian and Arabian merchants who passed through the
I Ardbipelago on their way to China, as early as the ninth and tenth cent^u^e8, or it
I may be the Malayan pronunciation of the word T»\n, the ancient name of China,
I north of the Yang-tse-kiang, received directly from the Chinese themselves.
I That an early intercourse existed between China and the islands of the

I Asiatic Archipelago is certain, but there is, at the same time, no ground fur
I aecribtog a very remote antiquity to it. Ancient Chinese coins have been dis-
I covered in various parts of the Archipelago; and as these, with the exception of
I those of Java, are known to have beeu the only coined money of the Archipelago
I before the arrival of Europeans, they are sufficient to prove the existence of the
I latercouTse. Thus several such coins were dug up in 1827 from the ruins of the
I aii(£vnt Malay settlement of Singapore, said to have been founded in 1 160, and
I destroyed by the Javanese in 1252 of Christ. These coins have been deposited in
I the Uuseom of the Iloyal Asiatic Society, and bear the names of emperors whose
I deaths correspond with the years of our time, 967, 1067, and 1085. Besides this
I evidence, which carries us back to the tenth centuty, Chinese porcelain of antiqau
I forms — no longer manufactured — has either been dug up or found preserved as
I heirlooms. The wild aborigines of Borneo, for example, preserve many of the
I latter description ; and it is hardly necessary to add that the natives of the
I Archipelago are ignorant of the manufacture of porcelain, but that it now forms,
I and at all ascertained times has formed, a main object of the export trade of the
I Chinese. In 1844, a singular discovery of pottery, glazed porcelain vases, was
I made in Java, amidst flie relics of antiquity in a mountain towards the eastern
I end of the island, at an elevation of 9,000 feet above the level of the sea, which
I could hardly be other than Chinese. The name of the place in which the vases
I were found, some of them broken and some entire, is Argapura, a word partly
I Javanese and partly Sanskrit, and importing mountain palace or city.
I Such testimony is unquestionably far more satisfactory than anything that

I can be gleaned from the literary records of tlie Chinese, which, however, are not
I wholly silent on the subject of the intercourse between China and the islands of
I the Archipelago. In 1815 there were given to me, by a highly intelligent Creole
I Chinese of Java, whose family had been for several generations settled io the
I ialand. a volume printed at Fekin, in the reign of the Emperor Kanghi, which
I contained some curious notices on the question. This work, now in the library of
I the British Museum, attributes the first intercourse with a country, supposed to be
I Java, to an era corresponding with the year of Christ 421, After a long interval,
I it states that it was renewed in the year 964 ; a period, it will be observed.
I corresponding with the date of the earliest coins already alluded to, and, respecting
I such coins, it makes the following curious and instructive remark : — " In this
I traffic they use the money of China, but of coinage older than the present times,
I and the coin bears a value double what it does in China."

I When the Portuguese first made the'u* appearance in the waters of the

I Archipelago, they found the Chinese carrying ontnide with its emporia much in the
I Hune way as they do at the present day. Albuqukkque, when he took Malacca,
I found their junks lying in the roads; and Babbosa's statement, which evidently
I refers to the condition of Malacca before its conquest, is so detailed and authentic
I as to be well worth quoting. " There assemble," says he. "at the above city many
I other merchants. Moor and Gentile strangers, in order to traffic with the ships of
I China, which have two masts. These ships bring hither great quantities of silk in
I hanks (raw silk), and mauy vessels of porcelain, damasked sitks, brocades, and
I [?3J

Chi

Descriptive DicHoimry

s colours, They bring also coloured silk, much iron, saltpetre, fine
silver, iimny pearls, large and small bankets, gilt fans, and incense. On the other
hand, they take in return for these things, pepper, incense, eloths of Cambay,
grained cloths (panni di grano), saffron, raw and prepared, coral, many cloths of
Pulicat of painted (printed) cotton, cinnabar, quicksilver, amfiam (opiom), and
other merchandise, with drugs of Cambay, among which there ia one which we
know not, but which they call jiawcAou (puchuk), and another which they call
cocAoM (Cutch, terra-japonicaj."

It deserves, however, to be noticed, that while there is abundant evidence of
the trade and shipping of the Chinese, there is none whatfiver of their settlement
in Malaysia. Babbos specifies the difierent nations who were settled in Malacca
under the Malajr govenunent — Javanese, Siamese, Peguans, natives of Bengal,
Coroniandel, Qu]rai, Arabia, and Persia ; but he makes no mention of the Chinese
as settlers. Babbosa's account of the persons and manners of the Chinese is taken
from his account of China, given to him by others, and not from his own personal
observation, which would have been the case had he seen them as settlers. It is
wonderfully accurate, considerii^ that it is derived from native authority.
" Bespecting," eaya he, " what is at present to be written, I have my information
from four different persons (Moors and Qentiles), men worthy of credit and great
merchaots, who had been many times in the country of China." After giving a
very graphic account of the Chinese and their arts, which includes their speaking
a language liko German, that is, a guttural one, and their wearing shoes and
stockings like the Germans and other inhabitants of cold countries, be adds:
"They are also great navigators, who go to sea in great ships, which they
called giunchi (Malay jnnj. a trading vessel), of two masts, and built in a fashion
different from ours. The sails are of matting, and also the ropes, There are
many pirates and robbers amoog the islands and ports of China, notwitlistandii^
which the Chinese go to Malacca, and carry thither iron, saltpetre, and the like," —
Babbosa in Eam'usio.*

The emigrants from China are all from the four maritime provinces of the
empire — Kwangtung, Fokien, Chekiang, and Kiangnan. Four-fifths of the whole
number eome from Amoy and Swatow, and about a tenth part from Canton, the
emigrants from the two more northerly provinces forming but a very small fraction.
Nearly all the emigrants consist of the labouring classee — fishermen, artisans, and
common day-labourers. They usually arrive at their places of destination in great
poverty, and are obliged to mortgage their labour to their resident countrymen in
consideration of their passive -money.

Chinese emigration differs in two material resjiecta from all other emigmtion —
that it consists mainly oC adult males, to the exclusion of women and children, and
that it never embraces either the upper or middle classes. The settlers, whenever
it is in their power, form connections with the native women of the country ; and
hence has arisen a mixed race, numerous in the older Settlements, known to the
Malays under the name of Feranakan ChUia, literally, " Chinese of the womb,"
that is, Chinese by native mothers. These intermarrymg, either among tbemBclvea
or with native Chinese, a race of quadroons, and almost of Creoles, has sprung up,
differing from the original Chinese — perhaps somewhat less energetic, but always
possessed of more local knowledge. From the nature of emigration, the propor-
tion of males to females is always great. In Singapore the males are to the
females in the proportion of five to one. The result, of course, is that the increase
of the Chinese population by natural means is very slow. The entire Chinese
population of the Straits Settlements was in 1881 as follows : — Singapore, 72,t>71
males and 14,195 females ; Penangand Province Well eel ey, 55,313 males and 12.507
females; Malacca. 15,721 males and 4.020 females; total, 143,605 males. 30,722
females : grand total, 174,327. The total number in the Peninsula is probably 220,000.

The annual influx of Chinese emigrants into the Peninsula cannot be ascer-
[74]

Chi of British Malaya, Chi

tained ; but some notion of its amount may be formed from the number which
lands in Singapore. This, on an average of years, is about 100,000, of whom about
one-fourth settle in the island, the majority being sent on to Penang or dispersed
among the neighbouring States. The number that return yearly to China from the
same port is about 70,000, most of them resorting to it from neighbouring countries
for the eunvenience of a passage.

As the Chinese are, next to Europeans — and indeed, in many respects, before
them — the most active and valuable agents in developing the resources of the
Archipelago, it will be convenient to give some account of their employment.
Here is an enumeration of them in Singapore, furnished by an intelligent cnief of
their nation, in reply to queries put by the indefatigable editor of the Journal of the
Indian Archipelago ■: — " The different trades and professions of the Chinese in
Singapore are : schoolmasters, writers, cashiers, shopkeepers, apothecaries, coffin-
makers, grocers, goldsmiths, silversmiths, tinsmiths, blacksmiths, dyers, tailors,
barbers, shoemakers, basket-makers, fishermen, sawyers, boat-builders, cabinet-
makers, architects, masons, lime and brick burners, sailors, ferrymen, sago manu-
facturers, distillers of spirits, cultivators and manufacturers of gambier and of
sugar, cultivators of pepper and of nutmegs, vendors of cakes and fruits, porters,
play-actors, fortune-tellers, idle vagabonds (who have no work, and of whom there
are not a few), beggars, and, nightly, there are those villains, the thieves.''

To this list must be added the general merchants and the parties engaged in
the firming of all the branches of the public revenue, the last a department
entirely in their own hands, and from which their superior skill and knowledge
excludes all competitors. In the less populous parts of the Archipelago, such as
the British Settlements, they may be said to occupy the largest part of the field of
oommon labour, while in the more populous, as Java, their industry is generally
restricted to what may be called skilled labour, as the manufacture of sugar and
indigo, and the distillation of spirits.

Chisa Grass. — See Fibres.

Cllilicllielo. — ^A sambal made of shrimps.

Cllilicllill. — V. in district of same name in extreme E. of Malacca.
Nomerous tin mines exist in the vicinity, and a Police station at Pulau is within \
mile. The V. is about IJ miles W. of the boundary line between Muar and
Malacca formed by the Sungei Chohong, a portion of the B. Kessang.

ChinderOIlg Dangloh. — Y» on W. bank of Kinta B., 3 miles below the
junction with it oi the Baya B., C. Perak.

Chindras. — ^A V. in S. Johore, Negri Sembilan, the locality being auriferous.
Some 18 years ago a company was formed to work gold at Chindras, but the diffi-
culties of transport proved too great, and it came to nothing. Some seven hills in
the immediate neighbourhood show traces of gold in fair quantities.

Chinese Lantern (AbutHon indica), — ^A plant introduced into the Singa-
pore Botanic Gkurdens from the East Indies.

Ching. — ^V. about 5 miles N. of Malacca-town, on the high road to Tabu.

Cllipan. — ^A cutting instrument mentioned in Malay annals, but no longer a
▼emacular word.

Chirana Petei or Puteh. — ^A small V. in the Tabu district, N. Malacca.
A hot spring lies near it, and tin is found in the neighbourhood.

Chitty. — The name of a Madrassee caste whose members are, as a rule,
money-lenders. The absence of any legislation respecting interest enables them to
impose exorbitant rates, and the poorer classes suffer severely from their extortions.
The well-to-do have less excuse for falling into their hands. They are most
anfavoixrably looked upon, but there are, of course, good as well as bad amongst
them* and more than one instance of generosity has been exhibited by men sup-

[76]

Gho

Descriptive Dictionary

posed to invariably exa^t the uttermost Earthing from their debtors. Their heads
are kept close shaved, and their dresa consiMta of a single cloth, with which they
drape themselves sufficiently to meet poLce requirements.

Choa Chu Kang. — v. on Bri E., W. Singapore, Tengah district.

Chobong. — V, in Eembau, Negri Sembilan, about 6 miles N.W. of Sri
Bulema.

Chocolate {Theohroma cacao). — The following i-emarka on this product
appear in Mr. N. Gantlet's Keport on the Botanical Oardeus, Singapore, for 1886 :
— " Some plants of Chocolate which stood for some years leaf-eaten, extremities of
the brandies dead, and lootdng in a dying state, had, on the land coming under the
control.of the Forest Department, a number of Darfup trees planted among them
tor experiment. The Dadup trees have now grown to about twenty-five feet in
height, and their branches having nearly met, the solar rays are prevented from
striking the Chocolate plants directly.

" The result has been that the latter have thrown off their lethargy and started
into determined competition for light with the Dadwps, and have grown remarkably ;
the insects have given up attacking the leaves, and robust health has returned to
them, but on other plantations where the plants have had shade from their infancy
they have mostly died."

The Chocolate plant has proved very capricious in the Straits, whole planta-
tions going off without any apparent cause, except the attacks of leaf-insects, while
here and there a solitary plant will for many years survive its fellows and go on
bearing heavy crops of fruit. It has been said that animals or plants located in
large numbers together are liable to epidemic disease, which loses its grasp only
after the individuals are thinned down to health- permitting numbers. There is
doubtless such a law in nature. What seems required is a Knowledge of how far
one can safely go without danger of calling its working into activity.

ChondOUg. — v. on S. side of Muar E., Gemunchi, Negri Sembilan.

Christianity. — it does not appear that any converts were made in the
Peninsula until the conquest of Malae^'a by ALSuquERQUB, when the Portuguese,
during their dominion of 130 years, made a considerable number. At present but
few natives profess Christianity, Roman Catholic converts forming the vast majority.
Most arrivals from Europe are Protestants, the large Eurasian population belonpng
to the Eoman Catholic Church. In the Native States, the Christian religion is
almost unknown. See Missions.

Chu Chu Kang. — V. on Kranji E,, W. Singapore.

Chuchu Kendsi. — Hairpins of gold or silver, sometimes very well made,
and worn by well-to-do Malay women.

Chula Naga. — (Lit. the Snake's Horns), called the Dragon's Horns or
Asses' Ears in maps and charts. Bee Polo Tioman.

Chumar. — a mining district in Perak, between Matang Fiidang and Jancore.
Settled chielly by Ohintse who work the surface tin.

Chunkul Permuli.— V. on W. side of a hill, 3,194 feet, just S. of the
Kampar district, S.C. Perak.

Chuno. — Village. See Chkito.

Chupak. — A quart measure. See Weights and Measures.

Chupa Bock. — Just below Tanjong Sarong, the W. extremity of Blakaug
Mati I., S. of Singapore.

Cicada {Riaug rlang). — Several species exist, including the lai^st known.
Their strident noise is overpowering and most annoying to invalids. The l>odies
measure about 3 inches in length.

Cin

of BritisJi Alalaya.

Cinchona {Cinchono, aacmmiia).- — Experiments Id the cultiTation of this
tre<> appear to be fairly gucceseful, but too short a, time has elapsed eince they were
commeBced to speak positively. In Java it proved a most profitable ciiltivation, the
barb welling at evea better prices than South Amoiiuan.

Cumamon (Cinnamomum »eylaniiicvm). — ^The kayu-manis, or sweet wood.
of the Malays. The true cinnamon of Ceylon is certainly not a native plant of
any pajt of Malaya, nor are the cinnamons of Cocbin-China and China. Most of the
large ielands, however, produce one, or perhaps several species, with little aiMma,
and consequently of little value. A cinnamon of this description is produced in
Java, Sumatra, Borneo, and Luzon, but is described as most abundant in Mindanao,
Of late years, however, the cinnamon of Ceylon has been cultivated in the British
Settlements in the Straits of Malacca, and as the climate is suitable, and the plant
a hardy one, requiring but a moderate fertility of soil, it should seem to be one of
the eiotics most lihely to succeed. Moderate success only, however, has attended
the attempts to cultivate the tree in Singapore and other portions of the Straits
Settlements. Specimens of the Wild Cinnamon (C inure') above referred to are in
cultivation at the Singapore Botanic Gardens.

Circumcision (eHiiat), — Tbis rite was introduced with the conversion of
the Malays to Ma homme danism, and is confined to males- It generally takes place
from 10 to 15 days after birth, and the name which the infant is to bear for Itfe is
bestowed on it.

Citron (lAmnn kerbau) (Cilrua mediea). — Several kinds of citron are found in
the Peninsula, but the fruit is seldom offered for sale. It was originally a Persian
fruit.

City. — No word answering to this eiists in Malay. See Town and Villaoe.

Civet. — In Malay this perfume is known by the native name of rase, but the
Sanskrit one Jcastun, and the Arabic mlad-, corrupted jitbad, are also used as
synonyms. The article is produced by two distinct species of Viverra. raai and
ttiielka, which are kept in a half domesticated state for the purpose of yielding it.
The first is a native of Java, and the last of the other large islands. The natives
of mnk are great consumers of this perfume, not generally a*;ceptable to Europeans.
See Rassi and Deldnduno.*

Claymore. — A district of Singapore embracing the portion occupied by
Ooverament House and other important European dwelling sites in the vicinity.
The word is no longer used locally, but still retains its place upon the map.

Clogs. — The Malay clog is kept to the foot by a knobbed peg which passes
between the big and second toes. It is made of a white light wood.

Cloth has been woven from time immemorial in Malaya, but the introduction
of foreign goods has materially dimiuished the manufacture. That used for
saronga is largely imported from Celebes (Bugis) and Palembang in Sumatra. It
is doubtful if any large looms are employed on the western aide of tlie Penin-
solft. See article on dress, which contains several details regarding the materiaJa
used.

Clove (Bunga Gkinghih) {CaryophiUam aromaticuvi). — The cultivation of the
clove has so long been looked upon as a thing of the past in the Peninsula and
Straits Settlements, that the fact of its being a regular article of export from
Penang will be new to maoy. Both in that island and in Province Wellesley,
it is cultiTated with success, but the trees are much shorter lived than in the Dutch
posaessioUs. The Peuang product commands a slightly higher price in the market
than its rivals. Mr. Cantlev says (Report, 1H86) : — " The clove-trees raised from
Singapore-grown seed and planted in the Tanglin Nursery look remarkably healthy,
both in swampy ground and on the hill-sides. They co\ild hardly succeed better
anywhere than they are doing."

[77]

Clo Desci-iplive Dictionary CoO

Clown. ^-As elsewhere stated, almost the only form of etage-iilay common
amongst tie Malays ia the puppet show, Playa are, however, sometimes given, and
the clown is then almost always a member of the troupe. He is eaUed yr&n.

C0£l1 {Arang iatuih). — Has been frequently found in the Peninsula, but n
in paying quantities, and all used in the Settlements are imported. A veiu of
autJiracit*, in conjimetioa with imperfect plumbago, was diseovcred by Col. Low at
Pearl's Htll, Singapore, in 1846, but it did not exist in a workable iunouat. Traces
of coal were also found in the reclamation cuttings at the same port in 1883.

Oobra di Capello {Naja triptidians). — The Ular tedovg of the Malays.
Four varieties of this deadly snake are foujid in the Peninsula and Settlements,
vin., that with' an ocellated mark on tlie back of the neck ; a second with slight
white marks at the edge of the hood and one (or two) wkite yiatches under the
neck ; a. third all black ; and the fourth brown. Their eggs are frequently found
in decayed bamboos. None of the " spectacled " Tarieties are found, and those
named are all referred to the same species, though I should be inclined to s<ay they
deserve distinguishiug names. All cobras haye three scales behind the eyes.
Fortunately they never bite unless trodden on or otherwise annoyed. Two or three
deaths only from cobra bite have taken place in the Settlements duriugthe past ten
years. See Hahacsiad.

Cook {Ayam jantan). — One species of the genus Gallua is found in the wild
state in Ihe Peninsula. Nearly everywhere, even among the rudest tribes, the
common fowl is found in the domestic state, and in this condition bears a close
resemblance to the species called by naturalists GaUvs banleiva, which is the sole
one of the Malay Peninsula. Most likely, this is the origin of the domestic bird
of the Astatic Archipelago. The names by which it is known in the native lan-
guages are the only clue to the history of its introduction and dissemination. In
Malay it ie called ayam, equivalent to om own word " fowl." but Hpecially applied
to the domestic bird when used without an epithet. The wild bird is expresBed by
addixig the Malay word utan, meaning " forest."

The Malay domestic cock is of the true game breed, full of courage, but
inferior in size to the game cock of Continental India, which is lai^er than our own,
and more powerful. Indeed, among the Malayan nations, there is no distinction,
as with uB, into game and dunghiU fowls, all being of the first description. It,
moreover, as to colour, sports less than with us. The OaUvg banhiva, or the
imagined variety of it called the Malay gigantic cock, is supposed by M. Temmixck,
who is followed by other naturalists, to be the source from which our European
poultry are derived. This Malay gigantic cock 1 have never seen, nor do I believe
that any such native variety exists. Neither does it seem to me reasonable to fancy
that our poultry is derived from any Malay breed whatsoever, seeing that in the
remote antiquitj? in which it was introduced into Europe, no communication what-
ever is ascertained to have existed, direct or indirect, between Europe and the
Asiatic Archipelago. The introduction of the common fowl into Europe is beyond
the reach of all record, even in Greece, It is faithfully represented on the walls of
ancient Etruscan tombs, and, even among the rude inhabitants of Britain, it was
found nearly 2,000 years ago. All that is pretl.y well ascertaJued is, that it never
existed in uie wild state in Europe or in Africa, or in any part of Asia west of
Hindustan. Most of the advanced nations of the Asiatic Isknds are gamblers, and
the favourite sbajw which gaming takes with them is cock-fighting, the only
material exception being the Javanese. The passion for cock-fighting is impressed
on the very language of the Malays. Thus there is a specific name for cock-fighting,
one for the natural spur of the cock, and another for the artificial ; two names for
the comb, three for the crow, two for a cock-pit, and one for a professional «x:k.
fighter."

Cock-fighting. — This has long been a favourite amuaemoot with th«
[78]

COC of British Malaya. COC

Malays, but is prohibited bj law in the British possessions. Spurs are used called
^olok or iaji (^. v.), and the cock-pit is galangga7ig. The matches are conducted
m the same way as was common at home in bygone years. The following
curious ceremony relating to training the birds for fighting is related by the
Abb^ Favbb : —

" Opium haying been prepared, and a pipe, a candle, and all the other neces-
saries to smoke having been brought in, the king took the head of the cock, passed
his beak twice through the flame of the lamp, after which he made the animal walk
six or seven steps, which was repeated six or seven times ; this preliminary cere-
mony being ended, he dipped his fingers in the oil of the lamp, and rubbed the cock
under the wings and upon the back, and then immediately commenced smoking
opium : having inhaled the smoke of the drug in the ordinary manner, he blew it
into the beak, the ears and upon every part of the body of the poor animal, which,
though accustomed to that exercise, appeared not to take any peculiar pleasure in
it. This being finished, the same ceremony began a second, and finally a third
time, after which the cock was carried carefully to his ordinary place, and left there
to pass the night imder the influence of opium. The desire I had to sleep on
account of my indisposition made me see with satisfaction the end of this tedious
ceremony. It appears that the way of bringing up cocks, by smoking opium, is
much used by those of the Malays who are fond of cock-fighting."

Cockles. — ^These aboxmd on the coast of the Peninsula. In the Muda dis-
trict, Province Wellesley, enormous mounds of cockle-shells, 20 to 30 feet high,
exist. How they came there is a puzzle.

Cockroach (Lipas) Blatta Orientalis, — ^This disgusting insect is found in
large quantities in nee and sugar godowns, and in Malaya reaches from 1| to 2
inches in length. It is omnivorous, and will eat calomel with as much apparent
relish and impunity as boots and shoes, paper, <&c. Nothing has yet been dis-
covered which will exterminate them, except killing them in detail. As a rule the
houses at the Straits Settlements are far less troubled with them than those of
Hongkong.

Cockup. — ^Probably a corruption of the name ikan JcaTcap, a species of perch.

Cocoa (Cacao). — Not indigenous to the Peninsula. Cocoa-trees have been
cultivated with some success in a few plantations, but no striking success has as yet
rewarded the cultivators' efforts.

Cocoa-nut. — The tree, par excellence, of Malaya. It is too well known to
need description, vast plantations existing throughout the Peninsula and British
Settlements. The trees are infested by two species of beetles which do immense
damage, whole tracts of trees having, in places, been destroyed. The Malay words
for cocoa-nut are Tda/pa and nyoh, the latter being used in the Northern Native
States.

A rare variety bears a nut, the flesh of which is red in place of white. Cocoa-
nut in its dried state is known as coprah (q, v,).

Cocoa-nut Beetles (Kumhang) — are two varieties of Coleopterous
insects — the Rhinoceros beetle, Oryctes nasicomis, and Calandra jpalmarum, a
weevil belonging to the section Chynchophora and family CurculionicUe, The per-
fect beetle only of Oryctes nasicomis, attacks the cocoa-nut palm, the eggs being
deposited and the grub& or larva hatched in paddy husk, paddy straw, cattle manure,
stable litter, sugar-carie megas, dead cocoa-nut-trees, or any other refuse or litter
of a giwiilar nature, where the grubs remain imtil they become perfect beetles,
when they make their way out at night and fly to the nearest cocoa-nut-trees
to make their attack. After alighting on a tree, the beetle makes for the
butt end of the leaf on which it is, and bores through this towards the centre of
the tree, passing through other leaves yoimg and not unfolded, flower-stalks and

[79]

Coc

Descriptive Dictionary

Coc

Buathes, till it reaches the central shoot, where it feeds on the cabbage. If left un-
disturbed, or the tree is often attacked, it is sure to die. The only remedj is to
estract the beetle by thrusting a stout iron barbed neodle into the hole it has
formed, transfixing it and dragging it out. It is, however, a hopeless stru^le \a
TOOtemi against this beetle if ^ere are any breeding-places left undisturbed any-
where within a mile of a cocoa-nut jjlantation. All refuse, rubbish, or dead trees
should be burned or buried at suflScient depth to prevent the beetle making use of
them as breeding- places. Considering the great increase in numbers of this
boelle during the last few years, and the great dama^ it has done to valuable
property. Government should make stringent regulations for the destruction of this
{test, and take precautions to prevent its breeding, or it may reach such numbers as
to defy all hopes of its ravages being kept within bounds.

Calandra Pabnamm. It is the larva or grub of this beetle which does harm
to the cocoa-nut-tree. Its habits, 4c.. are not well known, but it is thought that
the perfect beetle does no harm to the tree, merely flying from tree to tree to
deposit its eggs in suitable places, probably in the crown of the tree between the
young leaves. The gnib eats out the heart of the tree near the middle shoot until
it arrives at a certain age, when it bores its way to the outside and makes for
itself a cocoon of cocoa-nut fibres, from which it emerges as a perfect beetle after
a certain time, and flies away to deposit its eggs on other trees and thus spread
destruction. It is not usually so numerous or harmful as Oryctes natUomut.

Cocoa-nut Oil. — The following notice of this article of local trade is
of interest. It is quoted from the Indian Engineer : —

" The importation of palm and cocoa-nut oils added au important, variety to
the list of soaps, particularly of toilet soaps, the former being a useful and pleasant
material, improving all soaps into which it enters ; which cannot, however, be said
of cocoa-nut oil, as it retaiua a i-ancid odour which it Beeme impossible to
remove, and which is to most people objectionable, so that it should be used
sparingly. On the other hand, it has many good qualities, giving the soap a fine
appearance, and in use giving a copious lather. It has also properties peculiar to
itself ; thus, it saponifies only in strong lyes, and will dissolve in salt water, and
is often called ' marine soap.' It will also retain a large percentage of water
wilJiout impairing its soliditv or appearance. These properties it in some degree
imparts to other soaps to which it may be added, and it has the means of much
sophistication and adulteration, which has given to purchasers an idea of inferior
quality, yet to some it Is a favourite because of the richness of its lather."

Cocoa-nut Pearls. — The following remarks concerning these peculiar
accretions are extracted from Naivre : —

" During my recent travels." Dr. Sydney Hickson writes to a scientific con-
temporary, '■ I was frequently asked by the Dutch planters, and others, if I had
ever seen a ' cocoa-nut stone.' These stones are said to be rarely found (1 in 2,000
or more) in the perisperm of the cocoa-nut, and when found are kept by the
natives as a charm against disease and evil spirits, This slory of the coeoa-nut
stone was so constantly told me, and in every case without any variation in its
details, that I made every effort before leaving to obtain some Hpecimens, and
eventually succeeded in obtaining two.

" One of these is nearly a perfect sphere. 14 ram. in diameter, and the other.
rather smaller in sine, is irregularly pear-sha|>ed. In both specimens the surface
is worn nearly smooth by friction. The spherical one I have had cut into two
halves, but I can find no concentric or other Markings on the polished cut sur&ces.

" Dr. KiMMiNs has kindly submitted one half 1*> a careful chemical analysis,
and finds that it consists of pure carbonate of limo without any trace of other
suits or vegetable tissue.

" I should be verv glad if any of your readers could inform me if there are ajiy

COC of British Malaya, CoC

of these stones in any of the Museums, or if there is any evidence beyond mere
hearsay of their existence in the perisperm of the cocoa-nut."

On this letter Mr. Thiselton Dyer makes the following remarks: — "Dr.
Hickson's account of the calcareous concretions occasionally found in the central
hollow (filled with fluid — ^the so-called ' milk ') of the endosperm of the seed of
the cocoa-nut is extremely interesting. It appears to me a phenomenon of the
same order as tabasheer, to which I recently drew attention in Nature.

" The circumstances of the occurrence of these stones or * pearls ' are in many
respects parallel to those which attend the formation of tabasheev. In both
cases, mineral matter in palpable masses is withdrawn from solution in considerable
volumes of fluid contained in tolerably large cavities in living plants — and in both
instances they are Monocotyledons.

" In the case of the cocoa-nut pearls the material is calcium carbonate, and
this is well known to concrete in a peculiar manner from solutions in which organic
matter is also present.

" In my note on tabasheer I referred to the reported occurrence of mineral con-
cretions in the wood of various tropical Bicotyledonoua trees. Tabasheer is too
well known to be pooh-poohed ; but some of my scientific friends expressed a polito
incredulity as to the other cases. I learn, however, from Prof. Judd, F.R.S., that
he has obtained a specimen of apatite found in cutting up a mass of teak-wood.
The occurrence of this mineral under these circumstances has long been recorded ;
but I have never had the good fortime to see a specimen." — Quoted from the
Singapore Free Press,

COCOS IslaJlds. — Two groups of islands are known by this name. That
best known consists of four islands on the western coast of Sumatra, but does not
come within the scope of this work. The other group of the same name, lying
some 800 miles S.W. by S. of Singapore in lat. 11^ 40^ S. long. 97° 10' E., is
more correctly known as the Keeling Group, but is locally known as the Cocos-
Keeling Group. Until 1886 it was attached to the Ceylon Government, but does
not appear to have ever been visited by any official from that Colony. In Marcli,
1886, it was proclaimed an appanage of the Straits Settlements. The following
account of the island is condensed from the Report made by Mr. E. W. Birch,
who, in August, 1885, was sent there by the Straits Government : —

"In obedience to the instructions of His Excellency, I embarked on board
H.M.S. Espoir, Lieutenant Commander Horace E. Adams, E.N., on the 10th of
August. The weather was fine until daylight on the 20th, when we experienced
sharp showers of rain. The wind fell with the rain, and so getting up steam again
we pushed on and reached the Cocos Islands at 10.30 a.m.

** We entered by the channel between Horsburgh Island (on the right) and
Direction Island (on the left), and, after steaming slowly for about a quarter of a
mile into the lagoon, anchored in smooth water of between five and six fathoms.
Ships drawing not more than twenty feet of water can easily enter and occupy this
anchorage, which has a coral and sandy bottom and affords good holding ground.

" The islands present a much larger appeai'ance than a cursory glance at the
chart or the perusal of Forbes^ lx)ok (* A Naturalist's WanderiDgs in the Eastern
Archipelago ') lead one to expect. I cannot better describe their general appearance
than by borrowing from the language of the Rev. E. C. Spicer, a naturalist whos(j
researches Captain Adams was able to further by giving him a passage from
Batavia to the islands : — * The group^ of coral islands, called the Cocos, form a
roughly broken circle nearly approaching the horse-shoe shape common to coral
atolls. The islands are of varying size, some being from one to seven miles in
length and others a few hundred yards, while the smallest are simply moimds of
ooml sand crowned by a few cocoa-nut palms. They are connected under very
shallow water by the hard cement rock on which they rest, and which is formed by

[81] o

Goc

Descriptive Dictionary

the disintegration, through the blowa of the heavy surf, of an enormouB quantity ■
of comU and marioe sheUs. Outside the islauda and nearly all round the group a I
natural barrier protects the lagoon, aud seaward of this bar there is u sudden slope I
into very deep water. The appearance of the exterior and of the intJ*rior o£ the 1
islands is strikingly different. Towards the ocean the heavy surf breaks over the
jagged rocks and washes large pieces ashore. The interior shores are quietly
washed by a clear green shallow sea, and the smooth sandy beaeh forms a pleasant .1
contrast to the green vegetation above it. The circle of the islands bounds a 1
lagoon for the most part of very shallow water with pits of varying depth. The
land is evidently rising and, at some distant time, will form a circular island i
surrounded by a crater-like edge. The resemblance of the whole to a giant crater j
is very striking.'

" The islands are over twenty in number, they are for the most i>art very |
narrow and, without any eiception, are thickly planted with cocoa-nut palms. The
bea^h is covered with pumice stone which was washed ashore some five months or
so after the Krakatao eruption in August, 1883. The sand is the whitest and
finest I have ever seen, and under the microscox>e shows the most minute ahelly

E articles, The clearness and buoyancy of the water in the lagoom makes eea-
athing very pleasant, and, though sharks are said to abound, no accident has ever
occurred.

" Immediately after the E»poir was brought to anchor, Mr, Cbakles Boss,
who, in the absence of his elder brother, Mr. Geobge Boss, is in charge of the |
islands, called on us. He was accompanied by a cousin, Mr. Williau Boss. I
briefly explained tie object of our visit, and Mr, Charles Boss repeatedly assured ,
me that he and the other members of the family would be happy to render every I
assistance towards my inquiries. From the earnestness of his manner it was clear
to me that our visit was a source of immised pleasure to him. He and some of
the family at first thought that war had broken out, and that therefore a man-of-
war visited them, but when I told them that the head of the family had applied
at home for a grant, Mr. Chablbb Rosa at once explained that the laying of a
telegraph cable from Batavia was their dream, and that they wished for definite
relations with the British Government for the purposes of the cable. He
corroborated his brother's statement that some old title-deeds were lost in a great
fire that occurred in the island many years back, but I vras never able to obtain
from them any description of what the old deeds referred to consisted.

■■ The Boas family is one that shows no signs of being likely te die out. They
are a remarkably heal thy- looking lot, and the brothers are fine muscular men of
more than ordinary physique. The hard out-of-door life they lead is in itself
healthy. They have been well educated and are quick and intelligent. They can
turn tiieir hands to any kind of work, and take much trouble in teaching the
people every description of handicraft. Their manners are extremely courteous,
and what they call their ' rough hospitality ' is unbounded and thoroughly
cordial.

" The history of the islands, as I gathered it chiefly from Neh Ba^k, the
oldest inhabitant, now in his eightieth year, is as follows : —

" The Baja of Bandier made a present of the old man's mother (together vrilh
ft number of other people, about two hundred in all) to Albiandek I^bb. Neh
BahIe's father was left behind in Bandjer, but his mother accompanied Hake to
Malacca, and there f^En BasIb was bom, After a stay of a few years in Malacca,
Habe left with all his people, wandered ftver Borneo and Java, going finally to
Bencooleu. In 1820, when Sir Stamforo Baffles was Governor of Bencoolen,
Hake made up bis mind to go to the Cape, aud, as it was necessary that he should
take hia followers there as freemen, he procured for all of them certificates of
emancipation from slavery. Those of Neh BasIb aud of a girl, Dapbite. who
afterwards became his wife, I have seen, aud attach a fac-simile of his certificate.
[82]

i
I

Goc of British Malaya. Coc

After a stay of nearly seven years at the Cape, Habe and liis followers came over
to the Cocos Islands in 1827, and found them quite uninhabited. In the meantime,
•.e., in 1825, the original Boss, the grandfather of the present proprietor, had come
to these same islands, and finding them imoccupied had returned home to Scotland
to induce people to come out and colonize them. When he returned in 1827, he
found that Hase was there. Curiously enough, Habe had been brought there in
a ship commanded by Boss's own brother, viz., the Melpomene, in which vessel Hare
had a large «hare. The two factions lived on bad terms with each other, and
though many of Boss's colonists left the place owing to its being already occupied,
the Boss influence exceeded that of the Habe. Habe, an idle man of most
eccentric habits, was gradually deserted by his followers, who, headed by Neh
BasIb, went over to Boss. Finally Habe left the islands and, it is said, came to
Singapore to die.

" In 1854 Boss died and was succeeded by his son, J. G. Clunies-Boss. The
islands, which had been from time to time called at by ships of various nationalities,
received a formal visit early in 1857 from H.M.S. Juno, Captain Fbeemantle then
took possession of the group in the name of the British Government and appointed
J. G. C. Boss to be Superintendent. The Juno remained some three months, and
the incidents of her visit are strongly imprinted on the memories of some of the
Islanders. Before she left, a Bussian man-of-war called in and saluted the Euglish
flag. I was so fortunate as to come across certain documents, of which I attach
copies, which clearly show what was done at the time. In 1862 a terrible cyclone
devastated the islands. In 1864 H.M.S. Serpent, a surveying ship, called there.
In 1871 Mr. J. G. C. Boss died, and his eldest son, the present Superintendent,
succeeded him. In 1875 another cyclone occurred. It was terrible in its fury. It
killed the cocoa-nut trees on most of the islands and destroyed the houses of the
I>eople and many of the brick buildings and factories of the Boss family. Three
aneroids went past the lowest mark and stuck, the mercurials being dashed agaiust
the wall and broken.

" It is admitted that before 1857 the Dutch flag was flown on Cocos vessels
trading with Batavia, and in one of his letters Mr. J. G. C. Boss states that he was
a naturalized subject of the Netherlands, but no one will admit that the flag of
Holland has ever been hoisted on the islands themselves. The Boss family dis-
tinctly assured me that no other flag than that of England had ever been flown by
them since 1857. This is corroborated by the older inhabitants. The inclinations
of the family are decidedly British, and there is no reason to suppose that their
assurances, in this respect, are open to the suspicion of a doubt.

** The population of the islands is divided into two classes : — («) Cocos-bom
Malays ; and (h) imported coolies from Bantam (Java).

" The Census Statistics of past years were taken to Europe by Geobge Boss,
but the following figures for 1874, 1880, and 1885 will show that the population is
on the increase. It is the policy of the Boss family to reduce gradually the number
of imported coolies, but they encourage the permanent settlement of these coolios
in the Islands.

Cocos-bom. Bantamese. Total.

^OfTI ... ... ...

XOOv ... ... ...

iOwV ... ... ...

In former years the coolies were convicts sent over for work in the Cocos by the
Dutch authorities, but they were a turbulent set of men, and the last of them were
sent away in 1875. This accounts for the falling off in the Bantamese population
shown in the returns for 1880.

" The present population may be summarized as follows : —

[83] G 2

292

198

490

310

125

435

377

loy ,,

516

Coc Descriptive Dutionary Coc

Cocos-bom.

Married
Widowed ...
Unmarried...
Children ...

Bantamese.

Married
Widowed . . .
Unmarried ...
Children

Male.

Female.

• • •

. • •

104

• • •

104

195

182

Male.

Female.

• ••

• • •

. • •

The registration of Births, Deaths, and Marriages is compulsory. All births
and deaths must be notified to the head of the Ross family within twenty-four
hours, and any failure to do so is punishable with a fine. In the case of marriages
it is obligatory on the married couple to go immediately after the celebration of the
marriage in the mosque, to the office of the Eoss's. They are accompanied by their
parents, by the elders of the village, and by the Chief Priest, and the entry having
been made in the register, is attested by the Priest and by a member of the Ross
family. Divorces are also taken note of, an endorsement being made opposite to
the marriage entry.

" There have been one hundred and fifty-eight births since the Ist of January,
1880. Of these, eighty-five were the births of boys and seventy-three of girls.

" In the same period there have been fifty-seven deaths, thirty-three being
males and twenty-four females. It is worthy oi note that of the number of deaths
no less than thirty-five resulted from beri-beri. An epidemic in 1883-4 carried off
twenty-four people.

" There have been ninety-one marriages since 1855, of which number twenty-
three have taken place since the 1st of January, 1880. Marriages are celebrated
in accordance with Mahommedan law. Amongst Malays in our parts of the Penin-
sula, it is customary for the parents to arrange the marriages of their children, but
at the Cocos the European custom is imitated, each man being at liberty to make
his own choice. If the woman gives him any ground to hope that his attentions
are not displeasing to her, it is customary for him to make some little ornament or
article for use with his own hands and present it to her. The usual present made
is a little comb made of tortoise-shell and worn in the back hair. One pretty little
girl was in possession of eight combs so presented to her. She presented us with
two of them which had been given to her by lovers who had since proved faithless.
No man is allowed more than one wife.

** Divorces are by mutual consent, and are obtainable in the forms prescribed by
Mahommedan law. Only two have taken place since 1855.

" The exports of the place are copra, cocoa-nuts, cocoa-nut oil, b6che-de-mer,
and mengkudu (a bark used for dyeing purposes). Cocos copra is said to command
the highest price of any placed on the market, and the people attribute this fact
to their patience in waiting till the nut falls from the palm instead of plucking it.
From October, 1882, to the end of 1884, 1,527 tons were exported, at an average
price of d£19 per ton. The actual quantity of nuts used to make up this quantity
was close upon eleven millions.

[84]

COC of British Malaya COC

" Cocoa-nuts are also exported to Batavia and elsewhere at the rate of nearly
jei 188. per thousand. During 1883 and 1884 half a million were so exported.

" Cocoa-nut oil is manufactured in three qualities: — (a) hand-made cold-drawn;
(6) hand-made cooked ; and (c) machine-made oil. The first quality (a) commands
a price varying from .£31 to <£31 10s. per ton ; the second quality fetches from
^0 15s. to <£31 per ton ; and the inferior quality (c) from <£29 to <£30 a ton. In
all, of all three qualities, about two thousand five hundred piculs are exported
annually. Eighteen piculs (Dutch) equal one ton.

" BSche-de-mer has not been shipped for some years, but the seas abound in it,
and, on the return of Mr. Geobge Eoss, it is expected that the trade in this
respect will be re-opened. The average price in former years was about J^\ 17s. 6d.
per picul.

" The price of mengkudu is said to vary very muct. The last shipment fetched
about <£2 per picul. About sixty tons are exported annually.

*' All produce for the European market is called for once a year by a chartered
vessel. Produce for Batavia is sent up in the family schooners. Cocoa-nuts are sent
to Batavia, cocoa-nut oil to London and Batavia, copra generally to Hamburg, once
to Liverpool and once to Lisbon.

" All provisions are obtained from Batavia, one of the Cocos schooners making
a trip for this purpose once a month. The imports include rice, sugar, flour, tea,
coffee, tobacco, sago, pepper, gambier, gum benjamin, green peas, clothes, and tur-
meric. These stores are all kept by the Eoss family, and are sold to the natives on
any day of the week that the people ask for them, except on Saturdays and Sundays.
Anything special that the people ask for is ordered and sold to them. This year,
for the first time, the Eoss family tried the experiment of getting out a shipment
of stores, Ac, for the Islands from London. They did so to the extent of .£5,000
worth. The invoices had not yet arrived, and the goods were not yet unpacked, but
the shipment contains clothing, house and cooking utensils, crockery, cutlery, glass,
mechanics' tools, guns, fishing-rods and tackle, and all manner of articles of use.

" The principal imported article of consumption is, of course, rice. This is
served out to the people every Monday. It is calculated that each individual con-
sumes one pound per diem, and each family is allowed to buy to that extent. Some-
times the schooner may be delayed by stress of weather or other causes and then
the supply of rice may fall short. Whenever this happens (which it is said very
rarely to do, but which was unfortunately the case when 1 was at the Cocos), the
rice IS served out sparingly, and each person can only buy half the allowance, but
then he is only compelled to work three days a week, all extra work at such times
earning extra pay. The measures used for meting ou the rice are made out of and
called * bamboos.' One bamboo may be taken to be the equivalent of one pound.

" Five bamboos of rice are worth E^ in copper.

" Seven bamboos a week is the quantity allotted to Bantamese coolies according
to their contracts.

" Ten bamboos (the largest measure) =E. 1 in copper.

" A rupee in copper, i.e., Cocos currency, is taken to be equal to two-thirds of
a silver rupee.

" The surrounding seas literally teem with fish, and the natives are most expert
boatmen and fishermen. They use the large and the small nets known to Malays
in the Straits, namely, the jaring and jala, but their chief skill lies in harpooning.
It is very rare to see a man miss a shot with the harpoon, the accuracy with which
they throw being little short of marvellous. On one occasion two or three of us
were wading through coral shoals on our way out to a boat anchored in deeper
water when a largish fish suddenly darted past us, and quick as thought a Cocos
man who was walking by me went after it. The chase was exciting. We could
see the flashes of the fish as it darted backwards and forwards and as it turned
baulked by the man, who kept on cutting it off at angles. Finally, it went through

[85]

Coc Descriptive Dictionary CoG

a mass of sea-weed, and we had metde up our minda that it had escaped, wheo
the man hurled his harpoon and returned with his prize — a fat ' beard-fish,' bo
called from the fact of its haTiIl^; two liarbs hanging from its lower jaw, Green
fishing is exciting work, some of the large green fish making great play. A member
o£ our party caught one of these fish which weighed exactly thirty pounds. The
parrot fish, of a beautiful greenish 'blue colour, abounds, and there are fine varieties
of the red and grey mullet.

" No fishing stakes or weirs are allowed — a useful regulation, which gives tlie
poor man an equal chance with his richer neighbour.

" As I have said before, all the islands are thickly planted with cocoa-nuts. In
the Settlement aad West Islands the space between the trees is kept clear, and the
appearance is more that of a plantation, but in the other islands aU the nuls. leaves
and rubbish are allowed to accumulate. Two or three times a year a working party
goes over, picks up and husks all the nuts, and then leaves the refose. sometimes
burning it. The rotting away of all this rubhiah, which is assisted by the working
of small ants, forms a good manure for the trees. In some of the islands a regular
undergrowth grows uji, and in sonie, such as Direction Islands, the wild and very
sweet papaw grows luiuriaotly.

" The cocoa-nut trees are not stepped (monkey-laddered) here as they are every-
where else- The fruit has a very thick husk, the nut itself being small and in some
cases quite diminutive. The kernel is very thick, and though the nut does not give
much water it can produce more copra and oil than much larger nuts.

" The nuts assume all sorts of fantastic shapes, the moat remarkable being the
homed cocoa-nuts, which haveescrescenceslike ram's horns growing outside the husk.
The branching palms on West Islajida arc very remarkable.

" The natives draw awy«r from the palm, but no loM^ is allowed to be made hy
them for their own use ; it used to be, but it led to much druukenuesa, and Mr.
Geobqk Bobs had to forbid its manufacture.

" Soap is made by phwing ashes on a perforated board, and by pouring on
water which dissolves the potash causing it to trickle through. It is then mi»od
with cocoa-nut oil, is tested by hand and boiled till it becomes thick, when it is cooled
down in a pan.

" Vinegar is also made. It is merely toddy put into a bottle, corked down and
left to stand for a fortnight.

" The Cocos process of making hread is very simple. The flour is placed in a
large tray, salt is sprinkled over it, and toddy of two kinds (aweet and bitter) is
added in smalt quantities by means of a ladle. All is well mixed, and in a good
sticky state, is beaten on a table sprinkled over with flour; it is then raised in both
liands high above the head and banged down over and over i^jju on the table, aud
when well beaten is put into moulds. At the end of three hours from the time the
process commenced, it is placed in the oven and baked.

" Since 1874 eighteen ships from Australia have called for water, which is put
on board at a charge of ten shillings per ton. In 1879 four of these ships came in,
but as a rule only one calls in each year. The last ship that called arrived on the
17th of July, 1884. The Islanders can put about forty tons of water on board a
ship in a day. They used to have a flume eighty yards long with cast iron pipes
runti ins from Settlement Island into the sea to carry the water, but it was destroyed
in the 1875 hurricane and has not been repaired since.

" The Bantamese cooties are eugsgcd by the Boss Agent in Batavia, and they
receive what is called a Sea-pass to enable them to proceed to the Cocos.

"Tbeii' engagements are for such terms as they agree to, generally for t«n
years, but in a few cases they have engaged for three years only. They receive an
allowance of seven bamboos of rice a week, firewood, cocoa-nut oil, salt, aud medi-
cines free. They are allowed small plots of land and get the materials to buitd in
the same way as the Cocos-bom. They may take cocoa-nut« for their own use from
■[86]

Coc

of British Malaya.

Coc

South Island at anj time between noon on Saturday and sunset on Sunday, and
they may fish wherever they like. Their pay is Es. 10 a month for nutting, and
they must for this husk four hundred nuts a day. For other work they are paid
Bs. 8 a month. Three Bantamese have been registered as naturalized Cocosmen,
having expressed their determination never to leave the islands. Four others have
been in the islands for over twenty years. Seventeen more have lived there for
more than fifteen years. Thus it will be seen that no less than twenty-four men
out of a total of forty-seyen have over- stayed the terms of their engagements. It
is not at all uncommon for them when their agreements have expired to go back to
their country with a free passage and to again return on the same terms.

"There are actually forty-two able-bodied coolies at work, and of these
fourteen have credit balances with the Boss family ranging from 20 to 254 guilders.
The above facts establish pretty clearly the conclusion that the Bantamese may be
looked upon as likely to become permanent settlers. When once married they
generaUv make up their minds to stay in the islands with their families.

" The matrimonial customs of the Bantamese are peculiar. They have to send
to Batavia for wives, whom in many cases they have not known before they come to
the islands. No Cocos-bom will intermarry with the Bantamese, or * coolie ' as
they are called, so when a coolie wants a wife, he goes to the Boss family and asks
that one may be imported from Batavia. In some cases, when the men have a good
credit balance lodged with the Boss's, they take an advance and go and choose their
wives. As a general rule, however, the Boss's send to their agents for the women in
such number as they are required, and on tlie arrival of the schooner with the
women, the applicants for wives make their choice, and, after celebrating the
marriage, make the necessary entry in the register. Their private life is not so
moral as that of the Cocos-bom, but there is not much serious crime. Eleven years
ago some of them made off with one of the island schooners, but they were re-
captured. None of that gang are here now. Fifteen years ago one of them killed
his wife and was sent to Batavia for punishment by the Dutch authorities.

"I had a long quiet talk with their P^nghulu, Satipan, who first came here in
1868, returned to Batavia in 1880, and came back to the islands after a short
absence. He is in every way contented, and has no complaint to make either on
his own account or that of any of his people.

" The currency of the place is paper money, stamped notes of sheej)skin signed
by the head of the Boss family. They are of six values, viz., \ Bupee, \ Bupee,
B. 1, Bs. 2, Bs. 3, and Bs. 5.

" The wages paid for labour are at different rates in guilders, some of which
are as follows : — A trained blacksmith /12.50 a week ; a carpenter from /4 to/7.50 ;
a mason /6; coxswains of boats and overseers /6; boatmen /3.50; nutters, who
must collect and deliver the nut husked, /I for everj' five hundred cocoa-nuts.
Bantamese contract coolies, able-bodied men working at nutting, /lO a month ;
second class or weak coolies /8 a month. Washing is done at the rate of /I for
twelve pieces.

" From inquiries made amongst the natives, I take these rates of wages to be
put at the maximum rate.

"The records kept of thermometer readings for 18/4 give the following
results : —

Januaiy

Febmaiy

March...

April

Hay

June

..•

■••

« >•

Lowest
Temperatuia.

Highest
Temperature.

. 77
. 75
. 77
. 74

.. 88

July ...
August
September
October

. 76

November

. 76

December

Lowest Highest
Temperature. Temperature.

.. 74 ... 85

74 ... 85

72 ... 86

T^ ... 86

1^ ... 86

.. 74 ... 86

[87]

Coc

Descriptive Dictionary

Coc

29.89

to 29.98

July ...

.. 29.85

to 29.98

29.79

„ 29.97

August

.. 29.85

„ 29.98

29.68

„ 29.93

September

.. 29.82

„ 30.00

29.65

„ 29.90

October

.. 29.00

„ 29.99

29.70

„ 29.98

November

.. 29.00

„ 29.92

29.80

.. 29.98

December

.. 29.74

„ 29.99

" The barometer varied as follows in 1884 : —

Jauuary
February

March

April

May ...
June ...

"It is easy to believe that the islands are most salubrious, and the statistics
prove this. The only diseases feared are beri-beri and dropsy, and the former is
much dreaded. The outbreak of ] 883-84 was caused, it is supposed, by the clear-
ing of one of the islands, and the only treatment found to be efficacious is to send
the sufferers to the North Keeling Island, where they are well cared for and put
under a course of drinking a certain mineral water, in which they have great faith.
The North Keeling Island is looked upon as the sanatorium of the place. 1 attach
a copy of the analysis, made by the Dutch medical authorities, of this mineral
water, and I have brought a small cask full of the water with a view to its being
analyzed by our medical authorities.

" The south-east monsoon is considered the coolest and healthiest time of the
year in the Cocos, the months of June, July, and August being considered the
best. They are accompanied by fresh breezes and frequent rains, and, if the
weather that we experienced is a criterion of what they get every year at this time,
I can only describe it as delightful. September, October, and November are very
dry. Winds very variable, and beri-beri and diarrhoea are feared during these
months. December, January, and February are looked upon as the cyclone
months ; they are very stormy and treacherous (especially December), fine days
being followed by ugly weather and vice versa. Thunder and lightning with
violent gusts of wind and heavy showers make the people very anxious about their
shipping and boats, and the cocoa-nuts suffer to an appreciable extent. The
weather experienced in March, April, and May is said to be much the same as that
of Se])teml)er, October, and November, but sickness is not so much dreaded in the
earlier as in the later months.

'* I visited the Guard House, which is just outside Boss's house. It is a sort of
Police Station, but there is no proper Police Force in the islands. Every night
watchmen are placed over the Settlement. For this purpose the village is divided
into three divisions, and there is a bell in every division which is rung to turn the
different watches. These watches begin at 6 p.m. and last till 6 a.m. Each watch
lasts for three hours, and the first watch, i.e., that which is on guard from 6 to 9 p.m.,
also takes the last watch, i.e., that from 3 to 6 a.m. The duties of the watch are
to go round from one end of the village to the other and to check the watches of
each division, to examine all boats at anchorage, to inspect all house-fires, and put
out all fires in kitchens. Lights are allowed in houses, and, in fact, the coolies
(Bantamese) never sleep without lights, but no kitchen fires are allowed except in
cases of sickness, which are at once reported by the watchmen to the Doctor who
goes to see the cases.

" In the Guard House public notices are posted. There is one warning people
against stealing boat sails or any articles from their neighbours' boats or houses,
or from receiving any stolen property. The penalty for offending in this direction
is laid down as follows : — For the first offence $25, for the second offence $50, for
the third offence deportation, to be accompanied by a letter to Batavia branding
the offender as a disreputable character (tanda yang hangsat).

" There was also a notice laying down certain sanitary regulations rendered
necessary by ravages of beri-beri. All houses and gardens are to be kept clean,
and everything is to be buried deep and at some distance away from the sea-beach.
An Inspector is to go round and examine the premises of the people, and if they

[88]

Coc of British Malaya. Coc

are found to be dirty they are forthwith to be cleansed and all expenses
incurred thereby are recoverable from the occupiers. There is also a further
penalty calculated in proportion to the state of dirt in which the premises are
found to be.

"The Cocos-bom men are fine specimens of Malays; being muscular and
hardy. They are great at boating and fishing, and they are not as indolent as our
Straits Malays, being, as they are, compelled to do a certain amount of work. The
women are a remarkably nice-looking lot, dressing well and carrying themselves
very upright.

" In Mrs. Boss's house the servants are all girls, and are called * Baboos.'
They are six in number. Two are cooks, and four look after the children and wait
at table. There are also two sempstresses. They are Cocos-bom, and are taken on
when quite little children and taught. They move about noiselessly and are most
attentive. When they marry they leave the service of their employers. Many of
the natives eat with knife, fork, and spoon. They have mattresses and curtained
beds spotlessly clean ; they spread white tablecloths on their tables, use a brush and
comb, have little ornaments for their tables, and decorate the insides of their
houses with cuttings from illustrated papers and cartoons from Vajiity Fair. It is
left very much to the women to attend to the arrangement of the insides of the
houses and to the cooking. The houses are, taken all round, much better built
than Malay houses in the Straits. They are built nearer the ground, the
foundations are thick cocoa-nut stems, the sides are made of the mid-ribs of the
fronds of cocoa-nuts and the roofs of the fronds themselves. The whole a2)pear-
ance is one of great compactness and neatness, and the most striking feature is the
great tidiness in trimming the insides of the roofs ; this j^resents a most finished
appearance.

" The language spoken here differs in many words from the Malay of the
Straits. The people sometimes failed to grasp a word or two when 1 spoke to
them, or vice versa, but it was quite simple to make oneself understood, and any
word that was strange to them was easily made intelligible by a little explanation.
I attach a small glossary showing the principal differences I came across. I am
sorry there was not time to j)ay more attention to the subject. A curious custom,
I have not met with elsewhere, obtains amongst these islanders. When a man
becomes the father of a son, he is no longer called by his own name, but is
familiarly known by that of his eldest son, with the prefix * Pa ' added to it. Thus
the Chief Priest, whose own name is Sama, has a son named Satli, and is now
always called Pa-Satli.

" Each native of the place is allowed to build a house and get the materials
free so far as the cocoa-nut tree provides these materials. Cocoa-nut oil and fire-
wood are also given gratis. Each person is allowed a plot of ground 100 x 20
yards, and all cocoa-nut trees inside the ring-fence they put up are theirs. Each
family may take cocoa-nuts for their own use free from charge at any time between
noon on Saturday and sunset on Sunday from any of the islands except Horsburgh
and West Islands and part of South Island. They may fish anywhere they like.

" Poultry is of course ^jlentif ul, all the people keeping fowls and ducks. They
do not, however, strike one as thriving particularly well, with the excej^tion of tliose
kept by some of the Eoss family. These latter are crossed with some Dorking
fowls brought out from home and make a good breed.

" One noticeable thing is an affection from which most of the fowls suffer.
Malays would at once explain it by saying they were * sakit angin ' (sick from the
air), and no doubt this is the case. Their walk is of the most groggy kind, and I
fancy the strong breeze always blowing over the island has a good deal to do with
it, exercising, as it must do, a baneful influence over young chickens.

" In some of the islands fowls have been turned loose and have become quite
wild. In Direction Island, for instance, there are about 200 fowls so turned out.

[89]

Descriptive Dictionary

Goc

Some little thatclied huts are built for them to rooet in, aad co<roa-DUt-leave<l
basketB ore provided for their uest^. They are very elij and wild, fly like phuasauta,
and have regular breeding seasona,

■' In Horsburgh Island there are aome 30 or 40 deer. Thoy were originally
brought from Java and Sumatra, and the Rosa famdy amuse themselves by shooting
them now and again. They are stalked, not driven. When hard pressed, they will
take willingly to the wa,ter, and in some cases havti been known to swim out to tho
barrier, which k some considerable dialance from the island. They greatly
resemble the Sambur deer met with in the Straits.

" There are about thirty sheep on Settlement Island ; they belong to the
natives, who are very loth to part with them. We auceeeded in buying one for
SQven rupees.

■' Turtle are brought every trip of the schooner, which puts in to Gome islands
out of Batavia, where the erew are landed to catch them. They ai-e kept in the
turtle-pond on West Island, being preserved there for the use of the Ross family.
In Horaburgh Island there are also a few i-abbits imported by the Ross family ;
and landrail, a very pretty grey and brown speckled species, abound. They run
very fast, fly if pressed, and afford much the same sort of shooting ae quail.
Jungle fowl are found on most of the larger islands.

■' FoEBEB gives a full account of the sea-birds which are found in great number
on the Islands. He accurately describes their extraordinary habits. The two most
intereating are, without doubt, the large frigate-birds and the beautiful little white
tern. In North Keeling Island tbey are knocked down by the islanders (who make
regular trips there in fair weather to get sea-birds) with a long polo and a long
brass chain at the end of it.

" There are no suakes in the islands, and centipedes, scorpions, and tarantulas
are but rarely met with.

" Little or no vegetable gardening is done either by the Boss family or the
natives, and this is, to say the least, Eiurprising, as the sod and climate are good,
and as vegetables would so pleasantly relieve the monotony of food in the Cocoa.
Pumpkins grow welt and everywhere. There arc not many fruit-trees in the
islands, and what there are are common to the Straits, such as bananas, ]mpaws and
guavas. There is one sjiecimen of banana which, as the Koes's told me, is peculiar
to the CocOB. I have not tasted it elsewhere, and it is a very good plantain of

g-treee in the garden of
i most enjoyable. Unfortunately

}me trees of which in the
is found in great quantity
itirely of it, and a capital

medium size with a very thick skin. There i
Boss's house. They do well, and their fruit ^
for us, they are not common to the Straits.

" A species of orange-tree with a very small berry, e
Malacca Stadt House enclosure are known to many of ut
on Settlement Island. Uost of the hedges are made e
hedge it makes.

■' The rose and honeysuckle are much cared for, and the latter growa very
luxuriantly. There are not many flowers, but some of the Oriental flowers found
in every garden in the East, such as the HilUeua and Four-o'doek flower, are of
course met with.

" On the way from the village to the Ross's house there are numerous very fine
trees of catuarhia planted by the grandfather of the present family.

"The useful woods of the islands are twelve in number. They nay be
described as follows : —

1. Klapa

2. Mibong ...

3. Mengkudu

4. E&nuning,

5. Jambu

[90]

Cocoa-nut.

A palm.

BsJk used for dyeing porposea.

Rosea jambosa.

Coc ^f British Malaya. Coc

6. Melati Titan.

7. Latchi Makes good furniture.

8. Nyamplong.

9. Warn Eope is made from the bark.

10. Grongang\ fA kind of ironwood, used for

11. Grongang/ \ boat-building.

12. K&ju Biirong Very heavy, and sinks in water.

"To give an idea of the extent of some of the smaller islands and some
description of those that have not been mentioned in the earlier portions of this
report, I will mention two walks I undertook. In the first walk, as Mabk Twain
would say, I made use of a small Eob Eoy canoe, a beautiful little boat built by
one of the Soss's in watertight compartments and cased in cork ; but on the second
occasion there was no possibility of using the canoe as the water was so shallow for
a long way out into the lagoon that I had to walk and wade all the way. We
landed from the Espoir at the nearest end of Direction Island (Pulau Tikus, i.e..
Mouse Island) and walked through the island. It is about 1| miles long and is
over ^ mile broad in some parts. The barrier comes close up to the back of the
island, and the surf breaks with great force over the bar at the further end, forming
a deep and wide pool between it and the lagoon. We paddled over into shallow
water and then poled along, keeping quite close to the barrier. The sandy bottom
was simply littered with b^che-de-mer of all sizes and colourings. We saw several
fish, and one of the two boatmen harpooned one in the most marvellous manner.
He must have been a big fellow, for his struggles shook the harpoon about with a
fair amount of violence. Finally he shook it off and got away. In a small canoe
it is not reassuring to have two men standing up, one poling and the other throwing
harpoons at fish, but these men went through these feats without unsteadying the
boat. We passed alongside Pulau Pasir (Sand Island), a tiny islet with five cocoa-
nut trees on it, and landed and went over Pulau Bras (Eice Island), marked on the
Chart * Prison Island.' It is quite round and is covered with white sand, evidently
silted over some large rocks, as the sand is over thirty feet high in some places.
There are some forty cocoa-nut trees growing on it. At the back is a large barrier
of coral, inside the great bar, and the beach is simply covered with pumice. We
next went to Pulau Gangsa (Goose Island), marked on the Chart 'Alison or
Burial Island.' There we landed, and my companion made some sketches illustrat-
ing the mode of burial customary with these islanders. We then crossed over to
Settlement Island (Pulau Nonia, Married Woman Id.) This ended the first walk, in
the course of which we must have covered five miles.

" The next day we sent our canoe on to South Island, and we walked through
the following islands and islets, wading through the intervening patches of sea and
coral beds. We started at 8 a.m. and did not complete our journey till 1.30, having
gone fully 11 miles. All the islands were covered with cocoa-nuts, and are in their
order : — (1) Pulau Kechil (small) ; (2) Pulau Ampang (weir) ; (3) Pulau Blekoh
(crane) ; (4) Pulau Kembang (flower) ; (5) Pulau Bangka (a man's name) ; (6)
Pulau Pandang (a palm-tree) ; (7) Pulau Gray ; (8) Pulau Siput (shell) ; (9)
Pulau Jemb&tan (bridge) ; (10) Pulau Labu (pumpkin) ; (11) Pulau Bundar
(round) ; and (12) TJjon^ Pulau D'Kat (the nearest extremity), which adjoins
South Idand. All these islands arc gradually becoming connected.

" It was a source of much disappointment to me that we were imable to visit
North Keeling Island, which is the largest of the islands, and which is said to
contain much that is of interest. It is some fifteen miles to the northward. The
Boss's would not pilot us over at first, as they said the surf was breaking very
heavily at the time, and during the last two or three days of our stay I was laid
up and unable to make an attempt.

** I made it a point to hold conversations with the principal natives upon the

[91]

Descriptive Dictionary

Coc

subject of the adtuiniatration of the ialaEda. It wils as difficult to find out from
them wliat one want«d to know iis it is to find out anything from a Malny. It was
only by dint of making repeated guesHea and by finaJly gucasing right, that I
elicited anything. Prom only one native did I hear any seriouB grumblinp, and
the impreesion that I formed of him as being a discontented man was aft<.>rWttrdB
eoufinued by some stories that were told me of hia disappointment at not being
made the head PenghQlu. At the same time hie yrievanoea in some respecta were
not imaginary, and are pretty generally shared m by the other islanders. They
include the following points : —

(a) The high price charged for all provisions.

(6) The rate of eschange at which paper money ia converted into silver.

((') The prohibition placed on all correspondence with [leople outside the

(p) The want of education.
I was assured that all provisions were charged for at very dear prices, and that
purchasers could get nearly twice as much for their money in Batavia. No petty
shopkeepers are allowed by the Kobb family, but the natives we very aniious to
get them. At present the question of money and of buying and selling provisions
is an absolute monopoly. The Ross family have the game entirely in their own
bauds, the money used would not be received in payment or bo exchanged by any
one except by the Rosa's themselves, and no vessels would be allowed to go and sell
provisions or stores at the island ; if they did very few would be able to buy of
them, and even those to a very small extent, as none other but hard cash would be
accepted in payment. Of course I point4.'d out that the Boss's must make some
profit, that it was their acLooners, with a well-paid crew, that made the vovagca to
get provisioua, that it was their money laid out in buying the stores, and that they
ran alt the risks : but at the same time I could not close my eyes to the arguments
of the nativea that it was bard on them to make a double profit out of them, first
by chaining high prices, and secondly by depredating their money. One instance
was cited to me more than once, viz., that of a man who, when he left the islands
to settle elsewhere, had saved Ea. 2,000, and, when he exchanged it for silver, only
received from Mr. Koss Kk. 1,339. or so.

"The not allowing the natives to coirespond with the outside world is not, I
think, fair. No doubt it ia done to prevent the holding out to the islanders of
inducements to leave the Cocos, but it might be done away with. The Koss's
schooners are the only mail vessela, and so again they are masters of the situation.
I was told by one of the family that the natives could write to whomsoever they
liked, but the complaints made to me on the point wera so numerous that I am
satisfied there is some ground for them.

" Formerly there was a system of education, but when the last schoolmasU-ra
left it ceased. It is essential that education should be introduced. There are two
hundred and sixty children in the islands, and the Chief Priest finds it difficult to
get the people to pay the attention to the observances of the Mahomniedau law and
religion which is ao diligently paid by most Malays. It is clearly the result of
their not having been educated. It would be well if the services of a good Malay
teacher could be placed at the disposal of the Koss family,

" On the last morning of our stay, a very interesting ceremony took place, Mr.
Sficeb baptizing Mrs. Geoeoe Koss. Mrs. Edwin Robs, and eight children.

" On the 28th, having completed my inquiries, we left tbe Cocos Islands in
H.M.S. Egpoir to return to Singapore. Before doing so I wroti? a iett«!r to Mr.
CoABLEB Koaa, and it was signed jointly by Captain Adams and myself, thanking
him and the utliur meml>ers of the family for the extwme kindness and courtesy
extended to ua during the whole of our visit, Nothing was left undone by any
[9il]

Coc of British Malaya, Com

of them that could have been done to help to make my inquiries as searching as
possible.

" Captain Adams took some twenty photographic views and groups.

** (Sd.) Ernest Woodford Birch,

" Second Assistant Colonial Secretary, S, S,
" Singapore, I6th Septewher, 1885."

We may add to the foregoing that the tree-climbing crab (Burgas latro), com-
monly known as the Eobber Crab, and supposed to be indigenous only to the
Seychelles, is found in these islands, two or three fine specimens having been
brought back by Mr. Birch.

Ooffee {Kahua), — Both the Arabian and Liberian plants have been culti-
vated in the British possessions, the latter being most successful, alt|j^ough the
sanguine hopes entertained some years ago have in few cases been verified. Coffee
is still upon its trial, although it undoubtedly thrives in certain localities. Johore
and Sungei TJjong have been tried, as also Selangor and Perak. The following
notes on the different varieties appeared in Mr. N. Cantlet's Eeport : —

"Arabian Coffee {Coffea ardbica.) — ^The Arabian coffee planted in the
Nursery looks healthy, but grows slowly. Hybridization may probably re-establish
it in cultivation.

" Bengal Coffee (Coffea hengalense). — The growth made by Bengal coffee does
not look promising ; the plants are still small, however, and may not show their
true character.

"Liberian Coffee (Coffea Zifcmca), from W. Africa, is becoming an established
product of the Straits, but its proper cultivation is far from being properly under-
stood. Drainage is too little attended to by some ; others, by starting the plant in
very rich compost, change the character of the roots to an extent that unsuits them
for penetration of the natural soil. When these errors and some others get
corrected, the adaptability of the plant for cultivation here will then show itseK in
its true character. Plants of this coffee are under various treatment in the
Experimental Nursery, but it would be premature at present to detail these. I may
state, however, that the plant will not bear manuring in the ordinary way when in
fruit ; manure should therefore be applied in liquid form, or as top dressing, when
given to encourage the swelling of the berries. When the soil is disturbed around
tlie plant when in fruit, a large number of the berries wither and die, owing to the
destruction of rootlets in the manuring process, and which renders the act a loss
instead of a gain.

"Marogogepie Coffee (Coffea sp.). — Three plants of the coffee known as
• Marogogepie,* and very favourably reported on some little time ago by the
Brazilian Minister of Agriculture, were received from Kew during the year and
have grown with less vigour than the Liberian kind, but with almost double that
of Arabian coffee (Coffea ardbica). The leaves are somewhat larger than the
Arabian kind, so that the plant seems from its growth to approach an intermediate
form between Coffea liberica and Coffea ardbica, and is not as yet affected by the
disease. Should it prove as well adapted to our soil as Coffea liberica does, keep free
from disease, and have a distinct cropping season, it will no doubt supersede all
other kinds in the Straits. The plants in the Singapore Botanic Gardens came
originally from Mexico."

CoflBn (Long), — The Malay coflBji is an oblong box without bottom, which is
removed when the corpse is placed in the grave.

Compass (Padum%n). — The compass, for nautical purposes, is, at present,
used by the principal native traders of Malaya. In the Malay languages, the name
for the magnet, and for the comj^ass and its divisions, are almost exclusively native

[93]

Descriptive Dictionary

Cop

words. That for the magnet is haiii-hranx, or 6e«-6ni»i, literally " powerful stone."
or "powerful iron." The compass is called fa'adomo.'n or jWiiwwn, a word, of
which the Javanese word dom, " a needle," seems to be the radical part, the com-
pound signif jing " place of the needle," or " object with a needle." The Malay
compass ia divided into sixteen parts, twelve of which are multiples of the four
cardinal points. For the cardinal ^Kiints the different nations have native terme ;
but for uantical purposes, those of the Malay language are used throughout,*

Concliology. — Malayan c;oui;holo(fy has by no means received all the
attention it deserves. And although men like Drs. Asches and Hunoebfobd have
done much to exploit the rich hunting grounds of the Peninsula waters, they have
doce but little to communicate their discoveries to the public. Singajiore is a well
recognized " shell collecting centre." Although most of the. sheila usually seen are
of well-known types, there must be many species yet new to science. The large
majority gf those offered for sale arc brought thither by Celebes and other traders,
and the tyro has to guard against imposition, the edges of imperfect specimens
being carefully ground away so as to delude the unwary.
* It would, of course, be impossible to do more in the space at command than

give a sketch of the principal families represented. We shall, however, mention
those which even the casual visitors may acquire with a little trouble. Beginning
with the Nautilus, both ^. pompUius and N. wmbilicatug are met with. Of Mukex
a large variety offers, the delicate if. tennispina being often obtainable in perfection.
Ppepcba, Tkiton, Banella, Fdsub. Fcloae, Buccikcm, Ebubma, and Nabsa, all
occur amongst the specimens offered. Fine eaamplea are obtainable of Mela and
VoLUTA. Two or three very handsome M:tra are at times met with, as also
Margimella. Oliva abound. Of the remaining principal orders, Columbella,
Terebka, Pleubotoma, Contfh, and Stbomaes (both these latter in great variety),
CTFfi(EA, Cassis. Doliitm, and Omistus are constantly found. SoLABnnn, and at
times the delicate Janthiha. or violet snail, can be got, as also specimens of Tdk-
EiTBLLA, LiTTOBiNA, Cbbithium, PoTAMiDEs, and AsrPiTLLAaiA. Of Nebitab there
is no end of varieties, the rocks around Singapore at low water being covered with
brilliantly coloured specimens. Nbbitina, Tcbbo, TBOcnrs, Haiiotis, Fissubella,
Patella, and.BuLLA close this portion of the hst, which omils, however, many but
sparsely represented.

Of CrcLOSTOMA, Helix, and BcLiutrs no great variety esista, and it is probable
that the united species found in the Peninsula do not amount to over forty in
number ; Dr. Trail, in 184?, reported finding twenty-three species in Singapore,
several kinds of Helix and Ctclostoma inhabiting the depths of the forest.
Bivalves abound in every portion of the coast, from the large Tridacka, Chama,
and Abba to the less imposing Mytilds, Venus, Cakdicm, Solkh, Ac. Very hand-
some specimens of Spondylub, Pecten, and OsTBKA, with large Pinna, may conclude
the list of bivalves. We must not omit to mention that the curious- looking Asfeb-
oiLLCM is a Malayan habitant.

A list of all the shells known to exist in Singapore and its vicinity in 184?
will be found on pp. 239 et eeq. of Vol. I. J. I. A. No very large additions have been
made to it since, but Lahabck'b classification therein adopted is now seldom
adhered to.

Cone Hill,— &'pe Seal, Butff.

Coney Island. — 7\ miles S.W. by W. of W. harbour entrance. Singapore.
The site of the KafHcs Lighthouse {q. v.).

Consumption {Baiok kring), — By no means unknown to. but not so preva-
lent as might be expected amongst, the Malays in view of the damp nature of their
habitations.

Copper. — No ores of this metal have been found in the localities dealt with
[M]

Cop

of British Malaya. CoW

in this work, though they exist in other portions of the Malayan Archipelago. The
Malay word tembaga is derived from the Hindus.

Copra. — The interior of the cocoa-nut divested of the shell and dried. It
furnishes a clear oil used both for cooking and burning.

Coral Reefs. — In 1848 a respected medical man in Singapore devoted con-
siderable time and trouble to writing a series of articles in the J. I. A. to prove that
these were a special cause of fever. He certainly adduced numerous facts in
support of his theory, but the questiou has passed out of the region of practical
hygienics, many of the localities . he referred to having become free from febrile
diseases to any marked extent, despite the continued existence of the reefs. It
may, we think, be conceded that they increased the chances of illness when com-
bined with other fever-producing causes ; but there is not sufficient evidence to
show that, independently of other causes, they are now likely to produce attacks.

Corals. — ^Beautiful varieties of coral exist in the Malayan waters, and large
quantities are constantly on sale at Singapore for reasonable prices. A monograph
on this subject has yet to be written. Lovers of the beautiful in Nature can spend
a pleasant hour or two by visiting at low water the Cyrene Shoal, and other coral
banks in the neighbourhood of Singapore. The coral animals display the most
brilliant colours, conjoined with immense variety of form, and present a scene of
extreme beauty.

Oond is much used by the Malays for burning into lime.

Correspondence between personages of Eoyal rank in Malaya is a matter
of much ceremony. A priest is usually selected to write the document, the tenor
of which is agreed upon in council, and to this the Eajah's seal is attached in
different positions according to the rank of the party addressed. A messenger
whose importance is decided by the same considerations is then chosen, and one or
more prahus or elephants (according to the passage by sea or land) is prepared.
The letter is brought out and ceremoniously deposited with its bearer, music and
banners accompanying it. A similar ceremony obtains at the place of destination,
boats or elephants being sent (after notice) to receive the document.*

Cosmetics. — These, though plentifully used by the Chinese members of the
fair sex in Malayan countries, are but little availed of by Malayan beauties. A
preparation of rice dust, called hedah, is sometimes used as a whitening powder,
and bottles of a preparation imported from Arabia, and known as mai, furnish a
darkening liquid applied to the eyes. Generally speaking, however, the use of
cosmetics amongst the Malays is rare. Amongst the Chinese the well-known articles
of native toilet are used in Malaya as in China itself. According to Dr. Williams
(Middle Kingdom, Vol. II, p. 41), white paint, rouge, and charred sticks form the,
articles of toilet used by Chinese belles. Henna is grown and occasionally used
by those of Arab descent.

Cotton is not indigenous to the Peninsula, its place being taken by a large
deciduous tree known as the kabu, or cotton-tree. H^ie shrub has, however, been
introduced and was planted by two American planters near Bukit Mertajam in P.
WeUesley, and by the Hon. J. M. Vermont, now manager of Batu Kawan Estate.
The soil was not, however, found sufficiently suitable to justify further experiments.
Its native name is Jcapus. Kapas Bengalis Indian cotton. See Fibres.

Cotton-tree. — The pods of this tree produce a cotton equally good looking
with the tree cotton, but too short in staple to be of commercial value. It is com-
monly used for stuffing beds, cushions, Ac.

Cowry Shells. — The Cypra moneta of naturalists, is found throughout
Malaya in considerable quantity, but the cowry seems never to have been used for
money among the Indian islanders as it has immemorially been by the Hindus.
The Malay name, however, is Sanskrit — heya — and is also one of the synonyms
which express duty, impost, or tolL

[95]

Coy

Descriptive Diciiojtary

Gro

Coyau. — A measure of capacity applied to boats. A coyan is about 2 tons.

Crab (Ketavi or Kepiting). —Seyerai hundred species, mostly of small size,
oxist. but no scientific catalogue has as yet been published.

Creepers. — Numerous flowering plants of this description abound in the
Malayan jungle, several species of convolvulus being included. The most striking
of these is one known loi^v as the " Morning glory." Other handsome plauta are
the " Butterwonh " and "itfoon flowers " (flowering only at night). Ariatolochias
(imi>orted from Borneo) flourish well.

Crocodile.— For the distinctions between this reptile and the alligator, see
the latter, The crocodile inhabits both fresh and salt (or at least brackish) water.
The species common in the Malay Peninsula is the Crocodilu* poroiua, or Indian
crocodile. The Gavial or Gangetic crocodile is said to be found there also, and I
purchased the akull of one killed iu Singapore, but whether native or imported I
could never get satisfactory evidence. The ears and throat of the crocodile are
closed by automatic valves when under water. The eggs are about the same size
OS those of a goose and resemble thin porcelain in look and hardness. Several
deaths occur annually from these creatures. A Government reward is given for
their destruction according to size, in the British and Protected Territories.

Three varieties are recognized by the Malays — the buaya gonro, huaya hatalt,
and fci/.oyrt tembai/a. They are usually captured with bve bait, such as a fowl,
beneath whose wing a large hook is attached by ligatures. Au untwisted rope
made of gamuty palm fibres (which get between the reptile's te«th and so cannot
be bitten through) is attached to the hook and made fast at the other end to a tree,
the fowl being picketed to a peg on the bank. The crocodile swallows the fowl
whole and, after attempting to swim away, is usually baiiled ashore by those watch-
ing him, and at once despatched. The bnaija katak, or " frog crocodile," is con-
sidered the most ferocious, but there la little to choose between the three varieties.
The most attractive bait, according to native ideas, for shooting crocodiles, b a long
used mosquito curtain from a woman's bed. Dipped into the water at the end of a
pole it is certain to attract any reptile in the vicinity and so afford a good shot to
Uioso on watch for it.

In Perak the following names are given to the teeth of the crocodile : —

The front teeth hail ttl&ing.

The middle teeth ... ... ... ... ... opa ildia.

The back t«eth eharik kapan.

The kail gil&anif is a small fish-hook which is used without a bait for catching
the tSlttang, a small fish rather larger than a sardine, a fish it somewhat resembles.
Men seized by these teeth only have, so say the natives, a fair chance of e8i»i>e.
Apa ddia may be translated " What iwwer :■ " i.e.. '■ How can I ? " A man seized
by these teeth, though escape is said to lie still possible, has very little chance.
Ckarik kajmn may be translated " tear off (a strip of white cloth for) the shroud.
All's up." The poinl«d stick, with bait attached, to attract the rpptJle, is called
jiUkntig. Tf it catches the jaws rightly they cannot lie closed, and the reptile falls
mi easy prey to the hunter. (N. A Q., with No. 17 J. S. B. E. A. S.)

Croton Oil. — Sw Ou.s.

Crotons. — This beautiful family of plants flourishes as well in the StraJta
Settlemeut-s as iu its native habitat, which is almost exclusively the South Sea
Islauds. Some 70 or 80 spcciea are now cultivated, adding much to the beauty of
lawns and gardens. Not being indigencous, we must refer readers to other works
for lists of the species introduced. Oddly enough, until a few years ago. when Iho
plant was placed in the Botanical Gardens at Singapore, only one siwcimen of Croton
tigtium. which produces the well-known oil of medicine, was known ti> oiist iu the
Colony — at the Pauper Hospital—and this was accidentally destroyed. During
[96]

Cro

of British Malaya.

Cur

1883, a rage for crotons sprang up in Siam, and buyers o^ered as much as $100
for choice plants. Even now handsome varieties occasionally fetch good prices at
auction.

Crow (Gagak). — The Malayan species differs in no way from the familiar
bird at home.

Crustacea. — ^No part of the world produces Crustacea in greater abundance
than the coast of Malaya, and a lar^e field is here opened to the naturalist — one,
too, as yet unexplored. The genume name of crabs in Malay is Jcetam, and of
lobsters udang gcUah, but the term vdang is also applied to shrimps, prawns, and a
large number of yet undescribed species partially mailed and of sizes varying from
an inch to a couple of feet in length. Of crabs alone, the writer has seen some 200
varieties, and nothing short of a monograph would do justice to the subject.
Many species are beautifully marked, and when mounted and varnished form
attractive additions to a museum. Two handsomely marked species of lobster are
known respectively as udang and vdang rimau. Certain sorts are known as
helangkas, keronchaJc, mumong, &c. The cray-fish is, by the way, unknown in this
part of the world.

CubebS {Piper Ovhebs). — ^As with most matters relating to experimental culti-
vation, I am indebted to Mr. Cantley for the following remarks : — " Experiments
with cubebs on a small scale seem to show that the plant prefers a shady moist
situation. Plants exposed to the full sun grow much more slowly. The cultivation
of cubeb plants does not receive the amount of attention in the Straits it deserves.
The crop pays well, but for the present the monopoly of its cultivation remains in
the hands of the Ihitch, through apparently no other reason than a want of enter-
prise on the part of planters on this side of the water. In Johore the plant grows
remarkably well, bearing heavy crops of fruit, but details of its cultivation as
practised in Java are still a desideratum."

Currency and Exchange of the Straits Settlements.— Prior to

1867, when the Colony was an Indian Dependency, accounts were kept in
Government and Sicca rupees, and Spanish dollars and cents. After the Govern-
ment of the Settlements was transferred to the Colonial Office (April, 1867) it was
enacted by Ordinance No. IV. of that year, that the dollars issued by H.M. Mint
at Hongkong, the silver dollars of Spain, Mexico, Peru and Bolivia should be the
only le^ tender within the Colony and its dependencies. In January, 1874, the
American trade dollar and the Japanese dollar (or Yen) were added to the above
list.

The following table will give an idea of the relative qualities of the principal
coins included above : —

Average

weight in

grains.

Farts Pure
SUver.

Hongkong Dollar
Old Mexican DoUar
New Mexican Dollar
Japanese Yen
American Trade Dollar

416

416J

417i

416

420

900
898
898
900
900

Parts Alloy.

100
102
102
100
100

The Hongkong dollar is no longer coined, and is only occasionally met with in
any auantity in the Straits ; the Carolus (Spanish) dollar is even more rare, and,
togetner with the American trade dollar command such premia as to almost
exclude them from every-day commercial transactions. Mexicans and Yen are
commonly used throughout the Colony, but the former being at a premium of a

[97] H

, .^iififc S*uztonary Cut

■ u i^,» >: .oikAidered as practically the local

..'. .J.j<M.-:U£ Stacks and Islands the Yen is not

>v . -.-ALiilv iKis* current as the Mexican dollar,

>;ii-4.tA.i>:. .'U 30th XoTember, 1886, unanimously

Li,.'. L> .-

• (

aio> l'.-»iiucil it will be to the interest of trade in these
..i.:ea»iou of British influence in the adjacent
. '.iit existing foreign currency be demonetized and
l>riti*h dollar, weighing 416 grains and of 900 j>art8
L aI'.ov, whioh shall be the sole legal tender throughout the

>\\ • l..l:.\ lidieulties pointed out by financiers at Home, especially in

■ * . '.•vul uiiut capable of supplying necessary requirements of the

V ' ' ci>: uj short notice as demands may now be met from China and

■'. . ' !*.^ ^.iLScut condition of things, the adoption of the above resolution

I: '1 'v». !L ■•iititeuiincod by the Home Gfovemment, for the present at any rate.

'■'iv -i->6i..liarv ooiu8, consisting of silver 50-cent, 20-cent, 10-cent, and 5-cent

. . i-t manufactured at Home, and are legal tender to the extent of two

I 11:1! s. Ooi'por coins representing 1-cent, ^-cent, and ^-cent pieces, and from the

.nil' s..>m\v, are legal tender to the extent of one dollar only.

Ot i\w local Banks, the two having note issues are the Chartered Bank of India,
\ IS. i.thuiii, aud China and the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, with
■v'.:i'!hcr a total amount in circulation of about $7,500,000 throughout the Settle-
iinMiU. Against this, a reserve of coin has to be maintained of at least one-third.

It would bo impossible to follow the many fluctuations which have occurred in
I lie i^oKl vahie of tno dollar during the last few years, resulting in a decline to
Ih'Iow 2;'f\. The silver question is at this moment under careful consideration by
tho Uovorumeut ; a strong party is in favour of a British dollar.

Ourry. —As in India, the curry forms a standard dish amongst the Malays.
Oil.' .>f the principal ingredients in a " Straits curry" is cocoa-nut milk mixed with
tlu' scraped nut into a pulp. Turmeric is largely used, and the pods of the moringa-
tivi' I'onii a common ingredient. Two sorts of curry, known as "black" and
'• white." usually appear at foreign tables, but the intermediate varieties are too
iutiuitti fv>r dcUiiled description. The generic name in Malay is guU,

Oustard Apple (Anoiia reticulata). — Usually regarded as indigenous to
tht» IVuiusula. Very good specimens are obtainable during the season, the best
bi'iug i'ouud in the North of the Peninsula. It is the hiiah nona of the Malays.
The bpecimeus in the Singapore Botanic Gardens were obtained from the West Indies.

Cutaneous Affections. — Cleanliness is much neglected amongst the
Malays, and it is not usual to bathe children as a regular custom ; their diet is also
eut.irt»ly ncglei^ted. The consequence is that unwholesome food and the dirt they
arti allowed to revel in induces an eruption of boils or small cancers called puru,
which spreads over the whole body, rendering the children most loathsome objects.
The o|*iuiou that dirt and unwholesome food causes puru is derived from the natives
theiuHidves. Some medical men come to a different conclusion, and impute the
disease* to syphilis in the parents. This is contraverted by the fact that children of
tht^ lu^althiest are attlicted by the disease, and but few escape. These cancers are

"'' ''' ' ------ • ^ ^- itothi " - '•

^ will (

u — --, - -. placed .-

been tried in seviTal cases, and it j)roved an infallible cure.

The disease is probably contagious, and many children contract it from their

[98]

Cut of British Malaya. Dan

oompanions. It is singular that, without any remedies, the cancers gradually dis-
appear as maturity advances, leaving their victims scarred for life.

Pew Malays are to be found with clear skins. Turn sometimes leaves white
scars, and when very deep set cramps the fingers and toes and renders them useless,
giving the afflicted a leprous appearance.

Malays were greaUy prejudiced against vaccination ; and although apothecaries
are sent to each district annually to perform the operation, but few brought their
children forward. Matters have somewhat mended in this respect, however, of
late years. [J. D. Vauohan in J. I. A., Vol. XI.]

Another disea.se, called siypa, resembles leprosy, and is probably a species of
that disease. It seldom spreads over th^ body, but is confined to the palms of the
bands and soles of the feet. It is not considered contagious.

A loathsome disease called 'hora'p is very prevalent among fishermen. It
spreads over the whole body, and presents a scaly appearance ; it appears of an
irritating nature, for those afflicted incessantly scratch themselves, and when the
scales fall off the disease is considered infectious. Exposure to sea- water, and diet,
which consists principally of salt fish, mollusca and blubber, may conduce to the
disease.

Itch, or hudAsy is not common.

Leprosy and elephantiasis are rare ; when they do occur, the afflicted are not
put aside, but their neighbours and relatives associate with them as intimately as
ever, and no bad results occur.

Cuttl6-fish. — This is a common object in the native markets, Chinese
being aJmost the only buyers. It is eaten both fresh and dried. In the latter case
the ink-bag is cut away, and all impurities having been removed by water, the
animal is submitted to pressure and then dried in the sun. Bundles of one catty
each are tied up and placed in cases holding ten catties or more each for export.
Ociwpi and Calamaries are reputed to attain an immense size in Malayan waters.

Cyrene Shoal. — Shoal in the fairway of vessels making Singapore from the
N. and W. It presents a brilliant appearance at low water, being covered with
live corals and shells, many of the most brilliant colours. It is a favourite hunting
ground for conchologists.

Dadap. — -^ beautiful flowering tree used in coffee plantations to shelter the
young plants : flower a brilliant 'scarlet.

Dahl (Oajanus indicus), — A sort of small bean which is the principal diet of
Kling coolies. It grows well in the Straits, but as yet has always been imported
by estate managers from India.

Eaminar. — ^A resin produced by certain large forest trees ((?am?nnra), chiefly
merafiH, merawan, and hahw. It sometimes exudes so as to form lumps, either on
the trunk or beneath the surface, to the weight of ten or twenty pounds. Incisions
are also made in the bark whence the gum is collected. It is pounded up and filled
into palm sheath tubes called upei, about IS inches long, which are sold at a low
rate as torches. In some parts of the Peninsula it furnishes the only means of
artificial light. A very clear and transparent dammar known as mata-hiching is
obtained from the chengal tree and is used in making incense.

Damansarah. — imp. v. and PoHce station on the N. bank of Klang E.,
7 to 8 miles above the Klang Eesidency, Selangor.

Danan. — Small v. just below the bend of the Endau E., N. at its junction
with the Sembrong, N.E. Johore.

Danau Serah. — v. on W. bank of Johore E., about 8 miles from Johore
Lama.

Dancing. — ^^ Nautch.

[99] H 2

Dat

Descriptive Dictionary

Cato Dalong, Kramat of.— in Naning territory, N. Malacca Much
regarded by the nativee, who make pilgrimageB thereto.

Cato Kramat. — V- on S.W, outskirts of Penaug-town.

Daun Tiga Lei.— A Malay game of cards. Each player has three cards
dealt him ; the a^es count best, then the court cards, Nine is next best, ten beiug
omitted, and so oa. A full description is giTen in the J. S. B, E, A. S. «a6 uoce, for
reference.

Dayang. — A maid of honour, attendant at a palace.

Dea. — A hill in Jumpol, Negri Sembilan (not marked in map S. A. S.),

Dea. — The name of a hill between Pila, in Kembau, and Johol.

Debt-Slavery. — This still eiists in the Native States, though mueh modi-
fii'J wherf British influence has been in the ast'endant. The debtor lives with his
civditur. who is bound to clothe and feed him. but the results of his labour —
whether money, fniit, building, or anyt.hing else— enure to the creditor, A debt by
a married man binds his wife and children ; and in like manner, if a debtor marry,
the husband or wife become eitra securities for the bond. Debt-slaves are on the
whole well treated, but in eases of desertion considerable brutality has often been
evinced.

Deer. — Two large, aad.four species of small, deer are found in the Peninsula,
besides the fcuftj rvxa, or " hog-deer," which, however, is not a member of the same
order. The large species are : the sambur {Rota, ariatotelig), a rather savage animal,
larger than our own red deer ; and the axis (A. maculata) or spotted deer. Of the
small or Moschine species, the kijang is the largest ; next to this comes the najmh ;
the third in size is the lanak; and the smallest is the pelaiidok or true pigmy deer.

Deer-catching. — " This pastime," (says Mr. VAUOHiN in Vol. XI., J. I. A..
whoBu remarks wo quota in full), "is one the Malay delights in. After a rainy
night, deer may be easily traced to their lair by their foot-prints, and as they
remain stationary by day the hunters have ample time to arrange their apparatus.
When tho bidiug-placc is discorered, all the young men of the kampong assemble,
and tho followiug ceromouy is performed before they sally out on the expedition.
Six or eight coils of rattan rope about an inch in diameter are placed on a triangle
formed with three rice-pounders, and the oldest of the company, usually an ex-
perienced sportsman, plcu^s a cocoa-nut shell filled with burning incense in the
centre, and taking sprigs of throe bushes, viz., the jeUaiang, eapufiie and tajnJxin
plants (these, it is supposed, possess extraordinary rutues), he walks mysteriously
round tiie coils, beating them with the sprigs, and erewhile mutters some gibberish,
which, if possessing any meaning, the sage keeps wisely to himself. During the
ceremony, the youths of the village look on with becoming gravity and admiration.
It is believed that the absence of this ceremony would render the expeditjou
unsuccessful, the deer would prove too strong for the ropes, and the wood demons
frustrate their sport by placing insurmountable obstacles in their way. Much £uth
appears to be placed in the ceremony. Each coil referred to above is sixty to
seventy fathoms long, and to the rope running nooses, made also of rattan rope, are
attached abcmt three feet apart fmm each other. On reaching the thicket wherein
the deer are concealed, stakes are driven into the ground a few feet apart in a
straight line, the coils are then opened out and the rope attached to the stakes, two
or three feet above ground, with the nooses hanging down, and two of tho party
conceal themselves near the stakes armed with knives for the purpose of despatch-
ing the deer when entangled in the nooses. The remainder of the hunters arrange
themselves on the op[>osite side of the thicket and advance towards it shouting and
yellio g at the top of their voices. The deer, startled from their rest, spring to their
feet and naturally flee from the noise towarids the nooses, and in a short time are
entangled in them. As they struck to escape, the concealed hunters rush out and
[100]

Del of British Malaya. Din

despatch them. OccasionaJlj the fight is prolonged till the major party arrives,
and then the noble creatures soon fall beneath the spears and knives of their
assailants. The animal is divided between the sportsmen. The writer has often
partaken of a tit-bit, but never relished the flesh, it being generally too fresh. A
breed of deer has spread over Penang from a tame herd that one of the former
Governors released on his leaving the island."

Delendung. — ^A small species of civet found in Malacca. Its graceful
appearance has gained it the scientific name of Iiinsang gracilis. It is not common,
and the following account of it is from Wood's Natural History : — " The general
colour of the fur is a moderately deep grey, and upon the back are four very large
saddle-shaped stripes of an exceedingly dark and rich brown, extremely broad on
the spine and becoming very narrow on the ribs. Along the sides run two rows or
chains of similarly coloured markings. The lower band extends from the cheeks
to the flanks. The legs are finely spotted, and the tail is covered with alternate
rings of grey and dark brown. The creature has been termed prionodon or * saw-
toothed* on account of its curiously shaped teeth, which preseut a jagged or
saw-like appearance. It is destitute of scent pouches."

DeniSiin. — Fever. The commonest form is that called Beinam Jcapialhi by
the Malays, equivalent to the Java or jungle fever of medicine. This is indigenous,
but very few cases occur amongst Europeans unless they have unduly exposed
themselves to malaria. Practically this disease does not obtain amongst the foreign
population.

Demam Kora. — Intermittent fever. Not imcommon, but seldom fatal.

Dendeng. — The Malay name for the jerked beef of commerce, that is, of
animal muscular fibre, preserved by drying in the sun, nearly the only mode of
curing flesh practised. Dendeng is made of the flesh of deer, oxen, and buffaloes,
and by the Chinese of that of the wild hog. It is a considerable article of native
trade.

Desa. — "This word, taken from the Sanskrit, signifies *the country,' as
distinguished from * the town,' or rather from the seat of government, and it is
also a synonym for a 'village.' It occurs, not infrequently, in the names of
places."

Devilj The (iblis). — The Mahommedan spirit of evil.

Diamond. — in Malay, intan ; found only in Borneo, and consequently an
article of trade alone in the Peninsula.

Dibble. — This is usually represented by a pointed stick which serves
sufficiently well for the purpose of planting rice, &c.

Dili.— V. on the E. Tukun, a petty W. affluent of E. Kinta, C. Perak.
Dindillg. — -^ partition or wall. Binding hertam, the woven hertam or
reed of which the walls of Malay huts and houses are often formed.

DindingS, The.— A group of islands, of which Pulo Pangkor, the largest,
and Little Dinding are the chief, and a strip of land on the Peninsula, about 22
miles in extreme length by 10 in width, and situated on the Perak coast about 80
miles from Penang in lat. 4° 20' N., long. 100° 40' E., is thus named. It was
nominally imder Uie Perak administration till 1886, when it was transferred to
that of the Straits Settlements. The accounts of Eevenue and Expenditure are
incorporated with those of Penang. There is a police force of 28 individuals
under a European Inspector, and a public hospital. Pepper, padi, and tapioca are
the chief products. Tin, though existing, has not yet been found in paying
quantities, but may be after exploration. Communication with the outer world ib
as yet irregular and unsatisfactory, but a small steamer professes to run regularly
from Penang. Turtle is abundant on the coast.

[101]

Din

Descriptive Dictionary

Pulo Paogkor was UeU by the Duteh from 1670 to 1690, when thty occupied
MaWxa. Tte ruins of their fort and factory still exist clotie lo the shore.

The foUoM-ing is an arconnt of the Dindiug Island )mbUshed by Daxfieb, the
weJl-kuown navigat<>f, in 1688 : —

" This is a small island lying so nigh the main that ships pasaing by cannot
know it to be an island. It is pretty high land, well watered with brooks. The
Btuuld in blackish, deep and fat in tJie lower ground, but the hills are eomewbat
rucky. yet in general very woody. The treea are of direre sorts, many of which
are good timber, and large enough for any use. Here are also some good for
ma«t« and yards ; they being naturally light, yet tough and semi^able. There is
good riding on the east side, betwi^en the island and the main. Ton may uome in
with the sea breeze and out with a land wind, there is water enough, and a securu
barlwur.

" The Put«h, who are the only inhabitauta, hare a fort on the east side, i-losc
by the sua, In a bending of the island, which makes a small cove fur shiiis Lu
ani^'hor is. The fort is buUt four-square, without flankers or bastious, like a
hoiuo ; every square is about ten or twelve yards. The walls are of a good thick-
ness, made of stone, aud carried up to a good ht-ight, of about thirty feot, aud
covered overhead like a dwelling-house. There may be about twelve or fonrtoeu
guns ill it, Bouie looking out at every square. These guns are mounted on a strung
jflatforui, made within the walls, about sixteen feet high ; aud there are steps on
llio uuUide to ascend \a the door that opens to the plaUorm, there being no other
way into the fort. Here is a Governor and about twenty or thirty soldiers, who
all lodge in the fort. The soldiers have their lodging in the platform among the
giiiiH, but the Qovemor has a fair chamber above it, where he lies with some of tho
ofBcers, Alwut a hundred yards from the fort, on the bay by the sea, there is a
low timbered house, where the Governor abides all the daytime. la this house
there were two or three rooms for their use, but the ehiefest was the Governor's
dining-room. This fronted to the sea, and the end of it looked towards the fort.
There were two large windows of about seven or eight feet square ; the lower part
of them about four or five feet from the ground. These windows were to be left
open all the day to Jet in the refreshing breeze, but in the night, when the Governor
withdrew to the fort, they were closed with strong shutters, and the doors mode
fust till the next day. The continent of Malacca, opposite to the island, is pretty
low champion land, clothed with lofty woods ; and right against the bay where the
Dutch fort Btjinds, there is a navigable river for small craft.

" Tlie product of the country thereabouts, besides rice aud other eatables, is
tut«nug, a sort of tin ; I think coarser than ours. The natives are Hal&y&n, who,
as I have always observed, are bold and treacherous; yet the trading people are
affable and courteous to merchants.

" These are in all respects, as to their religion, custom, and manueT of living,
like other Malayans. Whether they are govonied by a king or raja, or what other
maimer of govi'rinueut they live under, 1 know not. They have canoes and boats
of their own, and in these they fish and traffic among themselves : but the tin trade
is that which has formerly drawn merchant strangers thither. But, though the
country might probably yield great quantities of this metal, and the natives are not
only iuclinable, but very desirous to trade with strangers, yet are they now
restrained by the Dutch, who have monopolized that trade to themselves. It was

Erobably for the lucre of this trade that the Dutch built the fort on the island;
ut this not wholly answering their ends, by reason of the distance about it and
the river's mouth, which is about 4 or 5 miles, they have also a guard-ship com-
monly lying here, and a sloop with 20 or 30 armed men, to hinder other nations
from this trade. For this tuttinag or tin is a valuable commodity in the Bay of
tiengal. and here purchased reasunablv, by giving other couuuoditiea in exchange :
neither is this commodity peculiarly found hereabouts, but farther northerly lUao

Dis of British Malaya, *

on the coast ; and particularly in the kingdom of Qucda there is much of it. The
Dntch also commonly keep a guard-ship, and have made some fruitless essays to
bring that prince and his subjects to trade only with them ; but here, over against
PuIq Dinding, no strangers dare approach to trade ; neither may any ship como in
hither but with consent of the Dutch."

Diseases. — in the Malay language the same words express disease and
pain. The most frequent word in the Malay language for this purpose is Bokii,
The ordinary diseases to which the natives of Malaya are subject, are those arising
from malaria, namely, fevers — remittent and intermittent — and dysentery. Tlie
epidemics are small-pox, measles, hooping-cough, and Asiatic cholera. The last
was introduced in 1820, three years after its first appearance in Bengal. This,
therefore, they owe to ourselves, as more than three centuries ago they did syphilis
to the Portuguese and S^muiards The Turkish pest has never reached them, any
more than it has other countries east of Persia. Cholera appears in a milder fonu
than it does on the Continent of India, and strong remedies resorted to immediately
on being attacked seldom fail to cure. On its aj>pearance. Government distributes
medicines throughout the country. A pill prepared by a former Civil Surgeon of
Penang (Dr. J. Kosis) proved eminently successful, and few cases of death
occurred wherein it was administered; the failures may be attributed to the
prejudice Malays entertain against spirituous liquors; strong stimulants were
ordered to be given with the pills, and when patients refused to drink them they
invariably perished, but all those that conquered their objection and drank the
stimulants recovered; the pills were placed at all the police stations and a
correct account kept of the number of cases attended to and the number of those
that recovered or died ; one out of ten was about the number that died. Leprosy,
the disease of filth and barbarism, is common to them as to other Asiatic nations.
InflammatoiT diseases, and tubercular ones, are less frequent than in temperate
and cold regions, but the inhabitants are by no means exempt from them. Diseases
of the skin are very frequent, more especially among the fish-eaters of the coasts.
In the mountainous parts of the country, goitres are to be seen, and this, to6, close
to the equator, and in countries where there is no snow.

. In so far as concerns their native inhabitants, there is no reason to believe
that the Peninsula generally, is in climate less salubrious than other parts of the
world. Every place that is tolerably dry, and, above all, well-vcutilated, is
healthy ; while localities even when dry, but not well- ventilated, are sure to be
unhealthy. The town of Singapore, although a part of it is built in a salt marsh
and on the level of the sea, is as salubrious as any tro})i(*al coimtry, because
thoroughly ventilated by land and sea-breezes, by the north-eastern monsoon, and by
occasional squalls from the west.

Divi-divi.— See Dyes.

Divination. — A practice precisely analogous to the Sortes Virgillayue,
" pricking the bible," &c. is reported to by the Malays. A Koran or a book con-
taining a selection of sentences and words is taken, and the would-be diviner cuts
into it with a kris. The sentence marked by the kris point is interpreted to suit
the wants and wishes of the party interested.

Diving. — ^The Malays are excellent divers. Major McNaib, in his " Perak

and the Malays," relates an instance of a man actually nailing a sheet of copper to
a ship's bottom, coming to the surface after driving each nail, his movt^iuents
below being visible through the clear water. Whether this story be apocryphal or
not, the diving fraternity are remarkably clever in recovering articles lost over-
board. At Singapore a number of Malay youngsters surround in-coming and
out-going steamers offering to dive for coins, and are very dexterous in securing
them before they reach the bottom.

Divorce (Telak or Cherei), — As in all Mahommedan countries, divorce in

[103]

Doc

Descriptive Dictionary

Dog

Ualaya is easy. Informing the wife three timea at iutervaU of two or three daya
that ahe ia divorced (thia a^ords her time to cuosult her frieade aod call witaesseB
if she chousea) ta sufBcient. But if a man deairea to divurce her iuataater, he must
solemnly pronouiw* her ao nine timea before two or more credible witnesses. If
there be due cauae the busband can recover the Ui kaicin, or dowry, and expenses
from her family, and aucli casea are frequently brought into our courts, though it
dues not apped.r that magistratea have any juriadiction beyond that which 'custom
has supplied.

Mr. Vadohan, in Vol, XI. J. I. A., haa the following remarks ; — " If a man ia
diaaatisfied with hia wife and wiahes to put her away, he has only to tell her ao,
using the word tela/c, or divorce, at the same time in the presence or witneasea."

Should the man change his mind after giving the telak once or twice, the wife
is not at liberty to leave him, but should he repeat the word three times the aepara-
tion must take place, and they must not reside together again unleaa the woman
be married and divorced from another man, or left a widow.

Words are not necessary to a divorce : it is sulGctent for the husband to give
the wife throe artiolee of a similar nature, such as. three cents or three pieces of
wood, three pebbles or three lumps of earth, and the divorce is rendered as binding
as if written or spoken.

Three months and ten days is the period allowed for a man to consider the
subject, after giving the telak less than three timea. At the end of that time,
should he have changed bis mind, he may take hia wife bock, in the presence of
wituosses, If he does not, she Is at liberty to marry again.

The case of the woman is far different : if abe be inclined to leave her
husband the process is not quite ao simple if the man object. Should he object to
give tdak, ahe is obUged to go to the Kali and aue for a divorce. The Kali issues
hia summons for the husband to attend, and ahe ia forced to atate her reasona for
seeking a aeparation and prove them before he can divorce them. Three cauaea
e couaideredjuatifiable reasons for sanctioning a divorce: —

Firat : — Ill-treatmeut on the husband's part towards the wife.

Second ; — If the husband refuses to support the vrife ; and

Lastly : — If the man is an imbecile and incapable.

All those chaises must be substantiated before the Kali, and as those
individuals are aometimes not over- scrupulous, a few dollars effect the woman's
object.

Divorces are so easily accomplished, that the most abominable licentiousness
is promoti'd, and the Hue feelings that characterize the uuion of the sexes under
the Christiau dispensation are unknown."

Amongst the Chinese, divorces according to native customs may take place
for barrenness, adultery, refusing to serve parents-in-law, eicossive loquacity,
theft, jealousy, or chronic disease, such as leprosy^all on the part of the woman.
There are, however, three exceptions in her favour : — first, if she have mourned
three years for a father or mother-in-law ; second, if the husband was poor when
bo uiarrioil and haa become rich ; and, third, if the woman's parents have died
36 her marriage, so that she has no home to return to. In case of her
deserting her husband, she may receive 100 blows with a rod and be sold or given
away to another ; if ahe eIoi>es and marries another man, she may be atrangled.
Divorcea, however, are rare amongst the Chinese of the Peninsula and Straits.

Doctor (IMAuw or Bomo). — No skilled physicians exist in Malaya, the so-
called individuala being on a par with the witch-doctors of history.

Dog. — The dog is found in Malaya, in the half-domestic state in which it is
seen in every country of the East, except China, Tonqoin, Cochin-Chiua, and the
islauda of the Pacific, in which it ia kept for food. Some of the rudest tribes alone
use it in hunting. It is the same prick-eared cur as in other Asiatic countries, var;-
[104]

Dol of British Malaya. Die

i^g a good deal in colour — ^not much in size or shape — ^never becoming wild, but
always the common scavenger of every town and village. Its origin is as obscure as
in other parts of the world. As the wolf, the fox, and the jackal do not exist in anj
part of the Archipelago, it cannot, locally at least, have sprung from any of these.
There is, however, one species of wild dog in Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula,
Borneo, and Java, which some naturalists have called the Canis sumatrerms, and
others Cania niHlans; and from this the half -domesticated dog may have sprung,
although there is certainly no evidence that it has done so. At the same time,
there is none that points to a foreign origin. A wUd dog exists in Napal, and a
variety of it in some of the southern parts of Continental India — ^the Canis
primaBvus ; and this seems by far the most likely to have formed the stock from
which not only the half -domesticated dog of Malaya, as well as those of Hindustan
itself and the neighbouring countries have sprung, but even all varieties of the
European dog.*

Dollar. — See CuBBBNCY.

Dragon-flies {BUalang garum) of brilliant colours are found through-
out the Peninsula.

Drama (Main mayongy generally Wayang), — The more advanced of the
nations of the Archipelago have the rudiments of a drama, the origin of which, it
is certain, from the terms connected with it, and from its subjects, was in Java.
There exists, however, no written dramatic performance in the form of a dialogue ;
and, indeed, the actors do not, except occasionally a few sentences, speak at aU, so
that the plays are really pantomimes. A practised artist, called the d*dlang, reads
the story before the audience, which the performers act in pantomime. Men per-
form both male and female parts, and usually in masks. Jesters or drolls (hcuAvd
and haiiol) are introduced on the stage without any observance as to time or subject ;
and a band of music, consisting of the usual staccato instruments, which make a
wild and plaintive music, is played throughout the performance.

Another kind of acting substitutes a sort of puppets for living actors ; these
puppets consist of pieces of leather richly painted and gilt, and always represent-
ing the same personages, celebrities of ancient stoir. They are put in motion
behind a screen of white cloth, having a lamp behind, so as to resemble the
figures from a magic lantern. The same master of the revels, the d*alang, moves
the figures, and furnishes the dialogue or story, something after the manner of
Punch. Of all these performances, the buffoonery is by far the best part. [The
above remarks, condensed from Cbawpubd, apply to the majority of the native
plays exhibited, though of late years Malays have given performances which do
not owe their birthplace to Java.]

The Chinese reproduce the plays common in China. The dialogue is in a high
falsetto, and generally in an archaic dialect not understood by either performers or
listeners. Farces, however, are in the vernacular. The dresses are extremely
gorgeous and of high value. The stage has no accessories, and is partly occupied
by the musicians, who make a deafening noise with cymbal and drum, varied by
that of ear-splitiing flageolets and flutes. These performances are often paid for
by wealthy men, as a treat to the neighbourhood, the stage being erected on some
convenient plot of ground. The Klings appear to have no theatricals, properly so
called. See Theatbicals.

Draughts (Apit-apit, chatoo, or dam), — Both draughts and chess are termed
main ehcUar, and the draught game much resembles our own. Unlike the Chinese,
however, the lower class Malays seldom indulge in games of this sort.

Dress. — -^ mere outline of this subject will suffice to give the reader a
ceneral notion of it. In the hot climate of the Asiatic islands, the trees of the
forest most probably furnished the raw materials of the first scanty clothing of its
inhabitants, and that would consist of a mere covering for the loins. The fibrous

[106]

Dre

Descriplive Dictionary

inner bark of some trees fumiahes, even at< preeent, among the more cinliEed
ncrs, a main portion of the dreaa of the poorer trlafises. Cotton, bowerer, has
immeiDoriallf formed the staple of the clothing of all the moi« adtanced races.
Silk was found to form a pioilion of the dress of the upper classes on tlM firet
arrir;^ of Europeane, imported, wrought or raw, from China ; and since a direct
iot«rcourBe with Europe, woollen cloths hare been made use of to a t«t omisider-
able eitent bj the same elasges.

Among the more firilizcd nations, the most important portion of dreas ia that
which covers the lower portion of the bodj, and this ia the same for both aexee.
It consists of a short web of elutb of silk or cotton, or a mixtnre of the two. aewn
St llie sidea, and forming a sack open at both ends. Its usnal Malar aam g - «arnitj
— which lit«ntll7 signifies a case or shealli, has reference to its aw. Tliis is loosely
■Mored hj tucking the upper end into \\a own folds, or by a girdle. This kind of
Iiettitviat forms generally the only dress of the male sei of the working cIsshm,
and within doors of all classes j and on this account we find the e«rly Portttgursu
writers always representing the Indian islanders as " going naked from the waist
upwards." Thu da-xs for the Upper portion of the body comsistA of a jacket
coming iwluw tbo hips, called in Malay bc^'u, and the classes in easier t-inramstatm-s
w(.t.-tr Uiidor it a tight vest with a single row of buttons. The head ia always b&rv
witli the women, but the men cover it with a small handkerchief — tafidan^n,
lit^.-rally " hftud-wii>er." This is evidently an imitation of the torbao, the Persian
naii)4! for which — rf^t»(re — is only known to the learned. The Javanese, indeed,
down even to the arrival of the PortuRuese, seem to have used no head-drees,
for Bakbusa informs ua that the people of this nation, whom he met at Malauca,
" won! nothing on the head, but had their hair cither arranged with art, or
crotijwd." TrouBcrs are occasionally uaed under the tarong by the richer classes,
and thin porljon of dress, like the imitation of the turban, seems lo have been
iKirrowcd from tbe Arabs, as is implied by its Arabian name— ^anwi— corrupted

Buoh ia, generally, the dress of the more advanced nations of the llalayau
An^hipitlago ; but there arc some diatiactions of national coatume, which cuasist
chi'^lly in the manner of wearing the hea*i- handkerchief, and in the pattern of the
(■loth of which the dress is made.* Thus far C'bawftibd. But as the auhiect of
(IrcNS Heerns desorving of rather more notice than he haa accorded it, the following
extracts from an nrticle in the J. 1. A. are added : —

" Till.' nartini/ may he said to he the gown, in ita simplest form, that Is. of
the Niuui' width throughout and divested of all the additions from the waist
upwardit. From licing nearly as long as the person, it forms in itself a complete
cnvelojie, as Its name indicates, and is with the women, and often with tbe men,
the only nrtJule of Oress worn in the house and kampong on ordinary occasions.
It forms also thu stoeping dress of both sexes. In early morning the men may be
m-en stjinding in th" trramtn half torpid from the cold, with the arms folded in the
uarung which hiings down to the feel, leaving nothing visible but the head and
nerk, whieh are dnvwn down upon it. In the midtOe of the day, and generally
when mil, in dimjiahille, it in worn fastened at the waist, the oporaliou of a moment.
Ill adjiiNting it, it in rxtended by the hand in front and to the left till it embmcp«
till! iHtritcm elomjly biihincl. It is then made to meet at the left haunch, so as to
I'lifohl the body tightly, and the top of the remaining or loose half is gathered
together iutio a kmit, in front, over which the liorder of the part ne»t the person is
drawn «) lui to confine it firmly. The lower end hangs to aliout the middle of the
calf. The women fasten it in a different manner. When in deshabille, they
^mcrallv wear it puckered and fastened immediately l)elow the armpits, and reach-
ing to tte aukh>. At night it is worn either louae or wrapped round the whole
person, including th" head, according as the weather is close or chilly. Such are
tbe modes iu which the varong is worn in and about tbe house. We must pass to
[106]

Ore

of British Malaya.

tlie other articlos of dross before we cao explain how it is vrom abroad, or when
viaitor§ are received.

Cotton iiLTOiiiji of the best quality, observesMr, Swetteuham, are imported from
Celebes, aad are known as sarimg Bugig. Kaiii balak aru tlie ■" painted " cotton
taronyt of Java, made by " stopping out " the puttem with wax. The sarong plekat,
a commoner sort, is imported from CoromandeL Silk sarongs come from Palem-
bang, Mentob, and Basa Bara, in Sumatra, Borneo, Trin^anu, and Eelautan,
Singapore and Penang also producing them. Those made in Singapore are called
Kain maeloli, while those woven with ailk and gold thread are termed Kain sungkil.
A tarong of one pieue of cloth is called sa 'Ura/tig, a join much diminishing its value,
in which case it is called berkamjioL When first dyed it is known as malau kojii,
but otherwise as maiau leeki.

The next iwrtion of the men's dress is the »eMar or shiar, which is a kind of
trousers or drawers, wide at the top, where it is fastened round the waist by a run-
ning string or tali getvar, and closer at the legs, where it extends to about a hand's
breadth below the kuees. It is invariably worn abroad and frequently at home.
It is made of a thicker aud stronger cloth than the saroti^. There are several kinds
of the common seluar, such as the »duar Ache, or Achencse eluar, seluar Arab, Ac.
Hiu Chinese wide and loose trousers, seluar Ckiiia, when of silk, seluar loehu^a, are
scHaetimes worn. A less common sebtar is one which reaches the ankle, seluar gadoh,
much worn by the Malaya of Singapore, or Oraiu/ Silai ; it is wide at the feet. The

S roper long trousers, seluar paiijaiig, narrow at the feet, are much used by the orang
ia' or Malays of Sia' in Sumatra. They are sometimes buttoned at the Feet.
Auother, the seluar pend^^ terminates about the middle of the thigh, and is little
used save by the Bugis, most of whom wear it exclusirely.

The bdju is a jacket of which there are several varieties. The baju sikat, which is
the must common, reaches to the waist, is loose, open and without button in front,
has sliieves terminating a hand's breadth above the wrist, and a. nia, or collar, two
to thre<.' inches in height. The baju chari Linga has sleeves fitting closely to the
arm, reaching to the wrist and with a loose silt cuff reaching to the knuckles. The
bajuptsa siihht' or baju iutop imam, is similar to the last, but has an additional
pieco on the right, whidi buttons over the left side, by five or sis buttons of doth,
stone or gold, according to the means and taste of the wearer. It is always buttoned
dotte. The baju tamjam kamehing is a long gown reaching to the ankle, open in front
aud with buttons at the cuff, as the name implies. It is only worn by old men
wbeii they attend the mosque, or on occasions of ceremony. The haju ^trob is a
vest or shirt worn beneath the proper baju, festt-aed in front by a row of buttons of
gold, jewels, Ac., and without collar or sleeves. The use of tlus vest is chiefly con-
fined to ptTsons of wealth and station. The haju ayit kurajig is in the form of a shift.
that is without auy opening in front, save a small slit at the throat to admit of the
head pa«iing through, and which is fastened with a button. It has sleeves but no
collar. The btyu kurong bila tiija has three indentations in the collar. The kurtmg
ehkah mutigsang has a stiff collar with buttons. It is much worn in Kedah, but in
Sugatiore by a few of the principal Malays only. The baju lahitangihi or baj-apoco
resembles the baju ayit save in being sleeveless, and having a band within the slit
at the breast where it is fastened, thus allowing the sides of the slit to remain
open. When the sleeve terminates at the elbow it is called baju mwn/yil. In both,
a triangular piece projects over the shoulder. The baju haskSt haa a wide additional
[neoe of cloth on each side ; one of these lappets is fastened fay a row of strings
within the other below the armpit on the right side, and the other fastened in a
nmilar manner over the preceding on the left side below the armpit, It has a collar
about two fingers' breadth broaS. Tliis baju ia much worn by the Malays of
Malacca, who appear to have adopted it from the Klings, as in other Malay
conotries it is not genei'aUy used. It is sometimes made without sleeves, when it is
called hatkJU la betangSn. The haju sadaria is a loose jacket with a small collar, a
[107J

Dre Descriptive Dictionary Dre

row of Dumerous sntall buttons or knots of thread, wide eleevea with cuffs reachiag
to tho knuckles, braided at all the edges and embroidered, sometimes with silk or
gold thread, on the breast and cuffs. This hajn is also sometimes made aleeveless.
The ha^v, findlpuin. or hirsinjah is the name given to auy of the open bajus wheu the
borders are lined with silk.

The baju sadaria has a pocket, whit-h the other bajas properly want, but the
Malacca Malays have pockets in aU their jackets save the kiiron^. A peculiar kind
of pouch or piifBe, gJmhht, about a foot long and two inches broad with a alit in the
middle, ia much used, chiefly for conveying money and gold, by the Malays of Muar
and Fodang and by the Sumatran people in the Peninsula, but occasionally also by
other Malays. It has a loop at. oue end, and a string ending in a button at the
other, by which it is fastened roimd the waist.

The teljiar, earon-g and baju are the essential parts of the Malayan costume,
and common to all. When the seluaT ie worn, the sarnwj is generally shortened, so
as to expose the ends of the seluar. At other times one side is tucked up and
thrown over the right or left shoulder, leaving the other hanging on the opposite
side to the knee {ulepang'), or it is folded on the breast and left hanging down lliu
back, in the faahion of a plaid or shawl {mmperkan). Penghulus. and other men of
some station, assert their claims to respect by wearing it in a peculiar manner, that
is, gathered in folds at each side, which are made to project {kain icambajig), when
at oue side only {m&nchong serong). In the omba fift-aZitn, which isafemalc faahion,
the folds are made to stand out still more and in front, so as in walking to assume
the billowy motion which the name indicates. When it is desired to have the arms
and legs entirely diseuga^d, aa on a journey, the sarong is gathered up and folded
rouod the waist. It also enables the Malay to bathe so as to perform his ablutions
effectually without any exposure of the {.erson. A dry garong is then thrown over
the wet one, which is dexterously slipi>ed off without coming in contact with the other.
The »arong is thus the most convenient aod convertible of all garments, forming,
as occasion may require, dressing, bathing, or sleeping govm, kilt, plaid, shawl,
girdle, and, as will appear, head-dreas.

A general but not an essential article of dress is the hangleong, a waist-cloth or
saah of cotton or silk, from 9 to 14 feet long, which is folded round the waist, the
ends being concealed.

The head-dress is a,jveta.r or kerchief about two feet to tour feet broad, which
is folded as a small turban. In front, above the brow, it is folded neatly so as to
have the appearance of a fillet, the ends crossing and being adjusted and fastened
behind. One end is left loose and Ijuig over the crown oE the head. In the palmy
days of Malacca and Johore the same attention was probabljr given to the manner
of wearing the kerchief which it still receives at some eiistmg Malay courta. such
as that of Sitt', Few Malays in Malacca and Singapore are now acquaint^'d with
these fashions, and it would perhaps be difficult to find Malays, not immediate fol-
lowers of the families of the SuHan and Temenggong, who could explain their names.
The Panglima's mode ia called tilla nmmbang juntSi krali, and is generally used by
the Temenggong. Two comers are freed from the folds ; one is brought forward
and concealed between the fillet and the brow, and the other is made to project
like a bom or tuft. When both horns are concealed it is called klongsong bttnga,
which is Tuanku Alli's favourite mode. The gvlong gua has a single comer intro-
duced between the fold and the forehead, and pulled down an inch or two over the
brow. The g^long pidth. has the loose end neatly arranged so as to cover the head
like a rumpled cloth cap. The lang minyonsimg angin has two projecting tufts aud
one of the ends hanging down behmd towards one shoulder. The dayang pvlai^
patu^il ia the gitoiig pideh reversed so that tbe fillet ia behind. All these uLodes
require the kerchief to be starched, or rather stiffened with kanji, to give them full
effect, The akuU-cap, kopia or nojigko. ia worn by some. The thick aud stiff
varieties are kopia Arab or alfia of silk, kopia. Suruli of cotton, kopia BaUivn of
[108J

Dre of British Malaya. Die

gold thread, locypia BUahas with alternate stripes of different colours, kopia sudu
8udu with a raised border behind, and kopia roixLU made entirely of rattan. The
thin kinds are the kopia hlanga, similar in shape to the preceding, and the kopia
kape kape, which covers the whole head, leaving only the face exposed. The h^ia
Bugis is thicker than these but soft, being made either of the pith of the rUdm
plajit, or of tangH from China. Both are dyed black, and the latter has a border
of silver foil. The turban (sirb&n, tirhdn) is only worn by haji4i and old persons.

The aaputangan siri, or siri handkerchief, is held in the hand and sometimes
thrown over the shoulder. In one corner a simpol^n, or gidibong siri, or piece of
cloth, is tied, which contains a t^a siri, a small box holding siri, a small receptacle
for tobacco, generally made of patidan leaf, and the tampat kap rUn or p^kaporan, a
small brass cup, but often merely a leaf, containing moist lime. The sibe, which
is longer than the saputangan, is worn on the shoulder by hajis, and occasionally by
others.

A kind of very small handkerchief, or yellow cloth used by the attendants of
kings, is called kain wali, and a long one tUampdn, The salampei is a yellow hand-
kerchief, sometimes ornamented with gold, which the great officers of state wear
thrown over the shoulder at royal feasts, burials, <&c.

The chapal or kaus are sandals used by the wealthier and more respectable
men, but unknown to the poorer. The cheirulla are an antique kind of slipper
only worn by a few on days of ceremony.

With the exception to be mentioned, the only distinction between the dress of
the higher and wealthier and the lower classes consists in the difference of quality
in the materials. The form of the different articles is the same for all, and hasi
remained so from time immemorial. A Malay who now varied the form of any
article would be encountered by universal astonishment and ridicule.

The materials of dress vary according to the means and taste of the wearer,
and there is no prejudice against the use of any kind of cloth whatever. The
favourite sarong is the Bugis, which is stronger, finer, and more expensive than the
manufactures of other countries. It is always striped and according to different
patterns, in both respects resembling the Scotch tartan. It is not dyed, but woven
of threads of different colours. The darker are preferred, and the most tastefully
coloured is considered to be a mixture of a fine black and white, which is the most
rare and expensive of all, from the difficulty of procuring a fine black colour. A
sarong in which red predominates is the favourite dress of the greaJk mass. The
sarong p&lekai is the finest and thinnest of all the sarong cloths, and its colours are
also the most beautiful. Its use is principally confined to women. The ordinary
material is cotton, but silk sarongs are common, although they are only worn on
fall-dress days. They are very seldom worn by men. The most choice and expen-
sive are made of cloth either wrought entirely of gold thread (songket), or having
it inwoven in stripes, flowers, &c. (h^tabor) all over, or merely at one end (hekapala).
Cotton cloth sarongs are sometimes adorned with flowers of gold-leaf, applied to
them with gum (bep^rada mas or tiltpo). Sarongs manufactured in Europe are
now extensively used from their cheapness, although they are very inferior in
strength and beauty to those made in the Archipelago. The haju is commonly of
white cotton cloth of various degrees of quality and texture. But coloured
chintzes, black doth, <&c. are in much use. Those who can afford it, and many of
the young nobility whenever they appear in public, wear hajus of woollen cloth,
velvet, and other fine materials on great days. Their hajtis are also frequently
embroidered with gold thread or made of cloth of gold. Those worn by brides
and bridegrooms, and on festive days by children, are sometimes ornamented with
flowers made of solid gold, which are sewed on (Jbalu herpakaiikdn mas o.
herhunga mcu).

In Malayan countries the use of certain kinds of cloth, either universally or
within certain limits, is confined to the royal family, and prohibited, under severe

[109]

Dre

Descriptive Duiionaiy

penalties, to all othera. The crime of wearing yellow cloth, unlesB with the eiprees
liceDse of the Baja, is pimiahable with death. Within the precincts of the w>ixrt
it IB unlawful to wear cloth of a fine teiture, eufh iu< musliD, witiiout a similar
license, and the breach of the law subjects the wuarcr to a fine, or to have the doth
torn from his person and be driven out iguominiously. The Malay historian of
Malacca relates that after Sultan Mahomed had embraced Islamisna, he established
many rules for maintainiug the dignity of the Malacca court, and defining ite cere-
monies and uaagea. It was he who first made Ordinances respecting yellow things
(^ihtntnjfan) prohibited, The people were not allowed to wear them, not even a
haodterchief, nor were they allowed to make of this colour fringes to the hangings
of a room, or large pillow-cases, or mattresses, or any envelope, or any kind of
manufactured articles or house omameats, or anything else whatever, save gar(mg»,
bajvt, and diutarg.

Dress of Womkn. — The women, in additiou to the earong. wear a baju similar
to the baju ayii, but reaching lower. This is much used by the Malays of Singa-
pore. In Malacca the baju IniTimg is worn. It reaches to a little above the ankle.
Its cuffs are fastenfd with buttons of gold and sometimes of diamonds. It is of
black cotton cloth, but when in full dress thb is exchanged for a silk one, of which
the colour varies. The bajujipan is generally made of chintz and is open in front.
It is fastened over the breast by two and occasionally three brooches {krogang). in
the form and material of which the wearers show their wealth and taste. They are
generally of gold, one being round, with flowers embossed {butiga tauto) on the
surface or cut in {bunt/a pahat), the other (IcrofiaTig ati ati) shaped like the leaf of
the ati ati plant, and also adorned with flowers. Instead of the surface being
wrought into flowers, it is sometimes studded with diamonds. Breast-pins are
rare, and as the name fyawH-w) indioat<;s. of very modem use. The under-vest, or
bodice not quilled (chott joli), is an Indian article of dress very rarely used by

Pockets are not used by women, but some have, on the left side of the waist,
an imltiition on a small scale of the ompau oniversally worn by Bugis men, and
which is similar to the sporran of the Scottish Highlander.

The head-dress, or elendang, is a piece of coloured cloth, about nine feet long
and three feet broad, folded on itself aud thrown over the head and shoulders, two
comers being drawn in front on one side of the shoulder, and there held by the
hand on thar side, so as, when pulled tight over the face, to conceal it entirely,
while the other hand is interiwsed on the other side between the iace and the cloth,
and coustantly employed in keeping it open, to the ejrtent which the lady cousldcre
proper. The young, when walking in a public place, leave only a sufficieut opening
for the eyes ; the old are less scrupulous, and leave the greater part of the faoe
exposed. A sarong is very often substituted for the slenAang.

Ladies' shoes are unknown to proper Malayan habits, but in many places the
kamt leodo. or slipper, often embroidered, is worn.

The ornaments of the female dress, in addition to the brooches already
mentioned, are the ehucho or pacha aanijgol, or hair-pius of gold, by which the hair is
fastened when folded on the head in the shape of a shell, as it generally ia. The
head is usually a globe, leaf or flower-shaped, but there sometimes rise from it a
number of spiral stalks of gold wire supporting Sowers and leaves, which tremble
on the slightest motion of the bead, whence this oroameut is called ehucho, tanggot
liginlar. Jewels are often set in the centres of the flowers. The folds of the hair
are also sometimes studded vnth gulden najls, paku paku, or pcJcu aariggol, the beads,
which alone are visible, being neatly figured and the body being generally of silver.
In Naning the hair-pin baa a large head, and is called ehucho kimdJli. The glossy
black hair of the Malayan ^rl ia sometimea further adorned by the buitga tunting.
a thin lone of ^old, two tu three inches in length, supporting a row of flowers
similar to those of the chueho eanggol lieyini3r.
[110]

Dm of British Malaya. DuC

The iali pinding is a band or cincture, by which the sarong is fastened round
the waist. It is about two inches thick, made of cloth, silver, or gold, and fastened
in front with the pinding, a large clasp of silver or gold, some inches in breadth.
It is sometimes, when of metal, made in links, and sometimes in one piece, verj fine
and flexible.

The hrahu are small earrings of gold, sometimes with a diamond set in them.
A larger kind is called subang ; when the hrahu has several diamonds or other
stones it is hunang hunang sakabun. Before marriage and the birth of the first
child, anting anting, or pendants of gold — called tamge when loop-shaped, and chin-
chin when ring-shaped — are suspended from the hrahu. Solid pendants, orlet,
sometimes of £amonds, are worn by those who can afford them on great occasions,
such as marriages.

Four rings of gold are generally worn on the left hand, two on the little finger
and two on the next. These rings have sometimes diamonds. Bracelets, gilang
tangan or pitam, of gold are frequently but not generally worn, and armlets, ponto,
are seldom seen save on the persons of brides. A handkerchief held in the hajid
completes the costume of the fair sex.

At the toilet, combs, generally of Chinese manufacture, and cocoa-nut oil, are
the only articles used. Cosmetics are very rarely resorted to, save in the families of
royal and noble persons, and although the men occasionally use rose-water, rose oil,
chindaua oil, majrao oil, <&c., the women never do so. f^lowers, such as the rose,
ehampaJca, and kanangga, are occasionally, but very rarely, worn in the hair. Their
use is generally considered to denote an unbecoming manifestation of vaiuty or
desire to attract attention. It is, however, a custom much in vogue with the Sakeis.

Dbess op Children. — The dress of children is similar to that of their elders.
Until the age of about five years they wear the harut (a large bandage). Until
this age the children of the poor in country parts often run about naked, the
females having a small heart shaped plate of silver or gold, called chaping, fastened
by a string where the sculptor, from a similar motive, sometimes places a leaf.
Idttle silver globules with grains inside, karonchong, are sometimes fastened by a
string round the ankles, and make a tinkling sound when the children are in motion.
They are disused at the age of two or three years.

On holidays and days of ceremony the children are gaily dressed. The boys
wear little skuU-caps ornamented with golden flowers, and the girls the kopia herehor,
which hangs down behind the kolur, which is similar to the kopia. From their
necks are suspended, by silken or velvet strings or ribbons, gold buttons, doko or
broad pieces of gold with ornaments, those of the girls being crescent-shaped, and
those of l^e boys with an irregular curved margin, tangkal, or amulets, small pieces
of gold, square-shaped for boys and crescent-shaped for girls. The ginipei arc
small round pieces of gold suspended by gold chains. Bracelets are worn — thin
and flat for the girls, and round for the boys. The kuku harimau (tiger's claws) is
a small piece of gold into which the points of two tiger's claws are fixed, the ends
being shod with gold. The mane are gold beads worn at the wrist. Earrings and
pendants, and bangles or anklets, gilang kaki, of silver, adorn the girls.

Drugs. — A large number of plants are supposed to have therapeutic virtues,
but the subject has not yet been dealt with by European scientists. Dinigs with
metallic bases are almost unknown, but certain poisons, animal, vegetable and
mineral, are familiar.

Drxun (Oendang, rebana; great drum used only on special occasions navhat),
Malayan drums are of simple design, with no means of tightening the heads. The
r^na has only one face, and the gendarig either one or two. They are more
correctly tambourines.

Duck. — ^A species of duck has been immemorially domesticated by the more
ciyilised nations of the Archipelago, but the bird is unknown to the ruder. Of the

[111]

Dug

Descriptive Dictionary

Dor

time or mauDer in which it waa first introduced, it is impoBsible to form any reason-
able conjeeture. The name for the domestic duck in Malay is iifk. That it ia not
derived from any native wild species is certain, since no large wild dock eriata in
the western islands of the Archipelago ; and, indeed, no wild duck at all except a
teal, called by the Malays tnalmw, the Ana* arenata, or dendroygna of naturalists,
a bird that is sometimes kept in t«aleries, but has not been, and is probably not
capable of being domesticated. The Malay name for the domestic duck, it may be
remarked, extends to the cultivated languages of Celebes and the Philippine islands,
from which it may be conjectured that, like the common fowl, the dog, bog, and
buffalo, it was introduced into Celebes and the Philippines by the Malayan nations,
who are so well known to have frequented them immemorially as traders,*

dlgong. — The Helieore dugon// of naturalists, is an inhabitant of the shallow
aeas of Malaysia, but it is not numerous, or at least is not oft#n caught by the fisher-
men. It is the duyntig of the Malays, which naturalists, mistaking a, j or y for a g,
have corrupted into dugang. During my residence in Singapore, a few were taken
in th0 neighbourini; shallow seas, and I can testify that the flesh of this herbivorous
mammifer is greatly superior to that of the green turtle.*

Duku.^A round fruit about the size of a lime, and containing a sweetish
firm piilp in lobes like a mangost^eu. It is generally liked by Europeans.

Duraka Juni.— A V. about 4| miles from Butterworth, Province Wellesley,
on the Bukit Tengah road.

Durian. — (See also Fruits.) The ihtrian grows on a large and lofty forest
tree, somewhat resembling an elm in its general character, but with a more smooth
and scaly bark. The fruit is round or slighlJy oval, about the size of a large cocoa-
nut, of a green colour, and covered aU over with short stout spines, the bases of
which touch each other, and are consequently somewhat hei^onaJ, while the points
are very strong and sharp. It is so completely armed, that if the stalk is broken
off, it is a difficult matter to lift one from the grouud. The outer rind is so thick
and tough, that from whatever height it may fall it is never broken. From the
base to the apex five very faint lines may be seen, over which the spines arch a
little ; these are the sutures of the carjiels, and show where the fruit may be
divided with a heavy knife and a strong hand. Tlie five cells are satiny white
within, and are each filled with an oval mass of cream-coloured pnlp. imbedded in
which are two or three seeds about the size of chestnuts. This pulp is the eatable

Eart and its consistence and flavour are indescribable. A rich butter-like custard
ighly flavoured with almonds givea the best general idea of it, but intermingled
with it come waits of flavour that call to mind cream-cheese, ouion-sauc^, brown
sherry, and other incongruities. Then there is a rich glutinous smoothness in the
pulp which nothing else possesses, but which adds to its delicacy. It is neither
acid, nor sweet, nor juicy, yet one feels the want of none of these qualities, for it is
perfect as it is. It produces no nausea or other bad effect, and the more you eat of
it, the less you feel inclined to stop. In fact to eat durians is a new sensation,
worth a voyage to the east to experience. When the fruit is ripe, it falls off itself,
and the only way to eat durians in perfection is to get them as they fall ; and the
smell is then less overpowering. When unripe, it makes a very good vegetable if
cooked, and it is also eat«n by the Dayaks raw. In a good fruit season, large
quantities are preserved salted, in jars, and bamboos, and kept the year round,
when it acquires a most disgusting odour to Europeans, bul the Dayaks appreciate
it highly as a relish with their rice. There are in the forest two varieties of wild
durians with much smaller fruits, one of them orange -coloured inside ; and these
are probably the origin of the large fine duriana, which are never found wild. It
would not, perhaps, be correct to say that the durian is the beat of all fruits, because
it cannot supply the place of the aub-acid juicy kinds, such as the orange, grape,
mango, and mangosteen, whose refreshing and cooling qualities are so wholesome
[112]

Dnr of British Malaya. Dye

and grateful ; but as producing a food of the most exquisite flavour, it is unsur-
passed. If I had to fix on two onlj, as representing the perfection of the two
classes, I should certainly choose the durian and the orange as the king and queen
of fruits. The durian is, however, sometimes dangerous. When the fruit begins
to ripen it falls daily and almost hourly, and accidents not unfrequently happen to
persons walking or working under the trees. When a durian strikes a man in its
rail, it produces a dreadful wound, the strong spines tearing open the flesh, while
the blow itself is very heavy ; but from this very circumstance death rarely ensues,
the copious effusion of blood preventing the inflammation which might otherwise
take place. The old traveller Linschott, writing in 1599, says : — " It is of such an
excellent taste that it surpasses in flavour all the other fruits of the world, accord-
ing to those who have tasted it." And Doctor Paludanus adds : — " This fruit is
of a hot and humid nature. To those not used to it, it seems at first to smell like
rotten onions, but immediately they have tasted it they prefer it to all other food.
The natives give it honouraole titles, exalt it and make verses on it." When
brought into the house, the smell is often so ofEensive that some persons can never
bear to taste it. — Quoted from Wallace's " Malay Archipelago."

Elephants, tigers, and rhinoceroses are said to be extremely fond of this fruit,
the hard shell offering no difficulty to their formidable jaws. The Peninsula
Malays aver that the best durians come from Sungei Bakap in Province Wellesley.

Durian Daun. — ^V. in Malacca 1^ miles from Sungei Bharu in the Sungei
Bharu XJlu district.

Sabatang. — imp. v. in S. Perak at the junction of the Batang
Padang and Bidor Rivers. It was the residence of the Laxamana, but has ceased
to be of importance since the founding of T. Anson.

Durian Timggal. — important v. in district of same name, C. Malacca, the
site of a Police station. The V. lies on the high road from Malacca to Machap, in
the centre of numerous tapioca estates, and just outside the W. edge of the old tin-
mining district, about 10 miles from Malacca. An affluent of the Malacca river
flows through the V.

Durian Tunggal. — ^District in C. Malacca with V. of the same name. A
tin mine was opened here in 1840 by Mr. Westerhout and a Chinaman, but it is
no longer worked.

DuSUn. — In Malay means a village ; and also the country distinguished from
the town. It is the native synonym of the Sanskrit jyesa,

DnSUn Datoh.— V. on W. bank of Perak R., C. Perak, just S. of Teluk
Prang.

DuSUn Kapar. — v. on the boundary line between Pulau Sebang district, N.
Malacca, and Km district, S. of Eembau.

Dutoll. — The Dutch intercourse with the Peninsula proper was confined to
the establishment of factories in Perak, Kedah and Junk Ceylon and the capture
and occupation of Malacca in 1641, which with some vicissitudes continued until
its final cession to us in 1825. The best account of Dutch enterprise in these
places is probably to be found in Newbold's " Political and Statistical Account of
the British Settlements in the Straits of Malacca." Particulars tare given under the
heads of " Malay Peninsula," " Malacca," &c.

DyOS. — Foreign dyes have so largely superseded native products that the
latter are scarcely met with in places where foreign influence extends. Rod, blue,
yellow, brown and black are obtained from various leaves, barks and roots. For
red, the barks of the tengah, kamudu, aamah, hakoro, nyiri and hetut, and the root
of the menghudu are used ; for blue, nila, or indigo, and daim tarom ; for yellow,
the seeds of the $a^a serang (boiled), or the chips of the kayu kudrang ; for brown,

[113] I

Bag

Descriptive Dictionary

Ele

manpove barb ; and for black (which is in reality only an intense blue), the leaves
of the larom.

The following remarks under this head are quoted from Mr. N.Castlkt's Report
for la86 :—

"Indioo {Initigofera tintioria). — Not yet under cultJTation by EuropeanB
here, but largely ciuttvated by Chinese, The plant eucceeds equally well OQ hill
and swamp.

" Dm-Drvi {Cm»alpinia eoriaria) is a new product for the Straits. The plant
has shown satisfactory growth. At the late flower show, Mr. Allkjj' exhibited some
pods from plants grown on his estate, and which seem quite equal to Indian pro-
duce. Its cultivation will no doubt bo found profitable.

" Abkotto (Bixa oralliaa) haa found apparently a congenial home in the Sb^ita,
and grows with all the vigour of its native habitat. It yields abundance of dye
which might surely be profitably utilized.

" Dtebs' C&aau. (Catgia aurienlala). — This plant is quite at home in Singapore
soil, and its profitable cultivation is believed to be possible. It was introduced
from the East Indies.

" Other Dyes. — ^Among other unutilized dyes, the growth of which leaves
nothing to be desired, may be mentioned Givtalpinia enppan, fibraurea tinetoria,
Heivna, Phytotacca, At."

Eagle (Raja wall). — A species la known in Malaya, but is more probably
allied to the condor.

Earring {Antiitg anting, oi si&aiuf}. worn as with us. generally of silver, but
Hometimea of a gold and copiier alloy.

Earthquake (OSmpa). — The Malay Peninsula is happily eiempt from earth-
quake risitutionii, attbougb Duti:h Malaya is perhaps more liable to them than any
other portion of the earth's surface. See VoLCiNo.

Ebony (Kay a arang) is found in the Peninsula, but is not an article of trade.

Eclipse. — ^e names for an eclipse of the sun or the moon are all that is
known about eclipses by the Malays. The word for an eclipse is the Sanskrit one,
gerhana- An eclipse of tho sun is, therefore, called gerhaiia-maia-ari, and of the
moon gerhana-btUan, in Malay. But eclipses of both luminaries represent them ae
" siek," and so we have mkit-Toata-ari and sakit-buJan, " sickness of the sun," and
"sickness of the mooii." An eclipse of the moon is also expressed by the native
phrase biilaii-makaTt-raiih, — the moon eaten by the dragon. The word rauh is
Sanskrit, and the name of a monster supposed to aim at devouring the moon.
During the eclipse, the rice-stampers are clattered in their mortars, in order to
frighten the monster from his meditated mischief.*

Egg-plant {Drinjal Kony), largely grown, and generally procurable in the
markets.

ElapS. — The most formiilable venomous snake known, found in the Setllc-
menta and Peninsula. See Hahadkta^d.

Elephant (Gajah) (the name of tho animal and of the bishop in chess). —
Tho elephant is found in abundance, in the wild state, in the Malay Peninsula,
es[ieciully towards its northern portion. Whether the elephant of the Malay
Peuinsula be the same with the Sumatran, or vrith the comniou Asiatic, or whether
it be different from either, is a point which has not been ascertained.

Both the elephant of Sumatra and of the Peninsula are, says Cbawvukd, like
the Asiatic species, and aa the African once was, amenable to domestication, In
the northern States of the Malay Peuinsula, more especially in Kedah, they are, in
fact, domesticated and employed as beasts of burden ; and in Sumatra they were
ouce tamed and used by the langs of Achin for parade. From both countries they
[114]

Ele of British Malaya. Ele

are occasionally caught, tamed, and exported by the Telingas to the Qoromandel
coast. For the purposes of court ceremonies or for war, the elephant was found by
the Europeans, on their first arrival in the Archipelago, in places where they no
longer exist. Thus, at the capture of Malacca, the king and his son, each on their
elephants carrying a wooden tower, charged the Portuguese, and in the pursuit of
the fugitive king after the capture, mention is made by the Portuguese historians
of the taking of seven elephants. Till about 40 years ago elephants still roamed
in the Malacca jungle. But about that time they disappeared, having apparently
found their way to the as yet undisturbed jungle of N. Johore and Pahang.

It seems highly probable that the natives of the Archipelago were ignorant of
the art of taming the elephant until instructed by the Hindus. This is to be
inferred, not only from the prevalence of Sanskrit names for the elex)hant itself,
but from matters connected with its domestication. The usual name in Malay is
the Sanskrit one, ga^ah ; and, indeed, adds Mr. Crawfurd, it was long before that
I myself found out that it had a native one. This is her amy although now obsolete.
Among the terms connected with the domestication of the elephant that are
taken from the Sanskrit, are the elephant-driver, or attendant, gdhala-gajah,
literally " elephant groom," hdlanggu, the fetters, and kusa, the driving-crook. The
names of the tusks of the decoy elephant, and of the elephant trap, are, however,
pure Malay. The animal is now found wild almost exclusively in Kedah, but a good
many are employed in Perak and the adjoining States. Mr. W. E.. Maxwell,
C.M.G., in a contribution to Notes & Queries S. B. R. A. S., 1885, makes the
following remarks : —

The use of the elephant has, however, diminished in the Peninsula, and is
likely further to diminish as the country is opened up, unless the Indian system
of stabling the tamed animals and feeding them in captivity is adopted, instead of
the Malay practice of turning them out when not wanted for work, to shift for
themselves in the jungle, simply hobbled by the forelegs like donkeys on an Englisli
common. This, of course, means destruction to crops of sugar-cane and Indian
com if there be any within reach, and becomes an intolerable nuisance in cultivated
districts. Under Malay rule, elephants were in use in Malacca, and d' Albuquerque
describes the King of Malacca in 1511 as fighting on an elephant in defence of his
town. In Province Wellesley, too, when it was part of Kedah, and even after the
cession, before roads were made, these useful animals were formerly employed. But
in both these provinces elephants have long ceased to be seen.

In Kedah, Patani, and in parts of Perak, elephants are still valuable, and indeed
an indispensable means of transport, and the natives of these States possess a good
deal of information, some of it reduced to writing in small treatises, on the subject
of the trapping and taming of elephants and their treatment in health and disease.
Travelling at different times in the first and last of the three states above-named,
I have noted down the words of command used by elephant-drivers, and now sub-
join them. The majority of them are not Malay, but may be corrupted Siamese.
The words used in iedah and Perak are not the same.

He further adds the following vocabulary of the words of command used in

driving elephants : — ^

^ Perak.

Tee-tee Stand still ! Keep quiet !

Tukuh-tfihuh ... Go back! Move backwards !

Dee-dee ... ... Come close ! (Used in calling the elex^hant.)

Hee-hee Gk)on!

Umb4 Go to the right !

Khmg Go to the left !

Kohoi'lcohoi ... Go slowly!

Chin Go carefully ! (Used where the road is slippery, or going down

a steep bank, or through a deej) swami>.)

[115] I 2

Ele

Descriptive Dictionary

Ele

Bahak

Onk

Hoh'koh ...
Biap

J^hrumpuan
Tah

Paha'mM
Paha Jdong
Chd4t ...

W-t

..•

•••

•.•

...

Cheng
Cherot

•••

Chang
Tee-tee

...
...

...

San

.••

• • •

Qvling

...

Koi, hot,

hot

.••

Biang-riang

• • •

Feel!

Pull down ! (Used in directing the elephant to remove any
stick or branch obstructing the path.)

Push ! (Used in ordering the elephant to push down a per-
pendicular obstacle, as a post, or tree, or stump.)

Stop!

Approach! (Used in ordering an elephant to go alongside
of a Malay house or pelantar. He will bring his head
close if riap is said. For the hind-quarters the order
is Biap huntut,)

Kneel down !

Kneel down lower !

Get up'!

Keep clear of timber on the right !

Keep clear of timber on the left !

Let the howdah slip off! (The gambala is on the ground.)
At this word of command the animal lowers his hind
quarters and lets the rengJca slip over his tail.

(Employed to make the elephant stop switching his tail and
striking the occupants of the rengka with it.)

Put the right foot into the hobbles (aengkdla).

Same for the left foot.

Lift the foot ! (To have the aengJMa taken off.)

Don't ! (Used when the elephant takes up water or saliva in
his trunk and sprinkles his sides with it.)

Let go ! (Used when the animal squeezes the gambala* s legs
with its ears, behind which he sits.)

Boll! (in the water). An elephant being bathed will roll
when told to do so, and will get up when hanghet or tah is
said.

(Used in driving an elephant home if, when the gambala has
found him, he is too dirty and muddy to be ridden. He
will go straight home in front of his gambala at this word
of command.)

Let go ! (Used when an elephant, objecting to have the tcdi
Ht (rattan rope passing under the bellv) fastened, puts up
one of his forelegs and presses it agamst his body to pre-
vent the rope from being pulled tight.)

Kedah.

Go on ! ••• .«• ...

Come!

Stop ! ... ... ...

Turn!

for right or left).

Kneel down!

Get up! ... ...

Move aside ! (to avoid a
tree)

Come close !

Pull down ! (a branch ) . . .

Pushdown!

Take care ! {e,g,, in cross-
ing a bridge)

}

Hee.

Chee, Cham.

Hoh.

Dao (same

Terum,
Puan.

Pel

Chit.

Ao'hiin.

KwH.

]Koy.

Feel ! (with the trunk)...
Climb! ... ...

Stoop down ! (head only,

to let a man get up)
Lift up one leg! (to let

a man get up)

Don't!

Don't whisk the tail ! ...

Trumpet!

Salaam ! (by lifting the

trunk)

Pickup!

Swim ! ... ...

...

Klam.
Kot.

\Likt.

\8ong.

Dei.

TH-i.

Biak.

Wei.

Jun.
ChU.

}

[116]

Ele of British Malaya. Ent

Ejlophant Hill. — ^A limestone hill in Kedah containing a stalactite cave,
the roof being about 70 feet high. Many of the stalactites are of grotesque form,
and when struck emit a sonorous tone. The floor is covered with bat's dung.
Many of the side passages are as yet unexplored. It is known to the natives as
Gunong Geriyang.

BlepliailtSi Speed of. — it does not appear that the fastest elephants in
the Peninsula, at the u»vxil rate of speed, exceed 2^ miles per hour. They can,
however, go at a trot which tries a horse to keep pace with.

Elephantiasis {Uiimit). — This abhorrent-looking disease, whereby the
lower limbs become unnaturally distorted to elephantine dimensions, is by no
means uncommon in the Peninsula, but is found amongst Asiatics only, and more
frequently amongst Klings than Malays. It is accounted a species of leprosy, and,
like that disease, is as yet incurable. It sometimes, but rarely, attacks other
portions of the body.

Emigration. — Strictly speaking, there is no emigration from the Peninsula,
though, for legal purposes, Chinese who arrive at Singapore and pass on to
Penang or the Ihitch territories are accounted emigrants and protected by
stringent legislation.

Enas or InaS, now one of the small Negri Sembilan lying on the N. border
of Johol, a Mt. of the same name being included in its area. Curiously enough
the name does not appear on any published maps, and the only reference to tiie
locality I have been able to find is an account of a tour from lu alacca to Pahang
by Mr. Charles Gray in 1827. It is specifically referred to in Mr. Lister's
report on the Negri Sembilan (q. v.).

Enggar. — v. on E. bank of Perak R. 4 miles N. of Kota Lama, N.C.
Perak.

Entomology. — Although numerous works treat of the entomology of the
Mal^ Archipelago, no monograph has appeared dealing with that of the Peninsula
and British Possessions only. Wallace mentions collecting 700 species of beetles
(including 130 kinds of Longicoms) in Singapore alone. There would appear to
be still a large field for research, although the more magnificent species of
Coleoptera, Ac, are to be found in most cabinets. Amongst the Hemiptera, fine
specimens are found of the FulgoricUe, or lantern flies, Cicadidx, and Cimicidw, or
tree bugs, which are most brilliantly coloured. Of the Neuroptera, the Mantiche
and LihellulicUe are the most prominent, while the Termitidx, or white ants, abound
here as in most tropical countries. The Termes hellicosiis^ however, which builds
the large hills, common in South America, is unknown. Of the Coleoptera, very
fine examples abound, that which attracts most attention l)eing the cocoa-nut
beetle, which plays immense havoc with the trees, and, on well-managed plantations,
engages the services of several " beetle-catchers," who find continuous employment
throughout the year. Another pest is the sugar-cane beetle. The most prominent
of the order of Hymenoptera are the boring bees, who bore long cylindrical holes
into timber to form a nest, each individual occupying its own hole. The female,
which is nearly twice the size of the male, has no sting.

Of the Lepidoptera {Kupu kujm), one order has been 8X>ecially dealt with in
Mr. Distant's work upon the Bhojfalocera of the Peninsula. The Heteroceka, or
moths, have yet to be described. Various species of Sphiiigidw (Sphynx moths)
abound. Of Myriapoda, the sub-order Chihpoda is formidably represented by
enormous centipedes, sometimes reaching ten inches in length. Arachnids
are well exemplified by brilliantly coloured field s])iders, and a species of Mygale
which feeds on the larger insects or small birds, while the? Scorpionid^. aie large
and venomous. Several insects are referred to at length in their alphabetical
places.

[117]

Bnt Descriptive Dictionary Fas

BntOSOIt. — A common complaint amongst the Malays, wlio use a decoction
(if ihii iimlo i><iiiicgmimte.troo as a vormifugo.

BplphitOSi <>r i;rtM^{>crs, abound in the Malayan jungles, and consist, in
hufiM'fouii (:ait(*fi. of fragrant orchidaceaa of singular and beautiful forms.

Kffi* — 'I'UiTc iM no evidence to show that the Malays had any era, native or
f*»r«5il|ii, IxjfortJ Wmx adoption of the Hejira. They seem, however, to have had a
mAixx ywr, and to have rt>ckoniHi in it by the reigns of their kings, the number of
yi^j^fodf (m<;ti reigu k>eiug always specified in their annals. Thus, although the
IMf^lj^yM of MalaiH^a did not adopt the religion of Mahommed until the year of
(itiiiot 127(1. we tUul them alleging themselves to have founded Singapore in 1160,
4hit ^iviuy vanoui* iutt^rmediate dates, which they could onljr have arrived at by
*M«{iiMiiii4g bai'kwainlH, with Uie duration of their princes' reigns as their guide,
Miiliitfii, iudiM)di wliich in not improbable, that the era alluded to was that of
Hrtlivaii4, Imnowed from Java.*

BulO« -V^' **J* ^K* shore of Kelantan about 8 miles N. of entrance of
TiiuggM-uii U.

Bxoh(U(l([0.~^^'t^^ Currency and Exchange.

Bx^OUtlOUB amongst the Malays are thus carried out. The condemned
jiMVtiiiii iu made to stuud up with the shoulder bare. The executioner with his Arw
titfMtiU lu)himl him, and at a given signal places a small wad of cotton-wool between
Ihu tihiMilihu' l)lade and collar bone. The point of the hri^ is placed upon this, and
with a ttiuMna jerk the weapon is driven downwards direct into the heart. Death
jti (if courHt' iustautaneous. The object of the cotton-wool is to absorb the small
(juautily (if hlood which spurts from the wound.

EiXOticS. — A list of exotics cultivated in the Singapore Botanical Qurdens,
many of which are also to be found in private gardens, is given in Mr. Cantlby's
** FiiMt of the Principal Economic Plants in the Forest Experimental Nurseries,"
for I 't^'t^iS. Ah the Question is so often put — " Is this or that indigenous ? " the list
will bo found useful.

False Msrbukit. — (Marked Berbukit in the Admiralty Chart). 432 feet
high, tlio S. extremity of a chain of hills in S.E. Johore, about 8 miles N.N.W.
of Point liomania.

False Parcelar. — Hill 936 feet high, 5 miles from the coast of Selangor,
about 12. J miles N.W. of Klang.

Faria Y Sousa. — " This Portuguese writer was bom in 1590, and died in
1(541). The work which connects him with the history of the Asiatic Archipelago is
his • Ania Portuguosa,' which is the Portuguese history of India from itscommence-
iiieut ill 1497, to its virtual termination in 1649. This work is posthumous, and
written in Spanish. It is a hasty compilation, of which neither the facts nor
rcaHoningH are reliable ; and the author is, in every way, greatly inferior to the
tuirlitn* historians — Babbos, Couto, and Castanheda — who lived nearer the most
important events, and had better sources of information. There is an English
translation of the ' Asia Portuguesa,* dedicated to the Princess of Modena, second
wife of James the Second."*

FaStSi FeastSi ^uid Festivals (Malayan). — The Malavs being Mahom-
uiedans, they observe the same dates as their co-religionists elsewhere.

Hamthan, OB Month of Abstinence {Baian PtuUa), — This is the month
speeiallv set apart each year by the followers of Mahomet for religious abstinence.
From the morning after the new moon (of Ramthan) is observed until the first
appearan(M) of the next new moon (ShawaJ), the various members of the body must
be kept in rigorous prohibition. The fast begins daily from the time the light
borders the eastern horizon and lasts till the stars are clearly observed in the

[118]

Fer

of British Malaya.

Fer

heavens in the evening ; and to taste food or drink, to swallow spittle or to bathe
during these hours would be to render the sacred ordinance null and void.

Feast of Bbeaking of Fast (Kdri Edya), — This Feast is celebrated on
the Ist day of the month Shawal, which is the month following Kamthan. Mussul-
mans on this day are required to bathe, put on new clothes and give alms, according
to their circumstances. During the day they attend prayers at the mosques, after
which they give themselves up to pleasure and rejoicing.

Feast of the Saceifice (Hdri Bay a Hadji), — This Feast is held on the
10th day of the month Zil Hayjah, in honour, it is said, of Abraham's intending to
offer up Ismail, who, according to the Mohammedan creed, was chosen as the offer-
ing to the Almighty, and not Isaac.

The offering thus made is commemorated annually by the sacrifice of cows,
sheep, goats, and other animals. It is the belief of the Mohammedan that animals
sacrificed at the Feast will be present to give assistance in the perilous trial which
awaits every soul after death, viz., the passage of the bridge Al Sirat which spans
(according to the Koran) the abyss of Hell, and is represented to be finer than a
hair and sharper than the edge of a sword. The path, though beset with many
obstacles, will be crossed over with ease and safety by the faithful, but the wicked
will miss the narrow footing and plunge into the fathomless gulf that yawns beneath
them.

There are other fasts and festivals observed by strict Mohammedans through-
out the year, but the foregoing are those of any importance. They are not made
pretexts for holidays when in European employ, nor does even the observance of
these above noted in any way interfere with domestic arrangements so far as
European masters are concerned.

Ferns. — Few natural orders of plants are Ixjttcr represented within the
districts embraced by this work than that of the Ferns. Many species are indige-
nous to either the Settlements or Peninsula, which, in this respect, compare
favourably with almost any other area under our influence. The following list has
very kindly been placed at my disposal by Mr. N. Cantley, the Superintendent of
the Singapore Botanical Q-ardens, and has been retained in the published form for
two reasons. Firstly, the Malays have but few specific names for plants of this
family. " PoJcoh Pahu,** or the ** nail plant," is the generic term applied to all, and
but few vernacular names distinguish between the large number of specimens found.
Secondly, the English names are equally few, and offer but little guide to the
would-l>e collector. It has, therefore, been judged best to print the list in the form
so generously furnished, forming as it does a portion of a forthcoming work on the
Malayan Flora : —

English Name.

Scientific Name.

Amphicosmia alterans
AlsophUa latebrosa
glauca
gigantea
omata
comosa
glabra

Tree Fcni

It
II

albo-setacoa
commatata...

contaminans
Kingii
Adiantum Parishii . . .
„ capinuB veniros

it caudatum...

sethiopicum
Innulatum...
iabellolatum

II
II

It
»i

»»

Maidon Hair

■t

[119]

Original Habitat,

Penaug, rare.
S. S. and Native States.
Ponang and Sclangor.
Guuong Sonoy, Perak.

S. S. and Native States.
Peuang, rare ; Gunong Bubu,
Perak.

Mount Opliir and Guuong
Bubu, Perak.

Perak (new species).

Perak Hills.

Johore.

Low's Pass, Perak ; Ponang.

Penang.

Ponang.

Fer

Descriptive Dictiotiary

Fer

>»

«>

>»

i>
I)

i»
>t
>>
t>
>i
>>
>i
>>
})
1*
II
II
11
II

»i

SoiEtTTiFic Name.

Aiiplemum Babavenium
loDgissimum
Wightianum
fcen^um ...
(alcatam ...
ncMTBale ...
elougatum
vulcauicum
luuoiatum
hiiium

macrophyllum

maorophyllum vi^ . urophyllum
fcenuifolium
p&r&doxum
caudatum
tipeciosum
unilaterale
lieterooazpum
refiectum ...
tuooatum...
uitidum ...
elon^tum
bulbiierum
Belaugeii...
Athyrium maclooarpum

,, drepanopbylluixi
Ajuibogoaiuiu cordiioliuxa
dccusttatuxa
liiieolatuiu
CMicuieatuio
Aotiuoptoriii dichotama
ABpidiuJoa vastiun

fiouigaj^riauiun
lioixubiiuiiiujLatuzxi
BuUrJpbyUum
variolosujw ...
polymorph! um
„ diioujrreufi ..
Ajcjrotftlcbum aureuun...
auritum
Noriwil ...
AiiUopbyrum ruticulatum
iniiiu^rbum
anguHtatum
Cumiugii
piautagouium
Aijgiopturiti uvocta
Jiiaiiua JniiigiHti
Jiiucbuum borrulatum
oriuutalo ...
Fiulavbouianum
(/yalbua Hruuoim

M Hakori
OiboUum HaromuU
ObuilauUiuM tonuifolla
M fragilU ...
M varTuiiM ...
I, arguntia ...
M farluoMa ...
(iaiupUii'ia biaurita ...

., |)atunM
'wiaUiitidriti Uialiutroiduu

EsTGLisE Kame.
. Spleen Wort

>t
II
n

hUiiianii attuidiiiiiieM . .
hiiiiUb(aMtiMa Muadra ...
huvallia U'l|))iylla

II
II
II
II
11
II
»i
II
II

ti
II
II
11
II
11
II
>}
II
II
II
II

Shield Fem

11
II
II
II
11
i>

Paku Laut

II
II

Cave Fem

II
II
II
II

•••

Horn Fem

Hare*8-foot Fem

[120]

Obiginal TTawttat.
BtxaitB genezally.

ti
II

fitiattE generally.
Gnnong Kebon, Paiak.

Singapore.

PeraL

Penang.

♦I

Penang
»i

II
PenLk

Sungei laang, Perak.
Strailis, in moist plaoes.

Penang.

Straits genenJly.

91
fl
«l
»l
II

Straits, in tidal streams.

Gunong Riam, Perak.

Penang.

Bukit Timah, Singapore.
Penang.

Straits generally.
II

Penang.

Gmiong Kebon, Perak.

Singapore, Perak.

Straits generally.

Malacca.

Common in ditches

marshes.
Malay Islands.
Straits and Perak.
Perak, Penang.

and

Fer

of British Malaya.

Per

SOXENTIFIO NAUE.

Davallia tricomanoides

solida

elegans

Griffithiana

epiphylla

C^aerophylla

moluccan

divaricata

Lorrainii

bullata

elegans var. ooniifolia
Diplazimn pallidum ...
subserratum
gramimtoides
porrectuin
oantamense
lanceum ...
syivaticum
prescoitianum
speciosum
tomentosum
japouicum
Borzogouense
latifolium ...
polypodioides
Didymochlssna lunulata

*)
}i
II
II
II
II
II
II
II

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II

II
II

Dictyopteris Barberi ...
„ polyoarpa

n heterosora

„ difiormis

Dipteris Horsfieldii
bifurcatus
Lobbi
Drynaria coronans
„ splendens
„ propinqua
„ Linnsei
rigidula
quercifolia
Dr3nnoglossium piloselloides
Elaphoglossum conforme
„ Norrisii

„ viscosum

Gleichenia circinata ...
longissima...
hirta
vestita
diohotoma
C^auca
linearis
Norrisii
flagellaris ...
vulcanica ...
sp.
Gtoniophlebium molle . . .

subauriculatum
verrucosmn
Goniopteris frolif era ...
Gymnopteris subrepanda
„ repandmn

„ spioata ...

„ quercifolia

„ Linnseanum

Hymenophyllum javanicum
„ Smithii

II
11
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II

II
II

English Name.
Hare*s-foot Fern

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II

• • •

• ••

• • •

Paku Kawan

II
II
II
11
11
11

M
II
II
I)

Oak Fern

• • • • •

Filmy Fern

• • • • •

[121]

Obiqinal Habitat.

Straits generally.
II
II
II

Straits generally.

II
II

Straits generally.
II
II
II
II
II
II

II
Perak.

Straits generally.

II
Perak.

Thaipeng, Perak, and Gunong

Bubu.

Peninsula.

II
Klian Kinding, Perak.
Singapore.

Gunong Bubu, Perak.
Mount Ophir.
Penang Hill.

Penang.

Straits generally.

Penang.

II
II

Mount Ophir, Gunong Bubu.

Straits generally.

Penang.

Penang and Perak.

Malacca.

Straits generally.

Gunong Kebon, Perak.

Penang.

II
Gunong Bubu, Perak.

Penang.

II
II
II
II
Bukit Timah, Singapore.

Penang and Singapore.

Fer

Descriptive Dictionary

Fer

>»

II
II
II

II
II
II
II
II
• I
II
II
II
II
II
II

SCIEBTIFIC NaM£.

llymenophylimn Nusii

oxortmn
parvifolium ...
Blumoanum ...
lluinata hotorophylla...
,, angufltata
,, parallola

,, podata ..« •••

1 foinidictyum Fiulaysonianum
HolminthoHtachyB zoylanica ...

KaulfuHHia aoBculifolia
J lOUcoHtogia parvula ...
nodosa ...
liymonophylloidos...
immorBa ...
hlndHuya oultrata

adantioidoB...
trapoziformis
jHsotinato ...
ropoHH
HrandonH
oanooa
rlglda

dlvoi'goiiM ...
tonora

lunuKlnoBa ...
ohtima
(uutoinna
., Walkonu
J<lt<mroo)iia InoiHa

,, niarglnaia

JmHtrua ooniifolia
lih'tlpuH
vitum
cruiiatia
oraHNlfolia
uolitliodoB

fUHUipUH

Nyrmatioa

MparHa

ualoaraium ...

uraclloHoons ...

ImmorBa

cronata

lUumoi

ilaooida

diHHOota

BplondonB

lioryaua
tonorioauliB ...
Loxogrammo involuta

„ avonia ...

Lygodlum oiroinatum

mlcrophyllum
diohotum ...
NoandatiB ...
HoxuoHum ...
hytjixliuni Jaiumioum...
,, pniyMiaohyum
Matniila |titniliiata

Ml(ii'iiltt|ila pliiimia ...
H(ii'iK<*Ma

English Name.

II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
•I
•I
•I
II
•I

•I
II
II
II

II
II
ti

.••

...

•••

ii|t(i)uti(«iit vari ])olypodloido8...

• • •

• ■ •

• ••

• • •

OfiioiKAi* Habhat.
Penang and Singapore.

Straits and Perak.

Penang.
I)

Singapore, Penang.

Penang.

Gonong Bnbn, Mount Ophir,

and Malacca.
Perak.
Singapore.

Sin^pore.
Straite generally.

•>
»*
»»
>»
If
»i
»>
f)
»f

1)
Perak.

Singapore.

Straits generally.

Peninsula.

Straits generally.

Perak.

Straits generally.

II
Sungei Liang, Perak.

Straits generally.
II

Perak.

II
II
II
II

Penang.

Straits generally.

II
11
II
II
II

Waterfall, Penang.

Mount Ophir, Gunong Bubu,

Perak.
Penang.
Straits generally.

11
II

[122]

Fer

of British Malaya.

Fer

SoiEHTEPic Name.

Miorolepia platyphylla

„ nirta var. speluncaa

Mesoohlsena i>olycarpa
Meniocium tripnyllum
„ salioifolium

„ simplix ...

Nophrodium aridum ...
costatum
arbusoula
pennigorum
orinipes
nrophyllum
truncatum
braohyodon
sakayense
extensum
cuoullatum
molle
unitmn
pteroides
sagenoides
filax-mas
melanocaulum
multijugum
glandulosum
amboynense
sbortlnum
hispidulum
singaporean
fastum ...
subtriphyllam
8omi-bi-pinnatum
polymorp
vareolosum
pachyphyllum
oiroulanim
Nepheolepis exaltata ...
volnbilis ...
ramosa ...
„ cordifolia

Niphobolus adnasoens
„ aorostichoides

lingua
fissos
stigmosus
„ penangianus

Oleandra Walliohii ...
„ Cmningii
„ mussBfolia ...
Onychium auritum ...
Osmonda javanica
Ophioglossum vulgatum
„ retioolatum

„ pendulum

Prosaptia contigua

„ Emersoni ...
Pellsea falcata

„ seraiifolia
Pteris longif olia
czetita
pelluoida
ensifotmiB
deolohousiaB
semipinnata
quadriaurita ...
argentea

English Name.

t>
>»
it

t)
11
)f
tf
»f

»f

it
)»
t%
»»
II
It
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II

II
II

... Male Fern ...

II
II
II

... Royal Fern ...
Snake's Tongue Fern

11
II

ii
*i
II
>i
••

Obioinal Habitat.

Straits, in ditches.
Penang.

II
II
Straits generally.

II
II
>i
II
II
II
It
Gunong Kobon, Porak.

II
II
II

11
11

Malaya.

II
II
II
I)
II

II
II
II
II
>♦
11
II
II
11
i»
II
II
11
11
II

Straits generally.

II
II
II
II
II
II

Penang.

Gunong Bubu, Porak.

Penang.

Gunong Gerai.

Everywhere common.
Peninsula.
Straits generally.

Penang.

II
Straits generally.

Singapore.

Penang.

Malacca.

Gunong Bubu, Porak.

[123]

Per

Descriptive Dictionary

Fer

Scientific Name.

Pteris longipinula
n aquinima
,, esculenta
Plagiogyria pyonophylla
Polystichum semicordatum
„ biaristatom

„ aculeatum

Pleoenemia membranifolia
membranacea
leuzeana ...
Phegopteris erubescens
distans ...
punctata
ornata ...
subdigitata
auriculata
Polypodium subevenosum
hirtellum
sersUifolium
repandum
decorum ...
cucullatum
munatum
subfaloatum
subpinnatifidum
Khasyanum
obliquatum
fuscatum
venulosum
tamariscinum
subdigitatum
Pleopeltis accodens
liuearis
stenophylla
sinuosa
longifolia ...
superficiale...
angustata ...
punctata
Morgan!

t»
tt
n

>i
t>
»»

tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
t>
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt

English Name.

.. Brake Fern

musffifolia ...
macrochasmum
ptoropus
phymatodes
longissima ...
nigresoens ...
dilatata
palmata
lamarioides
incurvatum
irioides
singaporiana
insigne

abbo-squamatum
Polybotrya appendiculata and vara.
Photinopteris rigida ...

„ divnarioides

Platycerium Walliohii
,, biforxne ...

„ grande

Sohizolama davalloides
cordata ...
Gueriniana
ensifolia
heterophylla

Elk's Horn Fern

Original Habitat.

Sungei Ujong.
Everywhere.
Common in ditches.
Peninsula.
Penang.

tt
Limestone Hill, Perak.

tt
tt

Peninsula.

tt
tt

t»
tt
tt
t>
tt

Penang.

tt
tt
tt
tt

Gunong Eebon, Perak.

tt
tt
tt

Peninsula.

Malacca, Perak.

Straits generally.

Islands.

Gunong Eebon, Perak.

Singapore.

Malacca.

Techangkat Kebou, Perak

(new species).
Malacca.

Gunong Kebon, Perak.
Penang.

Common everywhere.
Malay Islands.
Penang.
Penang and Singapore.

t> tt

Gvmong Bubu, Perak.

tt
t»

tt
tt

Singapore.

Penang.
tt

Straits generally.

tt
tt

Balik Pulau, Penang.
Straits generally.

[124]

tt
tt

Fer

of British Malaya.

Fib

tt
It

tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt

SonsNTiFic Name.

Stenolama ohiensis ...
Syngramme Walliohii
alisnuefolia
fraxinea ...
laureania
Sellignea caudiformis...
elliptica
Feei

Maingayi ...
Hamiltoniana
pamata
membranacea
maorophylla
Stenoohlsena sorbifolia

„ palustre...

Sohizsea malaocana
digitata
diohotoma ...
Trichomanes parvulmn
digitatum
pallidum
bipunctatom
pluma ...
pyxidiferum
javanioum
obscurom
rigidum...
muscoides
Thamnopteris nidus ...
„ phyllitidis

H mussefolia

Tsenitis bleohnoides ...
Tittaria elongata
lineata
faleata

bleohnoides ...
soolopendrina

tt
tt

tt
tt
It
tt
tt
tt

9t
tt
tt

English Name.

Obiqinal Habitat.

Straits generally.
Penang.
Singapore.
Penang.
Svmgei Ujong.
Straits generally,
tt

tt
tt

—

Penang.

tt
Straits generally.

• ft

.. Filmy Fern

tt
Straits and Perak.

tt
tt
tt

tt
tt

Gunong Bubu, Perak.

tt
tt
tt
tt

Birds'-nest Fern ... Straits generally.

tt
tt
tt
tt

tt
tt

Common everywhere.
Singapore.

• « t

• • •

tt
tt
tt
Penang.

Fibres. — The following, copied by permission from the Eeport of the Super-
intendent of the Singapore Botanical Gardens for 1886, will give a good idea of the
fibres, indigenous or introduced, which have been experimented with at Singapore.
Altbougb many of these are used for domestic purposes, none have as yet become
articles of trade : —

MAUBiTms Hemp (Furcrsea gigantea) continues to grow with great vigour in
the Nurseries, and several thousand plants have been disposed of to planters for
trial. The price realized for good fibre is about .£28 per ton in London, and if the
fibre can be prepared here at 5 cents per pound, its profitable cultivation is no
doubt possible.

Manila Hemp (Mvsa textilis) grows well. When first planted it takes longer
to send up suckers than the common banana does, but once established it grows
freely. In Manila, on good soil, the plantations are renewed only after a period of
about 20 years. The present market value of the fibre is from .£30 to £^ per ton
in London, and as labour is about equally as cheap in the Straits as in Manila, the
plant is no doubt capable of profitable cultivation in favourable localities.

Sunn Hemp (Crotalaria juncea), — Common in a wild state all over the Settle-
ments, and grows well in ordinary soil. Some attempt to utilize the plant should
be made, as the fibre commands a good price in the market.

Penguin Hemp (Bromelia sylvestris) grows with remarkable vigour. It is
one of the pine-apple tribe, but the leaves are much longer than those of the pine-
apple plant. It succeeds best under the treatment pine-apples require.

Bhsa or China Gbass (Boehmeria nivea) grows well in rich moist soils, and

[125]

Fib

Descriptive Diclionaiy

now that a simplo process for the extraction of the fibre from the wood by steam-
ing haa been hit upon, its manufacture, considering the high price obtained for the
fibre, ia worthy of careful trial, especially on land where sugar cultivation has
ceased to be remuneratiTe, and where the ground is not marshy.

Plastaik and Banana Fibbe (ifiwa saymfMm). — The common plantain or
banana yields a good fibre worth about £.\h a ton. 1 observed when in Selangor a
wild banana which grew there with great luxuriance ; in apjwarance the plaut looked
very like Hum textilis, and it is probable it will be found to yield a very good
marketable fibre. Prom the Eew Qardent Bulletin, of April last I learn uiat in
Jamaica a, red banana produces fibre wortli £25 per ton ; the plant is probably the
same as the red banana of the Straits.

LALANa (Imjieralia Kwnigii). — Lalang has been found to produce good paper-
making material, but as the grass had to be transported to England in bales, only
the longest grass containing stout fibrous st^ms was found to pay. The land that
will support grass of such a robust nature, will also grow more valuable crops.
The quantity of material available for paper-making in the Straits, indudiiig
bamboos, pine-apple leaves, wood, &c., would seem to warrant the establishment
here of a permanent paper factory.

Pine-Apple Pibee {ATuinaMa gativa). — In reference to pine-apple fibre, Mr.
Mo BK IB, writing in the .Kew BuIfed'Ti, already referred to, observes as follows: —
" Although not much at present in commercial use, the fibre ha^ a future of con-
siderable imjiortance before it. It is finer and stronger than that yielded by any
other plant. A beautiful fabric known as Piiia cloth is made from it. A rope of
pine-apple fibre J inch in circumference bore a strain of 67 cwt."

MuDAE PiBBK {Calotropis gigantea), — -Plants of Mudar have been iu demand
during the past year. The plant on hand is apparently the wliite variety, and
grows very freely in almost any soil. Ttie downy substance contained in the
follicles or seed pods is the part most valued, but the stem also yields a fibre
which ia said to be superior to the common Calotropis, which by branching more is
less valuable. The plant also yields a gutta. The juice of ten average plants is
said to yield about a poimd of gutta.

Cotton (Goisimium aThoreum). — Cotton is found to do well on alluvial deposits
on the plains and also on hills up to an elevation of about 2,000 feet as a first ci-op
after the removal of virgin forest, but the soil of the Straits generally is unsuit«d
for the cultivation of cotton, being too clayey and retentive-

Kapok (Eriodendron anfractuomim) . — The cultivation of Kapok is attracting
much attention. The plant is of rapid growth and succeeds well on ordinary soila.
Its cultivation in the Straits can hardly ta.il to be profitable under good man^^emeut.

Indian Heup (Cannabis sativa) grows, but shows no hope of profitable
production, the fibre being five times shorter than it naturally is when grown iu a
congenial climate.

Othek Fibbbs. — The following fibre-producing plants are also found to grow
well in the Straits : — American aloe. Hibiscus of sorts. Bowstring hemp of sorts,
Cus-cuB, Palm and Pandan fibres, and numerous plants belonging to the Urticacoo!,
VerbenacesB, and Malvacese families. Jute has not been tried, the seed retiuisitioned
not having arrived in time.

Fighting Dress. — The fighting jacket of the Malays usually has no
sleeves. One kind ia properly embroidered with pious words or sentences, and ia
called Icalambit rasid Allah, " the Prophet's bed-curtain." It is supposed to protect
the wearer from danger. Another kind is known aa leher haju, because it is made
of forty-four remnants left in cutting <iut the necks of forty-four onlinary jackets.
These patches must be sewn together by seven maidens on seven consecutive
Fridays, and the jacket thus made will be peliyat, or invulnerable. — N. & Q. with
No. 15, J. S. B. R, A. S.

C12ti}

Sir of British Malaya. PiS

Fire. — Procuring fire by friction is an accomplisliment as common to the
Malay as the North American Indian. The process is, however, slightly different.
While the latter resorts to circular friction, the Malay cuts a notch on the convex
Bur&ce of a bamboo, across which he rapidly rubs another piece cut to a sharp
edge. A fine powder is rubbed away and this ignites. Bamboo is also used as a
flint with tinder. The all-pervading match, however, is alone used in all districts
under foreign influence.

Fireflies (Klip hlip) abound, and the bushes bordering the rivers are often
beautifully illuminated by their light. They appear to in all respects resemble the
American insect.

Fish and Fisheries. — There are assuredly no seas in the world more
abundant in esculent fish than those of the Asiatic Archipelago, and a few of them
are of excellent flavour. The fish of rivers and lakes, although, perhaps, less
abundant and of very inferior quality, are of importance in some of the islands.
Fish constitutes the chief animal aliment of all the inhabitants, and everywhere of
those of the sea-coast who are by profession fishermen. The greatest plenty of fish,
and also the best quality of it, is found in the comparatively shallow seas bordering
the gpranitic and sedimentary formations, and the least abundant in the deep seas
close to the volcanic. Among the best fisheries are those of the eastern coast of
the Malay Peninsula and those of the entire Straits of Malacca.

The variety of fish which is found may be judged by a fact respecting the
Ichthyology of the island of Celebes. The learned Dr. Bleekeb, the Director of
the Eiatavia Society of Arts and Sciences, has named and described no fewer than
108 species belonging to that island, and yet expresses himself satisfied that he has
not described above one-eighth part of the whole number which exists. Out of the
108 species so described, it was found that 64 only were common to Celebes and
Java. A people who have derived from the sea or river a main portion of their
sustenance from their first existence, may well be expected to have acquired some
skill in the capture of fish, and fishing is indeed the art in which the greater
number of them excel the most. Fish are caught by them by hook and line, by a
great variety of nets, by weirs and traps, by spearing, and by stupefying those of
rivers by narcotic juices, of which that from the tvha root is the best known. Not-
withstanding their long experience, the Chinese excel them even in their own
waters, and are the constructors and owners of all the weirs on a large scale which
are so frequent on the banks in the neighbourhood of European settlements, and
in which are caught the greatest quantity and best quality of fish. The taking
of the mother-of-pearl oyster, the pearl-oyster in a few places, of the holothurion
or tripang, and of the shell tortoise, form valuable branches of the Malayan
fisheries.

The following is a list of the fish actually known to the Malays of the coast,
with their scientific names, largely taken from the valuable list of fish exhibits
compiled by Dr. Eowell for the Exhibition of the Colonies and India, 1886. It
will be observed that, in many cases, the same Malay word is applied to different
species. The numbers following "Cant." refer to the pages of Cantor's
'vMalayan Fishes," on which descriptions will be found. "Sp." prefixed shows
that Cantob does not describe the individual fish named but others of the same
species only : —

Malay Name. Scientific Name.

Ikan Anjang Anjang ... ... Scolopsis ghanam

„ AmpasTebu ... ... Pristipoma operculare

„ Aroan ... ... ... Ghanna oriontalis

„ Aroan ... ... ... Ophiocephalus punctatus

„ Aroan ... ... ... Ophiocephalus striatus

„ Aroan T&sek ... ... Elacate nigra

I, Badah or Bunga Ayer

[127]

Sp. Cant. 81.
Sp. Cant. 72.
Sp. Cant. 83.
Sp. Cant. 92.
Sp. Cant. 92.
Sp. Cant. 116.
Sp. Cant. 304.

Fis

Descriptive Dictionary

Fis

tt
)f
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt

tt
It
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
i%
ii
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt

tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt

tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
i%
tt
tt
It
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
tt
ii
tt
tt

Malay Name.

Ikan B&ji B&ji
BAji B&ji
BAji B&ji
Banau ...
Bandang
B&rat Blrat
Batu ...
B&rau B&rau
Bandan
B&wal Ghermin
B&wal BAtu (Pomfret)
B&wal Puteh w WhitePom-

fret ...
B&wal Tmnbok
B&wal Hitam
Beohuk
Bechok
Bechok
Belalang
Bel&nak
Belilbus
Belontok
Belanak
Belidah

Bolodok Karang
Biji Nangka
Blut (eel)
Bolas Bolas
Bona ...
BdnaE&yu
Buaya ...
Btlchok

Bumxnaloh or Bombay Duck
Bunga Ayer <yr Badah
Buntal...
Buntal B&tu
Bvintal Belang
Buntal Bdrek
Buntal China
Buntal Kumbang
Buntal Landak .
Buntal Landak .
Buntal Panjang
Buntal Pisang .
Ghelek Mata
Ghopit Kfbrang .
D&eng Belang .
Daun BAru
Delah ...
Delah Karang .
Dingkis
DAri ...
DAri Tawar
Engor Engor
Garagaji
Gedabang
G^lamah Panjang
Gorut Gerut
Gelam ...
Gorammi
Grisi ...
Guddimi
Gulama
Gerut Gerut
Haruan
Hijau ...

SoTENTiFic Name.

Platyoephalus macracanthus
Platycephalus punotatus
Platyoephalus tuberculatus
Stemirhampus far
Megalops cundinga ...
Triaoanthus strigilifer
Crenidens sarissophorus
Priaoanthus Blochii ,
Chrysophiys hasta

Stromatens cinerens ..
Julis lunaris ...
Novacula rufa
Platyglosus scapularis
Ezoesetus mento
Mugil balanak
Teuthis oramin
Gobius viridipunctatus
Mugil oannesius
Notapterus kapirat
Platyglosus dussumieri
Upeneoides tragula

Sillago Maculata

Platax teira ...
Oastrotokeus biaculeatus
Seolopsis cialiatus

Tetrodon oblongus
Ostraoion cubious
Tetrodon lineatus
Tetrodon immaculatus
Tetrodon stellatus

• • • • • • ••• • • •

Dioden stistriz
Dioden maoulatus
Dioden maoulatus
Tetrodon lunaris
Pristipoma maoulatum
Platyglosus marginatus
Caranx compressus ...
Drepane punctata
CcBsio pingaloo
CoBsio chrysozona
Teuthis nastrosticta ...
Arino sagor ...
Arius nenga ...
Macrones Bleekeri

... a*. ... ...

Psettus argenteus
Otolithus argenteus ...
Pristipoma hasta
Psammoperca Waigiensis

••• ••• ••• •••

Pentapus paradiseus ...

Pristipoma furcatum ...

••• ••• ••• ••■

Gamphosos notostigma

[128]

• • •

• ••

Sp. Cant. 37.
Sp. Cant. 37.
Sp. Cant. 37.

Page 20, No. 77.
tt 23, „ 173.
Sp. Cant. 80.
Page 21, No. 109.

Cant. 140.

Cant. 139.
Cant. 139, 140.
Sp. Cant. 236.

Sp. Cant. 250.
Sp. Cant. 93.
Sp. Cant. 207.
Sp. Cant. 179.
Sp. Cant. 93.

Sp. Cant. 20.
Cant. 1G8.
Page 21, No. 93.
Sp. Cant. 120.
Sp. Cant. 81.
Cant. 273.
Cant. 304.
Cant. 380.

Cant. 373.

Cant. 365.
Sp. Cant. 371.

Cant. 369.

Cant. 378.

Sp. Cant. 123.
Cant. 162.

Sp. Cant. 207.
Sp. Cant. 256.

Cant. 407.
Sp. Cant. 173.
Cant. 71.
Sp. Cant. 72.

Cant. 88.

Cant. 119.
Cant. 71.
Sp. Cant. 72.
Cant. 83-92.

Fis

of British Malaya.

Fis

Malay Name.

Ikanlnggu ...
Inggu ...
Inggu ...
Inggu ...
Inggu ...
Inggu ...
Inggu Kiling
Inggu ...
Inggu ...
Inggu Karang ...
Inggu Bombin ...
Jalu

JarangGigi
JAru JAru
Jebong...
Jenahak
Jumpong
Jumpol
Kachang
Kalui ...
KArong K&rong ...
Kawan...
Kelaban
Kelah ...
Kelah ...
Kelat ...
Keli, Cat-fish ...
Kepan Li^t
Kdrek ...
Eerek Gedabang
Kerong Eerong Earang ...
Eerang Eerang ...
Eertak Lantei ...
EertakLantei ...
Eertakok
Eerusu...
Eetang
Eetarap

XvlS ••• ••• ...

Eitang...

See also ...
Erapu ...
ErapuEayu
Erapu Lilin

A^kXlBA ••• ••• •••

ErUi Bali

KrosoK ... ... ...

Erosok...

Euda Euda Ayer Betina ...

Eurow ... ...

Labum ...
Ladakong
Lomah ...
Lampam

I wMWfcXl ... ... ...

Xjayai: ... ... ...

LayurLajTur

Leous ...

Lepu

Lepu ...

Lepu Panjang ...

M ji^ rt B Ul •«• ••• •••

Lidah ...
Lidah Lidah Baji
Lidah Lidah B&rang
liingka Earang ...

Scientific Name.

Amphiphrion frenatus
Amphiphrion percula ...
Amphiphrion sebae ...
Pempheris mangula ...
Pomacentrus albofaoitus
Pomaoantrus trimaculatus
Psondoscarus niger ...
Pterois miles...
Pterois Russellii
Stolocentrum sextriatus
Stolacanthus messolencus
Lutianus dodecacanthus

••• ■•■ ••• •••

Garanxboops
Balistes stellatus
Lutianus Bosons (Red Mullet)
Gheilissus chlorurus ...

Sphyrena acutipinnis
^hromenus olfax
Therapon puta
Dangila buimanica ...
Labeo nandjna
Barbuskolus...
Barbus strachyi
Psendosoarus chrysopoma
Clarias majur
Clyphidodon notatus ...
Barbus Neilii
Equila edentula
Sebastes stoliczkoe
Therapon quadrilineatus
Lethrinus nebulosus ...
Synagris japomeus
Batrachus grunnieus ...
Monacanthus monoceros
Holacanthus annularis
Psendosoarus ghobbam
Soolopssis margaritifer
Seatophagus argus

Serranus diacanthus ...
Serranus malabariens
Serranus salmoides ...
Synagris notatus
Scolopsis bilineatus ...
Anacanthus scriptus ...
Monacanthus choircephalus
Hippocampus guttulatus

••• ••• ••• •••

Teuthis margaritifer ...
Geris altiipinis
Thynnichthys sanakhal
Barbus jerdoni

••• ••• •■• •••

Histiophorus gladius ...
Trichiurus savala
nuthis concatenata ...
Antennarius mummifer
Synnancidrum morridimi
Pelor didaotylum

Synaptura orientalis .
Gynoglossus elongatus
Cheilinus fasciatus

• • •

• ••

• • •

Sp. Cant. 82.
Sp. Cant. 82.
Sp. Cant. 82.
Sp. Cant. 175.
Sp. Cant. 241.
Sp. Cant. 241.

Cant. 42.
Sp. Cant. 41.

Sp. Cant. 164.

Cant. 57, 60 & 23.
Sp. Cant. 123.
Sp. Cant. 344.

Cant. 96.
Sp. Cant. 20.
Cant. 88.
Cant. 19.

Sp. Cant. 262.

Cant. 148.
Sp. Cant. 19.

Cant. 205.
Sp. Cant. 347.
Cant. 164.

Sp. Cant. 81.
Cant. 164.
Cant. 207-8-9.

Sp. Cant. 7.
Sp. Cant. 7.

Sp. Cant. 81.
Sp. Cant. 422.
Sp. Cant. 347.
Sp. Cant. 388.
Cant. 29.
Sp. Cant. 207.
Sp. Cant. 55.

Cant. 191.

Cant. 115.
Cant. 208.
Sp. Cant. 202.

Cant. 191.
Cant. 222.
Sp. Cant. 222.
Sp. Cant. 233.

[129]

Fis

Descriptive Dictionary

Malay Name.

ScTRNTiFic Name.

Ikan Lidah Lidah Lompur

• • •

Synaptura commersomana

Gant. 222.

Lisah ...

• • •

••• ••• ••• ••• •••

Cant. 191.

»i

LobungKuning...

• • •

Grobius tentacularis ...

Sp. Cant. 179.

}»

Logu ...

• • •

Choerops oligacanthus

Ix^ ...

• » •

Myripnstis murdjan ..

—

Lull

• • •

••• ••• ••• ••• •••

Cant. 274.

Malong

• ••

Mursenesox telabon ...

Cant. 316.

Mdnah S&bong ...

• • •

Ostracion lubicus

Sp. Cant. 3C5.

*) .

Mas Merah

• • •

••• •■• •■• ••■ •■•

Cant. 305.

Merah (the best fish in the

The common name of Ikan Jena-

market)

. • •

hak or Bed Mullet ...

})

Nior Nior

• • •

Trachynotus ovatus ...

Sp. Gant. 120.

Pandan

• • •

Gerres abbereviatus ...

Sp. Cant. 65.

»)

Parang Parang ...

• • •

••• ••• ••• ••• •••

Gant. 277.

})

P&ri Band&ra ...

• • •

Trajgon sephen

Cant. 429.

P&ri Daun

• • •

•• ••• ••• ••• •••

Cant. 436.

})

PArlKilawar ..

• • •

••• ••• ••• ••• •••

Cant. 432-3.

P&ri Kulbas

• ••

»•• •■• ••• •■• ■••

Cant. 417-19.

P&ri Kulbas Linchin

• • •

■■•' •■« •■ #•• •••

Cant. 420.

P&ri Lang

• • •

Aetobatis marinari

Cant. 435.

PariLAlat

• • •

Trygon namak

Cant. 423-4.

P&riP&riPaus ...

• • •

Dicerobatis ...

Gant. 438.

Patong...

• • •

Selundia Sykesii

Pans or whale — not a

fish, but so* classed by the Malays.

Pechah Priuk ...

• • •

Scolopsis vosmeri

Cant. 81.

PinangPinang ...

• • •

Chsetodon octofasciatus

Sp. Cant. 156.

Pipit ...

• • •

Chelmon rostratus

Cant. 158.

PlaKat

• • •

(Siamese)
Ix>botes auctorum

Gant. 86.

»l

Potong Darma ...

• • •

Sp. Cant. 80.

Puchuk

• • •

•■• ••• ■•• ••• •••

Gant. 113-115.

t»

Pukul

• • •

Perois pulchella

Sp. Cant. 1.

Pundu ...

• • •

Serioliothus bipinnulatus

—

Piiput ...

• • •

Opisthopterus tartoor ...

—

»»

Rapang

• ■ •

Mugil Bleekeri

Sp. Cant. 93.

Bombing K&rang

• • •

Holaoanthus nicobariensis

Sp. Cant. 164.

Bombong Bombing

• • •

Lutianus sabae

Bong ...

• • •

Labeo coeruleus

Bmni Bumi

• • •

Echeneis naucrates ...

Gant. 199.

Sa Sumpit

■ • •

••• ••• ••• ••• •••

Gant. 176.

Sabarau

• • •

Laleoboggu ...

Sagei ...

• • •

Garanux armatus

Gant. 131.

Salampei

■ « •

••• ••• ••• ••• •••

Cant. 57.

Salangan

• • •

••• ••• ••• ••• •••

Gant. 26.

Salanghi

• • •

••• ••• ••• ••• •••

Gant. 26.

It
tt

Saliup ...
Saludu...

• • •

Ghorinomus moadetta

Sp. Gant. 117.
Cant. 258.

Samunka

• ••

Apogon franatus

Sp. Gant. 2.

Sebarau

• • •

BarbuR stexastichus ...

—

Seblah ...

• • •

••• ••■ ■•« ••• •••

Cant. 214-216.

Selar K&rang ...

• • •

Garanx gymnostchrides

Sp. Gant. 123.

Seludu ...

• • •

Ariusgagora...

Sp. Gant. 256.

Scmarum

• ••

Gentropogon ...

.—

Semarum Karang

• • •

Synanoa verrucosa

Sp. Cant. 47.

Sembilang

• • •

Plotosus oanias

Sp. Gant. 264.

Sembilang KArong

• • •

••• ••• ••• ••• •«

Cant. 264-5.

Senangin

• • •

Otholithus macnlatus ...

Cant. 62.

Senderang Sandoh

• • ■

Pleotropoma maculatum

Sepat Karang ...

• • «

Lobotes surinamenis ...

Gant. 80.

Serkut ...

■ • •

Gjrrhites fasoiatus

—

Siah Siah

• • •

Deploprion difasciatus

Siakap Hidong Budah

• • •

Gromileptis altivelis ...
Lates cfiilcarifer

Gant. 10.

Siakap Karang ...

• • ■

Sp. Cant. 1.

Siam ...

• •

Ophiocephalus micrapeltes

Gant. 92.

Singanhi

• ■ •

••• •■• ••« ••• •••

Gant. 26.

Sumpit

• • ■

Toxotos jaculotor

Gant. 176.

Surdudu

• • •

••> ••• ••• ••• •••

Gant. 258.

[130]

Fis

of British Malaya.

Fis

Malay Name.

Ikan Suta ...
Talang ...
Talang Raya
Talang Saluy
Tambah
Tambarek
Tamban
Tamban Betel
Tamban Nipis
Tamban Biuat
Tampok Tampok
Tanda Tanda
Tang^
Tangiri Papasi
Tebal Bibir Sungei
Telan Pasir
Telan Bumput
Temalek
Tembri...
Temen^^an
Tem^ras
Tengiri Batang
Terabok
Terabok Darat
TUan ...
Timum Timum
Todah ...
Todah Pendek
Tripang
Truboh...
Timibul-Mas
Ubi ...
Ular ...
Unggar
Yu (shark)
Yn Banjar
Yu Belangkas
Yu Belangkas
Yu Belangkas
Yu Bengkong Tandoh Pan-

jang
Yu Bengkong Tandoh Pendek
Yu Gheekak
Yu Kaik Kaik
Yu Kaik Kaik
YuPandak
Yu Rimau
YuTodak
Yu Toke

)>
1)
If

>i
tf
»i
»t
>»
f>

»
It
fi

91
*>
fl
II
II
II
II
If
II
II
II
19
11
99
91
19
19
19
II
II
91

91
II
II
It
99

19
II
19

Scientific Name.

Amphi syle scutata
Chorlnemus toloo

••• •■• -•• •••

Chorinemus hyan
StromateuB niger

••• ••• ••• •••

(Prepared like sardines)

^Prepared like sardines)
Gerres oblongus
Lutianus silavo

Diagramma crassispinum
Trypauchena vagina ...
Pimelepterus cinerascens
Barbus for
Seioena glaucus
Barbus burmanicus ...
Barbus opagon
Cybium Cammeronii ...
Clupea kanogurta
Labes iimbriatus
Mastacembelus armatus
Lutianus lineolatus ...
Belone choran

••• ■•• ■••

Sarus ludiens

••• ••• •■• •••

Thynnus thunnina

• ..

... ... ...

Lutianus argentimaculatus

••• ■•• ••■ ••• «••

Trisenodon oletusus ...
Chiloseyllium trispulare indicus
Lamna Spallanranii ...
Rhynchobatus ancylostomus . . .

Lygoena Blochii
Lygoena dlaleus
Stegostoma tigrium ...
Rhinobatus thouini ...
Rhynchobatus djeddeusis
Soyllium marmoratum
GaJeocerdo Ra3rneri ...
Pristis cuspidatus

Cant. 213.
Cant. 119.
Cant. 118.
Cant. 118.
Cant. 139.
Cant. 67.
Cant. 287.
Cant. 294.
Cant. 294.
Cant. 286.
Sp. Cant. 55.

Cant. 108-110.
Cant. 112.
Sp. Cant. 77.
Cant. 190.
Sp. Cant. 174.

Sp. Cant. 56.

Cant. 108.
Sp. Cant. 276.

Cant. 246.
Cant. 248.
Cant. 269-267.
Cant. 299.
Sp. Cant. 106.
Cant. 21.
Cant. 316.

Cant. 399.

Sp. Cant. 393-4.

Sp. Cant. 412.

Cant. 404.
Sp. Cant. 401.
Sp. Cant. 396.
Cant. 415.
Cant. 412.
Cant. 891.

Sp. Cant. 407.
Cant. 393-7.

—As Cantor truly observed over forty years ago, the Malay is

more a bom fisherman than. the Chinaman, though the latter makes up by ceaseless
work for the less skill he brings to bear upon his employment. The fishmongers
are almost invariably Chinese. A beach sale of fish here is very like that held
at home. There is a good deal of chaffering as to prices, but on the whole
the business is got through quickly. The daily surplus of fish is cured
by the fishmongers with salt. The larger fish are gutted, washed, and placed in
layers in casks, with salt between each layer. After 24 or 48 hours, they are
taken out and dried in the sun. The very small fish, together with the fluid in
which the larger fishes have been cured, are .sold for manure to the spice and
coooa-nut planters, who have a high opinion of their usefulness in this respect.
The following is a vocabulary of words used by fishermen, and not to be found in
most dictionaries : —

[131]

K 2

Fis

Descriptive Dictionary

Fis

Malay.

Alei Buaya

Ampang ...

Bintor Ohachak

Bintor Gbampak
Bubu

Gbandat

Grogoh

Jala Anak Ikan ...
Jala Rambang ..

Jala Tamban

Jalor

• • • ••

Jaring Anak Ikan

Jfinnal

Joran

I • ••€

I • ■ • • •

English.

> • • • *

• • • • 4

Fishing net

Casting net

Casting net ... ' ...

Fishing trap ...

Fishing line and book...
Fishing trap

Casting net

Canoe

Fishing net

• • • • • •

Fishing stake ...

... I Fishing rod

[182]

Descbiftign and Use.

Crocodile or alligator hook, made of wood,
inserted into the bait, generally a fowl,
duok or dog.

For all kinds of fish. The net is stretched
from side to side. The under part is
pegged in the mud at low ebb. The
whole net is laid down flat and covered
with sand or coral to conceal the same.
Stakes are driven at intervals of 30 feet
into the mud, and attached to net, having
cords tied to upper part of net. At high
water thp said coixls are pulled up to
raise the net, and fish are caught at low
tide.

Bait attached to middle horizontal cord, to
which is tied a signal cord to show the
presence of fish. The net consists of
two pieces, which open when dropped to
the Dottom, and close with fish inside
when hauled up by perpendicular cord.
The net is about 100 ukthoms long.

For catching crabs. Having bait and float.
Bait generally of pieces of dog-fish.

Employed to catch fish in ver^ deep water
by sinking it to the bottom with a weight,
having a line and float attached to show
its position on the sur^bce. Sometimes
supplied with bait, but oftener without.
Hauled up generally at low tide. Fish
are taken out by drawing through the
mouthpiece.

For dayham^ a species of fish.

This double-faced fish trap is generally used
for catching fresh-water fish.

For catchingsmall fisb.prawns, and shrimps
in shallow water. A net about 7 cubits
long.

Called TombanQ because it is generally used
or thrown at random in about 2 fathoms
water. The net is about 7 cubits long.

Generally employed for catching a species
of fish callod tannhan* The net is about
9 cubits long.

Employed when out fishing with nets.
For catching small fish.

For small fish.

Fis

of Br&ish Malaya.

Fis

Malay.

Joran Sentak

KailAnftklkan

Kail Londa

Kail Parang or TeDggiri .

KaU Piipat

Kail Sela

KaUTodak
KelangBesar

Kelang Keohil
Kisah or Brupa
Kolek
Lukah

Lukah Darat
liOkah Laut
Pengachar

• • • • • <

PlontangPtipat...

English.

Fishing rod

Fishing line and hook...
Fishing line and hook...
Fishing line and hook...

Fishing line and hook...

Fishing line and hook...
Fishing line and hook...
Large fishing stakes . . .

Small fishing stakes ...
Shrimp or prawn net ...
v^anoe ... ... ...

Fish trap

Descbiftion and Use.

Fish trap
Fish trap

... •••

Fishing line and hook...

Self-acting rod and line for fresh-water
fish. The line has a catch. The rod is
stuck upright in the mud. Opposite, at
a short distance, is the peg for the catch.
When fish pull at the hait the catch de-
taches and the rod springs hack.

For small fish.

For species of fish called j^rang and
tenggiri.

Line and hook with float ior^upai (a fish
which generally floats on the surface).

For a species of fish called ^tla.

For a species of fish called iodak.

This large fish trap is a permanent struc-
ture, and is in general use among the
Malays for catching all kinds of fish. It
is usually constructed of stakes and
rattan, and consists of four compart-
ments. When fish pass through each
into the last compaiiiment they cannot
get out again, and this is scooped out at
low water, the fishermen descending to
the surface of the water hy ladders on
the side of the trap. The position of the
kelang (fishing stokes) is generally at
right angles with the shore, i.e. , with its
head projecting into the sea.

Worked hy two men in shallow water.

Employed when out fishing with nets.

This trap is generally placed in the channel
of small streams with its mouth against
the current.

For fresh- water fishing.

For salt-water fishing.

" Attractor " used for catching the small
octopus {krita) by trailing it in 1 to 3
feet muddy water along the edges of
rocks and reefs during the north mon-
soon. The krita takes hold of it and
will not release it, until captured by the
operator.

Float and hook for a fish called puput. A
number at a time are thrown on the water
in slack tide. The fisherman watches
the floats in a boat and easily knows
when fish take bait, and are caugbt.

[133]

Fis

Descriptive Dictionary

Fis

Malay.

Ptkkat
Bawa
Bawai

« • • • • 1

• • • • • •

English.

A seine net

Prawn net

Fish snare or fishing net

Descbiption and Use.

Sampan Gebeng . . .
Sampang Penjaring

Somblang

Serampang

Ditto
Serubang

Sondong ...

Suruet

Tangkol ..

Tanjol

• 9 • • • •

Fishing boat
Fishing boat

Harpoon...

Harpoon...
Harpoon...

Shrimp or prawn net ..
Dugong harpoon

Fishing net

Fishing rod

A number of hooks tied with short lines
attached to the middle part of sharp
pointed pieces of nibong. The hook is
directly under the short point. A long

Eiece of cord is used to tie together the
eads of the pieces at intervals generally
of about 2 feet. Thus prepared the cord
is stretched taut between two stakes, the
hooks being at the height of one to two
inches above the mud, and supplied with
bait. The sharp points prevent the fish
from getting away by moving forward,
and when it moves backwards the hook
catches as usual.

Large sampan used for fishing with nets.

Employed when out fishing with net, and
anglmg.

For large fish.
For large fish.

For small fish.

Used for sticking the fish called imput^
a sort of sea-pike, with the aid of a
torch light, held over the side of a boat,
it being the habit of this fish to make
for any light in largo numbers.

.Worked by one man.

Employed for the same purpose as Tern-
puling.

Employed for catching fish as they pass
along. This contrivance consists of one
large net, nearly square, laid down fiat ;
two ropes attached to each end of the
further side are stretched in opposite
directions so as to be in Hue with the
further side of the net tied at certain
points to the said ropes. When fish pass
over the net the rojpes are simultaneously
drawn up, the net is thereby raised above
the water, or with only the middle of it
touching the water. The fish are then
taken out.

For catching prawns in 3 to 5 feet clear
slack water on a sandy beach, by apply-
ing the hook to the eye of the prawn
and givinff the tanjol a sharp jerk. The
operator has to wade stealthily in the
water.

[184]

Fis

of British Malaya,

Fla

Malay.

English.

Tempuling

Dugong harpoon

Topang ...

Truban

Tuas

Fishing trap

Twah

Fish trap

Descbiption and Use.

Tho point is so arranged as to become de-
tached from the handle when it has
struck the object aimed at, being retained
by a cord attached to it.

For drawing out and catching the Xfn'to, a
small species of octopus. The rattan is
made at one end to hold the bait, which
is let down into the hole of tho hrita^
the bait being generally of crab ; when
tho kriia catches hold of the bait the
rattan is drawn out, and tho krita fol-
lowing the bait to the mouth of its hole,
is hoisted out with the Toj^ng.

Fish are caught in this trap when they
enter it and come in contact with the
cords which retain the catch outside.
The trap-door has a heavy weight
attached to it, and it therefore descends
and closes rapidly.

This trap is also a permanent structure,
constructed in 4 to 5 fathoms water.
Tho position of the mouth or front is
against the rising tide. Fish are only
caught when seen paissing by tho man
watching on the building, who, on the
fish entering the receptacle, raises the
trap by winding the rope which sustains
it round tho cylindrical bar made for
the purpose.

For fresh-water fishing; tho usual size
I of the trap is about 4 feet by 3
, foot. Tho fish being unable to turn

round when it has once entered the
' trap, is taken out by opening the

end.

Fish Ro6. — The roe of the xhan trnhoh fonns an article of considerable
trade. The fish abounds in Siugai)ore. Penan j^, Ac, but the 8i)awning ground is
on the Sumatran coast, whence most of the article is imiwrted. It is first
thoroughly salted and then dried. It is then packed betwct»n layers of salt for
export'. It is much liked by both Europeans and natives. In the market it apj)ears
in the shape of two lobes forming an oblong body about 6 inches long, 2 inches in
breadth by } of an inch in depth, of a deep amber colour.

Fishiptf Stakes. — Blat or Jermal in Malay. The Chinese word helang has
ako passed imo the yemacular. These consist of rattan screens arranged in such
a way that the fisli are driven into its enclosures, from which they cannot escape.
Each enclosure is arrow-shaped, the last being the narrowest. Each hlat is
required by law to show a light at its outer extremity by night.

FlamboyaJlt. — This gorgeously flowering tree — Foinciana regia — ^was, so
far as can be learned, originally introduced from Madagascar by way of India, but
is so common in the Straits Settlements as to make most people believe it
indigenous. Its brilliant red and yellow blossoms make it a most conspicuous

[136]

Ffy

Descriptive Dictionary

Fro

and ornamenta,! tree. Mr. Bdnman, late Inspector- General of Police at Singapore,
is treiited with liaving Jntroduted it into that ialand.

Flying Dragon. — This pretty reptilo (Draco volane) ie often met with, luid
di-serves all the praise given it in natural histories for beauty of markings. Tho
wings, or prolonged membranes which act as wings, are strengthened bv slender
processes from the first six false ribs, and in reality act as parachutes much as do
those of the flying lemur. &<:. The reptile is perfectly harmless, and caji be
handled with impunity. One out of the two specimens seen by the compiler was
canght down his back, having jumped from a tree and alighted between the collar
of hia coat and the flesh. It was figured and described in No. 9, p. 162, of the
J. 8. B. R. A. S. for June. 1882.

Flying Fox (PteropuB rulncoUi»). — The Malay kahng or klawei. This is a
large species of bat which baa acquired its name from its foi-coloured fur and the
vulpine character of the head. Ordinary specimens measure from 2 to 3 feet from
tip to tip of the wings, but they have been found measuring over 5 feet. They fly
in a steady line, and do immense damage to fruit plantations. The mat bags so
often seen enclosing jack and other fruit are intended as protection against these

Flying foxes are, according to Wallack, eaten by the people of the Island o£
Balchian in the Dutch Archipelago, but, possessing as they do a strong foxy
flavour, are not so used by the Malays.

Plying Lemur {Oaieopithient volarit), — This is one of the insectivora,
and by means of a membrane surrounding the body it is able to make oblique
downward flights through the air. It is of a sluggish nature by day. In colour it
is olive, or brown, mottled with irregular whitish spots and blotches closely
resembliny the colour of mottled bark. It is extremely hard to kill. It is
mentioned in some natural histories as the Colugo, and is so called by the Malays,

Flying Lizard.— See Fltinq Dbaoon.

Football. — A game played with a rattan ball {raga), hollow, and about
6 inches in diameter. It is kept up with the heel, knee, or any jiart of the body
except the hand. It has to be thrown beyond the circle of players to score to thti
sender.

Folklore, Malay.— A very good sketch of this subject is given by
Mr, Maxwell iu No- ?, J. S, B. E. A. S. (1881), p. 11, but the details given
might obviously be added to immensely by any one with the necessary time and
knowledge at his disposal. It would be impossible to give even a short preeia that
would be of service in the limits at disposal, and readers must be referretl to the
article itself, which is worded in the writer's usual interesting style. Set also
(Jharms, Divinations, &c.

Fort Lismore. — The European name of a small fort at Alor Gaja in
Malacca formerly occupied by a Sepoy guard. The road thither whs made by
convict labour in 183S. The name no longer appears on the maps, and the fort
has become a ruin.

Frogs (-fforfoi).— As with many other departments of natural history, the
batrachians of Malaya have as yet received scant attention at the hands of scien-
tists, and no complete list exists of the various species found in the Peninsula.
The eatable frog — Rana egculenta — is said to be found, but is not, as in Hongkong,
an article of European diet. Tree-frogs are found in large numbers. Bull-frogs
arc also common.

Frog, Flying [KaUik ftcfonj).— This was first noticed by Wallack, and haa
euomiously develoi)e.i feet with webs Itetween. so that, when expanded, they present
a surface larger than that of the body. The so-called flying is, of course, only a
1136]

Fra

of British Malaya.

Fun

prolonged leap, but the membranes in question appear to act like parachutes and
extend the. leap to an extent which almost assumes the appearance of flying. It is
oocasionallj met with in the Peninsula.

Fruits. — A total list of some 63 " fruits " has been compiled as indigenous
to the Malay Peninsula. Some of these, however, are repugnant to Europeans and
seldom touched by Malays. The following catalogue will be found to include all
which are likely to come imder the notice of the ordinary resident or visitor : —

Almond

B4dam, ketapong, los.

Mango

Buah mangga or

Banana

Pisang.

Mangostun ..

,, manggis.

Blunbing ...

Mata kuding

„ buloh

—

Melon

Tambikoi.

i> saga

Nam-nam ..

—

Breadfruit...

Sdkun.

Nutmeg

Buah pala.
„ kras kulit.

Cashew

Jambu mony&t.

Nuts

Citron

Limau karbau.

Nanka

Coooa-nut ...

Klapa.
Buan srlk&ya.

Orange

Limau manis.

Costard apple

Plantain

Pisang bdsar.

Chiko

Pomegranate

Buah dolima.

Champedak (largo

Papaw

Papaya.

jack iroit)

Polesan

—

Duka

Pumpkin

Labu manis.

Durian

■ ™™

Persimmon..

Pig

Anjir.

Pine-apple ..

Anana.

Oronadilla ...
Ouava

(Imported).
Jambu.

Rambei
Rambootan..

—

Grape

Buah anggor.

Bambustin..

Jack fruit ...

ChSmpidars.

Soursop

Durian blanda.

Jambu

Suntal

Langsat

Tampang ..

Limes

Limau asin.

Tarrap

Iiemon

„ kapas.

Some sixty-three varieties of the banana and plantain arc described by botanists,
many having distinct names in Malay, e,q,y pisang maSf p, rajah, <&c. Most of the
above fruits are in season twice a year.

Funerals.— The funerals of the Malays, like those of other nations con-
verted to Islamism, are in conformity to the usage of the Mahommedans. The
body, within twentv-four hours after death, is buried in a shroud, and the word
which expresses this simple ceremony literally signifies to plac^ in the earth, and is
the same which means to plant or put seed in the ground — tanam. At the bottom
of the grave on one side there is a lateral excavation to receive the body. A simple
mound marks the grave, without monumental stone or tomb, except in the case of
kings and reputed saints, the tombs of the latter being considered holy under the
Arabic name of hramai, or sacred. The cemeteries of the Peninsula Malays are
usually enclosed with a fence, and strike the eye as remarkable owing to the close
proximity of the stakes which mark the abiding-place of each body — as, directly
the dead may be presumed to have returned to dust, a fresh burial takes place
within the same or an overlapping area.

Mr. J. D. Vaughan gives the following in a paper which appeared in Vol. XI.
of the J. I. A. : —

" There is not much ceremony connected with the burial of the dead. When
a Malay dies, the priest and his attendants are sent for ; the latter wash the body
and clothe it with a change of clean linen. Cotton is laid over the face, and
camphor is sprinkled over the body and thrust into the ears and nostrils, and some
is put on the eyelids. White cotton cloth some yards longer than the corpse is
folded in six or seven folds and laid under the body, the arms are crossed over the
breast, the left usually under the right ; the body is then rolled up in the cloth, and
a knot is tied a little beyond the head, and another beyond thaf eet ; another piece
of doth is tied round the waist over all. Coffins are seldonl^used ; the body is

[137]

Fuc

Descriptive DicHonary

placed in the grave, and a plank is laid over the body di^onally. so as to shelter
the latter from the earth. The grave must be dug north and soutli. so that the
body may be laid on its side with the faw towards Mecca. After the grave ia filled
a vooden post ia put into t<he ground at each end, to mark the spot \ the priest .
reads the funeral service and exhortatiou called talkin and the service conoludos.
Three days after death a feast is held, aiid again on the seventh, fourteenth, fortieth i
aud huDuredth days. Before the body is removed from the house, the priest reads
the Koran, aud this duty is continued daily for seven days."

The subjoined account was taken down from the lips of an inhabitant of
Province Wellesley : — " Notice being given to the relatives of the deceased, the body
is placed in a coffin (h-anak) of pulai or jelutong wood, and this, covered with a ]
ttlkony or white pall, ia borne to the grave by six or eight bearers, women as well
OS men following as mourners. Flowers are generally placed on the palL |
Carriages are never used. An Alim or priest meets the procession and reads a i
talkin or prayer at the grave, followed by a portion of the Koran. Those present
cast earth upon the coffin as with us. The corpse ifi always dressed in white. A
meal of bread, wine, &c. is provided for the friends present before starting for tho
kramat, or graveyard. After the grave is filled iu, two small, skittle- shaped posts, j
called vetTan, are i)lat'ed at the head and toot. Corpse-bearers are termed orang
yang angkat naja (or in SingajKire maiat)."

The foUowiug account of the burial of a leading Malay, from the Singapore
Free PresK of September lat, 1887, will give a fair idea of the ceremonies usually I
observed : — "' The inttTraent took pla«e at 4 p.m. in the ground of the Mosfjue at
Kubu. Several Govemmeat officials were present. The general Enroi>ean popula-
tion and Chinese T'/wkayn were weD represented, aud thousands of Malays, of
course, thronged the mosque and its environments. A cup of tea and biscuits J
were offered to visitorB, and a white cottou suah, tied witli coloured ribbon, wu
given to them as a badge of mourning. At the time fixed for the ceremony, a large
drum, which is suspended in front of the mosque, was violently beaten, and the
corpse was borne slowly from the interior of the mosque to the place appointed
for burial. The body was enshrouded in white cloth, placed upon a small '
bier and covered with a, wooden cover of lattice -work iu the shape of a '
coffin, upon which was placed a coloured woollen cloth and a network of
flowers stitched to thin strips of bamboo. The grave was a wide one, and
after a certain depth had been reached, a further narrow excavation had been
made, leaving a ridge all round for standing room. The body, tied in the
white covering only, waa handed in and placed on its side without the narrow
excavation on the bare eartli, and lumps of clay were used to keep it in itusi- ■
lion. Then what might be deacribed as a coffin (long, tho Malays call it)
wtthoiit a bottom waa placed over it, with the lower edge resting on the ridge.
Some prayers were said, and the Malays near responded whilst pressing small
pieces of earth to Uicir lips. A wooden cover was then put over the coffin
without a Iwttom and the earth filled in. During this time small can nun
placed in iJie background were fired at intervals. Then followed prayers and
fuaKting, and the same will Ite carried on almost continuously for forty days,"

Fuchsia.— Almost every attempt to introduce this has failed. Some
fifleeu years ago, however, some very excellent blossoms were, exhibited at the
annual flower show, but the success has never been repeated.

Gading. — A district in the N. centre of Malacca, consisting chiefly of
Government forest reserve, alwut 18 miloa from the town.

Gading.— Taj iioC4i plantation and V. n.bout 2^m. N.E. of Durian Tonggal,
C. Malacca. This must not bo confounded with the Qading district, which lies in
a direct line 6^ m. N.W.

[188]

Oad of British Malaya. Gam

Gadong. — ^A village on the border of Rambau on the road from Naning in
N.W. Malacca.

Qajah. Mati. — A v. in the Sungei Petei district, C. Malacca.

Qalangal. — The root of alpinia galanga. Imported chiefly from China,
though ^uanj species of alpinia abound in the Peninsula. The original habitat of
alpinia galanga is the East Indies.

Qalena. — G^alena mines exist in Patani and the Bindings, and the pro-
duct of the former is remarkably good. It has also been discovered in Malacca
and Perak.

QamalSJl. — A Javanese word often used by Malays t<f signify a band of
musical instruments.

Qambior, or Terra japonica (JJncaria gamhir), is obtained principally from
the Straits Settlements. The planters grow it in connection with pepper, as the
refuse of the gambler makes an excellent manure for the pepper plant. Gambler
is in the form of blocks or cubes, of a light brown colour. The extract in many
cases resembles a red earth, and, as imported to England in its rough state, is very
much adulterated, sticks, stones, and large quantities of elephants' dung being
mixed with it in the manufacture. If this variety of tannin could be obtained
with greater purity, it would fetch a higher price in English commerce, from its
greater value to the tanner. The extract is obtained by boiling the leaves, small
branches, and pieces of wood of the tree in water, evaporating the liquid to an
extract. With the better kind of extract, which goes technically by the name of
" Cube Q-ambier," more care is taken in the preparation, and in order to ensure
consistency, starch is mixed with it, or some kind of farina, to consolidate it, and
dry it more easily. It is cut into the form of cubes about an ioch-and-a-half
square before drying. The vjiriety of gambler which is called the " Block," ranges
in value from £lh to d£20 per ton, and the best cube from J£25 to J635 per ton.
This tanners' material is not only used by tanners, but in a variety of different
manufactures in England, and is used by dyers and brewers to add to other extracts.
— {New Commercial Plants and Dnigs.)

The gambler plant is a stout, climbing plant, a native of the countries border-
ing on the Straits of Malacca, and especially of the numerous islands at their
eastern end. There would appear to be two species employed : — (1) The JJncaria
gambir^ Boxb. — the Nauclea gamhir of Hunter. (2) TJncarla a^ida. Hunt. The
cultivation and manufacture seem to have beeu commenced at Singapore in 1819,
and it rapidly extended, until there were about 600 or 800 plantations; but,
owing to a scarcity of fuel, without an abundant supply of which manufacture is
impossible, and labour becoming also dear, they were reduced to about 400 in
1850, and in 1866 the cultivation was fast disappearing on the island. • It nillied,
however, in view of a larger and cheaper supply of labour, aud the constantly in-
creasing demand for extract by European importers. In 1870 the total ex[)ort
from Singapore was 34,550 tons, and in 1871, 34,248 tons. Somewhat less than
half thifl amount was produced in Singapore itself, the balance being derived from
Bhio aud the adjacent islands of the Archipelago, that of Bintang being the largest
contribator. About the same proportions between supply and total export have
since been maintained. The export to Great Britain in 1881 fell somewhat short
of 26,000 tons, but has since increased. The total quantity exi)orted to all
countries from Singapore diuing 1892 was 56,303 tons.

The Pharmacographia gives the following description of the manufacture : — The
plant is propagated either by seeds or cuttings, but the latter are preferred. At the
ezpiiation of fourteen months the first cutting of the branches, with the leaves on,
is made. The plantations are often formed in clearings of the jungle, where they
last for a few years, and are then abandoned, owing to the impoverishment of the

[139]

Gam Descriptive Dictionary Gam

Boil aud the irrepresniblc growth of the lalang grass {/ijiperata Ecenigii, BeauT.),
which is more difficult to eradicate than even primeval jungle. It has been found
profitable to eombiue with the cultiTation of gambier that of pepper, for whieh the
boiled leaves of the gainbier form an excellent manure. The gambler plants aru
allowed tti grow from 8 to 10 Feet high, and as their foliage is always in season,
each plant is 8tnpj>ed three or four times in the year. The apiiaratus and all that
belongs to the manufacture of the extract are of the most pnmitiTe description.
A shallow cast-iron pan, about 3 feet across, ia built into an earthen fireplac*.
Water is poured into the pan, a fire is kindled, and the leaves and young shoots,
freshly plucked, are scattered in and boiled for about an hour. At the end of that
time they are thrown into a capacious steeping trough, the lower end of which
projects into the pan, and squeezed with the hand so that the absorbed liquor may
run back into the boiler. The decoction is then evaporated to the consistency of a
syrup, and baled out into buckets. When sufficiently cool, it is subjected to a
curious treatment. Instead of simply stirring it round, the workman push-.'s a
stick of soft wood in a sloping direction into every bucket, and placing two such
buckets before him, he works a stick up and down in each. The liquor thickens
round the stick, and the thickened portion being constantly rubbed off, while at
the same time the whole is in motion, it gradually sets into a mass, a result which
the workman affirms would never be produced by simply stirring round. Though
we are net prepared to concur in the workman's opinion, it is reasonable to suppose
that his manner of treating the liquor favours the crystallization of the substance
in a more concrete form than it might otherwise assume. The thickened mass,
which is said by another writer to resemble soft, yellowish clay, is now placed in
shallow, square I>oxes, and when somewhat hardened, is cut into tubes and dried in
the shade. The leaves are boiled a second time, and finally washed in water,
which water ia saved for another operation. A plantation with five or six
labourers contains on an average 70.000 to 80.000 shrubs, and yields from 50 to
60 lbs. of gambier daily.

A refined quality is manufactured for chewing, Various sorts are in the
market, e.g., Gamhir Siak from Pontianak, aud Oauildr jiahi from Landau, Siam.
The first named is that cultivated in the Settlements and Peninsula. It fetches
from $22 to $26 j>er piciil.

Gambling. — In Malay, Jndi. All the more advanced nations nf the Asiatic
Ai'chipelugii are greatly addii'ted to gaming, the jiaiisiou for which is very far
from lj>'iiig confined to the nations that have adopted the Maht>inmedau religion ;
for lie Hindus of Bali and I/omboc. and the Christians of iLe Philippines are as
great gamblers as the Malays, and greater than the Javanese. Cock-fightiug.
except ill the British possessions, where it has been prohibited, is everywhere the
normal shape which it takes; but card-playing, and other games, have been
acquired from the Chinese, who are themselves even more determined gamblers
than any of the native nations. Amongst the Chinese, the ])rincipal games arc
Poh and Chap.ji-ki. The former ia played with a die placed in a square brass boi
fitting it accurately, which in turn sUdea into a brass cover. The lower end of the
box is bevelled, and the die having been inserted, the boi is spun on a board or
mat marked with a diagonal cross, The faces of the die are coloured red and
whit«. and the stakes having been placed on the mat. those opposite the red portion
of the die when it ceases spinning, are the winners.

Chap-ji-ld ia a game of oarda, in which the player turning up a card answering
to the bank reivives ten times his stake.

Oame-COCk {Ayamtahong). — See Cock.

Qames.— The Malays indidgo in but few games, the most popular being one
in which a vricker ball {raga) ia kept up with the heels as tu the Chinese shuttle-
cock. Nearly all their other amusements take a gambling form. Amongst the
[l-lOl

Oam of British Malaya. Gel

Chinese, cliess (^. v.), draughts, kite-fljing, marbles, top-spuming, shuttlecock, and
other games resembling our own, are in vogue. See Cards.

Qamnty Palm. — ^A common tree, the black fibres of which are used for
making ropes, cordage, <&c. The open strands used in catching crocodiles are made
of this substance.

QangSa. — Small v. on the high road, about 3^ miles S. of Durian Tunggal,
Malacca, in N. of Batu Berendam district.

QaDJa or Bhang. — ^An intoxicating extract of hemp.

Qanong Ayer PanaS. — ^A thermal spring in Naning. The temperature
of the water is 110°, and it rises from a bed of hot soft mud. About 10,000 cubic
feet are discharged daily.

Qanong Bukit. — ^A hill in Naning at the foot of which lies a swampy
plain.

Qanonfit Kache. — ^A plain at the foot of Bukit Ganong, Padang Sebang,
in Naning temtory, Malacca.

Oantang. — A Malay gallon =s4 chupaks, which are now by law 4 Imperial
quarts.

Qantong Lambei. — ^^ on E. bank of B. Madus, near its source in E.
Johore.

Gskpam. — V. on the Duyong E., S. Malacca, about 7| miles N.E. of Malacca.
Tin usedtormerly to be mined in the neighbourhood.

Qardinia. — A favourite plant with the Malays, and supposed to be a native
of the Peninsula. It flourishes well in these latitudes.

GargaSSi^ Orang. — ^A wild tribe in Kedah, probably the same as that
known in other parts of the Peninsula as Orang 8akai-liar.

Qamet. — The term iakut is applied to both the garnet and the white sap-
phire. Both are exotic, but frequently met with amongst the Malays.

Qarroo Wood {Kayu Oharu). — Decayed Lignum Aloes, Agala wood. Eagle
wood and Calambak of commerce. When burned it gives a powerful aromatic
odour, and is used to scent joss sticks. It seems rather to melt than ignite when
fire is applied. Malacca furnishes a moderate supply, but this will always be re-
stricted, as, until decayed, the wood is of no value for scenting purposes.

Qaruda or Qurda. — A mythological bird mentioned by Malay romancists
as being invoked for the purpose of desolating a country. It is generally repre-
sented as a hurong lang, or kite, with a long beak, two heads, and four talons. Its
size is so prodigious that when it flies its shadow covers an entire country. The
myth is originally Hindu. Compare the Arabian Bokh. The figure of this bird is
frequently painted on the paper kites of the Malays.

Qating Repong. — v. in extreme S.E. of Selangor.

Qecko. — A family of lizards so named from the cry of its most conspicuous
member. Most naturaHsts apply the term to all the wall lizards (which embrace
50 genera and 200 species) abounding throughout the warmer countries of the
world. The true Gecko is found in Java and Siam, but I have not met with it in
the Peninsula. Its family is, however, largely represented. See Chichak.

Gdlain Tree. — The Gelam tree is of the Myrtacea family, and attains a
height of about 4f5 feet, and a girth of 5 to 6 feet at the base. It has a few upright
and contorted branches, innimierable twigs with a liberal diffusion of dark green
almond-shaped leaves ; the latter, when bruised in the hand, emit a strong aromatic
odour not unlike cajeput oil. The tree is indigenous to Malacca, and, as far as can
be ascertained, it cannot be found in the other Settlements ; but a few hundred young
plants have been introduced into Singapore from Malacca for roadside planting,

[Ul]

Oel

Descriptive Dictionary

Gls

for which purjiose thej are very siiitable. They make splendid avenuea when
planted alongside roada crossing fresh-water awamps or ]>addy-fielda. The water
becomes discoloured by tannin from the fallen leaves. The uatives make a decoc-
tion from the leaves which is very astringent and asMumes the colour of a strong
tea. It is said to be a specific administered in cases of diarrhcea and dysentery.
The bark is extremely light, buoyant, stift and pithlike, about \ of an inch thick,
overlying the wood in thin white and light brown layers of the thictoiesa of tissue
paper interlarded with woody fibre and white powder. Like the Qiterpiw >H6er. or
cork-tree, it regularly sheds its bark and acquires a fresh coat. The natives use it
instead of oakum for caulking the seams of their boats. The wood is used as poles
and putlogs for scaffolding, the construction of fishing stakes, and for fueL The
tree thrives and abounds in Malacca in the inland marshes and outlying lands, and
as fast as they are felled seedbngs spring up to take their place.

GelElIlg. — District on E. side of Singapore town, of which Tanjong Kii is the
most W. point. It lies south of the high road to Changi and is much affecte<l by
thinners, &c.

Qelegak Nasi. — A kind of shining worm supi>oaed to frerjuent tin mines
and to make a bubbling noise.

Gemencheh, — State, v. and R. formerly part of Johol, but now one of the
Negri Senibilan ; the river, a tributary of the Muar. Gold was discovered here
aliout 1768, and small quantities were worked by the Malays. From 1807 to 1824
the mine wa^i steadily worked, but the Naniug war caused a stoppage. It was agtun
worked from 1833 to 1^40, and again deserted till 1644. But little, however, has
been done since then. The Chindraa gold mine is one of seven in proximity to
Gemencheh,

OentiUg. — District in S.W, Penang, between Pondok Upeh and Pulau
Betong.

Qeology. — Notices of the geology of the Peninsula, Ac., will be found under
the names of the places dealt with.

George Town. — The proper name of the capital of Penang I. It is, how-
ever, described under the word " Penang," the name of Geoi^ Town having fallen

Gielong.— V. on N. bank of Pahang B-, 3 miles E. of Chfino, C. Pahang.
Gilengan Buaya. — V. on 9. bank of Bernam E., N. Selangiir, about 19
miles from its mouth.

Gingelly Oil.— AVp On,s.

Ginger.— Imported almost exclusively from China for use in medicines sold
by Chinese druggists. Regarding this root, Mr. Caktley gives the following notes
(Report., 1886) :—

"GiNoER (Zingiber o^ciiiiile). — Ginger grows satisfactorily; low prices only
prevent its cultivation being freely developed. It is, however, an exliausting
crop, soon wearing out the uind in which it is planted in the absenco of liberal
manuring.

" Chinbsb Ginoes {Zingiber s^.). — Some plants of this species, which produces
the well-known preserved ginger of the shops, were received during the year from
iho Royal Gardens, Ifew. It has grown well, but shows no sign of (lowering. It
is bflicved to be an entirely new 8j>ecios, but this cannot Iw tletermined in the
absence of Howcrs."

Gintuig- — V, on W. coast of Tioman I.

GlUgor or Gelugor. — A district on E. coast of Penang. so called from
the prevalence there of a, tree bearing an acid fruit which is cut in slices and used

[142]

Gna of British Malaya. 6ol

Qnan. — v. on E. bank of. E, Pahang, just below its turn E. in C. Pahang.

Ooa Kepah. — A v. on the S. bank of the Muda E., in extreme N. of
Province Wellesley, and 17 miles from Butterworth. A good many Chinese are
here, employed in sawing timber and burning lime from shells. The timber is
floated down from the interior, as there are very few trees besides fruit-trees near
the banks of the lower parts of the river, and the material for the lime is obtained
from an artifleal mound of cockle shells containing several thousand tons, which
lies a quarter of an hour's walk inland. The lime-burners have been working the
mounds for many years, and have not yet removed the contents. The Malays, who
have no tradition as to its origin, considered it to be a natural deposit until lately,
when the discovery of human remains near the lower part of the centre of the
mound showed it to be an artificial construction. In fact the mound consists of
pure cockle shells, without the slightest admixture of other shells or of any foreign
matter, and it appears as if the fish had been taken out before the shells were
thrown on the heap, where they now form a concrete which has to be broken with
a pick-axe, owing to the partial crystallization of the edges causing the shells to
adhere to each other. Had the mound been subjected to pressure, as would have
been the case had it been submerged a few fathoms under the sea, it would have
become a mass of compact limestone, as it is evidently of great antiquity. From
the nature of the remains, the origin of the mound is attributed to the Seynangs,
an Oriental Negro people, of whom broken tribes still exist in the neighboiu*hood.
There are two other mounds at Goa Gup])a that have not jet been interfered with,
one of which is about the same size as that worked by the Chinese, but the other
is considerably larger, and appears to be a cluster of mounds joined together.
The lime made from the shells is of excellent quality, and is all carried to Penang
in large Chinese cargo-boats.

Goan Bengkong. — V. in Chabau district, E. Malaccti.

Qoan Dalam. — V. in the Chabau district, E. Malacca.

Goat. — ^The domestic goat, a small animal kept for its flesh, but not for its
milk except by foreiguers, is pretty generally distributed over Malaya ; but its
origin is as obscure here as in other countries. In Malay it has two names —
kambing and bebek, the last being oddly enough the name for the domestic duck in
Javanese. The first Malay name extends as far as the Philippines, and the second
has also a wide currency ; either the one or tlie other being nearly the only names
in the other languages of the Archipelago. The names now given are native
words, and through them, therefore, a foreign origin for the goat cannot be traced.
In Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula there exists a species of antelope, the
Antilopa sumatrensis, a denizen of the deepest recesses of tiie mountain forests ;
but Cbawpurd does not think this likely to be the source of the domestic goat,
although the Malays have no other name for it than " the wild goat," kamhing-utan,
and, notwithstanding its native names, it seems more probable that the Hindus
brought it from Southern India, than that it is indigenous. In Singapore tlie
chief owners of goat flocks are Hindus, especially those who were sent thither as
convicts after the Indian Mutiny. Conventionally the word kambing is a])plied to
both goats and sheep. The Malayan goat is by no means a large specimen of the
breed.

Gobek Tembaga. — ^Used by aged people and those who have lost their
teeth to pound betel-nut before chewing it.

Godown. — ^A storehouse, corruption of the Malay gedoiuj.

Gold. — The metal, in sufficient abundance to be worked, is found in the

Malay Peninsula. Gold is believed to be under the care and in the gift of a dewa,

or god, and its search is therefore unhallowed, for the miners must conciliate the

dewa, by prayers and offerings, and carefully abstain from pronouncing the name

[143]

Gol

Descriptive Dictionary

of G-od or performing anj aiCt. o£ worship. Any ackQowledffment of the aovere^fnf y
of AMah ofEendB the dewa, who immediately " liideB the gold " or renders it invisible.
At some of the great Umbonyan mag or gold pits in the Malay States of the interior,
any allusioa to the Deity subjects the unwitting miner to a penalty which is imposed
by the Penghfllu. The qualities of the gold vary greatly ia the same country. The
finest gold brought to market is that of the principality of Pabang. on the eastern
side of the Malay Peninsula, nhich brings a higher price than even that of Australia
by better than three per cent. The gold is all obtained b^ washing, and the metal
has never been worked, and scarcely even traced to the original veins. It is mostly
in the form of powder or duat — the mat-urai of the Malays, literally "' louse or
disint«grated gold." Now and then lumps of considerable size are found, but, -
compared to the uuggets of California and Australia, mere pebbles.

Attempts have been made to estimate the total quantity of gold produced, but
all estimates, from the nature of tiiinga. can be no better than conjectures. Mr.
LooAN estimates the total produce of the Malay Peninsula at no more than 20,000
ounces, See aieo Ledano, Chindbas, Eacb and Penjom.

GolO tn" Oolah. — A small c
B one of the best known.

1 description of lcri». The Qolo Shiihan

Golok.— A bill-hook. The 8t*el spur affiled to a fighting-cock's heel, also
colled laji (q. v.). In Perak the name of a choppiug-kuife, in BCmbau a dagger.

Qong. — The Chinese instrument so called. Familiar to the Malays, but of
foreign origin.

Ooose. — Nut iudigenous, and domesticated in Malay cuuntries with great
difficulty. Of late years, however, they have been plentifully bred, aad can be
obtained in most of the British Settlements, The Malayan word avg»a is Sanskrit,
pointing to the bird's Hindu origin.

Gopenfl. — An important V. in East Kinta, State of Perak, and the seat of
a Ma^istra<;y and hospital. It is the tin-mining centre of the district, and will
shortly be connected by rail with Teluk Anson.

Qovemment.—The native Governments are all officered on much the same
plan. We subjoin a list of the Chiefs in Perak, which will give a fair idea of those
of the Native States generally ;—

The constitutional body of the country, when all the offices are filled Up.
consists of the following persons ; —

I. The Sultan.

II. The Eaja Muda

III. Pour Nobles of the Ist class, viz. : —
1. The Raja Bcndahara •••
'2. The Temenggong ... ...

3. The Orang Raga Besar

4. The Tunku Mantri

rV. Eight Nobles of the 2nd class, viz. :-

1. The Maharaja Lela

2. The Laksamana

3. Shahbandar

4. The Datoh Sadika Kaja.

5. The Penglima Guntar

G. The Penglima Bukit Gautong

7. The Datoh Shakgor or Si^ah...

8. The Imam Paduka Tuan

[144]

or heir apparent.

Prime Minister.
Chief Magistrate.
Keeper of the Privy Purse.
Chief Adviser.

C Commander of the land and sea
I forces.

High Admiral.
( Harbour Master aud Collector o
I Customs.

"i District OffiL'crs on either bank of
j the river.

Head of the rivor boats.

Chief priest.

Gov of British Malaya. Gnm

V. Sixteen Nobles of the 3rd class, viz. : —
1. The Sri Maharaja Lela«,

to 16 * ^^* ascertained.

In the smaller States there are less officials by far. There is no title of
Temenggoug now in Johore, and the Tunku Mantri is called Datoh Mantri.
Differences of title also obtain with the other ranks, the administration being
assimilated to the English model. The principal Officers of State in the Territory
are thus given : —

The Sultan.

Five Unkus, relations of the Sultan (Princes).

The Datoh Mantri.

The Tuan Hakim.

The Mufti.

The Datoh Bintara Luar.

The Datoh Bintara Dalam.

The Commissioner of Police.

The Engineer and Surveyor.

The Superintendent of Public Works.

The ImanL

Two additional Members.

A Clerk of Council.

These constitute the Council of State, which unites executive and legislative
functions. There are also various other heads of departments. It will be seen
that this is a compromise between the Malay and British organization.

The local Directory contains such full information regarding the Government
of the Settlements that it is needless to repeat it in these pages.

Oovemment Hill, Penang (2,500 feet).— The highest hill in the N.
range, Penang. A Government bungalow and convalescent bungalow are erected
on the summit, N. of which is the signal flag-staff. Bellevue, a little way beyond
and as ^et unbuilt on, offers, perhaps, the finest view of the town and province to
be obtained anywhere on the Penang Hill.

Granite abounds throughout the Peninsula and Settlements, Pulo Ubin
furnishing the principal supply to Singapore. Its working is farmed throughout
the British possessions. A fine-grained variety, equal to Aberdeen, is found at
Buldt Berapit, in Perak.

OrapeS are not indigenous, and the plants introduced seldom bear fruit.

Graphite. — ^^ Plumbago.

Guava. — One of the fruits known under the general title of jamhu by the
Malays, and in no way differing from the West Indian fruit. No attempt, however,
except in a domestic way, has been made locally to manufacture the well-known
guava jelly. The tree is common throughout the Peninsula.

Gula Estate. — A sugar estate in N.W. Perak, above the Larut E., some
6,000 acres in extent. Port Weld is within easy distance S. The estate is owned
by a syndicate in China.

Gum Pering. — V. about 4| miles from Malacca-town, on the road to
Bumbia, in the Batu Berendam district.

GuinS. — ^The only gum obtained as an article of commerce (if we except
India rubber and gutta percha, which are dealt with separat^'ly) is that obt^iim'd
from the Damar-tree (Damara Sp.)y which abounds in the Peninsula. (See Damar.)
Copal and other gums are imported for transmission to Europe.

Gunmnclli. — See Gemencheh.

[145] L

Gun

Descriptive Dictionary

OunhUQ. — A V. oa thu Qading forest reserre, N. Malacca, and close to

S'lngei Batang Malaka.

Gunong, Mountain. — But frequentlj applied to what we designate hills.
liiikit anil gunoiiij tndeod arc often uBod for elevatiooa of siinilar height.

Qunoug Augsi (3,200 feet high).— At S. end of Julebu range near the!
dividing point between Kemban, G. Pasir, and Siiag€^i Ujong.

Gunong Api. — Literally '■ fire-mountain," ia the usual name for a volcano,
but is also the proper name of some islets with active volcanoes. See Volcano.

Gunong Banang. — Hill forming part of the range koown as Balu Fahat
in W. .lohore.

Gunong Batang Padang. — Range in S.E, Perat, of which G. Bajah
{6,500 feet) is tlie muat wnspit-itoua elevation.

Gunong Batu Pahat or Mount Formosa.— A range of hiiia on a

aide of the Batii Pahat K., W. Johore.

Gunong Batu Pulei. — A table-topped hill in the C. of the Bidor and
Batang Padang rang.?. S.E. Perak.

Gunong Bau. — Hill on the E. aide of entrance to Johore R,, marked oa
the Admiralty Chart as Little Johore Hill, 749 feet high,

Gunong Bentan, 1.212 feet high, in Pulo Bentan,

Gunong Beraga. — Mt. in H^mbau forming part of the Rembau chain,
of granitic formation.

Gunong Bertam. — Hill between Gunong Titi Wangaa and Eui R., 8.
Eedab.

Gunong Besiah.— Hill about 12 miles N. of the Perak frontier in S.S.J
Kedah, ami the N. of a chain eitending from C. Perak.

Gunong Bidor.— The 8. portion of a chain extending from E.C. to S.E. 1
Perak, the central portion being the Batang Padang Mts. The natives suppose the I
range to be haunted by evU spiritB.

Gunong Biong.^E. spur of the Perak ratige in N. Perak, about 8 miles 8.
by W. of Kota Tampan.

~" ~" . C. Johore, the supposed source of the B.

Gunong Blumut.— Hill i

Kahang,

Gunong Blungkor.— Hill o

5 miles N, with Johore Hill.

E. aidu Johore B. n

s entraoce, in a tins J

Gunong BubU (5,650 feet).-

_ , , -In W. Perak. about 9 miles S.W. of Kwalft|

Kangsa. Formerly estimated as 6,100 feet,

Gunong Bujang Malaka (4.386 feet).— One of the hills in the Batang I
Padang Mts, about 11 miles E. of the Kiutji K. The sea is visible from its summit; |
itH distance frmn the eoast ia about 42 mllea.

Gunong Bulu Ala. — Hill in estreme S.E. Perak ; one of the sourcea oCj
the I'al.;nig K,

Gunong Cballie. — Hill in N.E. Perak near the source of the Perak R.

Gunong Datoh. — One of the Gunong Titi Wangsa rauge. C. Kedab.

GUQOng Datoh.— Mt. in Bombau. N.W. of Beraga. of giunitic formation.!

Gunong Geriyang.— Sff Elephant Hill.

Gunong Oressi Ambor.— Mt, in the main chain running iietween^
Pahan;,' and Pcnik in W. Pahaug.

Gunong Hijau (4,678 feet),— Five to six miles W.N.W. of Kota Lama,
[146]

Onn of British Malaya. 6uil

N.C. Perak. The above estimate is that given od the Admiralty Chart. In the
J. I. A. it is stated at 5,800 feet.

Ounong InaS. — One of the range in S. Kedah, running nearly at right
angles to the Gunong Titi Wangsa range.

Gunong Itam.— Mt. in W. Pahang, lat. 3^ 15' N., long. 102^ 12' E.
Tin is found on its S.E. slope.

Qunoag Jabnt (1,902 feet).— Hill about 4 miles E. of Kinta E., 3 to 4
miles S.S.W. of Ipoh, C. Perak.

Onnoilg Janing. — ^Mt. in N.C. Johore, about 4 miles below the Pahang
frontier.

Qunong Jerei or Kedah Peak (over 4,000 feet). — The most conspicuous
Mt. in Kedan, about 17 miles N. of the Province Wellesley frontier, and 6 miles
N.E. of old Kedah.

QunOIlg Jong. — Hill at N. extreme of Titi Wangsa range, N. Kedah.

Qunong Kandong (4,550 feet). — ^About l^ miles E. of the Kampar E. in
E.C. Perak.

Qunong Kangar. — One of the chain running from C Perak to S. Kedah,
about 4 miles N. of the supposed boundary between those two States.

Qunong Kendrong (2,852 feet). — One mile W. of Gunong Kernci, and
4 miles W. of Eui E., S.E. Kedah.

Qunong Kera (1,935 feet). — in the N. of the Kampar district, C. Perak,
E. of a bend of the Eaya E.

Qunong Kernel (2,128 feet).— About 3 miles W. of Eui E., S. Kedah.

Qunong EHedang. — Hill between the Perak and Kinta E., C. Perak, about
4 miles N.W. of Kinta.

Qunong Kledang. — Hill on the Kedah side of the boundary between that
State and Eeman, S. Kedah.

Qunong Krian. — Hill in S. Kedah, about 13 miles from P. Wellesley
frontier, at or near the supposed dividing line between Perak and Kedah.

Qunong Lanan. — Mt. in a bend of the Eaya E., about 12 miles nearly E.

of Kinta, C. Perak.

Qunong Lanjut. — A hill in Naning (Malacca).

Qunong Ledang. — ^ee Ledanq and Ophir.

Qunong Lenkor (Lencore on the map). — Hill N. of Kinta E.. E.C.
Perak, not far from its junction with the E. Penoh.

Qunong Lesong. — Hill in E.C. Johore, one of a series lying between the
Bouroes of the E. Madek and Lenggin.

Qunong Mentahak. — Hill 2,150 feet high, about 3 milos N. of the Johoro
E., S. Johore.

Qunong Merah (3,750 feet).— in N.C. Perak, 7 to 8 miles E. of Kwala
Elangsa.

Qunong Merbukit (645 feet). — In S. Johore. Generally known as Johore
HilL The E. point of the embouchure of the Johore B. (Admiralty Charts).
Another hill 5^ miles N.W. of Point Eomania, S.E. Johore, is so named on the map
of S. A. S., and the above is named Bau Hill.

Qunong Miko. — A mount or hill in the Naning district, Malacca, not
marked in the maps. It produces sapan wood, damar and canes, and is infested by
tigers. The paddy produced in this neighbourhood is said to be of very good
quality.

[147] L 2

Gnn

Descriptive Dictionary

Gunong Monie.— Hill on N. bank of Kinta R.

Lioni; E.

ita janefcion witL the
-Hill 1.680 feet high, about Imilea N. of the Johore E. in
ulley of the same name i« woll

Gimong Pasir.— Mt. in Rembau, The i

cultivated, paddy fields being numerous.

Gunong Pondoh.— A singular mountain in Perak Ijiug a little N. of tbe
direct rout* between the mouth of the Larut river and Kwala Kangsa. It ia
described b^ McNair aa " rising out of the plain like a huge beehive, one mass of
red and white limestone, about 1.000 feet high, bare and time-worn in places, and
perforated with the cavos peculiar to that formation." It can be seen from the
entrance of the Larut Eiver. and lies about 9 miles W. by S. of Kota Lama,
C. Perak.

Gunong Pulei.— Mt, in S. Johore, 2,000 feet high, about 15 miles N.W. of
Johore Bhiiru

Gunong Rajah (6,500 feet).— The centre of a chain with two S. forks in
S.E, Perak known aa Batang Padang Mts.

Gunong Ramiah.— Hill about 1^ miles E. of the Kampar R.. E.G. Perak.
It is aitnated just K. of one extremity of a range some 30 miles long, of which
Bujaug Malaka and Gunong Eajah are the most conspicuous elevations.

Gunong Rampip. — Mt, in extreme E.G. Perak. The vicinity is atill unex-
plored.

Gunong Rantoh.— Hill between Tai|}eug and Kota Lama, C. Perak ; one
of the PtTivk liintre.

Gunong Rapat (1.275 feet).— Hill 3 miles E. of Kinta, 0. Perak.

Gunong Riam.— ^The 9.E. angle of two ranges of hills in N.E. Perak, N.
ot the valley uf the Kinta E.

Gunong Robinson. — Hill in N.E. Perak, 5 milea 8.W. of Gunong Yong
Tup.

Gunong Rundria.— Hill in B.C. Perak just S. of G. Tampurong.

Gunong Selayong. — HiU at N. estremity of Titi Wangsa range, N. Kedah.

Gunong Talian.— Hill in N.C. Pahang, forming the S. end of a chain
supposed til lii' the hiLfli.'st iu the Peninsula.

Gunong Tambun.— Hill on E. bank of Kinta B„ C. Perak. 2 miles 8. of
Ipoh.

Gunong Tampin. — The nearest Mt. in Rembau to tie Malacca Territory ;
of granitie formation.

— Mt. to W. of small Native Stute of that name, Negri

Gunong Tampurong (3,infeet).— E. of the Kampardi§trict.E.C. Perak.
It forma the I'stivtuitv of tho W. fork of the Batang Padang range, and ia about
7 miles N.N.W. uf Cimioiiij Uujang Malaka.

Gunong Terandam (1,380 feet).— Mt. in G. Perak, % mile S.E. of Kinta.

Gunong Timbun Tidang.— Hill in E.G. Johore, about 4 miles W. of
the suunr of llir \X. Midok.

Gunong Tuioh. — A rimge between Ked^ and Eeman, with three pro-
minent peaks, tl]i> iK.rtiiiTunnjsl, being about 7 milea N. of the Palani-Perak fronUor.

Gunong Tujoh-Blas.— Mt. in W. Perak about 12 miles 8.W. of Kwala
Kangsa.

[148]

Gun of British Malaya. Gut

Qunong Tumboh.— HiU about 3 miles of Perak E., 5 miles S.S.E. of
Blanja, C. Perak.

Qunong Tunggal.— Mt. about half way between the W. bank of the
Perak R. and the frontier of the Bindings territory ; in W.C. Perak.

Qunong Ulu Chupei. — ^A S. spur of the range forming part of the sup-
posed boundary between Perak and Kedah ; extreme N. Perak.

Qunong Ulu Kewar. — Hill at supposed meeting point of the Patani,
Perak and Kedah boundary lines. It has a round top.

Qunong Ulu Rengkang. — ^Mt. in C. Perak, about 8 miles S.E. of Kota
Lama.

Qunong Ulu Sungei Raya. — Hill about 6 miles E. of Ipoh on the Kinta
R, C. Perak.

Qunong Ulu Tamulang (^3,435 feet). — On the supposed boundary
between Perak and Kedah, about 7 miles E. of the Perak E.

Qunong Wang. — Hill at N. extremity of Titi Wangsa range, N. Kedah.

Qunong Yong Yup. — Mt. in N.E. Perak, about 13 miles W. of the sup-
posed Kelantan frontier.

Quns^ Qunpowder.— iS^ee Abms.

Quntang. — ^V. at S E. extremity of Pahang on W. bank of Endau R.

Oupi. — Small V. about 2 miles W. of Nyalas in the Jus forest reserve, N.
Malacca.

Qutta Percha — Was first brought to European notice by Dr. W. Mont-
OOMEBJE in 1843, when he reported on its usefulness for certain surgical purposes
to the Bengal Medical Board. In April of the same year, a specimen was j)resented
to the Royal Society of Arts by Dr. d' Almeida. The honour of its discovery
appears to be equally due to both.

It is derived from several trees, the best quality being obtained from the Gxdta
iiban, a large tree from 60 to 70 feet in height, and from 2 to 3 feet in diameter,
much resembling the Durian tree. It was at one time common in Singapore and
Penang, but the wasteful system adopted of killing each tree for its juice, resulted
in its almost total extinction in the Settlements. The present supply is obtained
from the Peninsula, the average yield being 10 catties per tree. Mubton has the
following remarks on the subject : —

" The trees producing gutta percha are all members of the order Sapotaceie, a
family which includes many species useful to man, the best known in the Straits
being perhaps the Chiko (Sapota acras).

"The gutta-producing trees are confined to the genus Isonandra, which is
limited to 6 species by the authors of the * Genera Plantarum.' Isouaudi-a Gutta
(Diehopsis gutta, Singapore Botanical Garden's Report) is the oldest known species,
and yields what is known in commerce as guttapercha, in local parlance Gutta tehaji.

" This tree is occasionally met with in Singapore, and in Johore in the Pulai
hills, and is met with in Perak on Gunong Meru, Gunong Sayong, Gunong Pan-
jang, Gyinong Bubo, Gunong Hijau, and Bujang Malaka, where large trees of 80 to
120 feet are met with, but owing to the reckless way in which the gutta is collected,
it is fast disappearing, and every succeeding year the collectors are obliged to go
further from their kampongs in search of it. A Chilocarjms producing gutta is also
found in Perak.

" The mode of collecting the milk is as follows : — A tree not less than 3 feet in
circumference at 3 feet from the ground is selected, the larger the tree the greater
the quantity of gutta obtainable ; it is then cut down at 5 or 6 feet from the ground,
and as soon as it is felled the top is taken off, where the principal stem is about
8 or 4 inches in diameter ; this the natives say causes the trunk to yield a larger

[149]

Gut

Descfiptive Diclionary

6nt

quantity of milk ; it ia tlien rinj^d at interrals of 5 to 15 inclieB with ijoloks, and
the milk collected in cocoa-nut sbells, palm leaves, or other avaihil'le rot-ei'tacle, It
ia then boiled for an hour, as otherwise it becomes brittk' and useleiis. The average
price per picul is $4;5 to $65."

GuTTA PuTEH, the product of J. macrophyUa, is obtained in the same way. but
is only worth about $15perpicul. It is more spongy and less plastic than G. teban.
It is often adulterated with 0. jelulong, obtained from a species of Alyxin, and is
thus rendered almost worthless. The immense destruction of gutta trees consequent
on the wasteful mode of collection has attracted the attention of Government, and
nnrseries h%ve been formed in Sii^pore. It ia. however, doubtful if the native,
left to act as he pleases in the Peninsula, will take the trouble to adopt a less ready
way of obtaining the gum. in order to save the tree. Outta giijrip {Willoughbeia
firma), Guiia jelutong (Dyera costuUita), and &nUa swndek {Pargmiia Lmrit), are
natives of the Peninsula, but do not produce a gum of first-class quality.

The trade in gutta percha is the speciality of a few firms, and the article ia not
even quoted in most of the prices current from home.

The following addition^ remarks are quoted from Mr. Gantlet's Report on
the Singapore Botanical Gardens for 1886 :—

"G-uTTA Perch* (Dichopsis gutta). — From statistics afforded by plants growing
in the Nursery, this plant, the best variety of gutta-percha tree, seems a moderately
fast grower. A.plant planted in 1879 is now 25 feet in height and 12 inches in circum-
ference at 6 feet above the ground. This gives an average yearly growth in height
of about 3^ feet, and an annual increase in circumference of about 1} inches.

"Kative Creepiwo Gutta.— The various Willoughbeias and others from
which a very large proportion of East Indian gutta is drawn, grow vrith great
vigour when planted off cleared land, and where, in the absence o£ anything to
climb upou, they form large bushes in twelve months. Besults of growth seem to
show that it would be more profitable to plant those than the larger trees requiring
some fifteen years to produce a first return.

"FoRBias Creepino Qctta.— The foreign creeping guttas ou baud are the
African and Madagascar creepers ; these are planted side by side with tlie native
l<in(]s, and although they grow freely, are far behind the native kinds in rate of
growth and general vigour.

" Other foreign rubbers, such as Para, Ceara, and Panama rubbers, grow
well, hut so far as esperimeuts have gone, the produce of latix is very watery, and
it is doubtful whether they will hold thetr own against the bettiT native kinds."

The gutta- producing trees knowo to the Malays, however, greatly outnumber
those known to commerce. Mr. D. F. A. Hbrvey furnished the following list for
the J. S. B. B. A, S. in 1881. "Gutta" has been retained in this article as the
conventional spiling r —
Qetali t«han.
„ tokou.
gBgrit.
,. g^grit puteh. (Gives an it*h.)
,, jflStong. (White and red.)
„ aujiiyus or mgnj&yus.

pudu.
„ sSlambau.
„ ralang.
.. djil.
„ bGringin.
„ jrfreha {i.e., ragged).

„ kCtian, (Has a sweet, aromatic-flavoured, small, white, flesky
flower, which is very pleasant to the taste, and is alinifM
eaten by the natives when met with.)

Out of British Malaya. Han

GStah r^hun (i.e., poison).

jitan. (Gfitah used as ointmcut forjpwrw, or ulcerated sores.)

chdloi.

akar susu putri. (Roots covered with humps.)

„ s^r&pat.
„ sundek.
»

tSrap.

Ontta* Terap (Artocarpus Blumeii). — Introduced into the Singapore
Botanical Gardens from the Malay Peninsula. The word iera^ will be found in the
list of both Woods and Fruits. The tree produces a gutta of no particular com-
mercial value, however, hence its name.

Haji. — The title given to any man or woman who has performed the pilgrim-
age to Mecca. They are entitled to wear a green turban and robe, and the title
confers a certain amount of honour on the holder. Malay women who have per-
formed the " Haj " wear a veil called Mergo, which leaves only the eyes visible.

Hanxaidryaid {OpMophigvs elaps). — The snake-eating cobra (Ular tedong
hesar). This is described by Dr. Fatrer as follows : — " This is probably the
largest and most formidable venomous snake known. It grows to the length of
twelve or fourteen feet, and is not only very powerful but also active and aggres-
sive. It is hooded like the cobra, and resembles it in its general configuration and
character.

" The colours are olive-green above ; the shields of the head, the scales of the
neck, hinder part of the body and of the tail edged with black; trunk with
numerous oblique, alternate black and white bands converging towai'ds the head ;
lower parts marbled with blackish, or uniform pale greenish. This variety is found
in Bengal, Assam, the Malay Peninsula, and Southern India. Other varieties are
found in Burmah, &(i."

Fortunately, this snake, though widely distributed, is not very common. I
have had four specimens brought me in Singapore, and have seen niimerous others
in Province Wellesley. The largest with which I am acquainted was caught in
Selangor, and measured 18 feet 9 inches. It will attack persons approaching it
without provocation. Like the cobra, it has three plates behind the eyes.

Hontn. — " Ghost, spirit, devil, demon, or phantom," according to the dic-
tionaries. The belief in hantus (which are invariably supposed to ho of a malig-
nant nature) is deeply rooted, both amongst the Malays and the aboriginal tribes
of the Peninsula. Almost all diseases are ascribed to a hantu bearing the same
name. Thus the Hantu Kaiumhohan is the spirit of small-pox ; Havtu Kamhong
and HaniM Chika afiUct men with pains in the head and abdomen. The spirits of
disease collectively are called Hantu Penyakit. The Hantu Sahuro, or Black
Hunter, inhabits lakes and river pools. He is attended by three dogs named
Sokom and a bird called Bere-bere. Whenever the latter is seen, pieces of wood
and metal utensils are beaten together, so as to make as much noise as ])ossible and
frighten the dogs (who are supposed to chase men in the forest, and, if they catch
them, drink their blood) from coming near the place. The Hantu Kamang or Raya
causes swellings on the legs and feet. The Hantu JDondong is a cave demon, who
hunts dogs and wild pigs with a aumpitan. The Hantu Kayu iire the demons of
the forest, certain trees having hantus of exceptional malignity. A paper in the
J. L A. (VoL I, p. 307) refers most of these to Mintira beliefs, but these hantus
are equally well known to the Malays, as are others enumerated in the same
article.

The word is applied also in other ways, thus, Pulo liantu — ghost island ; Hum ah
kantu — ^haunted house. This latter term is applied to Masonic Lodges, on account

[161]

Har

Descriptive Dictionary

of tlio rayat^Tj with which they are hedged in. Buroiig luintu, or the ghost bird (a
aight-owl). is so c-tllcd from its aoiselisHs fl^ht aa it dashes from tree to tree during
thu night. Probably the latest adaptation of the term is Krela kantii — a bicycle.

H arrow. — The native hiurow is simply a heavy beam Btudded with spikes,
and is of moat primitive manufacture.

Hedgehog {Glandak tanaV), rescmbliag the European species, not very
common.

Hemp, Indian (CannabU Sativa). — See Fibres.

Hemp, Manila.— See Fibbes.

Hemp, Mauritius.— See Fibres,

Hemp, Penguin.— See Fibeeb.
Hemp, Sunn.— See Pibkes.

Herons {R'lak rmik) are common on the coast and at the mouthM of rivers.
They present no conspicuous variation fi-om the European species.

Hibiscus.— This plant is apparently indigenous, some eight varieties being
commonly met with. It grows to the size of a large tree under favourable condi-

High Peak.— Hill in the dividing range between Selangor and Faliang.
extreme E. Selangor.

Hiliayat.— A history or narrative. There are several Htkayats extant, such
as the Sikayat Hang TiuJi, Hiluiyat Hamxah, HiJeayat lama Yatim, &c., but they
are mostly composed of as much fable as fact. A list of those known to exist will
be found under the article '" Blbhography." The only notable one published of
lute years is the Hikayat Abdullah, written by an intelligent Malay who was present
at the founding of Singapore. Me descril>es the events of the day with commend-
able accuracy. A reprint of the work has recently been issued by the Straits
Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society ; and the Education Department of the Straits
Ooverument has published another editiou of it.

As a specimen of the consideration accorded to these compilations by com-
petent scholars, we subjoin a quotatiou from an interesting article on the subject in
the J. 8. B. E. A. 8. by the Hon'ble W. E. Maxwell, C.M.G. :—

" The Hikayat Hang Tuak fares no better at Mr. Cbawpurd's hands than the
work of the Kedah historian. It is described as ' a most absurd and puerile pro-
duction. It contains no historical fact upon which the slight«st reliance can be
])laced ; no date whatever, and, if we except the faithful picture of native mind
and manners which it unconsciously affords, is utterly worthless and contemptible.' "

LevnEN, in his " Essay on the Languages and Literature of the Indo-Chinese
Nations," gives the following account of Maluy historical manuscripts : —

" There are mauy Malayw compositions of a historical nature, thoi;^h they are
not BO common as the chisses that have been enumerated ; such a« the Hikayat
Jiajak Sonijen, which I have not seen, but which has been described to me us a
genealogical history of the Maluy Rajas ; the Hikayat Malaka, which relates the
founding of that city by a Javanese adventurer, the arrival of the Portuguese, and
the combats of the Malays with Albcqueaque and the other Portuguese com-
manders ; the Hikayat PUrajaya-Putti, or history of an ancient Raja of Malacca ;
the Hikayat AM, or history of Achi or Achin in Sumatra ; and the Hikayat Hang
Tiiah, or the adventures of a Malay chief during the reign of the last Raja of
Malacca, and the account of a Malay Embassy sent to Mecca and Constantinople to
retjuest assistance u^inst the Portuguese. Such historical narrations are extremely
numerous ; indued there is reason to believe that there is one of every 8tat« or tribe;
nod though occaaioually embellished by fiction, it is only from them that we can
obtain an outline of the Malay history and of the progress of the nation."

Hilly Cape.~The N.E. Caj*. of Patani.
[152]

Hin

of British Malaya.

Hin

Hindu. Hindustan. — These are words hardly known to the natives of the
Peninsula. T!n> name by which the people of India, with reference to their faith,
is known to them, is that of the nation with which they have immemorially had
moet intercourse — the TSlugu, whom they call Kaliog. For Hinduslan, or the
country of the Hindns, they prefix the word for land or country of this nation.
in Malay — Tanoh Kdling. The name Ealing, with the elision of the final vowel,
it deserves notice, is the Sanskrit name of the northern part of the Coromandel
cooAt, and, as Professor Wilson informs us, the Calingamm Beeio of the Komans.
Frequently, however, the Indian islanders refer to the country of the Hindus under
tlie appellation of " the country across the water " — TanaJi aabrang, an expression
similar to the Italian Tramontana—hnyond the mountains — applied to the countries
of Northern Europe.

The time and manner in which the Hindu religion was firsi introduced into
the Indian ishinds is, to say the least, a matter of very great curiosity. Without
douht the monsoons had a very large share tn bringing ahout this event. Favoured
by these, tho timid Hindus could easily complete Voyages of a length impracticable
ta their more intrepid adventurous contemporaries of Greece and Italy. The
intelligent Bajcbosa, who describes Malacca before its conquest by the Portuguese
in ISll, represents this class of traders very much as we at present find them, only
more important from the absence of the competition of Europeans. " There are
here," aaya he, " many great merchants, Moor as well as Guntile strangers, I
chiefly of tho Chetis, who are of the Coromandel coast, and have large ships which
they call giunchi (junks)." — Libro de Odo&rdo Babboba. iZamiwio, Vol. I, p. 318.
The word Cheti, here supposed to be the name of the nation, is, in fact, only the
Tilugu and Tamil corruptions of Chethi, a trader, itself a corruption of the Sanskrit
Sre»hti, having the same signification, It is, moreover, the same word which we
have, on twelves written Set, well known in our early Indian history. The trade thus
alluded to by Ba-rbosa has gone on for the period of nearly three centuries and a
half since he wrote, and most probably had been carried on for many ages before
it. It was, in fact, the second stage of that tedious transit which brought the clove
and nutmeg to Western Europe, the first being the home trade oE tho Malays whioh
brought them from the eastern to the western ports of the Archipelago.

Neither the Malays nor the TSlugua have any record of the time or manner in
which this conunercial intercourse commenced, any more than the ancient Britons
bad of their trade in tin witli the Carthaginians. Circumstantial evidence, there-
fore, is all that is available on the subject, and even the amount of this is but
vcasty. When Europeans first visited the Archipelago, they found the Malays
carrying on what may be called its internal carrying trade, acting, in &ct, tho same
piui which is now, in a great measure, performed bythe principal nation of Ci^lebes.
They collected the native products of tho Archipelago, and conveyed them to the
emporia of the West, where they bartered them with the traders of Western Asia,
for the manufactures and produce of Hindustan, Persia, and Arabia. They theui-
Belves, however, it is certain, never went, any more than ticy do at the present day,
beyond the limits of their own waters. Babbosa eniuneratcs the commodities
which tho Malays brought to Malacca, then, probably, the most considerable
emiK-rium of the Archipelago. They consisted of camphor, aloes-wood, bennoin or
frankincense, black pepper, cubeb pepper, tho clove and nutmeg, honey, beeswax,
gold, tin, and slaves. He adds, that the native vessels which sailed from Malacca
wont as far as Timor and the Moluccas in quest of thoae articles, touching at various
ia1«rmediat« place's for trade. Such, then, was the state of the internal trade of
tho Archijielago when the islanders were first seen by Europeans, and such, to
all appearance, it had been for many ages. It is remarkable that several of the
most distiuguishing products of the Archipelago are known, and this, too, even in
many cases, to the natives themselves, by names which are obviously Sanskrit.
Thus, camphor is kapur, from kajmra ; aloes-wood or eagle-wood, gam, from aguru ;
[153J

Hir

Descriptive Dictionary

the nutmeg, fola, abbreviated and corrupted from jatipahUi ; the clove, in Javanese,
(jomeiin, from jOTweAdo, meaning " cow'amarrow ; " and black pepper, TnaricAa, wliieh
is unaltered. From this it is to be inferred that it was the trade of the Hindus
that first gave importance to these commodities, none of nhieh are, even iu tlio J
present daj, much esteemed by the natives themselves, considered as articles of con- I
sumption. Thus, the clove aud nutmeg, as RuMPHtcs long ago observed, are not
usod as condiments. j

In the Javanese cbroudogiea. tho Hindu religion is alleged to have been intro-
duced into their island by an Indian king, whom they call Aji Saba. This is a pure
myth, for the name of the personage thus referred to la Sanskrit, the first part of
it signifying king, and the laat being one of the names of Sai.tvaha, who intro-
duced an era prevalent in the South of India, which goes by his name. In fixing
the commencement of this era, there is a discrepancy of one year between the
Taltigu and Tamil nations, the first making it 78, and the last 73 y«ars after
Christ. It is the first of these that was adopted by the insular Hindus, and which
continues to esist in the island of Bali up to the present time, and does so also in
Java nominally, although in that island lunar having been substituted fur solar
time, iu the year of our time 1633, the time no longer correBponds with the 1
original. This fact determines the introduction of the era of Saka to the Tatugus,
the people whom I suppose to have introduced Hinduism icto the islands. We
may add to this the adoption by the Malay and Javanese of the name of the
T&lugu nation for the whole country of the Hindus. ,

In order to be able to form a reasonable conjecture respecting the time in i
which the intercourse of the Hindus with the Archipelago commenced, and tho I
Hindu religion was introduced into it, we must have recourse to circumstantial
evidence of a different descrijition. Among the commodities which the Malays
and Javanese brought to the emporia of the western parts of the Archipelago, to
barter with the foreign traders that resorted to them, the only two not liable to be
confounded with simihir products of other part« of the east, are the clove and nut-
meg. These, it is known, are not mentioned in the minute list of merchandise
given iu the PeripluB of the Erythnean Sea. thought to have been written in tlie
siity-third yearof Christ. Neither are thoy named by Pliny, who wrote about the
same time. Down, therefore, to the first century after Christ, the clove and '
nutmeg were unknown in Europe, and if known even in the markets of Weatem J
India, they would have been enumerated In the Periplus. Little more than a |
hundred years later, however, we find them enumerated in the Digest of the
Boman Laws. At the time, then, the Hindus must have been carrying on a '
commercial intercourae with the Archipelago, for they were the second link in the
chain of transjiort by which the clove and nutmeg were conveyed, and there is no
other apparent means by which the native products of the remote Molucca and
Banda lalands could have reached the Western world. In so far, then, as thecloveand
nutmeg ai-e concerned, the Hindu intercourse with the Archipeli^o may be said to
have existed for at least seventeen centuries. But it may have existed, and must
probably did exist, much earlier, for, besides the clove and nutmeg, the Malayan
Archipelago produces several other commodities much in demand in the country
of the Hindus, such as benzoin or frankincense, camphor, cubeb, jiepper, gold
and tin, none of which are yielded by any part of Hindustan.* The nunual
immigration of Indian (Kling) coolica into the Straits Settlements and Native
States is estimated at about 10.000. These with Chitties (q. v.) constitute almost
exclusively those of Indian birth resident in British Malaya,

Hirundo Ksculeata. — See Biuds'-nests.

History, — History, iu its usual sense, is unknown to the Malays. The very
names by which Ibeir histories are known proclaim their character, and indicate the
light in which the people themselves view them. These are, either the Sanskrit
[154]

Hoe of British Malaya. Hoi

word cherUa, or the Arabic hikayat, both of which signify story, tale, or romance.
Until they adopted the Mahommedan religion, the Malays had no era, and
reckoned time only by the duration of the reigns of their very obscure princes, not
one of whom has left a name deserving of remembrance by posterity. Respecting
their intercourse with the Hindus, we possess no recorded fact whatever. The
earliest date that can be quoted for their intercourse, even with the Arabs, is the
period of the conversion of the Achinese of Sumatra, and this corresponds to the
year 1204 of our time. No doubt, however, their mere commercial intercourse was
far earlier, and will probably go as far back as the first establishment of the Arabs
in Egypt, and the coasts of the Arabian and Persian Gulf, which would correspond
with the seventh and eighth centuries. — See Hikatat.*

Ho6y. — The conventional way of spelling the Chinese word Hui or Ui, lit,
to meet or confer with, hence a society. Hui Kun, the meeting-house of a society.
— See Secret Societies.

Hog. — One or more species of hog exists, in the wild state, in every great
island of the Archipelago. There are abundance of hogs, even in so inconsiderable
an island as Singapore. There is, at least, one species in great plenty in the Malay
Peninsula.

All the wild hogs that have been seen are small animals, compared with the
wild boar of Europe, or even with that of continental India. The S^ts verrucosus,
80 called from the fleshy excrescence on the sides of the cheeks, has a grotesque
and formidable appearance, but is in reality a timid animal. Their habits appear
to differ in some respects from those of the European and Indian wild hog, for
they come frequently to the sea-shore to feed on crabs, and they will greedily
devour carrion.

Whether any of the wild species be the origin of the domesticated hog of the
Peninsula is a question not easily solved. The popular names for the hog are all
native words. The most frequent of them is hahi, which, with slight modifications,
is found in many languages from the Peninsula and Sumatra to Timor and the
Philippines. This name, there is no doubt, belongs to the Malay language, which
has no other.*

Honey and Wax. — Honey is the produce of wild bees, which make their
hives in the crevices of trees, but no sixjcies of bee has ever been domesticated,
which would probably be difficult or impracticable in countries which have no
distinction of summer and winter, where every season produces flowers, and
where, consequently, there is no necessity for laying up a large store of food. The
honey of the Archipelago is a thin syrup, very inferior in flavour to that of
temperate climates. It is chiefly sought on account of the wax, which forms a
large article of exportation to Europe, India, and China. In Malay, the honey-bee
has a specific name — Mhah ; so has the wax — lilin ; and the hive, tuwalan. The
native name for honey is manisan-Mhah, " the sweet of the honey-bee," but the
Sanskrit name madu is of more frequent use.*

Hombills. — These answer to the " Toucans " of America. -Their apparently
cumbrous beaks and helmets are in reality very light, only one species having the
portion above the head solid. It is from this — a yellow wax-like-looking substance
— ^that the Chinese carve brooches, earrings, Ac. Their wav of taking food is
peculiar. They are omnivorous, and quite as fond of young birds as of fruits. A
gentleman who kept one loose some years ago used to miss one or more of some
newly-hatched chickens daily. A watch was set, and it was at length discovered
that the hombill was in the habit of waiting for the exit of a chicken from the
coop, and, selecting a victim, would dexterously jerk it up into the air by a nip
where its tail-feathers were yet to grow, and catching it within his widely open jaws
vwallow it at a gulp.

[155]

^^P Hor Descriptive Dictionary Hor ^H

^^1 Horsburgh, James. — The author of the "China Pilot" and tho moat ^H

^^H umlucut hydrogra;>ber of his day. ^^|

^^B Horsburgh Ligllthouse.^Erected under the superintenJenee of Mr. ^^|

^^H J. T. Thuufson, Government Surveyor of Siugapore, ou a rock called Fedra BraJica. ^^H

^^^k by Eui-opeimH, itud Baiii Putek by the Malaje, in 1852, in honour of the great ^^|

^^H hydrographer Jaaieb Uorsburoh. The rock owes its whiW Eippearance to the ^^H

^^M e^icreta of .'jea-birda, It is situated on the E. extremity of the Stnute of Singapore ^^H

^H in lat. 1° 2iy 15" N. and lon;^. 1U4° 24' E.. 9 miles from Point Romania and 37 ^^1

^^H mileB from Singapore. It is 160 feet loi^ by 100 broad and 24 feet above high ^^|

^^V water spring tides. The lantern is 95 feet above the level of the sea, and the light ^^H

^B is vieilile for 15 miles. A full aeeount of the building appears in the J. L A. for ^^H

^H August. 1852. Large subscriptions were made by the Canton merchants and hongg, ^^^

^H the Bombay and Penang Chambers of Commerce, and private individuals, the ^^|

^H balance being made up by the Govemmenl. The total coat appears to have been ^^H

^H $2Z,667.87. It is needless U> insist upon tlie advantages this light has proved to ^^M

^1 commercial interests in this part of the world. ^^|

^^^ Horse. — [^ view of the atron)^ interest felt by all foreign residents in the ^^|

^^^ Peninsula in the horse and pony, Crawfurd's article, which applies very fully at ^^^|

^^M the present day, is reproduced in erfenso. It will be seen that the horse is not ^^H

^^1 indigenous to the Peninsula.] The horse has been immeroorially domesticated by ^^|

^^1 must of the more advanced nations of the Malay Archipelago, wherever it could be ^^H

^^K made use of. The chief exceptions are the Malay Peninsula, the eastern seorboard ^^M

^^V. of Sumatra, and nearly the whole of Borneo — countries in which the people dwell ^H

^^H ou the marshy banks of rivers, in which there is not even a bridle-path, and fit, ^^M

^^H therefore, only for the boat and the buffalo. The native horse is always a mere ^^H

^^H l>ony, seldom reaching 13 hands high, and more generally of about 12 hands. ^^H

^^H There are many different breeds, every island having at least one pecuUar to itself, ^^H

^^H and the large islands several. Beginning with Sumatra, we have here at least two ^^H

^^H distinct races— the Achin and Batubara — both small and spirited, but better adapf^^d ^^^

^^H to draught than the saddle. Of all the countries of the Archipelago, Java is that ^^H

^^H in which the horse most abounds, and here we find several different breeds — as ^^H

^^H those of the hill countries, and those of the plains, generally, the Java horse is ^^H

^^M larger than that of Sumatra, but in the language of the turf has less blood and ^^^

^^H bottom. The lowland horses (the great majority) are somewhat coarse and sluj^'ish, ^^H

^^M but the upUmd spirited, smaller, and handsomer. According to the statistics of ^^^

^^1 tlie Netherlands Qoverumcut, the total number of horses in the island in 1842 waa ^^H

^^M 291,578, and at present probably exceed 3(10,000. The hoi-sc, although of a very ^^H

^^H inferior breed, is found in the islands of Bali and Lomlrac, but the next island to ^^|

^^H these I'ustward — Sumbawa — produces the handsomest breeds of the whole Archi- ^^H

^^H ]ielago. They ore the Arab of the Arcfaipclago, yet the blood is not the same aa ^^H

^^B the Arab, for tho small horse of Sumbawa, although very handsome, wants the line ^^M

^^H coat and the blood head of the Arabian. There are in this island and a^ljacent ^H

^^H islets tbreo different races — that of Tambura, of Bima, and of Qunuug-api~the Isat ^H

^^H being most esteemed. Next to Java, horses are most abundant in Celebes. These ^H

^^H arc inferior in beauty to those of Sumluiwa, but excel all others of the Maluyou ^|

^^H portion of the Archipelago, in combining the qualities of size, strengtli, speed, and ^|

^■^ bottom. A very good breed is produc-ed in Sumba, called in our maps Sandalwood ^1
Island. But perhaps tho K'st breed of the whole Archipelago, although still but a
pony, is that of lliu Philippines. It is superior in size to any of the breeds of the

I western islands, which it may owe to the superior pastures of the Philippines, and,

possibly, to a small admixture of the Siianish horses of America, althou^ this last ^_

IS by no means an ascertained point. ^H

In the Arehi]x;higo, aa in other parts of the world, the colour of tlio horse is ^|

singularlv connected wiUi quality, temper and locaJity. The prevailing colour with ^^|

Eor

of British Malaya.

(Jie horse of Ackin ie piebald, whicb becomes more and more rare as we proceed
eastward. The moat frequent colours of the Batak or Batubara horae are bay and
mouse. In Java, the best and the moat prevailing colours are grey, bay, and
mouse ; and the worst black and chestnut. To the last colour, ind{<cd, the
J&vaDOBO haft; such an antipathy that a chestnut horaf^ is expressly forbidden to
enter the precincts of the royal courts, or to Join in the public tournaments. In the
Bima and otlier ponies of Sombawa, bays, greys, and duns are the most frequent
and most approved. Blacks and cbestniits are rare, aud a piebaM is as rare as a
black among Arabs. Among the Malays, the highest breed of horses is designated
by the name of Sdmbrani. but what that means no one can tell, and it must be
concluded that it is a purely mythical name.

Oenerally, the horses of the Archipelago are hardy, surefooted, and docile,
The horses are all entire, and the mares used only to breed and as beasts of burden.
By the natives of the Archipelago the horse is only used for the saddle or to carry
burdens, and never for draught, either for plough or wheel -carriage. To see horses
drawing a native carriage, except in imitation of EurojMians. we must go to the
sculptures on ancient temples in Java, where they arc thus represented. The
Javanese have used them in war, and where there were no real horses they might
have been formidable, but agiiinst a cavalry mounted on the latter they are of
course worthless. On the invasion of Java in ISH, the French Government of the
island had a corps mounted on native horses, but it never thought of meeting the
chai^ of a squadron of British Dragoons, mounted on the large and active horses
of Southern India.

The origin of the horae of the Malay Archipelago is as obscure as that of the
same animal in other ]>arta of the world, America, Australia, and the islands of the
Pacific excepted. Its name in Malay, and the only one it has in that lemguage —
kvda — is a corruption of the Sanskrit ghura, and this might lead to the bouef that
it was brought originally from some Hindu coimtry. In this case, however, wo
must suppose that no other horses were brought than ponies, which is improbable,
or that the race has degenerated as to size, which is not likely, since it has not
degenerated either in spirit or symmetry, but, on the contrary, it is, in fact, superior
in these respects to the continental horse. This hypothesis is made still more
improltable when we find^tbat. in the Javanese language, the popular name for the
boree-— joroM — is a native word. Itis true that the Javanese has also four synonyms,
but theae are all foreign words. Thus, in the polite dialect the name is kapal,
which, in the TSlinga language, is the name for a ship, here probably used in a
aimilar figurative sense to that by which the Arabs designate the camel the " ship
of the desert." The three other synonyms are all Sanskrit, and belong to the
obsolete and recondite language, namely, turongga, waji, and kuda, the last being
the same which has become the popular name in MaJky, having, most probably,
superseded a native olie. The jwpular Javanese name has extended, unchanged,
\i> the language of the Lampungs of Sumatra, and it is found in the Bugis of Celebes
in the corrupt form of aTuirang, and in the Eotti, the languti^ of a small island
ocHacent to Timor, as dalan. In the other languages of countries in which the horse
ia found, the Sanskrit name huda prevails, and from its form evidently derived
through the Malays.

In two islands only of the Archipelago is the horae found in the wild state —
Culebes and Luzon- — the only ones that are known to have extcnaive grassy plains
fit for its pasture, and in these it is caught by the lasso and broke in, as in the
Llanos of America. In such situations it ia certainly far more likely to have
become wild from the domestic state than to be indigenous. In so far as the
Cplehes is concerned, this view is rendered probable by the name being a corruption
of the Javanese in one laugiiago of that island — the Wugi ; while in another — -the
Ifncassar — the horae is called '■ the buffalo of Java." In the Philippines it ia not
even alleged that the wild horses are anything else than domesticated ones become
[157]

I
I

Descriptive Diclioriary

Hon

80. In Pioafetta'b enumeration of the domestic animals of Cebu, he makes no
mention of the horee, nor do the SjianiardB who followed Magellan allege that
they found the horse in Luzon or any of the other islands. In none of the
languages of the Philippines, in fact, does there exist any native or any Asiatic
name for it, the only one throughout being the Spanish one — cavallo. The horae,
then, ia neither indigenous in the Philippines, nor was it introduce-i like the buffalo
by thfi Malayan nations before the arriral of the Spaniards. But from what
quarter it was brought, or at what time, it is not easy to say. Most probably it was
early introduced, and the countries from which it could be most easily brought
would be Celebes, Mindanao, and the Sulu Islands. It seems probable that the
horse so introduced might have been improved by a few Spanish horses brought
from America, but even this supposition is not necessary to account for the
superiority of the Philippine horses over those of the western and southern
islands, for the better pastures of the Philippines would be sufficient to do sa.
Some Spanish writers have fancied that the horse introduced into the Philippines
was Spanish, degenerated in time by the soil and climate. This hypothesis, how-
ever, is not tenable ; for the Spanish horse, although neglected, has not degenerated,
at least in size, in similar latitudes and even worse soil in America. The theory of
degeneratiou as to size must, indeed, be given up, when wc find that since the time
of the English occupation of Java very good full-sized horses have been bred in that
island, a much less favourable situation than Luzon.

It might, at first sight, he supposed that the horse may have been introduced
into the countries of the Archipelago from those parta of the cuutinent nearest to
them — Siam and Cambodia — in which, as with themselves, small horses or ponies
only are found. This hypothesis, however, is only plausible. Between the countries
in 4u€Btion and the islands of the Archipelago not much intercourse has existed at
any time, and in the Peninsula, the nearest part to them, the horse does not exist
at all. Even in the parts of Siam and Cambodia nearest the islands, the horse ia
not used, and its monosyllabic names in the langus^s of these countries bear no
resemblance to any of those of the insular tongues. We must come, then, to the
conclusion that the horse of the Asiatic Archipelago cannot be traced to any foreign
stock, nor to any native wild one now in existence. All tliat can safely be asserted
is, that it seems to have been tamed for many ages, and its first domestication belongs
to a time beyond the reach of history or reasonable conjecture.

lu Singapore, a good riding horse costs from 8100 to $120, and a pair of
carriage horses from JS200 to ?300. The jionies of Sumbawa, Celebes, and
Sumba, are largely exported to Java, to tJie British settlements in the Straits,
and even as far as the Mauritius. A good racing jiony has been known to fetch

Hot Springs. — See Thebmai,,

HoilSQS. — Malay houses are invariably built on posts, so as to raise the floor
from four to six feet from the ground. This ia. doubtless, healtliy. but as the floor-
ing is composed of bamboo or nibong, with interstices about half an inch wide
between each lath, the earth beneath becomes the receptacle of the drainage of the
establishment. This, of course, tells the opposite way. The universal plan of the
well-to-do is to build the house in two divisions — the front one being for receiving
viaitors and lounging generally, while the binder portion is reserved for the women
and children. Each is separately roofed. Behind the latter another shed serves as
cook-house, &c.

The roofs are of altap, and the walls of plank, herlam, or kadjang. In nearly
all cases a thief can very easily cut his way through them. Nails are but little
used, rattan taking their jilace. Many houses arc laterally tied together from floor
to roof. The lantei, or floors, are covered with mats, and are not unpleasant to
naked feet, but creak ominously under the heavy tread of European shoes.
[158]

How

of British Malaya.

HowdSill, ElepIlELIlt. — The words used in describing the various fittings
which go to form tlie paainiera, which in Malaya, take the place of the Indian bowdah,
are ^ven ia N. and Q., with No. XV. J. S. B. K. A. S.

Hua Hoey. — The name of a lottery extensively patrooized in the Straits
Soltlementa, It is indulged in by Chinese, Malays, and Kliogs. The following
aocouat of it is condeused from Mr. C. W. S, KYNNEESLEr'a eshaustive paper on
the subjea in No. XVI. (1885) of the J. 8. B. E. A. 8,. p. 203 :—

Hua Hoey, or the thirty-aix animals lottery, ia extensively played in the
Sfj-fLtts Settlements. Burma, 8iam, and wherever the Chinese settle. From a small
boob " On the Interpretation of Dreams, with Illustrations of Hua Hoey," we leani
Uiat the game was invented in the lime of the second Han dynasty. In this book
there is a short sketch of the lives of the thirty-six mythical personages (who had
previously existed as animals), sjid directions are ^ven as ^^^ staking.

The lottery ia thus conducted in the Straits: — A persou wishing to open it,
issues a notice that ou a certain date he will open Hua Hoey under a certain chop,
and that he will be responaible to all winners who stake up to such and such an amount
either with him or his agents.

These a^nts go round, and, according to agreement, are allowed to i
stakes up to a certain limit, say S3, but on their own account they may i
larger stakes. They carry what are usually termed hongg, i.e., papers on
the etake.s are entered. In case the staker is well known to the agent, no
acknowledgment is given, but the staker may receive a ticket or scrap of paper, or
else he writes down on a slip of paper, which he hands to the agent, the names of
the animals be wishes to stake on and the amount.

The following is a list of the animals staked on : — White fish, shell or dragon,
white goose, peacock, lion or earthworm, rabbit or tortoise, pig, tiger, biinalo,
alligator or dragon, white dog, white horse, elephant, white cat or dog, mouse,
wasp or bee, stork, cat, monkey, frog, sea-hawk, dragon, tortoise or duck, cock, eel,
turtle or carp, lobster, snake, spider, sheep or deer, goat, ghost or fox, butterfly,
stone or cricket, swallow and pigeon,' — ea*h of which is the sign of one of the Hua
Hoey characters. The marks (which have a conventional meaning) and figiires
represent the amount, either cents or dollars, staked on each animal, and the last
coliunn ia the total of stakes received. A person wishing to stake a large amount, say
f 5 or 810, on an animal will aometimes write the name on a piece of paper and
seal it up, delivering it with the stake to the manager of the Hua Hoey or au ageut.

The lottery is opened twice a day, usually at noon and 6 p.h., and at the
appointed hour the winning number (animal) is exhibited, and the result declared
in the streets. Previously to this, the agents have brought in their staking papers.
If the lottery is worked fairly, of course the manager who declares the winning
number should be ignorant as to the amounts staked on the differeot animals. In
China, the papers on which the stakes are entered are folded up in a packet and
an- not insjieoted till the winuer has been declared, when the winning tickets are
diopped and the owners of them are paid.

In the Straits these lotteries are alleged to be not fairly worked, and the
animal least favoured by the public is often the winner. Stakers receive thirty
llnu^s their stake, less a small commission paid to the agent, from him they receive
liieir winnings, and this leaves a good margin of profit for the bank. A manager,
(or the sake of gain, or out of spite, has been known to stake by deputy a large
amount with one of his agents on the animal which he means to dei-lare the
winner. The agent is " broke," and those who have staked on the winning
animal aru defrauded of their gains. This is ouly one of the many ways of
BWiudliug jiractised in regard to these lotteries in the Straits.

It must not be supposed that it is only the Chinese who gamble at Hua Hoey,
The wealthy Babite, bom in the Straits, the respectable traders, their wives and
[159]

Igu

Descripth'e Dictionary

daughters, the petty shopkeeper and the coolie who works by the day. Elings and
Malays, women and chUdren, all aJike are unable to resiat the temptation to
gamble. The Hna Hoey lottery ia drawn twice a day in different parts of the
ttiWQ, and the excitement is ever fresh. An outlay of ten cents, which is within
the means of any coolie, may bring in $3.

Women are largely employed in the Hua Hoey business, while their husbands
are at the shop or failing (as they appear to be Tery often). They spend their
time in collecting stakes and staking themselves. They have diamonds and gold
ornaments in profusion, and while any of these remain, they can gamble to their
heart's content. Those lower in the social scale, unblessed with diamonds or ready
money, beg, borrow, or steal in order that they may gamble.

Dreams play a great part in Hua Hoey, and the confirmed Hua Hoey player geta
to think of nothing else but the chance of his winning on the morrow. According to
his dreams, he stukes.

It ia no exaggeration t« say that Hua Hoey gambling corrupts and brings to
ruin thousands of people — men. women and children — but how to check it and
minimize the evil is a very difficult q^nestion.

The common gaming houses in town are defended by strong iron-barred
doors, have ladders, trap-doorg and escapes, and are always ready for a raid by the
Police. Premises have to be hired and fitted up for the purpose, and there is a
certain amount of risk in the undertaking, but a Hua Hoey lottery can be opened
anywhere — in a shop, a private house, or a iampong. The result is not often
declared at the same place. All kinds of artifices are practised when the winning
number is exhibited in order to escape detection by the Police. Sometimes the
character is marked on a piece of yam or sweet potato and swallowed if the
Police appear ; or it is written on the palm of the hand or on the sand and quickly
rubbed out. Instead of the well-lmown Hua Hoey characters, the numbers
corresponding with them on the lottery papers are now frequently used. A still
later innovation is to use nails, match-boxes, &c., to signify the characters staked on,
and it is extremely difficult for the Police to procure satisfactory evidence against
the prindpais engaged in the business.

The agents, with their lottery paper, pencil and stakes collected, are sometimes
arrested and fined, but it has been held by a learned Judge that the possession of
these " tickets," as they are called, is no offence.

The more respectable Chinese are fully alive to the widespread mischief
caused by these Hua Hoey lotteries, and a memorial was recently addressed to the
Legislative Council by certain Chinese inhabitants of Penang praying that most
stringent measures should be adopted for their suppression.

Iguana.— The same name usually applied to momtnrs, and therefore erroaeoiu.
There IB. however, a small lisard about 14 inches from nose to tip of tail which
answers to the description and pictures of the iguana, but it ia conventionally
known as the Chameleon. It possesses, in a slight degree, the property of ehuug-
ing colour, but I can find no doa'cription of the animal in any nj^tunil history. It
is, like all the lizards of Asia, perfectly harmless. See Monitob.

Illipi Oil.— See OiLB.

Imam.— The chief official of a mosque, who leads the prayers. He has
under liim a Khivtib. Bilal, and Siak (q. v.).

Iminigration.— TJarge niunbere of Chinese and Kliog immigrants flock to
the Straits Settlements yearly, the influx being 100.000 Chinese and 10,000 Klingii.
Thoy are both protected by special legislation, viz.. Ordinances IV, of 1880. I, of
188;J. aird V. of 18y+. Of the Chiuese, a large number go to the Dutch jiosseasions,
but the loi'ii.l population from this aourw is steadily increasing.

Incantations. (See uUo Chakmb and Invocations.) — These are commonly
[lliO]

Ind of British Malaya. Ind

resorted to either to effect the injury of another or cure sickness. The Abb6 Favee
gives the following account of a ceremony he witnessed : —

" A large vase of earth containing lighted charcoal was brought by the great
minister of state, and was set before the king. In the centre of the vase, another
of the same kind, containing water, was placed, and in the centre of this was a
candlestick with a lighted candle. Near to this were two other but smaller vases,
one filled with flattened grains of rice, having the form of small white flowers, the
second containing incense. The king, sitting with his legs crossed, began by
delivering some formulary which T did not understand. He then made several salu-
tations towards the lighted candle, took incense and poured it upon the fire, threw
some of the flattened pieces of rice into the water, took the candle, and, turning the
flame towards the ground, made several drops of wax fall into the water, and
having moved the candle, as if he would form some written characters, he placed it
a^gain upon the candlestick. All this ceremony was accompanied with the recita-
tion of long formularies, some being delivered in a high voi(;e, some in a low voice.
The king spent about one hour in repeating three times over the whole of this cere-
mony, and finally he took the candle, and put its lighted end into the water, which
ended the ceremony. Then his Majesty began smoking opium until he smoked
himself asleep. The next day I asked my Malay coolies the meaning of such
superstitious practices ; they answered, that this is a Malay physic, and the king
intended to cure his grandchild, who was dangerously sick, a few minutes further
in the valley. They added that such remedies are much used by Malays against
every kind of sickness. They appeared themselves to be convinced that the worst
sickness cannot withstand it, M the ceremony is faithfully performed."

Indian Com {Jagong) is cultivated only in small quantities, having been
introduced by Europeans. The plant matures in two months, and several crops a
year may be obtained.

Indigo. — 8ee Dyes.

Indo-China. — " Miscellaneous Papers relating to Indo-China." — (Eeprinted
for the Straits Branch of the Eoyal Asiatic Society, from Daleymple's " Oriental
Eepertory," and the " Asiatic Eesearches " and " Journal " of the Asiatic Society
of Bengal. Two vols, post 8vo.)

The advertisement says : — " The importance of placing within the reach of
local students (often without access to libraries) a knowledge of what has been com-
municated to the Journals of learned Societies in past years upon subjects having
reference to the Malay Archipelago, has induced the Council of the Society (the litera-
ture in question being of manageable bulk) to reprint a series of papers, collected
from various sources, relating to the Straits Settlements and Eastern Archipelago."

A second series, comprising also 2 vols, post 8vo, was published in 1887.

The following is an alphabetical table of the articles in the 4 vols, already
published : —

Amphibia and Beptilia. — Notes on some Species of Malayan Amphibia and

Beptilia. By Dr. F. Stoliczka. Vol. I, 2nd series, paper 3.
Balambangan. — Report made to the Chief and Council of Balambangan. By Lieut.

James Babton, of his several Surveys. Vol. I, paper 2.
Bali. — ^Account of the Island of. By. R. Feiederich. Vol. II, 2nd series, paper 10.
Bobneo. — Substance of a Letter to the Court of Directors from Mr. John Jesse,

dated July 20, 1775, at Borneo Proper. Vol. I, pa];)er 3.
Botany. — Some Account of the Botanical Collection brought from the Eastward,

in 1841, by Dr. Cantoe. By the late W. Griffith. Vol. II, paper 38.
Caoutchouc. — Some Account of the Elastic Gum Vine of Prince of Wales' Island.

Bv James Howison, Esq. Vol. I, paper 8.
A Botanical Description of Urceola Elastica, or Caoutchouc Vine of Sumatra

and Pulo-Pinang. By William Roxburgh, M.D. Vol. I, paper 9.

[161] M

Ind

Descriptive Dictionary

Ind

Climate. —Climate of Singapore. Vol. I, paper 16.

Geoloot.— Obaervationa ou the Geological Appearances and General Featurea of

Portions of I he Malayan Peninsula. By Captain Jameb Low. Vol. I. paper 14.
Short Sketch of the Geology of Pulo Pinang and the Neighbouring Islands.

Bv T. Ward. Esq. Vol. I. paper 15.
On the Local and Relative Geologv of Singai-ore. By J. R. Looab, Esq.

Vol. n. paper 36.
Gold of Ltmono. — Vol. \, paper 5,

Gdnono Ben ko.— Journey to the Summit of, Vol. II, Snd series, paper 9.
Hindt;.— On the Traces of the Hindu Languid and Literature eitaot amongst, the

Malays. By William Maksdgn, Esq. Vol. I, pajier 7.
Index SB.-— General, end of Vol. n, Ist senes.

Vernacular Terms, end of Vol. II, Ist series.

Zoological Genera and Sub-Genera, end of Vol. II, lat serieB.

Geographical and General, end of Vol. II, 2nd aeries.

Latin Terms, end of Vol. II. 2nd aeriea.

Malayan and Chinese Terms, end of Vol. n, 2nd series.

Indo-Chiwbse.— On the Languagea and Literature of the Indo-Chinese Nations.

By J. Letden, M,D. Vol. I. pajjer 12.
iNscBiPTiON.— Inscription ou the Jetty at Singapore. Vol. I. paper 17.

Inscription at Singapore. Vol. I, paper 19.

An Account of several Inscriptions found in Province Wellesley. By Lit-ul.-

Col, James Low. Vol. I, jjaper 20.
Note on the Inscriptions from Singapore and Province Wellesley. By J. W.

Laidlay. Vol I. paper 21.

On an Inscription from Keddah. By Lieut.-Col. Low. Vol. I, paper 22.

Insckiptiow, Sanskrit. — Extract of a Letter from Col. J. Low. Vol I, paper 18.

Krau. — Across the Isthmus of. Vol. I, paper 31.

LiMONo.— The Gold of. By Mr. Macdonald. Vol. I, paiwr 5,

Malacca and Pinano.— Journal of an Excursion from Singapur to. By J, R.

TiOSAN, Esq. Vol. I. 2nd series, paijer 1.
Malaciaby Lanodaoe.— Outlines of a Grammar of the. By Dr. H. N. vam dbr

TuoK. Vol. 1, 2nd series, paper 6.
Malay Archipklaoo and Malacca. — Not*s on. By W. P. OBOBNEVELriT. Esq.

Vol. I, 2nd aeries, pai>er 5.
Malay MSS.— Account of the Malay MSS. belonging to the Royal Asialic Society.

By Dr. H. N. van dbb Tuck. Vol. II, 2nd series, pajier 8.
Malay Peninsula. — Geology of. Vol. I, paper 14.
Mauhalia. — Catalogue of Mammalia inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula and

Islands. By Theodore Cantor, M.D. Vol. II, pajjer 36.
Mantras.— Account of. By Rev. Father Boris. Vol. I, 2nd series, paper 8.
MEttoui.— Report on the Tm of the Proyince of. By Capt. G, B. Trbmenhsesr.

Vol. I, paper 25.
Report on the Manganese of the Hcrgui Province. By the same. Vol. I,

paper 26.
Paragraphs to !» adde<l to Capt. G. B. Trehenhbebe's Report, VoL I.

paper 27.
Second Report on the Tin of Mergui. By Capt. G. B. Trembkbkbee. Vol. I.

paper 28,
Analysis of Iron Ores from Taroy and Mergui, and of Limestone from

Mergiii. By Dr, A, Ube, Vol. I, paper 29.
Report. rJtc.', from Capt, G, B, Trbhenmbebe, on the Price of Hergui Tin Ore,

Vol. I, paper 32.
Note by Maj.-Gen. G. B. Tbekenhekrb in reference to his papers on the Tin

of Mergui, Vol. II. [■ajier 40.

Ind of British Malaya. InS

Nassau Islands. — ^An Account of the Inhabitants of Poggy or Nassau Islands. By

John Ceisp, Esq. Vol. I, paper 10.
Obano Outang. — Some Account of an Orang-Outang of remarkable Height found

on the Island of Sumatra. By Clarke Abel, M.D. Vol. I, paper 13.
Remarks on the different Species of Orang-TJtan. By E. Blyth, Esq. Vol. I,

paper 33.

Further Remarks. By the same. Vol. I, paper 34.

Pakchan Riyeb. — Visit to. By Capt. G. B. Tremenheere. Vol. I, paper 30.
Report on a Route from the Mouth of the Pakchan to Krau, and thence

across the Isthmus of Erau to the Gulf of Siam. By Capt. Al. Eraser and

Capt. J. G. FoRLONG. Vol. I, paper 31.

Penang. — Formation of the Establishment of. Vol. I, paper 4.

Geology of. Vol. I, paper 15.

Plants, Malayan. — ^Description of. By Dr. W. Jack. Vol. 11, 2nd series,

paper 12.
Notes to Ditto. By Sir J. D. Hooker and the Hon. D. F. A. Hervey. Vol. II,

2nd series, paper 12.
Pepper. — Remarks on the Species of Pepper which are found on Prince of Wales'

Island. By Willla.m Hunter, Esq., M.D. Vol. I, paper 11.
Philippine Islands. — ^A Notice of the Alphabets of the. Vol. I, paper 23.
Poggy Islands. — An Account of the Inhabitants of the Poggy or Nassau Islands.

By John Crisp, Esq. Vol. I, paper 10.
PuLO Ubin. — The Rocks of. By J. R. Logan, Esq. Vol. I, 2nd series, paper 2.
Quedah. — Some Account of. By Michael Topping, Esq. Vol. I, paper 1.
Reptiles. — Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula, and Islands,

By Theodore Cantor, M.D. Vol. 11, paper 37.
Shells, Land. — Notes on Land-Shells of Penang. By Dr. F. Stoliczka. Vol. I,

2nd series, paper 4.
Singapore. — Climate of. Vol. I, paper 16.
Sumatra. — On three Natural Productions of, Vol. 1, paper 6.

Orang-Utan in, Vol. I, paper 13.

Taurine Cattle.— On the Flat-Homed Taurine Cattle of S.E. Asia. By Ed.

Blyth, Esq. Vol. II, paper 39.
Tenassbrim. — Report of a Visit to the Pakchan River, and of some Tin Localities

in the Southern portion of the Tenasserim Provinces. By Capt. G. B. Trf-

MENHBERB. Vol. I, paper 30.
TcDBS. — Succinct Review of the Observations of the Tides in the Indian Archi-
pelago. Vol. I, paper 24.
Zoology. — ^Notices on Zoological Subjects. By Messrs. Diard and Duvancel.

Vol. II, 2nd series, paper 11.

Indra. — The name of the Hindu god of the air, and in Malay that also of a
class of aerial beings. It is found in the names of places.

Inei. — ^A valley in Johol, one of the Negri Sembilan.

Inscription^ Indian. — ^An ancient inscription, supposed to date from the
thirteenth century, was extant on a sandstone rock at the entrance of Singapore
river, on the spot now occupied by the Harbour Master's Offices. Col. Low
[J. I. A., Vol. I, p. 89] gives the following account of it : — " The inscription,
a fragment of which I possess, was only legible in few places, the character apper-_
taining to the Peninsula of India, and probably it may be described in the Malayan
annals in these terms : ' Rajah Suran of Amdan Nagara, after conquering the State
of Johore with his Kling troops [Kling is the term applied to the people of Coro-
mandel coast], proceeded to Tamsak. When he returned to his country of Kling
or Bejaneegar, he left a stone monument of his victories, on which was an inscri])-
tion in the language of Hindustan. Tamsak is also called Singhapura.' This was alK)u1

[163] M 2

Ins Descriplive Dictionary IfO

A.D, 1201. Singhapura. obaervea Mr. Ckawtued, was firat settled in a.d. 1160 by Sri
Sum Bawana." [See J. I A., Vol. I. p. 89. and M. P. I. C, Vol. I, jj. 213 d ee^.l

Mr. Maxwell states that at the foot of Bukit Mertajam, Province Wellesfcy,
on the south aide, there is a block of granite on which some rude characters hare
been tiuced. The Malays call it haiv. surat, the rock of the writing. " I belieru,"
he says. " that the instnption has never been deciphered, and that the character
has not been identified. When I saw it last (in 1874), it was difficult in places to
detect the ancient inscription on the rugged face of the rock, ita faint lines eo
trasting strangely with the deeply-cut initials of Col. Low on the same boulder."

Insects. — See Entouoloot.

Intan. — The diamond which, though not found in the Peninsula, is much
esteemed by the Malays.

Interest of Money. ~Io Malay, banga via», or shortly, bunga. This sig-
nifies "flower of gold," that ia. profit of money. By the strict letter of Mahom-
medan law. interest and usury are one and the same, and are expressly prohibited,
so that the legitimate profits* of capital in gold and silver *re held to be sinful.
Except by a few rigid observers of the precepts of tlie Koran, this foolish law is
disregarded by the Mahommedan inbalntantB of the Archipelago.

Invocations.^The use of these to avert evil, counteract hostile incauta-
tioas, inflict maladies and misfortune on others, and excite love and regard, is
common to both the Malays and the aboriginal tribes of the Peninsula.

The Chvcha is an invocation which i.'auses the invoker to prevail a^inst his
enemies. The Panundo procures submission from others. The Pdtineki is used to
ex(at« hatred in the object of affection towards a rival. The Pemala lida is sup-
posed to render enemies speechless. The Pendinding is an invocation of defence,
which must be repeated seven times at both sunrise and sunset. PeagoMeh is a
charm or invocation to (^n the aflEection or good will of another. The Pimanit
renders the user universally agreeable ; while Tankai means both an invocation
and an amulet, the former being used by hunters and sailors, and by people gener-
ally to esorcise HanUu [j. v. and Chabms].

Ipeca.CUanlia {CepkalU ipecacuanha). — This. is exotic, but hafi been intro-
duced into the Singapore Botanical Gardens, and is noticed here in view of its
probable importance. Mr. Caijtlkt says (Report 1886) : — " A native of Brazil,
and a plant which has been found generally very difficult to cultivate, it seems to
grow in the Straits with all the luxuriance of its native country when a proper
situation is hit upon. It enjoys a very moist, still atmosphere and somewhat dense
shade. In the Straits it forms a compact little bush of about 18 inches in height,
and is very ornamental when well in flower. I lately visited a plantation of the
plant in Johore, and saw thousands of plants in excellent health. They were pro-
tected from the sun by palm-leaves side by aide on artifieiat supports about 6 fpet
in height ; hedge's of the same material were put down a few yaxds apart. Soil
chocolate colour, rich in vegetable matter, wood ashes."

Ipoh.— District and V, in Kinta, E.C Perak. The latter has lately been
made the seat of an Assistant Magistracy and Collectorship.

Ipoh Tree {AntiarU toiticaria).— The juice of this tre* is used for jmiaoning

arrows. When prepared for this purpose it resembles chandoo, or prepared opium,

1 consistency and colour. It is occasionally mixed with arsenic, the juices of

Tt!r-y-ipok, limes, tuba, packet, jitnardes, mallye, and gadong to increase its deadly

powei's. The Ipoh is supposed to be synonymous with the Upat of Java.

Iron. — The word iron and steel Iwing native, give no rise to any supposition of

its foreign importation. Ckawpurd, writing over thirty years a^, says : — " In the

Peninsula the ore, although not smelted, at least to any extent, is very abund&ot ;

and for this we have the authority of a personal observer and a man of science.

[164]

Iro

of British Malaya.

Jag

Mr. J. E. Logan, in lis account of the physical geography of the Peninsula,
informs us that ' iron ores are everywhere found, and in the south they exist in vast
profusion. In some places the strata have been completely saturated with iron ;
and here, the bare surface of the ground, strewed with blackish scoriform gravel
and blocks, present a strange contrast to the exuberant vegetation of surroimding
tracts, appearing as if it had been burnt and blasted by subterraneous fires. Much
of the ordinary forms of iron-masked rocks, which are conunon, and so little
regarded for their metallic contents that in Singapore they are used to macadamize
the roads, contain often near 60 per cent, of pure metal.' " — J. I. A., Vol. II,
p. 102. At present nearly all the iron used in the Peninsula is imported from
Europe.

iron stone. — The whole Peninsula shows traces of iron, from the hard
variety found in Perak to the soft laterite of Singapore. The latter is extensively
availed of for roads, &c. It is said to contain manganese, and exists from the size
of coarse sand and small pebbles to masses of ten or twelve feet in diameter. It is
black or dark clove-brown in colour. Internally it is cellular like setites ; it is not
magnetic in the mass, but contains grains of magnetic iron. When oxide of iron
is not present in excess it is a valuable fertilizer.

Isinglass. — This is an article of considerable export under the name of
fish-maws (paUmgpa ikan or ari ari ikan in Malay). Large quantities are also
exported by Chinese traders for sale in China. The following is a list of the local
fish which furnish isinglass: —

Ikan batu ...
jarang gigi
jarang gigi
jarang gigi
kurow ...
salampei
saludu...
saludu...
saludu...
siyakup
tambarak

*»

•••

Lobotes erate •••
Otholithtis ruber
OihoUthiis argenteiia ...
OtholUhiis maculatus.,,
Polynemus indicus
Otolithus brauritus
Ariua truncatua
Arius arius
Arius militaris
Lates heptadactylus
Johnius dr acanthus

•••

Cantor, p. 80.

, 59.

, 61.

, 62.

, 29.

, 57.

,256.

,258.

,259.

, 1.

, 67.

Islam. — An Arabic word adopted by all the nations converted to Mahommed-
anism, and signifying that religion. Although properly a noun, it is much more
frequently employed as an adjective, as in the examples, orang-islam, a Moslemman,
and a^ama-istam, the Mahommedan religion, being united in the first instance with
a native, and in the last with a Sanskrit word. MasoJc-islam, to "enter Islam,*'
I.e., to become a Mahommedan.

Istana or Astana^ Palace. — The most pretentious and comfortable in
the Malay Peninsula is that of the Sultan of Johore. The building is very large,
rather ugly externally, but with fine rooms furnished in European fashion. Much
hospitality has been shown at this place to the Euroix^ans resident in the Straits,
and to travellers.

Ivory. — See Elephant. It is chiefly used to adorn the handles of krisses.
None of the beautiful carved work, common in adjoining coimtries, is produced by
the Malays.

Jackfiruit (Cham pedak or nan^ha), — One of the artocarpi, rather coarse in
flavour, but much liked by the natives. The seeds when roasted resemble chestnuts.

Jaggary. — Coarse black sugar containing a very large quantity of molasses ;
known in the Straits as GtUa malacca. A palm from which coarse sugar is also
made is known as the Jaggary-tree {Caryoia urens), and has apparently l>oen
introduced from the E. Indies.

[165]

Jak

Descriptive Dictionary

JakUIX. — This is a name of uuknown origin and u
iifiply, seemingly as a generic tenn, to the wild tribi
PeninsuLi, from Ma,la(;ca suutLward to Jobore. It is regarded by the peopl
themeeUeB as a sort of nic-kaame. All the mea that go under this name have tl
8ame physical form as the Malays, speak the same language in a ruder form,
seem, in short, to be Malays, without the Mahommedan religion, and in a mudt*
lower stat« of ciTilization. The Jakuns uf Johore are a fine race, and on the whole'
ltett«r-looking than the Malays (J. I. A., Vol. II, p. 246), while those of the
Menangkarbau States are the reverse. The Abbe FiVRK asaerts that they eihale
a strong odour when thev perspire. Large numbers exist in Pahaug, and are o£
luu almost white complexion ; and the same author asserts that they were £rei|ueotlj
L-aptured for sate as slaves. The notion of some writers, founded on certai~~
resemblances of physiuai form, that tie Jakuns are of Tartar origin,
absence of all hiatorieal or philological evidence, and when the two parties, suppnei
to l)e the same people, are separated from each other by at least forty degrees
uf latitude, too whimsical for serious consideration. The Malays of Sumatra
continue, down to the present da^, to emigrate to and settle in the interior of the
Pcniusnlu, and the great probabihty seems to be that, tn remote times, the Peninsula
was without any other inhabitaats than the negroes of the mountains, and tb&t all
lis bruwu-complexioned, lank-haired people, whether of the sea-board or
interior, were emigrants from Sumatra, or the islands Ij-ing between it and
Peninsula. [The above statement, that the Jakuns speak a Malay dialect, i»l
denied bv later writers. The average height of males is 4 feet 8 inches, and of
females 4 feet 4 inches.]

Although regarded by many as pure savages, the balance of evidence is in
favour of their being fairly civilized. Thev inhabit houses built in the Malay way, j
whieh are kept tolerably d.eau. Those in the Malacca territory appear to have mads '
the least progress. They follow the Malay custom in dress, but are dirty and j
untidy. The women are fond of omameuts, such as rings and bracelets, when j
obtainable. The waist-cloth, of HTay bark amongst the lowest specimens of tll9
race, is called gabariiig. It is worthy of note that a ring is the token that a femalo '
is married. They occupy themselves chiefly in hunting ; but they cultivate yams, i
rice, &c., in Johore in temporaty clearings, which arc abandoned at the end of the
season. They cultivate durians with particular care, and traffic in damar, rotan,
Ac., which they obtain from the forest. Adultery is punishable with death. The
reader curious on the subject of Jakun customs vrill find ample information under
the reference given above.

JB.IB,.—See FianiNa.

Jalan Bham.— v. on W. side of Balik Pulo district, S.W. Penang.

Jalan Bharu.— 6>e Kwala Peai.

Jalo. — A hilly district on tiie l)orders betweeu Patani and Kedah on lll»1
N.W, iKink of Pataui E. One of the nine into which the State is now divided.. f
Very rich in minerals.

Jalor. — The name applied to a river canoe on the E, coast of Johore,

Jamuan.— V. between the Perab range and R., N. Perak, 3 or 4 miles N.W.
of Kwala Plus.

Jancors. — A settlement in Perak whence a good deal of tin was mined l^ J
Chinese from deep workings. Principal mine 40 feet deep. Soil poor In tiiuT
Produce from mines from one-eighth of an ounce to one ounce per picul of ore. I
Small quantities of gold found in quartz debris.

Japan. ^lu Malay JAfMH. which is nearly our own old orthography — Japon. . I

The name ia, no doubt, taken from that of the principal island in the JitpaneM j

language — Nipou, and iu Chinese Jipun — the corruptions being taken by the oatiTet 1

[166]

Jar of British Malaya, Jav

of Malaja from the Portuguese. On the arrival of the Portuguese in Malacca,
Japanese jimks seem to have frequented it. The Japanese are not, indeed, named
\is Babbos as among the strangers that resorted to this port, but they are so in
the Commentaries of Albuquerque written by his son, who thus describes them under
the name of Gore : — " Tne Gores (according to the information which Afonho
Albuquerque received when he conquered Malacca) state that their country was
a continent, but by the common voice it is an island, from which there come, yearly,
to Malacca, two or three ships. The merchandise which they bring are raw and
wrought silks, brocades, porcelain, a large quantity of wheat, copper, alum, and
much gold in ingots (ladrUlos), marked by their king's stamp. It is not known
whether these ingots be the money of the country, or whether the stdmj> be attached
to indicate that their exportation is prohibited, for the Gores are men of little
Bpeech, and will render an accoimt of their country to no one."

" Of the origin or meaning of the word Gore," says Crawpubd, " as applied to
the Japanese, I can offer no conjecture, but it was probably the name, from whatever
source derived, which the Malays gave them. The articles which composed the
cargoes which the Japanese brought to Malacca, their stamped gold pieces which
still exist, and the wheat which no other country to the west of the Archip<;hig(>
communicating easily with it produces, seem clearly enough to identify the Gor^s
with the Jax>ane8e."

Jarom Pax^ang. — A rapid in the Muar R., close to Kwala Geniunchi,
Negri Sembilan.

Jarom Pendek. — v. on S. bank of R. Muar in Euas territory, Negr
Sembilan.

Jasin. — District and V. in E.G. Malacca, the latter about 5 mil<»s from Oliiu-
chin Police station, about a mile from the E. frontier.

Java Wind. — The following quotation, from the J. I. A., Vol. II, pp. 4.r2-o,
by Dr. Little, agrees with the compiler's experience : — ** According to the natives,
we have an angin jawa, or south wind, blowing from the direction of Java, which,
according to tiiem, is a most imhealthy wind. The idea is also maintained by
nearly all the resident Europeans, and the longer the torm of that rrsidoncre has
been, the more fixed is that idea, from the effects being more sevrrt'ly felt. This
wind is supposed to blow particularly in the S.W. monsoon, but t'S^HJcially in the
month of September ; it is felt principally in the town of Singapore and extends as
far as a mile inland. In my opinitm, there is no such wind peculiar to SingajH)re,
but the hot and clammy perspirations, with the want of sleep with the weak and
sicklv, and the languor and lassitude of the more healthy on rising in the morning,
which forces out of them the remark — * I declare I feel more tired and unrefreslicd
than when I went to bed,' — all these symptoms are merely the effects of a hot night,
from the want of the land breeze, and not dependent on any particular wind or
vein of air, or on any particular direction that the sea-breeze blows from ; in fa(;t it
is nothing but the want of the land-breeze, and the substitution of the sea-breeze,
and if that land-breeze did not blow, there would be a continual hot atmosphere,
and unrefreshing nights. As I have before mentioned, the land-breeze blows more
steadily and longer during the N.E. monsoon ; but let the wind chop round to the
south, as it did in the end of February and beginning of March, 1848, and we
have the same sensations as during the full reign of the angin jawa, or south wind,
although it is not recognized as such from being out of season. Tliis hot breeze is,
as we are advancing into the interior and cutting down the jungle, advancing also,
for those living in localities that were wont to be exempt from it eight years ago,
now feel it, only a little less than the inhabitants of the town on the sea- beach.
This same hot wind has been felt by Mr. Thomson, the Government Surveyor, in
Penang and Province Wellesley. One fact more may, however, be mentioned eou-
ceming it, that it does exist where the jungle reaches the si'a-beac'h, and that when

[167]

Jaw

Descriptive Dictionary

a cleared through country becomes a^in eoTered with trees, thia hot wind dis-
appeai-H. as the laiid-breoze extends itself seaward."

JOrWi. — The Malay veruacuhir, generally termeJ h)u\«a Jawi. It also means
" the Malay language written in the Arabic character ; bastard, or of mixed race."
The Aiubs apply this term to Javanese, Malays, and other natives of the Archi-
ll lago.

Jawi. — The name of an estate, now aliandoned, I8s miles from Butterworth,
P. Wellesley, and just below Sungei Baknp. The chimney of the factory presents
a sin^ar appearance, a good-sized tree growing from the interior and spreading
around its top.

Jawipekan or Jawipukan.— The ofEapring of Malay mothers and Kling
or Beogali fathers. They are a tlevor race and not ill-looking. Several of the
beat native Police are JuuAjiektim.

Jawi Simpit. — V. on E. bank of Krian K. just above Kwala Ijuk.

Jebul Kedah.— V. on N. bank of Sembrong R., N. Johore.

Jelatang. — Tin- name of a small shrub, the leaves of which sting the hand
slightly like nettles. It abounds in Naning.

JslatEUlg, — A good-sized village in the Pigoh district, N. Malacca, alwiit
s mile N. of Alor Gajah and about 17 miles from Malacca-town, It derives it«
name from the small shrub mentioned in the preceding paragraph. The V. slAiids
by a hill of the same name.

JelebU.— The largest, but least important, as regards population, of the old
N^cgri Sembilan, or Meoaugkarbau States. It occupies an area of 500 square miles
and lies to tbe N. of Simgei Ujoog. It is mostly covered with jungle, is somewhat
mouQtaiiious, and has but few cultivated places. The river of that same falls into
that of Pahaog. The soil is very poor, tin being the chief product. Jelebu has
now been absorbed by Sungei Ujoag,

In 1883, the country, owing t« misgovenimeut and internal dissenrionB,
had become almost depopulated, and the Peughulu asked Hia Excellency the
G-ovemtir of the Straits Settlements to send him a British ILesident. This could
not be acceded to. but in June, 1885, a European Collector vras appointed under the
Besident of Sungei Ujong to assist the Penghulu in the government of the couutij,
and in the colleetion of the Revenue. This officer took up the appointment in
June, 1885. and thereupon a mai-ked improvement took place in the proB]>ect8
of the country. Padi planting was renewed extensively, abandoned fruit ganlens
were reoeeupicd, some Chinese shops were erected, and 10 tin mines opened, A
cart road from the Collectorate to Pantai, 18 miles in length, was constructed,
which gave Jelebu direct communication with the Sungei TJjong port at Pengkalam
Kompas. The Hon. M. Lister was subsequently appointed British Besident of
the Negri Sembilan, which since 1889 has been recognized as a Protected State.
Throughout the State tin ore lies only a few feet below the surface and contains
a large percentage of metal. The Government consists of the Penghulu, assisted
by three " Wans " and five " Lembagas." The estimated Revenue is about $7,000.

Jelebu Mts, — Separate Sungei Ujong from Selangor, Terachi, Gunong Paair
and i>art of Rembau.

Jelei.— V. on N,E, bank of Pahang R., W.C. Pahang. Gold is found close by.

Jeleutu Ulu. — Part of the Ooping Valley, Kinta, Several tin miues have
been roeentiy ojieued there.

Jelli or Jelliye.— Was one of the iwtty Stat«s forming one of the N^ri
Sembilan {i{. p.), situated a little N. of Malacca. It was formerly tributary to that
Government, but has been so completely absorbed that its name no longer appears
on the map.

L168J

Jel of British Malaya. Jin

Jelutong.— V. and district S.W. of George-town, Penang. V. about 1| miles
S. of the Gaol.

Jelutong. — Hill and tapioca plantation in Batu Borendam district, Malacca,
about 9 miles from Malacca-town.

JembU.— I>i8trict in N.E. Patani between the Patani and Telupin R. Galena
is found in the neighbourhood. It is one of the nine districts into which Patani is
divided.

Jemuan.— V. on W. bank of Perak R., 3 miles N. of Kota Lama in N.C.
Perak.

Jeram.— V. on E. bank of R. Kampar, E.C. Perak.

Jeram Kling.— v. just above Kota Tampan on W. bank of Perak R., N.
Perak.

Jeram Kling.— A dangerous rapid in the Perak R. close to V. of same
name.

Jeram Panjang. — A dangerous rapid in the Perak R. close to the V. of
Jeram Kling.

Jerei.— V. on E. side of Triang R., W. Pahang, lat. 3* 16' N., long. 102"

Jerman Dudok.— v. near the E. bank of R. Pulei, S.W. Johore, about 3
miles from its mouth.

Jerom Segunlin. — ^A Malay settlement in Perak, uj) the R. Batang Padang,
about 45 miles from Durian Sabatang. Soil very good. Oancs, tapioeu, sirih, &c.,
grow to perfection. Mosquitoes and sand-flies very numerous.

Jew's Harp (Giw^^gfongf).— Imported only.

Jimantang. — ^A small v. in the Machap district, N.C. Malacca. A tapioca
factory exists here.

. — V. and tapioca plantation in Parit Malacca district, C. Malacca.

Johol. — The name of the small inland Malay State of the Peninsula of
Malacca, claiming to derive its origin from Menangkarbau in Sumatra, and forming
the south-easternmost of the Negri Sembilan. It lies between Malacca and the
Malay State of Pahang on the eastern side of the Peninsula. It contains a largo
lake called Brah, alleged to be 50 miles in length. The waters of this lake are dis-
charged into the China Sea, by the river on which stands the town of Pahang.
The country produces gold and tin, but these are not worked to any extent, the
mining being confined to the inhabitants, gold especially never having paid foreign
enterprise. The whole population is estimated not to exceed 5,000. The State lies
in a valley, and its five principal villages are Nuri, Ladang, Inei, Toman, and
Benang. It is sparsely inhabited, there being a few Jakuns in various places and
the Malays themselves being of low type. Enas (or Inas) and Gemunchi in the N.
district were formerly a portion of this State, but are now recognized as two of the
Negri Sembilan (9. t;.).

Jin. — The spirits intermediate between the Creator and the human race
believed in by the Benua or aborigines as well as the Malays. Every species of
tree has its jin. The most powerful of all is the jin hiimi, or Earth spirit, but
rivers, mountains, &c., have their jins also. The word is Arabic, as readers of the
" Arabian Nights Entertainments " will recognize. The Malays, however, do not
seem to endow them with destructive powers only. See Hantu.

Jinrickslia. — This "man carriage" has been introduced into the British
Settlements from Japan, its original home, via Hongkong. At present there are
about 2,500 licensed m Singapore, 1,34^ in Penaug, and 120 in Msilacca.

[169]

Joh

Descriptive Diclionaiy

Job ore . ^ Po Bi T ION .-

now imtludes Muar, annexed in 188?, inclndea the wbole of the soiithera end of tho
Malay Feniusula, from lat. 2° 40' South of Cape Boumania, and iDc-ludes the small
ialands that lie alonjif the coast to the South of 2° IC. It is bounded on the E. liy
the China Seft; on the S. by the Strait* of Singapore; on the W.by Malacca Strait,
the Malacca territory and Johol ; and on the N. by Pahang, the R. Endau formii^
a portion of the boundaiy on the E. side, the Segamat R. making its N.W. frontior.
HiSTOKY.— Johore, sayi Mr, Skinkee. took an important part, in the 140

fears' struggle orer Malacca, between the Portuguese and the Dntch. At tho
■eginning of this century, the central anthority of the Johore Sultanate having
been removed from the mainland to the Lingga (Lingin) and Rio (Riau) Archi-
pelagoes, little cohesion remained among the different feudatories. Thus, the
hereditary Bendahara (in Fahaag), and the hereditary Temen^ong of Johore (in
Bulang), had virtually become independent chiefs. The titiilar authority of the
Sultan over them was little more than a survival of the past, though at times it
might suit a superior foreign power to ma^ify it. The Dutch, for example, when
ousted from Malacca in 1?95, and debarred, by the issue of the Great War, from
all hopes of returning there, sought to make some settlement in the Straits. They
had ^ready taken Rio under their protection, and they now took poBsesaiuu
of the Oarimons and other islands as subject territory. Consequently, the Temeng-
gong removed from Bulang to the Singapore river, where he established himself a
few months before the expedition to Java (July, 1811). After the restoration of
the Dutch poBsesaions at tne peace, all the former dependencies of Johore, including
Bulang and the Carimons, were comprised, somewhat questionablv, in the Netber-
lands-India dominions ; the Johore rule being thereafter confined to the mainland
aud closely adjacent islets.

The principal changes since then have been those resulting from the estahlish-
uit^nt of Singapore ; from the Treaty of 1855, by which the de facln ad mini strati ve
rights of the Temenggong were acknowledged and Johore Bhaiii became the
capital ; and from the re-union, as in former times, of Muar to Johore in 1877.
The mler enjoyed the title of Maharaja, not previously known in Malaya, from
1868 to 1887. when H.M. Govemmeut recognized his title as that of Sriltan.

Geolooi Ann MiHBBALooy. — No thorough geographical survey has over been
executed, but in general terms the territory may be described as ferruginous with
numerous tin-bearing streams. Gold quartz has been found in places, but mining
of any sort has not been encouraged.

CLiMATB.^Much the same as that of Singapore in the cleared and settled
districts.

FAorrA. — The mammals, insect*, and reptiles arc those of the FeninauU
gcuemlly. Tigers exist in large numbers.

GoTBBNMENT. — The form of Government is that of the usual Malav airtocmcy ;
but the freedom and the lais»er-/airc of its administration are in marked contrast
with the usual administrative system of Malay States : rather resembling that
of the neighbouring colony, with which it is so closely connected both in the present
and the past. A Council of State assists the Sultan, and tho police, judicial, and
other departments are modelled upon those of Singapore.

The Sultan's Chinese subjects are by nature indifferent to their ruler, provided
their personal independence is secure. Hitherto they have usually proved con-
tented and oljedient subjects to the Malay Rajas, even where their race is in a very
large majority.

Rbvenite. — No returns available.

TopooEAPHr. — The area of Johore must be nearly 9,000 square mites, and it«
population is about 200.000. thus giving alwut 22 to the square mile. The population
18 almost confined to tho districts lying near Singapore on the one aide, and Malacca
on the other ; the interior of the country being covered for the most part bv virgio
[170]

Job

of British Malaya-

forest, only partially explored. During the last twenty-five years, it haiS been, to
aome extent, opened up under its present ruler, Sultan A-BUbAxeb, K.CS.I.,
Q.C.M.G., the descendant of the fornmr hereditary Tatnenggongs.

Towns, — The capital is the town of Johore BMru or New Johore, as dis-
tinguished from Johore Liima, or Old Johore, the former seat of the Sultana of
Johore, which was situated u few miles up the wide estiiaty of the Johore river.
The new towu is a flourishing little place on the nearest point of the mainland to
Singapore, separated from the island by the old Straits, and lying about 14 miles to
ibe north-east, of Singapore city, in 1' 26' N. It contains some 20,000 iufaabi-
tauts. mostly Chinese, who are within immediate reach of Singapore by a frequent
service of coaohes.

Within the last few years (says the Singapore and Straite Directory) "u, towu
named Bandar Mabarani has sprung up near the mouth of the Muar River, and
owing to the personal interest manifested in it by H.H. the Sultan and the Resident
of Muar, TJukoo Sulieman, has made rapid strides. There are now about 8,000
iuhabitaots in the new town. The former temporary attap-covered houses are
gradually being converted into tUed buildings of a permanent nature. Amongst
tile Qovemment buildings are the Istana, Court and Police Stations. BaiTaclf, CTaol,
Hosjiital, Market, Railway Station, and a new Mosque. A steam saw-mill, owned
by Chinese, does a good business. A plentiful supply of water by means of pipes
from a stream in the hills, about 12^ niiles distant, has been provided since March,
liSQO. Good roads are being made, and, to meet the requirements of the Padang
district, a Light Railway was completed diuing 1890 as far as Farit Jawa, a distance
of e^ht miles. A new Istana is now in course of construction on the sea-shore,
about a mile froni the town. There is steamer communication with Singapore
tfvety second day. and with Malacca almost every day ; while four steam launches

Iilr up and down the Muar River, going up as high as Bukit Eepoug (referred to
wlow), taking passengers and light cargo. The bulk of the gambler and peptjer
produce is conveyed direct to Singapore by native tongkangs and junks, The
produce of the Padang district, viz., betel-nut, is conveyed by tiie steamers to
Singapore. The country surrounding the town of Bandar Maharani is a rich
alluvial flat about 30 miles long by 10 miles broad."

There is no other settlement in Johore which can be spoken of a» a town ;
Imt one or two populous and flourishing villages are found on the south bank of
the large Kiver Muar, at Woga and Bulnt K6pong. Padang. a little to the south
of the River Mnar. is another important and vei^ populous place. Like Johore
Bbaru, it is not situated up any river, as almost every other important Malay
settlement is throughout the Peninsula, but on the sea-snore, which is here excep-
tionally sandy and open. Padang has a ^wpulatiou of nearly 2,000. mostly Javanese,
scattered along the coast, engaged in planting and fishing.

LCnga lies about 40 miles, and Bukit K6pong about 60, up the Eiver Muar.
There are in these, as in most places in this district, many Javanese and others
engaged iu planting pepper, with some Chinese gam bier-planters. In the north of
Johore the population is, however, chiefly Malayan, and looks to Malacca as its
eapital, The settlement at Kwala SSgamat is on open and well- populated district
in the interior.

RivEBs. — There are three tolerably large rivers— I he Muar. the Endau and the
Johore — and several smaller ones, of which the B4tu Pahat and the SedJli alone
need be named. The largest of all tJie Johore rivers is the Muar on the west coast,
which is, in fact, the most important stream in the south of the Peninsula, It
takes its rise from among the Negri Sembilan, flowing south-west from Brimbun
(flfwrnMre). The population is chiefly found on the southern aide of the stream, in
johore proper, of which it was formerly the natural boundary.

The other large rivers arc the River Endau on the east coast, which forms the
boundary with Pahang and flows down from the SIg&mat Hills ; and the River
[171]

Job

Descriptive Dictionary

Johore in the south, iwhich flowe from Mount Bluniut, and opens out into a wide
estuarj- opposite the eastern side of the Islaud of Singapore.

Mountains. — The couutir is, as a whole, less tnountainous than any oUier
part of the Peniuaula. Its hills are all detached groups, or portions of two
interrupted chains, running along the west and east aides respectively ; the one
from Mount Ophir by Pengg&Iam and Moimt Formosa to Piilei and the CarimooB
group (a geolofpcal extension of Johore) ; and the other from the SSgSmat Hills
and Mount Janing to the Btumut and the neighbouring hills beyond (MSntfchak i
and Fanti).

The Bllimut Hills (3.300 feet) are the principal mountain group in Jobore ;
giving rise to the River Kahang flovring north — fo join the SJmbrong, an affluent
of the River Endau.

Mount Ophir. in Muar, 4,400 feet, is, probably, the highest peak in the State. I
It was a few years ago reckoned the highest in the PeninBula, but this is now, of '
course, known to be entirely erroneous. It« shape, and its situation near the sea,
are remarkable. No rivers of any sizi* take rheir rise in it ; but two of its
streams, though small, are of some consequence aa marking Johore's northern
boundary — the River Chohong, which, with Kf sang, divides it from Malacca j and
the River OSmas, which forms \\& Jobol boundary.

Inhahitamts and Pkoductb, — The population of the Slate is remarkable for
containing a larger uumlier of Chinese than of Malays. The esact figures have
not been ascertained, hut probably come to 200,000. viz. : Malays, 35,000, Chinese,
150,000, and Javanese 15,000. More than half are to be found within 15 miles
of the Singapore Straits. The Chinese are chiefly found as cultivators of gambier
and pepper, spread over about this range of country in the extreme southern end
of the Peninsula, nearest to Singapore, of which Johore has been described aa the
■• back country." These cultdvators go from Singapore, the capitalists (or whom
they cultivate are Singapore traders, and all their produce and most of their
earnings find their way back to Singapore again. European pioneen have, in the
last few years, made some eiperiments in planting, on a large scale, sago, tobacco,
coffee, tea, and cocoa. These have been givswn in sii different districts — Batu
Pahat, Pulau Kokob, Pulei, Panti, Johore Bh&ru and Pengerang ; but it is
uncertain how many of them can be considered established industries. ITie busy
collection of gutta wtjich went on in Johore for the Singapore market, from
Dr. Montoombeie's discovery of its useful properties in 1842 xmtil the sujiply
was exhausted, deserves special mention \ as also the successful working of somu
large saw-mills for utilizing the great resources of the country in serviceable
timber, which are now. however, appreciably diminished. At the present time, the
principal exports of Johore are the carefully-cultivated gambler, pepper and
sago, and the natural products of timber, rattans and damar. For almost all such
produce, Singapore is the port of shipment,

MiNEBAi-s, — The only mineral in which the country is really rich is iron. It
is nowhere worked, but is found almost everywhere. Some depodts of tin are
known in several ].ilaces and gold in one or two spots. A little tin-mining is worked at
Seluang, but no considerable mining is actuaJlv earned on, unless the islands of
the Carimons be included. Though now politically seimrated from Johore,
they are geologically jwjl of it, and were formerly a dependency of the kingdom.

Communications.— By coa^h and st«am launch daily to Singapore, whence
letters and passengers find easy access to all other ports. A telegraph line has ,
been erected l>etween Jobore Bharu and Singapore, and a railway has been proposed. J

Johore Bharu, — The prestnt capital of Johore, situated on the N. side of J
the Strait between that State and Singapore.

Johore Hill or Gunong Merbukit.— The extreme E. point of the
emiwuchure of the Jobon; River, 661 feet in height. I

[172] 1

Joh of British Malaya. Jun

JollorB Lamai. — The former capital of Johore, now only a small fishing Y.,
principally inhabited by Bugis. It lies about 9 miles from the mouth of the
Johore B. on the E. bank.

Journal of Eastern Asia. — But one number of this Journal ever
appeared, and was succeeded by the J. S. B. B. A. S. ($. t;.).

Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia^ 1847 to

1862, 12 Volumes, 8vo, Edited by J. B. Logan, F.E.S., Ac., SufOAPOEE, Mission
Press. — Commenced under the auspices of the Bengal Government upon the
warm recommendation of Col. Butterworth, C.B., then Governor of the Straits
Settlements, this useful periodical became, for sixteen years, the repository of
numerous papers of interest relating to Malaysia. Mr. Logan was rightly con-
sidered one of the best authorities on Malayan subjects then alive, and his
"Journal" was supported by able local and other writers. The information
contained in the volumes of the Journal has, so far as it relates to the scope of this
work, been condensed and brought up to date in these pages. {See also Logan.)
Sets now command £20. A table of contents, arranged for convenience in
alphabetical order, is given in the article on Bibliography.

Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.

— ^The Society of which this is the organ, was organized on 4th November, 1877,
and published the first issue of the Journal in June, 1878. It is under the
management of a President, two Vice-Presidents (one at Singapore and one at
Penang), a Hon. Treasurer, and a Hon. Secretary, with a Council of five. Lists of
the members and the Council's reports are published annually, two numbers of the
journal appearing each year.

Jugglers {Orang silwp mata or Penyilap mata). — Malay jugglers are
clumsy and seldom met with, and their tricks are of little interest. Hindus are
almost the only professional jugglers in the Peninsula.

Jumpoh. — y* on W. bank of Perak R., W.C. Perak, about 9 to 10 miles
S.S.W. of Kwala Kangsa.

Jumpol. — The N. State of the Negri Sembilan (q. v.), its principal village
bearing the same name. It is divided from Pahang by the B. Sebaling and is
watered by five small streams, affluents of the Muar and Sereting Rivers.
Senelling, Pila, and Peniak are, after Jumpol, the principal villages. The State
produces tin, sapan-wood, damar, rattans, and paddy, the articles being sent to
Malacca via Padang on the Muar River.

Jungle. — The Hindu word jungid has become Anglicized and is always
applied to the forest land of the Peninsula. The Malay word is Utan or U. riniba.
Secondary jungle, Utan hluker, has sprung up in many places, which, having been
once cleared, have afterwards been abandoned. Conspicuous for their tall,
straight trunks, the loftiest seen are numerous Korrvpaa trees, the timber of which,
however, is too brittle for much use. Palms of great variety and beauty abound,
as do also enormous creeping vines and other plants. Low bushes are called
8emak or JJtan Jcechil.

Jungle Cock. — The probable ancestor of our game cock. A beautifully
feathered bird, extremely pugnacious. They are frequently shot, the huntsman
tethering an ordinary game fowl in his boat. The challenge he invariably crows
soon brings one or more jungle cocks to the scene, to fall a victim to the gun.

Junk. — Prom the Portuguese junco, a corruption of the Malay word ajong,
abbreviated jong, a ship or large vessel. Europeans have applied the name to the
largest of the trading vessels of the Chinese, which are called by the Malays
toangkang, while they designate the smaller vessels of the same people top.

[173]

Jon

Descriptive Dictionary

Kam

Juno. — Name of a valley in Rembau. Necri Sembilan (not marked in map
1. A. S.).

Jurong. — District 8.W. Singapore between E. Bukit Timah and Pandan on
E. banli of E, oE same name.

Juru.— R. in Province WeUealey, enters the sea. at Bukit Juni after passing
between Bukit Tengah and Bukit Minjak. A substantial bridge some 75 yards
long croBsea it and connects the road between the two places.

The South bank was formerly the site of a sugar estate, now cut up into
small native holdings : 500 acres were at one time under sugar-cane and 300 under
bet*l-nut.

Jus. — District and principal forest reserve in extreme N. of Malacca on the
Johol boundary. It is spelt " Juse " on the Government maps.

Jus (Juse on the map). — Small V. in district of same name, about 3 miles
W. of Nyalas, N. Malacca.

Jusi. — A mt. in Jumpol, Negri Sembilan.

Jusi. — A hill inside the Johol frontier on the road from Rembau. The road
itself is very bad, being an almost indistin^ishable track.

Kaban. — An island adjacent to Blair's Harbour, off S.E. coast of Pahang.
Formerly a place greatly resorted t-o by pirates.

Kaf.— The mountains which in the Malay cosmogony encircle the world.

Kajang. — ^An important T. on the N. side of the Langat R. in S.E. Selangor,
lat.3°N., long, 101° 31' E.

KajangS. — Rough mat made of the leaves of the vw.ngkwa'Rg or }»ingkKang
uttoi, a species of pa7idanv», and used to protect goods in boats and cart« from sun
and rain, Drivers and boatmen, &c., put them to the same use. A smaller but
similar sort of mat made from nipah leaves is ealled samei. Both sorts are sewn
together, and answer the purposes of tents in the jungle.

Kakki (Jap,),— See Beri Bbri.

Kalang. — Diatriot in E.C, Singapore, just above GSlaug, and E. of Rochor.

K&li, — The Mahommedan registrar of births, deaths, and marriages under
Straits law. Formerly the Government recognized certa.in magisterial or judicial
functions on the part of these officials, but their only importance nowadays under
British administration is regarding marriage or divorce, which, however, give them
considerable weight amongst their co-religionists,

Kamoy Tengah.— A small V. in the Tabu district, N. Malacca,

Kampong. — An enclosure, collection of houses, village. It tonus the
prefix to the names of many places in the Peninsula, such as Eampong Bbaru.
Kampong Rawa. Ac.

Kampong Asahan. — V. on S, bank of Selangor K,. 18 miles from the
coast, but about 23 miles by river.

Kampong Ayer Mati.— v. on W. bank of Perak R., S.W. Perak.

Kampong Bakar. — V. in S. Kedah. about 2^ miles S. of the Muda R, and
close to thi' Proviuce Wcltesloy frontier.

Kampong Bentan. — V. in Johore on coast of old Straits opposite Selitar,
N, Singapm*.

Kampong Bharu, — The district lying between the town and the Teluk
Blangah iliatriet.. The Borneo Co.'s wharf is the only noteworthy place of business
within its boundaries. It is not shown as ciisting on recent maps.

Kampong Bharu.— V. on E. bank ol Kampar R., S.C, Perak.
[174]

KaU of British Malaya. Eam

Kaxnpong Blukang. — v. on N. bank of B. of same name, W. Singapore.

Kampong Dedap. — v. on W. bank of Perak R., half way between Bota
and Blanja, C. Perak.

Kampong Durian.— v. on W. bank of Perak B., about 2^ miles below
Beta, W.C. Perak.

Kampong Qajah. — ^V. on E. bank of Perak B., about 4f miles above
Bandar Baru I., S.W. Perak.

Kampong Qerah.— On W. bank of Perak B., about 9 miles S. of Kedah
frontier.

Kampong Jelutong. — ^V. on road from Thaipeng to Kwala Kangsa,
C. Perak, about 3 miles S. of bank of Larut B.

Kampong Jerin.— V. 3 miles S.E. of Larut B., Perak.

Kampong Keloh. — ^V. on E. bank of Perak B., extreme N. of Perak.

Kampong Ketum. -V. on S. bank of Muda B., E. of Kupang, S. Kedah.

Kampong Kiti.— v. on N. bank of Muda B., Kedah, 2 miles N. of Kwala
Kupang.

Kampong BHadang. — imp. v. on E. bank of Muar B., just N. of Segamut
in S. Pahang.

Kampong Kleydang. — v. on W. bank of Perak B., N. Perak, about 3
miles N. of Kwala Plus.

Kampong Kling. — ^A v. on Mt. Miko in Bembau, Negri Sembilan. About
800 inhabitants. (Not marked in map S. A. S.)

Kampong Labu. — ^V. on the border of Selangor and Sungei IJjong,
extreme S. Selangor.

Kampong Ladang. — ^A v. at the foot of Bt. Kledang, in the Sungei
Bharu Ulu district of Malacca, about 20 miles from the town.

Kampong Loui Telor. — V. at head of B. Loui, a small N. affluent of tlie
Pahang B. in C. Pahang. Gold is said to be found here in large quantities.

Kampong Mahang. — v. in N. Perak just inside the supposed boundary
line with Kedah on S. bank of B. and at foot of hill of same name.

Kampong Malayu. — ^V. on E. bank of Perak B., above a horae-shoe bend
about 10 nules S. of Bota.

Kampong Mondok. — ^V. in extreme S.W. comer of Pahang at the
junction of the B. Segamat and Muar.

Kampong Niamong. — v. on W. bank of Perak B. about 4 miles S. of
supposed boundary line between Kedah and Perak.

Kampong Nior. — V. on N. bank of a bend in the Selangor B., about 7
miles from the coast.

Kampong Pabei. — ^V. at the S. end of a spur of hills in W. Bembau,
Negri Sembilan.

Kampong Pala. — v. on E. bank of Perak B. about 5 miles above Bota,
W.C. Perak.

Kampong Paret. — v. on E. bank of Perak B. 4 miles S. of Blanja, C. Perak.

Kampong Pasar. — ^V. on W. bank of Perak B., N. Perak, about 4 miles

N. of Kwala Plus.

Kampong Paya. — v. near head of B. Burong in W. Penang, S. of Balik
Pulau district.

[175]

Kam Descriptive Dictionary Kan

Kampong Penghulu Qondong. — V. on N. bank of Pnhang E., W.C.
Paliitug,

Kampong Perlis. — V. on W. coast of Peaang in Pondok Upeb district.

Kampong PianggU. — Small V. on W. baak of Eiidau E., 8.E. Pahang.

Kampong Piugi. — V. in 0. Perak on E. bank of Einta E. just abovo
Kinte.

Kampong Rafri. — Diatrlet S.W. of Eelau in 8. Ptnang.

Kampong Sabatang.^V, about 7 milea below Durian Sabetang on the
E. bank near tlie rroutli of the Perak E, in S. Perak.

Kampong Sadong.^V". on W, Imnk of Perak E. about 4 milea below
Blatijii, C. Penik.

Kampong Senang Hati, — V. on E. bank of Perak R. about 3 miles
N.N.E, of Kiilii Tiiuipart,

Kampong TampayEin. — V. about 7 miles from the W. coast on S. bank
of R. Tiram B;itn. S.W. Johore.

Kampong Telok Rabia.— V. on E. bank of Kurau E., N.W. Perak,

Kampong Tengah.^A aiiarsely inhabited kampong in Ewala Sungei,
Bharu district. MaLic-a. on the high road from Linggi to Malbicca.

Kampong Tengah. — V. in Sungei Bharu TTIu distriet of Malacca.

Kampong Tengah.— v. about 4 miles above Bandar Baru I., in the Perak
R., S.W. Perak.

Kampong TepUS. — v. on W. bank of Perak E., C. Perak. opposite
Blanja.

Kampong Terah.— V. in N. Perak on the E. bank of Ijuk E.

Kampong Toh Saret.— v. on E. bank of perak E. about 7 milea Iwlow
Bota iu W.C. Perak.

Kampong Trong,— V. at the source of the Trong E., a small stream
fallitij; intj) a creek of the sea called Kwala Trong, 8 to fl miles S. of Kwala Larut,
W.C. Perak.

Kampong Tuan (marked "Tucan" on the map S. A, S.). — ^V. on side
of tild Straits. Johore.

Kampong Wau.— Small v. near the source of the Chandriang E., E.C.
Perak.

Kamuning. — A small V. in the Tabong district, N. Malacca^

Kamuning, Bunga. — A flower resembling that of the orange in look and

Kanchei. — V". on S. bank of Pahang E„ C. Pahang, about 6 miles E. of
Ch2n...

Kanching. — v. in the extreme E. of Selaogor at head of E. of same name.
Tin mines in the vicinity. E.. range, and hill of same name.

Kandang. — Large V. and Police station about 3 miles E. of Malacca-town.

Kandang Qajah. — v. +^ miles E. of Merlimau, S.E. Malacca.

Kandang Lembu.— v. on E. bank of Kinta E., at Kwala Sei Pari. C.
Perak.

[176]

Kan of British Malaya, Ked

Kanggar. — V. about 5 miles from the coast and N. of the Purlis R., N.W.
Kedah.

Kangka Perhentian Kechil.— Hill 2 miles S.W. of Gunong Pulei, S.

Johore.

Kangkah. — V. close below Lim Chu KaDg in W. Kranji, N.W. Singapore.

Kaolin. — ^White porcelain clay abounds in Singapore, and some forty years
ago was the subject of special investigation by the Government of India. Should
the apparently inexhaustible mines of South England ever give out, this clay would
become an important article of commerce. It is found also in the Peninsula, but
nowhere, so far as is known, in very large quantities.

Kapas. — /S^ee Cotton.

Kapok Fibre.— iS^e^ Fibres.

Karimon^ correctly Krimun. — There are two groups of islands of this
name, one at the eastern end of the Straits of Malacca, and another on the northern
coast of Java. Included here as the former are sighted by all vessels making
Singapore from the N.

Kani. — One of the districts of Bembau, Negri Sembilan, under a Penghulu
and four Sukus.

Kassing. — ^ V. on the R. Endau, 5 miles from the mouth, of no particular

importance. The people reputed to be uncivil to strangers.

Kati. — Frequently written " Catty," a weight of 1 J pounds avoirdupois ; the
Icaii contains 16 iads^ and 100 IcatiB make a pikul, or picul, literally *' a load."
The tael, the Jcati, and the piJcul are native words, but the weights they express are
Chinese.

Kayong. — V. on the Purlis R., N.W. Kedah, about 5 miles from the coast.

Ka3ru {Wood), — For a list of the woods known to exist in the Peninsula, see
Woods.

Ka3ru Mongapit. — ^A gambling instrument of wood with places to contain
two cocoa-nuts, one for each player. The instrument is struck by a man with a
hammer, and the one whose nut is broken loses.

■

Ka3ru Puteh Oil (MaUdeuca leucodendron) , — See Oils.

Kedah* (formerly written " Queda," the Portuguese spelling), called 8ai by
the Siamese, to whom it is nominaUy tributary, is a State, bounded on the north
by Ligor (part of Siam), on the east by Patani, on the south by Perak, and on the
west by the sea and the strip of land called Province Wellesley. It lies between
5° Z(y and 7° 4' N. lat., is about 130 miles long by 30 to 40 miles broad, and has a
continental area of about 5,000 square miles, or, including that of a chain of
islands off the coast, which comprise four (Langkawi, Buton, Ladas, and Trutao)
of considerable size, about 6,000 square miles in all. The meaning of the name is
" elephant trap."

The State is divided into three provinces — Setul, Perlis, and Kedah proper ;
the first-named being the most northerly, and Perlis in the centre.

History. — The history of this State, observes Ceawfurd, as of all the others
of the Peninsula, except Malacca, is involved in obscurity. According to the
" Annals," the Eajas of Kedah, at a date long anterior to the Portuguese occupa-
tion of Malacca, proceeded to that place to receive the nohats, or drums, forming
the insignia of royalty, as it was considered tributary to the Kedah State. This,
however, is doubtful. Col. Low discovered in the forests some remains of temples,
and some inscriptions in the Pali character, and which, consequently, indicated not
Malay but Siamese occupation. It would appear that even in the beginning of the

* By the Hon. A. M. Skinner, C.M.G.

[177] N

Ked Descriptive Diiiionary Ked

sixteenth century, tie Malays had been but partially converted to Mahommedanism.
The earliest authentic information we have of Kedah is from the Portuguese
writer, Babbosa, whose manuscript is dated at Lisbon in 1516, and he describes it
as '■ a place of the kingdom of Siam." " Having," says he, " passed the afore-
mentioned country of TeaaBsire, and proceeding along the coast of Malacca, there
occurs a seaport called Queda, to which an infinite number of ships resort, trading
in all kinds of merchandise. Here come many Moorish ships from all quarters.
Here, too, is grown much pepper, very good and fine, which is conveyed to Malacca,
and thence to China." — Ramueio, Vol. I, p, 318. Kedah, in common with all the
other States of the Peninsula, has been immemoriatly tributary to Siam, and being,
with Fatani, the nearest to it, has been most subject to its direct influence. In
token of its subjection, it sends once in three years an offering consisting of an
artificial " flower of gold," which is the Uteral meaning of the name of this offering,
Sunga-mtu, receiviag, however, in return handsome presents of greater value.
Notwithstanding this dependence the Raja, in 1785. alienated to the British
Oovemment a portion of his dominions, namely, the island of Fenang, and
subsequently a further portion of the mainland, all without the sanction or even
knowledge of his liege, the King of Siam, but still without the right of alienation
boiog disputed. By the cession of Penaog, the Prince of Kedah lost some of the
native foreig:n trade which used to frequent his ports, but this was more than
counterbalanced by the annual stipend paid to him by the British Govemmonl.
and by the demand which the new Settlement gave rise to for the produce of his
country. The revenue which the prince received, incJuding a stipend from the
British Government, had amounted in all to 82,000 Spanish dollars, or near
^18,000 — a large sum for a Malay prince. In 1821. the Raja was either refractory.
or alleged to be so, and the Siamese invaded his country, overran it, and, after
several years, abandoned its direct administration. The prince fled to tfae British
for protection, and received an asylum. His successor was left unmolested by the
Siamese, and on very few occasions have the latter since interfered with the
internal administration of the Government, although they claim the right of
nominating the Raja.

Gboloot and Mineraloot. — The geological formation is chiefly granitic, but
there are large areas of alluvial soil, there being more level land in Kedah thMi in
any other State in the Peninsula. Limestone crops out in numerous places. lis
highest hill, known as Kedah Peak, or Ounong Jerei. is about 4,000 feet high, sjii]
forms a striking object viewed from Penang or Province Wellealey. Gummg
Geriyang (called by us Elephant Hill, from a fancied resemblajice to that animal,
Geriyang, however, being the name of a large forest tree) is another notable feature
' 3 the landscape, and is celebrated for its magnificent stalactite caves.

MiREBALOOT. — The metals tin, copper, and iron are found in fair abundance.
Iron is dug in the district of Nanah lying N. of Alos Star (the residence of the
Baja, on Uie 8. bank of the Kedah B.) and S. of the R. Purlis. which forms a
portion of the boundary between Kedah and Siam. A little copper is worked in

I the same neighbourhood. Tin is found in Gunong Jerei, already noticed, in large
quantities, Chinese being the chief miners. Gold is only found on the Pataui
border in the Jalo district, and galena mines eiist at Pala, on the Kedah bank of
the Patani B. It is probable tliat foreign enterprise might develop important
mines. Diamonds are asserted to be found in good quantities in the same localities
as gold, but this requires verification.
Climate. — There is no appreciable difference between the climate of Ked&b
and of Penang or Province Wellesley (5. v.). The absence of high ranges in the
N. leads to greater dryness.
Padsa. — Tigers, tapirs, wild pig, and all the other mammals common to the
Peninsula, exist in Kedah. which also (as its name implies) abounds in elephants,
whicli aiv not only captured, but bred in captivily. Cattle and buffaloes are
[1?S]

Ecd of British Malaya. Ked

abundant. Elephants are both used and exported to the Coromandel coast. As
regards Entomology and other branches of natural histoiy, the State has yet to be
fuJij explored, and the same remark applies to its Botany. The horse is not found
in Kedah. The coast abounds in fish, of which the hawal prdeh (white pomfret) is
one of the most esteemed.

AaBicuLTTTBE. — Rice is the staple product, and is cultivated to an extent that
permits of large exports to Penang. In other respects, Kedah resembles the rest
of the Peninsula. Sugar has of late been grown, the mills being worked by oxen
or buf^loes. Fruits are largely cultivated and exported to Penang.

Pboduots. — In addition to rice and sugar, tobacco is grown for domestic con-
sumption. Cotton and pepper, as also cocoa, cinnamon, &c., would probably
flourish. Fruits of all kinds abound, as in the neighbouring States, and the man-
gosteen and orange attain great perfection.

Tbade. — Rice and tin alone are very important items, but fruits, fowls, ducks,
birds'-nests, hides and bats' dung, Ac., are largely sent to Penang and the Province.
Iron of indifferent quality is also exported to Penang.

Population. — The inhabitants consist of Malays, of Samsams, or Siamese
converted to Mahommedanism, and speaking a mixed language of Malay and
Siamese ; of the Peninsular Negritos, of mestizo Telingas speaking both Telugu
and Malay, and of a very few Chinese. Before the Siamese invasion and conquest
of 1821, the country is believed to have had a population of 50,000, which in 1889
was reduced to 21,000, the rest having been either killed in action, perished by
disease and famine, or taken refuge within the British territoiy. The last of these
numbers gives a relative population of less than five inhabitants to the square
mile, and even the higher of one under twelve. Indeed, at all times, the greater
part of the country seems to have been little better than d primeval, jungle. The
present population was estimated by Bock at from 400,000 to 500,000 souls, but
this is really guesswork ; 150,000 is probably nearer the mark. All that is certain
is that it has immensely increased since the Siamese occupation terminated, our
own annexation or protection of adjoining territory having largely contributed to
maintain peace and so allow the natural increase to take place.

Government. — The Government consists of the Yang-di-per-tnan, or Raja,
assisted by a Council of State of seven members, and a clerk. There is also a
Secretariat, Mantri's Office, Treasury, Public Works Department, Supreme and
Minor Courts, Government Land Department, Ac, all appointments, except those
of Interpreters, Head of the Police, and Medical Officers, being filled by natives.
The Raja is hereditary sovereign.

Topography. — The boundaries of the State have already been defined. It is
120 miles in length, with a breadth of from 30 to 40 miles, comprising an area of
5,000 square miles. It contains no lake, but some twenty-six rivers, six of which
are of considerable size, but all of them obstructed at their mouths by bars, over
which at spring tides there is not above 9 feet of water. The most considerable of
them is that on which the chief place stands, a mere village, and of this the
embouchure is in lat. 6° 5' N. Between the mainland and Langkawi and the other
islands, indeed, there lies an extensive mud-bank, so that vessels of any consider-
able burden cannot come nearer the coast than four miles.

The principal hills or mountains are mentioned above, but three others are
given on the most recent maps — Bukit Jernah, Bukit Besar, and Bukit Jalo. The
southern district has a few hills of low elevation. The capital is Alos Star, the
residence of the Eaja, on the S. bank of the Kedah E., a fort and village known
as Kota Star being on the opposite bank. Alos Star is about 7 miles from the
mouth of the river. From Padang Salla, about 3 miles from Kota Star, a canal
has been cut to Gimong Jerei. a distance of over 16 miles. Fifteen miles l>eyond
Gunong Jerei is Kwala Muda, the village next in importance to Alos Star. The
canal runs through one of the alluvial plains above referred to.

[179] N 2

Eee

Descriptive Dictionary

Kel

CoMMUiTicATioiJ WITH OTHEB PoBT«. — ^Three steam launchea ply between
Kola Star and Peuang, the vovagc taklag about seven hours. One launch runs

daily each way.

Keeling Islands. — See Cocoa.

Kelang. — The word used in Province Wellesley to meaD mill (sugar, rice
mills, &t-,)TThe same word (but iu this case Chinese) is also used for tishiugatabes.

Kelantan. — Position.— Between 5° 40' and 6" 20' N, lat. witli a coast line
of about 50 miles, bounded on the N, by the China Sea and Fataui, on the E. by
Tringganu. ou the S. by Pahang, and on the W. bv Eeman, Perak and Patani.

History. — Kelantan ia known to have eiisted as an integral State at the close
of the fifteenth century and before the arrival of the Portuguese ; and in the
Malay Annals it is specially stat«d that, during the time of Mahhud II, of Malacca,
A.D. 1477, Kelantan was a kingdom "more powerful than that of Patani." Like
Tringganu, Kedah and Patani, it has, from tune immemorial, been harassed by the
demands of Siam ; and, according to the official statement of Mr. Andebson,
Political Agejit in 182-5, jrepeatedly solicited, in the early days of Penang, the
protection of the British Government and the estabhshment of an English factory,
offering very considerable advantages.

In lb32, the Chief of Patani, upon the invasion of his country by Siam, fled
to Kelantan, but was delivered up to the Siamese Praklan^, who repeatedly ordered
the Raja of Kelantan into his presence. With these mandates the Malay chief did
not deem it prudent to comply, but was eventually compelled, it is said, to pro-
pitiate his foe by a large present of specie and gold dust. Nbwbold pointed out at
the time that this wa*i a violation of the 12th Article of Major Buknet's Treaty
of 182(i, which stipulate that " Siam ahall not go and obstruct or interrupt com-
merce in the States of Tringganu and Kelantan. EngUsh merchants and subjects
shall have trade and intercourse in future with the same facility and freedom as
they have heretofore had ; and the English shall not go and molest, attack and
disturb those States upon any pretence whatever." What little trade and inter-
course now exist have passed from the hands of English merchants to those of
Chinese and Native traders.

Gbolouy and MiNEttALoav. — The interior is believed to consist to a lai^
extent of flat country traversed by long but shallow rivers. Tin, gold, and load
are found, the export of tin being considerable. KelantJtn gold ia much esteemed
by the natives.

CtiMATB. — The same as that of the neighbouring States, but slightly cooler
than on the W. aide of the Peninsula.

Fauna. — No details are to hand as to natural history or botany, but the jungle
produce is the aame aa that of the other native States.

AoaicuLTUEB. Pboddcts, &c. — A good deal of pepper is grown by the Chinese,
and rice is cultivated to a large extent. Details, however, are wanting.

Tkadb. — Pepper and jungle produce with tin and gold form the principal
items. Chinese from Singapore visit the coast in the S.W. monsoon and return at
or after the change.

Population. ^Thi a is estimated by the natives at over half -a-mil Hon, but
150,000 is probably nearer the mark. The State ia a proajieroua one, and its popu-
lation undoubtedly exceeds that of any of the native States on the E. aide of the
Peninsula. Jakuua inhabit the S. districts.

Government. — That of a practically independent Raja who aokuowledg««
fealty to Siam by the periodical transmission of a bunga mat, or golden Hower. No
I>artieulars as to revencg are obtainable.

TopooRAPKY. — The area of the State is about 7,000 square miles. It ia
watered by two long but rather shallow rivers — the Kelantan and its lai^ tributary
tile Lebih. Iu the South is a range of Mts, running N.W.and 8.E., which Maclat
^^ [180]

Kel of British Malaya, Kin

believes to be the highest in the Peninsula, but so far as is known no other hills of
any particular elevation exist.

Communication with other Ports. — By sailing boatjs and jprahiLS only from
the coast or via the Pahang K. to its entrance some 140 miles of lat. further S.
than the mouth of the Kelantan R. (By Hon. A. M. Skinner, C.M.Gr.)

Kelantan. — The capital of the State of that name near the mouth of
Kelantan B., which here forms a delta. It is a large and flourishing place with
considerable trade ; population estimated at over 20,000. The position given
on the map is probably only approximate, as the entire country is little known
geographicaUy.

Keliling Selat. — ^V. on W. bank of R. Sembrong, N. Johore.

KomaniStll. — R. and district. The latter as now marked on the maps extends
from 4* 39' to 5° 20' N. lat. It is said to have formerly been a district of Pahang,
but is now practically incorporated with Tringganu, of which it now forms theN.E.
portion. Its N. boimdary is the R. Tringganu, and its S. the R. Kemaman. It
would, however, appear that formerly the same name was applied to a district
extending far more to the S., now shown as part of Tringganu. The Kemaman of
the present day is divided into the smaller districts of Paka, Diingiin and Marang,
which are each under a chief subordinate to Tringganu.

The town is only a mile or two from the mouth of the river of the same name,
in lat. 4* 15' N. It is a settlement of modern origin, and probably owes its exist-
ence to the tin mines, discovered early in the century in the neighbourhood. The
district is scarcely 1,000 square miles in area ; and is, or until recently was, under
the direct control of a separate chief, under Tringganu. Its population was
estimated in 1839 at 1,000 Malays and Chinese. It produces tin, a little gold,
camphor, ebony, &c. According to a Mr. Medhuest, who visited the place in 1828,
Kemaman at first yielded a considerable revenue to the Sultan of Tringganu, but
afterwards the mines failed, and the Chinese dispersed. It is believed to be scarcely
more prosperous at the present time than it was in 1839.

Konaboi^ Orang. — Apparently a synonym for Oraiig SaJcei (q, v.).

Kepala BataS. — The other name of Samagaga Dalam (q. v.)y P. Wellesley*

KerbaU. — Small V. in the Parit Melana district, C. Malacca, about 1 mile
from Durian Tuggal.

Kerbu. — ^V. at junction of R. Serdaug with R. Plus, N.E. Perak.

Kernel. — ^V. on the Rui R. (the W. source of the Perak R.), S.E. Kedah.

KeSSang. — District and V. in E.C. Malacca ; the latter with a police station,
and situated just above the forest reserve N. of Ayer Panas. Tin mines formerly
existed in the neighbourhood.

KeSSang R. — The E. boundary between Malacca and Muar. Tin mines
were opened in the Chinchin district, on the left bank, in 1847, and some 2,000
Chinese were then employed. But little, however, is now found.

KeSSang Tuah. — A small V. 2 miles E. of Kessang.

Ketam Luar and Ketam Dalam.— Two V. on tongue of land forming
the N. shore of the entrance to Perak R., S.W. Perak.

Ketiar. — ^The name of a fruit found in Perak, from which the natives make
oil. It does not appear to have been botanically identified.

Khatib. — The preacher in a mosque. He ranks below the Imam, who leads
the prayers.
. Kiligfl-Ti Tebu.— Small V. on border of Sungei Bharu Ulu district,
Malacca W.

Kinchei. — ^V. on N. bank of Pahang R., E.C. Pahang.

[181]

' Km Descriptive Dieiionary "H^ J

Kindin.— Large V. on E. bank of Kinta E., about 14 miles N.E. of Kinta.
Tin mines exist in the vicinity.

Kingfisher. — SL-veral Bpeeiee of this beautiful bird are found in the
Peninsula. Happily their skinB have not yet become an article of traffic aa in
China, whence tens of thousands are aimually exported for omamenteJ purjjoses.

Kinta. — The W. district of Perak, the river of that name flowing through
it. It is in charge of a magistrate and collector, whose head-quarters are at
Batu Gajab (marked aa the town or village of £inta in many maps), with
assistants at the important villages of Gopeng and Ipoh, The district is most
flourishing, and its administration reflects great credit upon the officers under
whom it has reached its present position. A luilway will shortly be completed
from Batu Qajah to Teluk Anson, and this will still further develop Ihe resources
of this portion of Perak. Tm is the principal product, and Q-openg the chief
centre of production.

Klt6S (Layaiig-layang). — Although the Malays do not equal the ingenuity
of the Chinese in the art of kite-flying, they are fond of the pastime. The beat
kites known by the words above given are reputed to be made at Palembaag.
Cotton paper is used for the purpose. In the Peninsula a kite is called wau.
Klama. — A small v. in the Mak dlstriet, N. Central Malacca.
Klana, — A title implying jurisdiction on the mainland. It was conferred
on a former chief of Sungei Ujoog by the then Sultan of Johore.

Klang.— The Eeaideney of Selangor, about 12 miles from the mouth of the
Klang R.

Klang, Lower. — V. 3 miles from thu mouth of Klang R. on the S. aide,
Klebang Besar. — V. about i mile N. of the high i-oad from Malacca-town
to Tanjony Kliog.

Klebang Kechil. — Kampong immediately W. of Malacca-town.
Kledang.^V. on R. of the same name on the Kedah-Eeman frontier.
Klian. — V. belwceu the Patani and Telupin E. about 14 miles from E.
coaat of Patani.

Klian Bharu.— V. a miles N.E. of Thaipeng Kota in W.C. Perak, about
10 miles from the i.'oast. Tin is found in large quantities amongst the surface
gnivel, and gold and galena exist in small quantitiea

Klian Intan,^V, on E, aide of Ouuong Titi Wangsa, 8. Eedah.
Klian Mas. — V. on E. bank of Telupin R. about 29 miles from its mouth,
N.E. Pataui.

Klian Mas. — V. in C. Kelautan on E. of that name. Gold is reported to
be found in the vicinity.

Klian Paku.— V. about 8 miles W. of G. Batu Pulei. S. Perak, on the W.
bank of Bid or R.

KUan Pao.— V. 2 to 3 miles N.E. of Thaipeng Kota on Larut R., W.C.
Perak.

Klian Pechal.— V. at N.E. end of Kampar distriol, E.C. Perak.
Kling.— The name given by the Malays (J. I. A.. Vol. n., p. 10) t« the Telinga
nation of boitthern India, and which appears to be a comfption or abbreviation of
the geauinc name of the country of this people— Kalinga. So many have settled in
Malaya that they form an appreciable portion of the population. Being the oqIt
Indiu>n nation familiarly known to the nations of the Archipelago, the word is
used by them as a general term for all the i>cople of Hindustan, and for tli«
country itself. The trade and intercourse of the Telingaa with the Archipelago
[182]

Kli of British Malaya. Kli

is of great but unascertained antiquity, and still goes on. Many Telingas have,
from time to time, settled more particularly in the western parts of Malaya, as in
Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula, and their mixed descendants are tolerably
numerous. In Singapore, for example, the Telingas form about one-tenth of the
population, and in Penang they are eyen more numerous. It was this people that,
in all probability, introduced the Hindu religion, and they seem also to have
contributed materially to the spread of Mahommedanism, the majority of the
settlers being at present of this persuasion. In the beginning of the sixteenth
century, the Portuguese found them carrying on trade at Malacca, and Babbosa,
who calls them Chetijs (obviously the "Chitties" of to-day), describes them as
" wealthy merchants of Coromandel, who traded in large ships."

A propos of this subject, two interesting communications appeared in the
Penang Qmette under date of 16th September, 1887, the greater portions of which
we quote hereunder. Vilayat writes : —

In my edition of Elphinstone's "History of India," p. 242, the following
passage occurs : —

"Another branch of the tribe of Chalukya * * * ruled over Calinga,
which is the eastern portion of Telingana, extending along the sea from Dravida
to Orissa."

" Gabbett, in his * Classical Dictionary of India,' says : Kalinga is the name of
the sea-coast west of the mouth of the Gfanges with the upper part of the
Coromandel Coast. The inhabitants are called Kalingas,^*

" Fobber, in his * Hindustani Dictionary,' says : Kalinga the name of a country,
especially applied to a district on the Coromandel Coast between Cuttack and
Madras."

When I first heard the name Kling, I considered it a misnomer, but have
changed my opinion for various reasons : —

(1.) The people we speak of as Klings cannot properly be called Hindus, as
the majority in the Straits will, I believe, be found to be Mahommcdans. This
disposes of the religious name.

(2.) They cannot be called Tamils, as very many, if not most of them, are
Telugus (Telingana) ; thus Uinguage fails to meet the difficulty.

(8.) Coromandels might be used, but this word is only known as a geogra-
phical expression by the Europeans. Natives of India do not use it, that I am
aware of.

(4.) Dravidians might meet the want of a common name (one in common I
mean), but philologists would be horror-struck at the desecration of one of their
pet words. Nor is it a word in common use among natives of India.

We are thus compelled to fall back upon the despised word Klingy which, I
think, may be satisfactorily accounted for on the following suppositions : —

(1.) Penang was originally a part of the Bengal Presidency, or rather was
ruled from Ben^.

(2.) Officials from Bengal must have brought Bengali servants with them.

(8.) These, when the first importations of natives of the south-east coast of
India were brought over, would class them as Kaling ; that is, as people coming
from the districts known to them as Kaling, south of Bengal.

(4.) The next step would be easy — Kaling has a short " a " ; omit it altogether
(there are many similar instances in philology), the result is Kling, applied to all
natives south of Bengal.

The above appears to me the probable derivation of the name as used here. It
should be observed that Fobbes gives the word as Kaling and not Kalinga, as spelt
by other authors from whom I have quoted.

" Scabebceus " adds the following remarks : — The word is a most interesting
one, and point43 to a connection between the Straits and India reaching nearly as
&r back as the time of Alexander the Gtbeat, and the only trace of which remains

[183]

Descriptive Dictionary

Kot

in its continued application to natives of Southern India. It is m-t used only in
the Straits, but all over the Dutch and Portuguese possessions in the East Iniiies,
and its uuiversal application in these parts points to a lai^ trade having been
carried on between Southern India and the Eastern Seaa. It is erroneously derived
from Telinga or Telingapatam, once a port on the Madras Coast, from which the
sea has receded, and which is now an inland town about 2 miles from the shore.
The name of this port signifies that there was a community or aation bearing the
name of Talingas or £aliiigas, and it is from the name of this people that our word
is derived. Indian archaeologists are well aware of the existence of a large nation
in Southern India who worshipped Siva, and who called themselves Kalingas.
Some record of this nation is found in the oldest of known Indian inscriptions —
those at Khalsi — ^which are probably the moat interesting in the East, ae demon-
strating the connection of India and Greece, by their mention of the names of
Ptolemy and Alexandeb. ETideneea of this connection are abundant in Greek
literature ; but these are the only clear ones on the Indian aide. The country that
this nation inhabited is now known as Northern Circara — the Telugu Coast of the
Bay of Bengal. No doubt emigration and tra<le from this part of India was then
more extensive than any other, and the word Kalinga was applied in general to all
emigrants from India. In the Journal of the Indian Archipelago, in an article on
the Siyara Malayu—a. collection of Malay legends — it ia stated the word Kalittg is
used generally for India. The Elings of the Straits do not come so much from the
Northern Cirears aa from districts about Tanjore, and from purely Tamil districts ;
and the classes who take domestic service in the Straits — Hindus or Luhbais — are
never known to serve Europeans in India. Two quotations which I have found
with reference to the word are of great interest j one is from the translation of Mr.
Senart of the Khalsi inscription, and is as follows ; — " Great ia Kalinga, conquered
by King Pvtjadasj, beloved of Devaa. Hundreds of thouaanda have been carried
oC Immediately the King, on learning of the conquest of Kalinga, turned to
religion, &c." This dates about 250 b.c. The other is from a French tranalatiou
of a narrative of a Chinese traveller, Hiten Tsiano (Pelerins Bouddist^-s) ; it runs : —
"After having ti-avelled 1,500 li, he arrived at the Kingdom of Kalinga, In
ancient times the Kingdom of Kalinga possessed a dense population ; inaomuch
that in the streets shoulders rubbed and va^on wheels jostled ; if the passengers
but lifted their sleeves an awning of immense extent was formed . . . ." The
narratire of these travels was written by the traveller about 640 of our era, and
though travellers' tales are proverbially Uable to being taken at something leas than

!iar value, this ancient Cliinese traveller seems, in the opinion of his French trana-
ator. to have been not only a prince among pioneers, but an observant and truth-
ful narrator of what he saw.

Klubi.— See Bebtam.

Klubi. — An important V. on N. side of Muar K., above Gemencheh.

KobSik. — V. in Sungei Ujong between Jumpol and Selaugor.

Kohong.— V. on the road from Chinchinto Chabau, E. Malacca, about |milfi
on the W. bank of R. Keasang.

Komang. — V. 1 mile S. of Chaban in same district, E. Malacca.

Koruichi. — Immigrants from the interior of Sumatra who have settled in
Perak. They are more industrious than the Perak Malays, and will not undertake
menial work. They speak ordinary Malay, but write it in their own character,
which Mr. Crawpded thought was the original alphabet of the Malay [wople-

Kota>. — A fort or stockade. A common compound in the names of places.

Kota. — A V. on S. bank of Prai fi. about ij miles from Butterworth, Pro-
vince Wellesley. Ita inhabitants have the reputation of being gamblers and
smugglers.

[184]

Kot of British Malaya. Kri

Kota Aur. — Is a v. 13 miles 2 furlongs from Butterworth, Province
Wellesley, on the British side of the Muda E., with a population consisting chiefly
of Malays employed in agriculture. The bank of the river is here well covered with
fruit-trees, more especially the cocoa-nut, and fine clumps of bamboo are seen at
intervals. Many houses, singly or in groups, are indeed scattered pretty plentifully
on both sides of the river hereabouts, the greater number, however, being on the
British side. The village lies a little more than f mile above Bindahari.

Kota Bharu. — ^An important V. on, the Kinta E., and the principal place
of embarkation from S. Kinta.

Kota Bhani. — ^V. on S. side of entrance of Kelantan E., Kelantan.

Kota Bharu. — v. on E. bank of Patani E., in the Sai district, N.E. Patani.

Kota Blanda. — ^V. on E. side of Perak E. about 6 miles below Durian
Sabatang.

Kota Lama. — important V. on W. bank of Perak E., N.C. Perak, about 4
miles N. of Kwala Kangsa.

Kota Lumut.— V. on W. bank of Perak E. in S.W. Perak, about 5 miles
above Durian Sabatang.

Khota Pagar.— V. on E. bank of Perak E. about 7 miles N. of Bota, W.C.
Perak.

Khota Raja Itam. — v. at mouth of small E. of same name, C. Dindings.

Khota Raja Lela. — ^V. on W. bank of Patani E. about 11 miles N. of
Pala G-alena mines in N. Patani.

Kota Siam. — v. on C. coast of Dinding Ton.

Kota Star or Alor Star. — ^The capital of Kedah on N. bank of Kedah E.,
N. Kedah.

Kota Stia. — ^V. on N. bank of entrance of Perak E. about 7 miles from the
entrance.

Kota Tampan. — Important V. on W. bank of Perak E., N. Perak,

about 20 miles N. of Kota Lama.

Kota Tinggi. — V. on E. bank of Johore E. about 7 miles N. of Johore
Lama.

KOW. — ^V. on N. shore of Patani.

Kramat. — An ancient burial place, many of which exist throughout the
Peninsula. That of Dato Dalang in Naning used to be largely visited by wealthy
Chinese from Singapore, buffaloes, goats, and fowls being offered as sacrifices to
ensure good luck.

Kramat Hantu. — V. and stockade on S. bank of Bemam E., N. Selangor,
on a bend S. 4 miles below its junction with the E. Slim.

Krailji. — The N.W. district of Singapore, divided by a river of same name.
The word is usually applied to the small V. with Police station and Government
bungalow on S. side of the strait opposite Johore Bharu.

Kretang R. — Small E. affluent of Johore E. just below Johore Lama.
KretOW. — ^V. on W. bank of Pahang E., C. Pahang.

Krian Estate, Province Wellesley.— Lies on the N. bank of the

Ejrian opposite Caledonia Estate, and is 22 miles from Butterworth. It was
originally opened by foreign enterprise, but is now Chinese owned. Sugar-cane is
the staple. Admirable bricks and draining pipes were made here at one time imder
European supervision.

Kris. — The abbreviation of Mm, a dagger or poniard, the universal weapon
of all the civilized inhabitants of Malaya, and of a hundred different forms, short

[186]

>r*-

09s*-n^tw* Dutionary

Earn

...jiJii liui kCwiMTiUlv Sitfrp^Dtine blade, and with every varielj in
>...^<.ul o(* the hilt imJ si;abbard. Men of all ranks, from the
.1 a: ;1iis w«i[M(i. and those of rank, when full dreaaed, two
■ ■ ifubly Malay. The blade varies in width from 1 to
:iL 12 (o 18 inches. The finer blades are veined and
., iliult, the Btei'l having a dead silvery appearance. It
(n-.i.o nij-'t very keen. The handles have a peculiar curve.
.. nfMeKef. cvuvt'tiitrut for grasping daggerwise. They are made of gold,
■dlYtft'. ivot'v, obouy, ibdmuKina wood, or buffalo horn, and aro often carved and
^bik-d with great tasto. The ornamental part of the hilt is called tamyvran, the
kbiutU Mfv^KU and tho ferule h\itii\il. The sheaths, like the handles, are of various
uuttvriuls aud oftou omameuted with ivory, gold, £c. The sheath or sarong is of
wood and iu throe parts; the ravipir, or croaspiece near the hilt, usuaJly of
hamuning wood ; the hatan^, or sheath proper, commonly of senna wood ; and* the
bwi'nf, <ft uud thimble, of ivory, metal, or ebony. A gold-covered earvng ia called

lliljJMilU.

'I'no prolJOrtiona of the kru are a matter of superstitioua care ; if not correct
it ii ivu^idured unlucky to own it. The beat krites are reputed to come from
CtfUihos aud Mtiuangkarbau in Sumatra. It is the national weapon of execution.
(^Sti KxeouTioN and Pahuk.)

ThL'i-o are many varieties of the krie, known as Kn'g panilak, Krh jyinjang,
Kri» tniMjNMMi, Kris sapukul, Badik and Tumboh lada, the latter slightly curved, &c.
A vhiiriued kris is called Krie betiiak.

Kroh.^V. on E. side of Gunong Titi Wangaa, S- Kedah.

KrOSang.^Thc brooch worn by Malay and Chinese women in t.ho .Straits
and I'cuiuHula. It coasiBts of a flat hoop of gold or silver, oft^n set with precious
iik)iH'r*. A piu at tlit^ lwu;k like that of the European brooch secures it to the dress.

Krubong. — V. ia the Blimbing district, about 8 miles N. of MaIa«ca-town.

Kruing (or Wood Oi7) .^Obtained by cutting a hole to the heart of the tree,
to wliic'h fire ia then applied, the oil gathering in the hole. After being thoroughly
lioiled, it forms a good varnish and paint oil, and is much iised for coating rough
woodwork, sampans. Ac.

Kni Rupa. — V. in Tampin. about 3 miles from the Malacca frontier.

Kubang Badak. — Small v. on W. edge of Jus forest reserve. N. Malacca.

Kubang Semang. — A v. 7 miles I fiu-long from Butterworth, Province
WeUealey. A bridge here croaaea the Sun^ei Dcrhaka, a small stream scarcely to
bo called a river. From this point there la a clear view over the paddy fields to
the coast. Large boats were formerly able to come up the creek to the bridge, but
its bed has lately become choked with weeds and inibbish. From the bridge the
road runs nearly south, skirting Bukit Mertajam, through fruit gardens all the way,
which extend far up the side of the hill. This is the most picturesque piece of
road in the Province.

Kuin Babi.— Small V. 2§ miles E.N.E. of Ayer Mulei, S. Malacca.

Kuli. — V. on N. bank of Pahaug K., at foot of a range of hills in W.C.
Pahaug.

Klllim. — V. on E. of same name, just E. of Province Wellesley frontier, in
9.W. Kedah. A favourite place for coolie deserters from estates in the Provinci'.
A large number of Chinese of bad reputation are settled here, and the Penghulu
has much dilhculty in keeping order.

KlunbEing.— A JaJmjt V. on E. side of E. Sembrong, N. Johore. Also the
Malay word for cocoa-nut beetles, (q. v.).

Kumbar. — See Bkktau.

[186]

Kup of British Malaya. Kwfl

Kupang. — ^Large V. on a small S. affluent of Muda E., W. side of Gunong
Titi Wangsa, S. Kedah.

Kupus. — V. on N. border of Sri Menanti, on S. bank of the Muar E.

Kwala. — The embouchure of a river. By a curious linguistic coincidence,
the same word is used in the same sense by several African tribes. The word is
also applied to the place of junction between two rivers.

Kwala Bekum. — Junction of small E. of that name with the Songkei E.,
S. Perak.

Kwala Belida. — In N. Perak, where a small W. affluent falls into the
Perak E. about 4 miles W. of Bukit Panjang range.

Kwala Bera. — Junction of Bera E. with the Pahang E. in C. Pahang.
Just below it the river forms a chain of small lakes and leads into Tasek Bera, the
principal lake in the Peninsula.

Kwala Betey.— A small v. on the Sungei Batang, Malacca, between Grading
and Padang Sebang.

Kwala Chepah.— On E. bank of Perak E., N. Perak, about %\ miles
N.N.E. of Kota Tampan.

Kwala Cherako.— About 3 miles below Kota Tampan in N. Perak, on W.
side of PeraJs E.

Kwala Chigar. — On the W. bank of Perak E. about 5 miles S. of Kota
Tampan in N. Perak.

Kwala Dipang. — On W. bank of E. Kampar, S.C. Perak.

Kwala Dolah. — On the Perak E., and a supposed boundary between Perak
and Kedah.

Kwala Eana. — A large V. in Pulau Sebang district, N. Malacca, about
\ mile S. of Dusun Feringgit, on the boundary line between Eembau and Malacca
territory.

Kwala Oapam. — Junction of the two affluents of the Duyong E., Malacca,
about 4^ miles direct, and 6 miles by river from its mouth.

Kwala Quia. — Mouth of creek between two islands N. of Kwala Larut,
W.C. Perak. (The Admiralty chart and the map S. A. S. difEer so materially as to
the coast line, that revision is absolutely necessary.)

Kwala ]juk. — Junction of Ijuk E. with Krian E., N. Perak.

Kwala Illjil. — ^A bend in the Perak E., N. Perak, where it turns abruptly

N., 6 to 7 miles S. of Kota Tampan.

Kwala Jelai. — On W. bank of Perak E., 3 miles below Kota Tampan in N.
Perak.

Kwala Johore. — Entrance of E. of same name N. of Changi district,
Singapore.

Kwala JxUHpol. — The junction of the Jumpol E. with the M\iar at the
S.E. comer of Jumpol State, Negri Sembilan.

Kwala Jus. — Small y. on high road. Jus district, N. Malacca.
Kwala Kabul. •^On the S. bank of the Kampar E., S.C. Perak.
Kwala Kali. — Junction of E. of that name with Selangor E.
Kwala Kampar. — Junction of the E. of same name with the Kinta E.,
S.C. Perak.

Kwala Kanchillg. — Junction of that E. with the Selangor E. 3 miles
below Bt. Jelutong in E. Selangor.

Kwala Kangsa (spelt Kangsar by Mr. Wbat). — ^Important settlement

[187]

Kwa Descriptive Dictionary Kwft

on W. b&nk of Perak R., 4 milea S. of Kota Lama. It is the seat of GflTcniment
and the resideuce of the Kesidont. Estensivu tin deposits exist in the vieinitj.
The Regent resides at S^ong on the opposite bank of the R., which is here about
200 yards in width.

Kwala Kangsa (Gangsa on the map). — Small V. N. of the Bafu Berendam
district on the Malacca R.

Kwala Kendrong. — Junction of R. of aame with the Perak R. in 8.E. Eedah.

Kwala Kenering, — On W, bank of Perak R. about 7 miles S. of Eedah
frontier.

Kwala Kera.— On E. bank of Pemk R. about (( to 7 miles 8. of the Kedah

Kwala Kinta. — The junction below Bandar Bam I. of the Perak and £inta.
K,. S. Perak.

Kwala Klang.— The entrance to the E. of that name, Selaogor.

Kwala Kupang. — On the Muda R„ at junction of a atream leading to
Kupang V. 'A miles S. Kedah.

Kwala Kurau.— Entrance of the Kurau R., N.W. Perak.

Kwala Kurling,— Junction of R. of that name (f/. ii.) with Selangor R.

Kwala LabU.— The junctiou of the Lanjat R. with the Jngra K,, S.
Selangor.

Kwala LabU.— Close to the boundary between Selajigor and Sungei ITjong,
lat. 2" 53' N., long. 101* 30' E.

Kwala Labu. — On Perak R„ S. Kedah, 5 mites N. of supposed Perak
boundary.

Kwala Leppa. — Junction of a petty stream with K. Ekkawaya, about 8
mileH in a S.W. direction from Gunong Batu PuJei, S. Perak.

Kwala. LumpOr. — The seat of the Residency and principal Goverument
offices of Selangor, near the head of the Klang R. It gives its name to the dis-
trict, which contains numerous rich fin mines. Situated in lat, 3° 12* N., and long.
101° 54' E.

Kwala Madek.— Junction of the Eahang and Madek Rivers, E, Johore.

Kwala Mawah. — Kwala in Kedah on E. side of Perak R. about 10 miles
N. of the iissumed Pi-rali frontier.

Kwala Menkwang.— Junction of a small afQuent with the Mudu E. about
3 miles N.W. yf Kupang. Kedah.

Kwala Muar.^The entrance to the Muar E. dividing Muar from Johore,
V. of aame name on S. bank of R.

Kwala Muda, — The entrance to the Muda R. which divides Kedah from
Province Wellesley,

Kwala Panchor.— V. at the junction of a small affluent with the Malacc
R. in the Parit Mclaoa district, C. Malacca.

Kwala Parit,— The junction of the Perak and Kinta Rivers. S.W. Perak.

Kwala Pelang, — Kwala on Perak R., S. Kedah, 6 miles N. of supposed
boundary of Prnik.

Kwala Pesolot. — V. ou E. bank of R. Sembrong, E.C. Johore.

Kwala Piah. — About 4 miles S. of supposed Eedah boundary in K. Perak
ou E. bank of Perak R,

Kwala Pila. — Kwala and V. in S.W. comer of Jumpol. Negri Sembilan,

Kwala Pi^ji. — Junction of R. of that uame with the Einta K., C. Perak,

[188:

Ewa of British Malaya. EWS

Kwala Prai (Pbte in the Directories). — The name of the entrance to the
Prai B., Province Welleslej, and of the V. on its bank. It is 1 mile and 5 furlongs
from Butterworth, and, as stated by Ea&l, was once a place of considerable
importance, with a foreign trade and mud docks for the repair of ships of burthen,
but Penang has gradually absorbed its trade, although there are still a few prahns
and small schooners belonging to the place, which trade chiefly with the Sumatra
coast. The road leading up to the ferry is lined on each side with Chinese shops,
and there is also a Chinese theatre, but its appearance nowadays is not altogether
prosperous. The Malays, however, whose dwellings are scattered pretty thickly
over the neighbouring mangroye swamps, appear to thrive well enough, and the
number of children is something surprising. The river is one-eighth of a mile
across at the ferrv station, which is about half a mile within its mouth. There is a
good deal of traflic at the ferry, both of horse and*foot passengers, although travellers
from the southern part of the Province generally embark in boats for Penang at
the landing-place on the opposite side of the river, leaving their vehicles there if
thev intend to return speedily.

The new road (Jalan Bhant)^ which commences on the south bank of Prai, runs
quite straight in a south-easterly direction for 3| miles to the point of junction
with the road running south from Permatang Pau. This has been taken as the
base line of the trigonometrical survey of the Province. The first mile and a half
is thioi]^^h mangrove swamp, with abundance of Nipah palms, and the remainder
is through an uninterrupted series of paddy-fields studded with clumps of cocoa-
nut-trees. The road was originally formed of the mud and earth thrown up from
two deep trenches Ivtween which it runs, and was hard and firm (barring the crab-
holes), except in very wet weather. It has. however, within the past few years
been carefully put in order by the Public Works Department, and is now a very
good road. Its width is being further extended by the same authorities. There
are three villages, besides several detached houses along the road.

Kwala Rantau. — Y- on S. side of Bernam V., about 8 miles W. of Kwala
Sempang, N. Selangor.

Kwala Rui. — Junction of the Bui B. with the upper Perak B. in S.E.
Kedah.

Kwala Sawa.— Junction of a petty affluent with the Linggi B., 3 miles
below Niato, Sungei Ujong.

Kwala SelemaZL. — Junction of a petty stream with the Muda B., just
below Padang Pulei, S. Kedah.

Kwala Selensing. — Entrance to a small B. of same name on the coast of
N.W. Perak fronting Oula Sugar Estate.

Kwala Seluang. — A kwala about 18 miles from the mouth of the Muda B.,
S.W. Kedah.

Kwala Sempang. — The junction of the W. affluent of the Kessang B.
with the main stream, in the Chinchin district, E. Malacca.

Kwala Sempang. — v. on S. bank of Bemam B., about 8 miles E. of
Kwala Bantau. N. Selangor.

Kwala Sempang. — A kwala on E. bank of Muda B., 3 miles above its
turn N. in S. Kedah.

Kwala Semut. — Junction of a small E. affluent of Kinta B. in C. Penik
just above Kindin.

Kwala Senang. — in extreme S.E. of Kedah on the Perak B., about 2

miles N. of supposed Perak boundary.

Kwala Si MarabOW. — On a branch of the B. Linggi, formerly the point
where the boundary line between Malacca and Bembau touched the river.

[189]

KwE Descriptive Dictionary IijJ.

Kwala StUlgOr. — ^V. on boundary line between Malacca and Johol. After
ruDDJng nearly due E. from Dusun Feringgit, the line here turns abruptly to the
N.E. The V. lies at the N.W. extremity of the large forest reserve embracing the
Ju8 and Bukit Linggi districts.

Kwala StUlgOr. — v. in S.E. comer of Tampin, Negri Sembilan.

Kwala Talang. — Junction of a small stream with E. Kinta, 0. Penang.

Kwala Tamok. — ^V. on the N. side of Sembrong E. where it turns from
a N.N.E. direction to E. in N. Johore.

Kwala Tawa. — v. on S. affluent of Muda E. near Kupang, S. Kedah.

Kwala Teja. — On E. bank of Kinta E. at junction of E. Teja with it.

Kwala Tekan. — Junction of a small E. of same name with E. Kinta, just
N- of Ipoh, C. Perak.

Kwala Telok Pan. — ^At the junction of a petty affluent with the Batang
IVlang E., 8 miles above Durian Sabatang, S. Perak.

Kwala Tembon. — On W. bank of Perak E., about 5 miles N. of Kota
T^ma, N. Perak.

Kwala Temiteh. — Junction of small E. affluent of same name with E.
Kinta, 1^ niilcs N. of Ipoh, C. Perak.

Kwala Terup. — Junction of the E. Papan with the Kinta E., C. Perak.

Kwala Triang. — Junction of the Triang with the Pahang E., in W.
Pahang.

Kwala Trong. — A salt-water creek between an unnamed island and the
Perak cofiHt, about 10 t>o 11 miles S. of Kwala Larut, into which a small stream
HowN (if Hanie name.

Kwala Trus. — Junction of the Perak and Kinta rivers, just above Bandar
Hani I..H.(.\ P«Tak.

Kwala Wau.— Ji"i<'tion of small bank of Chandriang E. with the main
Mtn'airi, K.<*. P«»rak.

Lac. 'ri»<* <'<)louring matter produced by the lac insect, or Coccus jusM, is
Idiowii iind uhimI l>y Wxw inhabitants of the Malay Peninsula, where the insect is
foiinil. Tlin pro(lu(*(\ howtwor, is neitlier so good nor so abundant as that of Hin-
(iiiHtiin. Miirnni. or Hiani, i)robably owing to the insect not being, as in these
ciMinh'ii'N. (loniPHtimUuI ana n^an^. The Malay name of the dye is atn^oZaw, a
nativt* (»n(>. It Iiun htMMi found in Singapori^, but not in sufficient quantities to
aNMUnif« coninmrcial iin]>ort4Uu*o.

Ladang. V. in S. P«'rak about 3 miles E. of E. Batang Padang.

Ladang Buka.~ A Humll v. l mile S. of Payah Eumput and about 7 miles

N. from Malan'ii-town.

Lagoons, Province Wellesley.— S^^^ Pkrmatano Manois.

LakHamana. 'l^bi' Hin^ond in rank in a native State. In the event of a
ilnalli. Mm ItiiktiaiiiitHii m\1o(V(h1n to the dignity.

LlihUlg. A (*oarH(« gntHH (lirameH cancivitfim or Imperalia Kcenigix) which,
iNilnHn )ii'i('Miili«)hN bo taken, ovorruns all nowly-cleared ground. The sensitive
liliMit IN Hiiid In III* thi« onlv plant whioh oxtirj^itos it. It reaches a height of from
d til /i t'iM>t. iiml in UHoil bv tho Miilavs for thatch and cattle bedding, while the
llnwiMH niMvn In HtutT hillnwH. R>th j^kpor and sugar are said to be derivable from
tlilM HinnN. lull iin pulilit' niuvomn 1ms as vot attoudod any experiments in the latter
ijil'iirlliin. Sir VUuuvH.

Lulling. 'I'll*' »><<' «*!' «* Ki'^'Hoh t in-mining i\nu{viny near Gopeng Kinta, Perak.

Llilapi 'i*l**' N>\innpN to\\\\\\ in so nmnv {^rtions of the Peninsula.

I UH>j '

Lan of British Malaya. Lan

Lambor. — ^V. in N.W. Sungei Ujong, near Kwala Labu.

Laildstllg. — ^A village in Johol, Negri Sembilan.

Lstngat. — Island, town and river at entrance of B. of same name, its outer
embouchure, however, being known as the Jugra E. On the Island is situated
Parcelar Hill, a well-known mark for mariners making the S.W. coast of Selangor.
The E. rises in TJlu Langat, on the W. borders of Sungei Ujong.

Langka. — The mythic name of Cejlon in the Hindu poem of the Eamajana,
and, as such, well known to the more advanced nations of Malaja. The popular
name for it, however, is 8elan, evidently taken from the Arabs, who probably made
he island first known to the Malayan nations.

LangSUyar. — ^A "white lady,** or banshee, who may be heard at night
moaning amid the branches of a tree, and much dreaded by superstitious Malays.

Language. —With the exception of the Negrito tribes of the Peninsula,
Malay alone is the current language. Each State, however, has peculiarities of
speech, and a Singapore-bred man can at times hardly understand one from Kedah
or Patani. Of the places under British influence, the best Malay is spoken in
Perak and Province Wellesley.

Of foreign languages, Cmnese, of course, is spoken by the great majority, i.e.,
using the word "Chinese** as we .should use "European,** each so-called "dialect**
being in reality a distinct language. These "dialects** are Cantonese (Macao),
Teochew, Hokien, Hylam, and Hakka or Keh. Of these there are several sub-
divisions, being true dialects.

Portuguese comes next in order, and it is by no means the Portuguese of
Lisbon. Custom has so contracted the moods and tenses of the verbs that it almost
resembles Malay in simplicity, while of course sacrificing precision.

Tamil is the language of the Klings, who, however, soon lose the purity of
the original language in favour of phrases pronounced by Tamil scholars to be
obscure and ungrammatical.

English, the language of the ruling race, is now spoken by a large number of
the rising population educated at the G-overnment schools, it will doubtless in
time become even more prevalent.

Many other Asiatic and European languages are largely spoken. G-erman
counts a large number of adherents, but as the countrymen of the Emperor
William all speak both English and Malay, besides being, as a rule, accom-

Slished linguists in other tongues, the existence of a German-speaking commimity
oes not materiaUy affect our own countrymen as to personal intercourse.

Of other Oriental languages, Arabic is the only one which is spoken by any
appreciable number. But it is worthy of record that during one year eighteen
different languages were used in the Singapore Magistrates' Courts. No better
testimony than this could be adduced as to the cosmopolitan character of the
population.

Lasjut Manis. — ^A pretty v. on the Malacca-Eembau border.

Lasjut Manis. — A small v. in the Blimbing district, C. Malacca.

Lasjut Ifft. — lu Eembau, Negri Sembilan (not marked in maps S. A. S.).

LaDJnit Buntal. — ^V. about 9 miles E. of the junction of the Langat E.
with the Jugra E., S. Selangor.

Lantei. — The flooring of native houses, made of laths, usually cut from
the nibong palm (Caryota urens), but sometimes of bamboo or even ordinary
wood.

LantUl. — Originally the name of the boldest and most dangerous of the
piratical tribes of Malaya. Their vessels were known as prahu lanun, and the last
word is now often used by itself to designate them. The original habitat of the
Lanim is supposed to be Mindanao in the Philippines.

[191]

Lat

Descriptive Dictionary

Lata Mamboh. — v. in Sungei Ujong between Niato and Eassa.

Latah. — How to define latah is somewhat puzzling. If any ahurt equivalent
1n3 desired, it niay Ihj deBcribed as an irresiatible impulse to imitate tho words or
actiouH of those around them. Another form of the disease, very often not less
startling to the onlooker, is the exhibition of intense nervous excitemeut when some
particular word is mentioned — -usually in the form of most abject fear. A third,
and lens noticeable, form is the exhibition of aUinu at some luusuaJ but nut
ordinarily terrifying sight or sound, much as a child will start at the sound of a
gun, or a grown person on suddenly diacovering a corpse. The two first-named
manifeslatioue are of course those which strike the spectators and auditors as most
strange and inexplicable. The nervous impressionability of the Malays in other
wajB is well known to all who have lived amongst them. A very alight cause will
change an ordinarily placid and inoffensive native into a very demon of rage, the
extreme illustration of snub a mental condition being known aa "running amok"
— or as forL'ignora usually call it, " amuck." Over and above a readiness to take
oS<<nce at Hnjust blame, or what he considers disrespectful treatment, native public
opinion considers a Malay dishonoured who does not avenge a blow by taking the
life of the party giving it, not at the moment, but on some subsequent occasion,
vhun the intended victim is off his guard. It would be going too far to say that a
ttindency to sulk and take revenge accounts for. the Malay liability to latah, as
many other peoples amongst whom the disease is unknown develop the same
diMpoxition, while almost destitute of the childlike good temper and unafEecledly

SiMid manners of tliu Malayan tribes. All that can be asserted is that such a
isoaNn would never eiist amongst a phlegmatic race. Nor, again, must it be
imagined that lalah is of every-day occurrence. Many people have lived in
lliQ Struitu Si-tth<montfl for over twenty years without ever seeing a single
case of it.

The impulsi^ to imitate the words or actions of others is sometimes evinced to
not merely a ludicrous but a most distressing way. In some cases it should be

IilvmltK^l the atliLcks occur only at long intervals ; in others the patients are
lahituiilly sulijeet to the disease, and can at almost any time be compelled to
tixbibit it. Wlien this results in any unpleasant consequence the lat^ (it is
(iimtouiary to apply thti word both to the disease and to the patient), while quite
unable to rtiMiNt ttie stnuiKe inllucnce exerted, will keenly resent the practical joke.
In a eiuie recorded by Mr. H. A. O'Brien, a woman was introduoed to him as a
latah, and he for some lime t^onverseil with her without detecting anything
abnormal in her conduct. " Suddenly her introducer threw off his coat, To my
horror my vemirnblo (j'lest sprang to her feet and tore off her kabayah (jacket).
My entreaties eame too late to prevent her continuing the same course with the
i-est of her garments, and in thirty seconds from her seizure the paroxysm seemed
to 1)0 over, What struck me must in tliis unsavoury performauco was the woman's
wild rago against the instii^tor of this entrap. She kept on calling him an
' almndoited i>iR,' and imploring me to kill him, all the time that she was reducing
herself to a stale of nudity." An equally absurd but less distressing manifeetatjon
(if thp disea«e was provided by a Malay woman, who, on seeing her master tear up
a Iclti'r and throw it out of tlic window, at once followed suit with a basket of
dean clotjies she was carrying. No great harm, of course, resulted in this case, but
tntgiciU effects have more than once followed practiial jokes with latabs. The
followiiig instjuiee is ri'lal^-d by Mr. O'Brien : — ^The ship's cook of one of the local
wmsting steamers hiip{X'ned to be a pronounced sufferer from the disease, and,
us but Ijiu eoiumoutv happens in such cases, was continually victimieed by hia
shipmittes. As u. rule the effects wore simply ludicrous, and hugely amused the
i^rew, who shared the fuudnees for horsepliiy proverbial among European satlars.
On the occasion in question the cixik was dandling his baby on the forti'ard deck.
One of the men, noticing liis. picktxl up a billet of wood, and. standing in front
lliM]

Lat

of Jivilnh Malaya

ting his ^^^
;ii=t Foil '

It?. ■

bo
it

samo way as the latter was dandlin]

Presently he began tossing the biUet up to the awning, the cook imitatin)^ his
motionB with the baby. Suddenly the sailor opened his arms, and the billet fell
to the deek ; the unfortunate latah did the same, and the child, falling on the
planking, was instantly killed. It is very singular that in no case has a latah l>een
found to exhibit any other mental peculiarity. There appears to be no tendency
in such a case to lunacy, nor does the disease appear to shorten life. That an
imitative propensity is sometimes the forerunner and accompaniment of certain
mental diseases among Europeans is alleged by more than one medical authority,
but seldom becomes so pronounced as in the cases of Malay latahs. Moreover, it I
uever manifests itself in the latter race before the age of puberty. The patiea^l
again, is perfectly conscious of what he (or she) is doing, and frequently n
in the strongest manner any attempt to play upon his infirmity.

The second form of latab mentioned above, in which intense nervous eioita-
ment is caused by the mention of some particular word, is scarcely less curious to
onlookers than that already illustrated. The patient in this case will exhibit
uncontrollable fear, evinced by running away at full speed or plunging into jungla .
if on shore, or by jumping overboard S in a ship or boat, at the mention of somai
animal or reptile. Some are thus afEected if a companion shouts XRar'. (a snake),!
others at the words Simau (tiger), or Buaya (crocodile). The strangest fact in-?
thifl connection is that such patients seem to have little or no fear of the animals ^
themselves, or certainly not more than any prudent native exhibits when meeting
them in the river or jungle. Thus a man who will jump overboard in hot fear at
the shout of " Crocodile ! " will readily stalk and, when it is disabled, appro.och one
of these reptiles. The Malay, it should be added, is an exceptionally plucky and
expert hunter and woodaman, ao tiat tMs particular form of nervous fright is the
more remarkable.

The third, and less noticeable, form of latah, in which some unexpected sight
or sound induces fright, might, without explanation, be deemed common to a"
humanity. But in the case of a Malay latah such a sui'prise invariably provokes
desire to strike at the nearest object, and is also accompanied, in almost every caw
by an obscene exclamation, no matter how correct his or her usual language an^
behaviour. It will of course be remembered that among all Oriental nationt
phrases which we consider obscene are ordinarily used in conversation before womeofl
and children; but the Malay, aware of our prejudices on the matter, usually^
refrains from using them before Europeans. The most common exception is when
the speaker is a latah. Altogether the disease is a most obscure manifestation of
nervous irritability and disturbance. It would be interesting to know if the brain
of a latah differed in any way from that of the ordinary individual. The subject
presents a wide field for pathological research.

Lateiite is form<-d by the decomposition of iron pyrites and the diffusion
of the inra in solution. It abounds in various portions of the Peninsula, and
ia largely present in the soil of Singapore, where it is extensively used as road
metal,

LaU Chu Kang. — v. in Mandai district. N.W. Singapore. ISJ miles from
the town.

Laut. — This is the most general name among the nations of the Archipelagt
for the sea or ocean — the most common, even with the Javanese, who have besidei
three synonyms for it. It is found in com]>osition in the names of places,
Puiu-laul. ■• sea-island," Tamak-laut, " sea-land or sea-board land," and Laut-kidul
"the south sea,"

Laws, Malayan.— Most of the native States have well-drawn-up codes o

laws, of which that of Jobore, translated at p. 71, Vol. IX, J. L A., serves as i

[193]

Law

Descriptive Dictionary

Lei

good example. Excepting as regards women and slaves, its provisions evince a
considerable respect for abatra^-'t justice, and are worth the study of sociologists.

Another code to which the Malays attach considerable importance is the
Undann-iiiida iig, or Laws of Menan^karbau, of which mutilated copies exist. It is
noticed in the N, & Q. of the J. S. B. R. A. S.

Lawyers, Penang.— A comiption of Layor, a species of caae furnishing
the sticks so named.'

Lead. — Tq Malay, lima-itam, that is. " black tin," is known to the natives
only as an article introduced from abroad. No ore of this metal has as yet beeu
found in any part of the Arehijwt ago, although, most [probably, sueh will eventually
be discovered, as was the cose with antimony, which was unknown until the
year 1823.

Leaf Insects (Sonaong anw). — A name given to one of the Phasmidoe or
" Hpectre insects." So exactly does it resemble a leaf with all lie delicate markings
and veiningB — in some cases the colours of a faded leaf are reproduced with equal
acouraey — thai it is difficult to persuade oneself, even with tlie specimen before one,
that it belongs to tJie insect world. They are reputed " curios " even amongst the
natives, who keep them to show their friends. So foreign naturalist has as yet,
studied their habits. The Zoological Society of London was very auKtous U>
obtain some of these insects for its inseetarium when I last visited London.

Leda Tana. — Small v. on the Suogei Chohong, a portion of the Kessong
R.. the boimdary between Muar and Malacca,

Ledang. — " This is the Malay name of the highest mountain of the Malay
Peninsula, one of the two which the Portuguese fiiought proper to call Ophir, the
other, of far greater elevation, being in Sumatra. Ledang lies inland from the
town ol Malacca at the diatauce of about 40 miles, and ia juat inside the Mu&r
border. It is chiefly of granitic formation, boulders of granite being found on its
very summit. In recent times it has been repeatedly ascended to the top by
European travellers, and its height has been ascertained to be 4,400 feet alwve the
level of the sea. Fahrenheit's thermometer at night falls at the summit to 64"."
The gold mines of Ophir were worked till 1817 by the Malays, the metal being of
9 touch. The depth of the mines varies from 70 to 200 feet, but they are now
almost abandoned. Cbawfurd, in an interesting article, not however wortli
transcription in full, poiuts out the many reasons against Ounong Ledang being
the Ophir of King Solohon, and thus sums up his conclusions : —

" Prom all that has now been stated, I think it may be coDcIuded that tho
Ophir of Scripture was a commercial emporium, situated either close to the
entrance of the Ked Sea ou its Arabian side, or not far east on ihc southern coast
of Arabia. The nearest of these localities to the head of the Arabian Oulf would
assuredly have beeo a long and difficult voyage even for the small coasting craft of
the Phfenicians. aud still more so for the confessedly inexperienced Jews ; without
supposing voyages to India, or far south on the coast of Africa."'

Le6Clie8.~A small variety abounds in all moist places in the jungle, and is
a dangerous pest to unwary travellers. In preparing to cross leech-haunted marsh,
the trousers should be tied roimd the ankle aud placed inude the boots, the lattiu-
being freely rubbed with lime-juice, which leeches especially abominate. A spe^des
resembling the horse-leeeh (lintah) is also fouud, utilized for surgical purposes.
The smaller sorts are in many cases beautifully marked with bright yellow stripes.

Legends. — Numerous Malay legends will l>e found in the J. S. B. R. A. S.
and in the J. I, A., especially under geographical headings.

Lela.— Heavy brass guns employed in stwkades. They were also used on
board the large piratical prahus when piracy flourished in Malayan waters. They
resemble the jingala of the ChincBi-,

[194]

IiGin of British Malaya. Lig

HiBinOIl QraSS (Serai), — Much cultivated for the essential oil it yields,
especially by Europeans and Chinese.

Lendek. — In Naning, Malacca, site of a tin mine opened in 1807, but since
abandoned.

Leopard. — Only one species is known in the Peninsula, and that, by a
misnomer, is generally termed the black tiger (q, v.),

Leppa. — R« in Pahang. A tin mine is said to exist near it. (Probably the
8. Lupa of map S. A. S.)

LeprOl^y. — In Malay urUal and htdal, from Sanskrit kosta, is a disease not
unfrequent in all parts of the Peninsula. In many places the only beggars to be
seen are the unfortunate persons labouring under this incurable malady. The Leper
Hospital of the Straits Settlements is situated at Pulo Jerejak, an island between
Penang and Province Wellesley. It contains about 200 patients, and is in charge
of the Colonial Surgeon of the Province with a resident apothecary.

lidyden^ John. — " This remarkable man, who was bom of peasant parents,
was bom in the parish of Cavens and county of Eoxburgh in 1775, and is mentioned
in this work on account of his researches into the history and languages of the Malay
nations. In 1803, after distinguishing himself at the University of Edinburgh,
and enjoying the friendship and intimacy of his great cotemporary Sir Walteb
Scott, he proceeded to Madras in the Indian Medical Service, and there received
the liberal patronage of the Governor-General, the Eabl of Minto, near whose
estate he was bom. In 1811 he accompanied this nobleman on the expedition
which effected the conquest of Java and most of its dependent islands, and was
eventually destined to proceed on a mission to Japan. Unhappily, however, he had
exposed himself in his literary pursuits to the malaria of Batavia, and caught the
fever which, on the 27th of August, carried him off, in the 36th year of his age.
I had seen and conversed with him the day before his death, labouring under the
complaint, but without any appearance of imminent danger. Lbyden's Oriental
erudition, more particularly as relating to Malayan literature, was more multifari-
ous and surprising than accurate, as might reasonably be expected from the number
and rapidity of his acquisitions. He published at Calcutta a copious vocabulary of
the Malay, Burmese, and Siamese languages, and after his death appeared a small
work entitled 'Malay Annals.* His political views were wild, speculative, and
scholastic, as is sufficiently attested by a published letter of his to his friend Sir
Stjimfobd Raffles, at the time about to undertake the administration of the
Indian Dutch possessions. * We must,' says he, * have a general Malay league in
which all the Eajas must be united, like the old ban of Burgundy, or the later one
of Germany, and these must all be represented in a general parliament of the
Malay States like the Amphyctyonic Council of the Greeks." (Memoirs of Sir
Stamford Eaffles, page 25.)

lASLTf Orang. — " Wild men," a term often applied to the Jakuns. Several
other phrases are also employed, e.g., Orang hukit, Orang dalam, and Orang ulu, the
word ulu meaning the upstream part of a country.

LigBi. — One of the nine districts of Patani (q. v.). '

Ligor " is the Malay name of a Siamese province, called by the Siamese
Mkon. It is the portion of the Siamese territory which lies nearest the country of
the Malays on the western side of the Peninsula, bordering there on the principality
of Kedah. Geographically, indeed, it forms a portion of the Peninsula, as does
Singora, another Siamese province, on its eastern side. The population is
scan^ and poor, the majority consisting of Siamese, with a considerable number
of Midays, and a mixed race of these two, called in Malay Samsam, with a few
Chinese.

[195] o 2

Descriptive Dictionary

Lit

Lily. — Generally confounded with the various specieB of Arum, all being
tenned hakonq.

LimbOHgan. — Eicavationa made by miners in swampy tracts at the bases of
hills. (J, I. A.. Vol- II, p. 173.)

Lim Chu Kang,— ^V. in W, Kranji district, Singapore, Numerous pepper
and gambier plantations exist in the neighbourhood.

Lime. — This fruit abounds, and there are several excellent varieties.

Lime is prepared in large quantities from coral and shells, the principal
lime-burning works on the coast lieing at Pulo Paagkor (Dindiags).

Litnestone, with sandstone and clay, is the predominating stratified rock
from Junk Ceylon to Penang. It does not occur in large quantities southward of
the latter.

Limmair. — V. on S. bank of Pahang R., C. Pahang,

Linggi. — The most W. district of Malacca forming the E. bank of the Linggi
River, which divides Malacca from Sungei Ujoog. An old Dutfh fort and a Police
station eiist on the shore, as also a village of the same name. From Linggi to the
town of Malacca a good road has been constructed, about 29 miles in length. The
local steam launches take up passengers between Linggi and Malacca, or Sungei
Ujong- The district was originally colonized from Rembau.

Linggi,— V. 8 miles from mouth of K. of same name, Sungei Ujong. A
good bridge crosses the R. here, connecting Fermatang Pasir with the main road to
Rassa.

Lingin. — " In Malay, correctly, Lingga. The name of one of the multitude
of islands by which the eastern end of the Straits of Malacca is crowded. It
extends from the equator to 20 milee south of it, and is eBtituated to have an area
of 286 square geographical miles. Its highest mountain rises to the height of
3,755 feet, and is consequently the most elevated land of any of the islands within
the Straits of Malacca. Nearly the whole island is covered, like the others in its
neighbourhood, by an ever-verdant forest, the inhabitants consisting of a few Malay
fishermen, and in the interior, of some wandering tribes of savages of the same nation.
Lingin was formerly a part of the territories of the Kings of Johore, and is, there-
fore, mentioned hero. It is now under Dutch protection."

Tiinft nm , — Coffee plantation close to Rantau, Sungei TTjong.

Lion. — " fn Malay Singa. from the Sanskrit, just as our own name is from
the Latin. The lion is a mere myth to all the inhabitants of the Peninsula. The
word is chieHy found in composition in the names of places and the titles of
persons, as in the examples Shiganari, *lion flower.' the name of some ancient
HiTidu ruins in Java ; and Singanagari, ' lion of the city,' the name of one of the
public eseeutjoners under the native governments of Java." The word has no
connection with St-ngapore or singayura, which means a " port of anchon^fC."

Lismore Fort. — See Fort.

Literature. — The Malay tribes possess but little in the way of literature.
The greatest part of it, like that of Java, consists of romances, known under the
Sanskrit name of ckerilra, or the Arabic one of hikavai. Their subjects are taken
from the Hindu epics, from the local legends of Java, from the Muhommedan
legends of Arabia, and from the story of Malay princes hardly less fabulous. Such
compositions differ, however, in this respect from those of the Javanese, that the
greater number of them are in prose. The Malays are possessed of no ancient
manuscripts, nor inscriptions on stone or brass. Their whole literature, all in the
Arabic character, is certainly not of greater antiquity than their conversion to the
Mahommcdan religion ; indeed, the earliest recorded specimen of it is the vocabu-
lary of the Italian Pioafbtta, collected in the Moluccas in the year 1521, during
[196]

Lit

of British Malaya.

the first navigation round the world. {See Bibliogeaphy, under wUicb head \a\
giveD a list of all known works existing in Malay .J

Little Johore Hill. — Qitnonq Bau {q. «.)■

Lizards. — An enormous number of species are found in the Peninsula aad1
Settlements, but a monograph has yet to be written on the Malayan varieties.
CertaJn species will be found described under the heads of Gecko, Chichak, &o.
The flying lizard {Ckaeo volans, or Chichack terhang, or Eubin} is found throughoutd
the Peninsula. A large house lizard is called to&e from the sound it emits,

Lobok PenawJng.^A settlement on the Muar K., just E. of the bordersJ
of Jobol. 1

Lobster (UAdanii gdlak). — A beautifully marked rariety of lat^e size is fouDdJ
on the coast, and specimons are preserved in the Raffles Museum. Thecray-fish iv\
unknown in Malayan waters. |

Logan, J. R. — A full biography of this eminent scholar appears in No. 7j
J. S. B. E. A. S., 1881, p. 76.

Londang.— V. on W. bank of R. Sombroug, C. Johore. 4 miles N. of ital
turn at a right angle N. (

LoriS. — A small species of lemur found in the Peninsula. It is of noctumalJ
habits, seldom stirring during the day, ]

Lory. — But correctly Wwri in Malay, is the generic name for "parrot." Thm
aub-family of ijarrots, to which naturalists have given the name of Lorius, is noft
found in any island of the Archipelago west of New Guinea, nor at all in the]
Philippines. The lories of naturalists a^e, in fact, confined to New Guinea andi
Ua adjacent islands. The bill of the lory is somewhat weaker than that of other!
parrots. The prevailing colour of the plumage is a bright scarlet, and the general ■,
shape that of the panakut. Numbers are brought to Singapore from the Moluccasj
and other places for sale. j

Lot's Wife. — A pillar at W. entrance of Singapore Harbour marking thffi
Harbour limit, 1

Lotteries are a favourite mode of gambling, amongst the Chinese espe-
cially, in the Settlements and Peninsula. The best known is the Hub. Hoey, in
which the names of 36 animals arc selects, and upon any one or more of these
the gambler pays hia stake, receiving an informal receipt in return. At a given
vtime the nana.e of the winning animal is announced, and those who have staked
upon it receive thirty times the amount of their investment. The winnings are
paid over honestly enongh, but the lottery manager can of course often ascertain
ujion which animal there are the lowest stakes, (See Hua Hoey.)

Lotus. — The Ear-famed lotus lily is indigenous to the Peninsula, but tha
pink variety so common in China ia the least often met with. The seeds are ODH
used for food, as in China. I

Low, Sir Hugh, K.C.M.G.— Formerly H.M, Resident at Perak, who^
rendered good service to that State, and contributed much useful information on
Malayan matters to various periodicals. His principal scientific work has been
botanical, and he has added several plants, hitherto unknown, to the Kew lists, Hia
record in the Colonial Office list ia as follows ; — " Entered the Colonial service as
Secretary to Government of Labuan in 1848, Police Magistrate, 1850 ; administered
tlie Government of Labuan in 1855 and in 1863, and from October to December.
1865; again from November. 1866, to December, 1867, and also from December,
1874, until April, 1876 ; British Resident, Perak, 1877 ; now retired."

Low's Pass. — On W, side of Bukit Penara, C. Penang. A Police statit
lies on W. aide of tiie paae.

[197]

ler.

>er, ^J

Low

Descriptive Dictionary

: it turuB S., jiliout 13 n

Low Point. — A point iu the Biruani
£rum the mouth, N, Sulaiigor,

Lubo Imas. — V. about U^ miles S.W. of Gunotig Bujang MaUu;t;a in B.C.
Perak.

Lubok, — A pool, or deep holes in the sea, a lalie, or a river ; a ivauh in a
rivor befoi-e it iTemls. Of constant occurrence in the names of plaees.

Lubok Bantal.^V, in Simgoi Siput dislrict, N.W, Malacca.

Lubok Chaong.— V. on E. aide of R. Sembrong, E.G. Johore.

Lubok China. — v. and Police station in extreme N.W, o£ Malacc'a territorj-
on S, biwik of l-Juui,'OL Pedas, a branch of the Linggi.

Lubok Kepong, — V. on E. aide of R. Madek, E, Johore.

Lubok Lesoug, — ^V. on W. bank of R. Sembrong, iu the Jakun country,

Lubok Mak Serei. — v. on E. bank of Endau R., N. Johore.

Lubok Masjid. — ^V. about 10 mi]i:s 1 furlong N, of Butterworth, Province
Wclli^slej, between Pouaga and Pcrmataug Bindahari.

Lubok Pasir. — V> en S. side of bend of R. Sebrong, N. Johore.

Lubok Peniu. — v. on E. bank of Endau R., 1 mile N. of its division into
Ibe Kahaug and Seniliroug Rivers, N. Johore.

Lubok Peniit.^V^. on the R. Tamboh. one of theW. affliienl« of the KJnla
K.. S.C. Perak.

Lubok Talam.— Beach and V., W. bank of R, Stimbroug, just before its
luru W. iu N.E. Johore.

Lubok Valley. — In N. Sungei Ujong between Bt. Niwang and a hill l/ing
further S.

LubU Mariam. — A V. 9 miles from Butterworth, Province Wellesley, just
below the Malakoff Estate.

Lukut.— V. about 25 miles from the mouth of R. of same name, Sui^^i
Ujong.

Lumut. — V. on W. side of old strait. Johore.

Lundu. — A V. in the district of that name, Central Malacca.

Lungga. — Imp- V. on E. bank of R. Muar, Johore, 15 miles S.E. of Mt.
Ophir.

Lycanthropy.— A belief similar to that of tlie wehr-wolf of Germanr,
&«., is widespread amongst both Malays and aborigines in the Peninsula, as is
also that in its opposite — motempsychosia. In Malaya, the tiger takes the place of
the wolf.

SSaccaroni. — Extensively used by all classes. Europeans import it as a rule,
but buth Chinese and Malays manufactiire it in large quantities. It is called Iomm
in Malay. The mould for making it is iSn^iwi /a«tKi.

Macs. — Ito brilliant red covering of the nutmeg, which see, the hiBtj>ry
of the one being that of the other. It is called hunga pala (flower of nutmeg) in
MaJav.

Slachap. — A district in N.O. Mak^ca, Tapioca is largely cultivated in the
neighbourhood. It. is reacheil by a first-class road from Malacca vid Durian Tunggal.
and is the aiti." of a Police atalion.

Magellan, Ferdinand.— The discoverer of the Philippines ; a native of
[198]

Mag of British Malaya. Mai

Portugal, born about 1470. He served under Albuquerque at the capture of
Malacca, but is not otherwise associated with the history of the Peninsula. Killed
at Mactan, near Cebu, in April, 1521.

Magnet. — The name of the magnet in Malay is hatu-brani or hesi-hraiii —
the latter term being now the more common : the former extends to all the
languages of the Asiatic Archipelago, including those of the Philippines. The
literal meaning of the words is "dare-stone," or "venture-stone (or iron)," a term
similar to our own of load or leading- stone, although less expressive. (See
Compass.)

Magnetic Dip at Sinoapore and other Places. — See Journal of

Eastern Asia, p. 90, Article by Vice-Admiral Sir C. F. A. Shadwell, K.C.B., giving
tables.

Maharajah.. — The title taken by the present Sultau of Johore on lirst
assuming the government of that State. It is not, strictly speaking, the title
applied by Malays to native rulers in the Peninsula, but in native writings is
regarded as the equivalent of " Emperor." Maharani signifies " Empress." Many
Malays, however, have the title as a name only, without its implying any territorial
rank.

Mq.Vi n m m ^,(\ q.ti \ ^m. — The Mahommedan religion is known to the natives of
tlie Peninsula by its usual Arabic name of Islam, to which they generally prefix the
Sanskrit word a^ama, religion. All who have adopted it are of the same professing
orthodox form as the Arabians, by whom, directly or indirectly, they were converted.
The history of the conversion of the Malays may be briefly told. The missionaries
who effected the conversion were not, for the most part, genuine Arabs, but the
mixed descendants of Arab and Persian traders from the Persian and Arabian
Gulfs, parties who, by their intimate acquaintance with the manners and languages
of the Malays, were far more effectual instruments. In the course of several ages,
Arabian and Persian merchants, and Mahommedan merchants from Gujerat and
other parts of India, had settled in various parts of the Archipelago. Unaccom-
panied by their families, they intermarried with the native inhabitants, and from
this union sprang the apostles of Islam » The earliest recorded conversion was
that of the people of Achiu, in Sumatra, the nearest part of the Archipelago to
the civilized i>arts of Western Asia. This happened in 1206 of our era. When the
Malays of Sumatra were converted is not fixed, but probably about the same time
as their neighbours, the Acbinese. The Malays of Malacca adopted Mahommedanism
in 1276, and it is now the religion of the Peninsula.*

Mail-Armour. — In Malay, haju-rantai, the sense of the term being " chain-
coat," or jerkin, and agreeing exactly with our own definition of the term, as given
by Johnson — " a coat of steel net- work for defence." This coat, and a morion, or
casque, called katopang, both being native words, are the only kinds of defensive
armour which were used by the Malayan nations. They are now rarely seen, and
from the high price of iron and the impediments they would throw in the way of
the free use of the favourite weapons — the spear and the dagger — were probably
never in general use.*

Major. — V. on N. bank of Chandriang R., E.G. Perak.

Mak. — A district in C. Malacca, Alor Gajah being the principal village in its
vicinity. About 14| miles N. of Malacca-town.

Makkilei. — ^A village in Naning, the residence of a Penghulu.

Malacca, Town and Settlement of.— While the town itself demands
separate mention as regards its position, history and social aspect, all remarks upon
its government, climate, geology, &c., apply also naturally to the Settlement. The
two will, therefore, be dealt with under one heading. As regards its history, it
must be understood that the district followed the fortunes of the town, but that,

[199]

Mai

Descriptive Dicliofiary

Mai

prior to British priaseaaion in 1824, the territory of Malacca comprised a, smaller
arotb than it now does, Naainj^ aad Jelli having been absorbed within its limits,
while alight exteualona of its N.E. to E. frontier have also taken place since the
period of the Dutch ascendency.

P08IT10M.— The town of Malacca lies in lat. 2° U' 30" N., and long. 102^ 12' 20"
E., and ia situated upon a amall river of the same name, which divides it into two
parts, though now but an inaignificani stream. The town forms the capital of a
district extending from Sungei Linggi on the N. to Snngui Cessang on the S., and
is bounded inland by the States of Muar, Johol. and Bembau. The coast line of
the Settlement is about 40 mUes in length, and its extreme width from E. to W.
alwut the same, its mean width being about 20 miles. The town Uea about 115 miles
N.W. of Singapore, and about 45 milea E, of Sumatra.

HisTOKT. — Few States had a more varied and romantic history than that of
Malacca. Before dealing with ita modern aspect we quote hereunder a condensation
of Ckawpcbd's carefully written article on the aubject ; —

" The native history of Malacca is full of obscurity. Two Malay manuscripts,
known by Arabic and Malay titles which signify ' the Crowna of all Kings,' that is.
the Reigns of all Malar Kings, and their Genealogies, give the following account
of the foundation of the State: — About the year 1160 of our time, a certain chief
of Palcmbang in Sumatra, with his followers, established themselves at Sittgapwra.
Here he and his successors continued until 12.52, when they were expelled by an
invasion of the Javanese of the kingdom of Majapait, and next year established
themselves at Malacca, The third prince in aucceasion to the fugitive who founded
this last place, ascended the throne in 1276, and was the first who embraced
the Mahomraedan religion. H was the twelfth prince in deacent from the founder
of Bingapura, and the seventh from the founder of Malacca, who was driven &uni
his throne by the Portuguese in 1511. There ia, however, too much reason to
believe that the greater part of his story is afabrication of comparatively recent times.

"There ia more consistency and verisimilitude in the account rendered by the
early Portuguese writers, who derived their information from the Malayan cot«m-
poraries of tlie conquerors. ' Concerning the time,' says Bajcros, ' in which
Malacca was founded, or respecting ita early inhabitants, no writing has come to
our knowledge, but there is a common belief among the people themselves, that
little more than two hundred and fifty years had elapsed since the place was first
peopled.' He gives no dates, nor does he furnish the names or the number of the
line of kings. This, however, ia done in the ' Commentaries of Albuquerque,' which
give ail kings, all but the first with Arabic names.

" Bareos' account of the foundation of Malacca is aa follows ; — ' A fugitive
from Java, whose name he writes Pabajhsoba, and which is probably the Javanese
compound, taken from the Sanskrit, Prama-eora, meaning " valiant hero," arrived
in Singapore, then ruled by a chief named SA.NaiN04. This prince received him
hospitably, but in requital waa assassinated by him, with the aid of hia Javaness
followers, and of a. certain people called Cellatea. The assassin seized the govern-
ment and retained it tor five years, when he was expelled by the Siamese, not by
the Javanese of Majapait, as he is represented to have been in the Malay manu-
scripts. On his expulsion, he is represented as having fled and sought refuge at
Pago, on the River Muar, distant, according to Babbos. forty-five leagues from
Singapore, and five from Malacca. Eventually, along with 2,000 Javanese followers,
he settled at Malacca, on the invitation of some of the Cellates, who had themselves
taken refuge on the banks of the river of that place."

" Who these Cellates were is certain enough. The word is a Portuguese forma-
tion, from the Malay word Sdlat, a strait or frith, and at full length in this language
would be orang-tulat, or men of the narrow aeas, in reference to the numerous
atrait« among the many islands between the Feuioaula and Sumatra. The Cellatea
vuTt!, in fiLct, tiie well-kuowu orang-laiU, or ' men of the sea,' famous all over the
[200]

Mai

of British Malaya

Archipelago for their piscatory aod predatory habits. Such of this i)eople as had '
fled with the Juvanese from Siuga.pore, atid hud formed their encampment about
the liver of Malacca, found there, not far from it, aa LoiaQd people, of the same
raue, Bpeaking the same language with themselveB, with whom they intermiied.
"The first settlement,' aays Basros, ' which they (the CeUates) made was on a hiil
above the fortress which we now hold, where they found some people of the land,
half sarages in their manner of liviog, whose language was the proper Malay,
which all these people used, and with which the CeUates aJso were acquainted. But
as in the beginning of intercourse there was some alienation caused by difference
in their modes of life, concord was established through the women, in which the
Cellates were deficient, each party, however, still following the mode of life to which
they had been accustomed — the Cellates living by the produce of the sea, and the
Malays by the fruits of the earth. And as both these people knew that the place
where Pab&miboba dwelt was confined, they invited him t« join them. Finally,
pABAMisoRA, having seen the place, quitted his residence in Fa^o, and came and
dwelt among the people of the plain of Beitam-'— Decade I., Book 6, Chap. 1,

" It was the sou of Paka-Hisoka, according to Basros, that commenced the
building of Malacca. ' And,' oontLuues he, 'as the Cellates were a low and vile
people, and the natives of the country half savages, Paramisoba and his son,
order to make them faithful allies in their labours, and especially, in order to ui
themselves of their services in building the intended city, they ennobled them by
intermarriages with distinguished persons of those whom they had brought with
them from Java, and thus the Malaya became ail of them Majidiwije {maniri, h
Sanskrit, a counsellor or noblej, and these are now the nobles of Malac«a, in virtue
of the privileges conferred by former kings on them, as being the first inhabitants
of the city.'

"Theaccount given in the 'Commentaries of Albuquerque' isesentiallythe same.
On one point all parties seem to agree, that not only the founders of Malacca, but
even of Singapore, were Javanese and not Malays, for even the Malayan account is
substantially to this efEect, since it brings the emigrants who established themselves
in Singapore from Palembang, which was a Javanese settlement.

■• In Babros and the ' Commentaries ' the name of Malacca is alleged to be
connected with the foimdation of the State, There can, however, be no doubt but
that it is derived from that of the Malaka plant, Pkyllanthug emblica, a shrub said
to be abundant in the localiU. Marbdhn, after quoting Barkos, observes that, ' au
error so palpable (as that Mialacca, in Javanese, meant ' eiile ') throws discredit on
the whole narrative.' This, however, is not correct. The passage, as he quotes
it, runs thus ; — -' They again descended the river, in order to enjoy the advanta^s
of a seaport, and built the town which, from the fortuues of his father, was named
Malaea, signifying an exile.' But the passage at fnll length is as follows : — ' Xaqubn
Dabxa (Sekakdab Shah) now ruled the people, because his father was very old,
and in order to avail himself of the sea, through which he hojjed to attain I
eminence, he resolved to make Malaea a city, "to which he gave this name in memory |
of the banishment of his father from his native country, For, in his own language
(Javanese) it means au exile (iwneni deaferrado), and hence, also, Uie people call
themselves Mal^ios.' — Decade I, Book 6, Chap. 1. In the 'Commentaries of Albu-
querque.' the founding and naming of the town are ascribed, not to the son, but to
the fugitive Javanese himself, and the account they give is this :-<— ' Parauiboba
gave the town the name of Malaka, because, in the langua^ of Java, they call
Palimbao (Palembang, which the writer in another place says is in Java, instead
of Sumatra), to which he fled, Malayo, and because he came a fugitive from the i
kingdom of Palimbao, of which he was king, he named the place Malaea. Others
say it was called Malaea on account of the many peoples that came to it from one J
or other country in so brief a time, for Malaea, also means to meet or assemble ]
{mamlrar.).'

[aoi]

Hta

Mai

Descriplive Dictionary

Ual

■■ But the language of the people o£ Malacca, was not Javanege but Malay, and
it may be asted, how this is to be accounted fori' The obrioua esplanation seems
to be that, in a miited population, the eaay language of the majority prevailed over
the more difficult one of the minority. What took place in our own country, and
also in Northern India, in both of which the languages of the few were absorbed or
displaced by those of the many, are examples in illustration. Cartakheda's
a(;eount of the Malay, as a language uf iatercommunication, is perfectly accur&tti.
' The people ' (of Malacca), says be, ' speak a language called Malaya, which is very
sweot {mvAj ioce), and easy to acquire.' — Vol. II, p. 335. The Malay spoken at
Malacca contains a large infusion of Javanese, as the English does uf Nomiaa-
French, and Hindi of Persian.

" Of the supposed expulsion of the foimders of Malacca from Singapore by
the Javanese of Majapait, there is no allusion in the Portuguese writers, and
certainly there is no mention of it iu the native chronicles of Java. Both Barbos
and the author of the ' Commentaries of Albuquerque.' Btat« that the expulsion was
effected by the Siamese, and the latter expressly asserts that the Prince of Patani,
at present the next Malay State to SJam on the eastern side of the Peninsula, was
the iuatrument employed, as he was the brother of the £ing of Singapore who had
been asaossinated by the future founder of Malacca. The subjection of Malacca
to Siam seenm, indeed, to be admitted by all parties. Four of the most northerly
of the states of the Peninsula are still subject to it, while a claim of supremacy
was made, until modem times, for at least three more. The author of the ' Com-
mentaries of Albuqu-irque,' giving a greater extension to Malacca than Babros. thus
deacrilies it and its subjection to Siam : — ' The kingdom of Malacca on one side
borders on Queda, and on the other on Pam fPahang). It has ICM) leagues of
coaat, and inland extends to a chain of mountains, where it is parted from Siam,
a breadth of 10 leagues. All this land was anciently subject to Siam. It was,
more or leas, ninety years before the arrival of Alfonso d'Albuqubrque that tbe
country became independent, and that the kings became what they called them-
selves, ^oltoea (Sultans), which among them is equivalent to Emperor.' — Chap. 17,
p. 353.

" Of the time in which the Mahommedau religion was embraced by the people
of Malacca there is no precise statement. The Malay account assigns the event
to the reign of a prince called Stdtan MAUouEn Shah, who ascended the throne
in 1276, and this seems probable, since so remarkable an event is likely enough to
have been chronicled (aa indeed it has been in other countries of the Archipelago)
by a people proud of the event, and now in possession of an era to reckon by.
The statement of Barkos respecting the conversion is as follows :^' The greatness
of Malacca induced the kings, who followed Xaquen Darxa (Sekansar Sbah), to
throw ofi their dependency on the kings of Siam, and this chiefly since the time
when, induced by the Persians and Qujrati Moors, who came to Malacca and
resided there for the purpose of trade, from Gentiles to become converts to the sect
of Mabonimed.'

" The account given by the Portuguese historian Dieoo de Couto differs
materially from all the other atatementa. He says that the conversion of the
King of Malacca was effected by a coaee from Arabia, who gave him tbe name of
Mahommed after the prophet, adding that of »& (tkak) to it. and that this took
place in the year 1388, or 112 years later than the dat* aasigned to this event by
the Malay manuscript. Including the converted prince, he ^ves Ihe uames of the
five kings who reigned down to A-LHuqcebque's conquest, and these agree sub-
stantially with those of the other statements. This account, then, which would
give from twenty-two to twenty-three years to each reign, is, after all, perhaps the
most probable. — Decade IV, Book 2, Chap. 1.

" The flourishing condition of Malacca, at the time it was attacked by the
Portuguese, has, no doubt, been much exaggerated, but making every abatement.

Mai of British Malaya. Mftl

enough will remain to show that it was a place of considerable commercial impor-
tance, judging it by the ideas of the beginning of the sixteenth century, and by
the pecidiar value then attached to some of the commodities of which its trade
consisted. * In matters of trade,' said Babbos, * the people (the Malays) are artful
and expert, for, in general, they have to deal with such nations as the Javanese,
the Siamese, the Peguans, the Bengalis, the Quelijo (Chulias or Talugus), Malabaris,
Gujratis, Persians, and Arabians, with many other people, whose residence here has
made them very sagacious. Moreover, the city is also populous, owing to the ships
that resort to it from the country of the Chijs (Chinese), the Lequios (Japanese),
the Lu^oes (people of Luzon in the Philippines), and other nations of the Orient.
All these people bring so much wealth, both of the East and the West, that Malacca
seems a centre at which are assembled all the natural products of the earth, and all
the artificial ones of man. On this account, although situated in a barren land, it
is, through an interchange of commodities, more amply supplied with everything
than the countries themselves from which they come.' The same author, in the
same place, describes the general aspect of the town as follows : — * Our people,
although they did not see majestic structures of stone and mortar, or ramparts,
or towers, or indeed any other kind of defence, beheld, notwithstanding, a town
extending along the beach for a good league, and, ranged along the shore, many
merchant vessels. But if the town was almost entirely built of wood, and the
houses thatched with palm-leaves, in others places there were towers, walls, and
some examples of a better architecture. Its real defences were a numerous people,
and a multitude of ships.'

" The account given of Malacca by the author of the ' Commentaries of Albu-
querque ' is less moderate. Thus, he asserts that the predecessor of the last king had
accumulated a treasure of 140 quintals of gold, and that the town, in his time, con-
tained 40,000 dwellings (vezinhos). According to him, it contained, including its
precincts, 100,000 dwellings when Albxtquebqfe attacked it. * It is truly believed,'
says he, * according to the information we have of Malacca, that if another world
and other navigations were discovered, all parties will still resort to it, for here
come every sort of drugs and spices of the world that can be named, because its
port is the most convenient in all monsoons of any from and within Cape Comorin.'
—Chap. 18.

** Castanheda's account is less extravagant. * The city,' says he, * at the
time of its capture, was as long as from Dexobragas to the monastery of Belem,
"but narrow. It might contain about 30,000 hearths (fogos). The river divides
it into two parts, the communication between them being by a wooden bridge.
The houses are of wood, and principally by the sea-side, but in other directions,
they are of stone and mortar, very noble. In the quarter which lies to the south
stand the king's palace and the large mosque, and here dwell all the nobility. On
the northern side dwell the merchants, and here the city is most extensive.' — Vol. II,
R. 335.

" According to the most moderate of these accounts, Malacca is made to contain
a population of 150,000 inhabitants, and although narrow, inland, to have extended
three miles along the shore. It is evident, however, that it was for the most part a
mere assemblage of thatched huts, and, with the exception of temporary breast-
works, it is certain that it had no kind of fortification such as the Portuguese
themselves had found in other parts of Asia.

"The reputation of Malacca had reached the Portuguese as soon as they had
arrived in Calicut, and in 1509, ten years after that event. King Emanuel fitted
out a fleet in Portugal in order to establish a trade with it. This was under the
command of Diboo Lopez db Sequeiba, and reached the city in the following year.
Here, through the representations of the Mohammedan merchants of Western
India trading with Malacca, an attempt was made to cut him off, and some of his
people were killed, and others taken prisoners. The ill-conduct of the Portuguese,

[203]

Mai

Descriptive Dictionary

Ual

indeed, bad been such, since their arrival in India, that an act of perfid}' to cut
them off is easily credible on the part of a semi-barbarous people. Bakbob, after
de-scribing the flourishing condition of Malacca, gives the following account o£ the
effect which the depredations of his countrymen had produced on it ;— • This busy
trade,' says be, ' lasted until our arrival in India, but the Moorish, Arabian, Persian
and Guzrati ships, fearing our fleets, dared not. in general, now undertake the
voyage, and if any ship of theirs did so, it was only by stealth and escaping our
ships. The king Mahoked of Malacca immediately began lo experience a loss in
the duties which he levied on trade. As from the great number of ships which
had frequented the port, a large revenue had bepn realized, and now feim a few
there was but a small one, he began to recompense himself for his loss by plunder-
ing the resident merchants, and they, consequently, began to leave the pla^e.' —
Decade H, Book 6, Chap. 2.

" According to Bakbos, the conduct of SeqiTEiaA was, at least, as barbarous
as that of the Malay king. * Finally,' says he, ' seeing so many inconveniences to
arise, they agreed that it was expedient to quit the place, and by way of proclium-
ing their future intentions, Dieoo Lopez commanded that a man and woman, who
had come on board the ships the day of the affray, should have an arrow passed
through their skulls, and thus they were landed in one of his boats as a present to
the king, who was thus informed through these his subjects that, unless he kept a
good watch, the treason which he had perpetrated would he punished with fire and
sword.' It was to punish the act of perfidy practised towards SBttUBiaA and his
companions that Alfonso ALBcqirBEiiPB, then Governor- General of India, fitted
out the expedition which e^cted the conquest, and which he himself commanded
in person. This fleet consisted of nineteen sail, and, according to Babbos, the
Portuguese troops amounted to no more than 800 men, with 200 Malabar
auxiliaries, the latter armed only with swords and shields. The fleet anchored in
the Malacca roads on the first day of July. 1511, near a small island, the usual
station of the Chinese junka, of which three had already arrived. The first care of
ALBuqiJEBtiUE was to enter into a negociation in order to rescue the prisoners of
Sequeiba's fleet, in which he succeeded, and with the information which they fur-
nished, he resolved to attack the city. In his first attempt, however, he met with
such resistance that he was either beaten back or found it prudent to retire to hia
fleet, and it was only in the second assaidt that he succeeded, and then, in a good
measure, through a kind of blockade, which lasted nine days, and by which the
Malays were starved into (Quitting it, ' In the attack.' says Babbos, ■ Ai.bo<jueb(idb
confined himself to capturmg the bridge, at which he entrenched his troops. In
this position he maintained himself for nine days, until the Malays were wearied
out and forced to abandon the town. Among them there was such hunger that,
in order to pilfer a little rice from houses in which they knew there was a store,
they preferred risking their bodies against our steel to losing their lives through
want of food.'

" The preparation for and commencement of the first attack is thus mentioned
by Bakbob : — ' Next day, which was the vesper of St. Ja^o, before dawn and to the
sound of the trumpet, the captains in their boats repaired to the admiral's ship,
and having received absolution from the pnest, they instantly made for the land.
AI.FONB0 Albuquebque making for the mouth of the river in order to capture the
bridge, and the other commanders proceeding to the different [uints assigned to
them. ALBuqDBBiixiE giving the word " St. Jago," the trumpets sounded the signal
to engage, and the soldiers set up a shout. Some artillery, brought in the b^ts,
replied to the cannon which the Malays hod on the bridge. On this, the air wm
rent with a confusion of noises, so that the trumpets, the cannon, and the shouts,
could not be distinguished from one another, the whole forming a doomsday of fear
and terror.' The arms of the Malays consisted of cannon (6otiifcan/o«), hand-guns
{e»yvu^o,rda»), buwa and arrows, bluw-pipes for discharging small darts, sfwurds,
[204]

Mai

of British Malaya.

daggers, spears, and bucklers. Among other means of attack by the Malays were
elephants, and with the usual result to those that employ them. ' The king and
his SOD,' say the ' Commentajnea,' ' who were mounted on elephants, seeing themselves
pressed by our men, turned back, with 2,000 men that accompanied them, but some
of our men. meeting them at the end of a street, resolutely attacked the elephants
with their lauces. The first to do this is said to have been Feenao Qohes de
Lemos, As elephants bear ill to be wounded, they turned backwards and fell on
the Moors, throwing them into confusion. The elephant on which the king was
mounted, feeling the pain of its wound, seized the " negro " that guided it with ita
trunk and dashed him to the ground, on which the king, wounded in his hand, dis-
mounted, and not being recognized, effect«d his escape.'

"In the first attack the Portuguese set fire to both (]uarterB of the city.
' Prom the stockades which he had erected,' say the ' Commentaries,' " Alfonso
D'AiiBUciUEBQUB directed Gaspae db Paiva, with 100 men. now that the sea-breeze
had set in, to fire the commercial part of the town, and Stxao Martinez, with an
equal number, to do the same to the king's palace. When the fire took effect, it
consumed a great part of the city, and the Moors, in consequence, kept at a distance
from our people.'— P. 369.

" Ab soon as the Portuguese had become masters of the town, Albuqttbbijue.
as a reward to his troops, gave a general order to sack it, making an exception only
in favour of the natives of the Malabar coast, and of the Javanese and Peguans,
who had &,vouFed his enterprise. No account is given of the total loss sustained by
the Portuguese in the capture, but in the first attack the number of the wounded is
stated at seventy. ' Of the Moors.' say the ■ Coramentariaa." ' men, women, and
children, an infinite number perished by the sword, for no one was spared.'

■' Babbob estimates the value of the plunder taken at 500,000 crusados, which
would amount to no more than <£62,20l), but Cahtakhbda reduces it to no more
than two-fifths of that sum. All the authorities seem to agree that the number of
cannon captured was 3.000, most of them, in all probability, mere wall-pieces.
This is the account given in the ' Commentaries' : — " There were captured 3,000 pieces
of ailallery, 2,000 of them of brass, and among these was one large gun presented
to the 'S^n^ of Malacca by the King of Calicut. The rest were of iron. All this
artillery, with its appurtenances, was of such workmanship that it could not be
excelled, even in Portugal. There were also captured matchlocks (espingardas),
blow-pipes for shooting poisoned arrows, bows and arrows, lances of Java, and
divers other weapons, which excited the wonder of the captors. Besides these arms,
much merchandise of many kinds waa taken. All this, and much besides not
8tat«d to avoid prolisity, Alfonso Albuqdekque ordered to be divided among the
commanders and crews of the fleet, taking to himself only sis large brass lions,
which he reserved for his tomb. These, with a bracelet, some children of all the
nations of the land, and some tributes to be presented to £ing Dom Euaiiuel and
Queen Dona Mabia, were all lost in the ship Flor del Mar in returning to India.
Let no one be surprised, in perusing this narrative, that in Malacca there were
taken 3,000 pieces of artillery, for Rpt de Abacjo (a prisoner of Sbqceisa's
fleet), NiKACHKTCAN (chief of the Talingas), and Alfonso Albcquekqub stated
that in Malacca there were 8,000. and this may be believed for two reasons: first,
that in that town there was much copper and much tin, with smelters as good as in
Germany, and in the second place, that the city was a league in length, and that
when ALBiTQUEB<ti7E was effecting a landing he was fired upon from all parts, from
which it will appear that the number of guns was even small for the extent that
had to be defended.'— Chap. 28, p. 380.

" The Portuguese certainly onsidered the capture of Malacca one of the most

S'orious of their Asiatic conquests. Castanhbda, speaking of the point at which
e chief resistance waa eipenenced, says of it. ' and surely until this day, from the
time we began the conquest of India, was no enterprise undertaken so arduous as
[205]

Wei

Descriptive Dictionary

Hal

the affair of that bridge, nor one in which so much artillery was employed or in
which 90 many were engaged in the defence. Moreover, from the play of the
enemy's artiUerj-, we received much damage before we had effected a landing.' —
Vol. ni, p. Ids. The enemy that Albuquesque had to contend a^^ainst was
certainly both braver and more skilful and better armed than the American nationa
over whom, a few years later, Cobtez and Pizabeo gained their victories. The
inhabitants of Malacca, however, when attacked, divided aa they were into aeveral
different natious. were not imauimoua. Thus, ehortly after capturing the city.
ALBuqiTEKiiUE pursued the King to Muar, and his force ia described as having
conaisted of 400 Portuguese, 600 Javanese, and 300 Peguana. In his meditated
attack on the city, the commanders of the Chinese junks, anchored in the roads
near his fleet, volunteered their assistance in the storm, but it was declined with
thanks, and the reason is characteristic, although not consistent with the help he
afterwards accepted. ' The Portuguese never accepted assistance when they fought
against Moors, for Qod, through his apostle, had commanded them to fight them.
But he (Albuqubbqub) requested them to look on and see how the Portuguese
fouglit.'^BAKROB. Decade EI, Book 6. Chupter 4.

"The Portuguese held Malacca for 130 years, a period of disaster throughout,
in which, with the exception of courage and daring, they exhibited none of the
qualities fit to rule an Asiatic people. Their subjects were Mahommedaus, moat
of those with whom these maintained commercial rehktions were of the same
religion, and against the Mahommedan religion the Portuguese declared a crusade
from their first appearance in the Indian seas. Their main object, too, was the
establishment of a commercial monopoly, and they made a pirutii^ war on all who
opposed them in its prosecution. This policy necessarily raised against them a
host of enemies. The expelled Malays made war upon them during their whole
occupation of Malacca, and finally assisted in extruding: them. They had hardly
got possession when they were nearly losing it by famine brought on by their own
acta. This was immediately followed by an invasion from Java, and from the
kingdom of Achin. in Sumatra. Malacca was invaded no fewer than eight different
times. Besides these attacks by the natives of the different countries of the
Archipelago, a far more formidable enemy — the Dutch— continued to assail them
for 40 years, until they at last supplanted them by the capture of the city.

" The Portuguese resisted all these enemies with eitraordinary courage and
fortitude. The DuU'h had besieged Malacca in ltJ06 and 1608, and were defeated
on both occasions, and it was not until 1641, and after a blockade, a siege, and an
H,ssault, that they succeeded in capturing it. the siege having in all lasted nine
months. The Dutch foire had amounted to 1,500 men, with Malay auxiliaries to
the same number, the storming party to 650. The Portuguese garrison on the
capture was found reduced to 200 Euroi>eaiu and 400 natives. This was the end
of the proud conquest of Axbuqukkqub and his companions. The Dutch held
poaseasion of Malacca until 1795, or for 154 years, when, during the war of the
French Bevolution, it was surrendered by capitulation to the British Government,
by which it was occupied untU 1818, when it was restored to the Netherlands
Government, which exchanged it for Bencoolen in 1824. Down to 1813, the
principles on which all the three European nations governed the country were
those of an escluaive commercial monopoly, and the result of this mode of govern-
nicnt was that the country was far poorer than it had been under its native rulers
three centuries before."

Turning from the accounts of those who. more or less interested in the
events recorded, were apt to colour them in accordance with their own vii-wa, lirt us
now refer to the imjjression produced on the minds of travellers, who were at leaal
presumably free from bias. The first we quote ia from "The Navigation and
Voyages of Lkwib WKarKRMANUBof Home, in the year 1503" :—" Sailing westward
towards the city of Malaeka. we arrived in eight days' aailing. Not far from this
[306]

Mai of British Malaya. Mai

city is a famous river named G-aza» the largest I ever saw, containing 25 miles in
breadth. On the other side is seen a very great island called Sumatra, and is of
old writers named Taprobina. When we came to the city of Malacka (which some
call Meleka) we were incontinent commanded to come to the Sultan, being a
Mahommedan, and subject to the great Sultan of China, and payeth him tribute,
of which tribute the cause is, that more than 80 years ago that city was builded by
the Sultan of China for none other cause than only for the commodity of the haven,
being doubtless one of the fairest in that ocean. The region is not everywhere
fruitful, yet hath it sufficient of wheat and flesh and but little wood. They have
plenty of fowls in Calicut, but the popinjays are much finer. There is also found
sandilium and tin, likewise elephants, horses, sheep, pyne, pardilles, bufflos,
peacocks, and many other beasts and fowls. They have but few fruits. The people
are of blackish ashe colour. They have very large foreheads, round eyes and flat
noses. It is dangerous there to go abroad in the night, the inhabitants are so
given to rob and murder. The people are fierce, of evil condition and unruly, for
fihiey will obey to no Governor, being altogether given to rob and murder, and
therefore say to their Q-overnors that they will forsake the country if they strive to
bind them to order, which they say the more boldly because they are near unto the
sea and may easily depart to other places. For these causes we spent no long time
there, but hiring a brigantine we sailed to the I. of Sumatra, where in few days
sailing we arrived at a city named Pidir, distant about eighty miles from the
continent or firm land."

The following is from the voyage of John Francis Gomblli Casebi, who
seems to have visited Malacca in 1505 : — " Malacca is situated in 2° 20^ N. lat.
It contains about 5,000 souls, most of them Portuguese Catholics, better instructed
in matters of faith than any in Europe, there being children 10 to 12 years old
that answer in questions concerning religion as solidly as a divine could do.

• • • rpijg ^j^y gives laws to all ships that pass the Straits, obliging them to
pay anchorage, whether they put into the port or not. Spanish and Portuguese
ships pay 100 pieces of eight each, others less. The Dutch are so hard upon these
nations, because they say they paid as much when the Portuguese were masters of
it. The English are not ouly free from the burden, but much honoured. * * *
The port of Malacca is very safe, and has a great commerce from east and west.

• • • rpijg dominion of the Dutch reaches but three miles round the city,
because the natives being a wild people, living like beasts, they will not easily
submit to bear the Holland yoke. They are called Menaricavoes, very great thieves.
Their king, called Pagarioyon, has his residence at Naning, a village made with
mats, ill put together, in the thickest of the wood. No better account of their
country can be had, from want of commerce with them."

The next extract is from the travels of Caesar Frederick, under date 1564 : —
" Malacca is a city of marvellous great trade of all kinds of merchandise, which
come from divers parts, because that all ships that sail in these seas, both great
and smaU, are bound to touch at Malacca to pay their customs there, although they
unlade nothing at all, as we do at Elsinor ; and if by night they escape away and
pay not their custom, then they fall into a greater danger after, for if they come
mto the Indies and have not the seal of Malacca they pay double custom. I have
not passed further than Malacca towards the East, but that which I will si>eak of
here is by good information of them that have been there. The sailing from
Malacca towards the East is not common for all men, as to China and Japan, but
only for the King of Portugal and his nobles, with leave granted to them of the
King to make such a voyage, or to the subscription of the Captain of Malacca.
These are the King's voyages that every year there departeth from Malacca two
gallions ; one of them goeth to the Moluccas to lade cloves, and the other to Banda
to lade nutmegs and maces."

Tlie next extract from ancient voyages is from that of Newhoff, in 1662 : —

[207]

WbX I}tse r ^ii v » Dieiienary Mftl

** Tbi!> v^iHtad citv is likewise calW UiUftctn. heine the same in former timea called
* Jj^kitU.' It Ii«« u]i<l«r $.S0 in > bur at tb« asLvat of a hiil ou the w^st side of the
Kii«r Muar (utb^rwisv imllvd tlt<» Qaia sumI Jv^ra aud KroUaat, or, a« the Dutch
•i|iivtu il. Krisanuit). whivh. Iiavlu^ its riw tf<wp in tho ootmtrv. divides the castle
frv'U the ciu. smd. wiuhiii); its walla, (alls with a rapid current into the sea. Cross
this riTvr is a stivui; bridge buih of stooe with several anies. • • * It ia
wrv itopntons. • • • Tht> Kiu); of Johoiv besieged the dty in 1606 with
ftJ.^Ki mea. thr IVrtupJi-so having; luaiutained themselres there till 1646, when
tlu' l^ili-h itftor a vic^ of fowr mouths made themselves masters of it, after the
Ponui^iu'itf had Ihi'd in|HWBraaioiil30 yrars. • ■ • The foundation of Malacca
vos hud altout J.'iO vvara Wforv the arrinO of the Portuguese in India. About that
timi) one Sanosinoa n^t^ni^ >n Sinkepure, situate under SO minutes of north latitude,
Mid iu the uetghboiu-ing country of Java one PxiuviaA, who at hia death left his
sous under the guardiauahin of iie own brother, their uncle ; but he having found
occasion to murder the eldest, usurped the throne, at which some of the noble
Javanese. Wing highly disgusted, did. with Pabahibora, their late king's youngest
son, fly to Sinkepure. wliure they met with a kind reception from Sahosisoa, but it
was not long before Pakamisoba, in combination with hia Javanese, murdered
Banosimoa and put himself in possession of his kingdom. The King of Siam
being highly exasperated at the treachery against Sangsinoa, his vassal and son-in-
law, forced the Javanese to quit the countrT. who, being now obliged to seek for a
new habitation, settled themselves near the River Muar, where they built a strong-
hold called Payopayo, beside the Javanese. Pabamisoka was followed by 2,000
others called Cellati, who live upon fishing and robbing ; but. though they had
been very instniraeutal in Sinkepure. he did not think fit to receive them within hia
new built eity. which made them settle their colony about 3 or 4 leagues fri>m the
River Muar. not far from where Malacca now lies, where they joined with the
inhabitants, who were half savages, since which time their langua^ is called the
Malaya language. Biit when they became straitened for room aome of them settled
themselves about J of a league from thence on a hill called Bitan surrounded with a
largepkin. Pabamisoka being taken with the conveniency and pleasant situation
of this place abandoned Payopayo, and transferred his colony near this place, which
afterwards was called Makcca, i.e., ' banished persons,' in memory of the exiled
Javanese. Saobab Dobsa, son of Paeamisoea, succeeded him in the kingdom.
and, having submitted himself as a vaasal of the King of Siam, reduced the whole
country of Sinkepure to the East as far aa Porto on the isle of Zambilan, which
lies west of Malacca, a tract of land 40 leagues in length. Hia successors found
means to shake off the yoke of Siam, especially after they were, by the Persians
and those of Sinat, brought to the Mahommedan religion. The King of Siam,_iu
1502, about nineyears before the Portuguese became mastera of Siam (Malacca?).
did attack the King of Malacca with a fleet of 200 saila, aboard of which were
G.OOO soldiers under the conduct of the Governor of Ligor, but the fleet was
scattered bv a atorm.

" The iarbour of Malacca is one of the finest in all the Indies, being navigable
at all seasons of the year, a conveniency belonging scarce to any others in the
Indies. Whilst the Portuguese were in possession of it, this city was very famous
for its traffic and riches in gold, precious stones, and all other varieties of the
Indies. Malacca being the key of China and Japan trade and of the Molucca
Islands and Suuda. In abort. Malacca was the richest city in the Indies, next to
Qoa and Ormus. , , - - .

■■ The Portuguese used to take ten per cent, custom of all ships passing that
way. whereby they got vast riches, but the Dutct E. I. Co. has abolished this,
looltiug upon it as an unreasonable imposition, and are contented to traffic there.
Malacca is a country producing but veiy little itself, but must be looked upon as
the staple of the Ind"ies. • • • In short, there is such vast traffic and concourse

Mai of British Malaya, Mai

of merchants here that from them probably it got the name of * Q-olden Chersone-
8US ' among the ancients, Malacca being certainly the richest harbour that can be
seen, for formerly and to this day the merchants were so rich here that they used to
compute by no less than by bars of gold."

" Sinkepure lies on the most southern point of all Asia, about half a degree to
the north of the line and 20 leagues from Melacca. * * * To the south of
Melacca is a small island of about half a league in compass, by the Portuguese
called Isle das Naos or Ship Island. Two leagues from Melacca is a pretty large
island called Sapta."

The foregoing extracts give sufficiently graphic sketches of the State of Malacca
to a little over two and a quarter centuries ago. We will now give a short precis
of its fortunes, taken from Mr. Skinner's excellent article on '' British Connection
with Malaya " : —

" Malacca having been taken from its Malay Sultan, Mahmud Shah, by the
Portuguese under Albuquebque in 1511, to pumsh an attack upon his lieutenant,
Sequeiba, in 1509, it was held by them till 1641, when the Dutch, after several
fruitless attempts, succeeded, with the help of the Achinese, in driving them out.
The place remained imder Dutch government till August 25th, 1795, when it was
taken military possession of by the English. The Dutch Q-ovemment was dis-
solved on December 4th of that year ; and the English administration which took
its place under Admiral Mainwabino abolished the Dutch system of monopoly in
the Straits, as Baffles afterwards did on a wider scale in 1813. Malacca was
held by the English till 1818, at which -date it was restored to the Dutch, in accord-
ance with the Treaty of Vienna. It came finally into our hands under the Treaty
with Holland of March, 1824, in exchange for our Company's Settlement at Ben-
coolen, and other places on the west of Sumatra. By that treaty it was also
arranged that the Dutch should not again meddle with affairs, or have any settle-
ment on the Malay Peninsula, the British Government agreeing, at the same
time, to leave Sumatra to the Dutch, saving only Achin in the north, of which the
independence was protected until the recent Treaty of 1872.

"A few years after reoccupying Malacca, a small force of Sepoys had to
proceed against Naning, the interior district of Malacca, in which Dutch
sovereignty had apparently never been fully admitted. Our first expedition (1831)
failed; the second (1832) succeeded. In 1833 a treaty was made, settling the
S.E. boundary of the Settlement as at present. There has been no disturbance in
any part of Malacca since the * Naning War.'

"When Malacca was taken possession of by the Portuguese in 1511, it was
one of the grand entrepots for the commerce of the East, and it so continued till
the close of the sixteenth century; but as the Portuguese and other European
nations pushed to the East, in the Archipelago and neighbouring countries, the
trade of Malacca gradually declined, and the place ceased to be of much conse-

Suence as a collecting centre, except for the trade of the Malayan Peninsula and
lie Island of Sumatra. This trade it retained, under Dutch rule, till the estab-
lishment of Penang in 1786 ; when, in the course of a few years, it became, what
it has ever since been, a place of no commercial importance, but possessing some
agricultural resources. Penang soon acquired most of the trade of the Malayan
Peninsula and Sumatm, Borneo, the Celebes, and other places in the Archipelago,
not reduced to mercantile subjection by the Dutch ; but soon after Singapore was
established, Penang in its turn declined in importance, the greater part of the
extensive Eastern trade being centred at Singapore. [Penang* s local trade has, how-
ever, largely increased within the last few years, in consequence of the increased
prosperity of the extensive tin mines in Larut, Renong, Junk Ceylon, the tobacco
plantations on the E. coast of Sumatra, &c.] The opening of Singapore in 1819
may be said to have accomplished for the time being, the ruin of Malacca's

[209] p

Mai

Descriptive Dictionary

commerce. To use Eapfles' own words at the time, ' the mt«rmediat* station of
Malacca, although occupied bv the Dutch, haa been completely nullified,' "

One of the most romantic episodes in the history of the town was connected
with the visits to it of St. Francis Xatieb, " the Apostle of the Indies," On
the first occasion, in 1547, he described the inhabitants as living in the commission
of all crimes, " without fear of laws, ecclesiastical or civil. Avarice, intemperance,
uncleanliness, and forgetfulness of God were everywhere predominant, and the
habit only, or rather the excess of their vices, distinguished the Christians from
the unbeUevers." 8t, Fbamcis' teaching, however, produced a temporary effect, but
on his subsequent visit he found the people had relapsed into their former
iniquities. " Before his final departure," says Mr. T. Bsaddell in his article un
the " Ancient Trade of the Indian Archipelago," " Malacca was publicly cursed.
Standing in the church door, the Saint took off hia sandals, struck from them the
dust, and, declaring the place accursed, refused to bear away so much as even the
dust from the earth. The curae ia said to rest on Malacca to the present hour.
and is frequently brought forward to account for the wretched state of decay and
misery in which the place is now (1858) found."

Under British rule, however, such a description as that contained in the last
sentence is no longer appreciable. That its former fortune has entirely decayed
cannot be denied. But there is probably as little misery in either the town or ,
settlement aa in any other portion of our colonial empire.

Gbolooy, — The geological formation of the territory of Malacca consists ,
chiefly of granite rocks, overlaid in several places by the red cellular clay iron-
stone called by geologists laterite. Many of the low plains are aUuvial, the soil
composed of decayed vegetable mould intermixed with sand. The metallic ores
are iron, gold and tin. The surface generally is undulating, consisting of low,
round ridges and narrow valleys, the only mountain of considerable elevation being
the Ledang of the Malaya, and the Ophir of the Portuguese, 4,400 feet aboTe the
level of the sea, or leas than one-hatf the height of the principal mountains of
the volcanic islands of Java, Bali and Lomboe, or those of the partially volcanic
neighbouring Island of Sumatra. '

MiHBBALOOT. — The mineral products of Malacca were at one time looked [
upon as offering valuable prospects. Gold to the extent of 1,500 ounces yearly was
obtained in 1857-8, but the yield decreased to such an extent that it ia no longer
worked. Tin, about the same period, assumed considerable importance. The first
mines were opened in 1793, but no great enterprise was displayed until 1848, when
some 5,000 cwt. was the annual product, This increased until 1858, and a largo
number of Chinese were employed in the industry. The superior yield of the
Native States, however, combined with the eidiaustion of the surface washings,
resulted in mi ning enteriiriBe in Malacca l>eing virtually abandoned, although
both gold and tin probably still exist in workable quantities. Mount Ojihlr,
just beyond the E. border of the Settlement, and its immediate neighbourhood,
is undoubtudly auriforons, as is also Chindras on the N, border, some 15 niilca
from Mount Ophir. The failure of a local company tormi^d some 13 years ago
to work the mines has, however, damped foreign enterprise, the want of roada
for transport being the chief difficulty,

Climatb. — The climaf« of Malacca, as to temi»erature, is such as might be
expected in a country uot much more than 100 miles from the eqiiatiir. lying
along the sea-shoro — hot and moist. The thermometer in the shade ranges
from 72° to 80'' of Fahrenheit, seldom being so low as the first of these, and
not often higher than the last. The range of the barometer ia only from 29-8
to 30'3 inches. Nolwithstandmg constant heat, much moisture and many
swamps, the town at least is remarkable for its salubrity, and, with the excep-
tion of the early jjoriod of its occupation by the Portuguese, has always enjoyed
this reputation.

[210]

Mat of British Malaya, Mai

PAxnfA. — Malacca offers numerous attractions to the oniithologist and
entomologist, but is less rich in mammals than many other tropical' districts. Nine
species of quadrumana, the tiger, black leopard, wild cat, several species of viverra,
such as the muBang and hinturong, the elephant, one-homed rhinoceros, tapir, six
species of deer, and two of the wild ox, comprise a nearly complete list. Most of
these are referred to under their respective headings, the remarks under each
applying to the entire Peninsula. Fair sport can be obtained by those fond of
shooting, from tiger to quail. It is noteworthy that the existence of the tapir was
imknown until 1816, although European intercourse dated back to some three
centuries before. Tigers in the early days of Portuguese occupation were so
plentiful that the want of inhabitants was seriously attributed to this cause.

As with the birds and insects, so with the reptiles. The snakes, lizards, and
crocodiles are, as a rule, those of the Peninsula generally, the birds alone presenting
a rather larger variety than those of other districts. Nor does the vegetation
present any exclusive features, being that of the surrounding States. The coast
line is poor in shells, and the absence of limestone accounts for the few species of
land shells found within the district.

AaBicuLTUBB. — The following remarks by Crawptjbd on the poverty of the
soil in Malacca were evidently written on imperfect information : — " Some English
writers have dwelt on the eminent fertility of the soil of Malacca, apparently
judging it by the luxuriance of its vegetation. Facts contradict such a flattering
notion of it. In a practical sense, a country can only be considered fertile when it

Eroduces the cereal grasses, that is, the best human food with comparatively little
kbour, and this proof is eminently wanting in Malacca. It has no chain of high
mountains yielding a perennial supply of water for irrigation. With Malacca, the
result of this absence is, that it has not only never exported com, but never even
furnished enough for the maintenance of its own scanty population, always — evfen
down to our own times — importing it, first from Java, then from Bali, Siam, and
Arracan. The Portuguese conquerors had formed a far juster estimate of the
capabilities of the soil of Malacca than ourselves. Babbos expressly calls the
country a •barren land' {terra esterU), and informs us that, immediately after the
conquest, a dreadful famine ensued, in consequence of the junks which brought
the usual supplies of food from Java being stopped and seized by the expelled
Malays, while the Portuguese themselves were prevented by an adverse monsoon
from repairing to that island for a supply." Facts, however, contradict this
estimate, as in reality Malacca padi commands a high price, and it supplies large
quantities of fruit to other ports. The reason for the comparative unproductiveness
of the soil lies in the circumstance that the Malays do not plant for purposes of
trade, but simply to supply their own immediate wants. Short-sighted and careless
of the future 'io a degree scarcely comprehensible to Europeans, their want of
energy invariably result-s in an insufficient supply and the consequent necessity of
importation. Properly cultivated, Malacca might, in this respect, be self-supporting.
The chief agricultural industry at this moment is tupioca, to which the recent
recovery of the market has given an essential impetus.

Trade. — The trade of Malacca is comparatively insignificant, except as regards
articles of domestic use. Since the abandonment of tin-mining, but little has been
done in the way of exports, its agricultural resources alone enabling the Settlement
to pay its way. A good import business is carried on from Singapore in the way
of household necessaries, but no important article except tajuoiia figures in the list
of exports. The development of the territory, owing to the formation of good
roads, has nevertheless been very satisfactory. In 1853 the imports were valued at
^248,385, and the exports at iJ337,058. For 1887 they were $3,833,311 and
♦8,985,308, respectively.

Population.— " in 1847 the population of the whole territory of Malacca,*'
says Crawfttrd, " was reckoned to be within a fraction of 55,000, which, on the

[211] p 2

Hal

Descriptive Dictionary

estimated &rea, gave 55 inhabitants to the square statute mile, the majority,'
however, being 'compriaed within the narrow compasB of the town and its vicinity,
which consequently left the greater pi)rtion of the country either vory thinly
inhabited, or a mere jungle. The population then consisted of 2,784 Europeans
and their descendants ; 10,589 Chinese and their descendants; 83,473 Malays;
6,875 natives of Hindustan and their descendants ; and about 1,000 natives of the
islands of the Archipelago. The remainder consisted of a few Arabs, 'Siamese,
and African negroes. In 1828 the population had been estimated at no more
than 28,000, so that, in about twenty years' time, it must have nearly doubled, if
these figures be oorrect. By the latest census (of 1881) the total population is
mven as 93,571*, or nearly double that of 34 years before. Of these, 19,700 were
Chinese, and 67,000 Malays, the Europeans numbering 40, and Eurasians 2.213.
The absence of any troops probably accounts for the enormous difference between
2.784. and 40.

GoTBBNMEHT. — The Government is administered by a Resident Councillor,
assisted by a Ma^sttate, Collector of Land Revenue, District Officer, Harbour
Master, Police and Prison staff, Medical staff. &c., the majority being under heads
of departments residing at Singapore.

Revenue. — The revenue of Malacca is derived from the same sources as that
of the other British, and generally of the Dutch, possessions in the Archipelago,
namely, from excise licenses for the vend of opium, spirits, and the like, together
with the land revenue, now of considerable importance. As elsewhere, much of
the revenue is reaUzed on the principle of farming, the ^rmers being always
Chinese. As at Penang and Singapore, no custom duties, or any other charges on
ship or cargo, except light-dues, exist. In 1847, the total net revenue amounted to
£1£>,272, of whii^h ,£3,427 consisted of a tax on the rent of bouses assessed for i
municipal purposes. This amoimted at the exchange of the day to a tax per head j
of b»tt«r than 8s., which was more than the rate paid in any part of continental |
India, and chiefly ascribable to the Chinese, who were the principal contributura. \
The expenditure was enormous, having amounted in the same year to no less than
£51,783, or 168 per cent, beyond the receipt*. It must be stated, however, that a
very considerable portion of this expenditure was factitious and extrinsic, such as
th^ expenses of convicts from continental India, the salary and establishment of a
non-resident Gk>vemor, and a share of the charge of two war st^am'Shlps engaged
in the protection of the general trade of India from piracy. Certain estates, the
fee simple of which had been alienated by the Dutch Government to private
parties, were bought up for jCI.OOO a year by a former Governor, and others
itn- being bought up under the Tithes Impropriators Ordinance sanctioned in 1887.

The immense increase in revenue since 1847 will be seen by the foUowii^
figiu'cs : —

1868 ... 8I12.725

1875 $118,307

1887 ... J306.763

The revenue for 1892 was $294,507. The expenditure, in the latest returna '
available, is included in that of the sister settlements.

TopoQBAPHT. — The territory of Malacca is divided into 38 distri<:l,s, some o(
those, however, being known locally by other names; but it will suffice, tor
the purposes of this work, lo state the principal divisions in alphahetimil order, "

Aver Pah Abas.
Datu Berendam.
Blimbing.
Bringiu.
Bulcit Linggei.

[212]

Chabau.
Chinchin.
Durian Tuuggal.
Qading.
Jasin.

Mftl of British Malaya. Mftl

Juse.

Kessang.

Kwala Sungei Bharu.

Linggi, E. and Kwala.

Lundu.

Macbap.

Mak.

Malakka Pindah.

Melakek.

Merlimau.

Nyalas.

Padang Sebang.

Parit Melana. Tanjong Eimau.

Pigou. Umbei.

Pondok Kompas

Pulau Sebang.

Elm.

Sungei Bharu Uir.

Sungei Bbaru Tengah.

Sungei Bbaru Ulu.

Sungei Petei.

Sungei Siput.

Sungei IJdang.

Tabu.

Tabong.

Tangga Batu.

EiYEBS. — There are no important rivers within the territory, the largest —
Sungei Malakka — which takes its rise in the Juse district, being insignificant in
width. The Duyong, about 2i miles to the E., is only 13 miles long. The Kessang,
which divides it from Muar, and the Linggi between Malacca and Sungei Ujong,
are the only two streams of any importance, although numerous little rivers flow
into the sea.

MoTTNTAiNB. — No mountains, and but few hills of any elevation, exist, the
territory being, as a rule, flat and well adapted to the purposes of cultivation.

Dbscbiption. — The town lies upon an open roadstead, of which the only
advantage is its immunity from stormy weather, variable winds of little force, or
complete calms, nearly always prevailing. Short heavy squalls, called " Sumatras,"
are sometimes experienced, but they seldom cause much damage. The shallow-
ness of the water, however, obliges vessels to lie at from one to two miles off the
shore, and the advantageous geographical position of the port was the sole
reason of its importance before its eclipse by the sister Settlements of Singapore
and Penang.

Landing at the jetty, the visitor finds himself on a road winding round the hill
upon which formerly existed the Portuguese fort surrounded by a wall, now de-
stroyed. Grouped at the base are the Stadthouse, court-house, gaol, the site of the
old Inquisition and convent, the police office, post office, school, and master atten-
dant's office. The military and hospital buildings were formerly within the same
circle, but are no longer used for these purposes. Upon the summit of the hill are
the ruins of the Church of Our Lady do Monte, erected by Albuquerque, whence,
according to received legend, St. Fbancis Xavibb solemnly cursed the ungrateful
and profligate town as he shook its dust from his feet before departing on his last
voya^ to China. The eastern end, which alone retains a roof, has for many years
been used as a powder magazine. The grass-grown pavement of the nave contains
numerous tombstones (some dating back to the time of Albuquebque himself) of
long-forgotten priests and soldiers. What appears to have once been the belfry is
still inhabited by the signalman, who signals passing vessels to the town below,
and keeps the light burning by night, which forms the main guide to vessels enter-
ing the roads after dark. Tradition is singularly silent regarding the church,
beyond the fact of its erection by Albuquebque. There is no record of when it
exchanged the solemn pomps of Catholic service for its present ruinous and dis-
mantled condition, but it seems probable that this latter dates from 1641 (just 130
years after its erection), when the Dutch, as above related, captured the town after
a siege of nine months. Sir Pbedebick Weld, K.C.M.G., whilst Governor of the
Straits Settlements, placed a tablet in the ruins commemorating St. Fbancis
Xayieb's visit to the place. (See Xavieb.)

Just below the church is situated the residence of the Eesident Councillor.

[213]

Descriptive Dictionary

Mai

Till! 8UiiUUiiiiai:<, alKivc rcferrtnl lo. coutnins most of the public offices, is generally
tlio rtimitli'utH) of tho MitKiatrat«, nud aSords ucctiiuui«>ilatiua to the Chief Justice
iiuil utJicr iifficials whou thi\Y visit tUf town.

A iiiil)ti^rriiu(<ivn tHUsoi^ fomicrlT ciistod from the church or couvent to the
(i>ol: tif lilt' hill, thi> outer ftitraut.'ebc-mg still opeu. But although several attempts
liiivo liio'ii luivilo to cxplon> it, the earth has so fallen iu a short distance from the
iiioittli, tUiil ui> aiK'oi.'ss has Altcnded thorn.

A litlli> to the south is the Hilt of St. John, and ia Uie rear that of St. Francis.
IJimii liolli nlill oiist the remains of IVrtiium'se and Dutch forts commanding the
iMU«(.i'i-H tiiid soiilht'ni iKirtinus vi the town. Smaller hills intervene, mostly used as
(.^hliiDite >'eiiu'tehe« ; the vaymt imj>ortant is calW Bukit China.

A» aliiwl/ stattnl. a small river divides the town into two parts, and the
iiriitiil)<al l>u«iut>M quartor i« sitiialvd oa the right, or N. bank. Three large
hmiimKKrarvs nut iiorullpl to the coast, one continuing as far as Limbongon.
TIiIk ixuitaiiiH niiviiv well-built houses inhabited bj descendants of the Dutch
iiii«w>tii>iir<a and by the N'ltor-oouditioaed Klings. Chinese and Malays. The Anglo-
UliJuxMti tVi|liw<, ouoe the head-quarters of Mobbihon and tlie few sinologues who
Uteii etiittiiil, in iti this road, now known as Heeren Street. Numerous interesting
dl'lvi'B oui bi' luiule liy those who desire to see the place more fully than by vii^win^
It rniui (lio hill. There is an old-world look about it that is rather faaeiuatin^,
but Ihe (iljtK'iicii of relics of the past — if the old archway forming an entrance to
tliii Toi't Ih' uxcentfd — is somewhat striking, and a visitor unacquainted with the
liiiiliirv of tbi' ptiiiw would scArcely give it credit for the romance surrounding. it.

iVrii.ii.' UuiLoiNos. — There are no public buildings, except those already
ri'Fcrred to. and tho three churches — Protestant and Catholic. The former is an i^Iy
tHliti<!ii, built by the Dutch, and stands in the square opposite the Stadthouse. The
tiWo Oatholiu ehurches are respectively under the charge of Portuguese and French
prieate. The Portuguese one ie an ancient building, but the French church has,
on the contrary, some pretensions to impressive ness. The latter, though built only
soma 35 years jvgo, the stucco used for its exterior gives it a look of antiquity which
deceives most people, who are much astonished to learn that it is the offspring of ft
very recent enterprise.

Places op Amusemekt. — None, eicept Chinese theatres.

Social Aspect. — Malacca numbers but few Europeans amongst it« popula-
tion, but a hospitable and well-to-do class, more or less purely descended ftom its
former [wsBesaors, form an appreciable portion, and they perpetuate the names
celebrated in its history, notably that of ALBvqnEBiiDE. Many wealthy Chinese
also are found, who are ever ready to welcome strangers duly introduced.

The following statistics give tho average fur the jjast few years : —

Clergy and those connected with Clerical matters ... 11

Officials and clerks, £c,, other than Chinese ... ... 106

Persons connected with Schools and Libraries ... ... 14

Banks .. ... ... 3

„ „ Telegraphs ... ... ... i

„ „ Mercantile firms, European and

Eurasian... ... ... 27

„ ,, Chinese Members of Firms ... 56

It must, however, bo borne in mind that these numbers only represent those
wbose names appear iu the Directories, and that, as regards the Chinese and the
poorer class of Portuguese especially, larger figures might be given.

Malacca Canes (<Sa mamfru). ^Not, a» the name would imply, grown at
Malacca, but a species of rattan imported from Borneo and other places, and origi-
nally offered for sale to Eurojicans at Malacca. They are largely used for feuun.
onlv the iKSt being reserved to become walking-sticks.
[214]

Mftl of British Malaya, Mftl

MaJaCCSt Fish. — Often known as " Macassar fish." A small fish from 2 to
6 inches in length, which, having been cleaned and deprived of its head, is salted
in quantities and placed under pressure in flat earthenware vessels. After two or
three days of this treatment, they are washed and saturated with toddy vinegar ;
ginger, peppercorns, brandy and " red rice " being added (** red rice " is hroB ptdut
steeped in an infusion of cochineal). The result is a deep brick-red colour to the
fish, which is then covered with vinegar in bottles for sale. It is locally known as
ikan mas,

Malacca Straits. — ^This is the name given to the channel which separates
the Malay Peninsula from the Island of Sumatra, but the Malays have no name
for it, for it is not consonant to their practice to give the appellation of strait
(seUU) to so large a body of water, who^tever its form. The Straits of Malacca
form, in fact, almost a land-looked sea, in which variable winds prevail, and in
which the monsoons are felt only for a few miles at both extremities. Their
extreme length is about 500 miles, and their breadth varies from 40 up to 300.
At their western end there are many islands, chiefly towards the Malayan shore,
half a dozen of which, including Penang, are of considerable size. At the eastern
end they are almost innumerable, about a dozen of them, including Singapore,
being large. The Straits of Malacca form the usual channel through which is
carried on all the intercourse of the countries of Asia east and west of them.
The dangers which impeded the navigation in the middle of the passage from sand-
banks, and at the eastern entrance from countless islands, have of late years
been obviated by the construction of two lighthouses by the British Government.
The first notice we have of these straits is by Ludovico Barthema, a native of
Bologna, who seems to have visited Malacca alx)ut 1503, or six years before the
visit of Sequeiba, and he would seem to have taken them for a salt river.
" Opposite to that city (Malacca)," says he, "there is a very great river (Fiumara),
than which we had never seen a larger. It is named Gaza (?), and appears to be
about 15 miles broad." — Bamtcsio, Vol. I, p. 166.

Malakka Pindah. — A district ll miles N. of Malacca-town. A reach of
the Malacca river close by is called Kwala Malakka Pindah. Two villages, one
on the N. and the other S. of a small range of hills called Bukit Panchor, are
called by this name. Fruit-trees flourish exceptionally well in this neigh-
bourhood.

Malakoff Estate. — Known to the natives as Ara Eendang, from the small
village of that name beside it, is 9 miles 6 furlongs N.E. from Butterworth, Pro-
vince Wellesley. It was originally opened by Mr. E. Chassebiau as a sugar
estate, but is now, and has for some years been, under tapioca, with considerable
success. The manager occupies a very well-built house close to the works.

Malang. — Rocks visible at high water — such as M. Sakit Mata and M.
Tikus, near Pulo Babi, off the S.E. coast of Pahang.

TV[ft]a'"g Hitam. — On S.W. face of Blakaug Mati Island, S. of
Singapore.

Malay. — The word is correctly Malayu, in the language of the Malays
themselves. A people of the brown-complexioned race, with lank hair, speaking
the Malay language, is found in greater or lesser number all over the Archipelago,
from Sumatra to New Guinea, and from the Peninsula to Timor. It is, however,
only in Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula, and islands adjacent to its coasts, and in
Borneo that they exist in large numbers, and have a distinct independent nation-
aUtv, for everywhere else they are found only as settlers or sojourners among
indigenous populations. With the exception of a few wandering negritos, they
form the entire population of the Malay Peninsula and its adjacent islands, and
their number here has been estimated at about a quarter of a million. In this

[215]

Mai

Descriptive Dictionary

Hal

number, however, is no doubt included many not of the original Malay stock, but
who, adopting their language, manuera and religion, came, in procosB of time, not
to bo diatiDguishable.

The Malay nation may be divided naturally into three classes — the eivilized
Malays, or those who posaess a writt^^n langua^, and have made a decent progress
in the useful arts ; the gipsy-Iiko fishennen, called " the sea-people ; " and the rude
half -savages, who, for the most part, live ^reearioualy on the produce of the
forests. The civilized Malays consist of tlie mhabitants of the Malay Peninsula.
The sea-gipsies are to be found aojouming from Sumatra to the Moluccas, but
are most numerous among the narrow seas of the many isIaiidB lying between
Sumatra and the Peninsula towards the eastern end of the strait that divides
them. The only habitations of this people are their boats, and they live esclu-
sivoly by the produce of the sea or by the robberies they commit on it. The most
usual name by which they are known is Orang-laui, literally, " men of the aeA,"
but they are also sometimes called Rayal-laut, or '■ Bea-subjeota," the Arabic word
for subject being here used to eipreas their dependence on the princes of the
civilized Malaya. Another name for them is Sika, and a very frequent one Bajau,
which seems to be onlv the Javanese word bajo, a robber, with a Malay termination.
The rude, wandering class, speaking the Malay language, is found in the interior
of the Malay Pcninaula, in Sumatra, and in the islands lying between them, but
in no other part of the Archipelago. They are known under the name of Orang-
utan, men of the woods, wild men, or savages. The moat general name for them
is Orang-henua, that is, " men of the soil," or aborigines, but in some parta they
are called Sakei, which means followers or dependents. These ore, all of them,
names given by the civilized Malaya, for among themselves the many tribes into
which they are divided are known only by the names of the localities which they
frequent, as Udai, Jakun, Sabimba, Bssisi, &c.

These three classes of Malays existed near three centuries and a half ago,
when the Portuguese first arrived in the waters of the ArchipclEi^o. just as they
do at the present day. That people descril>ea them as having exist*?d also for two
centuries and a haft before that event, as without doubt they did in times Ear
earlier. Thus Babros describes the first class of Malays its men " living by trade,
and the moat cultivated of these parte ; " the second as a " vile people," whose
" dwelhng was more on the sea tJian the land." and who " lived bjr fiBlung and
robbing J " and the third as " half-savages " (quasi meioi gelvat/es), while the Malay
language was common to all of them.

The question of the parent country of a people so widely spread over the
Archipelago, which baa exercised so large an influence over the other population of
the same region, and of whose tongue clear and unquestionable traces are found.
not only in thoae of the Philippines, but of the South Sea lalands, and even of
remote Madagascar, has been much debated, but certainly not aettled, nor, indeed,
hkely ever to be precisely determined. The Malays themselves, hke all people in
the same state of society, have no true biatory. The books which have been called
their Annals are, in reality, romances, and indeed so called by themselves. The
quality of these productions may be judged from the example of one of tliem
translated by the learned l>r. Lbyuen, and which is deemed the most authentic.
It is called Siijarak Mdlayn, which is rendered " Malay Annals," and slated to have
been composed in 1612, at Malacca, of course under the govemmcut of the Portu-
guese, This was framed from a Malay manuscript which had been brought from
Qoa, and entitled a hdkayat, the Arabic word which the Malays use, in common
with the Sanskrit one. charilra, for a tale or romance. Even the name given to
these Annals themselves is not Malay, but Javanese, and misspelt in adoption.
They are without a single date, and indeed, for the i>criod of Mamy history which
))receded the conversion to Mabummedamsm. there could hardly have been any datee,
as the Malays are not known to have had on era from which to reckon. The
[216]

Mai of British Malaya. Mai

narrative is a wild tissue of fable often drawn from Hindu and Arabian mythology,
and the personages that figure in it not unfrequently Arabians and Hindus. It
is conclusive of the worthlessness of such writings that the Malays have long
ago converted even the events of the Portuguese conquest of Malacca into a mere
romance.

In order to conjecture what may have been the parent country of the Malays,
and to form some notion of their early history, nothing better than a reasonable
hypothesis can be offered. The name of the people gives little assistance in this
inquiry. The word Mdlayu is an adjective which requires to have a noun prefixed
in order to give the sense required, as orang Mdlayu, a Malay or Malays ; tunah
Mdlayu, the " Malay land," or land of the Malays ; and bahaaa Mdlayu, the Malay
language. Mdlayu is, no doubt, the name of the original tribe or nation, and its
source is obscure and untraceable. We need not, indeed, go further than our own
language for a name as obscure, for Angle, as applied to ourselves, our country
and our language, is as difScult to trace as Mdlayu applied to those of the Malays.

It is natural to look for the parent country of the Malays where this people
are most numerous, and least intermixed with other nationalities ; and this locality
can be no other than either Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula, or the islands lying
between. The Malays themselves called the Peninsula tanah Mdlayu, that is, the
** Malay land, or country of the Malays ; " and they designate its wild inhabitants,
speaking the Malay language, as the orang hdnua, literally, " people of the soil,"
or, as we should express it, "aborigines." The term "land of the Malays" is,
however, given to the Peninsula by the civilized Malays, perhaps only on account
of its being the only country almost exclusively peopled by Malays ; whereas in
Sumatra and Borneo they are intermixed with other populations. The term " men
of the soil," applied by the civilized Malays, may, in the same manner, be used by
them only to distinguish the rude natives from themselves, claiming to be foreign
settlers. The expression, however, would seem to imply that the civilized Malays
considered the wild tribes, speaking the same language with themselves, as the
primitive occupants of the land. But the same wild tribes, speaking the Malay
language, although not distinguished as " men of the soil," exist also in Sumatra,
and more especially on its eastern side opposite to the Peninsula ; and they are
found also in several of the islands lying between these countries, extending even
to Banca and BiUiton.

The first seat of the Malayan nation may, therefore, be either the Malay
Peninsula, Sumatra, or the islands lying between them ; and, as in the instance of
the Polynesian people of the islands of the Pacific, where we find men speaking the
same language and of the same race, from the Sandwich Islands to New Zealand,
and from the Friendly Islands to Easter Island, it is difficult or impossible to
determine on a particular locality for an original seat. The origin of Malay
civilization, however, is quite a distinct matter from that of the nation ; and we
may be tolerably sure that this did not spring up in the Peninsula, or islands
adjacent to it, for no civilization has ever sprung up in any part of the globe in a
country of such a physical character — in a region covered with an obstinate tropical
forest, -destitute of open plains, composed of moimtains without table-lands, without
natural facilities for irrigation, and with a stubborn or sterile soil. Such obstacles
would be insuperable in the early and feeble stages of society, and, indeed, in the
Peninsula, have not been conquered even in a more advanced one. The only Malay
State within it that ever acquired any degree of eminence was Malacca ; and it owed
it to the strangers who founded it, and to the convenience of its position as a com-
mercial emporium; assuredly not to the fertility of a soil which never raised
sustenance enough for its inhabitants, many of whom still continue in the condition
of mere savages.

All the civilized Malays of the Peninsula claim their origin from Sumatra
and from Menangkabau, the most powerful State of that island ; but they do not

[217]

HaI Descriptive Dictionary MaJ

pretend to state the time or the cause of their migration. Some o£ the Statxjs of
the interior even called themBelves " men of Menangkabau," their chiefs reeeiving
au inTestiture from that place. Indeed, the migration from Mi?nangkabau to the
Peninsula, although in dribblets, goes on down to the present time. The Malays
of Borneo, in like manner with those of the Peninsula, claim their descent from the
same Menangkabau.

The claim of Malays beyond Sumatra of Ijcing colonies from a country in the
heart of that island, is probably, aft^r all, no better than a myth, founded on a
desire to claim a descent from a country which had, at one time, acquired more
power and distinction than any other inhabited by Malays. The apocryphal
Malay chronicle, for such without a doubt it is, referred to in the article on
Malaica, does not, however, refer to Menangkabau. but to Palembang. as that part
of Sumatra from which Singapore first, and afterwards Malacca, was founded.
This probably arose from the real founders of both, as has been attempted to
be shown elsewhere, not having been Malays but iTavanese, Even, however.
supposing the emigrants in these cases to have been Malays, and the !<tat«ii]cnt
to be trustworthy, the mere peophng of two small places, and this. t«o, at a time
by near a century [waterior to the Norman conquest of England, would be neither
an account of the parent country of the Malay nation, nor a history of its
migrations.

To account for the civilization and migration of the Malays (to fix their original
seat is hopeless), the most probable supposition seems to be, that the wandering
tribes of the Sumatran coast, or of the Peninsula, or of the islands between them,
after they bad learned the construction of boats, after they had acquired some
nautical skill and enterprise,— after they had, in a word, become the sea-gipsiefi
which some of them still continue to be, — in procesa of time reached lands more
promising than their own, and there settled, abandoning, to some degrte, their
habit« as fishermen, and addicting themselves to agriculture. By such a progress
they would, in due course, become what most of the civilized tribes of Malays are
at the present day — half-fishermen and half- husljand men. Of such tribes, there
eiistcd in Sumatra, at the time of the arrival of the Portuguese, no fewer than
uine-and- twenty ; while in the Peninsula there were, at least, eight. All of these
were at or near the coast, and invariably at the mouth or on the banks of a river.
The maritime character of the Malay nation is, indeed, impressed on its language,
and discoverable in the copiousness of its meteorological and nautical vocabulary.
Thus, the compass is divided into sixteen points with specific names, all native ;
and there are peculiar idiomatic terms for windward and leeward, signifying
htjirally, "above the wind," and " below the wind." The river, the favourite and
familiar locality of the Malay nation, affords room for a curious variety of eipres-
sion : — Kwala. and mviioara signify " the mouth," and ulu " the source " of a nver j
ilir is to " descend." mudik to " ascend " it. these last terms signifying, at the same
time, ■' the interior " and " the sea-board." Teluk means " a bight," or " cove," and
rantau " a reach ; " but they also signify a district of country, which is moreover
frequently called anak-anngei, " child of the river."

There is but one country eminently favourable to the development of an early
civilization, in which we find the Malay nation planted — Menangkabau, so often
referred to in Malay story. This is in the centre of Sumatra, among the fertile
vallevs of the volcanic mountains, rising to a height exceeding 10.000 feet ; in short.
in a locality of similar features to Java, and the islands immediately to the east of
it. Sir Stahfobd Baffles, who had visited Menangkabau. dedai^d that it was
as populous and well cultivated as any part of Java that he had seen, which ia
assuredly what cannot be asserted of any other country whatever inhabited by
Malays. The great probability then is, that this country was peopled by tho
Malays of the eastern coast of Sumatra penetrating into the interior of the island
by the principal rivers which have their source in it. This, indeed, is distinctly
[218]

Mai of British Malaya. Mai

asserted in the traditions of the Malays themselves. In this favourable position
they would naturally acquire a degree of power which the same people have
certainly nowhere else reached. It is, no doubt, the possession of this com-
parative power which has caused the maritime Malay States to look to it with
respect, and claim their origin from it. Malay tradition, however, by no means
asserts that Menangkabau was the primitive seat of the Malayan nation ; but,
on the contrary, affirms that it was itself peopled from Palembang, in the same
island.

The Javanese, as already intimated, appear to have had no inconsiderable share
in the civilization of the Malays ; and although there is certainly no historical
record of it, there is satisfactory proof. The Javanese would seem to have been
even the founders of Malacca. Monuments, which prove the presence of this
people in the country of the Malays, have even been discovered. Thus, Sir Stam-
FOBD Baffles, when he visited Menangkabau, found there inscriptions on stone in
the ancient character of Java, such as are frequent in that island ; and he was
supported in his conclusion that they were so, by the learned natives of Java who
accompanied him in his journey. The settlement of the Javanese in several parts
of Sumatra is, indeed, sufficiently attested. In Palembang, they have been
immemorially the ruling people ; and although the Malay language be the popular
one, the Javanese, in its peculiar written character, is still that of the court. In
the State of Jambi, which borders on Palembang, Hindu images, identical with
those of Java in all respects, except that the material is granite instead of trachyte,
have been discovered. Probably as much as one-fourth part of the Malay language
is equally Javanese, and in a good many instances of compounded words, their
Javanese origin is satisfactorily made out through their elements, themselves
without significance, in the Malay language. One example will suffice. The
founder of the States of Menangkabau, who is stated by Malay tradition to have
come from Palembang, is called Sang Sapueba. The word sa^ is not Malay but
Javanese, and signifies, literally, " a flower," but is frequently prefixed to the titles
of personages of distinction, as sang-prabu, or sang-aji, *' a king ; " aang-yogi, " a
devotee ; " and sangywang, " a god " or " deity." Sajmrha is composed of the
article «a, " one," and the Sanskrit p^irha, ** first " or " beginning." The name, in
fact, has much the appearance of one fabricated for the occasion. To these
evidences of Javanese influence, it may be added, that Malay literature has nothing
original of its own ; being, when not drawn from Arabic sources, borrowed from
the fictions of Java, or the mythology of the Hindus, such as the latter was in
that island.

It is remarkable that Baeeos, drawing his information, no doubt, from the
traditions furnished by natives to the Portuguese conquerors, expressly states that
the Sumatrans themselves considered that the Javanese were once masters of their
island. " It is held by themselves," says he, " that the Javanese (Jaos) had been
once masters of their great island, and that prior to the Chinese (Chijs), they
conducted its commerce, as well as that of India." — Decade III, Book 5, Chap. 1.
The authority of Baeeos in this case, no doubt, suffers some depreciation from his
asserting afterwards that the Javanese themselves were a people of Chinese origin,
a derivation which he founds on their supposed imitation of the policy of the
Chinese, and of their skill in the mechanic arts. This assertion, however, is but
an hTOothesis of his own.

The reliable history of the Malays began only with the arrival of the Portuguese.
As already stated, the maritime Malays, without including those of Borneo, were
at this time divided into nearly forty petty States. With the Malays of the interior
of Sumatra the Portuguese did not come into communication. Menangkabau is
aimply named, but certainly not, as it has been very absurdly called by some
European writers, as a great empire, which undoubtedly it never was, unless we are
contented to accept assertion for proof. The Portuguese found the maritime

[219]

Hal Descriptive Dictiovary Mai

Ma.lu.js, in common with the Java.nese, conducting the carrying trade of the
Archipelago, including, at the time, the most important branch of it — the spice
trade. Along with their trade, they propagated the Mahomraedau religion. Many
of the inhabitants of Borneo, of the southern Philippines, and moat of those of the
Moluocae, they had converted before the arrival of the Portuguese. In most of
the sea-coaats of the islands of the Archipela.go we find traces of the settlement of
Malays. Both for trade and propagandism, this language was the medium of
communication, and for such a purpose it is certainly peculiarly well suited, from
the simplicity of its structure and facility of its pronunciation and acquisition.
From Sumatra to the Philippines and Moluccas, it was in general use for this
purjjosc. " The Gentiles of the interior, as well as the Moors," says Bakbos, " who
dwell on the coast, although they differ from each other in language, nearly all
8|)eak the Malay of Malacca, being the most common in these parts." When
Magellan discovered the Philippines, he bad no difiiculty in communicating
with the inhabitants through a Sumatran slave that be had brought along with
him. The same state of things continues t« the present day from Sumatra to New
Qoinea.

But the Malay language, besides being the common medium of communica-
tion, has been infused, to a greater or less extent, into all the languages of the
Archipelago, and clear traces of it are to be found even in the languages of tribes
with which the Malays of our time hold no communication, and even of whose
existence they are wholly ignorant, as in the case of tie languages of the islands
of the Pacific and of Madagascar.*

Malay Peniasula. — Position. — The Malay Peninsula extends from 7° 4'
N. Lit. to 1' lUj' (Tanjong Bolus), or, if Singapore and it« outlying islands bt
included, to 1" ICK N. lat.. its extreme W.W. point being in long. 99^ 41' E., and its
eitreme eastern ixiiot (Toujong Puiigi, 41 mileB to N. of Poiut Boinania) lying in
long. 104" 20J' E. The Horsburgh LightJiouse, however, which is a portion of
the Straits Settlements, lies in 104° 245' E. The Peninsula is bounded on the N.
by 8iam, on the E. by the China Sea, and on the S. and W. by the Singapore and
Malacca Straits.

H18TOET. — This work only dealing with the Peninsula and British Settle-
ments, it is not proposed to sketch the history of Malaya generally, of which a
good summary is given in Mr. Seisnkk's" Eastern Geography." His work, however,
has, with others, been availed of to furnish some of the salient facts referring to the
more restricted area.

The first notices of the Peninsula are dated 1511, when the Portuguese made
their appearance at Malacca, but it was not until 1592 that Captain Lancastkr. in
the Bonaveniure, cast anchor in the harbour of Penang, Remaining there from
June till the end of August, he set sail for home, taking care, in the fashion of
those days, to plunder a few Portuguese and Peguan vessels, off the Perak coast,
of pepper and other spices. Meanwhile the Dutch had visit«d and ojiened factories
in other portions of Malaya, but there is no record of further European visits to the
Peninsiila until 1613, when Captain Hippon is said to have formed a factory at
Patani, being the tirst Englishman to sail round the Peninsula. In I65U, the
Dutch established a factory in Perak, and shortly before that, one in Kedah. These
were, however, abandoned about 1661. Malacca had been captured from the
Portuguese br the Dutch and Achinese in 1641.

The reaj history of the Peninsula begins with the foundation of Malacca,
and to make this notjce more complete the more detailed a<:count given, mih voce
Malacca, is here repeated in condensed form : — About that time, one SAMoniKOA
reigned in Singapore, and in the neigliboiiring country of Java one Paratiba, who.
at his death, left his sous imder the guardianship of his own brother, their uncle ;
but he having found occasion to murder the eldest, usurped the throne ; at which

IJbsI of British Mataya. Mo

some of the noblu Javauese, being highly disgusted, did, with PAiuiii80fiA, their
la,te King's youngest son, fly to Singapore, where they met with a kind reeeiitioa
from Sanqbinqa; but it was not long before PAiuuitioaA. iu combination with
Ilia Javanese, muiMlered SAitoawaA, and put himself iu possession of his kingdom.
The King of Siam, to avenge the outrage Inflicted on Sangsinba, his vaaaal and
son-in-law. forced the Javanese to quit the country for Muar : and subsequently
Paaamisoua transferred his colony to Malacca. The KjQg of Siam's interfereuoe
was common then. In 1502, only seven years before the Portuguese arrived, ha
attacked the King of Malacca with a fleet of 200 sails, aboard of which were
6,000 soldiers, under the conduct of the Governor of Ligor j but the fleet
scattered by a storm."

Tho whole of the Peninsula, exci'pt Malacca and Johore, appears at this tii
to have been under Siameae influence. Attached to Johore was Singapore, said
have been founded about a.d. 1150, It rapidly rose in importance and wi
noticed by Babbos as : — " The resort of the navigators of the westei
India as well as those of the eastern seas from Siam, China, Choompa (Chamj>a),
Camboja, and of the many thousand islands which lie towards the East." But
in one hundred years it had so far declined, that Mabco Polo makes no mention
of its name, and when Europeans first began to settle on these shores, a rude fii
ing village alone occupied the site of the rich godowns aud palatial public buildi
of to-day.

Meanwhile, Malacca was founded as above related (circa 1200), and
eclipsed its southern rival. No doubt, as regarded foreign intercourse, " the real
history of the Peninsula " commenced at this date. But as the various Native
States with, in many cases, different names and different frontiers, then eKistAid, the
history of Malacca can hardly be said to furnish the history of the lai^ ai
which was then practically unknown to voyagers, and is even at the present dai
almost a terra incognUa to that very persistent animal— the modem explorer. Natii
records unfortimately contain more fable than fact, and the latter of so doubtful
character that its reproduction as " history " would l>e absurd.

The most valuable and original portion of Mr. Skinnbb'b compilatii
perhaps, that relating to Johore and its Archipelago. He says : — " The Johore
Archipelago was probably inhabited from a very remote period, anterior even to
existence of any of the Malay race iu Sumatra, by a maritime branch of the same
people, radically Malayan, who are now found in the interior of the Peninsula and
of the southern half of Sumatra. Several tribes, in various at^es of civilization,
still possess the Johore islands. Though little known to Europeans, they can never
have been without Malay or Hindu-Malay visitors, for it was by the great rivers ol
Palembang, Jambi, Indra^ri and Eampar, before whose embouchures these islands
lie, that the Hindus of Ceylon and Southern India must have gradually carried
civilization into the interior of Southern Sumatra. The Indragiri, in particular,
appears to have been crowded vrith Hindu-Malay settlements, many of the numerous
Tillages on its banks retaining purely Hindu names to this day. It was by this
river, probably, that they reached the fertile plain of Menangkabau. It is ptobable
that the Malaya on these rivers had attained a certain civilization in advauce of
the wandering mountain tribes, even before the Hindus came." All that can be
gathered of the various other States will be found under those headings, and la
most cases this amounts to very tittle.

Matters become clearer towards the end of the seventeenth century, and it
becomes increasingly evident that the history of the Peninsula, so far as it affected
European iat^reste, was comprised in the ooings of European enterprise on these
_£Aa8ts. Prom 1684 to 17G2most of this was directed to places, Malayan indeed, but
fcot the Peninsula. These efforts had a reflex effect upon our intercourse with the
Hfttive Rajas, but no real footing was gained until the foundation, by friendly cession
^ptd pavment, of Penang in 17S6. Tea years after it b-'oame the pi-ual settlemeolfl

■ m>] i

real *
the ^

ore ^1

the ^M

Mai

Descriptive Dictionary

Mai

for India, and very satisfactory traces of that meaeiire eiist in the eic^Uent roads
and other works constructed by convict labour.

The success of Penang induced the Indian Government to send an eipedition
to seize Ualaoca in 1795. A brief account of it« fortunes will be found «ui twee
Malacca, as also of the later proceedings which eventuated in its complete cession
to us in exchange for Bencoolen in 1825. A few years previously we had made
treaties with the Native States of Perak and Selangor. Thtf .modern history of
the Peninsula has really been that of the dominant power — Great Britain. The
Naning and Perak wars have been the only two of importance, and these will be
found detailed under their respective headings.

An effort has been made m the foregoing brief notice to avoid trespassing too
much upon the ground occupied by Mr. Skinnee'b " Outline History of the British
Connection with Malaya," which embraces a far wider field, and which general
students will do well to consult.

Gkoloot.— Geologically speaking, the extremity of the Peninsula extends to
BillitoD {pHiionq), including the three Archipelagoes of Bentan, Lingga, and Banka,
now cut off from the main. But as these latter districts are not included within
the scope of this work, we confine our attention to the Peninsula, The Mala^
Peninsula, wrote Mr. Logan, has, jierhaps, the roost stubborn and intractable soil
of all the large countries of the Archipelago. Its geological formation is exclusively
sedimentary, plutonic and alluvial, and it is destitute of any peculiar facilities of
irrigation. It is rich in tin, iron, and even gold, but its soil is either sterile or
stubborn. The consequence is that its mountains, valleys and plains are, with the
exception of a few patches, covered with a stupendous primeval forest. This
estimate, however. Is scarcely correct, large tracts being admirably suited for culti-
vation, Mr, Skinnek describes the formation as granitic, traversed by veins " of
stanniferous quartz and overlaid by sandstone, unfossilized clay slates, laterite, or
ironstone, and in a few places, principally to the north, by limestone ; for although
no trace has been found of recent volcanic action, there are several isolated and
unstratified limestone masses, from 500 to 2,000 feet high, of a highly crystallized
character, with- no tossils of any kind."

MiifBRALOOT. — The following remarks by Mr. Logan hold good at the present
day. The prevailing metals are iron, tin, and gold, " Iron ores," says Mr. Looan,
a skilful geologist, '■ are everywhere found, and in the south they exist in vast pro-
fusion. In some places the strata have been completely saturated with iron, and
here the naked surface of the ground, strewed with blackish scoriform gravel and
blocks, presents a strange contrast to the exuberant vegetation of the surrounding
tracts, appearing as if the ground had been burnt and blasted by subterraneous
fires. Much of the ordinary forms of iron-masked rocks are so common, and so
little regarded for their metallic contents, that in Singapore they are tised to
mawidamixe the roads, although containing nearly 60 per cent, of pure metal." The
Peninsula, with tho islands adjacent to it, certainly contain by far the moat eit«n-
sive lin-fielda in the world, extending as they do over seventeen degrees of latitude,
or fi'oiu Tavoy, in nortli latitude 14°, to the island of Billiton, in south latitude 8".
" Seeing that tin is procured in all parts of the Peninsula where it is sought for,
and iu proportion to the enterprise and labour which are devoted to the search, we
may consider the entire none as a great magazine of tin. It is. in fact, incomparably
the greatest on the globe." He gives examples of the extent of its distribution.
Within the territory of Jehore. forming the southern extremity of the Peninsula, it
was not thought to exist imtU 1846. when it was found in several places. In I84S,
the whole quantity produced in the territory of Malacca was at>out 13 tons; in
1846 it rose to 84 tons ; and in 184?, when there were fifty different mines o^n, to
260 Ijins; and this result proceeded eutii-ely from the application of the skill and
enterprise of the Chinese, for tin was not discovered in tne Malacca territory until
1798. The intelligent writer who furnishes thesi' details estimates the whole pn>-

Mai of British Malaya. Mai

duoe of the Peninsula in 1848 at 2,400 tons. This is constantly increasing, and
forms a large portion of the consumption of Europe, China, and India, and is the
great staple product of the Peninsula and its islands. The whole ore is " stream,"
or alluvial, and as jet the metal has not been traced to its veins in the rock.
Galena is frequently found in close proximity. Mr. Skinneb gives some additional
details: — "Tin is found throughout the Peninsula, from Tavoi 14° N. to the
Carimons (Keriman) ^and to Lingga (on the Equator) ; and again, after a break of
of about 2°, as far south as Banl^ and Billiton (3° S.), which, as pointed out above,
form, in every respect, but an extension of the Peninsula. Tin has not been found
elsewhere in the Archipelago. The bed of the ore is, where it has yet been
observed in situ, the quartz : which is found penetrating the granite at every eleva-
tion ; but all tin-mining has hitherto been confined to the deposits near the foot of
the hills, in the alluvial ground formed by the decomposition of the encasing
rocks." Gold is much less abundant in the Peninsula than in Sumatra, Borneo, or
Celebes, and its whole produce is thought not to exceed 20,000 ounces a year, less
than the weekly produce of a single locality in Australia. Iron exists everywhere,
but has never been thought worth the cost of mining. Some of the W. Native
States have the reputation of producing precious stones, but this is doubtful, most
of those shown having been imported from Borneo or other places.

Climate. — " The climate everywhere is moist and hot, though seldom malarious,
even along the low muddy banks near the coast. The mean temperature in the
Peninsula is, throughout the lowlands of the plains, about 80°. There is, strictly
speaking, no winter, nor even any very distinctly marked rainy season ; the alternate
north-east and south-west monsoons distributing the moisture over the east and
west slopes throughout most of the year."

At Penang, in latitude 5° 15' N„ the mean annual temperature, at the level
of the sea, is nearly 80°, and the mean range from 70° to 90 . At the height of
2,410 feet, the mean gf the year is 70^ and the range 10°, from which we may infer
that the average temperature of the year at the highest elevation of the Peninsula
— ^Mount Ophir — ^is rather less than 40°. The average number of rainy days in the
year is 190, and the mean rainfall of the Peninsula from 100 to 180 incnes ; a rainy
season being but indistinctly marked. Heavy dews fall in all clear nights through-
out the year, and fogs, although not dense ones, are frequent, especially during the
most rainy season. At Malacca, in latitude 2° 1^, the mean temperature of the
year is 80°, and the range 15°. At Singapore, in latitude 1° 17', the average heat of
the year is 82°, and the range from 68 to 92°. The fall of rain here is frequent,
generally every third day, although a continuous drought of ten or fourteen days,
and in some cases, three, four, or five months, occasionally occurs. A rainy season
is scarcely distinguishable. Generally, the climate of the Peninsula, notwithstand-
ing its heat and moisture, is not insalubrious, although a few ill- ventilated spots '
here and there occur with most pestiferous malaria. Singapore, indeed, is termed
the " paradise of children," so few infantile complaints occurring. The west coast
is exposed to sudden squalls of short duration, known as ** Sumatras " from the
direction whence they blow ; while the opposite side is almost closed to navigation
under sail alone during the north-east monsoon.

Fauna. — The fauna of the Peninsula is allied to that of the adjacent Archi-
pelago. Of the mammals, the following is a brief view of its most remarkable
animals. The quadrumanas, or apes, amoimt to nine — eight monkeys, each species
having a distinct name, and a loris, the Lemur tardigradus of naturalists, called by
the Malays the kukang, and occasionally kainaldsan, that is, " the lazy," or ** the
slothful." Of bats there are several species, but the most remarkable is the
vampire, or kaZung of the Malays. This flies high in great flocks, and but for
larger size and slower flight, flocks of them might easily be mistaken for those of
crows or rooks. The kalung is a great enemy to the best esculent fruits. The
only plantigrade animal is a bear, which attains a res|)ectable size, known as the

[223]

Mai Descriptive Dictionary Mftl

" 8UU " or " boney " bear, peculiar to tbe Feniaeuk and Borneo. Of Tiverra, o
weasels, there arc several specieB, the largest and most singular of which is th
hijiturung of the natives, and the Ictidee ater of naturalist*. Of tbe feline family
there are seven, Including tbe royal tiger and the black leopard, both of them far too
numerous. The domestic cat exists, as in Siam, not unusually with a tail half the
usual length, as if it bad been amputat«d, but with a sort of kink or excrescence
in it about half-way down. The domestic dog, the aiijing of the Malaya, exists in
the same vagrant state in which it is found in most Asiatic countries ; and a wild
dog is said to exist in the woods. The otter, the immbrang of the Malays, exists,
but seems to lie scarce, which is not easily accounted for, considering tbe abund-
ance of fish. The Pai^hydermata, or thick-skinned family, <;onsist of four — the
elephant ; the one-homed rhinoceros, the same with that of Sumatra ; the Malay
tapir, or titnau of tbe Malays ; and tlie hog. Elephants are numerous, and appear
to be of tbe same species as the ordinary Asiatic one. That they are equally
capable of domestication is certain, for the^ are used as beasts of burden in the
northern parts of the Peninsula, and occasionally exported to tlie coast of Coro-
mandol. The bog is found both in the wild and domestic state, and numerous in
tbe first, constituting the chief animal food of the nomadic races, as no duubt,
before their conversion to Mahommedanism, it did of the cultivated Malays. No
animal of the Equine family is known in the Peninsula, for the horse itseu is not
found even in the domestic sta(4^, excepting, of course, in tbe British and pro-
tected States. A country covered with forest or marsh, and where it would be
difficult to find a mile of firm open laud, is eminently unsuited to it. The ox or
the buffalo takes its place. Even in Malacca under the Malays, the horse seems
not to have been used ; at least the early Portuguese make no mention of it. The
species of Rumiuauts are thirteen in number, namely, eight deer, the goat, the
buffalo, and three species of ox. Two of the deer are smaller than tbe European
hare, a third about the size of a fallow-dcer, and the fourth as large as an elk. The
domestic goat is a small mean-looking animal, of little valu^ ; and there exists iu
the forest a wild one, tbe same with that of Sumatra. The buffalo attains its
greatest size in tbe Peninsula, and is larger than that of Java, or of Cochin-Cluna,
both of which far exceed the buffalo of Italy, and in a still greater degree that of
Conttnental India. Tbe domestic ox is a short-legged, compact, strong and hardy
animal. The wild species are -two^the Sunda ox of Java and Borneo, and an
undescribed one called by the Malays t<iladang, and which would seem to be pecu-
liar to the Peninsula. The sheep is known to the Malaya of the Fenuisula by its
Sanskrit name bin, butin the British Possessionsas kambiiig, and as a partially accli-
nmt«d stranger. The hare is wholly unknown, and the rabbit only in the domestic
state, introduced by the Portuguese, the name tarwdu and kuweln being probably
a corruption of the Portuguese eoelho.

The most remarkable birds of the Peoinsula are those of the gallinaceous and
pigeon families. Of tbe first, there are tbe peacock, or mdrak of the Malays, the
same as that of Java, but differing from that of India, and never seen in tbe
domesticated state ; tbe double -spurred peacock, smaller than the European
pheasant, a beautiful but ahy and timid bird ; three species of pheasant, includ-
ing tbe Argus, or the kuaaa of tbe Malays ; a partridge, the Perdrlt jaoaniea ;
and tbe wck in the wild and domestic state, the last a small bird, but of
great courage. The species of pigefins are very numerous, from those of the
size of a thrush to that of the European ringdove, the prevailing colour being
green, and some of them beiug probably migratory. Snipes are numerous, and
quails rare. Iu the wild state, there is but one duck^a teal— ^ind no goose.
The only poultry of the Peninsula, in so far as the Malays are concerned, is
the common fowl and the duck. The goose is known only by its Sanskrit
name — angm ; and the peacock and rock pigeon have not been domesticated.
The parrot family — in Malay nuri, the same word which we have converted into
[224]

Mai

of British Malaya.

lory- — is numerous, but none of the apeciee are equal in brilliancy of plumage
to those of New Guinea and its adjacent islands. The esculent rest-maldng
swallow, the lamf. of the Malays, exists in the caves of the coast of some
uf tbe islands, liut is not numerous. The birds of prcT iire numerous, and
consist of kites, alaiu/, and hawks, alapalap, in Malay. The vulture does not
exist, and there is no hawk of a size to entitle it to tbe designation of an
eagle. Some further particulars of the birds of the Peninsula will be found under
the head of Okhithologt.

The reptiles consist of the alligator, the iguana, and several species of small
lizards, and o£ some fifty different species of snakes, of which fifteen are poisonous.
Among the innocuous snakes is a python, and among the poisonous ones, four
apoeies of cobra. Both the seas that wash the shores of the Peninsula, but more
especially the comparatively shallow and Bhelfj."red one which part« it from
Sumatra, abound in fish, which form the principal sustenance of the great mass of
the inhabitants. The seal and the whale do not exist, the latter being known
to the Malays either by a Sanskrit name — jfoj'aA-twiTio— which signifies " elephant-
fish, or as pans." The only cetaceous animal is the Anyang, which our naturalists,
by the mistake of a single letter, have converted into dugong. This animal, not
very frequent, lives in the shallow waters, feeding on submarine plants, and its
flesh is esculent, being much superior to that of the green turtle. The fresh-
water fish are not abundant, nor held in much esteem by the natives, but some of
those of the sea ai-e of excellent flavour ; and the white pomfret. the bavial of the
Malays, as also the ikan- merah, are certainly two of the most delicate fishes in the
world to the European palate, being less rich than the turbot, and hig'
flavoured than the sole.

Botany. — The botany of the Peninsula is a very wide field, aa yet not wholly
onilored. Many plants put to economical uses are, however, sufficiently known.
Of the great many species of forest trees not the whole yield good durable timber.
The forests yield ebony, sapan, and eagle-wood, but none of them of the best
nuality, or in much abundance. They yield also rattans, bamboos, the nibong and |
tie nipa palms, all constituting the main materials of the Malayan architecture
But their most remarkable and valuable product is the gutta-percha, some years |
ago used only for Malay horsewhips and knife- hand lea, but by the help of which 1
the sea is now crossed by the electric telegraph, It was from the Peninsula, in fa«t,
that this article was first made known to Europeans, more than three centuries |
after the country had been frequented by them. This was in 1843, when
WrLLiAM MoNTooMEKiE first made the discovery, and was rewarded for it by the
gold medal of the Society of Arts. The chief products of agi-iculture are rice, the
cocoa, and areca palms, yams, the batata, and the sugar-cane. The esculent fruit«
are numerous, abundant, and some of them excellent. Incomparably the most
rsteemed by tlie natives is the dvrian, which attains perfection without culture ; i
and by the Europeans the mangosteen, which is the most delicate fruit in the world, j
The exotic ananas, with little or no care, attaana the same perfection as the beat I
pines of our hot-houses, and is hardly dearer than Swedish turnips, The same soil I
brings such luxuries aa these to perfection which ia unfruitful in the production of J
the food of man, if sugar, aago. tapioca, and rice be excepted. I

Fruita, woods, ferns, &c.. wUl be found catalogued under their respective 1
headings. I

PaoDucTa, AaHicui-TiniB. ahd Trajok. — The principal products and exports of 1
the Peninsula, arranged in alphabetical order, are: — Buifalo horns and hides
cloves, coffee (Liberiau and Arabian), copra, cow-hides, dammar, fish-mawa (fron
which isinglass is made), gambler, gutta-percha, mace, nutmegs, pepi^r, rattans,
rice, sftgii, sugar, bipioca, and tin. Rice is uncertain, and in some years enormous I
imports furnish the inhabitants of the Peninsula with the staff of life. In addition J
to the foregoing, several articles appear in the trade reports which are more or less M
[225] (i

Mai

Descriptive Dictionary

Mai

foiud in tho Fenmsula, but Eire also largely imported from native centres elgewhere
for export to Europe, such as cubebs, cutch, gamboge, green snail-shells, gums,
benjamin and copal, ilipe-nuts. mother-of-pearl shells, sapan-wood. sticklac, and
teel-seed. To the European market, gutta-percha is probablj the most important.
Its purchase and eiport lies in the haudu of a few of the more enterprising of the
European community. As regards imjiorU (we are of course dealing in this case
with European and Chinese houses only, as no Malay ever yet dreamed of
importing anything as a matter of business), Manohestcr and Sheffield goods,
with wines, spirits, and canned provisions exhaust the list, long enough however
even then.

That any import trade is done at all in the Native States is chietly owing to
the fact that they are all more or leaa settled by Chinese, who deal in cottons,
matches, Ac, for sale to the Malays, whose export trade in gutta, rattans, and other
jungle produce is almost entirely owing to the inducements held out by foreig^i
buyers m the Settlements. The articles named will be found dealt with nnder their
reapeetive headings.

PopiTLATioN. — The estimated population of the Pemusida and Settlements is
1,300,000. That given by the " Encycloptedia Britannica," viz., (350,000, is certainly
understated. The amended estimate gives 13 inhabitants to the square mile, and
of these some dSr.OOO belong to the Straits Settlements.

As regards race, the inhabitants of the Native States may be divided into
Malays. Benua, Jakuns, and Sakeis. But numerous subdivisions exist, there being
the Orang Besisi, Biduanda, Gargasai, Gunong Kenaboi, Laut, Liar, Miutira,
Rayat, Semang, and Udai, while there are local tribes, such as the flabimba and
Selitar, who once inhabited Singapore. Each of these are noticed at length under
their respective headings. Broadly speaking, the central portion of the Peninsula
appears to have been settled by immigrants from Menangkabau in Sumatra, and
the Malay raee of the Peninsula appears to be more or less derived from the same
stock, making allowances for the difference consequent on intermarriages with
native races of the better class. The orang-utan, or men of the woods, such as the
Jakuns, &c., seldom contracted these alliances, and have to the present day pre-
served their distinctive characteristics. In the British Settlements, three races,
other than Chinese or Malay, atone eiuat in any large numbers^thoso purely
British, those of Dutch and MaUivaa descent, and those of Portuguese. Asian
descent ; and the latter form valuable members of the community. The Chinese
and native races are described under their separate heads.

QovEsNMBNT. — " The only forma of government to be found in the Peninsula,
outside the colony of the Straits Settlements, are either tribal or elective, as
in Berabau and the contiguous inland States ; or autocratic and hereditary, like
those of the Malay or Siamese Kajaa and Governors on the seaboard. Some-
thing of a tribal form of rule is to be traced in all Malay administrations ; and
none of them, whatever the form, appear to be ' free ' States, in any true sense of
the word.

" The government of the colony is that of the usual ' Crown Colony ' type,
Penat^ and Malacca being represented in the Legislative Council, which sit* at
Singapore.

" The administration of the Protected States is peculiar to themselves, It has
been a natural development from the state of things which was left after tho mili-
tary occupation of 1875. Supreme power is vested in a State Council, of which
the Resident is the moving spirit, though it is presided over i»y the Sultan
or Bajah in person, and consists in each State of the highest native author>
ities as well as the principal English officials. The Besidents arc directly
under the GK)vemor of the Straits Settlements, and have, of course, almoRt tho
entire control of, and responsibility for, the affaire of tlie State in which thvy
reside."

[226]

Mai of British Malaya. Mai

Eeyenue. — ^Details, so far as obtainable, will be found under the heading of
each State and British Settlements.

TopoaBAPHY. — The area of the Malay Peninsula is about 70,000 square
miles, somewhat smaller than Great Britain. It consists m,ainlj of connected
ranges of mountainous land, running N.W. and S.E., which constitute a water-
parting between the streams flowing east and west to the surrounding seas.
The western range continues unbroken from the interior of Kedah (6® N.) to
the intenor of Malacca (2° N.), and it reappears at intervals in the south
(Johore). On each side of the elevated region is a narrow littoral of recent
formation, by which the G-ulf of Siam and tiie Straits of Malacca are bordered,
and which alone, it may be said, is inhabited and cultivated at present. The
primeval forests which, in general, cover the whole country, are occasionally inter-
spersed with grassy plains in the north. The coast on both sides, and pai*ticularly
the west, is abnost invariably marshy and alluvial, scarcely raised above the sea,
and being under shelt-er of Sumatra, even and unbroken towards the Straits of
Malacca. The seaboard is generally overgrown with mangroves for some four or
fives miles inland. In some parts the breadth of the plain reaches 30 miles, but
it is usually much less. On the east coast, where there is an open sea, the hills
at several points are close to the shore ; but the general character of the country is
the same ou both sides. The height of the mountain chain increases towards the
wider parts of the Peninsula, at the back of the Bindings ; many peaks in Perak
being now known to exceed 8,000 feet — it is even said 10,000 feet ; such as the
l^ti Wangsa hills between Kedah and Perak, and Mount Eobinson and other
summits in the south of Perak. An unexplored ridge — Mount Tahan — on the east
side of the Eiver Pahang, near the west frontier of Ti*ingganu and Kelantan, is
thought by Maclay, who alone has traversed the interior (1875), to be the highest
land of the whole Peninsula.

The entire Peninsula, to within some 10 to 25 miles of the coast, is broken
and hilly, covered both on hill and plain with dense forests.

ErvEBS. — The principal streams, following the coast from N. to S., are as
follows : — Between the Pakshan (the lowest course of which separates the Penin-
sula from Tenasserim in British Burma) and the Rivers Muda and Krian, there are
none but small streams. The first large river is the Perak, with it« chief tributaries
— the Plus, Kinta, and Batang Padang. (The Perak, on the west, and the Pahang,
on the east slope, are the larger river basins in the Peninsula, each draining an area
of 4,000 to 6,000 square miles.) The other chief streams are the Bernam, with as
large a volume of water, but draining a less area ; the Selangor, the Klang, and
the Langat, on the south-west coast ; the Linggi, the Muar, and the Johore, of
which the estuary faces Singapore. On the east side, there is the Endau, the
Pahang with its large tributaries — the Bera, the Triang, the Jelei, &c. ; the
Kwantan, the Besut, the Kelantan with its large tributary the Lebih ; and the
Patani.

Mountains. — ^The highest mountains of the Peninsula are probably not yet
discovered. Those known are: — Kedah-Perak (Jerei), 3,894 feet; Mount Titi
Wangsa, 6,840 feet ; between Kedah and Perak ; Inas, in Kedah, 5,000 feet ; Bubo,
5,650 feet, and Ulu Temeling, 6,435 feet, near the right and left banks respectively
of the Perak River ; the Slim range, 6,000 to 7,000 feet, in South-east Perak ;
Mount Robinson (Riam), about 8,000 feet; Chimberas, 5,650 feet, in Selangor ;
Berembun, about 4,000 feet, in Sungei Ujong ; Mount Ophir (Ledang), 4,200
feet, until recently supposed to be the highest point in the Peninsula ; and Blumut,
3,2()0 feet, in the centre of Southern Johore, and where the River Johore takes its
rise.

Of the remaining elevations the following list is published in the " Singtipore
and Straits Directory," a most valuable work to all resident in the Peninsula or
Settlements : —

[227] Q 2

Tcrrilorr In whlob altontc.

%£

Torrttory (n which litiutc.

gfi

Mai^cca-

Pebak—

QunoDgBabn ...

6,450

Bukit Sidonan

952

Gunong Juu ...

8.000

BuWtPanohoi-

886

GunongMoru

3,600

BuMtBruBng ...

filS

Birch'sHiU

Bukit Brisu

696

Caulfiold's HIU

BukitSebang

657

MKtwaU'aHill

Bukit Piiluu Boaar

aas

Gunong Arang Para

GunoDgSayong

2,000

Sito of Reservoir of propoaad now

Gunong Hijau

4,300

Water-Works

125

Phovince \VbLLB3I.KT—

Bukit Mectajam

1,843

Penanq—

Bukit Panohoro

1.460

Bukit Joru . ...

2,500

SnsQEi Djono —

WaBtemHiU

2,7S0

Bukit Tanggali

3,300

BatuEtun ...

2,275

Gunoog Angai...

3,200

Bukit Sungei

1,776

Bukit S'tul

1,500

Low's Paw

1,150

JelebuGap

960

OhintbigPaBB

380

4,000

Islands. — Tlie northern se&board Las several small iskndB and insular groups,
vliicb lie in clusters of innumerable small islets on both sides of the isthmus
to the. north. The coast farther south is remarkably free from islands. The
only ones of any conaequeiUM are Langkawi and Penang (Ptitang). on the west
aide; the Carimons (KSrlmom), Singapore (Shujapim). and the Bhutan and
Bulang Archipelagoes, at the south oitremity ; and on the east side, off the coast of
Johore, some high peaks, of which Tionian and Tinggi are the largest, and a similar
but less important group (the Oreat and Little Redaugs) off Kelantun.

Political l>ivisiONa, — -Ligor and Singora being purely Siamese, are not dealt
with in these pages. On the west coast, the most N. of those nominally tributary
to Siam is Eedah, and following the coast line come Perak, Selangor and Klang,
Sungei tJjong, and Johore ; Province Wellesley taking a slice out of the Kedah
coast, and Malacca intervening between Sungei tijongand Johore — or rather Mu&r,
which, however, now forms an integral portion of the Johore territory. Ascending
the east coast, the States are : — Pahang, Tringganu, Kemaman, Kelantan, Pataui,
and Eeman. In the interior N.W. of Malacca lie the Negri Sembilau, or Nine
States {q. v.). The Straits Settlements comprise Penang and Province Wellesley,
opposite Kedah, the Bindings, originally part of Perak, Malacca, and Singapore.
The portion under British influence covers about 35,000 square miles.

Communication. — As regards the British Settlements, the great mail and
ocean lines afford a ready means of reaching almost any part of the world, the
Cape and Mauritius alone having infrequent communication. On the west oo««t,
small coasting steamers run at short intervals from the Settlements to most of the
principal native porta, but sailing boats or vessels are alone available for the east
coast, and these only iit certain seasons.

Malim aud Malini Kechil. — Villages in Malacca dist.int aliout 4 to 5 miles
N.W. of town. Mud about 1 mile W. o£ Malacca Eiver.

Malim Kechil. — A village in Naning, N. of Malacca.

Mamadin Creek. — Formerly the site of a bridge across the Prai B..
Province Wi'llcwlcv, now decaved.

[228]

Mam of British Malaya. Man

Mambu. — ^V. in Sungei Ujong, 5 miles W. of Eassa.

Sffaminalia. — A catalogue of the Mammalia known to exist in the Malayan
Peninsula, by Dr. Cantob, will be found in Vol. 11, p. 1 et seq, of the " Essays
relating to Indo-China " published by the S. B. E. A. S. The Catalogue is
obyiously beyond our limits, but it may be added that scientific exploration has
scarcely added a single mammal to the hst published as it was forty years ago.

Iffaildai. — A district in N.W. Singapore, its principal point being Kranji,
whence there is a ferry to Johore, with a Police Station and Government Bungalow.
Upper Mandai is the name of the district immediately S. of Mandai.

Iffaildelillg. — A people who, like the Kawas, came originally from Sumatra,
and have partially colonized Selangor. They are said to be a branch of the Batta
tribe, who are alleged to be cannibals. Dr. Leyden published a rather sensational
account of their cannibal ceremonies in 1823, which was reprinted a few years ago
in a local paper. But there appears to be good reason to believe that the Battas
ate human flesh, and that if they have abandoned the custom, it is only within the
last few years.

Mandor. — A good-sized V. on the coast 2 miles N. of Tanjong Kling,
Malacca.

Sllaiiei. — V. on S. bank of Pahang R., E. Pahang.

Sllailgkudu (Morinda umbeUata), — The root of this plant was used exten-
sively by the Malays as a red dye, but European importations of aniline have, to a
great extent, displaced it. Malacca at one time exported considerable quantities.

Sllailgkwailg. — in places pronounced I^nghwang, A pandantis somewhat
resembling a pine-apple in growth. The leaves, edged with prickles or thorns,
furnish a fibre much used by the Malays for rope, string, &c. The umhut is eatable,
being used as a vegetable.

SllailgO. — The native mango is a very poor imitation of its Siamese or Philip-
pine cousin. It is usually gathered green for pickling, and is seldom touched by
Europeans, except a solitary species Imown as Maiigga DodoL

MailgOStdeil. — A delicious fruit, the pulp of snowy whiteness being
enveloped in a tough brown rind, a decoction of which latter is said to be a good
cure for diarrhoea. A patent has also been taken out for the manufacture of a dye
from the same source. The petals of the flower, which leave a mark on the skin
of the fruit, indicate the number of lobes into which the pulp is divided : thus, if
there are five in the exterior, there will be the same number of lobes inside.
The fruit exudes a juice precisely resembling gamboge, and as a rule drops of this
on the skin indicate an unsound interior. It is common throughout Malaya.

Mangrove (Bakau), — There are two varieties of this tree — one having a
globular seed, and the other long skittle-shaped pods. The latter plant themselves
by dropping perpendicularly in the mud. The trees affect brackish or salt water,
and flourish best in the black mud common at the mouths of tropical rivers. The
bark is used in tanning, and is also said to prevent incrustation in steam boilers.
Mr. T. Chbistt says : — " It is used by the tanners in the localities where it abounds,
but hitherto has not been profitably employed in England, from the fact that the
leather made with it is of a bad colour and spongy nature. It has been tried on a
large scale in England, but the result has always been the same, the leather being
very inferior in colour and quality. A good deal of cheap leather which reaches
us from India is tanned by means of this material, and has to be corrected by the
use of Myrobalans and other tanning materials in this country to render it of a
saleable colour. Tanners in other parts of the world, where the mangrove flourishes,
might use it in this way with profit."

In India it grows to the height of 50 feet, spreading out its roots in all

[229]

Man

Descriptive Dictionary

Map

directiouB in the moist soil. The mtingrove appears to thrive in bmckiah wiiter.
Aa the muddy deposits at the mouth of the tropical rivera become consolidated, the
maugrovo takes posseeaioa even to the verge of the salt wator. All parts of the troe
appear to bo useful for taDning ; the bark, roots, and leaveH, have bocD so applied.
It coutaiDB about 17 per cent, of tannic acid.

llflaJlti, — V. in N. Malacca, about Sj niilea from the Johol frontier, on the
road to Chiadraa, Hill of the same name \ mile to the N.

IVtaJltis. — N^o insects present such eitraordinarj forms as the Miiniidx, of
wliuni Ihc Malay Fcuinsuta is a principal habitat. Some naturalists include the
Phimmidte or jihantom family (which includes " stick " and " leaf " insccttt)
under the same head. But even the Mantidse proper arc sufficiently grot^-squi? in
shajie. The '■ praying mantis," which is the commonest representative form, and
so called from its usual attitude, is also one of the most ferocious. Two inKctts,
even male aud female, are never kept long in confinement together without one
(usually the female) destroying and eating the other. The long serrated fore-feet
can at one blow decapitate or cut in halves an antagonist, and the quicker insect is
always the victor. In addition to causing injur}' with its legs the mantis can inflict
a tolerably severe bite on the hand of a human captor, and it is always advisable to
use a cloth in handling one. (See Stick amd Leaf Insects.)

Mantra. — A Y. iu central Malacca, once a mission station, now abandoned.
A tapioca plantation exists on the W. side.

Mantra Mission. — In W, Malacca, just above Tangga Batu district. It
compriscH over H square miles, and has a church at the 8. extremity.

Marachet.^-A hill in Padahg Sebaug district, Naning, N. Malacca.

Marbeau Kudong.— A v. on the Prai Kiver, 7 miles from Butterworth,
Province Welicsloy. The produce of the Malakoff Estate is shipped from this
point, the river being narrow but deep.

Maritime Code of the Malays. — The Malacca code apijears to hare
lieeu compiled during the reign of Sultan Mahmttd Shah, the first sovereign of
MaiiLcca mentioned in the Malayan annals Ui have embraced the Mahommedan
faith. The circumslanue is understood to have taken place about the year of the
Hejirah corresponding with the Christian era 1296. The origin of the Malay code
may, therofoi'e, be considered as nearly coeval with the first estAblishmenl uf
Isliimism among the Malays. The authority of the code is state^l in the preamble.
A translation of all essential parts appears iu No. 3, p. 62, and No. 4, p. 1. of the
J. 8. B. li. A. 8. (1879). It was esecuted by Sir Stampoed Raffles, and originally
appeared in the Malacca Weekly Register. It answered to our Merchant Shipping
Act. defining the laws and usages of the Malays at sea.

Maps of the Feninsxila, &C. — The first official map known to exist
was published in 1857, and was attached to a book containing copies of the Treaties
of the E. I. Co. with Native Princes. A second, published in 1862, like it«
predecessor, was apparently based on an old Dutch map of 1820. In 1879 a large
scale map was computed by the Hon'ble A. M. Skinkeb, and published under the
auspices of the S. B. R. A. 8. A second and improved edition was published in
1888, and a revised issue is now in the printers' hands.

A map of Perak was imblished in Blue Boot C. 1,512 (June, 1876), and a
similar, but less correct one, by the local Government at the end of the same year.

The oldest known map of Malacca was published in 1857. The latest official
map appeared in 1878.

Of Fenang and Province Wellesley, maps first appeared in 1854, followed by
corrections in 1879. The latest edition, 1886, is a sensible advance on previooi

[230]

Mar

of British Malaya,

Mar

The following is a list of the latest existiog maps of the Settlements and
Peninsula : —

Singapore Island, 1885.

Singapore Town, 1881.

Malacca, 1878.

Penang, 1886.

Province Wellesley, 1886.

Bindings, no detached map printed.

Perak, no detached map printed.

Selangor, 1884.

Sungei Ujong, 1885.

Malay Peninsula, 1893.

Straits of Malacca, Admiralty Charts

brought up to 1886.
Jelebu, 1885.

Markets, —it may be interesting in a work of this nature to give a list of
the ordinary articles sold in the markets of the SettlemcDts, with their approximate
prices. It would be obviously impossible to give the latter with any precision, for
not only do they differ at each Settlement, but from day to day in each. The
following may be taken as giving a fair idea of the average values — under 5 cents,
varjring a cent each way, and those of 20 cents and upwards, 2 cents. Certain
fruits are, of course, only in season at particular dates. Thus durians, varying
from 7 cents to 81.50, are omitted. Turtle again is very seldom procurable at
Penang, though always plentiful in Singapore. But the following list will give a
new-comer a fair idea of what can generally be obtained : —

Beans, Long

do. French

do. Egyptian ...
Beof

Beef Steak
Bean Sprouts
Bamboo Sprouts ...
Betel-Nuts
Beans, Flat

Blachang

Brinjals

Bread

Cabbage, Batavia ...

do. China ...

do. Salted ...

do. Singapore

CazTots, Imported

do. Singapore
Capons

do. Large
Celeiy leaves
Chillies, Fresh

do. Dry
Cucumbers
Cocoa-Nuts
Cocoa-Nut Oil
Chunam, Coloured
do. White ..
Coffee, Ground

do. Baw
Crabs, Large

do. Small
Curry-stuff
Duofas, Large

do. Small
Duck Eggs, Fresh
do. Salted
E§^, Hen ...

„ Turtle

Egff Fruit

Fish, Large Fresh
do. Medium

per catty

do.

do.
per 100

do.
per catty

do.
per loaf

each
per catty

do.

each
per catty

do.

each
per catty

do.

do.
each

do.
per catty
per dozen

do.

do.
per catty

do.

Cents.

Gouts.

i Fish, Small

per catty

do. Pickled

do.

4-14

do. Large Salted

do.

do. Siam Salted

do.

do. Small Salted

do.

do. Medium Salted

do.

do. Roe

each

Firewood, Charred

per picul

—

Flour, best American

do.

—

do. Whampoa

do.

—

Fowls, Large

per dozen

do. Medium ...

do.

do. Small

do.

—

Gambler

per catty

■ • •

Ginger

do.

• • •

Garlic

do.

• • •

—

Geese, Large

each

—

do. ^ledium ...

do.

Gram

per picul

do.

per bag

Lettuce

per catty

Limes

per dozen

12-18

Lard

per catty

Laksa, Chinese ...

do.

Matches

per packet

Milk, Fresh

per chupak

do. Condensed ...

per tin

—

Melons

per catty

— -

Mint

per bunch

Mangkwangs

per catty

Malacca Sugar

per packet

Mutton

per lb.

Onion, best Bengal

per catty

do. Small

do.

—

do. Spring

do.

Potatoes, Bengal ...

do.

do. Batavia

do.

do. Sweet ...

do.

do. do. New Zealand do.

Prawns, Fresh

do.

do. Dry

do. Salted ...

do.

[281]

Mar

Descriptive Dictionary

Mar

Pine-Apples

each

Sugar, seoond quality

por catty

Pepper, White ...

per catty

do. third .,

do.

do. Bkck

do.

Sea-Woed, Jelly ...

do.

Poaa, Green

do.

Sirih Leaves

per bundle ..

PiaeoDS

per pair

Tamarind, Red ...

por catty ..

Pumpkins

PwBfey

per catty

do. Black,..

do,

per bunch ...

Tea

per packet ..

Plantains

per bimch ol 10

Tobacco, Java No. 1

per catty

Pork

per catty

do. Java No. 2

do.

do. Chops

do.

do, Chinese ...

do.

Padi

porpicul

Tomatoes

do.

Rice, Gret quality
Raddish, Chinsao...

Turtle

do.

por catty

Tuba Hoot

per bundle ..

do. EngUsh

do.

Vegetables, average prioe per catty

Salt, Table

do.

per bundle ..

do. Coarse

do.

Yams

por catty

Sugar, first quality

Marong Mahawangsa or Keda.li Annals. ^Treated as worthy o£

some credibility by Col. Low. who translated them {»e.e Contents, J, I. A., «ttfcroce),
but unsparingly condemned by Ceawfued as ■' a dateless tissue of rank fable."
Maxwbi.1. add* : — " If, as there aeems good reason for believin)^, the Hindu legends
in these works are traceable to the Brahminical scriptures of India, their value
from an ethnological point of view may perhaps some day be better appreciated."

Maroo Chandong. — v. on N. bank of BemamR.. 5 miles below its abrupt
turn S. in S. Perak.

Ildarriage. — The only terms for marriage in Malay are the Arabic and
Persian ones, respectively iiiltak and kamn, the native ones having probably been
displaced by these and forgoit«n. Owing to the youth of the parties in a first
marriage, the negotiation is almost always conducted by the parents. The court-
ship among the Malays consists in the lover sendiug his tnistress a present of areca
and betel pepper, the ceremony, from the name of the first of these, being called
vinangan. Children are frequently betrothed at an early age, and this goes under
the name of IvnaTtgan.

The conditions of the marrii^^e contract vary, but generally there is more or
less of a purchase of the bride by the bridegroom, or. more correctly, by his
jnreuts, The sum among the well'to-do la about 9100, and this is paid over on
the morning of the marriage.

The marriage ceremony is everywhere a religious one. The Kali is present at
the wedding feitsC and formally records the mamage in his register. Sir Stampobd
Rapfles ^ves the following translation of the form in Java, which resembles that
of the Penmsula, as pronounced by the priest ; — " I join you. Radenmas, in wedlock
with Satiya, with a pledge of two reals weight in gold. You take ^tiya to be
your wife for this world. You are obliged to pay the pledge of your marriage
(Hgikawin), or to remain debtor for the same. You are responsible for your wife
in all and everything. If you should happen to be absent from her for the space
of seven months on shore, or one year at sea, without giving her any sustenance,
and are remiss in the duties you owe to your sovereign, your marriage shall be
dissolved, if your wife demand it, without any further form of process ; and you
will, besides, be subject to the punishment which the Mahommedan law ordains,"
Much the same form is used everywhere. A betrothal ring is given to the bride a
month before the marriage, but the actual ceremony, equivalent to our putting on
the ring (" with this ring I thee wed," Ac) is that of twining the fingers.
Marriages always take place late in the ovenlng, and the guests appear in uieir
moat brilliant dresses — red, green, or yellow. Two days after the marring the
newly-wedded pair dress in their gayest clothing and receive the congratulations of
their friends.

Mar of British Malaya, MST

Marriages within certain degrees of consanguinity are prohibited, but, as with
the Jews, a man can intermarry with the widow of a brother, and then becomes
liable for all the obligations of the deceased husband. Polygamy and concu-
binage are legal, but these are, from the nature of things, only the riotous
indulgences of the few rich and powerful. Divorce — in Malay, cherei or telak^
signifying ** a parting," or " a separation " — is easily obtained. A seven months'
absence by land, or a year's by sea, without provision for the wife, is declared to
be a virtual divorce, should the wife demand one. Among the simpler inhabitants
of the Archipelago, divorces are of rare occurrence ; but not so in the Peninsula,
where they are frequent. Amongst the Mentira, the teeth of the bride and
bridegroom are filed with a stone before the day of marriage. {See also
Betbotual.)

Iffarsddlli William. — ^Was born in Dublin, the son of a merchant of that
dty, and the second in descent from a Derbyshire gentleman, who had settled in
Ireland in the last years of the reign of Queen Anne. After the usual school
education in Dublin, he received a civil appointment for Bencoolen, at sixteen
years of age ; proceeded to that place in 1771 ; remained there eight years only,
and returned to England in 1779. In 1782 he published his "History of
Sumatra," which established his reputation as an Oriental scholar and a man of
clear and sound judgment. His well-earned reputation obtained for him, first,
the situation of Under-Secretary, and, idtimately, of Chief Secretary to the
Admiralty ; and these offices he discharged with great credit for the twelve years
from 1795 to 1807, when he retired, and returned to his favourite studies. The
fruits of these were his " Grammar and Dictionary of the Malay Language," the
first deserving the name which had been published in England, and the best which
had been published everywhere. This work had engaged, more or less, his atten.
tion for six-and-twenty years. In 1811 a new edition of his "History of
Sumatra," which had been translated into French and German, was called for and
published. In 1817 he published, with copious and vahiable notes, his translation
of the celebrated " Travels of Marco Polo," that singular work which gave the
hints that led to the discovery of the New World. In 1823 he published his
" Numismata Orientalia, or Description of Eastern Coins," a valuable collection of
which had fallen into Ids hands ; and in 1834, in his seventy-eighth year, he gave
to the world his last work — a " Collection of Essays " — the most valuable of which
consists of a dissertation on the " Polynesian and East Insular Languages." By
his will he bequeathed his valuable collection of Oriental coins, medals, and manu-
scripts to the British Museum, and his library to King's College, London.

Mabsden's long and meritorious career terminated on the 6th of October,
1836, when he had nearly completed his eighty-second year. He was the first
literary and scientific Englishman who, with the advantages of local experience
treated of the Malayan countries ; all our knowledge before him being confined
to the crude narratives of mariners and voyagers unacquainted with the language,
through which, alone, accurate knowledge could be obtained. He was the contem-
porary of Sir William Jones, of Colebrooke, and of his own relative. Sir
Chables Wilkins ; and while they were studying the philosophy of Continental
Asia, he was doing the same thing for its islands. The chief characteristics of
his writings are laborious care and scrupulous fidelity, ever under the control
of a sou^d judgment — qualities in which he has not been excelled, or even
equalled, by any writer on the subjects he treated of, foreign or native. He is, in
ffbct, the model and example of all that has been done since his time — sometimes
with more knowledge than he could have possessed, but never with more care or
integrity.*

Mamngal. — The name of a tree the root of which resembles horse-radish
in taste, and is so used by foreigners in the Straits Settlements. The leaf is used
as a vegetable and the bean for making curries.

[233]

Mas

Descriptive DicHotiary

MflSoi or MiSOi. — The aromatic barb of a tree imported from New Oitinea
iLtiil tliu adjacent islands for iisu as a cosmetic and external medieine b; the
Miilaya and Chinese. It is the Cortex oninus of Eumphips,

Mata-IVIata (^i(. "eyes"). — Thu nativo word for a ^ardian of the ix;aoe,
and now the conventional terra for policeman.

Matang.— V. on N. side of Lamt R.. close to Port Weld, Perak.

Mats, Matting (tilxr). — Matting is woven by the Malaja from a soft rush
of indifferent durability, but they have never approached the tast* and ingenuity
of the Chinese, who practically supply all the matting used in the Straits.

Mayung,— A kind of theatrical performance with some dancing and so-
called singing — the performers being as a rale a travelling company of three or
four men and perhaps one woman, who make their living by their performances,
and play either at the invitation of a Eajah in his own house or before the public
on a stage ureeted in the street.— (Maxwell, J. S. B. K. A. S., Ho. U, p. 163.)

Meals. — The Malay breaks his fast at daybreak with some light food, and
those that can afford it imbiljc coffee or tea ; the former is preferred.

Between 8 and 10 a.m. the first regular meal is eaten ; boiled rice forma tho
staple dish, the usual addition being burnt salt fish or sambal. During the day
food is seldom touched, and the second meal is eaten between 7 and 10 p.m. No
difference is perceptible in the food used at the two meals. Rice, salt fish, ipiUc,
or curry, and sambal are the principal dishes found at a Malayan feaat.

The giilie, or curry, of the poor, is a very simple dish ; it consista of the prin-
cipal ingredient — be it fish, flesh, or fowl — and some sliced chillies, onions, and
ginger, the milk of the cocoa-nut being sometimes added ; the last is obtained by
bruising or nisping the kernel of an old cocoa-nut and squeezing the juice
thei-efrom.

SambaU are invariably used instead of curry with rice. The principal
ingredient in a sambal is blachan, which is a condiment prepared from shrimps and
small fish, to which is added a thousand articles of food, ;uid these Ba7nbal» to*;
exceedingly palatable.

In the f mit season, scarcely anything else is eaten, and from morning to night,
man, woman, and child may be seen eating durians, mangoateens, chemjxulaks (a
Hpeciea of jack), and other fruits. The diirian is considered eiceedingly nutri-
tious and is much prized, and although nauseous to an European palate on the first
introduction, the dislike is generally overcome, and he enjoys it eventually as much
as a native.

The most common preparation of rice is called na^ jrtdut, which is made in
three ways i — First, the Pulut pangang, which is thus prepared : — a sufficient
quantity of uncooked rice ia well washed and steeped in water for about half an
Hour; the water is then poured off, and the rice ia put in an open basket and
steamed over a pot of boihng water. When half cooked, the rice is thrown into
uocoa-nut milk and allowed to soak for some time ; it ia then closed in pieces of
plantain leaf and roasted over a slow fire.

Pvlut inti is similarly prepared, but it is not roasted.

Puhif chachan is also prepared in the same way, except that after the rice has
been steamed, it is mixed with cocoa-nut milk and syrup poured into moulds
and cooled ; it is then cut into various shapes and served up as confectioneiy.
Poor Malays live prmcipally on rice, pulut, and fried plantains.

Those better off indulge in rich curries with their rice, which resemble the
curries of India. Tbey are thus prepared : — Each ingredient is first ground into
a pulp ; the more numerous the ingredients the more palatable will the curry be ;
turmeric, onions, garlic, chillies, coriander, and other aromatic seeds, and tamarind
are the principal ; a little of each ia thrown into boiling greaae or oil, with veg»-
[234] I

Msc of British Malaya. Msil

tables, fish or flesh, and simmered over the fire till cooked ; to it is added cocoa-nut
milk or lime-juice as a relish.

Malays are not at all particular as to their companions at meals, they may bo
seen feedmg with Chinese, Indians, and Europeans; a few of the very devout,
especially those who have visited the Holy Land, are more exclusive. The
Hmduized Mahommedans of Bengal are so particular that thev will not sit at
meals with the votaries of any other creed ; those that gain a livelihood by serving
Europeans on board ships are looked upon as outcasts, and, on quitting the sea,
they have to pay largely for certain religious ceremonies that must be undergone
ere their countrymen will admit them into their circles again. The only distinction
a Malay draws is between the sexes ; men and women never eat together,' the former
eat first, and then the females partake of their meals. There is very little ceremony
observed at Malayan feasts. The rice is put in a large plate, or bowl, with dried
fish or curry in small cups, which are placed on a mat spread on the floor, and four
or five eat off the same dish, each helping himself to curr}- as needed. Water is
always placed handy in pots. The rich enjoy their meals with more luxury. If
the family be large, several mats are spread in the hall, and one or more water jars
are placed near, curries and samhals are put in small earthen saucers and placed
on a brass tray which is put on a pedestal or stand, and plates sufficient for all are
placed on the mats. The guests and males of the family sit in groups, and a bowl
of water is brought for each to dip his hand in ere he commences his meal ; rice is
heaped upon each plate, and the curries and sambcda are partaken of as required ;
smsdl earthen spoons are placed on the tray on the side of each samhal dish.

Water is handed round in brass or earthen pots with spouts like teapots and
drunk out of china cups, glass tumblers, or from a small brass bowl-cup which is
used to cover the mouth of the water-pot. Plates, knives, forks, and spoons of
Europe are now commonly used.

After meals, or on entertaining a visitor, the sirih holder is produced ; the
latter has generally a tray fitted on the top, which is divided into several compart-
ments, containing the ingredients used with the sirih ; they are prepared with
lime, betel-nut cut into small pieces, and gambier ; portions of each are wrapped in
the sirih leaf, well masticated and the debris ejected ; tobacco is masticated by a
great number.

Light refreshments are also presented to guests, consisting of tea, cakes, &c,
— J. D. Vauohan in J. I. A., Vol. XI.

Mecca. — ^ belief in the efficacy of a pilgrimage to Mecca is deeply instilled
in the Malay mind. The returned pilgrim is termed a Haji, is privileged to wear
the Arab costume, and is treated with much consideration by his fellow-countrymen.
Begular lines of steamers are now put on the berth to meet the demand for
"pSgrim" accommodation.

Medicines.— fi^ee Dbuos.

Melagapi. — ^V. on E. bank of Muar E., W. Johore, about 25 miles from its
mouth.

Melaki. — v. in the Melakek district, N. Malacca, about 2| miles N. of Alor
€kkjah.

Menangkabau Codes.— /S^e« Laws.

MenaBgkabaU States. — Those until recently known as the " Negri Sem-
bilan " — the small States between Malacca, Pahang, Johore, and Selangor. Their
original inhabitants are supposed to have come from Menangkabau in Sumatra.

Mengah. — ^V. on the road from Ohabau to NyaJas, E. Malacca.

Mengkudu. — The bark of a tree used for dyeing purposes. It is one of
the exports from the Oocos Islands. Probably the same as that known in the
Peninsula as MengJcddu, the wood of which is used for posts, &c. Sp. not known.

[235]

Men

Descriptive Dulionary

Meiltira.-~A name ai>plied to one of the aboriginal tribeB generally spoken
of as Orwng-Benua (q. v.). The account given of the latter applies in all essential
detiiils t« the Mentira. They prineipallr inhabit the interior lying at the junction of
Malacca. Johol, Pahang, and Johore. For a full acconnt of them, see J. I. A.,
Vol. I, pp. 246 and 294 et feq. Curious details of their superotition are given at
p. 30? et teq. of the same volume.

Merebau. —A small V. in the S. of the Lundu district, about 2 miles from
Paynh Eumput, Malacca.

Merhun. — V, on S. bank of Sungei Sayong, the S. source of the Johore B,

Merliina.U. — l>iatrict and V, in S.E. Malacca, the latt«r one mile from tJie
coast, and the sit^ of a Police Station.

Mermaid. ^I-ike most nations dwelling near the sea, tiie Malays have their
mermaids, of which the dugong is the probable origin {q. v.). — J, I. A., I, 9.

Metals. — There is no word for this general term in Malav, or any other
lauguapt; of the Archipelago. Sometimes the word hJburan, signifying the " melted
object," ia used by the Malays. The metals immemorially known to the natires of
the Peninsula are gold (mas), iron (bpgi), tin {limak), silver {jierak and mtaka),
and copper {tembaga). The only alloys known to them are those of gold and
copper (auwasa), and those of copper and tin (logang and kvningan). The three
first-named metals only are native products and have native names. Silver has also
native names, the origin of which cannot be traced, but the metal is certainly a
foreign one, and Babbos informs us that, before the arrival of the Portuguese, the
Malaya of Malacca received their supply of it from Siam. to which. Baesos t«11s us,
it bad been brought from Loo. The probabiUty, however, is that most of it must
have come from China. The name for copper is the corruption of a Sanskrit one.
and the knowledge of tjijs metal was probably made known by the Hindus, but at
the arrival of the Portuguese, the market of Malacca was supplied from China.
Quicksilver was probably, like copper, made known to the Malays by the Hindus, for
the only mime for it — rasa^is Sanskrit. Lead is known by a name which signifies
" black tin," and is probably of Chinese introduction. Down to the year 18W. when it
was first made known to them by Europeans, the natives of Malaya were as ignorant
of antimony, which abounds in their country, as were the natives of Europe four
centuries before.*

A writor in the J. S, B. R. A. S. thus noticeB the metallurgical producU oE
the Peninsula :—

'• Gold, tin, and galena have been a source of export from the Peninsula for
some centuries, and the early Portuguese and Dutch settlers used to return to their
countries with rich cargoes of those precious metals. Some of the wprkings that
were active in the last century are still yielding valuable resvilta; others were
abandoned on account of the extortion and oppression of native princes ; others from
the alluvial washings and shallow leaders having ' run out.' A different order of
things eiists at the present day ; chemistry, geoli^y, and steam have in i>ther
countries converted obsolete mines into valuable properties, and if the same
services are applied to the Malay Peninsula, the country might become rich aud
prosperous,

" It would ap|war that the Malay Peninsula would be a vast uninhabitable
juugle were it not that the interior yields rich gold and tin alluvia! deposits on
either side of the range of hills that form the backlione of the country. Tbesu
deposits, crushed and washed down by nature from their original rocky bed, have
attracted large numbers of Chinese miners for many years, and on their industry
(for the Malay miners are in a very inferior minority) the revenue and prosperity
of the PeuiuBula in a great measure depend. Apart from pohtical and protective
purposes, it would appear to be a question whetner the Native States were worth
luterferiug about were tin not to exist.

Hia

of British Malaya.

Miu

" The soil is generally of a very poor deacriptiou. With the exception of a
fflw patclie§ of good Emestone country, it is a granit© formation of recent dale,
alowly undei^ing decomposition, and as yet quite unable to cope with the rich
loaoiB of such countriee as Cuba or Java. Malays do not grow sufScient rice for
their own isonaumptiou, and. with the exeeptioa of tin, nearly all that comes
under the title of 'Straits Produce," comes from other countries, and merely
rests at Singapore and other ports for transhipment. The tin produce, and the
consequent importation of Chinese miners, is essential to the prosperity of the
country."

To this it may be added that gold in paying quantities has recently been
discovered in Pahang, and that companies have already been formed to work it.

MiaS.— The Eorneau name of the Oranq-iitam., and as such known to many
Malays. The animal, however, doeti not exist in the Peninsula, the term Orang-
utan beiug applied to the aborigines, or real " men of the woods," found in the

iy[iddl6 Cftpe forma the S, boundary of entrance to Kemamau R..

TringRanu.

Middle Island. — &'ee Pulo Sabakut.

Miko.— A V. in Eembau {not marked in map S. A. S.),

Miko Bukit. — A Mt. in Rembau, Negri Sembilan (not marked in map
8. A. S.).

MiHElh (Buraag ttotuj). — Two varieties are knowu. tt is alleged that this
bird is the best imitator of the human voice amongst the feathered tribes. A
specimen belonging to the writer had acquired the words " Good-bye, boy ! " and
one day made his escape. It was extremely ludicrous to see him perched on a
branch, out of reach of the domestic, while he kept repeating the very Apropos
words. He was eveutually enticed back, and lived for some three years in con-
tented captivity, Minahs command about 55 each, if good talkers,

Mines a-nd Mining. — Practically speaking there is only one form of

mining industry largely carried on in the Malay Peninsula. Gold is found and is

being worked by Europeans in Pahang, but gold-mining is scarcely as yet an

. established industry. Of other metals tin alone is produced in such quantities as

to yield a large revenue to the Government and profit to the mine owners.

The assertion made in McCulloch's "Dictionary of Commerce," "that the
most extensive and probably richest tin deposit in the world" exists in the Malay
Ptminsula and its neighbouring islands, may be accepted as a statement of fa«ti
The stanniferous area is estimated to have an extreme length of 1,200 miles, and
few portions of Malaya are destitute of indications that the metal exists beneath
the surface. Singularly enough, the whole product as yet met with consists of
^uvial ore, known as " stream tin," and is obtained by simply washing the soli
after the superincumbent layer of clay or gravel has been removed. The generally
accurate authority above quoted makes the somewhat misleading remark that " no
att«mpt has hitherto bi.'en made at regular mining, or obtaining the ore from its
rooky matrix ; " misleading because as yet such matrices remain undiscovered,
although natives occasionally aver that they have seen large lumps thus procured.
As the local Govenunenta have offered a fair reward for any information as to the
existence of reefs, it seems hardly probable that the Malays, who prefer to make
money in any way rather than by hard work, would have neglected such a chauco.
Pmctically ^eakltig, at all events, the tin of the country is derived exclusively
from tin -sand.

CerCAin portions of the Peninsula are naturally more productive than others,
and Perak. or the " Silver Stat« " — why so named is a mystery, as no silver has
been found there— stands at the head in this n-spect. The richest district of the
[237]

Min

Descriptive Dklionary

State lies a little to the eastward of the right brauch of the Perak EItct — known
as the Kinta Kiver— the Kinta diatrict occupying the southern half of the entire
ai'ea.

The great industry is carried on in a similar way throughout the countiy. so
that a description of tiie methods pursued in Perak applies to Malayan mining
generally. It must not, however, be supposed that the Malaj's are the mi'uera of
the place. A few " ancestral mines," i.e., mines which have been worked by their
fathers and forbears, are indeed in Malayan hands. But the great majority of the
working claaa in the Peninsula — as, indeed, everywhere else, if they can get a
footing — are Chinese. Untiring in hla toil, sober, to be relied on if well-treated,
and willing to work for wages on which any one else would starve, while his cMef
vices — gambling and opium-smoking — are only indulged in when the day's toil is
completed, Ah-sin and hia friends are the pioneers of the Eastern world. It is
usually agreed that the miners ahall receive a share of the profits made by each
miue, the small sums paid them meanwhile being treated as advances from the
amount finally due,

Let us see how the Chinaman sets about opening a mine. It seldom happens
that the woiild-be tin-digger is a man of means. He therefore goes to aomc richer
friend, who agrees Uj advance the necessary money upon condition that the metal
obtained is sold to him exclusively, and that all the tools, food, opium, and anything
else required is Iwught from him. We assume that the digger has obtained a
yearly license, but if not, he can, for a small fee, get the ground he proposes to
work surveyed and staked out, and upon payment of a dollar be entitled to work it
for twelve calendar months. These preliminaries settled, the next question is
plant. It is very simple. Firstly, a number of changkols, or native hoes, must be
obtained, according to the number of men it ia proposed to employ. This service-
able tool becomes, in Eastern handa, the equivalent of spade, hoe, and rake — to a&y
nothing of its uses aa a weapon of offence. The next articles to be got aw a
sufficient number of bakola and ragas, or baskets. The ordinary earth-carr^tng
basket is known by the former name, but the three varieties used only in mines
by the latter. They are, aa a rule, spoou-shaped, with two handles, and are made
of an open-worked sort of wicker, so aa to act as a sieve when lifting stones or
dirt out of the mine. When the tin-bearing stratum is actually reached a sort
of wooden spade is used in place of the changkol to work up the sand. The next ,
necessity is to provide wooden planking to build the waterways, as without water no
mine is workable. The stream thus obtained turns a rudely-made undershot wat«r-
wheel. * feet to 5 feet in diameter, and about the same in width. A sprocket-wheel on
the axle serves to work the well-known Chinese pump, familiar to all who havo
visited exhibitions or museums. It resembles our old man-of-war chain pump,
but the pistona are square instead of round. When used at an angle, these work
in a three-sided trough, passing over another sprocket-wheel placed at ita foot,
For more perpendicular work the trough is closed, and thus becomes a four-sided |
pipe. The trough jmsses through a water-tight box In the wheel-sluice, into
which it empties its contents ; and as it is always at work, it effects the end in view I
well enough.

From 10 feet to 12 feet of "overburden" is the average that has to be removed
before the karaug or tin-bearing drift is reached, and water usually appears at
about this depth. Asaurain^ the vein to be aatisfaetory, and the pit Kept well
drained, the coolies load their ragas with the tin-sand, gravel, and Roil, of which
tjie drift, consists, and convey it up iilanks to the edge of tlie ptt. The backets aro
either carried singly or from a bamboo yoke in pairs, and the drift is then thrown
into the head race. The sluice-box is frequently made of a tree 8]ilit lengthwise
and hollowed out. Small dams are placed at intervals in the race to retain the
rich dirt, which is again and again re-washed, until only the biji or " tin-seed "
remains.

t .

M[in of British Malaya. Mill

To smelt the bi|i, two forms of furnace are employed. One in use by the
Malays is supplied with a blast from two upright cjlmders. It is built of claj.
The Chinese smelting furnace differs from it slightly in shape, and being supported
on three legs is yulgarly known as the 8am Kak Miao, or " three-legged cat." It
deriyes its blast from a square wooden box, in which slides a feather piston, usually
wotked by a boy squatted on the groimd. The melted metal pours from the
furnace direct into the mould, not more than one slab or shoe of tin, as a rule,
being cast at the same time. The slabs are piled in a hut, until a sufficient number
haye accumulated to freight a good-sized boat, when they are despatched to head-
quarters.

Such in brief is a general sketch of natiye tin-mining. Expenses haye, of
course, to be incurred in building attap huts for the coolies and staff, and in
obtaining sufficient proyisions. Eiots often occur if the commissariat is not well
looked after, as also on the six-monthly or annual settling days, should the coolies
imagine they haye been cheated of their just rights. In the main, howeyer, the
work is peacefully carried on, and many who began as day-labourers haye become
rich men. Europeans haye gone to this district, and haye sent out quantities of
costly machinery for the tin-mining, dressing, and smelting. They haye, howeyer,
failed, chiefly because that which will pay on the yery economical system of working
adopted as described, will not pay under European systems with a numerous and
expensiye staff and costly machinery. The pay to natiye labourers is exceedingly
small, and it will only be by a yery careful study of the whole of the conditions
and circumstances on the spot that reaUy profitable working will be possible to
Europeans by Western methods.

Milliak. — ^A small V. in the forest reserye, E. of Sungei Siput district, N.W.
of Malacca.

^ Mining Customs and Superstitions.— An interesting paper on this
subject was contributed by Mr. A. Hale, Inspector of Mines, Kinta, to the
J. S. B. E. A. S. for December, 1885. Much of what follows is condensed from
his article.

When any one wished to prospect for a mine in former years he usually engaged
the seryices of a pawang (q. v,) or medicine man. Nowadays this step is sometimes
dispensed with, bufc if the would-be mine owner is sufficiently rich he will probably
follow the old custom. A pawang usually has a good ''nose'* for tin, and knows
where to look for likely spots. He uses a special yocabulary like the camphor
hunters, and this is called hdhdsa pantang. Thus an elephant must be called ber-
oiak tinggi, a cat her-olak dapur, a water buffalo sial, a lime salah nama, and so on.
The first proceeding is to erect a sort of altar, and inyoke the hantu of the locality
to help the enterprise. He also hangs an ancha., or square tray made of split
bambo<>, under the eayes of the smelting-house. Certain rules, the breach of which
inyolyes a more or less heayy fine, are then promulgated. Thus raw cotton in any
shape or form must not be brought near a mine. None but a pawang may wear a
black coat ; earthenware, glass, limes or lemons, and cocoa-nut husk are prohibited
articles, as are also water gourds. Charcoal must not be allowed to fall into the
races, weapons are forbidden in the smelting-house (where coats are also tabooed),
and the posts must not be cut or hacked. Elephants are forbidden to come near a
mine, for the good reason that they might break down dams, &c., owing to their
great weight. Beyond these, and many similar regulations, the Malay miner has
peculiar superstitions about tin and its properties. He belieyes that it is under the
protection of certain spirits, whom he endeayours to propitiate ; but he also thinks
that the tin itself is aUye, and has many of the properties of living matter ; that it
can of its own yolition moye from place to place, and that it has likes or dislikes
regarding certain people. Hence, says Mr. Hale, it is adyisable to treat tin ore
with a certain amount of respect, to consult its conyenience, and, what is perhaps

[239]

Mis

Descriptive Dictionary

more curious, to ao conduct tbe business of mitiing that the tin ore maj', as it were,
be obtained without its own knowledge !

Mr. Hale adds a moat uaoful mining T0CB.bulary to his paper, few of the words
being found in existing dictionariee.

Missions and Missionaries. — As regards Protestant UisBions. the
S. P. O. mar be said to have begun its operations in the Straits with a Tamil
Mission at Singapore in 1867. This liaa since been extended to the Malaj^-speaking
Eurasians and Chinese, and possesses, besides the School-Chapel and Uissiooary's
house in Singapore, an important branch at Juroog, where a substantial Church
has been erected. In 1871. a Tamil Mission for Penang and Province Weileslev
was begun, for which a School-Chapel and Missionary's bouse were erected in 1886.
It is now proposed to add to this a Mission to the Chinese. In Malacca, a Misstou
to the Chinese has been in existence since 1870. and is conducted by a Catechist
under the Chaplain's supervision, some of the services beiug held in the English
Church.

Missions, Catholic— The first Roman Cathobc Mission in the Straits
was estabbahed at Pulo Tikus (Penang), by the Rev, M. P. Rbctbnwabd in 1797.
Since that date no leas than six mission stations have been established in Penang,
three in Singapore, four iu Malacca, and four in Province Wellesley, while ten
stations exist in various parts of the Native States, such as Johore, Muar. Perak,
Selaugor. dtc. The estimated number of converts is about 5.500 in the British
Settlements, and 900 in the Peninsula. There are 23 French. 1 Eurasian, and I
Chinese Missionaries j 22 mission schools with 1,200 boy and 900 girl pupils have
been established under their auspices. A College at Pulo Tikus educates 100
pupils for mission work, the inmates coming from Japan. Corea. China, Tonquin.
Cochin-China. Cambodia, Siam. Bunna, and Malaya. The institution is directed
by a Bector, aided by 9 clergy aod profeaeors ; 6 orphanagea with 4<80 g;irl8 and
lt>0 boys owe their fouudatiou to the same source. The Procurateur des Mission
Btrangeres resides at River Valley Road, Singapore. The Right Rev. Bishop
Edouakd Gashiek is the present head of the Catholic Church in this part of tbe
world,

MoaX or Muar. — This is the name of a river which gives its name to a
State, and of some note in the history of the Malays, a place situated on it being |
that to which the Javanese foitnder of Malacca fied when driven out of Singapore, :
and where his descendant first took refuge when driven from Malacca by the |
Portuguese in 1511. The place is about ten leagues south of Malacca. At its
embouchure, the river is 600 yards wide, and 18 miles up diminishes to one-sixth
part of this breadth. A santi-bar obstructs its mouth on which there is no more
than three-quarters of a fathom of water. The whole country is an extensive
primitive jungle. The district now forms part of the territory of the Sultan
of Johore. and is rising in importance, Its productions are the usual ones for
such a country— most of them spontaneous products of the forest, as ivory, ebony,
bees'-wai, rattans, &c. The interior, however, yields a Uttle gold and tin.

Moh.— V. on S. bank of Plus E., about four miles E. of Perak R„ N.
Perak.

Mole {Mv.nAu]i). — Found in the Peninsula, and similar in all respects to the
European variety.

Money. — The current and convenient principal coin of the Malay countrie*
is at present, and has long been, the Mexican dollar, which, now worth in sterling
money barely 29 pence, has an universal preference. Of late yeara, the now nearly
extinct Hongkong dollar and the Japanese Yea have been largely current, the
latter in 1886 forming a good proportion of the coin tendered in the Settlcmentfl,
The English rui>ee and the Duteh guilder are but of IocaI currencv, and always,
[2«J

I
%

Mod t>/ British Malaya. Mon

more or less, at a discount. The dollar, In the aativo languages, is known b;
various names. The Mataya usually call it ringgii, whifh Uterailj means " sceuic
figure." Such figures had been represented on ancient coins ; and the impressions
on llie Spanish coin, which was the first dollar introduced, appearing to resemble
them, probably gave rise to the name.

A great variety of small coins of brass, copper, tin, and zinc are in circulation
throughout aU the islands. The most frequent of these ie the Butch Aoii, of which
about 300 ought to go to a Spanish dollar. The intrinsic value of all such coins,
however, having no relation to their assumed one, and being usually over-issued,
they are generally at a heavy discount. The small coins of £edah are of tin.
These go under the name of ira, which is, however, only the word *" stamp " or
" impression." Of these, 160 are filed on a filament of rattan, of which 8 strings,
or 1,280 coins, are considered equivalent to a hard dollar. Chinese cash are often
known as pifia by the Malays. This was the name of the ancient coin of Java, and
is a frequent appellative for money in general, as well as for small change. Chinese
coins of this description were found, in the ruins of the ancient Singapore, of as
early a time as the tenth century, and we have the authority of the first Europeans
that visited Borneo Proper— the companions of MAOBLLAs^that they were the
only money of that part of the Ardiipelago. "The money," saya Pigapktta,
"which the Moors use in this country ia of brass, with a hole for filing it. On one
aide only there are four characters, which represent the great King of China. They
call itpJCM." — Primo Viaggio, p. 121.

In Singapore, after our occupation, there were excavated some Chinese coins
from among quantities of Chinese pottery. One of these bore the name of a
Chinese emperor, whose death corresponded to the yearof our time 967, of another
to 1067, and of a third to 1085, upon which Ckawfubd remarks that it may be
confidently asserted that an intercourse, direct or indirect, existed between China
and Singapore as early as the tenth and eleventh centuries. This belief, however,
is quite erroneous. Coins of equally ancient or far older date are in common
circulation throughout China at the present day, and may frequently be fouud in
the strings of " cash " brought down by aoy newly-arrived coolie.

The absence of all other current coin than such as are now mentioned previous
to the arrival of Europeans is testified by the Portuguese historian, and this, even in
Malacca, the most considerable trading emporium of the Archipelago. The enter-
prising ALBuqrBBquB, before he quitted that place after its conquest, proceeded at
once to supply this deficiency, actuated at the same time, in a good measure, by
Mb hostility to the religion of its previous rulers. " Having," says Babbos,
"done these things for the security of the city (bvdlt a fortification and a church
from materials furnished by the tombs of ancient Malay kings), he did other
things for its grandeur and for its commerce and this as if at the request of the
people. With this view, he ordered money to be coined, for in the country gold
and silver passed only as merchandise, and during the reign of King Mahouhbd
there was no other coined money than that made from tin, which served only for
the ordinary transactions of the market. "^Decade II, Book 2, Chap. 2. Tin
money still circulates in Fahang and other Native States. Castaobneda is more
full in his account of the transaction. " As," says he, " there was no money in
Malacca except that of the Moors, the governor- general ordered some to be coined.
Dot only that he might extinguish the Moorish coin, but also in order that a coin
might be struck with the stamp and arms of his royal master. And taking on this
subject the opinion of the Gentile China (the Talinga Hindus) and other honour-
able men, dwellers in the city, he commanded forthwith that a tin coinage should
be struck. Of the one small coin called eaixa (cash), he ordered two to be made
into one, to which he gave the name of dinJieiro. He struck another coin, which
he named aotdo, consiatiug of ten dinkeiroa, and a third which he called hautardti,
consisting of ten noldut. And as there existed no coin of gold or of silver, for the
[241 j B

Mon

Descriptive Dictionary

merubauts made their saJeB and purcha^s by weighing the precious metalfi, the
governor-general reeolved, with the advice of the persons above-mentioned, to coin
gold and silver money. To the gold coin he gave the name of cdtholicos, and it
weighed 1,000 reas, and to the silver that of mahtqaet. Both were of the purest
metal that could be smelted." — Vol. II.

The Malays generally, however, had no recognized coinage. Some employed
salt, cakes of beea'wax, and similar commodities as a standard of exchange : but
most of the civilized nations used gold dust, estimated by weight and touch, a
practice in which it is evident, from the derivation of the terms connected with
them, that they were initiated by the Hindus, moat probably the Telingaa of the
Coromandel coast. Thus we have the scarlet weighing- btian rakil, from, the
Sanskrit raktaka, mat from maeha, tael from talaha in the same language, with
mutu^the touch of gold — from the Telinga. The values of the denominations are
all Hindu. Thus 24 of the scarlet boons, each 2^ grains troy, make a mo*, and 16
mas make a lael, while the touch Is a scale of 10, like that of the Hindus. A
colony of the Hindu of Telingana still exists in Malacca, whose profession it is to
try gold by the touch and to refine it.

There is no word for " coin " in Malay. For money, the Malay name is uwatig,
abbreviated laang, but the Sanskrit word bdnda is used. Uv:ang or tvang, in
Malay, signifies also " the palace," and may possibly be the source from which the
term for money is derived, in something like the manner in which our own coin ia
called "a sovereign." The Malays use also the name of their small coin — yi'iit or
pichit — for money generally, but viang is the common name throughout the Malay
Archipel^o.

A large quantity of uoins are still current iu Perak supposed to have been
minte* by the East India Company for Malayan use. Five sorts of dollar, in
addition to those of Hongkong and the Pillar dollar, are in circulation, the
latter being, however, now seldom met with. The Maria Tkaresa dollar la
accepted as bullion only. The majority of the coins are either JajMinese Ten
or the Mexican cap and «wZe, The banks in the Straits Settlements issue notes
of from 25 to $1,000 in value, but those of Penang are at a slight discount in
the other Settlement, and vice-vend.

Counterfeit coin and notes sometimes find their way into circulation, some
32 sorts of dollars having been imitated. The blanks for absolute base coin are
of whitfi brass, and the imitations are often excellent, the familiar Mexicaji
being especially good. Oddly enough, base cents are also put into circulation,
though one would hardly have thought such an enterprise remunerative.
Chinese " cash " are not legal t«uder in the Settlements, but are freely used in
the Native States. The dollar, from its original exchange value of 48. 2d., has
within the past fifteen years sunk to below 2b. 6d.* (See Cubbenct.)

Monitor (Monitor draasna). — The Indian monitor abounds in the Peninsula,
and I have frecjuently seen it swimming across the ditches and canals in Proviaoo
Wellesley. It ts indeed called by some naturalists the " water lizard," but, oddly
enough, I cannot find that any popular work notices its existence in the Penin-
' It may be described as a lizard with an extremely elongated neck, and in the

Monkey or Ape.— Ckawfitrd says : — " I do not believe there is any
genuine name to e^tpress the quadrumanas or four-handed family of animals in any
tongue of the Archipelago. In the different languages, each sp«uies has ite owd
proper name, and the family is referred to generally by the name of the uoat
fanuliar species, as kra in Malay. There are names or synonyms for, at least, nioe
different species j moniet, however, has of late years become the accepted t«rm for
the animal generally."

[212]

Mon

of British Malaya.

One of the commonest known is Ilylobalee far, known as the wak-wah, ^m
its peculiar and mournful cry. with which the foreata of the Peninsula resound at
early morn. This animal, unlike moat monkeys, walks habitually on its hinder
l^B, using the arms to balance itself. The fur is black, white, or a combination
of both, but difference of colour is nut held to show a difference in species In
some natural historiea, the leah-iodh ia named the " silvery pibbon." The kahau,
or proboscis monkey, is said to inhabit the Peninaula, but the specimens as yet
obtained haTC come from Borneo. Two or three species of Semnojiitkeeiis are aJso
found. They are long-tailed and of small size and full of vivacity. Two species
of macaque inhabit the jungle, M. cywrmolgue and M. aemegtriniig. The latter is
taught to climb cocoa-nut trees to pick the nuta — a teat performed by one at the
compiler's house in Butterworth. None of the moDkeys of Malaya have prehen-
sile tails. The orang-vian is not found in the Peninsula.

A very short-ttuled monkey known as bruit: is also trained to pick cocon-nnts
or durians, and does so very cleverly. '

Monkey Cup {Nepenthe). — Thia curiously-shaped order of flowers, known
also as the " pit«her plant," is the telaga burorig, or " bird's well," of the Malays.
There are several varieties, the most beautiful of all being found in Malacca.
On Penang Hill is a circular patch of two or three acres known as " Monkey Cup
Hill," where a very handsome species flourishes, almost to the exclusion of every
other plant. The cups of some varieties are from 10 to 12 inches in len^b, and
cont^n a viscid fluid, in which is usually found a number of dead insects. Both
the English and Malay names arise from the erroneous idea that monkeys and
birds drink this liquid, although; as testified by Mr. Waluicb, the liquid is drink-
able hj thirsty men. — Mai. Archip., p. 31.

Monsoon. — This is a corruption of the Arabic word muaim, " season,"
which the Portuguese received from their first instructors in Indian navigation —
the Arabs and other Mahommedau navigators — and which they corrupted into
monpoo, whence the form of our own term. The word, in the sense of the Indian
periodical winds, occurs in Babbos, who wrote his history in the middle of the
sijteenth century. Thus, when he is giving an aet'ount of the famine which took
place in Malacca immediately after its capture, he ascribes it to the supplies of
com from Java being intercepted by the fleets of the expelled Malays, and by the
impossibility of the Portuguese ships going for them themselves in consequence of
the monsoon (moMfao) being adverse, that is, the south-east monsoon prevailing.

The word mtirim is in use among all the maritime nations of the Archi-
pelago, but only as a synonym for the Sanskrit words ItvUka and musa, " time "
or " season." To complete the sense, the words east and west, tifnur and barat
in Malay, must be added. There is a peculiar idiom of the MaJay language con-
nected with the monsoons which requires a short eiplanation. The Malaya call
aU countries west of their own " countries above the wind." and their own and
all places east of it, " countries below the wind," the Malay words being atas angin
And baiea angin. The expression is really equivalent to "windward" and"lee-
wiird," lie west representing the first, and the ea.8t the last. The origin of the
phrase admits of no explanation, unless it have reference to the most import«:nt of
the two monsoons — the western, that which brought to the Malayan countries the
traders of India. It is at least as old as the sixteenth century, and no doubt a
great deal older, Basros deacribes it, but mistaking ea^t for west, he ^ves an
explanation of the phrase which is necessarily erroneous. ■■ For," says he, " before
the foundation of Mala*.-ca, which, by its position, ought to be the Saba of
Ptolsmy, it was at Oingapura that the navigators of the western seas of India
and the eastern eeaa of Siam. China, Champa, Camboja, and of the many thousand
islands which lie to the eastward, assembled. These two difl'ereut quarters (the
east and the west), the natives of the country (the Malays) call DybaTiangifii '
[243] E 2

Hor

Descriptive Dictionary

Mou

(iahoABO. rmgin), and Ataxangim (atas-angin), which mean below the wind and above
the wind, that is, the west and the east. For as the chief parties that navigate
these seas proceed from two great gulfs — that of Bengal and that which ezt*;nds
towards the land of China reaching to a high northern latitude — it is in reasoa to
call the one high and the other low."^ — Decade II, Book 6. Chap. 1. Basbos
adds, by way of confirmation, that the espreasion may also have reference to the
rising and setting of the aun in the east and west, and that it is consequently
equivalent to the Levante and Ponente, or orient and Occident of European nations,
a plausible theory founded, however, on a misstatement of facts.*

The moasoons which blow over the Malayan Peninsula, are the north-east and
south-west. The former is (relatively) the dry monsoon, and the latter the wet
one. the rains being then heavier and thimderstorma frequent.

Moringa Tree. — A forest tree the pods of which are used for curries,
while the scraped root forms a substitute for horse-radish, which it exactly
resembles in flavour.

Morro. — This well-known Italian game has its counterpart amongst the
Chinese of the Peninsula. Each player suddenly holds up auy number of fingers,
or his clenched hand, the latt«r counting 0, and his opponent has to at once name
the number held up. A full description will be found in " Notes and Queries,"
with No. 15 of the J. S. B. E. A. S.

MoSQ^ue. — The Malay mosque is always square, with a verandah, where
practicable, running round its four sides. A recess in the centre of one side oppo-
site which the Imam recites the pmyers points towards Mecca. In front a large
tank is provided for ablutions before entering. A drum is suspended in the front
verandali or other convenient place, and is struck by the BUal to call the people to
prayers. A goug is sometimes substituted for the drum. No furniture is provided,
mate alone covering the floor. The Malaj term for moaque is mO^id, pronounced
mSagid in the Nortb,

Mosquitoes. — These abound throughout Malaya, the worst species being
somewhat sniEill, banded with b]a<^k and white. The mosquito curtain is a necessary
of life in these regions.

Mother-o'-Pearl.— See Pbakl.

Moths. — The helerocera of the Peninsula are still in need of a scientist who
will describe and catalogue them. A few, such as the Atlas and Sphinies, attract
everybody's attention by their size and beauty. The " death's-head " la also
common. But no pretence can be made of even describing the commoner varieties,
collections of which, if in good condition, command high prices from home
museums, &c.

Mount Elvira (2,884 feet). — Highest elevation in the W.C. chain of hiUs,

Mount Faber. — The W. signal-station of Singapore-town, whence all
vessels coming from the N, and W. are first signalled, the flags being repeated at
Fort Canning. In like manner it repeats the signals of the latter as ireg&rdtt
vessels coming from the E. In the Teluk Blangah district.

Mount Formosa.— The foreign name of Batu Pahat (g. v.).

Mount Fraser.— Hill in Tanjong Tokong district, N.E. Penang.

Mount Olivia (819 feet). — in N.E. Penang, just inside Bagan Jermal,

Mount Palmer. — Elevation N. of Tanjong Pagar, Singapore, carrying a
battery.

Mount Vernon. — ^HiU in Paya Lebar district. E.G. Singapore,

Mouse-Deer.— See Deke.

MoUSSay. — V. on W. bank of Pahang E.. C. Pahang.
[244]

Maa

of British Malaya.

—See Mo&£.

and district in Province WeUeeley, the former tieing the

Muar.

Muda.

Iwundary between the British and Kedah t«rritorj. As regards the district, the
word IB Taguely applied to the entire tract lying N. of a line drawn through Penaga
and Permatang B«rtam.

The river takes its rise in the Gtunong Wangaa, a spur of the Titi Wangsa
range. Aa the sand ridges which form the banks of the river near its mouth
project some distance out to sea, in the form of the bill of a bird, while the stream
of fresh wat«r poured out by the river is generally strong and abundant, the rise
and fall of the ocean tides have no further influence on the waters of the river
beyond causing a corresponding rise and fall, and retarding or accelerating the
stream. In unusually dry seasons, however, the aea-water sometimes flows up as
high as Bindahari during spring tides, so as to render the water brackish. Boats
ascending the river have to be well manned, and frequent relays are necessary
when speed is an object. The river here is nearly a furlong in breadth, and it
varies very little throughout the whole of the distance. The mangrove is not
altogether absent, as there are patches on each side of the river near the mouth,
but they disapj>ear when the river has been ascended a httle more than a mile,
and the banks, which are almost invariably formed of stiff clay, become steep and
sometimes precipitous,

Mudar Fibre.— See Fibseb,

Muka Head. — See T4njoko Puchat Muka.

Muk Kwa. — A tree the leaves of which when dried are used to stuff
pillows and mattresses.

Mules (Biirhal) are known to the Malays, hut seldom seen in the Peninsula.

Muruwa.— V* oq E. bank of Ferak K., about half way between Blajija and
Bota. W.C. Perak,

Musang. — The true muBajig is one of the Paradoxurei, but some allied
species (tee Basc and BELBNscNa) are called by the same name in Malay. It
plunders coffee plantations and henroosts and has the reputation of being the
bitter enemy of all snakes. This, however, appears to be unfounded, the character
properly belonging to a species of grey ichneumon— Her^rfis grisetis, called
Bangbun, by the Malays. Swettbnham translates the word by polecat.

MoshrooniS. — The tree mushroom does not appear to exist in Malaya,
though it has been introduced into Singapore. Various species of fungi are,
however, for sale in the markets, that most common being imported from China.
A poisonous variety — chanda/toaii, lUin — of a bright sulphur colour, becoming paler
and more watery round the edge of the cap, and found on trees, tasting much like
the true mushroom, but not bitter or astringent, is found in the Peninsula and
Settlements. It has at times been eaten, and nearly caused death. The Malays,
however, assert that if simply boiled and the water thrown away, no ill-effects
ensue. If stewed, the poisonous properties are retained.

Sllusic. — There is no word for music in Malay ; the term bunyi-bunyian, a
derivate from bunyl, " sound," is occasionally used to express it. but its real meaning
is " musical instrument," the cause and effect being confounded. The Sanskrit
word la4ju is used, but this really signifies " air " or " time." Fine musical ears
often occur among all the nations and tribes of Malaya, and in this respect they
are favourably diBtinguiahed from the Hindus, and atiU more from the discordant
Chinese, They are all pasaionat« lovers of their own music, and capable of acquiring
considerable skiU in European. Like all rude nations, their music is composed in
a single common enharmonic time, the sounds produced by their instruments being
the same as those of the black keys of the narpsichord. They have wind and
stringed instruments, and instruments of percussion.
[245]

I
I

Mus

Descriptive Dictionary

Nam

Of the first of those, the most singular is a Bort of gigantic ^oUan pipe,
frequently referred to in the poetry of the Malays under the name of bvluh~'panndu,
literally ■' the languiBhing bamboo," and otcasionally of hvluh-r^d, or " the
bamboo of the storm." By far the best account of it has been given by Looah, la
the narrative of hia journey into the interior of the Malay PeninsiUa. It is as
follows : — " On our right, there is a succession of neat cottages, amongst cocoa-nut
trees, forming the village of Eandang. On nearing one of these, our ears were
saluted by the most melodious sounds, some soft and liquid, like the notes oi a
flute, and others full like the tones of an organ. These sounds were sometimes
interrupted or even single, but presently they would swell into a grand burst of
mingled melody. I can hardly eipress the feelings of astonishment with which I
paused to listen to and look for the source of music so wild and ravishing in
such a spot. It seemed to proceed from a grove of trees at a little distance, but I
could see neither musician nor instrument, and the sounds varied so much la their
strength, and their origin seemed now at one place, and now at another, as if they
sometimes came from the mid-air, and sometimes swelled from amidst the dark
foliage, or hovered faiut and fitful around it. On drawing nearer to the grove of
trees, my companions (Malays) pointed out a slender bamboo which rose above
the branches of the trees, and from which they said the music proceeded, and when
the notes had died away in the distance, our ears were suddenly penetrated by a
crash of grand and thrilling tones which seemed to grow out of the air that
surrounded us, instead of pursuing us. A brisk breeze which soon followed,
agitatipg the dark and heavy leaves of the fronds of the gomidi palms, exphuned
this mystery, while it prolonged the powerful swell. As we went on our way, the
sounds decreased in strength, and gradually became faint, but it was not until we
left ' the bamboo of the wind ' far behind us, and long hidden by intervening trees
iind cottages, that we ceased to hear it." The instrument which produced these
fine eifectB was a bamboo cane, " rough from the jungle," from thirty to forty feet
long, perforated with holes and stuck in the ground. This is certainly a very
simple contrivance, but would not have occurred to any people who had not a
natural taat« for music. Certainly the Hindus and Chinese have, as well as the
Malays, been living for ages among forests of bamboo without making such an
invention.*

Musical Instruments. — The principal instruments in Malay use are, the
gfndang or drum, those hung in mosques being called gendang raya or gen^ng
panjang, the smaller dnim is called gendnng jiraTig or war-drum ; tie lerAtm or
flageolet ; the galitig and serflnei or flul«8 ; and rehana kathira or tambourine.
Qambang, or wood harmonium, and gambooeh, or bamboo harmonium, consisting of
a large number of suspended bamboos of vaiious sizes, are played with plea«ant
effect ; they are used at marriages, Ac, but are too bulky to bo carried about in
]irocession. A Malay gamhan^ tested b^ the writer with a piano was found f« have
nine notes in the octave. The native violin is called rehab ; but all these terms are
probably Javanese or Persian. Chinese iustrumcTtts have been too often described
to render notice necessary. (See Bni/UH.)

Na>ils. — Malay dandies imitate the Chinese in Allowing the nail of the fore-
finger of the left band to grow long, so as to intimate that they do not work. A
sheath is used to protect it from dajmage.

Nam-Nani. — An acid fruit of leathery consistency, which when cooked
strongly resembles dried apples. It grows on the stem of the tree, which is
generally much infested with ants.

Nam Toh Kong. — v. iu Sembawang district, N. Singapore.

Names, Malayan.— It is customary to name the eldest child Snlonf and
the youngest Bongvu, irrespective of their sex. Seven names are invariably used
by rural Malaya. Thev are : —Siilong, Awan^, Itam, Puteh, AUang, Fendeh, And
[SMJ

Nan

of British Malaya.

K«ehil. If more children are bom. the same names are repeated, with the word
keehil (small or younger) annexed, thus, Svlong iechil, Aviaitg heehil. Girls are
included in the above nomenclature, with the addition of the word raeh or mak
prefixed — thus, Meh Sulong, Meh, Keehil.

It follows, net-esaarily, that in each kampong. or village, there are several men
and women of the same namo. To avoid confusion, nicknames are resorted to.
The following epithets are frequently heard : — Aicang itam. or Aviaitg the black;
Long (a contraction of Sulotig) puteh, or Long the ^ir; Keekil pendeh, or Keehil
the short ; Aliang gimok, or AUang the fat ; Itam jiatijang. or Itam the tall ; Puteh
htngkok, or Futeh the crooked, and so on ctd infinitum.

The above custom is very ancient. Other names, such as Mahomet, Drakmin,
AbdtUrahnum, Babv,, Laoitd. Muttian, are obtained from foreigners. Nicknames
are not restricted to the above names ; every peculiarity is noticed, and some wit
of the village connects it with the individual's real name, and if it be a hit, the
new bame is generally used, thus:— ifott {Mahomet abbreviated or corrupted)
kerhau. Matt the buffalo ; Drakmin juling, squintiuK Drakmin ; Balm tuli or pukka,
Bahu the deaf ; Igmail brani, Ismail the brave.

The nickname frequently supersedes the real name, and people are soon known
by the former only, viz., Qemoh, Pendek, Benghoh, Juling mala, &e.

Females share the same fate. Some are Chantek (handsome). Mania (sweet),
Bungah (a flower), Puteh. Itam. To their honour be it said, the Malays see no
defects in their women, and all bear pretty nicknames.

Occupations, residences, Ac., tJso afford nicknames, —J. D. Vauohan in
J, I. A., Vol. XI.

Maning. — ^The name of the territory forming the N. portion of Malacca, and
inclading the present districts of Nyalaa, Jus, Bukit Sung^. Tebong, Machap,
Pulau Sebang, Tanjong Riniau, Padang 3ebang, (Jading, Pigoh, Tabu, Melekek,
Ayer Pah Abas, Sungei Siput, Sungei Bharu Ilir, and Lin^i, covering an area of
about 240 square miles. Iii 1643 the Dutch sent a deputation to " persuade " the
Ueuangkabaus of Nauing to lead a peaceful life, the disturbed stato of the territory,
owing to external wars, being highly injurious to trade. A treaty was made under
which the Naningites engaged to pay tribute of one-tenth of all padi grown. This
was not adhered to, and in 1645 an unsuccessful attempt was made to coerce them.
In 1701 Naning was placed under Dutch protection by treaty with Johore, but the
coUectiou of tenths became nominal. In 1746 it was commuted for a tithe of 400
gaTifan^t yearly, then worth about twelve dollars only. In 1795 the EngliBU
became possessed of Malacca, but paid little attention to Naning till 1801, when a
treaty was made with the Penghnlu. Prior to 1785 the Dutch had succeeded in
imposing a tax of buffaloes and fowls, but in 1807 this was reduced by us to six
dosen of fowls only, the 4U0 gantanijs of ric« being still paid. In 1825 Malacca
was finally ceded to us, and in 1829 the chiefs, who had been giving some trouble,
pramised better behaviour. The Pengbulu, Dooi, Stbd, however, being shortly
afterwards summoned to Malacca, refused to come, and put himself in open
rebellion, in which he was alwtted by the surrounding States. In October, 1830.
he crossed the boundary, and seized some land belonging to a Malay British
subject, who apphed to us for redress- The Penghulu refusing to notice our
remonstrances, a force was, in August. 1831, despatched to bring him \a reason,
and so commenced the well-known " Naning war."

The first attack was not very succossftd, and the force retreated to Malacca,
leaving two six-pounder guns in the jungle. In March, 1832, a second campaign
wa« opened. Nothing, however, was done until June, when the arrival of H.M.S.
Magicienne, allowed of the blockade of the Ling^ and Kessang Kivers, On the
15th June Tabu, the residence of Dool Step, was captured, the Penghulu, however.
escaping and wandering about as an outcast till February, 1834, when he uncon-
ditionally surrendered.

Nan

Descriptive Dictionary

Nan

Naning may be said to have become a virtual portion of the Malacca territory
on the eonclusion of the war in 1832, and the remarks on the fauna, climate. &c.,
of Malacca, apply to Naning in common with other portions of the territory.

Nauh. — The name of a tree which furnishes the haXam. or pen of the natives.
The portion used is a woody shoot three or four feet in length of grooved section
and black iu colour.

Nautch, Malay. — ^The following description of the dancers and their por-
formancea is condensed from the Hon'ble W. E. Maswbll'b account in Vol. II,
J. S. B. B. A. S. (pp. 164 ei aej.) : — When we entered, we saw seated on a large
carpet in the middle of the hall four girls, two of them about eighteen, and two
about eleven years old, all beautifully dressed in silk and cloth of gold. On their
heads they each wore a large and curious, but very pretty ornament, made princi-
pally of gold — a sort of square flower garden where all the flowers were gold, but
of delicate workmanship, trembling and glittering with every movemeni of the
wearer. Their hair, cut in a perfect oval round their foreheads, was very becom-
ingly dressed behind, the head-dress being tied on with silver and golden cords.
The bodies of their dresses were made of tight-fitting silk, the neck, bosom and arms
bare, whilst a white band round the neck came down in front in the form of a V,
joining the body of the dress in the centre, and there fastened by a golden flower.
Uound their waists they had belts, fastened with very large and curiously worked
pejidinj, or buckles, so large that they reached quite across the waist. The dreea
was a skii-t of cloth of gold (uot at all like the tarang), reaching to the ankles, and
the dancers wore also a scarf of the same material fastened in its centre t-o the waist-
buckle, and banging down on each side to the hem of the skirts.

All t'oui- dancers were dressed alike, except that in the elder girls the body of
the dress, tight-fitting and showing the figure to the greatest advantage, was white,
with a gold haodkerdiief tied round under the arms and fastened in front, whilst
iu the case of the two younger, the body was of the same stuff as the rest of the
dress. Their feet, of course, were bare. On their arms they wore numbers of gold
bangles, and their fingers were covered with diamond rings. In their ears. also.
they had fastened the small but pretty diamond buttons so much affected by Malays,
and indeed, now, by Western ladies.

As soon as the music struck up a lively measure, the performers rose and
salut-ed. Gradually raising themselves from a sitting te a kneeling posture, acting
in perfect accord in every motion, then rising to their feet, they began a series of
figures, hardly to be exceeded in grace and difficulty, considering that the move-
ments are escntially slow, the arms, hands, and body being the real performers,
whilst the feet are scarcely noticed, and for half the time not visible, lliey danced
five or six dances, each lasting quite half an hour, with materially different figures
and time in the music. All these dances, I was told, were symbolical — one. of
agriculture, the tilling of the soil, the sowing of the seed, the reaping and winnow-
ing of the grain, might easily have been guessed from the dancers' movements.
But those of the audience whom I was near enough to question were, Malay like,
unable to give much information. Attendants stood or sat near the dancers, and
from time to time, as the girls tossed one thing on the floor, handed them another.
Sometimes it was a fan or a glass they held, sometimes a flower or small vessel, but
oftencr their hands were empty, as it is in the movement of the fingers that the
chief art of Malay nautohes consiste.

The last dance, symbolical of war. was perhaps the best, the music being much
foster, almost inspiriting, and the movements of the dancers more free and even
abandoned. For the latter half of the dance they each had a wand, to represent a
sword, bound with three rings of burnished gold, which glittered in the light like
precious stones.

This nautch, which began soberly, like the others, grew to a Bacchante rerel,
[2«]

NaT

of BrUisk Malaya.

until the dancers were, or pretended to be, posaeeaed by the Spirit of Dancing,
" hantu menari" as they called it, BJid leaving the hall for a, moment to smear
their fingers and faces mth a fragrant oil, they returned, and the two eldest,
striking at each other with their wands, seemed inclined to turn the symbolical
into a real battle. They were, however, after some trouble, caught by four or
five women, who felt what the magic wands could be made to do, and carried
forcibly out of the halL The two younger girls, who looked as if they, too, would
liked to be poBseased. but did not know bow to do it, were easily caught and
removed.

The band, whose strains had been increasing in wUdness and in time, ceased
on the removal of the dancers, aud the aautch was over. This was after b a.u.

Navigation. — The prevalence o£ the easy language of the Malays, the
existence of Malay colonies or settlements on the coasts of moat of the islands
remote from the parent country of this people, and the iufuaion of more or less of
the Malay and Javanese languages into all those from Sumatra to New Guinea and
LuiHjn, are sufficient proofs even of the antiquity of Malay navigation, for such
effects are not the reault of a few years' intercourse, but of that of h^s.

Malayan navigation, although it probably embraced an area of not less than a
million and a half of aquare leagues, it is certain never extended beyond the bounds
of Malayan waters. The exceptions to this are few, and limited to places at a very
moderate distance from them. It extended as far as Martaban on the Bay of
Bengal, to the north, and to the south as far as the northern coast of Australia, for
the fishery of tripang and tortoise- shell, as it still does. In the China Sea, the
Malays went as far as the 10° of north latitude, planting a colony in Eamboja, the
limit of the region which is free from the equinoctial atorma.

The natives of Celebes have, in the navigation of the Archipelago, to a great
extent, taken the place which the Malays oiwsupied before the arrival of the Portu-
guese. These consist of two nations — the Macassar and Bugis — but especially the
Jatter. It is singular that Bjlabosa. who describes so correctly the trade which the
Malays and Javanese conducted from Malacca, does not even name the people of
Oelebea as being present at that place. The first account we have of them ia in the
native annals of Ternate, aa given in the " Hiatory of the Moluccas " by Aroehsola.
where they are described aa having frequented that island in 1338. The earliest
notice we have of them in the annals of the Malays is in the reign of a prince
called Mansdk SsAjf. who ascended the throne of Malacca in 13?4, and tfied in
1447. They are. in this case, described not as traders, but as freebooters that
harassed the trade of Malacca, under the leadership of a notorioua pirate of the
name of Saheblttk. whose title of KToing shows that he was of the Macaaaar, and
not the Bugis nation. When the Portuguese first became acquainted with the
inhabitants of Celebes, they had not yet been converted to the Mabommedon
reUgiou, and it aeems to have been subsequent to their conversion that they acquired
that industry and spirit of enterprise which has continued ever since to distLaguish
them.

The vessels in which the moat diatant voyages of the moat civilized nations of the
Archipelago were performed were all of email aize, seldom exceeding the burden of
50 or SO tons, what they wanted in size was. in some degree, made up in numbers.
The number of foreign and native vessels which yearly frequented the port of
Singapore, and it included the junks of China, Cochin-Cbina, and Siam, gave an
avei^ie burden to each vessel of no more than 30 tons. All native vessels continue
to use the oar as well as the sail. The larger veaaela of the Malays go under the
name of jung, the same word which the Portuguese write junco, and which we have
corrupted into junk, aud apply to the huge uuwieldy vessels of the Chinese.
Heither of them have any name for a ahip in our aense of the word, except the
foreign one — kapal — which they have borrowed from the natives of Coromandel,
[249]

Nav

Descriptive Dictionary

Nav

who have immemoriallj traded with the western p^irts of the Archipelago in vessels
that have some right to this name. Each aation of the Archipelago has its own
form of construction, both as to hull and equipment, and by this their nationality
is readily known. Flags, in so far as shipping is concerned, have been taken from
the Portuguese, as the sole name — iwndera— imphes. Such rude native vessels as
are here referred to are to be seen in the same harbours with the sailing ships and
steamers of European nations, with the unwieldy stereotyped junks of China,
and with the lighter and more manageable ones of Siam and Ohioa, all affording
true types of the respective social conditions of the people to whom they
belong.

In the early period of European intercourse with the nations of the Archipel^o,
we find them in possession of large fleets of vessels of the description just referred
to. Thus, the King of Malacca, after his expulsion from his capital, was still in
possession of a fleet that, in a good measure, blockaded the town, interrupting the
supply of com from Java, so as to produce a famine in the recent conquest, aud
this in despite of the fleet of AiBu^UBatiOE, who was himself still in the roads of
Malacca. A still more remarkable instance was preseuted in a fleet which had been
prepared by certain Javanese chiefs, for the purpose of wresting Malacca from the
Malays— an enterprise which was persevered in even after it was known that it had
fallen into the hands of the Portuguese. CASXAORNEDAgives the following account
of this singular expedition : — " Febnao Perez, Admiral of the Malacca sea,
observing that the city was secured from attack, resolved to return to India. With
this intention, he sent a message to the Oovemor of Malacca, informing him that
he would depart with the monsoon in January, taking along with him the merchant
ships of DiEao Mendez, Just as he was making preparations to leave, news came
to the fortress that Pate Untts, lord of Japara, in the island of Java, had passed
through the Straits of Sabtto (Sabon — one of the narrow straits leading through
the islands at the eastern entrance of the Straits of Malacca), with a ^eat fleet,
and such turned out to be in reality the case. This Pate Unub was a Moor, a
valorous cavalier, and not a vassal of the Gentile King of Java, against whom, on
the contrary, he and other Moorish lords had rebelled, calling tliemselves kings.
Before the Governor-General (Albuqubsque) had quitted Malacca, news had
come that Fate Unos had fitted out a great fleet, not only with his own means, but
with the assistance of other lords, his friends and relatives, with the intention of
attacking Malacca, and taking it from the Malay king, who was then still in
possession of it. With this object in view he sent many Javanese to reside in
Malacca, in order to have them at his service when he should arrive there. Pats
Unus had entered into a league with Mdtabaja, the same whom the Governor-
General had put to death, and this person bad promised him bis entire assistance.
This fleet having been prepared, he did not desist from his enterprise, even although
he knew that Malacca was now in our possession, for he was told that we were few
in number, and might be easily overcome by the strength of his armada, which was
very powerful, consisting, between jmucos (junk), lancharaa (iancAanj, a barge), and
caJalermes, of three hundred vessels. The fleet, equipped as I have now said, sailed
for Malacca, and passing the Straits of Sibio, was seen by certain people of the
town of Malacca, who brought information of it to the Governor, Rot de Bkito,
who forthwith communicated the news to the Admiral, Fbrnao Perez, in order
that be might ascertain what fleet it was, and whether it was as great as it was
represented." — Decade II, Book 9, Chap. 5.

Castaohmbda's account of one of the ships that form this fleet is curious ; —
" Patk Ukdb," says he, " gave orders to construct a ship which should be of the
site of ours, 500 t.ons. In building her, he commanded that a second layer of
planking should be placfd over the first, aud so on, to the number of seven coat«.
And between each layer of planking there was put acoating consisting of a miitm
of bitumen, lime and oil. Each layer of planking they called lapU (in Malay, ' fold '

Neg

of British Malaya.

or 'lining'). In this manner the aides of the j'wnco were three pahna in thickness,
so that, whereyer she might be placed, she would serve for a tower or bastion." —
Decade II. Book 9, Chap. 4.

A part of this exi)edition made an effoctual lauding, but quickly re-embarked,
and fled. It was pursued, attacked, and discomfited by five Portuguese ships, none
of which could have exceeded the size of an ordinary corvette. This is the his-
torian's account of the flight and pursuit :^" At sight of the flight of the
enemT, our people were so overjoyed that they shouted ' Victory, victory, they fly ! "
Fbbnao Pebbz, making sail, gave the signal, ' Saint lago at them ! ' and it was
marvellous what every one then achieved. It would be difficult to describe the
daring, the courage, which every man displayed in this action. Suffice it to kuow,
that our few ships appeared among the multitude of those of the enemy like so
many wolves amid a flock of sheep Our people had to reach their little vessels to
set fire to them with the materials we had prepared l>eforehand, and to pass ou.
The enemy, without means of defence, and without even attempting to take refuge
in the Kiver Muar, saw the vessel of Pate Ukus himself turning her head in flight
towards the Straits of Sabao, and followed her. He himself, when he saw one part
of his fleet burnt, and another sunk, ordered the vessels that were near him to come
closer, iu dread of being boarded or sunk by our artillery, notwithstandiag his
many-coated ship." — Decade U. Book 9, Chap. 5.*

Negri SembilEm ("The Nine states"). — Are situated to the N. of
Malacca, being bounded on the W, by Sungei TJjong, on the N. and N.E, by
Pahang, and on the E. by Johore. "They originally comprised Johol, Rembau,
Sungei Ujong, Jelebu, Khmg, Ulu Pahang, Muar, Naning and Jelli, but now
consist of ; —

1. Johol.

2. Rembau.

3. Ulu Muar.

4r. Jempol.
5. Tarn pin.

, Terachi.
. Enas.

. Guuong Pasir.
. Gemencheh.

These will be found described iu their proper places, but as they have recently
placed themselves under British protection, no apology is needed for quoting the
following extracts from an interesting report made by the Hon. Mr. Listeb,
Collector and Magistrate, Sri Menanti. upon their present condition : — " On the
1st of January. 1887, the States under treaty for administration aud the collection
of revenues were those under the immediate control of His Highness the Tarn
Tuan of Sri Menanti, viz.. Ulu Muar, Jempol. Terachi, and Gunong Pasir. Johol
was under a similar treaty, but any decided action with reg.ird to it had been
deferred.

In January, the most serious differences arose in Eembau, which might have
resulted in a civil war. but immediate action was taken. The authority of the
Penghwlu was supported, the disloyal and turbulent chiefs were dismissed from
their posts, and others elected in strict accordance witi the constitution of the
State, and since then each individual chief has been kept to. and has even scrupu-
lously observed, the powers vested in him by the constitution.

The Penghulu, however, was not satisfied with this. He therefore asked the
Governor of the Strait* Settlement* to assist him in further reforms. On the visit
of the Governor to Kembau, on the 7th of September, 1885, a formal agreement
was entered into for the collection and participation of revenue.

In Jempol, difficulties arose from intrigue, and although already under treaty,

&D attempt was made to ignore it, which had immediately to be checked. Johol,

Eoas, and Gemencheh may be taken collectively. The Pengkulu of Enas was in

serious difficulties with his chiefs, and apphed to the Yam Titan for assistance.

[S61]

Neg

Descriptive Dictionary

Neg

At the aune time it was foutid that la Johol and Q-emencheh huge gmals of land
were being made to Malacca traders, in many cases to men with no capital. These
grants were recommended by interested persona, and the Datoh of Johol, an old
man. unacquainted with business matters, merely agreed, The people of the
country were disgusted, and the Pengkulu. whose confidence had by degrees been
obtained, very readily understood the troubles in which he would certainly be
involved, and asked for assistance in pohce and land matters and in general reform.
In Tampin, difficulties arose in consequence of the participation of revenuee. The
descendants of Sted S&baji, whose name is well known in Malacca history, claimed
participation, to which they had every right, and it was found absolutely necessary
to adjust these claims finally. Sted Hauid, the recognized head of the State,
agreed to this solution of the difficulty, and also agreed that the Qovemor should
decide the participation of reveune to each chief, and appoint his officer for the
collection of revenue. Thus all these States collectively, having for their
boundaries Sungei Ujong, Muar, Pahang, and Malacca, have been brought
under the immediate influence and control of the Governor of the Straits Settle-

The immediate source of revenue is from the vast jungles of Johol ftnd
lands already planted in Tampin aud Bemban with tapioca. So far a very
small proportion of these lands produces tapioca, and an export duty on Uie
product was taken more into consideration as a source of revenue than the
premia for the land, in order that the original concessionaires should not bo
called upon to disburse large sums, and should yet contribute a fair revenue to
the State from so destructive a product as tapioca, most favourable terms being
given, at the same time, for the cultivation of pepper, coffee, and all permanent
products, and reserves of forest made in order te meet appUcatious and restrict
what may be termed devastation f or tapioLa. Tapioca will, however, yield increasing
revenue as soon as the product is exported.

In Km, Johol, Qemencheh, and the Sri Menanti States, tin and gold abound,
though more especially tin in the Sri Menanti States. Encouragement having
been given to prospectors, it has been found that nearly every stream is stannif-
erous, and there are now no less than twenty streams in process of development,
though only on a small scale. The cart traffic has only recently reached Kwala
Piloh, the centre of supplies for the Sri Menanti States ; advancers have, however,
already come in, and there is every prospect of immediate attention being given
to more extensive development of the mines. [The farm revenues for the years 1889,
1890, and 1891 brought in a very large increase in revenue, but the opium farm
has now been abolished.] The number of Chinese engaged in tapioca estates and
in mines have greatly increased, and, for years to come, there must be a perceptible
monthly increase.

The expenditure must necessarily be very considerable, consequent on the
rapid increase in administrative responsibility, and in order to secure proper
administration and assist and develop enterprise.

In order to meet this expenditure it was found necessary to make appli-
cation to the Crown Colony for loans for the completion and execution of
works. The revenue provides for establishments, allowances to chiefs, and ^em<^e•
exclusive of establishments, but not entirely for works and buildings, or for roads,
streets, aud bridges. The main cart-road through these States has been metalled
in parts, kept up, and extended towards Jempol, and this road, which is the maio
road through these States, not only taps all the resources of these States, but,
by a most easy route, connects Malacca with a tributary of the Pahang Eiver.
I^ovision has also been mode for roads for tapioca planters, and for gencr^ assist-
ance consistent with the present rapid development of the States. Also for
buildings to provide suitable police protection, gaol, and for the staff employed
in administering and collecting the revenue.
[252]

Neg

of British Malaya.

The loan up to the end of 1887, amounted to 8120.000, bearing interest in
1888 at the rate of 4 per cent. The loan at the end of 1888 amounted to
$150,000, and at the end of 1892 to 8785.340.

Apart from the loan the States may now be said to be self-supporting, the
revenue for 1892 being $117,948, and the expenditure $111,901 ; but as this leaves
too small a balance to pay the 4 per cent, interest agreed upon, further revenue
development must be hoped fo

Negro or Negrito.^There eiistB, both on the interior and on both sides
of the Peninsula, a race of somewhat pigmy proportions, bearing a general
resemblance to the African negro. Their average height is 4 foet 8 inches. Never
of the ebony-black of the African race, they are nevertheless so much darker than
the Malay as to justify the appellation bestowed upon them. By the Malays they
are known as Semangg, but the language of those on the east aide differs from
that of those on the western aide of the Peninsula. They are described as Asiatic
savages, living on the produce of the forests, and but little superior to the savage
Australian. Their number is probably insignificant.

Nepenthes or Pitcher Plants. — Several beautiful varieties of these
plants are found in the Malay Peninsula. A very good description of them is
given in No. I, p. 54. J. I. A, (Singapore, 1875), (See Monkey Cop.)

New Harbour.— The apace between the shore of Teluk Blangah district.
Blakang Mati Island, and Pulo Brani, S. Singapore. A flourishing dock company
has its premises just N. of Pulo Eantu.

Newbold, Capt. T. J. — Author of " A Political and Statistical Account
of the Britiah Settlements in the Straits of Malacca, viz. : Penang, Malacca, and
Singapore ; with a Histoiy of the Malayan States on the Peninsula of Malacca,"
2 vols., John Mubsat, London, 1889. Newbold was a captain in the 2Srd
Madras Light Infantry, and was a member of the Bengal and Madras Asiatic
Societies. His book still remains a standard work on Malacca and its vicinity,
and contains a reliable account of the Naning war. He was also a very good
authority on Malay customs and traditions. Much of Nbwbold'b work has been
embodied, with due acknowledgment, iu the present volume.

NiatO.— An imp. V. in C. of Sungei Ujong, about 3 miles S. of Bassa.

Nibong Angus.— V. on S. bank of Kurau R.. N.W. Perak.

Nibong Palin.^This fumiahes a hard black wood of fibrous texture, used
for spears, fences, posts, &c., and sometimes for floors. It serves for many purposes
when bending is not required.

Nibong Tebal. — The principal V. with Police station and Courthouse in
tie S. of Province Wellesley, 22 miles from Butterworth, and 2.\ from Parit
Buntar, the frontier settlement of Perak, A Court of Police and of Bequests is
held here by the Magistrate of the Division. Attap roofing having of late
been forbidden, the style of the native buildings has much improved, and the
place bids fair to become of conaidorable importance. The present population
is about 600.

Nini Kabaian, — Oft«n mentioned in Malay romances. Generally a perfume
or flower-seller, who, from her occupation, has free access to the women's apart-

ments of Bajas, dtc

1 N. Coast of Penang, IJ mile E.S.E. of Pulo
n extreme N. Penang, { mile E, of Tanjong Batu.

Nipah Kudang,— V. i

3 the Batu Feringgi district.

Nipah Palm. — This, to the Malay, is scarcely inferior in importance to the

[253]

Nit

DescripCiz'e Dklionary

Mnt

cocoa-nut or b&tnboo, a^ its leaves fumisfa th^ uuivereal thatch- of all natiye dwell-
ings — attaf — which, originally meaning roof, has come to signify conventionally the
material of which the roof is made. It is also ased as a covering for cigarettes.
It grows in brackish water. The fruit is used for making a preserve. Salt is
extracted from the stem of the leaf, and the trunk produces a juice which will
ferment like toddy.

Nitre or Sal1j)etre. — The only name for this salt in Malay ie soTuiawa ;
and it appears to be a purelv native one, which has spread to all the langua^s of
all the nations with whom the Malays have held intercourse, although in some of
them it be corrupted. Saltpetre, in the Indian Islands, is prepared from the
decomposed dung of bats and swallows, accumulated in caves or old buildings ;
and is not, as in Hindoetan, the almost spontaneous produce of certain soils. "Fh&t
it was known to the people of Malaya before they were acquainted with gunpowder
we may believe from their having a native name for a commodity which they only
produced by art. But to what use they applied it, unless to the preparation <n
fireworks, for which also they have a native name — mdrehun — it is hard to say. It
is, at present, chiefly used in the manufacture of gunpowder, to wliich, in Javanese,
it gives its name.'

Nobat Nopiri. — Lit. "drums and flageolets," a baud of music. A native
band usually consists of about eight performers, viz., two drummers, two horn
players, and four tla^olet players. The result is not precisely that of an overture
by BoesiNi, but is by do means so unpleasing to the European ear as Chinese
music. On State occasions, three relays of players are provided, the playing being
kept up without intermission so long as the ceremonies last.

Nobtlt.— A sort of kettledrum, the use of which is confined to Eoyaliy on
occasion 8 of State only. By metonomy, "to confer nobuts " signifies "to confer
Government powers with Royal atatua."

Nong Chik or Tujong.— One of the districts of Patani (q. v.).

Nopolom. — V. iu Reman, on the Kedah frontier (aupposed), on a S, affluent
of the Pcrak R.

Nortb Cape. — The E, point of the Kemaman district, Tringganu.

North Hummock. — A conspicuous hilt 4 miles N.N.W. of Klang, and
9 miles from the ('oast, Sehingor, called Bukit Muaiam by the Malays.

North Mound. — A hill forming a portion of the range nearest the sea, in
Pernk.

Numeration. — The Malay system of numeration is similar to our own, and,
strictly speaking, extends to 1,000. The Sanskrit word lakta haa, however, been
introduced for higher numbers i ea'Iaksa ^ 10,000; ta'pvlohlahMa =: 100,000.

Nuri. — The principal village in Johol. Negri Sembltan, the residence of the
Pevghulu. It lies just E. of the Kembau frontier.

Nutchi or Tejong.— V. on W. bank of Patani E.. about 15 to 16 miles
from its mouth.

Nutmegs (Myriatica fragraiia). — The cultivation of the apice was at one
time a most important industry in the Straits Settlements. Nutmeg-trees were
first introduced into Singapore m 1818. In 1843 the total number of trees was
estimated at 43,544, of which 5,317 were in bearing, the produce being stated at
642,328 nuts. In 1848 the total number of trees planted out was estimated at
55,925, of which the number in bearing was 14,914, and the produce 4,085,361
nuts, besides mace, estimated at about 1 lb. for every 433 nutmegs. In Singapore,
the cultivation estended very rapidly, not gradually, but every now and then, when
some person with capital entered iipon it. The district of TangUn, in the begin-
ning of 1843, consisted of barren- looking hills covered with short brushwood
[25i]

Nya

of Brilish Malaya

and laXang, which had aprung up ia deserted gambier plajitatioiis. Immediatelj
upon the regulations for granting lands in perpetuity being promulgated in the
middle of that jear, a great part of the diBtnct was cleared, and nutmeg
pUntations formed, and there were not less than 10,000 trees planted out in it.
Penaug and Provinyo Wetlesley, at tho same date, had plantations numbering
some 18,000 trees. In 1848 a curious disease, described by Dr. R. Little qa
resembling leprosy in tho human subject (J. I, A., Vol. Ill, p. 6?9), wrought much
havoc at Fenang and did some damage to the Singapore plantations. For some
years, every effort was made to combat the evil, but it became so fatal that, about
18ti2, the cultivation totally ceased. It was, however, revived a few years ago
at Penang, where there are now several plantations in good order, and the spice
produced takes a high place in the market. No attempt has been made to replant
lu Singapore or Province Wellesley. except in the Botanical Gardens, regarding
which Mr. Cantlet says the plants in the nursery " look very promising, and
seem as if prepared to begin another cycle of satisfactory growth in the Settle-
ment. Their successful ciUtivation seems to depend on what nearly all other crops
depend on in the Straits, i.e., liberal manuring."

NyaJas. — ^V. in K. Malacca, in districtof same name, £. of the Jus and fiukit
Linggi forest reserves.

Octopus (S^iw* SwrtfiMif). — Octopi of considerable size are alleged to eiist
in Malayan waters. According to the reports of native divers, a large animal of
this descrifitioD inhabits a deep pool between the Tanjong Fagar and Borneo Co.'s
Wharves, 8.W. Singapore,

Oil. — In Malay mimyak, a word of extensive currency throughout Malaya.
The plants from which fatty oils are chiefly extracted are the cocoa-palm, the ground
pea, the sesame, and the palma-chrUti ; the first for edible use, and the three last
for the lamp. Oil is not expressed from cruciform plants, nor is fiai reared for
this purpose. Animal oils are hardly used in any shape ; essential oils are obtained
from the clove, the nutmeg, lemon and citronefla grass, the kayu-jmteh {Melaleuca
eajejmf), and in great abundance and cheapness from the Malay camphor-tree
(Dryobalanopg eampkora).

Oil, Grab. — The oil of a species of crab is used by the natives of the Cocos
Islands in place of butter.

Oils.— The following is from Mr. N. Gantlet's Report for 1886 of the
plants cultivated for experimental purposes in the Botanical Gardens, Singapore ; —

CiTRONKLLA Qeass (Androjiogon nardus) and Lemon Grass (Andropoyon
eitratiu).— The cultivation of these grasses would appear not to receive sufficient
attention. Their growth in the Straits is all that can be desired, and the cultiva-
tion pays well when properly attended to.

RusA Oil Qbabs {Andropogan ndueiianthet) does not seem to be known in the
Straits, and so far I have not been able to procure plants, but that it will succeed
here there is but little doubt.

Croton Oil {Crolon Hglium). — Among recent introductions, this is by far
the most promising. It seems to have found a climate and soil entirely to its
liking in tne Straits. The plant bears heavy crops of fruit, its cultivation will no
doubt prove a profitable investment.

Illupi Oil (Baggia latifolia). — Plants of this valuable oil-tree do not appear
to succeed well in Singapore. They are much preyed upon by insects, and
although the tree is found in a wild stato at no great distance, it has refused so far
to grow satisfactorily in this island.

Cabtob-Oil {Rieinut cotiimwmw). — Castor-oil is now lai^ely used in the manu-

&£ture of soap, for machinery and other purposes. In the Straits the plant grows

with great vigour, and under proper treatment ita cultivation should pay. Some

Chinese made an attempt to cultivato the plant in Malacca some years ago. The

[255]

Oil H

Ola

Descriptive Dictionary

LB a failare in point of profitable return, and no one else seems to bare
tried It since then. I hare strong reason to think, however, th&t the plant used
was an inferior variety, i.e., the variety common in the Straits, the cultivation of
which could hardly have been expected to be profitable. The failure has had the
effect of discouragiog others, bat there would seem no good reason to be dis-
couraged so long as the plant has not had a proper trial.

CocoA-wuT Oil (Coco* nueifera). — Little need be said of this well-known
oil, but it is found that the plant does not yield sufficient crops to pay, when
grown more than about half a mile from the sea ; when grown in the interior
of Singapore, the crops obtained are said to be only sufficient to cover coat of
labour.

Olitb Oil {Olea evropea). — The olive plants introduced in 1885 and planted
on Penang Hill are making very satisfactory growth, and I am in hope of its
proving well adapted for cultivation on mountains and high lands generally.

Ben On. Tbze (Moringa plerogyBjierma,) is everywhere cultivated in the
Straits for its leaves and roots, which are used as vegetables, but apparently no
attempt has been made to manufacture oil from the tree.

Katd Puteb Oil (Jfeioiewca leucodendrtm). — Whole foreals of this tree ejirt
in Malacca, but little attention seems to be given to the manufacture of oil from
the plant as is done elsewhere. The tree yields many useful produLta, but oil may
be looked upon as the most valuable, and it could, no doubt, be extracted from it at
a rate which \rould give a good mai^in of profit.

G1NOEI.1.T Oil {Senamum tndicum) grown wild all over the countrv, and bean
abundance of seed from which oil might be profitably extracted. T&e seed con-
tains 50% of oil, and some three crops a year may be had. The oil is used for
soap-roaking. in perfumery, and to adulterate almoud oil, which it much resembles.
In India one million acres are said to be under cultivation of sesamum.

Wood Oil {IHpieroearpae app.). — At present wood oil in paying quantity ia
obtained only from primeval forest. I would, however, surest that indigenous
trees yielding wood oil and gutta-percha be planted for pepper supports. The time
they will require to make supports will be about seven yearn, at which dat« the
temporary supports (Dadup or deadwood) could be removed. Acting on this
principle, a time would arrive when the supports would become a source of con-
siderable levenue, probably greater than the pepper crop, whereas at present they
are generally a source of trouble and expense.

Olak Bendahara.— V. on W. bant of Endau R., N.E. Johore.

Olak Qol.— V. about 5 miles from mouth of Endau B., S.E. Pahang.

Old Kedah.— The capital of Kedah on N. side of entrance of K. Merbuk.

Old Strait or Silat Tebraa. — Separating Singapore from Johore.
Before the settlement of the former, this was the only known route to China. The
banks of the strait are picturesque in the usual tropical way. Johore Bharu — the
capital of Johore — lies on the N. side, opposite the V. of Kranji in N. Singapore.
Ferry boats ply between the two places.

Olive Oil.— See Oils.

Omra or Amrah. — The love-apple, or tomato. It ha« a strong smell, and
is of different sizes.

Ooloo. — A native name for Upper Perak.

Ophidia. — Sixty-one species of snake are known to exist in the Malay
Peninsula and Straits Settlements, but it is probable that others might be discovered
were any specialist to devote attention to the subject. The above number includes
& lat* addition— Cylindr op/lit Dennyn. The Zoological Society named a small snake.
believed to be new. Lycodon Dennyti. but further examination showi-d it Ui be a
[256J

Oph of British Malaya. Qpi

joung specimen of a species already named, and a nei7 species, at first named
G, lineaiu8, was renamed as above, in compliment to the writer.

It would obyiouslj be beyond the scope of a dictionary to describe each
reptile in full. Most of the commoner sorts, such as pythons, cobras, <&c., will be
found referred to under separate headings. Suffice it to say that, of the sixty-one
species referred to, eighteen are venomous. Of these, the cobra, hamadryad, and
bungarus are the most conspicuous ; but though they are often found, accidents
from snake-bite have, for the past thirty years, been extremely rare. Of the non-
poisonous sorts, the python (q, v.) is the most conspicuous. It is noteworthy that
the red python, of which only one specimen is known to exist in European collec-
tions, is found in the Peninsula.

Dr. Gunthbb's great work on the Ophidia of India, and Dr. Phayre's work
on the Hianataphidia should be consulted by students. It is impossible to describe
most snakes in anything but scientific language, which, to the vast majority of
readers, would be useless.

OphiophagUS Elaps. — See Hamadryad and Reptiles.

OphiTi Mount. — Th^ reputed Mount Ophir of Scripture, regarding
which Cbawvubd gives several pages of curious detail, the ultimate conclusion at
which he arrives being that there is not sufficient evidence to justify its identifica-
tion as such. The neighbourhood is undoubtedly gold-bearmg, especially in a
N.W. direction, but foreign enterprise has never been succesrful in working it.
The native name is G-unong Ledang. Mount Ophir is in Muar, about 5 miles E.
of the Malacca frontier, lat. 2^ 23' N., long. 102^ SQ** E. Wallace describes
the summit as a small rocky platform covered with rhododendrons and other
shrubs ; the view from it is very fine in its way, but monotonous, as is mostly the
case where tropical foliage is concerned. The estimated height is from 3,850 to
4,000 feet.

Opium. — ^The first notice of opium being an article of commerce in the
Malay Peninsula appears to be that in '' Dampier's Voyages," in which the writer
mentions that in 1688 he took some from Acheen to Malacca to dispose of
privately, its import being forbidden. From Malacca it was sent to the various
Malay States in exchange for pepper and other articles. Opium-smoking, however,
has never assumed the dimensions of a national vice amongst the Malays as it has
amongst the Chinese.

It would be impossible in the limits of a short article to set ^rth all ihe
arguments advanced in the great controversy regarding the harmfulness of the
vice. But they may briefly be summarized as follows : — It is undoubtedly expen-
sive, and as a rule enervating. In certain cases, and it may be added in nearly all
cases, of excessive smoking, it causes decrepitude, loss of virile power, and a
general wreck of the constitution. The moderate use of the drug, on the other
hand, does not seem to cause these evils, except with certain constitutions. As the
great bulk of opium-smokers are Chinese, our remarks must be taken as chiefly
applying to them.

To the poorer classes, except in strict moderation, it is a grave evil. To tbft
richer it is less so, but not one to be encouraged. Experience does not bear
out the assertions of the Anti-Opium Society that aU smokers, even moderate
ones, become ruined in health or intellect, or that the sudden cessation of the
practice, as in the case of men sent to prison, is liable to cause death. This
Society, indeed, with a very good object in view, has alienated a great deal of
support by the reckless assertions it has endorsed in these directions. And it
must be added that, while the habit no doubt often induces theft amongst the
poorer classes to obtain the means of gratification, it is not responsible for any of
those crimes of violence which so commonly attend undue indulgence in ardent
spirits.

[257] fl

Ora

Descriptive Dictionary

Opium is obtaioed chiefly from the white jwppy. which is cultivated for the
purpose in Egypt, Persia, Asia Minor, India, aud other warm coiintriea. It is a
hardy annual, varying sotnewhat in the form and colour of its rich, beautiful
double petule. The process of obtaining the drug consists cBsentiaUy in making
cuts into the unripe capsule, and collecting the juice whioh exudes. In Asia
Minor, they carry the incision in a line round the tircumference, or in a spiral from
apes to base, whilst in India, it is customrry to scarify the capsule from top to
bottom. The white milky juice is allowed to dry into tears, and is then scraped off
and pressed together so as to form a homogeneous mass, aft«r which it is dried in
a warm, airy room. The opium manufacturers suffer no inconvenience from tlie
nature of their employment, contact with crude opium and breathing air impreg-
nated with the emanntiona from the drug apparently exerting no injurious influence
on the system. During the operations of drying, packing, and examining opium,
immense quantities necessarily pass through the hands of those enga^d in the
process, but no complaints are made of any ill-eSects resulting from contact witii
the drug. The native opium examiners often sit for hours together in thu midst of
tons of opium, samples of which they are constantly manipulating and smelling,
and yet they, as a rule, enjoy the most perfect health. There are several varieties
of opium, of whicli the most valuable and beat known in the East, are Turkey,
Piirsiuu, Patna, Benares, and Chinese. Opium is a solid, compact substance, of a
dark reddish-brown colour, opaque, soft, tenacious when fresh, but when long
kept, hard and readily powdered, It ha« a strong, heavy, peculiar, and some-
what disagreeable emell, and a nauseous taste. It is inflammable, and bums with
a bright flame. It is partly soluble in water, forming a solution of a dark-brown
colour.

The propitmtiou of opium, i.«., ite conversion inte chanAu, as it is call^'d when
fit for smoking, is as follows :— Moat of the drug used in Singapore is either PaLn» I
or Benares, tie former bemg preferred. It arrives from India in balls about
ail Inches in diameter, the exteriors covered with poppy leaves, which form a sort
of husk or shell. These are cut in halves and the inside extracted with the fingera,
the water in which the manipulator washes his hands being carefully preservM.
InU) this latter, the broken-up husks are subsequently thrown. The husks are
then boiled so as to extract all the dru^, and the opium-water thus produced iB
used to Ixiil down the ptirer opium until it assumes the consistency of treacle, the ,
scum being constantly skimmed off till nothing but a clear viscid fluid remains.
The refuse is sold cheap, and is often used to adulterate pure opium. The next
operation is called firing. The treacly mixture is again worked over a steady firo.
and finally transferred to numerous flat iron pots, each of which is corefatlj
turned so as to expose the contents equally to the effect of the fire. The rMolting
opium is again dissolved in water and boiled in copper pans until it assumes the
ooDsistency of the r^hayiAv. used in the shops. The yield from a ball w^ghed4n
gross is about 54 per cent.

CAnndu is prepared opium. An inferior quality, called vkoAat in Xahj*.
is prepared from the leaf coverings of the balls.

The rent« of the Opium Farms at the three Settlements were for 1891.
II.OailXKt for Singapore; j«00,00(t for Penang ; and ?147,e(X> for MalB«a: \
giving a total of $1.?79,600. They have since decreased.

Orang. — lo Malay, a man or human being, in the singular or plural ; also I
people.

Orang Benua or Binua of Johore.— (S« J. L A.. I, p. 342.) 1

abttrigimil iuhabitiuita of Johore. (See Benca and Maijit PBNtKsuiji, nodor
which (Mifouiits of this and other aboriginal tribes in the Peninsula cimallr
n'Mi-uibiiug lliem are given ut detAil.)

Orang Besisi '>!■ Basisi.— Sw- Basist.

[268]

^rttf

Ora

of British Malaj a.

Orang Biduanda Kallang.— "Sm Bidcanda Kallanu.
Orang Gargassi. — See GABOAesi,

OraUg Gunong. — A mountaineer ; and hence a nistie or clown. The
Mttlu.vs apply t.lii.^ phrase to any people less cultivated than themselveB.

Orang Kaya.— Lit. a rich man, but often uMt'd as a. title in t
■• headman."

Orang Kenaboi. — See Kbnaboi.

Orang Laut.— Literally men of the sea,, or sea-penple. This is the most
frequent name given i)y the Malays to that rude class of their own nation whose
permanent dwelling is their boats, without any fised habitation on shore. They
are also eaUed rayut-limt. or, abridged, rayat ; lit^;rally, •' sea-sub jecta." the last
word hein^' only a slijfht corruption of the Arabic word with the same signification,
the phrase meaning the sea-subjects of the Idngs of Malacca or Johore. Occasion-
ally, too, they go under the name of tika, the meaning of which is obscure ;
and more frequently of hajau, which is probivbly the same as the Javanese won!
hajag, a j>irat« or sea-robber, a name to which tliey have often earned a title. Some
English writers, from their wandering habits and suspicious modes of life, have,
with a good deal of propriety, called them " sea-gypsies." The native locality of
this people, for it cannot well be called countty, is the straits or narrow seas of the
many islands between Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula, towards the eastern end
of the Straits of Malacca. There, at least, they were congregated in the greatest
numbers. From this locality they appear to have spread themselves, most probably
step by st«p, to the shores of Baoca, Billiton, some of the islands on the eastern
aaa western coasts of Borneo, the coasts of Celebes, and even of Boeroe and other
islands of the Molucca Sea. from which again they make voyages to the northern
coast of Australia, in search of trifiang and tortoise-shell. " At Pulo Ting^ (on
the eaetem coast of the Malay Peninsula, in north latitude 2° IT) we found," saya
Mr. Thouson, a very iutelligeut traveller, writing over half a century a^o, " many
OTOing-lav.i. or sea-gypsies, assembled. A large crop of duriaus this season had
attractied tribes of them from the coasts of the Peninsula, as well as from the
islands of the Johore Archipelago. Six boats from Mora, an island of that group
(about fifty miles north of the equator), we found on our way to Pulo Tinp^. They
had travelled by sea a distance of 180 miles to partake of the fascinating fruit.
This would appear incredible, were it not explained that these people hve in their
boat«, chan^ng their position from the various islands and coasts according to the
season. During the south-western monsoon, the eastern coast of the Peninsula is
much frequented by them, where they collect, as they proceed, rattans, damar, and
turtle, to exchange for riee and clothing. The attractions of Pulo Tinggi are also
of a more questionable kind, by its offering, during the season that the Cochiu-
Chine«e visit Singapore in tieir small unarmed tmding junks, considerable
facilities for committing occasional quiet piracies on that harmless class of traders.
Prioi' to the introduction of steam-vessels by the English and Dutch governments,
these sea-gypaiea were notorious for their piratical propensities, though less formid-
able than the lUanuns (people of the southern side of Mindano), owing to the
smallneas of their jreaua, which, while it rendered them harmless to European
shipping, did not cause them to be less dangerous to the native trade, which is
generally carried on in vessels of small burden." This description does not of
course apply accurately at the present day. But the term is still in use to designate
Ihe wandering hoatmen—a.3 opposed to ordinary sailors who still frequent the
coasts and islands.

"This singular people." adds the writer quoted, "who are in fact maritime

nomads, are, wherever found, in race and language geniiiue Malays, Some of

them have been i^ouverletl to a kind of superficial Mohammedanism, while others

are still Pagans. A few of their tril>e8 have more industrv than others, and

[259] ' s 2

Ora

Descriptive Dictionary

a few are more attached to particular locaJitiea than the rest, even practiaiiig a
little husbaadr^, aud intennarryiiig with the more civilized Malays. What aeem
tlie original inhabitants of Banca, BUliton, and some of the islands on the coast of
Borneo and Siunatra, are only the same Malays in the same rude state, tha nursery,
Aild when till' planto an' mImiuI a foot high, they *re transplanted and put into the
lITouuil. alvoiit two fi-el aj^art, iu bunriins of three or four plante, and in regular
ruwM aUtiit two or thni' fM>t apart^ so that when the paddy grows up the field may
Ik' onaily tmverM<il without injuiy tu tbe pluits. In about four months the paddy
IK tit for I'littin^t. whi'U the womva and i-hihlreo reap and stare it. The planter
i'i)M>rit>niw nuich tn»ub1o as the paddy Ivpns to rijten. and incessant watehing is
ivi|iiin>d to pr>'<n>ut Urdu pickinii tlw grains out of the ears by day, and pi^
HinvHitiuir (Im* phuita by nifrht. or tratupUng tfaem down by ninning over them.
Small watch'lumMx aiv onviol on tlte outskirts of a field, and in each a watchman
tat^va hi* •laiiil FVm» v«ti')t-lK>u»> to watch.house lines are led, to which
tmuchtv nt tnxw. Uiaw*. n^^ A»-.. an* atuoboi, and the watchers incessantly move
ikooi' linra lo trighlcu iki- UtnIs away. The hii<r. however, soon get accuatomed
tu lb<? k\Mtln\an«v, atid •'liU): to thv mu« of [latldT tuost pertlnariously until
A<-t»a)l> I'Hl t.' rtiv'ii I'l lh>' pcvwoKV of wi^m^n and children, who go alMUt the
fticW* " i" -wi^-nut h-avw to drive lh# birds off; their labour is

itm.% - thi^v raa about the fields screaming and yelling, and

ntnv which they beat together to assist in frightening the

)ti(\|> .itv most numetuQs and troublesome resemble tb« oonunon

boHik< i.is<ii>M> . .ii'.oihcr species is a grey bird with a whitish bead and a black ring
T\>und th«' nwk.

U thv field h^pens to be near the juagle, horns arc blown at interrals dnnng
lttt> ttiilht to frighten wild hogs off. Rata sjso do much harm by burrowing to the
(Md* and thereby injuring the roots. The itoaseasion of a wild rat is considered
wty [«ir1uuate ; it is supjKised to exert a strange influence over all others of his
kiu'd, and Ute owner believes that by plaeing him in a cage on the fii-ld no rat will
hurt the imddy.

The paddy is uaunlly stored iu the ear, and when rice is required for consump-
tiou, a sufficient (luautity is taken from tlie store-house and bra,ten on the ground
IJII the grains are cleared from the stalks. They are then husked in a rice-pounder,
or alv (literally a iwstlo).

Thi' mortar is made from a short piece of timber alwut two feet high and
eighteen inchuH iu diameter, and hollowed out ; in it the paddy is put and beaten
with a lioater made of wood about 4 feet loug and 5 inches in diameter at the
oxtremitiriH, which are bound with iron ; iJie centre is made small enough to be
KiniNped by the hand. The labour of busking paddy is also consigned to women.
ThiiHc that poiiiv.'ss much paddy-laud obtain a large supply of grain aunuollT, but

Fad

of British Malaya.

they merely store a sufficient quantity for the use of the family, and the remainder
they dispose of to wholesale dealers. A simple method of separating good from
indifierent paddy is the following : — A platform or stage is erected, about 8 or 10
feet from the ground, and when a moderate breeze is blowing the paddy is poured
from the top of the stage, the wind carries away all the Ught useless grain, and the
good paddy &,lls on mats which are spread below the stage to receive it. After the
pa.ddy has been stored, the labours of the men cease, the females husk the paddy
and prepare food for their families, ao that until the paddy-planting returns, the
malea have nothing to do but amuse themaelves.

Those that have not enough ground to supply them with sufficient rice for the
year, obtain a living by house-building, labouring <m the sugar plantations, and by
following other avocations.

From the irregularity of the seasons, it is impossible to aay when sowing and
reaping time begins or ends. In the month of May and June, the fields are usually
cleared ; in July, the paddy is sown ; in a month or six weeks it is transplanted
from the nursery, or original beds, to the fields ; and in January or February it is
cut and stored. (See Sicklb.)

Fadi Bird. — A wader inhabiting the swampy rice grounds of the Peninsula.
It is much esteemed as an article of food by the Chinese.

Pagoh. — ^A village in Segamat on the Muar Eiver, Johore,

Pahang. — Ono of the Eastern, and the longest State in a N. and S. direction
to the Malay Peninsula. It is the " Pam " of the Portuguese.

Position. — It extends from 2° ity to 4° 35' N., and has a seaboard of about
130 miles, the whole country (including two chains of islets at an average distance
of 35 miles from the coast) giving a computed area of 11,000 square miles. It is
bounded on the north by ETelantan and Tringganu, on the east by the China Sea,
on the south by Johore and the Negri Semhilan, and on the west by Sungei
Ujong, Selangor and Perak.

HiSTOBT,^ — ^But little is known of the early history of the State. Forty or
fifty years ago, Pahang was a reputed dependant of Johore, although at the time
of the conquest of Malacca by the Portuguese, the Piince of Pahang appears to
have been independent; for he is stated by their historians, under the name of
" Pam," as having been present in Malacca during the combat which ended in
it8 capture, being there for the purpose of espousing the daughter of the king.
Of late years, the country has made good progress. The present Sultan, who
attained his position in 1862, signed a treaty in 1868 defining the boundaries
between Pahang and Johore. In 1886, in pursuance of an agreement entered into
with Sir Fbedesice Wki,d, a British officer was appointed to aid the Sultan in his
administration, but a misunderstanding ensued, and it was not until September,
1687, that a satisfactory arrangement was arrived at. In 1888 a Chinese British
subject was murdered at Pekan, the capital, under circumstances which involved
our interference. These resulted in the appointment of Mr. J. P. Bodgeb as
British Resident in 1888. In 1892 fresh disturbances arose, but were tcrminat^^d
without serious results.

Geology and Mineraloov. — The predominant rock is slate, but granite,
sandstone, limestone, quarlz. and schist abound, while traces of volcanic action
at some remote age are shown by the presence of basalt, trachyte, Ac. As regards
its mineralogy, tJie State has always ptissessed a high reputation for its product of
gold and tin. Though during recent periods these have been but litUe sought,
the wonderful old gold workings which exist in its interior, discovered by Messrs.
Kj(Aa<w and Gowbb. show that, wild, desolate and abandoned as the greater

Krtion of it now appears to be, it must, at some very remote time, have been well
own and populated. Mr. Knaoos said, in his report to Sir Fbbdbbics Wbld,
the tlien Oovemor of the Straits Settlements, that they found, situated ^r in the
[365]

Pah

Descriptive Dictionary

juoj^le, EL hill perfomted with pits to a depth of over IfiO feet exteoditt^ for inilee,
aad dug ho flosely together that there was only room for one man to wiilk between
them. He added: "We could not dig one of these pits for lesn than $(5,000;
and there arc not only hundreds but thousands of them. It muxt have takim
(■L'nturies to haTe done all this, and tbouBunds of men ; but who they were, and
bow they were fed in this dense jungle, and what became of them, must, I fear,
remain a mystery for eyer."

At the present day, says Mr. Seinnek, " the principal gold mines are in the
valley of the Pahang at Lipis, Jelei, Semantau, and Luet ; gold is also found as
titr south as the Bera. There is also a mine of galena on the Ewantan at Sungei
Lembing ; and tin is found throughout the country, both in tlie neighbourhood of
the gold mines above-mentioned, and in places like the Elver Triang and the Bivor
Bentajig, where gold is not worked.

Since these remarks were penned, some six or seven years ago, mining enterprise
in Pahang has made some remarkable strides. The Pahang Corporation has
opened tin mines at Sungei Lembing and Jeram Batang, another mine at Kabang
having also been uonunenced. These mines are situated in the Kuantan district,
-and from which 367 tons had been exported up to the end of 1892. The gold-
bearing districts, Punjora and Kaub (5. o.). have, however, attracted far more
attention from European capitalists. The former exported 4,553 ounces in 1893,
while Raub, which laboured under many disadvantages, produced 5.500 ounces in
the four years ending 1892, and the returns for 1893 show a yield for that year of
4,881 ounces. The Seleosing mine (Malayan Pahang Concession) is giving a
feir yield, loz. 16 dwts, to the ton of ore having been got from the 1892
cruslungs.

Of the "mineral " States, Pahang is, by the Malays, placed first, and Kehin-
tan next to Pahang, and then Fatani ; all these, and these alone, have galena as
well as gold and tin. Gold is found in Pahang almost exclusively in the central
line of the State — at Paso on the Bera, at Luet, the Jelei, tie £elau, the Lipis,
and its feeder the Raub, itc. Whatever the explanation may be. it is worth
noticing here, as it has been noticed before, that the principal gold-workings of
the Peninsula lie almost entirely along a not very wide line drawn from Mounts
Ophir and Segamat (ttke southern limit of the auriferous chain), through the very
heart of the Peninsula, to the Kalian Mas or gold-divings of Patani and Telepin
in the north. The best tin-workings of Pahang tie near the Selangor bills on the
River Beatoug, and near the famous gold-workings at Jelei and Talom. Pahang
tin is said to be the only tin on the east coast which can rival that of Perak and
Selangor in whiteness and pliancy,

Climate. — This does not appreciably diSer from that of other portions of the
Poninsulo, and is considered healthy.

Fadna. — This is much the same as that of the other States, elephants how-
ever being plentiful, while on W. side of the Peninsula they are scarce. The StAte
has not yet been systematically explored by naturalists. The elephant, by the war,
is not domesticated, nor is the bullock used for agricultural labour, the bufiaJo
alone being the animal availed of. In the way of vegetable products, rice and
jungle produce are alone cared for, enough of the former being, in ordinary years,
grown for home consumjition. Of the latter, tim1>er. rattan, gutta-percna and
dammar, are the most important. A small trade in these is carried on with Singa-
pore. The Pahang Ejiploration and Development Company hus established a saw-
mill at Kwala Pahang, and is doing well, 718 tons of timber being exported to this
country in 1892.

Population. — " Pahang," says Mr. Skinnek, " is far from being a populous

country, even according to the low standard of the Peninsula, but there are a good

many prosperons Malay settlements, and not least in the extreme interior. In factt

the River Lipis, on upper feeder of the Pahang, which flows down from the mouo>

[266]

Pah

of British Malaya.

likine of TJlu Selivii^for, ae also the diHtricte of Jelei and Temling, a little further j
dowu the main stn.*am, ivre aaid to be moiij tbiukly iuhabited than any other part of ,
the (wimtry. The Malays may be put at 50,000 for the whole of Pahang ; the
Cliineue uiiaera oud shopkeepers at 10,000 ; and the Sakei, who are believud to bu
numerous in the unexplored southern region, at 3,000. The total is thus somu
63.000 in all, or a population of about seven to the square mile." Lat«r eetimatos ,
place the probable figure for the entire population at 72,000.

While the Malay settles down oa one of the bonks of the numerous rivers, \
and builds himself a house, the Pahang Sakei (says the late Mr. KNAooa) " lives
in a (lerfectly wild state. Dirty and unwashed, he travels from place to plaoe ,
in search of certain roots and plants which he learns abound in the new
localities."

QoVEENMKNT.— The Siiitau oiercises absolute sway over the whole population
of the State, assisted by three or four powerful chiefs up country ; and slavery is a
recognized institution. It was the exactions of these chiefs, coupled with the
ttbeence of protection, that prevented the development of the country, not only by
the natives themselves, but by enterprising Chinese, who would go anywhere to
moke monev ; but the State being now under British protection matters are improv-
ing. British capital has of late begun to flow that way for the development of the
extensive concessions which the Sultan has given — as ho evidently wishes to see
his country follow in the footsteps of, and prosper like, the Protected States of
Peiuk and Selangor — bnt, like many Orientals vrith similar aspirations, not knowing ,
how to go about il.

EBVBinrB. — The revenue for 1892 amounted to $49,480, while the expenditure
was $206,?80. a loan of 3785.660 having been advanced by the Government of the
Straits Settlements, bearing interest at 4 per cent, per annum.

TopocBAPHT. — Priitftprti Ptaceg :— The capital of the State is Pekan, a few
miles from the mouth of the River Pahang ; the other chief places in the country
are Cheno, some way up the main river ; Temerelo. near the River Semantan ; Tan-
jong Beaar, on the River Lipis ; and Jelei, the gold-mining centre.

EivKBH.— The principal rivera are the Pahang (whicli is shallow, but the most
important R. in the Peninsula), the Rumpen, and the Kuantan, the first-named
having large tributaries, such as the Triang, the Lipis. and the Semantan. Inline
of the rivers are deep. The Pahang River drains a great length of country, us
explained above, and, in its course, receives important feeders from the most oppo-
site directions — from the mountjiinB to the north, the south, and the west. The
lovfer part of the stream, below Kwala Bera, flows for nearly 100 miles duo east,
through a very flat and marshy country. The river and its feeders here Itecome
wide and shallow, opening out into spaces like small lakes. The country
between Pahang and Rumpen is particularly level, and the three main tributaries
from that region — the Bera, the Cheno, and the Cheni — are all noted for such
lakes. That of the Bera is the largest sheet of inland wator in the Peninsula, but
its shores, like the Cheni, are only inhabited by Sakei. The Cheno lakes, on the
contrary, are inhabited by Malays.

The following notes on Pahang were kindly furnished by the late Mr. Wai.tbb
Knaqos : — " The journey up the Pahang Siver is exceedingly interesting, the grace-
ful bends of the rivers constantly bringing into view charming scenery, and the
shores being lined with villages embedded in fruit-trees, with intermittent runs c '
virgin jungle. This enchanting spectacle fails, however, ashore, the houses bein
badly built and dirty, and soap being conspicuous by its absence.

The Pahang is about 2 miles wide at its mouth, but, owing to the enormous
quantities of sand (derived from the alluvi&l gold and tin workings which used to
and still exist, although to a very limited extent, up country) which has accumu-
lated in it, it is only navigable, at ordinary seasons, for boats of very Ught draft, for
about 300 miles.

Fak

Descriptive Dictionary

Fam

The river, which is for a. long way up fully a mile broad, is dotted with numeroue
smaU isUuidB, whith display every variety of tropical plants, and add materially to
the beauty of the swue, Tho river is uavigat«d by boats which draw but litlld
water. They are provided with a cover to keep off raiii and sun, and are poled Up
against current at the rat« of from 12 to 15 tmles a day, but a light-draft steamer
has just been put on by the Puujom Mining Company, which tan cover 6 milee per
hour against the current.

Pr-UHa. — The land bordering on the gearcoast iu low and swampy and admirably
adapted for paddy -growing. Higher up in the interior it becomes hilly — ^the hills
rising generally a conical shape out of low swampy ground — which is generally
cultivated if near a river. Some of these districts, such as the Lipis and Chika,
are very picturesque ; and enormous quantities of paddy might be grown all over the
country were it sufficiently populated.

MouNTAiKs.— " The highest summit in the Peninsula is believed to be Guuong
Tahan, said to bo 50 miles north of Jelei. which has not been ascended, or even
seen by Europeans except at a great distance, but which, it is almost certain.
reaches a height of between 10,000 and 12,000 feet. This is the highest pointof a
range which is the real back-bone or central chain of the Peninsiila at its widest
point. It is situated to the east of the upper waters of the Eiver Pahang. and can
probably be best reached from the Ulu Temling (or Tembdiaing), a feeder of the
Pahang, near Jelei. The geological formation of the hills consists, so far as is
known, of granite, sandstone, shale, and clay. Some of the islands, as Tiomaii
and Tinggi, consist partly or entirely of trap rock.

The next highest summit is to be found on the opposite fflde of the Pahang valley,
in the neighbourhood of Gunong Baja, near the Selangor boundary. Other high
hills are found in the eastern chain, from which flows the River Cherating (called the
Sertiug near its source), the Tringganu River Unnfivn., and the Eelantan River LefciA ;
and in the Bertangga hiUe, further south, on the right bank of the Kiver Pahang,
which is believed to supply the Cheno lakes. There is, still further south, another
high hill from which tho Rumpen flows — Gunong Gayong." — (Skinbek'b
Qeogra.}iky of the Malay Feiiivsula.)

Pakolah.— A V. in N. of Province Wollesley on the S. bank of the Mudn.
a., the population in the neighbourhood being considerable. It lies 21 miles
6 furlongs from Butterworth.

Paku {lif- Nail), the generic Malay term for ferns. Also the name of n
small but elegant palm growing from 3 to 4 feet high.

Pala Pasir.— V. on left bank of Perak R., about 3 miles above Bota, W.C.
Porak.

Palei, — A small V. between Umbei and Sirkum, 8. Malacca, about | mile
from the coast.

Faloh Kochek. — A J^ikun V. on W, bank of E, Sembrong, N. Johore.

Paloh Raneh. — V, on W. bank of K. Madek, 3 miles below its junction with
the E. Kabang.

Paloh Tampui. — V. on S. side of bend of E. Sembrong, N. Johore, inhabited
by J<,hui'<.

Palupah.— S-"* Bertam.

Famur. — The process of veining or watering a h-U. Nbwbold describes
the process as follows : — " Place on the blade a mixture of boiled rice, sulphur and
sa.lt, first covering the edges with a thin coat of virgin wax. After seveu days
immerse the blade, after removing the composition, in the water of a young cocoa-
nut or pine-apple juJce for seven days longer, and brush it well with the juice of
sour lemon. After the rust has been cleared ofF. rub it with arsenic dissolved in
lime-juice, wash it well in spring water, dry and anoint with cocoti-nut oiL"

Pan

of British Malaya.

Panarikan.-

— In Jumpol, Negri Sembilan, S.W. of Pabaag.

Panchong. — That portion of the saronij which is left hanging over the
breast of a womua — the usual waj of wearing that garment nhen going to
bathe.

Fanchor. — V, 1 to 2 miies above Johore Lama, E. bank of Johore R.

Fanchor. — An imp. v. on the E. (or at the spot S.) bank of the Afuar R..
in Johore, lat. 2^ 6' X., long. 102° 45' E., about 14 mtleB from the entrance of
the river.

Fanchor. — V. on a. point of the Malacca coast 5| nulea N.W. of Tanjong
Kling.

Fandan. — A sjieciea of pandanuB, the leavea of which furnish a fibre uaed
by the Malaya for ropes, &c. The flower is scented and the roots are used for rope,
basket- making. Ac,

Pan dan. — District in S.W, Singapore on R. of some name, E. of R,
J wrong.

Pandang Besar. — a village in the Melakek district of Malacca.

PandanUS (-Afangtuiajij),— The fruit of a species of pandonus known as
mengkiixing Innkawari grows in some parts of the Peninsula. It is DCDasionallj
eaten after cooking, but has very little taste. Monkeys are extremely fond of it.

Pandas. ^-A village on the W. side of Selitor or Sletar, Singapore.

Pangawa.— A title applied to certain members of Malay Royal families.

Pangolin (said to be derived from the Malay word penggiling, to roll up)
PkUodotiis jni/iCTU.— One of the scaly ant-eaters, often known as the irtonis. It is
slow in movement, but very strong, and can easily be tamed.

Panjat. — In Perak and some other portiona of the Pemnsulu. iB uaed to
signify the forcible entry into a house for the purpose of securing as a wife a
girl alreadv refused to the intruder by her relations. See N. & Q. with No. 17
J. 8. B. R: a. S.

Pankalan (prop- Pengkalen) Bata. — V, on w. bank of Mua

N. Muar.

Pantai Kerechut. — V. in N.W. Penang, Teluk Babang district.

Fantai Mas. — V- on W. coaat of Peuang, about 1 mile below Tanjong
Kaloh.

Pantang Gahuni. — A language similar to the above, used by searchers
for gakuru or lignum aloes.

Pantang Kapor. — See Camphor Lanqdaoe.

Pantay. — An important V. in N. Sungei Ujong, lat. 2° 51' N., long.
101" 56' E.

Pantei.— Coast, beach, shore. Used in names of places.

Pantei Achen,— An indentation in the W. coast of Penang a little
2 miles N. of K. Penang.

Pantei Eemis.— V, on

Bruas R.

Fanti. — v. in 9. Johore

the

N. coaat of Binding territory about 1 mile l)cIow
on E. bank of Johore R., just below its turn 8. to

Rembau, Negri Sembilan (not
cultivated in the latter. Sparsely

Panting Fahat.— Mt. and valley
marked in map 8, A. S.). Padi and fruit i
tuliabited.

Pantun. — This word is Malay, and may be translated epigram. It is a
quatrain stansH, in which the aJtemate lines rhyme, the two Grat containing a

Pap

Descriptive Dictionary

ppopOBition, and the two laet its application. The application or point, how-
ever, muat not be obvious, bvit obscure, so aa to try the ingenuity of the partv to
whom the pantun is addresBud, so that, in fact, the 'pa.vXnn is a kind of enigma or
riddlf'. These riddles are favourite pastimes of the Malays. The following are
translations of three of these ;— " The waTea beat white on the rea«Ji of Katawau,
day and night without cease. The garden is whit« with blossoms, but among the
flowers, one only ia love -inspiring." " The diamond falls in the grass, and there
stil! glitters, but love is like dew on the grass. It vanishes when the sun appears."
" The peacock nods its head ; the peacock that perches on the battlement. When
her lo<^ wave, new beauties shine in her face."*

Fapaw or Papaya (Mai. papia or buah bltek) Carica papaya. — This tree
abounds in the British Settlements and in portions of the Peninsula, but whether it
was introduced or is indigenous seems to be uncertain. It is, at all events, a well-
recognized native product, the fruit being eiposed for sale in large quantities. The
ripe papaw, the fruit being known as keUla by the Malaya, somewhat resembles a
melon in shape and internal appearance, but, beyond being considered very whole-
some, does not appear to possess exceptional properties. The unripe fruit, on the
other hand, produces a juice of the most remarkable nature, and I offer no apoli^
for making the following quotations regarding it : —

Mr. T, Chbistt, in bis " New Commercial Plants and Drugs," says : — " This drug
has been found to have the property of digesting living tissues, such as adenomata
and cancers ; and it has been suggested that it might prove an excellent lemedy
for the false membranes of croup, and diphtheria, and for worms. A recent report
of Dr. Albbbcht, of Neuenburg. speaks very highly of the effects of Papayine
(ad Papayine. syrup) in cases of simple dyspeptic and catarrhal, gastric, and iDtestinal
disturbances of small children in absence of deeper anatomical lesions. Both
vomiting and undigested food are said to rapidly disappear after a few t^aspoonfuls
have been administered. Dyspeptic adults are also said to derive great benefit from
the use of this remedy."

In a further issue he says ; — "The important property possessed by the juice
of this plant, of rendering tough flesh tender, has long been known to the
natives of tropical climates, but the st-atcment has, until lately, met with a con-
siderable amount of incredulity on the part of those who have not witnessed the

•'In the 'History of Barbadoes,' Geipfith Uuqhes says of the juice of the
l>a[>aw-tree, 'The juice is of so penetrating a nature, that if the unripe peeled
fruit be boiled with the toughest old salted meat it quickly makes it soft and
tender,' Browne, in his ' Natural History of Jamaica,' says, that meat
becomes tender after being washed with water to which the juice of the papaw-
tred has been added, and if left in such wat^^r ten minutes it will fall from the
spit while roasting, or separate into shreds while boiling. Holden states, that a
jouit of meat hung to a branch of a tree is rendered tender. In Quito, according
to Eabsten, the use of carica juice when boiling meat is a common one. Dbury,
in ' The Useful Plants of India,' states that old hogs and poultry which are fed
upon the leaves aud fruit, however tough the meat they afford might otherwise be,
are thus rendered perfectly tender and good, if eaten as soon as killed, but that
the flesh passes very soon into putridity."

The following is quoted from the Olobe, London newspaper :—" If the art
of training consists mainly in the method of managing the digestive oi^ans of the
patient, it is possible that 'papaine' will, before long, be recognized as a useful
auxiliary in the dieting of competitors. It was statt'd at the lust mt^eting of the
Chemical Society of France that a learned academician, M. Wcbtj-,. had com-
pleted the experiments announced by him a year ago to the Academy of Sciences
on the uses aud virtues of this new product, Pai>aine is composed of the juice
f270]

Pap

of British Malaya.

Par

extracted from the fruit of a tree called the papaw-tree. The juice is subjected
to various procesBes, more or less unintelli^bte to the vulgar miad, and then
miied with a large proportion of water, vhen it eihibita strong powers of
artificial digestion, and produces some results which are certainly curious even if
they are not destined to become particularly useful in the mediciu world. In the
most successful of his experiments, M. Wurtz diluted two grammes of papaine,
which be was obliged to use in a somewhat impure state, owing to the
impossibUity of freeing it entirely from the foreign substances adhering to it, in
a gloss containing 200 cubic centimetres of water. Into the bath thus prepared
was introduced an ill-fated frog, weighing 50 grammes, which was left to be
operated upon by the spontaneous effects of the liquid. In two hours the wretched
occupant of the bath began to show signs of his impending fate, his skin being
grnduftlly worn away by the action of the papaine. Four hours more elapsed, and
the muscular action of the beast appeared to be paralyzed. His moTemenI«
became slack, and soon after ceased alt<4;ether. The next stage was the gradual
disappearance of the body itself, which faded away, as it were, after remaining iu
the shape of a sort of film, the conformation of which grew every minute less
distiniA. On the morning of the following day the frog had altogether disappeared."

The name of Papua (Now Guinea) is alleged to be derived from the
quantities of this fruit gi'owu in the island. The word papua has become to mean
" triszled hair " on account of the way the Papuans wear their hair.

Mr. Cantlbt, iu his report for 188ti, noticed another species called the
Mountain Papaya (Carieo- candwrnareeniivi), which has been introduced, but a
proper place to plant it had not yet been procured. He adds : — " It would, no
doubt, grow admirably on the Thaipeng Range in Perak at about four thousand
feet elevation, or on the Sclangor hills, and be within range of practical use.
The fruit of the mountftin papaya had some of the flavour of a peach and a very
agreeable odour. Some of the papaya plants I observed had partly left Mother
Earth and were establishing themselves as sub-epiphytes, growing with but scanty
Bup|)ort and fruiting freely in the crevices of stone walls, Ac."

Paps, — Two hills about 200 feet high near the coast of Kolantan, about
lat. 5° U' N. and long. 102° 24' E.

PapS; The.^A hiU SOO feet high on the coast of K<;lantan just inside
another hill of 400 feet called the Wedge, alwut 9 miles S.E. of Kelantaji.
[These are given as marked on the charts, but some confusion between the two
probably prevails.]

Parft. — V. on 8. bank of Bemam R. about 18 miles from its mouth, N.
Selangor.

Paradise, Birds of, generally called iu the Peninsula Burony mail
— having never been seen alive by the natives except as an article of trade, —
(imjwrted only into the British Settlements and Peninsula). — ^The first mention
made of these remarkable birds is by Piqafbtta, who informs us that the King
of Bachian, one of the true Moluccas, gave the compaaionfi of M&oellah a pair
of them, along with a slave, and two bahars — or nearly 1,000 pounds weight— of
cloves, as a gift to the Emperor Chasles the Fifth. " He gave us besides." says
he, "two most beautiful dead birds. These are about the size of a thrush, have
small heads, long bills, legs a palm in length, and as slender as a writing quill.
In lieu of proper wings they have long feathers of different colours, like groat
ornamental plumes. Their tail resembles that of a thrush. AH the other
feathers, except those of the wings, are of a dark colour. They never fly, except
when the wind blows. They informed us that these birds came from the
terrestrial paradise, and they called them Bolondinala, that is ■ Birds of God.' "'—
Prinui Viaggio. p. 156. The name of the bird, as given by Pioafstta in this
account of it, is properly huroiig-ileuxda : and I have no doubt was correctly
[2?!]

Par

Descriplwe Dictionary

enough written by the author, but corrupted in trauBcription. It is the M&laj
name, and signifies "bird of iho gods/' that is, of the Hindu (£euto« or deities.
The name of manuk-dewatn is Javanese, and has exactly the same import. Those
are common names for a family of birds of which there are several species ; but
the^ are names given by the Btranners who traded with the Spice Islands, to
which the prepared birds were brought from their native country^New Guinea —
as they still coutiuue to be. The Spaniards or Portuguese evidently paraphrased
the Malay or Javanese name into Ave de Paraiso, conformably to PioAPBTXA'a
account of their origin, and hence the " Birds of Paradise " of the European
languages. Before the arrival of Europeans, the Malay and Javanese traders seem
to have brought the birds of paradise to the western em^ioria of the Archipelago
from the Spice Islands, most probably for sale to the Chinese, for such an artide
would not have been in demand either by Hindu or Mabommedan consumers.
Eighteen species are described by Wallace in hia " Malay Archipelago."

Parang. — The wood-cutt#r'a knife of the Malays. It is broad at the point,
and tapi'rs inwards towards the handle, thus resembling the Chinese eiecutioner'e
aword in shape. The greatest weight being near the end of the blade, it is a
jiowerfnl weapon.

Parcelar Hill.— A hill on the I. of Langat, at the mouth of the Jugra R.,
Selangor. (According to the Admiralty charts, this is erroneously placed on
S. A. S. map, and is synonymous with Bt. Jugra, 8^ miles further E.)

Parit.— A drain, ditch, trench, moat, canal. Often occurs in combination in
the names of places.

Parit Buntar.— ^The most northerly settlement in Perak. being cloao to
Nebong Tebal. the S. district of Province Welleeley. Seat of a magistracy,
hospital. Ac. and the capital of Trans-Krian district.

Parit Malana or Melana (both spellings given in the maps).— A
district in C. Malacca, nearly due N. of Malacca about 9 miles.

Parit Slam. — v. on E, coast of Kabang E., E, Johore, 2 miles below it«
junction with the Sembrong R.

Parrot. — See Lory. Numerous varieties, but none of very bright
plumage, exist, and are regarded only as articles of food.

ParseeS. — A few Parsee merchants and employes are resident in the Straits
Settlements, where they maintain the same high character they have earned elae-
whorc, as liberal and well-conducted citizens. They are fire- worshippers, and
trace their origin to Persia. But large numbers of the race have been so long
settled in India as to regard it in the light of a native country. The names of
Sir Jamsktjeb Jbejebbhoy and other leading men of this nationality, are
sufficiently well known to most Eastern readers, and in a smaller way their country-
men have been equally conspicuous for generosity and public spirit.

Parut. — A cocoa-nut shell used for a game in which the shell is taki'n
bi'tween the feet, and sent as far backwards as possible by a twist of the foot.

Pasal. — Small V. close to Umbei Police Station, and \ mile from the coast,
on the high road to Merlimau, S. Malacca.

Pasir. — Sand, or reach of sand. Of constant occurrence in the names of
places, such as Pasir Panjang, &c.

Pasir Bangsal. — The shore E. of Ohangi Police Station.

Pasir Blanda. — V, on S. coast of Penang, Teluk Kumbar ilistriot.

Pasir Dingin.— V. on E. Itank o£ Triang R.. W. Pahang.

Pasir GadabU. — V, in N.W. Perak, 2 miles S.E. of Tanjong Piandanf;.

Pasir Qaram. — V. on W. bank of Perak R., 7 to 8 miles below Bota, in
S,W. Perak.

[272]

Pas

of British Malaya.

3.W. shore of Singapore. V, and Police
E. bank of Perak R. just above

Paair Ikan Mati.— V. near eitreme 8.E. point of Penang.

Pasir Itam.— A v. on an ialimd of same name on the eoaat of W.C.
Perak, about 11 to 12 miles 8. of Kwala Larut.

Pasir Kijang.— V. on 8. Bank of R. a^mbroug, N. Johore.

Pasir Kulim. -V. on W. bank of Perak E., lUBt above Eota Lama, in
N.C. Perak,

Pasir Labah. — Coast between Sungei Bajau and Sungei Tengab, W.
Singapore.

Pasir Lanun.— The name of the beach inside Blair's Harbour at S.E.
erlreniity of coast of Pahang.

Pasir Pandak.— V. on W. aide of extreme S.W. promontory of Penang.

Pasir Panjang.— V. in S.W. Penang at foot of hill of same oame.

Pasir Pai^jang. — V. on the shore of 8. Dinding territory opposite the
main island.

Pasir Panjang,— Diatrict (

station of same name.

Pasir Panjang.— Reach and V.

Bandar Bam Island.

Pasir Plekat.— The shore of N.W. Changi district, N.E. Singapore,

Pasir Sala. — ^. on W. bank of Perak R. about 4 miles above Bandar
Baru in S.W. Perak.

Pasir Serkat— V. on S.W. coast of Johore 3 miles N.W. of T. Bulm.

Pasir Telor.— V. on E. bank of perak R. 3 miles S. of Bota.

Passir. — A mountain in Bembau, Negri Sembilan (not marked in map
S. B. R, A. S.}.

Pata. — District in N.C. Pataui. Galena mines exist in the neighbourhood,

Patani. — v. on the E. bank of Johore R. 3 miles above Johore Lama.

Patani. — The name of the most northerly of the Malay States, on the E,
side of the Peninsula, said to be derived from pnft-injii, i.e., "Tani'a father," the
founder having a son of that name.

Position. — Between 6° 20' and 7° N. ; bounded on the N. by Seuggora and the
Gulf of Sia.m, on the E. by the China Sea and Kelantan, on the S. by £elantan.
and on the W. by Kedah.

History. — As with most of the Malay States, its history is very obscure,
A small factory was established by the English in 1611), but this was abandoned
in 1 1)23.

Nbwbolo, in his "History of the Malayan States of the Peninsula,"
furnishes the names of nineteen princes of two dynasties who reigned in Fatani.
At the usual estimate of 20 years to a reign, this would give a total of 380 years
For the history of the State ; but as it has, chronologically, neither a beginning
nor an end, the statement is of little value. The country was invaded and sub-
jugated by the Siamese in 1786, but achieved a sort of independence until 1832,
when it was again overrun and divided into nine districts mentioned below.
These States (which, for geographical reasons, are all included under the name
of Patani) are under the general control of Senggora, tJie S.E. eeat of the
Siamese Government,

Qeolooy and MiNEBALoay.— But little \& known of the physical aspect of
the interior. Tin, lead, and galena are mined, and the districts of Jalo and Legei
are supposed to lie the richest in minerals,

Clihatg. — Being exposed to the wiuds of the Gulf of Siam and China Sea,
the climate is somewhat cooler than that of the W. aide of the Peninsula :
[273] T

Fat

Descriptive Dictionary

otberwiae there is but little differeooe between Patani aod its neighbouring
States.

Faoka. — Similar to that of Pahang. No details are to hand.

AoKicuLTURE. — Rice appears to be raised in fair quantities, and fruit is
cultivated as in other parts of the Peainaula. Too little is knoiro of the country
to speak with any certainty of its agricnltural reHOureea.

Trabb.^A fair amount of trade is carried on with Singapore and Bangkok,
as also with the neighbouring Siamese and Malayan States. The exports are tin^
lead, gutta, salt fish, tiles, earthenware, and timber. The active commercial and
shipping business is controlled by a " Capitan China."

PoPDLATiON.— Eoughly estimated at 75.000 to 100,000, though Cabl Bock
in 1884 placed it, from Siamese infonnatiou, at 200,000. The Malays are more
numerous and the Sofcei less so in Patani than on the other side of the Penin-
sula.

GtovEENMBNT.— The Rajah ia the reputed chief of the nine divisionB, and is
under the suzerainty of Siam, whose Administrator resides at Senggoro.

Revenub. — No statistics available.

TopooRAPHT. — Since the country's invasion and subjugation by Siam in 1832.
it has been broken up into the four seaboard States or divisions, lying from north
to south in the following order : — Nong-chit or Tujong. Patani, Jembu, Sai ; and
five interior divisions — Tipah, Chenai, Jalo, Reman. Ligei, Of these. Remau U.
even excluding any part of the Perak watershed, the most extensive, and Patani,
with its seaport, is probably the most populous.

The largest and perhaps the most important of the provinces at this time is
Beman, lying to the south-east of the river, and bordering on Perak, with which
it is closely connected by ties of intercourse and common interest. It is the most
Malayan of all these States ; but its Malay Raja is, like the rest, responsible to the
GAow Kun, or Governor of Senggora, and must look to be confirmea by the King
of Siam. Cota Bham, some miles on the east side of the Patani River, is his
residence ; and the population of the country is to be found chiefly in this neigh-
bourhood and near the upper valley of the Perak, which river the Reman people
use for exporting tin, &c. The boundary with Perak, near which are the valuable
tin mines of Kroh and Intan. already mentioned in connection with E»dah, has
yet to be determined.

Jalo, situated principally to the north-west of the River Patani, near the
head-waters of the Perak, lies under the eastward cliffs of the bold range of Bulcit
Besar. Jalo is believed to be one of the richest mineral countries in the whole
Peninsula, having abundant galena, tin, and gold already worked at some points by
the Chinese. Like the other mineral countries, it is intersected by remarkable
limestone formations. The southernmost of the nine provinces in Sai.

The galena mines of Patani, which a few years ago attract«d much attention
in Singapore, lie near the small town Baninta. This is situated in a picturesque
amphitiieatre of hOls. through which the river flows, about 45 miles distant fr^m
tho town of Pataoi in a straight line, but double that distance by river.

The area of the whole of Patani ia about 6,000 square miles, nearly half of
which IS believed to lie in the two provinces above described.

The Bay of Patani is formed by the projection of a nairow strip of land ultout
7 or 8 miles in length, which, connected with the mainland to the eastward, bends
round to the north-west like a horn, and protects the roadstead, so that vessels
can at most seasons ride in safety ; which accounts for the high estimation in which
it was held by the early navigators. The western extremity of this projection ia
called Cape Patani. The town and port of Patani is almost all that is left un-
changed of the former importaat Stat« of tluit name. It was, and still is, the cbieC
town of the whole of this countiy. It is situated about 2 miles from tlie river's
mi)Uth, on the south-east side.

[271]

Pat

of British Malaya.

Paw

RivEBS. — Two considerable rivers — the Patani and the Telopin— rifle in the
some hilla and flow nearly parallel to the sea, through a country for the moet part
flat, but with isolated cliffs and hills. The Uiver Pataui is a long but shallow river
which retains the same name throughout its whole length. Its source ia said tu be
in the mountain Jambul Merak (peacock's crest), about 5^ 35'. from which also the
northern tributarieB of the Perak flow j thence it has a northerly couree and falls
into the Gulf of Siam in 6° 55' N. The upper waters of the fiivers Patani
aad Perak are a labyrinth of streams forming the head-waters of the river system
of this part of the Peninsula, The River Kelantau is also said to take its source
in the same region.

The Patani has an extrusive delta, intersected by numerous creeks. Kwala
Tajoog to the north is the moat important estuary, and is navigable as far as Kwala
Ifong-cJiik (Noehi), where it bifurcates from the Patani.

MoDKTAiita.— No mountains of considerable elevation exist, but the Jalo distrift
is venr hilly, and there ai'e isolated eWationa elsewhere.

CoMHUNicATioK WITH OTHEK PoETS. — This 18 by Bailing boats or^iToiii* ouly,
and Patani is practically cut off from soutbera fiort^ during the prevalence of the
S.W, moQsoOQ. — (Skinner's Gei^ajrhy of the Malay Pemn»ula.)

Patani, — The capital of the State of tiat name, about 4 miles from the
entrance of Patani R. on E. bank. Numerous Chinese have settled here. The
Malay V. is known a,% Kota Rajah Patani. The population of the town consists of
Malfiys, Chinese and Siamese, the Malays preponderating, the Rajah himself being
a MaJay.

Patchouli (Pogosiemon patchouli) has been introduced and grows freely
with but little care. The leaves command ((17 i)er picul. Plants raised from set'd
are reported to be scentless. Cuttings only should be used.

Fattas. — V- 3 inilea N. of Klang R. and about tbe same distance from the
coast, Selangor.

Fawang or Poyang.— The Pawanga are a claas of men endowed with tlie
power of performing the functions of priests, teachers, physicians, and sorcerers-
Under any of these titles they have not much to do amongst the members of their
own nation ; many of them do not believe that the Pavm,ng» have any supernatural
power OB sorcerers or as priests, nor do they attribute any efficacy t« the acts they

Sicrform under these two titles. Many others have great doubts on the subject ;
lowever, some of them certainly acknowledge in them some extraordinary power,
more or less. The Patnangg themselves, at least those I have seen, have very little
confidence in their own ability, either in their capacity of sorcerers or physicians.
Though their knowledge be much circujnflcribed, they are generally more clever
than their countrymen, and in every kind of sickness they are called upon. Their
prescriptions are always accompanied with some superstitious practices, without
which they are supposed to be of little or no effect. But it is amongst the Malays
that their skill is much in honour, and their persons objects both of veneration and
of fear. The Malays are ridiculously superstitious on that point ; they have a firm
faith in the efficacy of the supplications of the Pawangs, and an extraordinary dread
of their supposed supernatural power. The Malays imagine that they are endowed
with the power of curing every kind of sickness, and of killing an enemy, however
distant be may be, by the force of spells ; and with the gift of discovering mines
and hidden treasures. It is not uncommon to see Malay men and women, at the
sight of a Benua jiawany, throw themselves on the ground before him.

I could not ascertain the ordinary way for becoming a Paviang, nor discover any
ceremony by which the Pawiimij»hip is entered upon ; it appears very probable that
uncommon natural ability, which is found from time to time in a few of the JteTiucw,
gives a sufficient right lo exercise the functions of such ministry. The right of
inheritance seems also to be looked for as contributing much to the claim of being
[sf75J T 2

Pay

Descriptive Dictionary

a Pawang. In the absence of more positive infonnation on the subject, I will here
quote a passage from Lieutenant Newboid : — " The soul of a Pawang after death
ia supposed to enter into the body of a tiger. This metempBychoais ie presumed to
take place after the following fashion : — The corpse of the Pawang ia placed erect
against the projection near the root of a large tree in the depth of the forest, and
carefully watched and supplied with rice and water for seven days and nights by
the friends and relations. During this period the transmigration (believed to be
the result of an ancient compact mode in olden times by the Fatoan^e ancestors
with a tiger) is imagined to be in active operation. On the seventh day, it is
incumbent on the deceased Pawam^'s son, should he be desirous of ezercisiag similar
supernatural powers, to take a censer and incense of kamunian wood, and to watch
near the corpse alone, when the deceased will shortly appear in the form of a tiger
on the point of making a fatal spring upon him. At this crisis it is necessary not
to betray the slightest symptom of alarm, but to cast with a bold heart and firm
hand the incense on the fire ; the seeming tiger will then disappear, The spectres of
two beautiful women will next present themselves, and the novice will be cast into
a deep trance, during which the initiation is presumed to be perfected. These aerial
ladies thenceforward become his familiar spirits, by whose invisible agency the
secrets of nature, the hidden treasures of the earth, arc unfolded to him. Should
the heir of the Pawang omit to observe this ceremonial, the spirit of the deceased,
it is believed, will re-enter for ever the body of the tiger, and the mantle of enchant-
ment be irrecoverably lost to the tribe," — Kev. P. Favke in J. I. A.

*' The spells are of various kinds, operating in different ways, and rapidly or
slowly. The most noted is the tuju (derived from the word 'to point'). The
Pawang takes a little lilin eambartg, or was, that has been found in a nest the bees
themselves have abandoned. Over this he mutters a spell, and waits his oppor-
tunity to menuju, because, to ensure its success, he must not only be able to see the
victim, however distant, but there must be a strong wind blowing in the direction of
his residence. When such a wind rises, the Patcang takes the wax, places a vessel
of water, with alighted candle or two before him, mutters an incantation, and fixes bis
eyes intently on the water. If be can see the ima^ of the victim distinctly in the
water, he throws the wax into the air, and the wind instantaneously transports it to
the victim, who feels as if he were struck by something. Sickness follows, which
is either prolonged, or followed by speedy death, according to the exigency of the
spell," Counter spells, however. wiU, it is believed, avail to render the Pawang'*
effort useless.

Pavangt were in former days always employed to secure good fortune for
newly -opened mines, which they pretended to obtain by various ceremonies. Of late
years, however, the belief in their powers haa almost died out.

Paya Bakong. — Small v. about l mile W. at E. Duyong, S. of Durian
Tunggal district, S. Malacca.

Paya Blantei. — Small V. in Batu Bercndam district, S. Malacca.

Paya Dalam. — A small V, in the Ayer Pah Abas district, Malacca.

Paya Dato.^Small v. in the Pigoh district. N. Malacca.

Paya Gemok. — V. about half way on the rood from Merlimau to Chin-
chin, S. Malacca.

Paya JakuQ. — V. 35 miles N. of Merlimau, S.E. Malacca, on the road to
Cbiuchiu.

Pava Junuong. — v. 5| miles N. of Merlimau, S.E. Malacca, on the road to
Ohinchiu.

Paya Lebar. — District and V. in E. Singapore, the latter being on the high
roail to Simugoon. A Police station, Qovemmenl bungalow, and Roman Catholic
church add importance to the village.

[276]

Pay

of British Malaya.

Paya Luas. — v. on the Iwundary line between Johol and Malacca, on the
road to Chindras.

Paya RutZXput. — Ad important V. 7 to 8 mileB N. of Malacca-t«wa,

Payong, in Maiay, an umbrella. This ia the uniTerBal badge of rank from
the prince to the humblest office-bearer among the civilized nations of Malaya, and
Btnuds instead of the crowns, coronets, atara and ribbons of the nations of Eurojie.
The quabty of the party ia expressed by its size, colour, or material.

Peacock, in Malay. inArak. The bird known by this name is the Paeo
mtUlcus of oruithologista, and a distinct speciea from the Indian one, which ia that
of our poultry-yards, It appeara to be confined to Java, Sumatra, and the Malay
Peninsula, and has never been domesticated by the nativea. The neck of the Malay
species is covered with green instead of blue feathera, and the crest differs in form
from that of the Indian species. It is said to be good eating.

Peacock-Pheasant. — A haodaome species with a short tail, tbe feathers
oc(tllat«d or marked with eyes. Abundant throughout the PeninsuLtr jungle.

Peak I. — See PuLO Tbmbakol.

Pearl (Mutiara), and MotlieiVO'-Pearl (Sijmt mutiara). — ^Not fuuiid ou
the coast of the Peninaula ; but as these ornaments are largely used by the native
races, the following article from CaiwpmiD is quoted : — " Pearla worth tiahing are
found in the seas about the Arrow Islands, and in those of the Sulii Archipel^j^o,
but none in aize or quality to be compared with those of the Menar or Persian
Gulfs. Mother-o' -pearl oysters are found in the same situations and on the coasts
of several of the Bisaya Islands of the Phihppines much more abundantly. From
Manilla there arc yearly exported about 200.000 pounds weight of them. Mr,
WitiDSOE £abl hoe given the foIlowiDg very satisfactory aucouot of the tishiug of
the Arrow Islands on the coast of New Guinea ;— ' But the great sources of wealth
are the pearl and tripang banka, which lie on the eaatern aide of the group, and are
often several miles m width, being intersected by deep channels, some of which
will admit vessels of burden. The peaj-l oysters arc of aeveral varieties. First,
the large oyster with its strong thick shell from sii to eight inches in diameter,
which furnishes the mother- o'-pearl shell of commerce. These are obtained by
diving and ore highly prized, bemg nearly always in demand at Singapore for the
European and Chinese markets. This oyster produces few real pearls, but gnarled,
aemi-transparent escreacences are occasionally found on the surface of the inner
shell, which are so highly' esteemed by the Chinese that they often fetch enormoua
prices. The other deacnption is the small semi-transparent pearl oyster, having
the inner surface of the shell of a bluish tint. The snell is of small value as an
article of commerce, but the oyster itself often contains pearls which, a.lthough
individually of no great value, are so uumerous aa amply to re[}ay the labour of
collection. Pearla of sufficient size to undergo the process of boriug are sometimes
found, but the greater portion are what go by the name of aeed-pearls, and are
only marketable in China, where they are mnch valued as a medicinewhen pounded
and mixed with some liquid.' — Journal of the Indiam. Arehipelaijo, Vol. IV, p. 490,
The names for the pearl in Malay and Javanese — mvH, mvtya, and mKlyara — are
all Sanskrit, and I am not aware that in any 'of the Malayan languages there are
native names for it. Occaaionally the Persian word lulu is used. The name for
the mother- o'-pearl oyster— iiui«n.g-niM(y am, is exactly equivalent to our own, for
the Malay word ind-ung signifies mother or matrix. From this wo may aup[K)ae
that both the pearl and mother-o' -pearl were most probably made known to the
Malayan nations by the Hindus. It may be remarked, that the pearl-fishing of the
Sulu Islands was certainly carried on before the arrival of Europeans, for they are
mentioned by the indefatigable BAaBusA. ' Going on,' says he, ' in a northerly
direction towards China, there is another island abounding in the necessaries of
[277]

Pea Descriptive Dicliotiary PCft

life called Solar (Sulu), inhabited by a GcDtile people, almoat white, and in pereoa
well made. Thej have their own proper king and language. In this island is
found mucli gold b/ washing the soil, and over against it, the people go to fiah small
pearls, and even find oaiaeionally larger ones, fine as to colour and roundness.' —
Jiamtieio, Vol. I."

Pearls, Breeding, — A belief that a certain variety of pearl is able to
reproduce itself is firmly implanted in the minds of all seaboard Malays.
The question baa never been authoritatively settled, but the following extracts from
an article written by the compiler and published some years ago may be of
interest ; —

" The pearls in question are reputed to come chiefly from Borneo and Java,
although found in nearly all islands of the Archipelago, and even in Singapore ;
there docs not appear to be any specific native name for them as distinguished from
ordinary pearls. As regards appearemce, those shown me resemble the ordinary
jeweller's pearl in look, tbov^h slightly more in'egular in shape. The lajijest of
regular shape I have yet seen is something over -^ inch in diameter, though an
irregularly formed one is over { inch in length, by -^f in width, while the smallest
is a mere pin-point of microscopic dimensions. As regards substance, they are
alleged to present exactly the same laminated section as the ordinary pearl when
cut, and a lady, resident in this colony, informs me that Professor Huxlkv
examined one at her request, and subjected it to numerous tests, of which be
reported the result to be that it was absolutely Indistinguishable from the ordinary
pearl used for jewellery.

" The process by which reproduction takes place involves only very simple pre-
parations. Pour or five large-sized pearls (most people have begun with three) aro
placed in a small chip or other box with as many grains of uncooked white rice as
the experimenter chooses — from 15 to 30 are usually used. Absolute freedom from
disturbance is, by some, alleged to be necessary for the formation of the new pearls,
while others deny that this makes any difference if they are not unduly bandied
or shaken. If examined at the end of a certain period (about a year), object«
resembling small seed-pearls will be found strewn about lie bottom of the box,
while in many cases the original pearls themselves will be found to have increased
in size, If again left untouched for a further period of six months or a year, and
then examined, some of the seeds will be found to have become larger, while frosh
seeds will have formed. Each grain of rice now presents a curious appearance. A
small circular bite seems to have been taken from the end of each, the number of
seed-pearls agreeing with the number of grains thus aSected.

" The laldy resident above referred to having kindly ofiered to show me her
collection, I saw it at the end of December last. It consisted of about five lai^
or medium-sized pearls, and, as nearly as could be estimated, about 120 small-sized
pearls, varying from the most minute speck to a size large enough for use in certain
dcsciiptions of jewellery. Every grain of rice was, so far as I could see, marked
BA before described — looking, in fact, as if some beetle had gnawed away a portion
of its end. She informed me that the larger pearls she showed mo had been in
their present box for about twenty years ; that she had only put four or five into the
box when it was just closed ; that, except to show to persons interested, the box
had always been kept shut ; that any tampering with it had been impossible — to
say nothing of the fact that no one was likely to have strewn seed-pearls in it for
the purpose of playing a practical joke which might not even attract attention for
a lengthened period.

*' Shortly aft«r seeing the pearls above mentioned, good fortune led me to
inquire of Dr. Howell, the Principal Medical Officer of Singapore, what he knew
about the matt«r. It so hapi>ened that I could not have applied to better authority,

Mrs. having for some years possessed and bred the pearls in question. I give

[278]

Pea

of British Maiaya.

her experience in her own words, ber kiodneas in fumiahing tiie account being
moBl generously supplemented by her aending the box containing the pearls for my

inspection. Mrs. writes aa follows ; — -■ I had three " Breeding Pearls " given

me in June or July, 1874, On the 17th July I shut these three up with a layer of
cotton-wool above and below them and some few grains of a very fine rice (called
here "Pulot" ricei'). On the 11th of July, 1875, we opened the boi in the
company of two or three friends, and we discovered tvjelve of sizes — the three
original ones standing out distinctly by their greater size ; though some of the
newly-bred ones were by no means insignificant to look at, One or two were about
the size of a pin's-head and perfectly round. The rice looked crumbly and worm-

" ' The size of the three breeding pearls both my husband and I thought con-
nderably larger. I had made a rough drawing of their appearance and size, and
you can see the boxes for yourself.

" ' I have started afrenh again with five big ones lately given me, three of the
old originals, and 1 think the fifth is one of those bred in my box. But this I
could not vouch for,

" ■ I send the two boxes, and shall be glad to have them back when you have
done with them.'

" I may add that the rice in the boxes sent was all ' bitt«n away,' as ia the
other case. I feel certain that the ' bite ' has been produced by some hving agency,
and that it could not have been produced in any other way.

" Having been informed that Mrs. , of the local girls' school, could give

uu some information on the matter, I called on that lady, and she kindly told me
all she knew. This was exactly to the same effect as above described, with the
further item that "breeding pearls ' were in all cases originally taken from pearl
oysters, and that, wh^n about to ' breed,' a small black speck made its appeanmce
on some portion of the pearl, which speck continued to be visible so long as the
breeding process continued. I then wrote to a gentleman who, I was informed,
had himself bred a considerable number — Mr. H, B, WooDifOKU — who very kindly
furnished me with a aeries of notes, which I transcribe in aJmoat his own
words : —

" ' Breeding pearls are found in several of the oyster and clam species, includ-
ing those known as Tridacnx. with a fan-shaped shell. The shells yielding them
abound chiefly on the coast of Borneo, but they are also found throughout the
Malayan Archipelago and even in Sbgapore. I found one at Sanah Merah Kcchil
beach. Many peoi)le believe that they come to better perfection if kept in sea-
water. I have reared mine in closed boxes, with Pviot rice strewn loosely around
them, and the whole covered with a layer of cotton silk, though Mr. L. J.
SctiEERDEB has successfully reared some in fresh water. I am not able to say what
is the average percentage of these pearl-producing shells, but out uf fift*.'en or
twenty I picked up at Tauah Merah, I only came across one. Mr. P. Marcus telle
mc he has extracted them from all descriptions of bivalve shells, the larger the
shells the larger being the pearls. In one case be t«ok a very large ouc from the
Tridtwna giga», or giant clam (of which a specimen may be seen at the foot of the
stairs leading to the Bas'fles Library).

" ' The pearls when discovered are usually found imbedded I'losc to the valves
of the shell, though in some cases found adhering to the fish. There appears to he
no certainty as to size, the breeding pearls varying like the ordinary oneit, though
the rule as to the largest being contained in the largest shells does not. in the
latt«r case, hold good. They are almost invariably spherical when found, but,
when commencing to breed, change their "fehape to a more or less irregular oval.
with layers of scales on them visible tu the naked eye. In some cases the scales
are themselves spherical,'

" As regards the time occupied in ' breeding,' Mr. Woodfobd names a very
[279]

Ped Descriptive Dictionary Ped

much longer period than that specified by the other correspondents who have so
Mndljr answered my inquirJea. He states thD>t it uauallj takes eight jeara for a
seed-pearl to increase to four times its original diameter, i.e., about \ inch,
though ho has seen one over ^ inch in measurement produced in that period.

" After a certain time (which appears to be uncertain), ' breeding pearls ' die
and change their lustrous colour to a dirty flake white, the outer stales ap]iearing
to have peeled off. Mr. Woodfokd attributes their formation to insects, though
this otherwise feasible theory is at variance with all received beliefs as to the
formation of the i>earl within the ojrster.

■' Several other resideuts have informed rae that they have seen breeding pearls
and (heir young (if the term be admissiblt!) under circumstani/es which left no
doubt as to the ba-ail fides of their exhibitors. The Hon, J. M. Vebmoht, M.L.C.,
of Province Wellesley, informs me that he is certain of the fact that all above
stated is true, it agreeing with his own experience. Admiral Kbfpel, Sir J.
Bbooke, Major McNaib, and other writers have noticed the belief in their pub-
lished works."

It is, however, only fair to give the views of so distinguished a scientist as
Professor Owen oa this subject. The following is his letter on the subjett, which
appeared in Land and Water in December, 1878 : —

"The glass tube now before me, so kindly provided by Her Highness the
Banee of Sarawak as a t«8t of the credulity of the inhabitants of the British Isles,
contains a few genuine seed-jiearls of the Meleagrina and five small marine shells
— Cowries or Cyprtea. sub-genus Trivia of Ghat, which represent the rice. The
specific distinctions of tliese small trima are so minute that this individual species
has been from time to time variously described. It is the Cyprtea ort/ia of
Limits us and of Lamarck ; C. intermedia of Ktenbr ; C. ingeda of Miohelb, and
will doubtless receive other designations from daring conchologists, who delight in
a religious dissent from the opinions of their predecessors. The so-called rice is a
marine shell of the genus Cyprtea, the end or apex of each example carefully filed
or ground off to represent the effect of having been fed upon by the i>earls. The
whole is a deliberate and barefaced imposture, and it is to be hoped that when
some generation hence this miserable myth again crops up in the repetitive opera-
tions of history, some more powerful pen than mine may find employment in
denouodog the shameless attempt to impose upon the credulity of the scientific

Now it so liappens that this letter was not seen by the compiler of the present
work till many years afterwards, or he would have forwarded some of the rice
which he saw with the i)earls shown him. He can only aver that he is positive
that no shells of any species were present, Some one must have played an
unint«ntional practical joke on Her Highness the Kanee — probably in total
ignorance of the fact that the rice was in any way needed for the purpose of traos-
mission to Europe. An endeavour is now being made to utitain some to send to
Europe. So majiy people of good standing can testify to the facts, that the
presence of the shells need not affect the question,

Pedas.— V. >iu W. border of Renibau, Negri Sembilan, at th^' source of
Suugoi Pabei.

Pedra.- Branca or the White Rock of the Portuguese navigators, a
well-known landmark 32 miles distant from Singapore. It is thus welt described
by Mr. Windsob Eabl :^" Pedra- Branca is a detached rock 24 feet in height above
the level of the sea, situated nearly in the centre of the eastern entrance of the
Straits of Malacca, which htu been the leading mark for vessels entering or leaving
the Strait for ages past. The main channel, which hes immediately to the north
of the rock, is four miles wide in the narrowest part. A lighthouse of dressed
granite 75 feet in height is erected on the rock, and at that time probably the

Fek

of Briiish Malaya.

mo«t perfect of the kind ever constructed to the OEWtward of the Cape of Good
Hope. The light, which is regularly illiiminated, ie on the rovoWing principle,
attaining ita greateiit brilliaooy onco in a minute as the concentrated rays strike the
eye of the spectator. It is visible £rom the deck of a ship at the distance uf \h
miles, when it disappears below the horizon, but it may be seen much further from
the masthead, as its brilliancy is so ^reat that the horizon is the only hmit to its
range. The reefs and dangers which beset the eastern entrance of the Straits of
Malacca are all within the influence of the light as risible from a ship's deck."

Pekan. — ^The capital of Paliang, about 4 miles from the mouth of R. of
same name on the S. bank. It is described as flourishing, but with no particular
claims to attention.

Pftl fl.m . — Large V. at junction of stream of same name with Dengin K.,
2^ miles E. of Province Wellealey frontier, Kedah.

Pelandok, — See Moube-Deer.

PelaS Negri. — ■• Cleansing the country." An aacietit ceremony performed
about once every seven years in Ferak to ensure prosperity. A description is given
in •• Notes and Queries'' with No. 16 J. S. B. E. A. S.

Pelisit or Bajang. — Evil spirits which take demoniacal possession of
human beings.

Penaga>. — The chief station of the northern district of Province Wellesley,
8 miles 4 furlongs from Butterworth. It has a population of upwards of l.ROOi
including many Chinese and Kling shopkeepers and tradesmen. The Malay agri-
cultural population in the neighbourhood is very considerable. A Police station of
brick, the lower room of which is used as the ma^strate's court, accommodates an
inspector and a small force of native police.

Penaik. — A V. in Jumpol, one of the Negri Sembilau,

Peuang Islaud and Town. — Originally named Prince of Wales' Island
and George Town, The former designation has fallen into disuse, the word
" Penang " being now applied to the Island. The meaning of the name Fv,io
Piiuxng is Betel-nut Islaud.

Position. — Penang is situated at the N.W. end of the Straits of Malacca,
360 miles from Singapore, and is separated from the mainland of the Peninsula by
a channel, about 2 mdes broad, forming a safe and sjtocious harbour, and distant
bum the nearest point of Sumatra about 150 miles. The insular shore of the
harbour — the site of the fort and town — lies in N. lat. 5° %h' and E. long.
100° 21'. Annexed to it ia Province Wellesley (g, o.), which, although under
the same Government, is geographically distinct.

Penang was taken possession of as a British Settlement on the 17th day of
July, 1?86, there being at the time only 53 inhabitants, who were fishermen. The
British Government of India had been long desirous of possessing a commercial
emporium, but, above all, a naval station at the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal,
and the chief instrument it employed in carrying this object iuto effect was Francis
LiOHT, the master of a merchant vessel. The (Question of the formation of such a
Settlement was. on the representation of this gentleman, first entertained and
resolved upon under the administration of the able, active, and ambitious Wakken
Habtinos, although not carried into effect until that of bis immediate successor,
Mr. LiottT had been in the habit of trading with the Siamese possessions on the
Bay of Bengal, and with ICedah and other Malay States on the western side of the
Peninsula. He first recommended, for the locality of the future Settlement, the
larger island of Junk Ceylon— the SaUng of the Malays — belonging to the Siamese,
and finally, Penang, an almost uninhabited island belonging to Kedah. itself a
tributary of Siam. A romantic story long obtained currency that Mr. Lioht had
married the dai^ifhter of the King of Kedah, and received with her ua a, dowrv the
[281]

Pen

Descriptive Dictionary

Island of Penang, which he aold to the Ea^ India Company. There wilb no
foundation of truth in this tale. The wife of the enteq'riaing adventuror wa«
neither a priuwss nor a Malay, but a Me8tiao-Portuf(ueae of Siam, and the Ba,ja oE
Kedah did uot give his desert ialand to any one. but sold it to the British Govern-
ment for the payment of a quit-rent of 10,000 hard Spanish dollars a y»iir, whiuh
finm is at the present day paid to his descendant. Fbancib Lioht, the agont in this
transaction, became the first Governor, mider the title of Superintendent, planted
the colony, and carried on its administration until 1793, when he died at bis post.

When Peuaug was first occupied, it was an entire forest throughout, without a
rood of cultivation, or on inhabitant, with the exception of a family or two of
migratory Malay fishermen, whose huts were on the beach near which stands now
George Town. In 1800. the main called Province WeJlcHley after Lord Wellbblkt,
afterwards Duke op Wellinston. was annexed to the island, having been pur-
chased from the King of Eedah for the consideration of 2,000 Spanish dollars, about
j6430 sterling, or little more than a penny an acre, which was probably fully as
much as it was worth to the vendor.

Penang continued to be the principal Settlement until 1837, when the seat of
Government was transferred to Singapore, Its history since that date has been
that of the Settlements generally. Its revenue and trade have improved to a sur-
prising extent, but, as a subsidiary Colony, its fortunes have not presented any
feature of striking interest, excepting as regards population and revenue, which have
exceeded even the sanguine expectations of its founder. In a despatch to the
Indian Govemment. he gives the following summary of the advantages to be
expected from his colony, for such, in reality, it was : — " A harbour with good
anchorage, secure from bad weather, and capable of containing any number of
vessels j an island well watered, of exceDent soil, capable of containing 50,000
people, and abounding in all necessary materials for their service and security ; a
port favuurable to commerce, the present imports amounting to upwards of 600,000
doUars per annum ; a place of refuge fur merchant ships, where they may refit and
be supplied with provisions, wood and water, and protected from the insult* of
enemies ; and an emporium, centrically situated, where the merchants of all nations
may conveniently meet and exchange their commodities."

Gbowioy and MiNEBAXDQv. — The formation is granitie, covered in many
places with a sharp sand or stiff clay, the produce of the decomposition of the
granite. Above this again comes a coat of vegetable mould of greater or less thick-
ness. With the exception of a plain about three miles in depth, u|X)n which stands
the town and environs, the whole of the island consists of hills with narrow valleys.
No minerals of commercial value are found in Penang.

Gliuatb. — The influence of the regular monsoons is more distinctly felt at |
Penang than in the most easterly part of the Straits of Malacca, owing to Uie wide-
□ess of the latter to the west, and vicinity to the Bay of Bengal. During the north- '
easterly monsoon, from November to March inclusive, clear settled weather prevails,
and in the south-westerly, from April to October, the rains take place. But neither
rain nor drought are of long continuance. The average heat of the year at the level ,
of the sea is 80°. and at the height of 2,500 feet, the highest inhabited imint. 70*", \
the annual range being about 20°, Wherever there is a free ventilation, the climate \
is equal in salubrity to that of any other tropical one. but in a few dose vallers |
wanting this advantage, the malaria is deemed poisonous, and such localities, few in
number, are not inhabited by Europeans.

Faoba. — Of mammals, the principal B|K;cies are monkeys. Ions, wild pig, and
two species of viverrida — the niiisanj and hini'^rong. The ornithology <»ll8 for no
special remarks. The island is a happy hunting ground for the entomologist,
numerous fine species of Lejiidoptera frequenting the hills. Thu botany of Penang
is perhaps better known than that of any part of the Peninsula, and, for the &[««
involved, is particularly rich. Palms, bamboos, banana, and other fruit-trees uid

I
I

Pen of British Malaya. p0B

nutmegs clothe the hUIsideB, while fems are also plentiful. Tho high land permits
the eultivatJon t»£ many flowers and other plants which will not thrive in the flat
IbtcI landa of Singapore or Malacca.

AoRicuLTiFRE AVD Pkodiict§. — -Ab evinced by its name, the chief product of
Peuiing is the hetel-nut, which, with all kinds of fruit and nutmegs, is tho on]y
indigenous article of trade. NutmegH were at one time a most important braucu
of industrv, but the blight, which simultaneously affected the whole Peninsula,
destroyed it. Their cultivatiou has, however, now been resumed, and Penang niit-
megs stand high in the market. There is no agriculture properly so called. Pepper
was at one period of its early histoty produced to the extent of three and a half
million pounds annually. But the competition of other places, notably of Netherlands
India, proved fatal, and it is now only cultivated in snaall patches and is not classed
a« an article of export trade.

TRADE.-^In 1?89, or within three years of its establishment, its founder
reported tho imports of Penang to be of the value of £130,000. In 1854, or in
sixty-five years' time, they were of the value of ^6581, 240. But in the first of these
y^ars, Penang was the only British port in the Straits of Malacca, and its imports
represented, therefore, the whole British tr^e of the Straits. In 1854, it was com-
peting with two other British Settlements as an emporium, the joint imports of tho
three Settlements in that year having amounted tt> £4,923,28?, or to near thirty-
eightfold what they were three years after the foundation of Penang. In 1885, the
imports of Penang alone were valued (taking $6 := ^1) at £5,528,243, and tho
exports at £5,989,584, while m 1892 the figures had risen to import* £6,903,596
and exports £7,279,136, The same articles of course find eutry, to a lai^ extent,
under both headings ; but an aggregate trade of over fourteen millions sterling
annually is of no mean importance.

Popui^TioH. — ^In 1792, or within seven years of its eslabhshment, Penang hod
a population which, only 58 on our taking possession, had increased to 7,000
resident inhabitants, or, including public estabhshments and sojourners, 10,000.
By a census taken in 1810, the population, which now included the annexed territory
on the continent at the time of its occupation, nearly as destitute of inhabitants as
was the island itself, amounted to 31,600. In 1827, it rose to 55,354; and in 1851,
siity-five years after its foundation, to 111,096, this last extraordinary augmenta-
tion having been, in a good measure^ CAiised by migrations from the neighbouring
Malay Stat« of Kedah, laid waste by Siamese mvaaiou. The census of 1881 gave
190.597 a<i the total, of whom only ti74 were Europeans, viz., 565 males and 109
females. Of jthe total, 67,820 were Chinese. 84,724 Malays, and 25,049 Tamils.
The Jawi Pekan, or half-broed Klinga and Malays, numbered 5,462. The total
population (census of 1891) was 235,618.

OovRRHMENT. — Penang was governed by a Lieut. -Governor from 1867 (when
it became a Grown Colony) till 1880. This officer held the second official rank in
the Straits SettJements, and used to act for the Qovemor in his absence, but
since 1880 the title has been changed to that of Resident Councillor, with a
corresponding decrease in status. Two unofficial members of Coundl are chosen
from Penang.

Kevkbt™.— The revenue for 1892 amounted to $1,304,003. These figures
include Province Wellesley, 'which, for administrative purposes, is regarded as a
portion of the Settlement of Penang. The expenditure is included in that of the
other Settlements.

TopooRAPHT, Ac. — Penang is almost entirely mountainous, the only plain
being at the N.E, comer of the island, upon which stands Greorge Town. A ridge,
of which the highest point is 2.5tH) feet, and upon which stands the signal -station,
Government bungalow and convalescent home, with some nine or ten private rest*
dences at lesser elevations, occupies the N.W. centre of the island, and is known as
" The HiU." This, having an average temperature of 70" only, is much availed of
[283]

Pen

Descriptive Dictionary

by those needing change of air. A very well-kept experimental Duraery garden
oucupicB one of the valleys about half-way up.

In former years, Penaug was a favourite Banitarium for Indian ofiSeers. The
channel between the ialand and the mainland forma an almost laud-locked harbour,
to which aucesB is practicable from both sides, though vessels drawing over 20 feet
take the northern channel. The anchorage is good, with good holding ground In
from ten to eleven fathoms of water. The spring tides rise about 9 feet, and run

3 knot« an hour. At neaps, the rise is about 7 feet. There arc no picra or wharves
for vessels, lighters only being employed for cargo. The number of vessels which
entered the port in 1887 was 2,507, of 1,452,475 tons, aod employing 105,714 men.
Almost all steam-vessels entering Singapore touch also at Fonang, with the excep-
tion of those of the Meaaa^ries Maritimes.

Penang possesses very good hotels — in marked contrast to her southern neigh-
bours. A commodious town-hall gives accommodation to the public libraJT, wtule
the esplanade, upon which the building looks, gives ample room for cricket and
lawn tennis. There is no Government-house, and the only public accommodation
for distinguished visitora is at the fort or at the Q«vemment bungalow on the hi ll ,
or the " convalescent bungalow," which offieiala are allowed to occupy in turn for a
fortnight at a time. About four miles from the town is situated the botanical
garden, at the inner extremity of which is the well-known water&ll. It was, about
eight or nine years ago, contemplated to utilize this for the production of the
electric hght, and a concession to that end was actually obtained \ nothing, how-
ever, came of it. ,

The Malay quart«r8 and general hospital are situated about three miles from j
the jetty, on large airy spaces, and N*. of them is the race-uourae, which is well I
adapted for it« purpose.

The distance from the town of Penang to the foot of the hill is a little over '

4 miles. From the foot of the hill to the Government flag-staff, on the top of |
the hill, 3J miles. The base of the hill is beat reached by Hack Gharry from i
Penang. The ascent can be made in two ways, viz. : On horseback (pony), or by I
chair, carried by coolies. When made by the latter, the time occupied between the \
foot of the hill and the summit — say the flag sigual-sUff — is usually about one hour. |

The charge for a pony up the hill is ^\\, and the same for the mount down.
The chai^^e for a chair coolie up is 35 cents, and a siniilar charge for the journey
down. From five to eight coolies are required for each chair, but, of course, this
ia regulated by the weight of the j>er8on to be carried. Before ascending the hill
it is necessary to make arrangements with either Messrs. Hin Lee and Co., or Boon
Tek and Co., who will provide the necessary ponies or coohea at the foot of the hill.

Persons from a distance renting a hill-bungalow have to take their own staff of
servants with them, otherwise they may experience considerable inconvenience on
their arrival. Local firms provide the necessary supplies of fresh provisions dally
through a coolie, whose charge is 35 cents for each trip up the hill.

At the Flag-signal House, beside the Government Bungalow, there ia a tele-
phone which can be used by persona residing on Penang Hill. The charge for
telephoning a message of twenty words to the town of Penang is 25 cents, and 10
cents for every additional 10 words or part thereof.

BciLDiMos, &c. — Fort Comwallis, at the N.E. point, was erected shortly after
we took possession. It is needless to say that it is now useless agatnat modern
artillery ; but it would be useful in case of a native t'meute. Except the town-hall.
Government offices, and court-house, there are no public buildings. Neither the
Protestant nor Catholic churches are in any way remarkable. Many of the Chioese
Babat live in handsomely appointed residences.

CouuuNicATiON between Penang and the mainland opjwsitc is maintained by
steam launches running to Butterworth, Prye River, Bukit Tambun and Nibong
TebaU from which latter place a launch plies to Farit Buntar, the frontier Set^6>
[284]

of British Malaya.

Fen

ment of Perak. Chinese samyaiw can also be obtained whenever needed. Almo§t
all ateamers bound eastward and homeward touch at Peuang.

Pulo Jerejak. an ialand lying off the S.E. coast of Penai^, contains the leper
asylum of the Settlementi

Penari.— V. 7 miles of Jugra E. on the N. bank of its Langat branch. 8.W.
Solan gor.

Peng Kang.— A S.W. distriut of Singapore, bounded on the E. by the R.
Jurong.

Pengarong. — V. and plantation on the coast of S. Johore. about \\ miles E.
of Johore Hill (marked Punjerung on the Admiralty Charts).

Penggaga.^The name of a small serrated semi-circular leaf which grows as
a weed, used for making gamhal to curries, <tc.

Peughulll. — Headman of a district, or bagan as it is called in Province
Wellesley. The Penghulus are elected by the neighbours and confirmed _by the
Govornment, which gives them a badge and certificate to that effect.

Pengkalan or Pengkalen.— " A mart." Of constant occurrence in the
names of places,

Pengkalan.— A v. in the Oading forest reserve, N.C. Malacca.

Pengkalan and Pengkalan Awur.— Two small V. on N. bank of the
Malacca K. in Parit Melana district, C. Malacca.

Pengkalan Balak, — An important V. in tlio Sungei Bharu Tengah dis-
trict, N. W. of Malacca. On the beach about 5 mile from the high road from Ling^
to the town, the main road here strikes to the N., reaching Malacca via Sungei
Bharu. But a second-claas road joining the other at Ayer Berendam cuts off much
rtf the distance.

Pengkalan Balak. — Small v. on the high road to Machap and close to
Gading about 2^ miles N. of Durian Tunggal in C. Malacca. It is included in the
tin-bearing district in the map.

Pengkalan Batu. — V. on S. aide of Klang E., Sclangor, nearly opposite
Daman Sara.

—V. on the Muar side of the Eessang E. about 1 mile

Pengkalan Bharu.— V. on 8. aide of Eaya E., C. Perak. Sakei tribes
inhabit the ranges in the neighbourhood to the 8,E., and tin mines esist at ft
short distance 8.W,

Pengkalan BuMt. — T. on E. side of Sembrong R. about 6 miles N. of its
junction wiih the E. Kahang, N.E. Johore.

Pengkalan Chongal.— V. S. of Chendriang R., E.G. Perak, about
9 milea N.E. of Bandar Baru.

Pengkalan Denei,— ^The S. side of a small reach in the Sembrong
R,. running E. and W., about 3 miles below its junction with the Endau, N,E.
Johore.

Pengkalan Gajali.— v

U. with Endau R.. N. Johore.

Pengkalan Halban. — V. on the Perak R. a few miles below Teluk Anson
ill Perak. It was the last station held by the Dutch in that State, and was
deserted in 1783, but subsequently re-aettlod.

Pengkalan Kacha.— V. on W, bank of Perak R.. C, Perak. about H miles
E,S.E. of Bhinja.

side of junction of Sembrong and Eahang

■i

Pen

Descriptive Dictionary

a E. bank of R. Sembrong 3 mileB above its

Pengkalan Kenalan.— V.

abrupt turn N. in Central J-jhore,

Pengkalan Kijang. — V. on E. bsak of Sembrong K., N.E. Johore.

Pengkalan Kompas.— On the Linggi E., Sunghei Ujong. At one time
the principal port of the btott-, but now greatly anper»eded by Port DickBon.

Pengkalan Lama. — ^A good-sizod village about 1 mile N. of Tanjong
Eling, Malacca.

Pengkalan Lanjut. — Reach of the Sembrong R. running E. and W. almut
3 miles below its junction with the Eodau, N.E. Johore.

Pengkalan Minyak. — Small V. on the Duyong K., Malacca, and about
4s miles froui its mouth.

E. bank of Johore B. about h\ miles above

Pengkalan Ombei.—V. .

Johore Lama.

Pengkalan Pandan.— V.

Selang<u-,

N. of Langat R. not far from Sajang,

Pengkalan Pelepab.
Pengkalan Pomang.
Pengkalan Tampoi.— Small V.

Malai'ca, about 7 milfs N. of the town.

E. bank of Endau E., N. Johore.
E. bank of E. Sembroug, N. Johore.

Batu Bereudam diatrict, 3.

Bide,

Pengkalan Tirana.— V. at the mouth of the Keasang E., on the Muar

Pengkalan To'oh.— V. <

. bank of E. Madek. E. Johore.

Pengkalan Tungkis.^V. at the tm-n of the R. Sembrong N. in Central

Pengkalan Upai. — V. near the mouth of the Kessang E.. between
Malacca and Muiir on the Malacca aide.

Peninjan. — V. about 2 milea on W. bank of Lin^n E, near its source in
S.C. Johore.

Pentland Range. — Hills in E.G. Penang, the highest elevation being
1,89S feet, in Paja Teruboug district.

Pepper (Pyjef Migrum). — In Malay Xa&a., ia eitensively cultivated in the British
PosBfsaious and Protected States, and to a bmit«d extent in other parts of the
Feninaula. The demand, however, greatly exceeds the supply, and Penang and
Singapore are collecting centres for the traido with Europe. Black pepper ia
converted into white by soaking the green berry in water, and, after the skins have
become softened (about 7 or 8 days is the usual time fur soaking, in runnino
water), macerating them by hand until the two outer coverings are removed ana
the " silver skin," or that immediately covering the actual berry, is eipoaed. The
price of both qualities varies considerably. In 1883 it averaged $15 and $21 per
picul for black and white respectively. At the time of writing it ia $8.90 and $16.50
per picul. A few Europeans have commenced the cultivation, but it is chiefly in
Chinese bauds. 8\rih, used for chewing with betel-nut, is a variety of the pepper
plant.

Perak. — [The iufonaation given hereunder is chiefly taken, by permission,
from the account compiled by Mr, L. Weay, Junior, for the Indian and Colonial
Exhibition, and the Hon, A, M, Skinnkk's "Bntish Connection with Malaya."
Other papers laid under contribution are acknowledged elsewhere. The matter has
been re-arranged to suit the plan of this work.]

Position.— The State is situated between 3° 45' and 5° 29* N. lat., and

100" 225' and 101° 40' E. long., its coaat line occupving a large proportion of the

[28«]

of Brilisk Malaya.

Per

I
I

weBtem aide of the Peninsula. It iB bouudod on the N. by Kedah and Province
Welleslej, on the E. bj Pa,taju, Kelaataa, aud Pahang, on the 8. by Selangor, from
irhich it is divided by the B. Beraam, and on the W. by the Straits of Malacca.

History. — According to local native tradition, the district of Bruaa, on the
coast of Lamt, was a place where a kingdom and Baja vere first eetabUshed iu
Perak. Temong. a few miles above Kwala Kangsa, on the Perak River, was after-
wards the seat of Government.

Early in the sixteenth century, after the capture of Malacca by the
Portuguese, and the flight of Sultan Mahoues to Johore. a prince of the Boyal
line of Malacca and Johore established himself in Perak as Sultan, and the
members of the Royal Family now living claim to be descended from him. In
subsequent years Perak was twice invaded by the Achinese, and Rajas and chiefs
were carried in captivity to Sumatra. One of these was a Perak prince who was
afterwards Sultan of Auhin, and became famous under the name of Sultan
Mansub SaAB.

About the year 1650, the Butch established, by virtue of a treaty with
Acbin, a trading station on the Perak River, aud acquired a monopoly of the tin
trade, which even then was of some importance. In the following year, their
factory was attacked by the Malays, and the Dutch were cut off to a man. The
Dutch trading station, though again established, was abandoned several times,
owing to the hostility of the Perak people. The Island of Pangkor, or Dindiog,
waa, about 1670, occupied by the Dutch, but was abandoned in 1690, and their
fori, of which the ruins remain to the present day, was blown up in the last
centu^.

The last Dutch station iu Perak was on the Perak River, at Pengkalau
Halban, some miles Iwlow the present town of Tehik Anson, but it was deserted iu
1783, though re-settled some years afterwards. The Dutch were finally ejected by
the English, under Lord OAHKiFoan and Lieutenant Macalistbb, in the year
1795.

Perak was subdued by the Siamese in 1818, but by a treaty between the East
India Company and Siam in 1824, its independence under British protection was
secured. From that lime until 1874 there was little political communication be-
tween Perak and the British Settlements in the Straits of Malacca. In the latter
year, internal disturbances and piracy on the coast of Perak, which injuriously
affected the neighbouring Settlement of Penang and the coasting trade in the
Straits of Malacca, were put an end to by the intervention of Sir Asdkkw Clarkk,
R.E., G.C.M.G., then Governor of the Straits Settlements.

A British Resident and Assistant Resident were, at the request of the Sultan
of Perak, appointed to aid in establishing and maintaining a proper administration,
while their powers and other matters were determined by a treaty concluded at
Pangkor on the 20th January, 1874. The first British Resident. Mr. J. W. W.
BiKCH, was murdered by the Malays while bathing at Pasir Salak, on the Perak
River, on the 2nd November, 1875. A force sent to apprehend the murderers was
resi8t«d, and it became necessary to bring troops from India and China to obtain
redress and secure order in the State. All the murderers were arrested and
punished ; but, as it was found that many of the principal chiefs had instigated or
been privy to the crime, it was found necessary t« banish the Sultivn (Abdullah)
and three chiefs to the Seychelles, while the ex-Sultan (Ishail) was sent as a State
prisoner to Johore.

Raja Mdda TuauF, son of a previous Sultan, was then created Regent of
Perak, and in February, 1877. Mr. Hcoh Low (now Sir Hooh Low, K.C.M.a.).
was appointed Resident of Perak. After Sir Hcoh Low's appointment, there was
no disturbance of the peace, while the State made remarkable advancement, Mr.
P. A. SwETTKWHAM, C.M.G., succeeded Sir HnoH in 1891,

Geology. — Of the geologv of Perak little is at present known. There are few
[287]

Per

Descriptive Dictionary

Per

eipoBureB of rock, and no cuttinga or minea in the proper sense of the term, and
almost the whole country is covered with dense impenetTable forest, so that the
diiEculties in the way of acquiring exact inforiuatjon are very great. The
fonnationa that have been observed are granite, gneiBs and quartzites, slates, sand-
stones, clays and crystalline limestoue, quaternary deposits, including river gravels
and t>eds of clay, sands and tin-bearing drifts. •

Between the crystalline limestone (which from its position and from the apparent
total absence of oi^nie remains, may be assumed to be of great age) and the
quaternary deposits, there is a vast gap in time, which has sufficed in other ri>iui-
tries for the formation of the whole secondary and tertiary series of rocks. The
question naturally arises ; Have these rocks or any of them been formed and sub-
sequently removed? or has this country remained dry land for all these countless
millious of years V At present no certain traces of the action of the sea have been
found, and it need not be said that the sea always leaves such a wealth of organic
remains, that there can be little doubt in respect of any rock which has been formed
by its agency.

It is nut yet clear whether the limestone is older than the beds of clays, slates,
and sandstones, or the reverse. No exposure has yet been examined by a geologist
where a junction of these rocks is visible. The only evidence at present is a speci-
men of rock obtained from such a junction, and it seems to point to the greater b^
of the slates ; but of course it is hard to jud^e from a small specimen. The tin-
bearing drift ia distributed sometimes over limestone, and at other places on claya,
alat«s, sandstones, or granite ; ho that no deduction can be drawn from its position.

The main ranges of mountains are composed almost, exclusively of granit«.
Small hills and the spurs of some of the ranges are formed of slates, sandstones,
and clay. These latter fonnationa may be from aeveral hundred to perhaps two
thousand feet in thickness, but nothing is definitely known on this point yet. The
limestone forms ranges and isolated hills of from a few hundred to one thousand
feet in height

All the palsBozoic rocks have been much distorled, tilt*^, and altered bjr the
upheaval of the granitic ranges, and it seems probable that heat action has indu-
rated those portions of the limestone which yet remain scattered over the country ;
otherwise it is hard to conceive why small isolated masses of rock of 1,800 to 2,000
feet in thickness should have withstood the denuding action of water, while for
miles around there ia no trace of the formation of which they were once a part.
But. presuming some such hardening action to have taken place, and remembering
the vast ages which have elapsed since the formation of these rocks, and during
which erosion has taken place, there is no difficulty in understanding the appear-
ance they now present.

In Kinta, fragments of water-worn trap-rock are often met with in some of the
tin-workings, They were first noticed in 1883, and specimens were forwarded to
the Perak Museum at that date. A little later, when cutting a road near Papan, a
section of the rock itself was exposed. The only other evidence of volcanic action
yet brought to light is a small p>at«h of trap which occurs on a spur of granite hills
between Changkat Serdang and Kuran in Lamt.

There are several hot springs in the State, and one visited in Upper Perak had
a temperature of between 90° and 100° F., and smelt strongly of sulphuretted
hydrogen, and the water having a bitter taste. This spring rises through a
greenish-grey compact translucent silicious rook, which has probably been deposited
by the spring's own action. Similar rock has been found at hot springs in Einta,
and does not api>ear to have been met with where such springs do not exist. A
sample of the water not having been examined, no reliable idea can be formed of its
properties ; but the natives bebeve that its use will cure rheumatism and diseases of
the skin. These springs are much frequented by elephants, rhinoceroses, and other
wild animals.

Per

of British Malaya.

One of the most Important geolog^ical facta in regard to Perak wbicb. has come
to light up to the present time ia the evidence of a recent subaidence of the ooaat
line to tbe extent of 105 feet, or more. A few years ago a boring was made to a
depth of 105 feet at Matang, about 8 miles up the Larut River, and a section iras
made from it, which shows that within quite recent times an important alteration
of level has taken place. The ground at the place is 6 feet above the preaent
high-water mark, Down to a depth of 17 feet from thejaurface, the formation is
marine, but bolow that beds of sand, clays, and gravels, with leaf-bands and pieces
of wood, are met with, of the same nature as the drift near tbe hills, and containing
a small quantity of fine tin-sand ; these beds extend down to a depth of 105 feet,
and probably much further. It therefore appears that there haa been a subaideaco
of at least 105 feet eince the deposition of the tin-bearing drift of Larut. An
alteration of level of thia extent muat have made some important geographical .
changes in tbe configuration of the Straits of Malacca.

In the first 1 7 feet of marine depogita.there were found sixteen species of molluflCB,
all identical with species now inhabiting the sea of the coast. In the remainder of
the bore, no animal remains were discovered.

Ac(x*rding to Malayan tradition, some small hills near the mouth of tbe Perak
River, which are now some milea inland, were formerly islands. This points to the
rapid formation of the aea-swumps subsequent to the depression of the land, and
to the comparatively recent date of this change of level.

MiHBRii-ooT. — Tbe principal product of Perak is tin. and it was the presence
of this metal which first attracted Chineae to the State. Disputes with reference to
the possesaion of miues eoaued, followed by bloodahed and failure of the Malay
chief to preserve hia authority. An appeal was then made to the Britiah Govern-
ment for assistance, and the present aystem of protection established by treaty.
Since that time (January, 1874) the Eeveuue haa increased considerably ; the export
on tin contributing most largely to that result. The ore is found in the form of
"stream tin." The output of tin has risen from a monthly average of less than
100 tons in 1874, to 16,528 tons in 1892, of which Kinta produced about 11,500
tons, the remainder being chiefly exported by Larut. The total exports in 1893
from the whole State was 14,496 tons of tin and 4,356 tons of ore, the duty on which
vras $1,345,000. Almost all the tin has been raised by Chineae miners with the
moat primitive appliancea, and although, no doubt, much metal has been and is
still lost by the imperfection of their methods of workings, yet, at the same time,
owing ta their inexpensive system and the lownesa of the wages ])aid to the over-
seers, <&c., land which would not pay Europeans to work, has given Chinese a profit-
able return. Of the European Companies lately started, however, the French
one, which works the Lahat and Kliang mines, gives promise of great success.
About 9,000 tons of metallic tin were produced by tins Compaoy in the year
1892.

The tin-fields of Larut, which may be taken as topical of those of the reat of
Perak. form a strip of land of from two to three miles broad along the base of a
range of granite mountains. These alluvial flats are composed of layers of claya,
BondH, and gravels, with beds of peat, containing the stumps of treca and fallen trce-
trunka. marking former swamps and levels of the plain. The tin-bearing stratum
rests on a stiff grey or white clay bottom, and varies in thickneaa from a few inches
to a!x or eight feet, and even more. Sometimes the stratum is divided by a layer
of clay. The whole of the plains are composed of the detritus of tbe granite and
the palaeozoic slates and sandstones which form, or have formed, the ranges of hills.
The tin is not evenly distributed over the plains, but is found to follow the lowest
parts of the clay bed, or, in other words, the beds of the ancient rivers. The tin-
sand is, as a rule, coarse-grained near the hills, and finer as it recedes from them.
No lodes have as yet been discovered in the State, but specimens have been found
which show that tiere must be large and rich veins near some of the present work-

Per

Descriptive Dictionary

inga ; one block of tin ore, now in the Perak Mnaeum, weighing 184 lbs,, and larger
ones have been found in the same mine.

The method of working the mines ia to remove the earth covering the tin-
bearing stratum. That ia what ie called the " over-burden " or ■' Btrippii^," and
varies from three or four to thirty feet in thickness. The work is usuallj done
by contract in the Chinese mines. The tin-bearing layer cEiiled the " wash dirt" ia
then raised to the surface and washed with a stream of water in long wooden coffin-
shaped boxes. The tin-sand being more than twice as heavy as the clav and gravel
with which it is miied, stops in the upper part of the box, while the lighter parts
are carried away by the stream of water. The tin-sand is re-washed oy band in
large wooden dishes, and is then sold to the smelters. The wash contains about
one to two per cent, of ore on an average. There are portions of it which contain
sometimes as much as twenty-five per cent., and, on the other hand, very poor parts
which hardly pay for the trouble of washing. The shifting and raising of the earth
in the mines ia all done by dicing with large hoes called chatigkoU, and the earth
is then filled into boskets, two of which arc carried by each man by means of a yoke
or stick over his shoulder. The watef is pumped from most of the mines by ChuieBe
overshot water-wheels, and endless chain pumps. In the larger mines steam-engines
are used in conjimctioQ with centrifugal pumps.

The Cbinese mines are worked on the truck system, all food and other neces-
saries being supplied by the mine owners or money advancers. Some m i" "" ar©
carried on which could not pay if the profits from the sale of food, &c., to the coolies
did not come into the advancers* hands. Tbe commonest arrangement is called the
oo-oporative system, where all the coolies have a share in whatever profit is made
aft«r repaying the advancers' loans, and settling with him for the value of food and
other supplies.

The tin-sand after being re-washed is smelted in rude wind faroaces, charcoal
being used as fuel. The loss of tin is rather high in the poorer class of ores when A
treated in these Chinese furnaces, and the slag is several times re-smelted ; but it
seema very problematical whether this loss is sufficient to ensure success to European '
smelters, when the first cost and working expenses of both systems are taken into
consideration. This question is now being tested, as costly smelting works have
been erected in Larut and Kinta, but it is too early to form any definite idea of what
will be the result. Should the European methods be found to pay, the Chinese are
too keen as men of business not to adopt them, and they will always be able to work
at cheaper rates than Europeans can. The real difficulty, however, is that a large
quantity of ore is required to keep this expensive machinery working, and in the
purchase of that ore the European finds himself heavily handicapped.

Gold. — Upper Perak and Batang Padang produce a limited quantity of gold. .
It is associated with the tin-sand in the alluvial drifts, as a rule, and the tin-sand i
is re-washed to separate it. There are no statistics to show the amount of gold that
has been raised up to the present time ; some of the tin-sand gives as much as
6 dunces to the ton, and some "wash" recently examined gave 7 dwts. per ton.
Some quartz leaders showed as much as 132 ounces of gold per ton of rock, but
nothing has been done to prove the extent of the lode. It would be undoubtedly
a calamity to the State if a rich gold-field were discovered, because it would uau«e
an influx of the most dissolute and lawless class of Europeans, and the effect would
be, aa it has always been in other countries, most demomlizing to the native
population.

Lkad. — Galena of very good quality has been found aud worked in Patani. and
should the territory which is claimed by Perak bo restored, a large amount of lead
may be confidently expected to be raised. Carbonate and phosphate of lead are
also found in considerable quantities. The galena is said to carry a paying per-
centage of silver.

Ieon, — Ores of this metal are to be had in ma^ny parts of the State, bat would
[290]

Per

of British Malaya.

not pay to work, as there U no coal, notwitbBtaadmg what had been stated to the
contrary by writers of books of travels.

PsEcioua Stones, — No diamondB, mbiea, sapphires, or other precious stones
have yet been discovered in Pemk.

Marble. — There ia an abundance of fine marble scattered over the State, some
of it very handsomely veined with grey, red. and black, some again is nearly black,
veined with white, while other kinds are mottled with different shades of greys anil
olive-greens, and in Kinta there is some pure white marble. In many places the
limestone mountains are near navigable streams, and there would be no difficulty
ia rafting down any quantity of the stone to the coast for shipment, if a market for
it oould be obtained. In Penaug and Singapore, the houaes of the wealthier classes
are largely decorated with marble, which is now all imported from China. At
present the only use which is made of the ineihauetible supply of this handsome
and valuable material, is the conversion of a small quantity of it mto lima at Gunong
Pondok. The lime is of good quality, but, like all lime made from marble, is in
the form of powder, and is therefore hard to bum, and inconvenient to transport,
though not more so than the shell lime, which is generally used in the Straita
Settlements for building purjiosea. When quarries are opened, as they are sure to
be sooner or later, it will be possible, with a liberal use of this beautiful and lasting
material, to vastly improve at moderate cost, not only iu Perak, but in Peoang and
Singapore, the present class of unattractive buildings.

Granite. — The granitic ranges of which so large a portion of Perak cousists
afiord an unlimited store of this useful stone. The granite that is worked near
TLaipeng and at Bukit Gantang ia of a grey colour, and rather large-grained. It is
quarried for road-making, Blake's crusher being used to reduce it ; blocks are also
cut for building purposes, culverts, and land-marks. The work is principally carried
on by convicts, a quarry having been opened near the gaol at Thajpeng, with a
tramway running into the gaol-yard, where the rough blocks of stone are dressed.

China Ci.ay. — In moat of the tin-fields of Perak the stratum underlying tho
" wash," or tin-bearing deposit, is pure white China clay or kaolin. There must
be millions of tons of this material in Perak, but it is doubtful if it could be worked
with profit, on account of the cost of transport to Europe. If Chinese potters could
be induced to start works here, a large trade might be carried on with silch fine
material to work upon, and white fire-bricks could be made of the refuse. Bricks
are made from the some stuS in Cornwall, in the China clay-works, ^d sell for a
high price, being used both as fire and as ornamental building bricks.

Beick Eabth. ^Plenty of good brick clay ia scattered over the country, and
the material for making fire-bricks is also to be had in abundance, aa mentioned
above. Very fair bricks are now made in Perak, and sell for about $7 per 1,000 ;
hut they are small, and, Uke everything of Chinese manufacture, are susceptible of
great improvement; and when the clay is weathered, well mixed, and moulded, and
the bricks are equally burned, they will bo of excellent quaUty. Tiles have not yet
been made here, but there is no reason why they should not be.

Pottery. — The manufacture of pottery is confined to the Malaya, aud ia only
carried on iu a small way in two or three districts. It is moatly unglazed, or only
glazed on the lower part. Some of the shapes are very graceful. The patterns are
pressed into the work by means of stamps, and tools are used to produce dots and
lines. Raised work is also employed in decorating the ware, being put on in strips
after the vessels are formed. Stamped raised work doea not seem to be employed.

Fauna. — ^This is the same as that of the reat of the Peninsula, the buffalo,
elephant, rhinoceros, and tiger being found in the jungle districts. In entomology
the State ia particularly rich. Tho botanical products of commercial value are
noticed under the head of Products and Trade. In ophiology no species unknown
in the neighbouring States have been observed, but there is doubtless room in all
departments for fresh discoveries.

[291J D 3

Pel

Deseripitve Dictionary

AoRictrLTTTKE. — At the present time a comparatively amall area is under agri-
cultural treatment, This is accounted for by the thinneBs of *he population (15 per
square mile) and the ease with which the natives can get the necesBaries of life,
either by working occasionally in the minea, or cultivating a small patch of garden
and rice land. The cost of living to a Malay is only about three to four pence a
day ; and wages, which are governed in a great measure by the prosimity to the
chief mining districts, range from one to two shillings per diem. When wages
are reduced, as they will be by a more extensive immigration of Indian and Chinese
labourers, the cultivation of rice, aogar, pepper. t«a, coffee, nutmegs, cocoa-nuts,
ginger, cacao, Ac., will no doubt bo largely carried on ; but now, when it is possible
to earn in a day enough money to procure six days' food, it is not to bo supposed
that the Malays, who are naturally indolent to a degree, will turn their attention to
the growing of produces, except for the supply of their own wants.

Pkoducts and Tbace. — Rich. — Eice is at present the staple a^cultural pro-
duct, and is planted in two ways ; it is called either hill, or wet, paddy, according to
its situation. The growing of hill paddy is discouraged by the Gloyemment, because
it leads to the destruction of large quantities of valuable timber, and spoils the land
for any other purpose for seven or more years afterwards. Only one crop is taken
from the land, and then it is allowed to grow up in jimgle again. Wet pEidd; is
grown on the plains, and by means of artificial irrigation the fields are kept flooded
with water while the rice is growing. The ground is prepared by cutting the weeds,
&e., on it, letting them dry in the sun, and then burning them off ; the ground is
next turned by rude wooden ploughs drawn by buffaloes, and the young rice plants
{which have been raised in a nursery) are planted out in the fields by women and
children.

Manure is quite unknown in rice culture in Perak, and aft«r several years'
cultivation, fields are sometimes, but not necessarily, allowed to lie fallow for several
seasons before they are planted up again. «

Indian Corn. — This grain is grown in considerable quantities, but it does not
flourish to the same extent as in colder climates. It is rarely that more than two
cobs are borne by one plant, and very often only one is produced. The com is
mostly eaten by Malays before it is ripe, the whole cob being boiled for that pur-
jiose. A few years ago some superior varieties of maize were introduced fojm
America, but they have not done any better than those commonly grown here.

Root CitOPs and Vegetables. — The former comprise sweet potatoes, y&ms,
caJadium, bulbs, cassava, and several others. They are only produced in sufficient
quantity \a> supply the local demands. Potatoes will not grow, except on the moun-
tains, but the market is well supplied by those imported from India and Australia.
Other vegetables, such as onions, cabbage, lettuce, beans, egg-fruit, cucumbers,
vegetable- marrows, pumpkins, &c., grow freely, but cabtHiges, radishes, carrota,
French l)eans. tomatoes, asparagus, and other European vegetables, can only be
raised with care from imported seeds, and usually at a considerable elevation.

The natives eat many leaves and plants that they find in the jungle, but
Europeans, with the prejudices which they have to unknown and unfamiliar dishes,
rarely ever taste these vegetables, and nothing has been done in the way of trying
to improve by cultivation the most promising and delicate- flavoured of the planta ;
but, judging from what lias been accompUshed in Europe with many of our garden
plants, there seems to be a fair field for investigation in this line, and a want wlucb
is now felt might be satisfied.

Pbuits.— Owing to the highly- coloured descriptions that travellers have given,
tropical fruits are supposed by the great majority of English people to be far finer,
richer and better in every way than those grown in colder climates ; but such is
not the case ; and though Malayan fruits exceed English fruits in size, and oft«n in
strength of flavour and odour, a strawberry, pear, or peach is, in the judgment of
Europeans, quite unequalled by anything grown in Perak. The two Malayan &uit«

Per

of British Malaya.

that ataad out prvumnently are the mangofteen and durian. The latter haa often '
been described, but its smell and taste are not to be put into words, Man^ people I
can never bring themselves to taate it, but, when once this repugnance, which la
caused hj the overpoweringly oSensire odour, is overcome, a likmg for it is almost |
sure to follow. Among Eastema, of all nationalities, an insatiable craving for it I
seems to exist, and during the season those who own many trees live almost entirely
upon the sale of duriajis. The owners build themselves' little houses perched on
high poles near the trees, and arrange strings with wooden clappers and other noise-
jiroducing instruments attached to them, to drive away the animals which, un-
daunted by the thorny covering of the fruit, would otherwise strip the trees. Bears
and squirrels are the chief thieves, but Malays say that tigers are also very fond of
the fruit. Whether this ia a fact or not remains to l>e proved ; but certain it is
that elephaote, cattle, goats, horses, dogs, and monkeys eat them whenever they get ,
a chance. The tiger is more probably attracted by the men and animals who seek
the fruit.

Mangoes, langsats, bachangs, tampunei, rambei, shaddocks, rambutans. pulasan,
papaya, guavas, pine-apples, dukus, tampuei, bananas and plantains, water-melons,
liines, oranges, jack-fruit, custard apples, sweet and sour sops, are the principal
remaining kinds of fruita that may be mentioned. The oranges are in most cases I
inferior to those which arc to be had in England, and the mangoes are not to be
compared with those of Bombay, Siam, or Manila.

One great want is a fruit that will cook well, and make tarta and preserves.
The pine, sour-sop, banana, rambutan, the guava and the mango are the only ones j
that are available for this purpose, and Europeans have to fall back on tinned and |
bottled English fruits.

Bark fbbd foe Tasninq.— Considerable quantities of bark under the name
of kalit-hiyii, i.e., bark, are exported from the mangrove swamps that line the sea-
coast of Perak. The trees which produce it are species of the genus Rhitovhora.
The mangrove forests which cover these aea-swanips are called bahau by the Malays.
and the bark Uulit baJcau. There are many other barks which are used for Uie
same purposes, but they are not exported at present. Of these samah-pvlat, klat,
paga-aTidk, kulim, eahanok, and saniak-raia are said to be the best for tanning.

Rattans. — Canes are collected and exported to a moderate extent — over 7,000
dollars' worth are stated to have been exported in 1892. They grow wild, and no
attempt has ever, as far as is known, been made to cultivate them, thoiyjh there
seems to be no reason why they should not be planted and give good returns.

lUlan gmnawhn {Calamus Bcipioiium) is known as the Malacca cane, and is
ci]iorted in considarable quantity for the purpose of being made into walking-sticks.
It is used locally for the handles of tlie baskets used in tin-mines, and the frames
of rattan chairs. Many other kinds of rotan are used as walking-sticks ; among
others rotan manoh and Toian dudok may be mentioned. For other purposes, such
as baskets, mat and chair-making, house-building, and the thousand and one uses
that the natives put this plant to, rotan sega, rotan ayer, rotan hatu, rotam, aindek,
rotan dahanan, rotan liga eagi, and many others are used.

Rotan Bega, before the introduction of matches, was in great request from the
comparative ease with which fire may be obtained from a strip of it by rapid
friction round a piece of diy wood. The dye " dragon's blood " is obtained from
the fruit of Calamus draco, called by the natives rotan jemang, and is used by them
in staining articles, such as the rushes of a bright red colour used in mat-making.

Bamboo. — This gigantic grass grows luxuriantly throughout the State. There
are about twelve varieties cultivat^i, or rather planted by the Malays, about an ,
equal number growing wild in the forests. Its uses, like those of the rattan, are
so numerous tlmt it is impossible to enumerate them all. They range from house-
building materials to the principal ingredient in a bamboo curry, and the young
tender dioota thus treated make an excellent dish.

Per

Descriptive Dictionary

Cotton. — The treo-cottoD (Qossypiiim arfcoreMjii) is grown to a limited extent
in Penik, but nothing like ayateinatic cultivation hae over yet been attempted here.
Silk-cotton, the produce of Eriodeitdron anfracluo»wn, ia also grown in Ualaya, and
is largely used for stuffing mattresBGH, pillows, &,g. A species of the ^nua Bowhaas,
also yielding ailk-cotton. grows wild in the jungles, and attains vast dimensions. If
produced in sufficient quantity, silk-eotton seems well adapted to form an ingredient
in the hetter-class paper, and the seeds, which contain a very large percentage of
sweet pleasant-tasted oil. might be turned to some account.

SroiR. — Sugar is an important item of export, but recent statistics are
wanting. Its cultivation has not been extended to the remainder of the State
yet, but there is an almost unlimited quantity of land suitable for ita growth
on the mangrove swamps bordering the sea, and on the slightly undulating lands
adjoining.

The low pric« that sugar now commands in the European markets has injuri-
ously affected the production here, and baa led to the closing of some estates. The
sugar is produced almost entirely by the Chinese, who, in some cases, employ
European engineers in the works, but a European Company has made successfiil
efforts to open a large estate on the Gula Biver. Palm-sugar is mode in small
quantities from the Arenga saeekarifeta, the cocoa-nut and other palms.

Coffee. — In the gardens of ttie Malays, native coffee of very feir quality is
produced, and on the esperimental bill-gardens, opened by the Qovemment of
Perak and private enterprise, the cultivation of both Arabian and Liberian coffee
seems to be an assured success.

The greatest difficulty hitherto has been the high wages, and an insufficient
supply of suitable labour, but the GoTemment has recently (under the new Indian
Immigration Enactment) brought over some coolies from India under agreement to
work at a much lower rate of wt^s, and the planting industry now offers investors
a reasonable chance of fair profita. It may be suggestive to importers of coffee
in Europe to mentioo. that while the berry is not always used by the Malays, a
sort of tea made from the roasted leaves of the bush is often preferred by uiem
for their own drinking.

Tea.— This has only been grown ex per imeo tally as yet. There are about 50
acres of Assam Hybrid on the Government hill-gardens, at elevations varying from
1.600 to 3,000 feet, and this is pronounced by competent authorities to be doit^ as
well as any in Ceylon. The tea made from the leaves is also of good quality, but
none has yet been cured or sent to market to try its value. There is fine land in
the low country suited to tea cultivation, and what has been planted on the plains
has grown most luxuriantly.

Cocoa Ann BBTEL-NirTa. — Cocoa-nuts were exported from the Krian distrirt to
the value of J50,000 in 1892, but in the other districts the production was no more
than enough to supply the local demands. Many young jilantations will soon, how
ever, be coming into hearing in Lanit and other places. Betel-nuts {Areea ealechti)
are not produced in sufficient quantity to supply the wants of the State, but oau
be grown to any extent.

Indioo is cultivated and manufactured by the Chinese in Eriou, and there
is a lai^e and increasing export. It is used locally in dyeing the dark blue cloth
that is almost universally worn by the labouring classes of Chinese.

Tobacco, Gambier and Pkppbe. — All of these products are grown to a small
extent by the natives and in sufficient quantities to show the suitability of the soil
and climate to their eidtivation.

Nutmegs, cardamoms, patchouli, citronella, kbus-khus. and lemon gra^
flourish wherever planted. Several kinds of nutmegs and cardamoms grow wUd in
the jungle and are collected by the natives for sale.

Incense, Cauphob and Damuab. — Incense-trees are plentiful in some part«
of the jungle. Lai^e nurseries have been mode of these trees, and many thoosutds
[294]

Per

of British Malaya.

of plauta have been used for planting out on the waato lands of Larut. The
camphor-tree is also said still to grow in some parte of Perak, Formerly it was
abundant, but it has been almost exterminated by tlie collectors in the more a«ctiB-
eible parts of the country. Ghani, or eagle wood, is also occasionally met with.
Besin, known here and in the market as dammar, or damer, is produced by many
kinds of trees. The principal are dammar mala kiiching, dammar meranti, dammar
laul, dammar deyou, dammar batu. The stone-resin is found in the beds of tJdal rivers
Itn>u.-BuBBEB. — There are to be found growing in the forests of the State.
besides the well-known Picua elaslica, a tree which attains immense dimensions,
several creepers belongii^ to or nearly allied to the genus WiMougkbeia, which

Cduce india-rubber of excellent quality. The collection of the gum has, however,
n prohibited, as it was feared that the trees and plants would be exterminated if
the ruthless destruction bo long practised by Malays was allowed to continue. The
South American caoutchouc-producing trees, Hevea Braxilienng and ManUiot QlaxovU,
have been introduced into Perak, and have grown into large trees of 40 to 50 feet
in height, although as yet comparatively young.

AsiKAi. PaODDCTs. — These are not important at the present time, the natives
having little or no idea of raising or improving stock. The cattle are as a cun-
Beqnence few in number, of inferior quality, and for the most part imported.
Bi^alo hides are exported to the value of^about J3.000 annnally. A small quantity
of elephants' tusks and rhinoceros' horns are also exported.

FiBHEBiES.-~-Malayan waters, both salt and fresh, contain many excellent £sh,
such, for instance, as the red and grey mullet, the pomfret, blunaJi, paair, slangin,
Udah, iingah, and Itlak. A considejrable trade is done in salt Esh, about 50,000 dollars'
worth being exported annually. Dried prawns and blachang (au odoriferous condi-
ment made of decomposed prawns) are also exported to a Urge extent annually.
Sharks' fins, a delicacy much rehshed by the Chinese, are procured in a quantity
that shows how unsafe the seas of this neighbourhood are. 7,115 dollars' worth of
fish-maws, which are used by the Chinese in the manufacture of aoup, were
exported in 1884, and later returns show about the same figures.

Birds' Nestb. — In the caves of the limestone hills, the swallow (CoUocalia
Ihichi, Hora.) builds its mnch -sought-after edible nests. Dp to the present time,
however, these nests have not been collected in the State, except by the Sakeis in
Upper Perak, to a small extent. This neglect seems to be attribulable to the
apathetic indolence of the Malays, and possibly to the fact that the nests are but
few in number, and of inferior quality.

Bats' Gcaho {Taki Ktawer). — To the same caves, enormous hosts of bats
resort in the daytime to sleep, and, as a consequence, the floors of these caverns are
lined many feet thick with their excrement. As yet these stores of manure have
been almost untouched ; but the guano is not rich in nutritive properties.

Bees'-w&x, Honey Akd Lac, os. Las, are collected in small quantities.
Bees have not yet been domesticated in Fcrok, nor has any attempt been made to
cultivate the trees on which the lac insect is found in the jungle, though both
subjects seem well worthy of ai;tention.

Population, — This consists of Malaya, Chinese, Tamils, other Indians, Euro-
peiLUB, and Aborigines. By the census of 1891 the population is shown to be as
under, 156.4^8 being males, and 57,846 females : —

Malays 96,719

Chinese... ... ... ... ... ... 94.345

Tamils and other Indians ... ... ... ... 15,269

Aborigines 5,779

JaTanese and other Malay races ... ... ... 1.483

Ehiropeans and Eurasians ... ... ... ... 659

[295]

214,254

Per

Descriptive Dictionary

The Aboriginea, of whose numbers no eatimate is possible, are either Saftei* or
SemaTige (j. v.). But we may quote a few paragraphs from his interesting compila-
tion. The Saleeia, he says, are short, but the men are strougly built, and in colour-
ing they are rather lighter than the Malay. When not artificially coloured a
yellowish -brown, their hair is black, rather long and wavy, and stands out from the
head. They can hardly be said to wear any clothes, a atrip of bark cloth and a
few rude ornaments being all that they consider necessary, The blow-pipe, or
ewtipitan, with its small poisoned darts and rude bamboo-pointed spears, constitute
their weapons. They have considerable tastfi in decorating these and the few simple
utensils that suffice for their wants. Even bamboos in which they cook rice, and
which are only used once, are sometimes elaborately decorated with incised patterns.
Nearly every tribe (and they are broken up into many) has a dialect of its own.
showing that intertribal communication is rare.

In some part« of Perak the general appearance of the Sakeig is not much unlike
that of the Malaya of the interior, for the latter people had boen, up to the time
of the arrival of the English in Perak, in the habit of making raids on these
aborigines, and the captives taken became the slaves, and in the case of females
the concubines, of their Malay captors. This custom, carried on for a long series
of years, introduced a large admixture of Sakei blood ioto the Malay population.
In conaequcnco of the iU-treatment which these people have suffered from the
Malaya, they arc very shy, and avoid strangers with the instinct of wild animals.
Malays are Mahommedans, and it was not considered a crime to kill an unbelieving
Sakei, any more than it waa to kill a dog or other animal ; this state of things
existed down te about the year 1874 or 1875.

The Semmige inhabit the country to the west of the Perak River and are
smaller than the Sakeig, but are rather darker and more negroid in appearaJice,
with close curly black hair. They use bows and arrows in addition to tbo blow-
pipe. They are said to have no permanent abodes, and not to plant any rice or
other grain, but to lead a purely nomadic life in the jungles, Uving on what they
can kiB with their weapons, and on wild fruits, leaves and roots, They chew the
green leaves of tobacco, but prefer cured tobacco when they can get it. Neither
Sakeis nor 8emang» have any idea of a Divinity, but they have a strong belief in
good and evil spirits.

QoTEKtfMENT. — The Government of the State is cai'ried on by a Council of
State composed (in 1892) as follows i —

His Highness the Sultan (Raja Idris, K.C.M.Q.), the British Beaideot, the
Secretary to Govemmeot, the Orang Eaya Datu Temenggong (Hassan), the Onuig
Kaya Datu Raja Mahkota, the Panglima Einta (Yusnr), Toh Muda (Wahab), and
three leading Chinese {Capilane Chkno Ah Ewee, Chin Ah Yam and Khoo Boo
Ann) ; and a large staff of European and Malay ofScials immediately subordinate
to the British Resident. The Resident is appointed by Her Majesty's Principal
Secretary of State for the Colonies, and acte under the instructions of the
Governor of the Straits Settlements. It may be observed that the various depart-
ments — Judicial, Police, Land, Ac, are directly modelled upon those of the Straits
Settlements, whose laws and ordinaaces have, to a very large degree, been adopted,
so that a more or less complete assimUation has been arrived at.

The military force of Perak is nearly 1,000 strong ; about eight-tenths of the
rank and file are natives of Northern India, and the rest are Malays. The
officers are British, holding, or who have held, commissions in Her Majesty's
army. The force is thoroughly armed and drilled, and poaaeaaea a number of Field
and Machine gims, in the use of which the Artillery section is thoroughly efBdent.
The Thaipeug detachment furnishes a fire brigade. The State has five ateam
launches, available for jiolice, surveying, and general service.

Revenub. — The revenue and expenditure for various years is as follows; —
[296]

Per

of British Malaya.

Per

Revenue.

Expenditure

1879

... $388,372

$369,707

1881

692,861

652,938

1882

905,385

918,914

1883

... 1,474,330

1,350,610

1884

... 1,532,497

1,481,470

1885

... 1,650,334

1,600,115

1886

... 1,688,276

1,465,325

1887

... 1,827,476

1,650,489

1888

... 2,016,240

1,709,260

1889

... 2,776,583

2,090,116

1890

... 2,504,116

2,447,929

1891

... 2,324,981

3,146,139

1892

... 2,689,566

2,049,490

TopooRAPHY (General). — The coast line is about 90 miles in extent, the
greatest length of the State in a north and south direction is 120 miles, and the
breadth, in an east and west direction, 90 miles. It is estimated to contain 7,959
square miles, or 5,087,597 acres. That is to say, it is about the size of Wales and
Monmouth joined together. It has been estimated that there are on the mountain
ranges of the State 1,451,770 acres above 1,000 feet elevation available for
cinchona, coffee, tea, Ac., and that between 1,000 feet and the plains there are
588,422 acres suited to lower cultivations, such as Liberian coffee, tea, cacao,
cardamoms, <&c.

EivERS. — The State is well watered by numerous streams and rivers, of which
the River Perak is the most important. This river runs nearly south until it
turns sharply to the westward and falls into the Straits of Malacca. It is
navigable for about 40 miles from its mouth by steamers of 300 to 400 tons
burden, and for another 125 miles by cargo boats. The upper part of the river is
rocky and abounds in rapids, and consequently, except for small boats and rafts, is
impracticable.

The Kinta, Batang Padang, and the Plus are the three large tributajries of
the Perak River, and ^ are navigable by cargo boats. These rivers rise in the
main mountain range and flow west and south until they fall into the parent
stream.

Of the other rivers, the Bemam, Dinding, Bruas, Larut, Sapetang, Kurau
and Krian may be mentioned. The Bemam River is two miles wide at the mouth,
and is navigable for steamers to a greater distance (about 100 miles) than any
other river in the Peninsula. Matang, on the Larut River, was, until the opening
of the railway to Port Weld on the Sapetang River, the chief port of the District
of Larut.

Mountains. — The mountain ranges, which occupy a great portion of the
State, reach in some places altitudes of 7,000 and 8,000 feet, and run mainly in a
north-west and south-easterly direction. They form two principal chains, besides
a few detached groups. The larger of these is a portion of the backbone range
of the Peninsula, and forms the eastern boundary of this State. The lesser
(of which the highest points are Gunong Bubu in the south (5,450) and Gunong
Inas in the north) rises in the southern portion of Larut and runs in a N.E.
direction through the State to its northern boundary. Between these two ranges
lie the valleys of the Perak and Kinta Rivers, themselves divided by a still
smaller chain of hills, the highest point of which is Gunong Meru, about 3,500 feet.

Climate. — ^The climate of Perak is good, the temperature in the low country
averaging from 60° Fah. in the night to 90° Fah. in the heat of the day. The
average mean is about 70° Fah. in the night, and 87° Fah. in the day. Nights
are uniformly cool. At 3,000 feet, the average is 65° Fah. at night to 73° Fah. in

[297]

Per

Descriptive Dkiionary

the day. The ralafall varicB considerably, Thaipeog, the capital, regiet*ring
occaaionaUy as much aa 200 inches, but tie average elsewhere is about 9(1 inches.
There is uo true rainy season, but the wettest months are September, October,
November, and December, and the driest are Tebruary, March, June, and July.

The seat oi Govemmeat is at Kwala Eangaa, situated oa the right baiik oE
the Perat Eiver, about due east from the port of Teluk Kertang, from which a
good road leads to it, crossing the western range of mountains at BuMt Berapit.
The disUnco is 23 miles.

The residenco of H.H. the Sultan is at Sjong on the opposite bank of the
river, which is about 200 yards in width, with groves of cocoa-nuta and fruit-trees
indicating the villages of the Malay population. The surrounding scenery is very
beautiful.

The British B«sidency is at Ewala Kangsa, where is aleo a rising Tillage ;
and as extensive tin deposits are known to exist in the neighbourhood, and are
worked by 2,000 Chinese at Salak, it is probable that the very central position
of Kwala Kangsa will cause it soon to become a place of some commercial
importance.

The moat important provinces of Perak are Larut and Einta, which have
tin deposits of great richness. Larut is roost advantageously situated in respect
of commercial intercourse with the British port of Penang, which is about 60
miles off. It is under the charge of the Assista^nt Kesidcnt, and its chief town,
Tbaipeng, is the head-quarters of the Military Police, and of the chief depart-
ments of the State. British Officers (Magistrates and Collectors) and detachments
of Police are also stationed in other important districts.

1. Teluk Anson, the chief town on the Perak Eiver, and centre of the inland
tin trade.

2. Bemam, the southernmost district of the State, in the interior of which
land has been taken up by English coffee planters.

3. Einta, the chief inland tin-mining districts.

4. Krian, an agricultural district adjoining Province Wellesley, the seat o£ ei-
t<?naive sugar cultivation,

5. Selama, seventy miles up the Krian Eiver, a flourishing mining settlemont.
Public Buildings, Eoadb, Railways, Telkoraphh,&c. — Pitblic Boildibim. —

A large number of important public buildings have been constructed in the various
district head-quart«rs, but the principal buildings are erected at Thaipeng, the
capital of the State, Of these the following may be mentioned — the prison
(where permanent wards on the separate system are now completed), hospitals
with accommodation for 1,000 patienia, barracks for the Perak Sikhs, markets,
police stations, court-house, treasury, post, and other Government offices. A
permanent library and museum has been buUt. Waterworks supply the town
of Thaipeng, the gaol, hospitals, and other buildings with eiceUent water in ample
quantity.

EoACB. — A great deal of road construction and river clearing haa been done
in the last ten years. Excellent metalled carriage-roads connect Teluk Kertang.
Matang, Thaipeng, Kamunting, and Kwala Kangsa, while from this last oeutru
50 miles of bridle-road have been completed towards the northern limit of the
State ; a road 150 miles in length joins Kwala Ejingaa with the eastern boundiur at
TJlu Bemam, while a branch one of 24 miles runs from Tapa to Teluk Anson. These
roads are all graded to nothing steeper than 1 in 20, and will be converted into
cart-roads aa the traffic justifies the increased expenditure. An unmetalled cart-
road runs from Simpang on the Matang-Thaipeng road aeroaa the railway to
Krian and the western boundary of the State at Pant Buntar; the Krian District
also contains many miles of similar roads. Other short sections of cart and bridle-
roads have been constructed in many parts of the State. In all there are 700
miles of metalled roads.

[2S8J

Per

of British Malaya.

Rajlwayb.^ — In 1881, a trial cuttiug was made beetween Port Weld (then \
knowQ aa Sapetang) and Thaipeng, the chief town of Larut, a distance of eight i
miles. The jungle was felled, and the line commenced the following jear. Owing
to the unstable character of the ground, which conBists of aea and fresh-water
swamps, with a little solid ground at the Upper or Thaipeng end. vast quantities
of earth have had to bo taken down from Thaipeng to make the embankment, and
the line haa proved much more difQcult and coatlj than was at first anticipated.
The line, which is of the metre gauge, was opened for traffic on the first of June,
1885, and the Port is now within half -an-h our" s joumev of the principal town of
the Statti. It will remain to be Been whether rice and other provlaiona can be
profitably carried by rail to, aay, the tin-mining districts of Ejnta, and the tin
brought down to the coast, at a cheaper rate than is now paid. In those districta
where there is no river transport, this might be poBsible, but in those more
favourably situated it seems doubtful. This, of course, only applies to the
financial side of the question; but what would be considered a failure, if the
line belonged to a private company, might be a success as a State undertaking,
for many places which would not pay under present conditions, could, with cheap
transport, be profitably worked for tin, and the increased yield of metal might
produce, directly or indirectly, sufficient revenue t« more than justify the outlay for
(Jie construction of a line. The line was extended to Eamunting, a mining town,
in 1890, and thence to Uln Sa'petang.

During 1893 two new lines have been completed and opened for traffic, via.,
from Teluk Anson to Tapah and from Batu Gajah to Ipoh. These are to form
portions of the trunk line from Thaipeng (or practically Port Weld) to Teluk Anson,
thus traversing the State from N. to S. It is as yet too early to predict their
financial success, but of that little doubt exists,

Teleokaphh. — Until the year 1884, the only telegraph lines in existence in
the Stat*? were those running between Mataug. Thaipeng and Kwala Kangsa, a
total distance of twenty-sii miles. These lines, which met at a place called
Simpang, were in a most defective state as regards iiisulation and resistance, and
from their peculiar arrangement were most difficult to work.

In August of 1881 a new line was opened to Krian. following the main road.
This line has iron tubular posts, and white double invert insidators and No. 6
galvanized iron wire. The Matang and Kwala Eangsa branches have also been
divided so as to form two separate hnes, A line has been laid to Port Weld from
Thaipeng, following the railway, and the line to Krian has been extended to
Kwala Prai in Province Wellesley and thence to Penang by cable, so that Perab
is now in direct conamunication with the Eastern Extension Submarine System,
Another extension of 45 miles was completed in 1885, from Xwala Eangsa to
Einta ; and further sections — -Tapa to lower Perak, 24 miles, and Einta to tllu
Beniam, 100 miles, have also been completed. The total length of wires is now
about 500 miles.

Communication with otheb Poets.— Daily by small steamers between
Penang and Larut. and every few days to all the ports N. of Bemam B. A steamer
runs to Teluk Anson from Penang every four days. There is also frequent com-
munication by steamers running between Penang and Singapore.

Peral. — Small v. on W. bank of Sembrong E.. just below its junction with
the Endau, K.E. Johore.

Ferasap. — Incense pots used by the Malays in offering thanks to God for
safe journeys, &c.

Perhentian Manggls. — V. in C. Johol, Negri Sembilan,

Ponnatang. — The name applied to the ranges of low sand-bills, which, as
in Province Wellesley, mark the ancient sea boundaries, and are found at numerous
points inland. They are bare of herbage, the cocoa-nut alone thriving amidst the
sand and shells of which they are composed,
[299]

Per

Descriptive Dictionary

Permatang Bertam. — ^- in N". division of Province Wellesley, 9 milea
6 furlongs from Buttorworth, aad 4j miles from the coast; said to derive its name
from a tree wliieh furnishes the material for plaiting a sort of mat. [See Bebtah.]
The site of a Police station formerly, which has now been moved \\ miles to the N.

Pennatang Bindahari.^The most N. nettlement in Province Wellesley
12 miles 4 furlongs from Butterworth. The village is an important one and lies
on the Muda River %\ miles from its mouth, opposite the Eedah town of EotOi
which is of some little importance as a timber mart. Permatang Bindahari is the
site of our most N. Police station in the Province. A good deal of smuggled opium
finds its way across the Muda in this neighbourhood, while as gambling is licensed
at Kota, large numbers of natives resort thither to play without molestation.
There used to be considerable saw-sheds here, a large quantity of timber being
brought down the river.

Fermatang Binjai. — v. in N. distrii/t of Province Wellesley, about 8i
miles from Butterworth. There are lai^o rice-fields in the neighbourhood and
rice-cleaniug mUls are run by Chinese.

Permatang Damar Laut. — v. in S.E. Penang, S. of Bajan Lepas V,

Permatang Maklom. — An important v. 4 miles 2 furlongs from Butter-
worth in N. district of Province Wellesley. Boods run from this^N. to Fenaga,
E. to Aur Grading, and W. to the main road along the shore. It is 1^ miles £rom
the beach.

Permatang MangiS. — V, in N. division of Province Wellesley, about
9 miles from Butterworth and 3 miles from the coast. A direct road formerly
eiisted from this, striking that from Permatang Bertam about a mile N. The
road continues through small Malay holdings on both sides for rather more than
a mile further, and then enters the dense but low brushwood jungle which aur-
rounds and partly chokes the lagoons. The latter cousist of a chain of ponds or
small lakes of fresh-water extending nearly across the entire northern part of the
Province in a line parallel with the Muda Eiver, which lies about a mile to the
north. In fact it is a backwater of that river, and may formerly have been on
independent channel. The avera^ depth is sis to eight feet during the dry season,
and they are said by the natives to be navigable at all times, but boats are very
rarely used, aa the navigation is much impeded by jungle, while the natural pro-
duetioua are few and of little or no value.

A platform bridge crosses a narrow but deep channel which joins the eastern
and western lagoons, and the road then turns to the right and runs along the
northern edge of the eastern lagoons, where there is a ridge of whitish clay not
unlike the bank of a river. About half a mile beyond the bridge to the left of the
road among the paddy-fields, there is an artifici^ mound of cockle- shells, twenty
feet high, supposed to be a sepulchral mound or harrvw of the Semangs, a negro
race formerly occupants of the country. A mound of the same description has
been opened at Ooa Quppa on the Muda River, and human remains h^ve been
found in it. The road now runs nearly west along a ridge or narrow plaiii <^
stifi whitish clay to the north of the Leber Ikan Mati Lagoons, passing a brad
of the Muda River at Tikum Batu, at a distance of one mile and a quarter
to the remains of a former establishment of convicts employed in making the roods.

This road is much frequented by Malays from Penang and the S. portions
of the Province prn^ei'ding to Muda to purchase cattle and buffaloes from Patuii.

Permatang Pasir. — v. in W. penang, in Sungei Eusa district.

Permatang Pasir. — V. 7 miles up the Linggi H., the landing-place for
steam launches from Malacca. &c. It has a Customs and Police station. A Teiy
gooil road, 22 miles iu length, goes from here to Bassa.

Permatang Pauh. — V. 3 miles Sj furlongs from Butterworth, Province
[300]

Per of British Malaya. Pil

Wellesley, and about half a mile from the Serai ferrj. It is the most populous
place in the district lying between the Prai and the Juru, and extends more than
a quarter of a mile along the road running north and south from Lalang ferry to
BiDdt Tengah. This was formerly the only road from Butterworth towards the
southern district, but the new road from Kwala Prai direct to Bukit Tengah now
absorbs the traf&c. There is a Police station here, near the spot where the eastern
road crosses. The country hereabout is well cultivated, many Chinese as well as
Malays being engaged in rice-planting, while the permatangs are covered with
cocoa-nut and other fruit-trees.

Permatang Sina. — v. on the Junjong E., 10| miles from Butterworth,
Province Wellesley, reached by a road branching off the high road at Junjong Mati.

Permatang Sintdh. — ^V. in N. division of Province Wellesley about eight
miles from Butterworth and two from the coast. This is a thriving place and was
formerly the site of a police station.

Pemoh. — A small V. near W. bank of the Umbei R., in Malacca, about 8|
miles from Malacca-town.

Perompak.— Pirate.

PdSelangan. — ^V. in C. Johore, not far from the supposed source of the
Kahang E., and at the source of the E. Linggin a branch of the Johore E.

Pheasants abound in the jungle, including the beautiful Argus pheasant
Qmrong hiang). The golden, silver, Amherst, and other Chinese varieties are,
however, unknown.

Phi. — ^V. on E. side of Titi Wangsa, S. Kedah.

Phl0X| Druminoildii and other varieties of Phlox flourish well from seeds
brought from Europe.

Pichit. — ^To knead the joints and body, much as in the process of shampooing.
This treatment is constantly resorted to to cure rheumatism and other complaints,
and some of the native women are very dexterous in applying it.

Pickles (JeroJe). — Green mangoes only are pickled (as we understand the
word) by the Malays.

Pidgin English. — ^Not used in the Straits except by a few Cantonese
carpenters, &c. Those curious on the subject will find an exhaustive article on its
peculiarities in Vol. 11, J. S. B. E. A. S., p. 168.

Pigeons (merpati) with the green punei and large varieties (pergam) abound
in the jungle. They are excellent eating and afford good sport.

Pigeon Orchid. — A pretty orchid with a white flower remotely resembling
a pigeon in shape. It is singular from the fact that all plants in about the same
latitude flower on the same day. Plentiful in the Settlements and Peninsula.^

Pigoh. — A district about 18 miles from Malacca-town on the high road to
Tabu.

-A V. on the N. border of Eembau, inhabited by a poorer class of

people. Cattle and poultry are plentiful and cheap.

Pilah. — Kwala and village at the S. border of Jumpol, Negri Sembilan, on a
small stream drawn in map S. A. S. as an affluent of the Muar. Padi is largely
cultivated. Inhabitants well disposed. Cattle and poultry cheap.

Pilgrim.— iSfee Haji.

Pilgrimage. — Since the conversion of Malays to Mahommedanism,
pilgrimages to Mecca have been frequent. Steamers now annually convey vast
numbers of Malays, and the business of " pilgrim-broker " is said to be a profit-
able one. Very large numbers of would-be hajis come from the Archipelago, and
only come to Singapore and Penang because they are the steamers' ports of call.

[301]

Pil

Descriptive Dictionary

The performance of the pilgrimage is designated vaAlc Tiaji in Malay, and '
brings with it enhanced social consideration. The returned pilgrim wears the I
Arabian costume with a green turban, and is much looked up to. Even with the i
facilities afforded by steam, the journey is said to be a hard one, especially the •
Arabian portion.

Pillow Fish {Tkan huntaJ). — This fish has a beat, somewhat like a parrot's,
and possesses the property of inflating itself into globular foiTU when alarmed, the
whole skin setting up an array of spines. It is not eaten.

Pina Cloth, — Manufactured from the fibre of pioe-apple. This fibre has,
in a small way. been prepared for decades past, both in the Peninsula and the
British Settlements, but has never (as in Manila) assumed the importance of a
recognized branch of commerce. The little obtained lias, as a rule, been exported
to China. {See Fibkes.)

Pinang {Betel). — See Abbc* Palm.

Finang Taoggal, — The last village of any importance towards the X. and
8. boundary line between Province Wellesley and Kedah. It lies on the S. bank
and a reach of the Muda E., and is 25 miles 5 furlonga from Butterwortb.

Pincting, — Answers to the brooch or belt buckle, and ia of silver or gold,
frequently ornamented with diamonds or other precious stones. Chio&y worn by i
Malayan women of rank, or the wives of rich Chinese. 1

Pine-Apple. — The fruit yar excellence of Singapore, where plantations
furnish immense quantities for export, one preserver alone sending away one
million yearly. The Javan and Mauritian varieties, which have a whiter flesh than
the Singapore pine-apple, are by some deemed superior, {See Fibbes.)

Pipe Clay is found in Singapore and at various places ia the Peninsula,
It appears to be a variety of Etwlin (5. v.).

Piracy. — Tbo only word for pirate in Malay is perovtpak, and for piraoy, |
perompa}caii ; the former word meaning to rob or plunder generally. Happily j
the crime is now almost extinct. Aa au indication of the way it formerly
flourished, the following extract, from the first volume of the J. I. A., may be
interesting : —

In 1847, as may be ascertained by reference to the pages of the Singapore
Free Press, from forty to sixty pirate prahus issued from Balinini, and ravaged &
great portion of the Archipelago, swept the Straits of Banka, burnt a village not
far from Singapore, carrying off a portion of the inhabitants into captivity, and
exchanged shots with a Dutch fortress on the coast of Borneo. Eleven of these
prahuf were attacked by the H. C. Steamer Nemeeis, and the largest of the number
taken was judged by Captain Obet, Captain Wallace, and most of those aboard,
to be 80 feet in length, and to have fully a complement of 80 men. This prahn
was unluckily burnt and sunk during the action, after a desperate resistance, but a
boat of the second class captured was 70 feet long and 12 feet broad, and it wu
deposed by the principal persons present that the average number of the crews wae
forty men to each of the eleven prakas, and that they each carried from four to six
guns. The largest boat mounted an iron nine or ten-pounder, Joesides six or eight
small guns, and the number of rifles aa well as the skill of the owners in their use,
was proved by the list of the killed and wounded in the English boats.

FoBKKST, in his " Voyage to New Guinea," as early as 1 775, gives (at page 225)
the dimensions of a pirate prahu, which be actually measured. " She waa," he
writes, " from stem to tafferil i)l feet 8 inches, in breadth 26 feet, and in depth
Z feet 3 inches." Her complement was ninety men, and she could "row with
forty oars or upwards of a side." She has engaged and captured a Dutch sloop,
and brought 70 slaves to Mindanao.

Owing to the extreme shallowness (and consequently small tonnage) of these
[302]

Fir of British Malaya. Pit

boats, it was maintained bj borne writers tbat as tbej could not measure more tban
eigbt or ten tons, tbey were unable to carry sucb enormous crews as were repre-
sented. To tbis argument tbe writer of tbe article from wbicb we bave quoted
made tbe following reply : —

"Tbis very 'herring boat,* bowever, wbicb tbe writer asserts could not
accommodate more tban 15 men apiece, are a class of vessel of wbicb be is
evidently totally ignorant, and it will be wortb wbile to describe a boat of tbe class
certainly not ten tons, and allow tbe writer to judge bow far bis conclusion is
correct. Two bundred vessels of tbe sort, some larger some smaller, are to be
found in tbe Sarebus rivers, but as a type we prefer to take tbe measure of a
Sarawak boat, wbicb is now lying ift tbat river, and wbicb may be seen by any

r^rson curious enougb on tbe subject ; ber lengtb is 60 feet, ber breadtb 9 feet
incbes, and- ber deptb 2 feet 6 inches. Nevertbeless tbis ' herring boat ' (wbicb
in tonnage carries absolutely next to notbing) bas a regular complement of 60
men, and sometimes more. Tbe writer, bowever, positively asserts, and would
bave us believe, tbat a boat of eigbt or ten tons cannot accommodate more tban
15 men ! "

It was undoubtedly owing to tbe exertions of Sir James Bbooke tbat piracy
was virtually abolisbed in these seas. Isolated cases, bowever, still occur, one
having been perpetrated so recently as the close of 1886, off tbe coast of Province
Wellesley. It is many years, however, since a foreign vessel was attacked, the
general use of steam having aided the result. Pirates as a class no longer infest
Malayan waters near tbe Peninsula. On the Sumatran coast it would, bowever,
appear they still flourish. No longer ago than July, 1887, the Austrian author-
ities published warnings to tbe effect that no tniding ships should attempt to
sail in tbe waters east of Sumatra unless escorted by men-of-war, there being
numerous pirates in those waters. Landing without military escort was also
said to be most dangerous, the Dutch authorities declining to take any respon-
sibility.

Pirling. — ^A somewhat high bill in Naning, tbe surface showing a good deal
of laterite. Covered in parts during tbe unfrequently recurring seasons with bill
paddy (Padi umah).

Pirman. — The aboriginal {Benua) term for God. Jewa-jewa is his archangel,
through whom alone mortals may address their petitions, tbis function being
usually undertaken by tbe poyang (priest and sorcerer).

Pisang. — The Mttsa (banana) of botanists. A very large number of species
exist under various fanciful names, sucb as pisang raja, batu mas, bringin, tandok,
panggang, Ming, Mat, mosaic hijau, b^mban, ijau, gading, rotan, brangan, jarum
moniet, pahit udarig, Ming, pendek, utan susu, dbu, skiing, jar i btuaia, &c., but there
are no English equivalents in common use. About eight varieties are conmionly
sold, but a very much larger number exist. Amongst the translations of the
vernacular distinctions are : — egg, gold, finger, king, sultan, stone, sweet,
monkey, &c.

Pisangy Pulo. — ^Literally " banana island," is the name of no fewer tban
six different islands, or rather iminbabited islets of the Malayan Archipelago,
extending from Sumatra to tbe Moluccas. Tbe name pisang is one peculiarly
belonging to tbe Malay language, all tbe other tongues having their own separate
names for tbis fruit ; so that the name, applied to tbe names of places, points to
the extent of Malay navigation. Except for navigation, tbe islands wbicb bear tbis
name are of no importance whatever.

Pisan Rant. — ^A knife used for planing rattans.

Pitcher Plants. — See Nepenthe and Monkey Cup.

Pitfalls (PSldbang) are commonly used for trapping large game. A pointed

[303]

Pla Descriptive Dictionary P(d

bamboo is usually placed upright in the bottom, and a much respected Catholie
priest met his death by falling into one near Batu Kftwau many years ago.

PlEUlta,IIl. — Although botanists declare the banana and plantains to be the
same plant, all housekeepers will define the plantain as a fruit which nuvor becomea
sufficiently ripe to eat without cooking. The Malays call it piaaiij rai}ti, and enter-
tain the same idea. It has a flower (known as jarUom) at the end of the fruit-stalk
quite differing, to the ordinary eye, from that of the banana.

Flaatain Fibre.— See Fibres.

Flaatain Hill. — Two bills ia N. Suugei Ujong, and lying 8 miles apart on
either side of Easaa, are 8o niarked-

Plough (Tengyala). — The Malay plough is a very rough affair, and is uBually
drawn by buffaloes. It consists of a heavy polo with a wooden fork to act as
coulter, and having a bar inserted at an oblique angle to serve as a handle. The
clods are subsequently broken by dragging over them a heavy beam.

I Selangor by Major McNair in 1854, but

Poetry. — The poetiy of the Malays is designat^id Panliin, or verses. Some
of these show poetical feeling, while others are of course merely rhyming deacrip-
tioas of scenery or events. (See Pantun.)

Poho.— V. on W. bank of Pabang K., 0. Pahang.

Poisons (Bachun). — The Malay women are credited with an esteasive know-
ledge of vegetable poisons, and with using them to remove obnoxious individuals.
The subject of Malay poisons has never been fully dealt with, aud but little is
known regarding them by Europeans. The two moat familiar are the ipok or upas
aud certain species of datura. Datura elramoHium grows in the jungle. A very
sin^kr mechanical poison is also alleged to be in use. viz., the tiny black speclu
found under the sheath-leaves at the jointa of hamhoos. These under the micro-
scope are veritable barbed arrows, and, if miied with a person's food, are alleged
to resist tlie action of the gastric juice and to work their way into the inteatiaes,
iSc, and, by setting up inflammation, cause death.
Polecat. — S'ee MusANO.

Police, — The police of the British Settlements consists of Europeans, Malays,
Klings, and a few Chinese in the following proportions :—

Non-eom. Officers
Offiaera. and Men.

Singapore and Dindinga .,. ... 11 ... 89?

Penang and Province Wellesley ,„ 13 ... 816

Malacca ... ... ,,, .., 5 .., 314

Polo, Marco. — Appears to have referred to Malacca in his notice of
Matacur, and it is described as being at once an island, a state, and a town. " Tho
people," ho says, " are governed by a king, and have their own pecuhar language.
The town is large and well built A considerable trade is there carried on inspiora
and drugs, with which the place abounds. According to the usual reckonii^,
Malacca at the time in question had l>een founded only forty years." His work
contains notices of Sumatra, Ac, but does not otherwise touch upon matters
embraced in these pages.

Polygamy is sanctioned by religion and custom amongst the Malays, but
is the exception rather than the rule, not above from five to ten per cent, indulging
in more than one wife. It is not uncommon to find that a man has been the
[3MJ

Pom

of British Malaya.

Pop

husband of four or five women, all living, but divorced in favour of tbe last
wedded.

PomegranatO (Buah ddimah). — The fresh roots of the male plant are
used to make an infusion that is a specific as a vermifuge.

Pondok. — Strictly speaking, an umbrella-shaped hut of palm leaves, so
made as to furnish a roof and wall under which one can sit or lie. Used by the
Orwng Sdkei Liar of the Peninsula. In a secondary sense, a shed or hut. Often
used in the name of places.

Pondok KompaSf — ^District in E.C. Malacca just above Kessang, and
immediately S. of the Jus forest reserve. V. of the same name in the district on
the high road from Kessang to Nyalas.

Pondok Panjang. — The site of a tapioca plantation in Malacca, in the
Limdu district.

Pondok Pai^ang. — ^V. on the road leading from Cheban to Nyalas, E.
Malacca.

Pondok Tanjong.— V. on N. bank of Kurau R, N.W. Perak.

Pondok Upih.— District in S.W. Penang, W. of Eelau.

Ponggol. — y* in N.E. Singapore, N. of district of same name. A PoUce
station is situated \ mile N. of the village.

Pongsn Sa'ribn. — A waste tract of land about 8 miles from Butterworth,
Pipvince Wellesley, and 2 miles from Malakoff Estate ; so called from the numer-
ous ant-hills (hUmt) abounding on it.

Population. — The general population of the Peninsula is a mere matter of
conjecture.

The population of the British Settlements at the present time, by the census of
1891, was officially estimated as follows : —

Singapore ... ... ... ... ... 184,554

Penang, Province Wellesley and the Bindings ... *- 235,618
Malacca ... ... ... ... ... 92,170

512,342

(For details see next page.)

POPULATION OF THE COLONY ra the Yeabs 1866, 1866, 1871, 1881, Airo 1891

BESPEOTIVELY.

SSTTLEMlSMTa.

,1866.

1866.

1871.

1881.

1891.

Singapore

Penang, Province Wellesley,
and the Bindings

Malacca

. 248,000

273,000 -

97,131

133,064

77,766

139,208

190,697

93,679

184,664

236,618

92,170

XOmU ... ... *••

248,000

273,000

307,951

423,384

612,342

[305]

Pop

Descriptive Dictionary

Pop

DETAILS OP POPULATION OP THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS. (Apaii., 1891.)

Nationalities.

SiNOAPOftS.

Penano Island,

PROVtNOE WeLLESLEY

and DiNoiNOS.

Malaoga.

Totals

OF
THE

Thbki

Male.

Female.

Male.

Female.

Male.

Female.

Bxttlb-

MKHTS.

I. EUBOPEANS AND AmEBICANS:-

Besident Population ...
Floating Population ...

Prisoners

British Military

1,434

1,734

1,134

868
48

527

169

188

302
1

66
19

47
2

8,244

1,978

1,863

Total Europeans and Americans

4,312

942

893

308

6,689

n. EUBASIANS

1,764

1,825

824

888

821

986

7,057

ill. uhinesb:—

Cantonese

Hokkiens

Hvlams

Knehs

Straits-bom

Teo Chews

15,760

41,776

8,596

6,558

6,084

21,682

7.647
4,080
115
844
6,721
2,055

12,726

21,212

2,783

6,345

8,047

18,456

4,688

3,034

871
8,934

762

818
4,230
4,363
1,793
2,226

806

384
427

326

2,746

42,008
74,769
16,938
16,736
84,767
43,791

Total Chinese

100,446

21,462

69,569

18,351

14,226

3,936

227,989

lY. Malays and other Natives
of the Archipelago : —

Aborigines

Achinese

Boyanese

Bugis

Javanese

Jawl Pekans

Malays

Manilamen

• • •

1,808

864

6,056

156

11,940

869

775

2,485

146

10,761

12
569

83
116

1,634

4,170

47,638

154

621

4,429

47,393

141

845

100

83,268

49
2

18
8

"86

86,169

142

528

2,927

1,842

11,227

9,064

187,169

Total Malays, &o. ...

20,899

15,093

54,049

62,707

33,925

86,400

218,078

V. Tamils and other Natives
of India: —

BengaUs, &o

Burmese

Parsees

Tamils

2,728

10,171

724

2,332

1,410

25,156

691
91

8,934

147
2

1,065

416

5,627

179

48,064

Total Tamils, Ac. ...

12,953

3,082

26,629

9,616

1,204

443

68,927

VI. Other Nationaltties : —

Africans

Anamese

Arabs

Armenians

Egyptians

Japanese

Jews ...

Persians

Siamese

Singhalese

503

106

80
143

303

229

131
16

291

457
56

276

20
94

448
17

53
8

2
13

2
42

4
7

1,468

825

845

1,128

S52

Total other Nationalities

956

820

920

864

8,707

Gband Total

141,330

43,224

152,884

82,734

60,337

41,883

512,842

[306]

Por of British Malaya, Pra

Porcelain and Pottery. — All the more civilized inhabitantfl of Malaya
have possessed immemorially the art of fabricating a coarse unglazed pottery, miicli
resemhllDg that of the Hindus, but not borrowed from them, judging by the natiye
names connected with the art. For either pottery or porcelain there is no common
native term, hut a great many names to distinguish the vessel or utensil made from
them, these often varying in the different languages. A coarse domestic earthen-
ware is of much less general use among the Malaya than the Hindus, its place
being frequently taken by the coarse porcelain of China, which has been imported
for ftgea. Fragments, or even entire vessels of it, have been found in ancient ruins,
and when Singapore was established by ourselves, specimens were found along with
ancient Chinese coins of the tenth and' eleventh centuries.*

Porcupine (ffwh^).— The porcupine of Malaya differs but little from the
African porcupine long naturalized m Italy. It is the lanii^ of the Malays, who
assert the existence in the Feninsula of two species which they distiaguish by the
epithets of great and small.

Port Weld. — The coast terminus of the railway to Thaipeng, Perak.
formerly known as Sapctan, just above the entrance of the Larut H., W. Perak.
Information regarding the railway will be found under the article Perak.

Portugal, Portuguese, — The Portuguese made their appearance in the
watcra of thi; Archipelago under Sequeika in 1509, twelve years after their arrival
in Calicut. The insults which they then received, and perhaps provoked, led, two
years after, to the conquest of Malacca, and from that event is to be dated the
commencement of their domination, which virtually termiated with the loss of the
same place in 1641. Thus the supremacy of the Portuguese lasted in all 130 years,
Their territorial poaaeasions comprehended only the principality of Malacca, and
the Clove and Nutmeg Islands, but even in these their sovereignty was never
poaeeably eatabliahed, for throughout they were involved in hostihtiea with their
uomioal subjects, or with neighbouring Native States, Notwithstanding, however,
their short and diaputive power, it must be observed that they have left behind
them more marks of their dominion than the Dutch. The facts which attest this
are the number of words of their language which have been naturalized in the
languages of the Archipela^, and the number of converts to Christianity. These
results are most probably attributable to the greater congeniality of their manners
and language with those of the Archipelago, and to the spirit of propagandiam
being far more active with them than with their succeasors in power. A large
number of most useful members of the communities in the Straits Settlements are
of Portuguese desceat,*

Potah Teluk. — Beach \ mile below Pasir Panjang Police station, S.W.
Singapore.

Potato. — The American potato, Solanum twbero$um, the vbi Mpa of the
Malays, equivalent to the European " yam," was first introduced by the Dutch, and
in comparatively modern times. It is not much cultivated in the Peninsula, the
chief supply for the British Settlements being derived from China.

Prai for Piye) River. — The principal river of Province Wellesley, Butter-
worth being situated 1^ miles to the N, of its mouth. It rises, as regards two of
ita streams, in the extreme N.W. just beyond the Kedah boundary Une, but one is
connected with the Muda River, whence it runs in a S.W. direction to the sea.
Vessels of good draught can enter its embouchure, on the S. aide of which is the
Praj dock, where the smaller steamers and launches frequenting Pcnang resort for
repairs. The river is croased about half a mile above the dock by the steam ferry
bridge, and near Permatang Pauh by a pontoon bridge which can be opened to
allow large cargo boats to pass.

At the time the British obtained possession of Penang a fort existed at Swula
Ptye occupied by an officer of the Eaja of Kedah. Certain acts of his being
[307] X 2

Fra

Descriptive Dictionary

inimical to the QoTemment, a, brig-o£-wa.r and a boat flotilla, were aent to redoce it,
wMch service was sueeeasfully accomplished. The fort was destroyed and no traces
of it (as Bucb) at present exist.

PraU or Prahu is in Malay tlio generic name for any veasel, whether
rowing or sailing. The difEorent sorts are diatinguished by specific names,
according to form, size, use. and nationality. It is also the castle in chess.

Prawn iVcianq'). — Several varieties, some of immense size, are found in
Malayan waters and are always on sale,

Prigi DatU.— V. in the Pigoh district, N. Malacca, on the high road from
Malacca-town to Tabu.

Prince of Wales' Island. — This was the name given to Penang, or P«fo
Pijtang, by its Eflgliah founders — ^an unmeaning piece of flattery to the Prince of
Wales of the day, the future Geokoe the Fouetm. (See Penang.)

Fringgit. — The Malay corruption of Feringhi, or unbeliever, formerly
applied to the Portuguese. The term has, however, of late yeai's been replaced by
Serani (q. v.). A pretty village, locally called Dusun Pringgit, exists on the
borders of Rcmbau and Malacca. Tt is properly marked as Dusun Feringgit on
the maps.

Priuggit.^V. 2-5 miles from Midaeca-town. of which it lies north.

Printian Lingga. — y- "O E. of Sri Menanti, Negri Sembilan.

Prlntian Pahon. — Pass in the Mts. !N. of Sri Menanti, Negri Sembilan.

Proverbs, Malay.— The earliest known collection by a foreign hand is by
M. Klinkebt. a Dutch gentleman, published in 1863. The Abbe Pavbe's
" Dictionary " contains also a large number. The general reader, however, will prefer
to turn to the three articles by the Hon'ble W. E. Maxwell, in the J. S. B. R. A. 8.,
No. 1, p. 85, No. 3, p. 19, and No. 11, p. 31, in which be quotes 573 proverbial
sayings, prefacing them with the following remarks : —

"The genius of the Malay language is in favour of neat, pithy sentences, And
it abounds, therefore, in these crystalli7.ations (if the expression can be permitted)
of primitive wisdom and humour, though in this respect it is said to bo inferior to
the Javanese. Some open up perfect pictures of certain phases of rural life, and
indeed are scarcely intelli^ble except to those whose knowledge of the country and
mode of life of the people enables them to appreciate the local colouring. As a
proof of their popularity, I may instance the frequent quotations of proverbs in the
Malay newspapers which wore started in the Colony of last year, and of which no
leas than three in the native character are now published weekly in Singapore.
One can seldom take up the JamPerdnakan without finding an ai^ument clenched,
or an adversary answered, by some well-known ibdrat (proverb), or yerupamaan
(similitude), a dictum of some forgotten sage from which there is no appeal."

It would of course be impossible, within the limits of a mere dictionary, to
quote many proverbs in eifeww, but we may add the following from Mr. Maxwbll's
highly interesting articles as giving a glimpse of the " spiciness " which underlies
Malay sayings : —

" As to the proverbs themselves, I think I may fairly claim for the Malays
that their sayings, besides being pointed and idiomatic, sometimes embody thougbt«
and ideas well worthy of Western races. Pride and honour are impressed in such
maxims as Ur putek tidang jangan pulek mata, ' let the bone whiten but not the
eyes' (No. 230), and mahu kak orang menghujankan goramnya (No. 170), 'will
a man put his salt out in the rain?' (i.e., expose his family secret to public
ridicule). ' Do not worship the rich or cont«mu the poor* (No. 210) is a manm
worthy of the free and independent spirit of the Malay, and I know no Oriental
race who carry it out iietter in practice. Sneers at the assumption of the n

of British Malaya.

riche, and inBtances of a truly conBervatdve belief in good blood and good breeding,
ure plentiful. The Eucceaeful adventurer is the ' blind man who has just found his
Bight' (No. 20). Kaehang lupakan kuUt, 'the bean forgets its pod' (No. 126),
conveys a similar Barcaem aimed at the meanness which would attempt to con-
ceal a humble origin. So "a broom bound with silk threEid' (No. 100) is the
most indulgent comparison which a Malay can find for a person dressed above his
rank.

" The phenomenon of a henpecked husband, which a. Mahommedan country
might hardly be thought to aifoni, is hit off in a very neat and concise proverb,
kamudi deri kaluwan, ' steered from the bow ' (No. 141). It is by no means rare
to find Malay wives poseesqed of quite sntficient energy and spirit to take command
in the house."

It would bo easy to multiply quotations, but these must suffice. The papers
are eminently worth perusal.

Proverbs, Chinese. — Collections of these will be found in Mr. Scae-
boeouoh's work. 187(5 (so niimod), an article in the Ohhiu Review, Vol. Ill, No. 3,
p. 129, and in the " Folklore of China " (Hongkong, 1876) . p. 1 51.

Province Wellesley is a strip of land situa-ted on the coast of the
Pcninsiila, opposite Penang. It is bounded on the N. by the Muda River, on the
S. by the Krian province of Perak, and on the E, by Kedah. Ito northern
extremity is in 5° 4O3' N. and its southern boundary line ia in 5° 8' N., giving an
actual length of 32| miles by latitude, but the coast line is about 45 miles. Its
extreme width is 13 miles (at Ewala Muda), and its least (at Byram Estate) _7J
miles. It is in reality a slice of the Kedah territory acquired by the British
authorities to render more secure the tenure of Penang.

History. — Province Wellealey, then of leas area than now, was originaJlj
ceded by the Raja of Kedali in 1798, though it was not regarded as properly
annexed until 1801. In 1831 ite limits were extended, and its tenure better defined
by treaty with the Siamese Government, and in 1867, by a further cession by the
same Government, the boundaries were further extended. In 1874, by treaty with
Perak, another shce (the Trans-Krian) was added, since which time the Province
has existed as above defined.

Gkolooy.— The land is so low-ljing that, except as regards the few hills,
which, like all others in the neighbourhood, are more or less of laterite or iron.
stone formation, little can be said. Here and there granite crops out, but it would
scarcely be correct to call the formation granitic. Under this head we quote the
remarks of Mr. Eael, written in 1852, aa those of an experienced observer: —
"The entire coast of the northern division, from the mouth of the Muda to the
mouth of the Prye, presents a fine sandy beach, backed by a ptrtnalang, or sand-
ridge, generally covered with cocoa-nut trees, tinder which the Malay fishermen
delight in fixing their dwellings, the situation being peculiarly favourable for
carrying on their operations. Within the sand-ridge there ia a payah, or swamp,
varying in width from a few score vards to several furlongs, well adapted for the
culture of rice, and almost invariably appropriated for that purpose. Behind this
rises a second sand-ridge, followed by a second swamp, and so the country
alternates from narrow ridges of sand, studded with cocoa-nut trees and Malay
dwellings, to expansive paddy-fields for several miles inland, when the countiy
becomes a little more elevated, and was covered with forest when the Province
was first ceded. This uniformity is interrupted towards the northern part of the
district by a chain of lagoons running parallel with the Muda, of which they now
form a back-water, and may have ouce been an independent channel of that river,
Tlie permatangs sometimes attain an elevation of eight to ten feet above the level
of the high water, but beyond this there is no high land throughout the northern
distriot.

[309]

Pro Descriptive Dictionary PjO '

" Tbe sea-coaat of tLe southern tUrision. of the Province, on the other hand,
is everywhere fronted by extensive banka of slimy mud, which are left uncovered
at low- water spring tides, These are backed by broad belts of man grove,
beyond which the system, of permitfan^g and payahs continues aa ia tbe oortbem
division- and exteodfi as far inland as the base of the bill range. This divi-
sioQ alao differs from the other in being studded with detached MIU, which may
safely be called isolated, as there can be no doubt whatever that they were really
islands at the comparatively recent period when the low lands were covered by
the sea."

MiNEHAi.oar. — No mines of any importance have been discovered in the
Province, Tin undoubtedly is present in places, and minute traces of gold ar*
also visible, but practically speaking there are no minerals wortb working.

CiiniATK. — There is no appreciable difference between Penang and tbo
Province, except that the latf«r is open to the sea-breezes, which, owing to its hill.
do not reach Penang. The range of the thermometer is, therefore, slightly lower
than in Penang. Aa regards Europeans, it is fairly healthy, epidemic diseases
appearing only on tbe plantations where large bodies of natives are massed
together.

Fauna.— The remarks offered regarding other portions of the Peninsula apply
to the Province. Tigers, it may be noted, have almost disappeared before cultiva-
tion and population.

AoKicirLTUBB,~The inhabitants of Province Wellesley are esBentially agri-
cultural, rice being the chief staple. Sugar, tapioca, tobaceo, &c., are, however,
cultivated (we, of course, except tbe great sugar estiates from these remarks), aud
the ordinary Malay raises enough for his aimple wants. Sugar-cane is grown xa
\axge quantities at the estates under European management referred to bdow, but
the native planter only raises enough for home consumption.

Products, — Nothing, except sugar from estates under European or CbiDeee
management, comes under this head. Bice is produced in sufficient quantities for
home consumption, but is not an export. None of tbe jungle products, such OS
gutta-percha, &Ci., are found in quantities sufficient to justify export. There are,
however, probably several sources of india-rubber still undiscovered.

Trade. — None, except as regards sugar and tapioca. The import trade,
consisting only of fruits, potatoes, &c., is not sufficient to justify notice at
length.

PoppLATiON. — The Proviuce contains about 80,000 inhabitants. Tbe pro-
portion of Malays ia gi-eater in the northern district than elsewhere, as the nature
of the country is peculiarly favourable to the mode of life in which they most
delight. Their dwellings are erected on the perfnatangn, or sand-ridges, under the
shade of the cocoa-nut trees, with which they are thickly studded, and the bulk of
the male population is employed, during the intervals of planting and reaping the
paddy lands, in forming and tending the fishing weira, which extend far out to sea
on the bank that lines the shore, and which yield an abundant harvest of excellent
fish at all seasons of the year. There are upwards of 900 fishing boats in this part
of the Province. Shrimp- catching is also an important branch of industry on the
sandy shore between the Muda and the Piye, the mode of cat^diing them being
precisely similar to that adopted at the mouth of the Thames. Tbe shrimps,
which are taken in large quantities, are made into a paste called halaehong {q. e.),
a sort of " caviare," whiuh is much relished by the Chinese, and forms an article of
export. There is also a large proportion of the native Indian population in this
district, the Bengalis being mostly breeders of cattle in good circumstances, while
the KUngs are chiefly employed as coolies on the sugar and tapioca plantationa.
The number of Chinese in the north is not so great as in the more southern
districts, but they are generally above the rank of field labourers, being mostly
employed as shopkeepers, hawL'ers, or manufacturers of cocoa-nut oil. Id the
[SIO]

Pro of British Malaya.

districts lying between the Piye and the Junjoug, the bulk of the population is
still Malay, but the proportion of Chinese and Elinga la ^eater than to the north,
as many of the former are employed as planters of rice, sugar-cane, fruits, and
spices, while there are no less than three European plantations — two of sugar-cane
and one of the casaavurroot £rom which tapioca is manufactured. In the district
south of the Jnnjong, where the culture of sugar-cane is more eitensive, the male
population of Chinese ia considerably greater than that of Malays, and the large
number of Kling coolies greatly increases the proportion of foreigners. The
European population here is also four times greater than in the northern and
central districts.

GoTEBKMENT. — Proviuce Wellesley is a dependency of Penang, and the chief
local authority is the Senior District Officer, whose functions are those of Magistrate
of Police, Commissioner of the Court of Bequests, and Collector of Land Eevenuc,
He resides at Butt«rworth, immediately opposite Fort Comwallia, where the'
QoTemment Offices and Hospital are situated. Junior Mag:i6trates are stationed
at Bulni Mertajani, Bukit Tengah, and Nibong Tubal, the three sub-districts of the
Province. An European Inspector of Police resides at each of these places, and
small detachments of police, under native officers, are stationed at most of the
principal villages. All the various Police stations throughout the Province are
connected by telephone or telegraph.

Bach bagan, or district, has a Penghulu Mvk'im, or native headman, who is
generally selected from among the most respectable of the Malay inhabitants, but
they rarely take any part in public matters, the appointment having come to be
regarded rather as an honorary distinction than as a responsible office. On the
banks of the Muda. howev^, where there is only a single Police station, the
Penghvlv Mukims are still a recognized institufjon, and most of the petty disputes
among the people of the villages are decided by them.

Kktencb. — This is included in that of Penang. The chief source is from
land, but there are no published statistics to show whether the Province aids or
decreases the Penang returns.

TopoGKAPHr. — The Province is divided into three districts — the Northern,
which comprises the diatricts of Muda (of which Penaga' is the chief centre),
Toluk Ayer Tawar and Bagan Tiian Kechil, with some smaller bagatis between,
and those of Dalam and lAtar estending to the N. bank of the Prye Elver, the
Central, which comprises the Bukit Mertajam, Bukit Teugah, and Prye districts;
and the Southern, including Bukit Tambun, Batu Kawan, Krian and Traos-Krian.
Many other districts, however, go to make up the entire area, those named being
the principal. Butterworih, in the H. division, is the principal head-quarters of
administration and police. It comprises a Senior District Officer's, Police Super-
intendent's, Colonial Surgeon's, and Superintendent of Works' residences, a court-
house, hospital, police quarters and public works offices, and is neatly laid out. A
public bathing- house is situated on the beach.

PeoE^ in the Northern district is a large village of some 1,500 or more
inhabitants. It is the seat of a court-house and Police station, the District
Officer attending weekly to hoar criminal and civil cases. Bukit Mertajam is the
court centre of the central district. Bukit Tambun is the head-quarters of the
Southern district — the Nibong Tebal station and court being under the same juris-
diction. The places above-mentioned will be found described at sufficient length in
their alphabetical places.

CuLTTVATiON.-^The flat portions of the Province are chiefly devoted to the
cultivation of rice, though many tapioca and sugar plantations, under foreign and
Chinese mana^ment, exist iu various locaUties. The numerous hills on the
border line between the Province and Kedah add greatly to the beauty of the land-
scape. Viewed from Penang Hill, the Province appears to be a well-cultivated and
well-watered plain backed by lofty hills. A considerable portion of the coast is

hweu-waierea piaiu uacKea oy loiLy nius. a cousiaerauie poruoa oi uiu coast in _

[311] ^f

Pro

Descriptive Dictionary

sheltered to seaward by the Island of Penang and affords Becitru anuhorage at all
aeaaoiia of the year. At Prye Point, immediately opposite to the town of Penang,
a line- of -battle ship could lie within a cable's length of the sandy beacb, A
narrow but deep channel between banke of sand and mud extends from this point
southward to the Era islands off the entrance of Smigei Jajawi, A settlement of
Achinese is successfuDy cnltiTating pepper at Ara Kuda.

Schools. — Some forty vernacular boys' schools and three girls' schools exist
and do good work. A few Tamil schools also exist under foreign supervision.

EivEKS.— The Muda, which bounds the Province to the north, is a fine fresh-
water river, the stream being generally so strong as to prevent the sea-water from
entering. A vessel drawing 9 feet can cross the bar at high-water spring tides,
but the river is only frequented by boats which bring the produce to Penang.
This river is the only high road towards the interior in the northern part of the
Province. The Prai (or Prye) Eiver, whose mouth is nearly opposite to the town
of Penang, is accessible to ships of burthen, as there is no bar at its mouth owing
to the protection afforded from the swell of the ocean by the island. This river is
much broader than the Muda for some distance up from its mouth, and accessible
to steam launches for a considerable distance. The upper part of the Prai Kiver
abounds with the nipak, or salt-water palm, from which the attap, or palm thatch,
is made, and the Malay population hereabouts is chiefly employed in its manu-
facture during the intervals of paddy -planting. The Juru, next in order south,
flows past Golden O-rove estate and is navigable for boats as high as Bukit
Tengah. The Jejawi is in reality an arm of the sea which makes Batu Eawan an
island, but has two or three rivers flowing into it which make the water at low
tide brackish. The Krian was, until thirteen years ago, the southern boundary of
the Province, but the acquisition of Trans-Krian placed the dividing line some
three miles further south.

Subjoined is a list of the principal plantations and villages In the Provinci.',
the majority of which will be found mentioned at length in their alphabetical
places :—

Alma Estate, Bukit Tambun.

Ararendang. „ „ Peny.

Aur Qading, „ Tengah.

Badak Mati. Butterworth.

Bagan Ayam. * Caledonia Estate.

„ Boya. Duraka Juru Estate.

„ „ Jawi. Goa Kepah.

„ Jermal. * GoMen Grove.

„ Lalang. Jawi Estate,

„ Luar. „ Biver.

„ Serai. Juru Bridge.

„ Tuan Keehli. „ Estate.

•Batu Kawon. „ River.

„ Musang. Ealapa Batas.

Bukit Indramuda. £ota Aur.

„ Jelutong. Kubang Prye.

„ Jimjong. „ Semang.

„ Juru. * Krian Estate.

„ Mahminah. „ River.

„ Merah. Kwala Prye.

„ Mertajam. Labn Meriam.

„ Minyak. Labu Mesjid.

„ Tahgagar. Laher Bubu.
■ These estatas are owned and managed by Eoropcaus.
[312]

Pro

of British Malaya.

Pro

Laher Ikan Mati.
Lalang Ferry.
Macham Bubo.

* MalakofE Estate.
Mamadin Creek.
Mangkoh Village.
Merbau Kudong.
Muda Biver.
Nibong Tebal.
PakolaJb.
Permatang Bertam.

„ Bindahari.

Binjai.

Kuching.

Maklom.

Mangis.

Merbau.

Pau.

Senah.

Sintob.

Toh Glam.
Penaga.
Pinang Tunggal.

* Prye Eiver.

* These estates are

»>

PuloKra.

f9 Mertajam.
Bantau Panjang Krian.
», Panjang Muda.
Samagaga Dalam.
Sempang Ampat.
Sesat Village.
Sungei Bakau.
Daun.
Dua.

Duraka Juru.
M Prye.
Kecbil.
Mangkoh.
Puyu.
» Tumbus.
Taseh.

Tebing Tinggi Bridge.
Teluk Ayer Tawar.

>, Bemis.
Tikum Batu.
Vald'Or.
* Victoria Estate.

>»
»

»>

>»

owned and managed by Europeans.

PLANTATIONS IN PROVINOE WELLESLEY.

•

Acres.

Names of Estates.

Under

Management.

Cultiva.

TotaL

tion.

Malakoff— Tapioca and cocoa-nut

••• ••• ••• •••

790

2,600

European.

Alma— Tapioca, cocoa-nut, and tea

••• ••• ••• »••

1,000

2,600

Caledonia — Sugar

••• ••• ••• •••

1,162

• ■ •

• 9

Victoria— Sugar

••• ■•« ••• •••

660

1,077

Golden Grove— Sugar

■ •• • • • ••• •• •

500

1,200

Byram— Sugar

••• ••• ••• •••

700

• • «

Prai — Sugar

••• ••• ••• •••

1,600
Orlongs.

6,200

Batu Kawan— Sugar

■•■ ■•• ••• •••

1,000

4,600

Inkerman— Cocoa-nut and paddy

••• ••• ••• •■•

400

Clydesdale— Sugar

••• •«• ••• •••

• • •

Chinese.

Val d*Or— Sugar

»•• ••• ••« •••

f • •

• ••

Simpang Ampat— Sugar

••• ••• ••• ■•■

• ■ ■

• ••

Krian— Sugar

••• ■•• ••• •••

• ••

• ■ •

Trans-Krian— Sugar

••• ••• ••■ •••

• • •

COOOA-XinTT^LAirrATI

ONS.

Teluk Bemis

•• *•• ••• *••

160 Orl(

ongs.

European.

Anson Dale

•*• •.. ... *••

180

Chinese.

AurGading

••• ... • • • •

860 Aoi

es.

European.

Sungei Eeohil

»■• ••• ... ...

1,100 „

Chinese.

SengLeong

••• •*. •*. •••

2,400 „

[318]

Pna

Descriptive Dictionary

Pnc

Pualing. — ^A considerable village in the Melakek district, N. Malacca, for-
merly part of Naning. It is on tlie liigh road from Malacca-town to Tabu and
about 20 miles from tbe former.

Puasa, Bulan. — The fasting month of the Malays, answering to the month
Eamadan. The day succeeding its expiration is a "hari raya, when everybody puts
on his best clothes, bathes, and gives such alms as he can afford. A second feast,
called hari raya haji, is held on the tenth day of the month Zil Hayjah. Both are
observed as great holidays.

Publications. — The following is a list of the pulications in the Straits
Settlements : —

SiNOAPOBE.

Official,

Administration Reports
Annual Department Reports

Blue Book

Civil Service List
Council Proceedings
Government Gazette

Ordinances

Postal Express •

Postal Guide

Quarterly Returns of Imports and Exports ...
jL early „ „ ...

Annual.

ft
tf
i>
tf

Weekly.

Annually.

Daily.

«••

...

Quarterly.
Annually.

Non-Official.

Daily Advertiser

Exchange Market Report

Exchange Shipping Report

Eraser & Co.'s Exchange Circular

Jawi Peranakkan (Malay Newspaper)
Journal of the Straits Branch R. A. S.

Lat Pau (Chinese Newspaper)

Singapore Daily Imports and Exports
Singapore Free Press an4 Mercantile Advertiser

Singapore and Straits Directory

Singapore and Straits Diary

Singapore and Straits Almanack

Singapore Weekly Herald

Singai Nesam (Tamil Newspaper)

Straits Advocate

Straits Produce

Straits Timea ... ••• ... •••
Straits Law Journal and Reporter

Penang.

Non-Offi^nal.

Import and Export List

Ola^ Naison (Tamil Newspaper)

Straits Independent ' ...

Penang Market Report ...

Pinang Gazette

Daily.

Weekly.

Daily.

Weekly.

Half-yearly.
Daily.

...

Daily and Weekly.
Annually.

Weekly.

Daily.

Weekly.

Quarterly.

Daily and Weekly.

Quarterly.

.••

...

Daily.

Weekly.

Bi-weekly.

Fortnightly.

Bi-weekly.

Puohong Eanow.— V. on N. bank of Pahang R., C. Pahang.

[814]

PUC of British Malaya. Pul

Puohnt Muka (Pcde-faced). — A name given to the point nearest Pulo
Betong, W. coast of Penang, bj the sea-rover Bagam, because, as tradition says,
his wife became pale with fright at a heavy sea encountered in passing it.

Pudah.. — A sort of pandanus resembling the hungkwang^ and which like it
furnishes a fibre from its leaves.

Pulau. — ^V. and site of a Police station in the Pulau Sebang district, N.
Malacca.

Pulau.— Small V. on W. bank of Malacca E., about 3 miles E.S.E. of
Payah Bumput. (This spelling is retained as it is so marked on all the maps, bu,t
should be Pulo for the sake of uniformity.)

Pulau Biuku. — V. on S. side of E. Sembrong, N. Johore.

Pulei.' — ^A V. and hill in Tampin, about 4 miles N. of Malacca territory.

Pulo signifies an island, or, more correctly, an islet, for it is rarely applied to
any of the larger islands, the idea of insularity in regard to which is scarcely
consistent with the state of knowledge, even of the more cultivated nations of the
Archipelago. It is also applied to places inland, but on what grounds it is diffi-
cult to say. It is of very frequent occurrence from one end of the Malayan
Archipelago to the other, and.even where the Malay language is not vernacular,
and points, of course, to the extent of the navigation that was familiar to the
Malays. The word is spelt " Pulau " in official publications.

Pulo Aniol. — A small island 8| miles S.E. C.S. of Malacca.

Pulo Awar. — Vulgarly Fvlo A6r, or Awar Island (Awar being the name of
a large species of ban)}K)o) . It is the most southerly of a chain of islets lying off
the eastern coast of the Malay Peninsula, and distant from it 30 miles. Pulo
Awar, a mass of graniie, is about 3 miles long and 1| broad. It has two peaked
mountains — one 1,521 feet and the other 1,852 high. The inhabitants, amounting
to 1,400, are Malays ; and, whatever their character in former times has been, they
hate, since the establishment of commercial intercourse with Singapore, become
peaceable traders and industrious fishermen. The only article cultivated by them
IS the cocoa-nut palm, which grows luxuriantly, even as high as 1,000 feet above
the level of the sea. The nuts and their expressed oil are exported to Singapore to
be exchanged for rice, clothing and other necessaries. The island is subject to the
Eaja of Pahang. It is the landmark of shipping in taking a departure from
and making the Straits of Malacca. North latitude 2° 30^, east longitude 104° 35^

Pulo Ayer Chawan. — The S.W. and largest of a group of islands off the
Tanjong Gul district, S.W. Singapore.

Pulo Ayer Limau. — The N. of a group of islands off S.W. Singapore, just
opposite Tanjong Kling in Tanjong Gul district.

Pulo Ayer Merbau.--One of the group of islands separated from S.W.

Singapore by the Silat Sembilan.

Pulo Babi. — The name of a group of islets S.S.W. of Pulo Siribuat, off the
E. coast of Johore. The principal island of this name is 2| miles by 1 mile in
size. Pulo Babi Tengah and Pulo Babi IJjong are the names of two islands in the
vicinity (sometimes called N. Babi and Mid Babi).

Flllo Bakong. — Small I. in the Perak E., about 5^ miles above Bandar
Baru I., S.C. Perak.

Pulo BaltU Rakil. — Small I., E. coast of Patani.

Pulo Bandar. — Small I. in Perak E., off the S. point of Bandar Baru, S.W.
Perak.

Pulo Batil.— Small I. in the Perak E., C. Perak, just below Teluk Prang.
Pulo BedUUg. — See p. Eedang.

[816]

Pol

Descriptive Diclionaiy

Pulo Beralail. — An I. at the eKtremity of a group, some 30 miles in extent, 1
oft the S.E. ooiist of Johore and opposite a promontory of the eamo name. ]

Pulo Berhala. — I- off N. Cape, Kemaman.

Pulo Besar.^An I, 7 miies S.E. of Malacca.

Pulo Betong.— I- and district in S.W. Fenang. The former \ mile N. of
the shore. V, of same name on the coast oppoeite the I., so called from a specie*
of gigantic bamboo growing there.

Pulo BidaJl {.MHvife, /sdind).— The neareat to Penang of a group of four
iBlanda known as Pulo Bunting, 14 miles N, <jf Penang, It is alxiut 1 mile in
length by f mile in breadth, thickly wooded to the water's edge. The geological
formation is greywacke and ironstone, on the latter of which rests stratified lime-
stone of a bluish-grey colour traversed by veins of qiiartz and calcareous 'spar.
Inhabited by a few Malay fishermen.

Pulo Biskol.— Small I. in a group separated from S.W, Singapore by the
Silat SembQau.

Pulo Bismut. — Small I. in a group separated from S.W. Singapore by the
Silat Sembilau.

—The 8. of a group of 11 islands lying off the E. coast of

Pulo Blauja. — Small I. in the Perak E. just below a V. of same name. C.
Perak.

Pulo Borong. — Small I, at mouth of Fatani It., N. Patani.

Ptdo Bota.— Small I. in the Perak R. just below V. of name name, W.C.
Perak.

Pulo Brahamana. — A small I. in the Perak R., juat below Bota, W.C.
Perak.

Pulo Brani. — I. between Blakang Mati and the Teluk Blangah district, S.
Singapore. It forms the S. side of New Harbour.

Pulo Buaya {Baya in the S. A. S. map). — I. in the Perak R. about 4 mfle«
S. of Kwala Kangsa.

Pulo Bukum. — One of a group of islands lying S. of Silat Pandan, 2 to 3
miles S.W. of Singapore. Pulo Bukum Kechil close to and S. of above.

Pulo Buloh.— Small I. between mouths of B. Bulob and R. Buloh Kecbil,
Kranji district, N.W. Singapore.

Pulo Bunting {Preq^ami Island). — One of a group of four small islands,
the nearest being 14 miles N. of Penang. That most remote has given its name to
the group from its fanciful resemblance to a woman encientf lying on her back.
It ia of nearly oval shape, thickly covered with wood, about I5 miles long by 1 mile
broad at its widest part. It is precipitous on its N.W. side, in all other plaees the
forest extending to the beach. ITie rocks are granitic, lai^e veins of quartz
traversing them in ail directions.

The four islands are called Pulo Island (midwife island), Pulo Pan^l [tJw
man sent] to call [the midwife] island, Pulo Sonsong (the messenger's eompaniQD)i
and Pulo Bunting.

The legend accounting for the name given to the Bunting Islands is that, some
thousands of years ago, there dwelt on the coast of Penang an ill-natured demon.
One day, walking on the beach, he saw a princess lying on tie sand in the pains of
chUdbirth- She had sent a messenger to call a midwife, but he was so long gone
tliat she sent another, who outran him and was returning with the midwife when
the evil genius transformed them all into hills. That of the princess wa« tilled
Bwttitig, the next Somong or the convoy, Pa/nggilan the messenger, and Iilda»
[816] J

Pnl of British Malaya. PlQ

the midwife. The legend adds that at this period the hills formed a portion of the
mainland.

Pulo Burong. — Small I. surrounded by a reef between Tioman I. and the
coast of Pahang.

Pulo Busing.— The W. of the groups of islands due S. of Pasir Panjang, S.
Singapore, and separated from Cjrene Shoal by Silat Pandan.

Pulo Buton.— Two islands forming the W. of a group lying off N. W. Kedah.
It lies 30 miles from the mainland.

Pulo Chandiot. — Small I. in the embouchure of the Pahang E.

Pulo Chikukoh. — ^A small I. chiefly of sandstone with small quartz veins,
situated off the S. face of Singapore.

Pulo Damar. — I. in bay W. of entrance to E. Jurong, S.W. Singapore.

Pulo Datoh. — ^V. on N. bank of Pahang E. between the Loui and
Pemangan E., 0. Pahang.

Pulo Dendong. — ^V. on W. side of E. Sembrong 6 miles from its turn N.
in C. Johore.

Pulo Dochong. — ^An I. off the S.E. coast of Pahang forming one of a group
of eleven.

Pulo Dodol. — ^A small I. 5 miles S. of Umbei, Malacca.

Pulo Ecotabu. — Small I. S. of P. Eedang (gr. v.).

Pulo Gajah. — (I- marked "Stenan" on the Admiralty Chart.) I. and
some islets just S. of Eoint Selantie, N. Johore.

Pulo Qajah Stenan. — The tenth from the N. of a group of islands lying off
the S. coast of Johore.

Pulo Geeit. — Petty I. 4 miles due S. of Tioman I.

Pulo Goal. — The name of a small I. near the Babi group off the S. coast of
Johore.

Pulo Gulu.— Small I. about 10 miles from nearest point of coast, Kelantan.

Pulo Gurong. — The name of a small I. near the Pulo Babi group off the E.

coast of Johore. Height 319 feet.

Pulo Hantu.— One of a group of islands lying S. of Silat Pandan, 3 to 4 miles
S.W. of Singapore Harbour.

Pulo Hantu. — ^A small island off S. coast of Teluk Blangah district, Singa-
pore,*«the name however being, as is customary in similar cases, applied to the
mainland, immediately adjoining which is the site of the New Harbour Company's
premises. The island itself is owned by the executors of the late Mr. Whampoa,
and still has on it the remains of a bungalow erected very many years ago.

Pulo Jawa. — ^An I. 1 mile due S. of Malacca flag-staff.

Pulo Jerejak. — ^I- off E. coast of Penang opposite the Eelau district. The
leper hospital of the Straits Settlements and Penang quarantine station are estab-
lished on this island.

Pulo Jong. — Small I. in group S. of Silat Pandan about 3^ miles S.S.W. of
Singapore Harbour.

Pulo Jong. — Small round I. 75 feet high and \ mile N. of Pulo Sabarut, S.
of Singapore.

Pulo Kaban. — The fifth from the N. of a group of islands off the S.E. coast
of Pahang.

Pulo Kalabang. — ^The name of a small I. N. of the Babi group off the E.
coast of Johore.

[317]

Pnl

Descriptive Dictionary

PulO KalEing or Kalam. — !■ at mouth of K, Klang, Selangor,

Pulo Kambiri— I. in the Perak R. 2 mUes N. of Kwala Plus. N. Perali.

Fulo Kampong £jkor. — Small I. in the Perak K. marked Pulo " Sekmat "
in the Admiralty Chart, just above Teluk Prang iu C. Perak.

Pulo KanchiUg. — l- in the Pahang E. about 4 miles W. of juQctioa of B.
Pahang and Pahang Tuah. A V. of same name on N. bank.

Pulo Kandang Merhom. — Small 1. in the Perak R.oppoait«BatuQaiah,
W.C. Perak. ^

Pulo Kapas. — I. 6 miles from the coast of N. Kemaman.

Pulo Katta. — I- off the Point of same name S. extremity of the Binding
(mainland) coast.

Pulo Keban. — I- off Peniabang Point, N. Johore, and forming with the
mainlancl Blair Hiirl»our.

Pulo Kecbil. — Small I. in the Pahang E., about 13 miles from its mouth.

Pulo Kendi. — ("Waterpot Island," but called by Euroi>caus "Saddle
Island,") about 2i mik'S from S.W. point of Penang and about 2 miles in circum-
ference, thickly covered with jungle and a few largo trees, which, on the N. aide,
approach within a few feet of the water. There are numerous caves and fissuren
into which the sea rushes with a hollow sound. The action of the water at the
edge has given the rocks the appearance of lava. A full description of ita geo-
logical structure is given in the " Misc. Papers on Indo-CMna," VoL I, p, 208, bat
they are of no general interest except to apecialiats.

The native legend of ita creation is that the famous rover Baoam, when passing
the spot, dropped bis kendi, or watcrpot, overboard, and thai it was immediately
transformed into the island iu question.

Pulo Kenning.— V. on W. bank of Pahang R., C. Pahang.

Pulo Ketam.— Small I. S.W. of Pulo Ubin in the old Strait.

Pulo Kompet. — The second of a group of islands lying ofE the S.E. coast

of:

Pulo KoringO. — Small I. E. of Pulo Eedaag (5. v.).

Pulo Kra. — Two islands lying W. of Batu Kawan, Province Wellesley, and
forming a portion of the Province. The rocks nearest the shore are, like those of
Batu ^wan, granitic. The islands generally, each about 1 mile long by 400 yaxda
broad, are composed of fine soft clay with ferruginous (laterite) veins. Iron pyritcB
are also found. There are about 500 inhabitants on the islands, the S. being the
seat of a thriving village, A Police station has been erected there. [See " Misc.
Papers on Indo-China," Vol. I, p. 209, for an interesting article on the geology of
tho islands.] It was once worked for gold, but not successfully.

Pulo KubO. — Small I. in the embouchure of the Pahang E,

Pulo Labas.— Small I. off N.W. coast of Tioman L about 25 miles from
tho nearest coast., Johore.

Pulo Laddas.— The S. of a group of islands lying off N.W. Kedah, 24 miles
from the nearest mainland.

Pulo Lalaug Layer.— The third from the N. of a group of islands lying
oft the 8.E. coast of Pahang.

Pulo Langkawi, called in our charts " lADcava," is a considerable isUnd
on the western coast of the Malay Peninsula, having several smaller ones contiguous
to it to the south, named the Ladas, which signifies the pepper-islands, so called
more probably from their number than their produce. Langkawi and all the
islands contiguous to it form part of the territories of the Prince of Kedah. They
[318]

Pnl of British Malaya. Pol

lie between the sixth and seventh degrees of north latitude, and the ninety-ninth
and one hundredth of east longitude. Langkawi is about 25 miles in length from
east to west, and about 10 from north to south. The land of all the group is high
and level, and the geological formation, like that of the adjacent continent, plutonic,
consisting of granite and mountain limestone. Both Langkawi and the larger
islands of the group are inhabited by a Malay population.

Palo Lantmga.— An I. off O. coast of Eelantan about 12 miles N.E. of S.
entrance of Eelantan E.

Pulo Layer.— I. ll^ miles N.E. by E. of mouth of Endau E., Pahang.

Palo Lima. — Small I. nearly due S. of Pulo Tinggi, E. coast of Johore.

Palo Limo {Jjvmm ?).— -Small L close to P. Eedang (gr. v.).

Pulo Lomat. — ^I. at the mouth of the Klang E., Selangor, its N. shore
forming a portion of the embouchure.

* Pulo Manei. — Small I. in the Pahang E., E. Pahang.

Pulo Mati Anak. — ^V. on E. bank of E. Sembrong about 5 miles N. of
junction with E. Kahang.

Palo Mau. — The eighth from the N. of a group of islands lying off the E.
coast of Johore.

Palo Mensirip. — The name of a small island near the Babi group off the
E. coast of Johore.

Pulo Merambong. — L in fairway of W. entrance to Old Straits between
Johore and Singapore.

Palo Merapi (Pigeon Island), — Situated near the S. extremity of W. coast
of Penang, is of small size, and thickly covered with jungle. It is entirely com-
posed of coarse grey granite, the rocks at the base assuming most fantastic forms.
A good deal of mica is found in the granite.

Palo Merlang. — G^roup of small islets S. of Siribuat Islands about 2
miles,

Palo Mertang. — ^Three small islets S. of P. Siribuat off the coast of
Pahang.

Palo Nangka. — ^ small I. 5| miles S. of XJmbei, Malacca.

Palo Obin. — See Pxjlo XJbin.

Palo Opeh. — ^An island lying 3^ miles due E. of Malacca flag-staff.

Palo Pahang Permandi. — Small I. in Johore E. .about 8 miles above
Johore Lama.

Pulo PaUggil. — One of the Bunting group (q. v., as also Pulo Bidan)
chiefly of limestone with isolated strata of grey marble. About 16 miles N. of
Penang. Uninhabited.

Pulo Pangkor. — The name of the larger Binding Island N. of entrance to
Perak E.

Pulo Panja.— Small I. in the Perak E. off S. Pt. of Bandar Baru I., S.
Perak.

Palo Panjang. — ^An island 2 miles S. by E. of Malacca flag-staff.

Pulo Paya. — ^Petty I. off W. coast of Tioman I.

Pulo Pemaoggil. — ^I. 10 miles S.E. of Pulo Tioman.

Palo Peniabong. — Small islet on E. side of Pulo Tinggi, N. coast of
Johore.

Pulo PenyaSO. — ^A small rocky island off the point of the same name,
S. Johore.

[319]

Pul

Descriptive Dictionary

Pulo Perhintiau, — Group o£ iBlands 9 to 10 miles off the coaat of N.
Kelantau.

Pulo Pier. — Threo small ialands 14 milea W. of entrance to Eedah E.

Palo Pinang.— Small I. S. of P. Redaag (g. «.). (See also Penano.)

Pulo Pisang.— Small I. iu the Perak R. aboTc Bota, W.G. Perak.

Pulo Pisi. — The W. of a group of ialaada separated from the Tanjong Gul
district, S.VV. Singapore, by the Silat Sembilan.

Polo Pochong. — Small I. below Eisang Pt., N. Johore.

Pulo Propoh. — Small I. at mouth of K. of same name, S.W. Siagapore.

Pulo Rawah. — Tlie mtme o£ a small island close to the Babi group, off the
coast of Johore.

Pulo Redang Besar. — 1-. the largest of a group off the S. entrance of
the KelantJin R., C. Kelantan,

Pulo Redang Kechil. — I. about 3 miles S. of above, kiiown to the Malays
also aa Pulo Be dung.

Pulo Renget (Besar and Keckil). — Two islands on N. aide of St. John's L,
S. of Singapore.

Pulo Rimau. — An iskmd situated about j mile from the S.E. comer of
Penang. It is oblong in shape, about I mile in length by J mile iu breadth ;
is bold and rocky, escept on the N. side, covered with wood, and composed
entirely of fine grey granite. Its importance to mariners lies in the fact tbat
on it is erected the lighthouse, which is the principal guide to vessels entering the
harbour formed by the strait between Penang and the mainland.

Pulo Rumput.— V. on 8. brink of Pahobg E., E. Pahang.

Pulo Runcan (185 h-et high),— Close lo N.W. end of Pulo Senang, S.W.
of Singapore.

Pulo Sabarut (79 feet high).— I. 3J miles W. by S. of W. St. John's L, S.
of Singapore.

Polo Salang. — An island lying 8 miles S.E. of Malacca and I5 miles E. of
the Leper Hospital (P. Sii'embong).

Pulo Saluk.— Small I. 90 feet high, the S,W. limit of the Sinki Strait, W.
of Singapore.

Pulo Santo. — A small islet E. of Pulo Siribuat on the coast of Pahang.

Pulo Santu.— SmaU I. E. of Pulo Siribuat.

Pulo Sebang. — A district in N. Malacca, S. of the Tampin frontier of
Bombau.

Pulo Sebarok, or Middle I. The S.E. of a group 8. of Silat Pandan.
and 4 miles nearly due S. of W. entrance to Siagapore Harbour.

Pulo SeburuS (Dahm and Luar). — Two islands iu a group, of which
the last named is the most E„ separated from S.W, Singapore by the Silat
Sembilan.

Pulo Sehmat. — See Pclo Kampono Ekob.

Pulo Sekra.^The 3, of a group of islands separated from S.W, Singapore
by the Silat Sembilan.

Pulo Sekukor. — I. oS S. Point of Blakang Mati, about half way between
it aud St. Johu'a I.

Pulo Semakan. — One of the group of islands S. of Silat Pandan, and
about 4 miles S.W. of Singapore Harbour,

[320] J

Pnl of British Malaya, Pnl

Pulo Sembilan. — ^A group of islands off the S. point of entrance to Perak
B., the nearest being 10 miles from the coast.

Pulo Sembilan. — I. in a bay of S.W. Singapore, at the^head of which lies
the V. of Tanjong Gul. It gives its name to the Silat Sembilan or Straits, between
it and a group of islands lying off S.W. shore of the island.

Polo Senang. — ^About l mile in'extent, and 133 feet high, close to N.W.
of Eabbit and Coney (gr. v.).

Polo Serayah. — One of a group separated from S.W. Singapore by the
Silat Sembilan.

Pulo Serimbun. — Small I. N. of E. of same name in N.W. Singapore,
in the old Straits.

Pulo Sibu. — The most S. of the inner chain of islands extending S. from
Pulo Tinggi off the E. coast of Johore. It is but a few yards in breadth in some
places, and has but little water on it in dry weather. Its extreme height is
653 feet. It produces edible birds'-nests and b6che-de-mer, but not in large
quantities. The inhabitants were formerly reputed to do a little quiet piracy.

The group, forming a chain extending in a S.E. direction from the above
island off the E. coast of Johore, is also known as Pulo Sibu.

Pulo Sikiug. — Small I. S. of Silat Pandan, and about 4 miles S.S.W. of
Singapore Harbour.

Pulo Siranggong. — Small I. f mile N. of entrance of Siranggong E.,
N.E. Singapore.

Pulo Sirembong. — ^An island 6^ miles S.E. of Malacca. The Leper
Hospital of the Settlement.

Pulo Siribuat. — The principal of the inner chain of islands near Tanjong,
Peniabong, Pahang. It consists of two islands joined at low water by a coral
reef. Is of safe approach all round, with 14 to 15 fathoms close to the shore.
The two islands measure 3 miles E. and W. and \\ miles N. and E. Extreme
height 748 feet.

Pulo SkJjang. — ^Name of the group off S. Point of Blakang Mati I., S.
Singapore, of which St. John's is the most important. The name is commonly
appued to St. John's Island itseK.

Pulo SkJjang Berak.— I. S.W. of St. John's I., S. of Singapore, and
separated from it by \ mile channel.

Pulo Sonsong. — One of the Bunting group (gr. v.), and about 19 miles N.
of Penang. About \\ miles by 1 mile in area. Chiefly of argillaceous rock,
traversed by veins of quartz. It possesses numerous caves. Uninhabited.

Pulo Tallong.— I. off the W. extremity of Teluk Sera, N. Bindings Terri-
tory.

Pulo Tekong.— The largest outlying I. of Singapore, N.E. from Changi
district about 2 miles. Large V. and PoUce station on W. side.

Pulo Tekong Kechll. — Small I., W. of above about a quarter of a
mile.

Pulo Tembakol or Peak Island. — ^A quarter of a mile E. of St. John's
I., S. of Singapore.

Pulo Teretek. — ^A large I. the N. of a group lying off N.W. Kedah.
Inhabited by Malays. It is 11 miles from its N.E. point to the mainland.

Pulo Tiga. — ^L in, and Jcamj^ong on E. bank of Perak E., 10| miles below
Bota, S.W. Perak.

Pulo TikuS (fi€d Islcmd), — ^About a mile from N.E. point of Penang. It

[321] Y

Pul

Descriptive Dicliottary

is a. barren rock of white granite with a. little Tegetation. It jjiTes its name to the
district of Penang '>pposite to which it lies.

Pulo Tikus.— Small I. 20 miles S.S.W. of entrance to Kedah R.

Palo Tikus.— I. off H^.E. uoast of Penang. An obeliak on it marks the N.
limit of Penang Harbour, About | mile from the nearest point of the lal&nd
Tanjong Tikus, V". of same name over 3f miles from Penang Jetty,

Plllo Timmukul. — A small island off the S. face of Singapore, about
60 yarda in diiimetor and 50 feet high, composed of sandstone and clay.

Pulo Tinggi (literally " High Island ") is the name of the most southerly
of a group of islets close to the eastern coast ot the Malay Peninsula, towards its
extreme end, and belonging to the State of Pahang. It ia a mass of trap and
porphyry, rising to the height of 2,046 feet above the level of the sea, and covered
with forest. Along with the islets near it, it contains a population of 300 H&lay
fiahermeu. North latitude, 2° 17'.

Pulo Tinggi. — A high islaud covered with forest, 10 miles S.W. of Pulo
Babi, off the E. coast of Johore. Good water is found on its W. side, where there
is a good anchora^. There are several small islets in its immediate vicinity, but
they are of no importance. These are all included in the Pulo Tinggi group with
another chain stretching southward. Extreme height 2,046 feet. Edible birds'-
nests are found upon the island.

Pulo TiomElIl (often misspelt " Timoan " and "Timun"). — ^Tliis is the
name of the largest of a chain of islet«, lying off the eastern coast of the Malay
Peninsula, and towards its southern extremity, belonging to the State of Fahang.
It lies between north latitudes 2° 44' and 2° 54'. ia about ten miles long, and from
five to sis broad, and, as far as examined, consists of a masM of trap rock, bold and i
precipitous, presenting views not only piuturesque but grand. Such is the aceonat
given of it by a most intelligent and judicious writer in the Journal of the IndioM
Archipelago, Mr. J, Thomson, who visited it in 1 849. Several of its peaks rise to a
respectable height above the level of the sea. [The heights given are: — Middle
Peak, 3,444 feet ; N. Peak, 3,209 feet ; Asses' Ears. N., 2.525 feet, S., 2,294 feet.]
" On the southern shore of Tioman," saja Mr. Thousob, " are two remarkable

gjaks, or pinnacles, called by the English the ' Asses' £ar3,' and by the Malays
hula-naga (chula, a horn, and naga, the fabulous snake or dragon of the Hindus).
They rise out of the spur of one of the southern mountains, at about 1,500 feet
above the level of the sea, and from this height, on one side, they spring per-
pendicularly 1,000 feet. They form a most ma^aificent feature in the aspect of the
island, and cannot be beheld without wonder and awe, even by the most unsuscepti- i
ble." In another place he observes, " Tioman being mountainous aud bold in its ,
configuration, and abounding in lofty pinnacles, peaks and precipices, uaturatlf {
inspires feelings of wonder, not unmixed with awe, when closely approached. These j
emotions may be occasionally heightened, if the observer, when nearing it.
experiences, as vas the case with us, a heavy squall, which covers the towering
masses, wrapping the whole in gloom, exaggerating their apparent heights, when
these can occasionally be discovered through the lurid haze. It is, therefore, not to be
wondered at, that we find this island to be the subjectof mythic tradition. The f<*eU
inga which the scene inspires in the breasts of the simple races that inhabit these parta i
have sought expression iu figurative language, what it would be otherwise difficult
to explain, or which would, at least, have required a lengthened description. Tioman
has been pictured as a dragon, the most hideous aud powerful monster of tradition.
Whether the myth had or had not its origin in a metaphor, the native now literally
appeals to the peaks and ridges, in which he seeks to discover a similitude to the
various parts of the monster, in order to give evidence to the traditions which
spring from the prior idea."

[322]

Pnl of British Malaya. Pnn

Tioman produces nothing for exportation but swallows' esculent nests, rattans,
and dammar — all wild products of the rocks or forests. About 1830 the whole
population of this comparatively sterile island amounted only to 50 souls. Most of
these were seized and carried off as slaves by the corsairs of Mindanao, and the
remainder abandoned the place. About 1839 it was re-occupied, and during Mr.
Thomson's visit, ten years after, the population was reckoned to be 200, or about
one-seventh part of that of the smaller, but more fertile, Pulo Awar. At present
the population is estimated at 500.

Palo Tokong Yu. — ^An island off Pahang, the extremity of a group
acknowledging that Government.

Pulo Tolie. — Small island close to N. end of Pulo Tioman, 28 miles in a
N.E. direction from nearest coast of Johore.

Pulo Tomei. — Small island in Pahang E. 5 miles W. of junction of Eivers
Pahang and Pahang Tuah.

Pulo Tonas. — The foTuth from the N. of a group of islands lying off the
S.E. coast of Pahang.

Pulo TrUS Labis. — ^A small island in the Muar E. between Muar and
Johore about 5 miles above Lungga.

Pulo Tudong Kaban. — The sixth from the N. of a group of islands lying
off the S.E. coast of Pahang.

Pulo Ubin. — ^An I. at the E. entrance of the " Old Strait " between Singa-
pore and Johore. It derives its chief importance from the granite quarries farmed
out by the Government. Within recent years it has been extensively planted with
coffee, Ac. The rocks on the S.E. face present interesting geological features.

Pulo Ular. — One of the ^oup of islands lying S. of Silat Pandan, about
3 miles S.W. of Singapore Harbour.

Pulo Undan. — ^A small I. 7 miles due S. of Umbei, Malacca.

Pulo Upil. — The seventh from the N. of a group of islands lying off the E.
coast of Johore.

Pulo Urum.— Small I. N. of Pulo Tekong.

Pulo Varella. — I- 16 miles off the coast of Pahang, 39 miles N. of the
entrance to Endau E.

Pulo Yu Besar (216 feet) and Kechil (209 feet).— Two small islands of
the Eedang group off the coast of Kelantan.

Pumice StonOi ^ Malay hatu timbril, or floating stone. — Pieces ejected
from Ejrakatoa in the Straits of Sunda have been found off the coast of the Penin-
sula.

Punggor. — ^V. close to hill of same name 3 miles in a direct line N.W. of
Nyalas and situated in the Jus forest reserve, N. Malacca.

Punggor. — V. on the coast of Malacca between the S. high road and the
shore about 7 miles from Malacca-town.

Punggor. — ^A small V. in the Tanjong Eimau district, N. Malacca.

PungO Mt. — ^N. of Johol, Negri Sembilan.

Puujoni or Peujom. — The seat of a gold mine at Kwala Lipas on the
Eiver Jellei in Pahang, lat. 4P 12' N., long. 102° 8' E. A concession was granted
to a Company which commenced work in 1885, but was not successful in obtaining
profitable results. The Company was reconstituted in 1891, and the mines were
placed in charge of Mr. T. Blamey, assisted by a staff of nine Europeans, and
employing about 200 Chinese and Malays. The gold is found in quartz leaders
traversing masses of clay, slate, and a good proportion of free gold is present in the

[323] T 2

Pun

Descriptive Dictionary

ore, Thich ie fairly traceable. The first shaft sunk waa 110 feet deep, from which
levelH at 50 and 100 feet were driven. A new shaft has since been suak, and the
old one deepened. An old Chinese miae exists at Pauggong Jalis about ^ mile
away.

The yield for 1891 was 2,323 ounces, and in 1893 4,-553 ounces ; the prospoota
of the present shareholders aeem good, (Wee also Pakano.)

Pnnkah. — The Hiodostani name of a large palm-leaf fan the stalk of wliich
is rosttfd on the ground while the leaf itself is waved behind the party to be fanned.
The word is now applied throughout the East to the swinging frames with cloth
vallances fitted in European houses.

Puppet Shows. — Almost the only resemblance to a theatrical representa-
tion among the recreations of the Malaya is a rari. or puppet show, the oaW differ-
ence being that in a puppet show the figures are seen and m this their shadows are.
The show is called v/aifang kulit, or leather puppets. It is exhibited in a rough
shed which has a flooring raised about three feet from the ground ; the building
is usually twenty feot square and enclosed on three sides, tlie front alone being
open ( across this opening a white sheet is stretched on which the shadows of the
puppets are thrown and seen through by the audience ; the latter sit or stand in
the open air. The show seems to be of Hindu origin, if we may judge from the
strong resemblance the figures bear to the representations of goda and goddesses
worshipped by the Hindus of India ; it is probably obtained from Java. The
figures are ma/ie of buffalo hide, and the arms alone are movable ; they are moved
by slips of wood attached to them, which are very clumsily contrived, and as thin
shadows are seen with the puppeta the effect is very much destroyed. Varioufl
scenes of a domestic nature are exhibited, and they take the shape of a play, but
with no definite plot running through or connecting the different scenes. The
following is a specimen. An old man appears weeping for a long-lost son, and
moves to and fro for some time bewailing his loss ; the showman speaks each figure's
part and alters the tone of his voice to suit the a^e of the speaker; a second ^uie
comes on, representing a young man armed with a krig, who endeavours to pick a,
quarrel with the first comer, and the conversation is witty and characteristic, elicit-
ing roars of laughter from the lookers-on; a fight ensues, and the old man is
wounded ; he falls and cries out that were he a young man, or if bis lost son 'wer«
present, his adversary should not thus triumph over him. In his conversation he
happens to mention his son's name ; the young man intimates that his name ia the
same, an explanation ensues, and it ends by the old man discovering in his late
adversary his long-lost son. The old fellow weeps and laughs alternately, caresses
his son frequently, and declares they shall never part again ; the scene ends by the
youth shedding tears over his late inhuman conduct, and he finally walks oft with
the old gentleman on his back. The conversation is carried on solely in the Malayan
dialect. Warlike scenes please the most ; a warrior comes on the stage and uhal-
lenges his invisible enemy to mortal combat ; suddenly another figure comes on at
the opposite side and a desperate fight ensues, which lasts for a very long time, and
ends in one of the combatants being killed. Occasionally a battle in which ten or
twelve figues joiu takes place, and for hours will the Malays look on at such BC«ne8.
The show concludes with an exhibition of various animals — deer, horses, tigers,
crocodiles, &c., also birds and fishes. The figures are perforated to represent the
eyes, shape of the dress, &c. At the back of the shed, concealed by the sheet, ait
the musicians, who keep np an incessant din on drams and cymbals. — J. D.
Vauohah.

Purlis.— V. on 8. bank of E. of same name, N, Kedah.

PdtrailA. — A chair of state, such as that used by Malay R'ljan.

Puya Ikan.— Small v. 3| miles N.E, of Malacca.
■. [324]

Pyt

of British Malaya.

Python {Vlar eavah). — Specimens as long as 22 feet have been captured in
Singapore and Johore, and the natives aver that this anake reaehee a length of 30
feet. Their estimates of size, however, are proverbially iintruBtworthy, The
female hiys about 200 e^s at one time, aU of which are attached to each other by
a glutinous substance, the whole thus forming a mass, round which the snake coils
hereelf for incubation. Pythons live chiefly upon pig, aniall deer, fowls, &c. Some
years ago a woman waa attacked by one in a hut at night, the reptile having got
ner hand down its throat before her cries roused her husband, who succeeded in
killing the reptile. It is, however, probable that it was only in quest of a stray
fowl, and that it mistook the woman's hand (which was hanging over the edge of
the bed place) for its usual prey. A good-sized specimen was caught at the Singa-
pore waterworks several years ago. A specimen 18 feet long, kept in the Botanic
Gardena, in 1879 was foolishly irritated by a partly drunken soldier who entered
its cage. He was seized by the snake and received a squeeze from its coils, which,
though no bones were broken, would probably have been fatal had he not been
rescued in time.

The above remarks apply to the Python reticulatnt, or diamond-marked python,
of which the prevailing colours are black on an olive ground. But another exists
— the Pytkmt enrhie — of which only one specimen has ever reached Europe. It has
similar markings on a reddish ground, seldom exceeds three to four feet in length,
and has so short a tail that it is known to the native as TJUtr banial, or the pillow
snake. Nothing is known of its habits. I obtained one specimen (dead) from the
late Inspector of Police de FonikisB — a live one he also promised me escaping
the same night. I waa subsequently able to purchase one, which was sent to
the Zoological Gardens in charge of a friend, but died on the passage home. A
apecimen in the Kaffles Museum has lost much of its colour from immersion in
spirits.

Quail {Burong puyuK) are very plentiful in the lower lands of the Penin-
sula and are shot and captured in large numbers. They are trained like cocks for
fighting purposes amongst the Malays, being very pugnacious birds.

Quicksilver {Rahea). — Known only as a foreign import.

Quill Reed {Beesha Eheedii). — Introduced into the Singapore Botanic
Gardens from Travancore,

Quiver (Terhas). — The Malay quiver for the sumpiton arrows (the only one
now used) is a joint of bamboo.

Rabbit and Coney. — Two small islands, the latter of which has on it the
Eaffles Lighthouse (q. v.).

Racbun. — See Poisons.

Radisb, — See Veoetables,

Raffles, Sir Thomas Stamford, was the son of the commander of a
West ludaa merchant ship, and bom at sea off the island of Jamaica on the 15th
of July, 1781. After a very imperfect education, he was entered as a clerk in the
secretary's office at the East India House, at the early age of 15. In 1805 after
serving nine years at the India House, he was appointed deputy -secretaiy to the
Government of Penang, at the time with barely 30,000 inhabitants. This placed
him in a position to obtain an acquaintance with the Malay language, and to acquire
the friendfihip of the celebrated orientalist, Dr. John Letden, who had visited the
island in quest of health. In 1808 the destruction of Malacca and the deporta-
tion of the population was resolved on, but on the representation of Rafflbb it
was abandoned.

In 1811 an expedition for the conquest of Java, and the other possession s of
the Dutch in the Archipelago, was prepared by the British Government of India,
and Sir Sta^fosd Kaffles repaired to Calcutta, and tendered his services, which
[326]

Raf

Descriptive Dictionary

were gladly accepted. Sir Stamford was appointed aerretary to the Governor-
General, who himaelf accompftnied the expedition in person. lu this capacity he
acted until the conquest was completed on September 18. 1811, when he waa
knighted and appointed nominally Lieutenant-Governor, but in reaUty Qflvemor of
Java and all its dependencies, with, as matters turned out, the unlucky exception of
the Spice Islands, which had been captured the previoas year, and placed under a
distinct authority. Regarding liia career in Java, CRAwruKD observes : — " In Java
Sir Stamford found the government still conducted on the old and vicious principle
of commercial monopoly and forced labour, and, intrepid innovator as he waa, ne
overthrew the whole system. But he waa not so successful in the more difficult task
of reconstruction. Many errors were committed both by himseU and by the
officers who served under him, of whom I was one. The changes from one scheme
to another were too frequent, the drafte on the treasury of British India became
burthensome to it, and Sir Stamford, after an administration of four years, was
removed by the government of the Marquess of Hastinqs, the successor of the
Earl of MisTO."

After his removal from the government of Java he returned to England, and
during his short stay there published his " History of Java," a work which, although
hastily written, is replete with valuable information ; and a lasting monument of
bis ability and industry, the more meriterious when it is considered that the
materials for it were collected amidst the distractions of a most stirring and buav
administration. In 181? ho was appointed to the Government of Bencoolen, with
the title of Lieutenant-Governor, This poor settlement, however, afforded no scop(>
for his ambition and activity. He betook himself, therefore, to the study of natural
history ; made an enterprising journey into the interior of Sumatra, visiting a part
of that great island which no European had ever seen before, and with the view of
establishing a commercial emporium and free port in a convenient and central
jiositioQ, he proceeded to Bengal, and laid his scheme before the Marquess of
Habtimos. This gave rise to the establishment of Singapore, where the British (tag
was first hoisted on 29tJi January, 1814, the Colony being formally proclaimed aa
such on 6th February, 1819, The Settlement may be wcU termed the most
enduring monument of Ma reputation. In carrying his plan into execution, he
encountered obstacles which would have discouraged and baffled a man of less
determination, but he was rewarded with a success which was almost inunedi&te,
for in bis last visit to it in 182lt, he saw a miserable village of piratical Malay fisher-
men already converted into a prosperous commercial community.

Sir Stamford Kaffles finally left Singapore on June 9th, 1823, visiting Ben-
coolen on the way. On the 2nd of February, 1824, he embarked with Lady
Baffles in the Fame for England ; but the same evening the ship waa burned, and
Sir Stamford Baffles suffered the irreparable loss of all his papers, drawings,
and natural history collections. On the 8th of April, be embarked m the Ma-riiier
for England, where he landed safely on the 20th of August, Continuingthe study
of natni-al history, through his indefatigable activity the Zoolo^cal Society and
Gardens were formed. His slender frame and weakly constitution contrasted with
the enei^ and activity of his mind. His health had never been good, and on tha
5th June, 1826, he died suddenly, from the effect of an abscess on the bnun.
Activity, industy^. and political courage were the most remarkable endowments of
bla character. In the transaction of public business he waa ready, rapid, and
export — partly the result of early training, but fur more of iunate energy and
ability. He was not, perhaps, an original thinker, but readily adopted the notions
of ulhera — not always with adequate discrimination. Thus, without much time for
examination, seeing it lauded by its partisans, he adopted and at once carried into
execution, among the then five milfions of inhabitante of Java, the fanciful and
pernicious Indian revenue system called the Ryolwarry, and saw it breakdown even
before he hod himself quitted the adminiatration of the island.'

»
tf

Raf 0/ British Malaya. Ran

Sir Stamford Ra^pples' statue at Singapore was unveiled on the celebration of
Her Majesty's Jubilee, on the 28th June, 1887.

RaflEleS Lighthouse.— On Coney island, S.W. by S. 7J miles from W.
entrance to Singapore Harbour; so-called after Sir Stamford Raffles. The
lighthouse exhibits a fixed white light 105 feet above high water, and visible 12
nules.

Raga. — The wicker ball used by Malays. It is chiefly used as a shuttlecock,
being struck by the heel with considerable dexterity by good players.

Rainfall. — In 1848 the average rainfall was reported by Dr. Little to be
92.697 inches for Singapore. Penang Hill gave 116.10 inches ; Penang Plain,
62.5 inches ; and Province Wellesley, 79.1 inches. About the same proportions
have usually obtained, i.e., 5.75, 7.25, 4.15, and 4.63, roughly speaking. The
following is the return of total rainfall for 1891 : —

Singapore ... ... ... ... 99.70 inches

Penang ... ... ... ... 93.99

P. Wellesley ... ... 75.05

Malacca ... ... ... ... 78.35

Bindings ... ... ... ... 99.09

The average rainfall in Perak is given as from 60 to 90 inches.

Raja. — This Sanskrit name for a king or sovereign prince is current nearly
throughout the whole of Malaya, usually as a synonym with a native word, or
with the well-known Arabic one of Sultan.

Raja Ali. — imp. v. in S.E. Perak on the W. bank of the Slim R.

Raja di Raja or Raja Shabandar. — The head of riverine matters in
certain of the Native States.

Raja Itam. — v. in a peninsula formed by a bend of the E. Bemam, S.
Perak, 3 miles from Sabba in Selangor. Site of a Police station.

Rama. — This Hindu demi-god, and all the personages of the Sanskrit poem
which take their names from him, with his own adventures in search of his stolen
wife SiTA, are nearly as familiar to the Malays as they are to the Hindus them-
selves. The Javanese have poems, both in the ancient and modem tongue,
narrating the adventures of Eama, and from these have been formed romances in
prose by the Malays. These adventures, too, form the most frequent subject of
the drama of both people.*

Ramaning Chandong. — A petty village on the borders of Malacca and
Eembau.

Ramio (Urtica tenacissima) , — ^The same fibre from which the grass-cloth
of China is manufactured. Colonel Low, in his work on Penang and Province
Wellesley, alludes to the same plant, and by the same name (Ramee), as yielding
a sort of hemp; and observes that it might be easily manufactured mto the
linen which in China is called ^ass-cloth. " The Chinese here," he adds, " call
the plant CAo, and allege that it is the same as that which grows in China, where
it is used for making the cloth just mentioned."

Ranchong. — The name of a small his resembling a stiletto.

Ranjau. — Sharp stakes or irons stuck in the long grass outside a stockade
so as to wound the feet and legs of an attacking party. Gung robbers also drop
bimdles of them when retreating under police pursuit, so tied that the points of
some stick up. They are much dreaded by the Malays, who will hesitate to
pursue thieves if . the cry is raised that they are dropping ranjaus.

Rantau. — ^In Malay, signifies, literally, the reach of a river or of a narrow
strait, and from thence a dis&ict or country. It is the specific name of one of

[827]

Ban

Descriptive Dictionary

Bat

four low iskndB doae to the etiatem. coast of Sumatra, opposite to that portion of
the Malay Peninsula which liea Wtween Malacca and Singapore. The island ia
about forty-five miles long and fifteen broad, in its widest part. The few
inhabitants consiat of Malays, and the chief if not the only produce for exporta-
tion is crude aago, aeat to Singapore to be there manufactured by the Chineae.

H£lIlta.U. — ^Lai^e V. half way between Kassa and Linggi, Sungei TJjong.

Rantau Panjang. — V, in the Ayer Pah Abas district, Malacca.

Bantau Panjang.— A l^end of the Eudau E. in S.E. Pahang.

Bautau Panjang ir Long Beach. — A portion of the Muda River 14
miles 3 furlongs from Butterworth, Province Wellesley. It ia about I3 miles long,
and at ite E. end the river recurves to the S.W., thna making Penang Hill
appear a portion of an inland range. Shortly turning again to the N.E., the
river forms a peninsula on its N. side, aorosa which a canal, dry at low water, ■?
cut aomo thirty years ago by a Eedah chief.

Rapa. — v. in N,W. Eemtiau, Negri Sembilan,

Rasau BuSU. — "V. on W. bank of E. Endau, N.E. Johore.

Raspberry. — Not indigenous; but, as numerous wild plants are to be met
with on Penang Hill, it was probably introduced in former years by some
European resident. The fruit, however, like that of the strawberry in Uieae
latitudes, is tasteless.

Rassa. — ^The moat important V. in Sungei Ujong, and the residence of the
Collector and Treasurer. It possesses several very good Chinese shopa, where all
descriptions of canned meats, preserves, milk and wines (even ehampa^e) can be
purchased. About a mile N. of it lies the Klana's house, the Eeaidency being
2 miles further. A good road connects it with Perroatang Pasir (7 miles from
Ewala Linggi), the usual landing-place from the ateam launches plying to
Malacca, Ac,

Rasse {Viveria malaccensis). — Easa in Jav.. whence its English name, and
mKtang dibat in Malay, The larger of the two true civets inhabiting the Penin-
sula. It furnishes the well-known scent in large quantities. It is difficult to
tame, and the natives allege that salt poisons it. Its fur is rather coarse and
of a warm greyish-brown in colour, upon which are eight parallel lines of elongated
dark apote,*

Rat. — ^Tha common brown rat ia frequent all over Malaya — wherever there
is a conaiderable population. In Singapore, until the formation of the British
Settlement, there were very few, but immediately after, they appeared in vast
numbers. The Malay name for the rat is tiku», and it is the same for the DWUBe,
for there is no distinction between them, except as large and small. It se(
probable that the word tikitg belonged, originally, to the mouse only, as being
indigenous, and that the brown rat waa brought to the ialands, as to other
countries, from the continent of India, although there be no record of the time or
manner of ita introduction.

Rattan {Calamue gp.). — The rotan of the Malays. A creeping plant
abounding in the jungle of the Peninsula and Archipelago, having a prickly outer
akin, which ia stripped ofi, when the interior shows the familiar " cane" of school-
boy dava. A list is subjoined of those known to trade in Singapore, with their
approximate values per picul of 133^ lbs. : —

Dais. Dole.

Dols. DoIb.

BanJennaBsiD

. ... 6.00 to 7.00

Oommoa black, Straits

Borain, Straits ...

Oolio

Belacgao Jahut ...

... 6.50 —

„ Jahap

Bintulu Sarawak ...

... 6.V5 —

BuUngan Saga ...

... 2.00 —

Endau Sega Ayer...

[328]

Ran

of British Malaya,

Ray

Dols. Dols.
6.76 to 6.00
7.00 —

Imdragiri (soft)
Jambi Lunting

„ Straits
Kanayah ...
Kemaman ...

„ white, Straits

Kola Waringin,

» » Saga

Padang Saga
Pahang white, Straits

„ Saga

Pagattan Luntingf
Palembang, cleaned in Singapore 6.00 to 9.00
y I oaga ... ... ... ^~» ^— "

3.00 —
2.00 to 2.60
6.00 —

3.00 to 6.00

6.00 —
6.00 —

Dols. Dols.

PasahLingga — —

Pasir Lunting 6.60 —

„ Pakkir, cleaned in Singapore 10.00 —

, , oaga ..* ... ... ... ~~~ ^"^

Pontianak (various) 3.60 —

Sambas, Straits — —

Sandakan 4.60 to 9.00

„ Ohuohi Pasir — —

„ cleaned in Singapore — —

Sarawak 3.00 to 3.60

Semanbu ... ... ... ... — —

Tanah Puteh Batu (picked). ... — —

„ Kabu 4.76 —

Four species of Calamus and two of Calamsogus (also a rotan) are cultivated
in the Singapore Botanic Gardens — Calamua rotan, Calanms arhorescena, Calamu8
fasciculatus, and Calamus hngiceps; with Cdtam^ogus hemifolms and Wallichir
folius.

The rotans of the Peninsula, however, though but few appear to have become
articles of commerce, are as various in name as those above specified, which, as
will be noted, are largely from Netherlands India sources. A native list
furnished by Mr. D. F. A. Hbbvbt in the J. S. B. E. A. S. is as follows : — Botan
tunggal, rotan halUt rotan hrei (or kral in Pahang), rotan lebtm, rotan tawar or getah,
rotan hakau, rota/n layar, rotan prut ayam, rotan m>ana/ii, rota/n chinchin, rotan
hudang, rotan hudang tihus, rotan peledas, rotan lilin, rotan sahut, rotam, dahan,
rotan sengJcelah, rotan huah, rotan semambu, rotan dudoJc, rotan chichir, rotan segar,
rotan segei, rotan lichin, rotan kikir, rotan sega, rota/n sega hadak (grows near
water), rotan jemang, rotan senenyer or bras, rota/n dini (grows near the sea), and
rotan perdas.

Raub. — ^A gold-bearing district in Pahang close to the Selangor frontier
(lat. 3® SO' N. long 102° E.). A concession to work the mines was availed of by a
syndicate in 1889, but, like that of Punjom, it did not at first prove profitable.
The syndicate was not long since reconstructed, the former manager, Mr. Bibby, still
retaining his position. The workings are situated in very swampy ground, so that
it is difficult to keep them free from water. In November, 1891, the principal
drives known as Baub Hole were flooded and collapsed, but with better pumping
appliances the present prospects seem favourable. Baub Hole was an excavation
about 40 feet deep, 60 wide and 100 feet long, and had been mined by Chinese
and Sumatra Malays for some 50 years. A new shaft 170 feet deep was sunk, and
from this most of the ore crushed is procured, while more recently another shaft
of similar depth has been sunk on the Baub Hole lode. In Mr. Bodgers' Beport on
Pahang for 1892, he gives the outturns of gold from these mines in less than four
years at 5,500oimces — ^a highly favourable residt; 4,881 ounces were produced inl893.

Rawa. — Immigrants from Sumatra who have crossed to Perakand Selangor.
Thej are reported as rather enterprising. Like the Mandelings, their original
habitat adjoined that of the Battas, who l^ve the reputation of being cannibals.

Raya. — ^V. on S. coast of Sungei Ujong 3| miles W. of Kwala Linggi.

Raya, Hari. — The name of the day succeeding the " month of fasting " —
huhm puasa — and tiiat of the 10th day of the month Zil Hayjah. They are both
feasts, the former as a rejoicing that fasting is over, and the latter in honour
of Abbaham's offering up his son, though Ishmael and not Isaac is maintained
to have been the intended victim. Animals sacrificed at this feast will, it is
believed, aid the true believer in crossing the bridge of death after his demise.

t The word lunting signifies cleaned in a particular way.

[329]

Ray

Descriptive Dictionary

Rayet, Orang.^-Iaiabitante of the banks of the Palong E., a tributary of
the Muar E. in the State of that name.

Recko.— An important V. on S. bank of Sungei Langat, Selangor, about
5 miles from the Sungei TJjong frontier. Tin mines esist here.

Red Pish. — See Malacca Fish.

Relau.— The district in S. Penang opposite Pulo Jerejak. — V. of same iiftin«
Q C. of district.

Relau Semut. — A Chinese smelting furnace without blast. R. Tongkah
i the Siamese (often called Hokienese) furnace for the same purpose. It ia iron
bound and built on a stand, tlie foundation bein^ iron rice pans.

Religion. — The religion of the Malays is Mahomed an ism pure and simple.

Reman. ^One of the nine districts of Patani, g. v.

Rembau,— One of the Negri Sembllan lying between Sri Menanti. Johol,
Mahwica, and Sungei Ujong. It has two divisiooa, viz., Kembau Ulu and Bembau
Hilir, comprising some eight tribes with elective ehiefs called Bating, who aro
under a Penghubt, or headman, also elective. Besides Malays, the population —
about 10,000 — comprises Udait, Jahung, and Siikeis. The Malay inhabitants are
reputed to be somewhat superior to their Johol neighbours,

Reptiles (««« Ophidia, Ckocodile, Fboq, Ac), — A very complete catalogue
of the Ihen known reptiles of the Peninsula and Settlements was published by
Dr. Cantor some forty vears ago, and has been republished by the 3, B, B. A. 8-
in 1886. Very few additions have been made to it since that date, and it may bo
taken as giving a fair idea of the subject i-ven a,t the present As.j. The paper being
easily obtainable by specialists, it is not here quoted.

Rewards for destruction of animals and reptiles
the amounts given : —

The following table shows

Tigers, full grown
Tigers, half grown
Bears and Panthera, full grown
Bears and Panthers, half grown

Crocodiles, Pythons (Uler Sftwak), and the following
binds of Snakes : — Tedong Sendok, Tedong Selah.
Tedong Matahftri, Kfttam Tebu, Kfipak B^kau, EApak
Api, IJler Pflnti, Uler Bl^rang Selimpat —
Under one toot in length
1 foot and under 5 feet
5 feet and under 8 feet
8 feet and imder 10 feet
10 feet and under 14 feet
14 feet and under 30 feet

50.00
15.00

20.00
10.00

0.50
0.75
1.50
3.00
5.00

—Common amongst the Malaya, who resort to a process
This consists in kneading the joint or part affected till the

Rheumatism.-

ealled jwcSi' to c
pain ceases.

Rhinoceros (BJtlak). — Two species are known, named respectively the
Javan and Sumatran varieties, the former with one, and tlie latter with two horna
projecting from the nose. The horn is not attached to the skull, but is a mere
growth from the skin. Both species are smaller and less ferocious than that of
India, The two-homed variety is that found in the Peninsula, and, unlike ila

Ric of British Malaya. Rin

IndiaD congener, which is alleged to successfully hold its own against the elephant,
will turn tail before a wild dog.

Rice {jpddi and rum), — Two modes of cultivation are in use — the " dry " and
the " wet." The former is adopted on the hill-sides, and the latter in the plains.
Major McNaib states that the wet system was introduced by the Indians into
Sumatra, whence it spread to the Peninsula. At the time of the autumnal rains,
the grain is sown thickly in nurseries, whence, after attaining a height of seven or
eight inches, it is transferred in clusters of six or eight into holes dibbled in the
marshy surface, in rows about a foot apart. The rice grounds at this period
present the appearance of inland lakes. After the rice reaches the ear, further
water is injurious to it, and heavy rains sometimes spoil the crop.

There are many varieties of ** black," " white," and " red " 'paM (the name
applied to rice in the husk). Of the black sorts, the varieties known as maiyong
sedawa and pulut soh are chiefly cultivated ; of the red, those known as Jerani and
jmlut istra; while a blackish red variety is known sls pulut j agony. Of the white
sorts, which alone find their way to Europe, those known as pulut gaZah, pulut
hunga melong, pulut padang trap, pulut maiyong serai, and pulut maiyong teluk ikur
are the commonest. But some idea may be formed of the vast number of varieties
when it is stated that the Eaffles Museum contains over eighty different sorts from
Siam, which, however, pretty fairly represent those of the Malayan States. Oddly
enough the Kling coolies of Penang and Province Wellesley prefer the black rice
to the white. The husking leaves a certain portion of the bmck skin adherent, and
when boiled the rice looks anything but inviting.

Husking is usually effected by large lever hammers working in a stone pan,
and worked by the husker throwing his weight alternately beyond and on the
fulcrum. In some few cases, water and steam-power have been adopted by the
richer Chinese, while the Malay or Kling seldom gets beyond a simple rough pestle
and mortar, enough for one meal only being husked at a time. The padi husks
when calcined form a remarkably hard silicious powder, used for cleaning knives,
&c., by servants in European employ.

The grass and other weeds wluch spring up after the rice harvest is over is
dug into the ground as manure, thus saving any expense under this head.

Rilit. — Small V. on W. bank of Eaya R., C. Perak, about 8 miles E. by N.
of Kinta.

Rim. — District in E. part of Malacca between Kesang and Chabau and N. of
Jasin. Jimgle V. in the same district, which is mainly forest.

Runau. — Tiger. Applied to both tigers and leopards, but by the Malays
(who believe that a tiger understands human speech) never used in the jungle.
They speak of him as the Tuhan utan = " lord of the jungle."

Rimau-Kainbillg (literally tigers and sheep). — A game in which four
tigers have to " eat " twelve sheep, somewhat resembling our " Fox and Geese."

Rimba. — Forest or virgin jungle.

Rimba Panjang. — ^A tract of jungle land E. of Eota Lama and 8 to 10

miles E. of the PeraJc E. in C. Perak.

Rimba Panjang. — ^V. on the road from Chabau to Nyalas in E. Malacca.

Ringga. — ^Properly a camel's pannier, but applied to those used on
elephants.

Rings are favourite ornaments with the Malays, who even will wear glass
if precious stones are not within their means. They are generally of very low touch
gold.

Ringworm (KHrap) is known to the Malays, and as they regard it with
indfference its spread is sometimes abnormal,

[831]

Bit

Descriptive Dictionary

Sab

E Langat B. near its jonction vith the Jugra B.>
town, bounded E. \>y the

Rite Pnla.— V-

Solan gor.

Rochor. — The N.E. dietrict o£ Singapore
Ealang R.

Rocky Point.— On the coast of N. Pahang, 6 miles 8. of E. Cherating.

Rokam. — A fruit resembling a gooseberry in flavour ; said to bo extremely
dangerous in its unripe state.

Romania or Ramenia Point. — This is the name given in onr maps to
the most south -easterly point of the Malay Peninsula, and consequently of the
Continent of Asia. It is in N. latitude 1° 21'. The origin of the name is unknown,
but probably Portuffuese. In Malay it is called Tanjong-panynso, literally ' wet-
nurse cape.' The whole country near this last joint of the tail of Asia, the fertile
mother of so many civilizations, is a continuous forest, without human inhabitants,
and the abode of the tiger and wild boar. The point itself is the S.E. eitremity
of a bold rocky promontory of plutonio origin. It is generally, but erroneously,
called the S. point of Asia, that distinction (if we except Singapore) belonging to
Tanjong Bulua, the left point of the W. entrance to Johore Strait or Silal Tamfrrau.

Romances. — See Litekatuee and Bibuogeapht.

Rosary. — The Malays wear a sort of rosary of beads for use in repeating
their prayers,

Roses. — NumorouB varieties of rose have been introduced into the Settle-
ments by foreign residents, but in time they invariably become weedy, and the
flowers tend to revert to the uncultivated form. For some years, however, they
flourish fairly well and are much-esteemed additions to the flower vase. Two or
three owners of gardens in Singapore have grown them with gratifying success.

Raw Island. — Small island off N. coast of Patani.

Ruby. — Known to the Malays as hatu delima. or yakut ; but no mines exist
in the Peninsula, the stones seen being imported.

Rumah Hantu. — A haunted house. Applied by the Malays to Masonic
lodges. (See Hantu.)

Rumbiah. — ^A village in Malacca on the road to Naning (J. I. A.. Vol. VI.
p. 369, not laid down in map S. A. S.). It is in the Bringin district, and was A
great point of departure for early explorers of the territory and adjacent states.
It lies about 11 miles N. of Malacca-town.

Rumput. — A small T. in N. of Tangga Batu district, Malacca.

Rusa Grass Oil.— See Oits.

Sa'batu. — V. on the road from Merlimau to S. Eambei, extreme S.E. of
Malacca territory, about 3 miles from the former V.

Sabba. — Important V. and Police station on S. bank of Bcmam E., N.
Selaugor, about 15 miles from the mouth.

Sabet. — A sickle used for cutting padi.

Sabimba. — An aboriginal tribe transferred from Battam ta the S. coast ot
Johore in 1H46 by the then Tiitniingong. They were entirely forest people, hut
alleged that their ancestors came from Celebes and were wrecked on Battam,
where they remained cultivatii^ the ground. Unfortunately, however, they were
so harried by pirates that, in despair, they at length foreswore all civilization,
making a vow never again to form ladangs, live a settled life, or even eat the
domestic fowl, the crowing of a cock having sometimes betrayed their dwellings to
the pirates. An interesting account is given of them at pp. 294 et »eq.. Vol. I,
J. I. A. They have, however, now almost become merged in the surrounding
Malays, and retain but few tribal distinctions.

Sab of British Malaya. 8a^

Sabusah.— A till Iq Padang Sebang district, N. Malacca.

Sacrifice. — in Malay the word aa)nbaUb aigaifiea " to sacrifice with reli^oua
rites," and aaitibaWuin, a, derivative from it, is "a sacrifice or immolation." Thes«
words, which are native, are now used for the slaughter of animals with the forma
of the Mahommedan religion, but what kind of sacrifice they referred to before
conversion to this faith it ts difficult to conjecture. It cannot have been the self-
sacrifice of the widow or concubine on the funeral-pilo of the husband, for that iB
known by a different name — bela — signifying " expiation or atonement." Tha
Arabic word for a sacrifice or atonement — kurban, — is occasionally employed.*

Sago, Pearl, is thus prepared: — The bundles, covered with palm leaves
termed tampint, received from the grower, having been placed in heaps in the shed,
the first step is to open them, cast the contents on a planlc frame about 12 feet
square, surrounded by a nm rising about 2 inches from the surface. The sago,
massed together by having remained compressed in the tamjiin, is here broken
up by the common diangkol.

The first process to which it is subjected is that of a thorough washing,
For this purpose strong tubs are employed, about 32 inches deep. 40 inches in
diameter at the top, and 6 inches more at the bottom, bound by three hoops
of about six thick rattans twisted together. A piece of thin coarse cloth is
fastened by its four comers over each tub, and hangs loosely into it. The
moist sago being poured into this strainer, and there broken and bruised by
the band, is agitated until all its fine particles pass through the cloth and
descend to the bottom of the tub, while the fragments of leaves, fibre and other '
impurities which remain in the cloth, are shaken into a round mass, which is
thrown aside. The sago ia next stirred about with an oar for about an hour,
after which it is left to stand about twelve hours, when the wafer is ladled out,
and the sago, which fills about half the tub, is removed to undergo the last {
purifying process which precedes the granulation. This is effected by an arrange-
ment of troughs in which the finer powder is deposited, while any impurities are
carried away in the stream of water.

In order to give it the degree of dryness required, it is removed from the
troughs and exposed for one day to the sun in lumps about a cubic foot in size,
which are placed in tables standing in the open air. It is next carried to the
lai^ shed, where it is thrown in a heap on a long table, and broken down into a
pulverulent state. It then passes through an obiong sieve. 30 inches by 20
mches. of which the bottom is formed of parallel fibres from the stem of the
cocoa-nut leaf, kept in their positions by strings which cros^ them at distances of
about 2 inches. The lumps which do not pass through the l>jug interstices between
the fibres ore thrown back into the heap.

The granulation or pearling now takes place. The sifted sago ia placed in a
cloth, of which the ends are tied to a long stick and which is kept expanded in a
bag shape by a short cross stick, A horizontal vibratory motion is given to this,
the whole mass being kept in constant agitation, and every part succeaafully driven ■
along the aides of the bag. This k^ts for about a minute, when the now granular ^^1
sagu is again passed through a sieve similar to the preceding one, but the smaller ^^H
grains which pass through are those which ore now rejected. Those that remain ^^^
are transferred to a circvdar sieve, of which the bottom is formed of fine strips of ^^^
b.^mboo crossing each other. The grains that pass through the square holes thus ^^H
produced form the pearl sago of commerce in the unroasted state. ^^^

The roasting takes place in a row of iron pans, each about 2| feet in diameter, ^^^
which are built into a platform of masonry about 15 feet longand4feetin breadth, ^^J
covered with flat tiles. The pan rests in an inclined position partly against the ■

back of the platform, which rises about a foot above its level, and partly on a small
- prop of brickwork on the right side, an offshoot from the wall. Into the top of h

^B [333] ^m

Sag Descriptive Dictionary

this prop 0. plate is sunk in which a cloth aaturatt'd with wood oil — mitv^ak knten^
— is kept. Behind each pan is an open fuma«e mouth, and a man constantly
attends to the fires, keeping them supplied with a few billets of bakau wood, and
regulating them with a long two-jironged fork, so as to maintain a moderate heat.
The pan being gently rubbed with the cloth, a, man who sits in front of it on alow
atool placed on the platform pours into it a quantity of granular sago. This be
eluwly stirs for a short time with a wooden implement, called weak, baring a, sharp
curved edge. More sago is poured in until it amounts to about two chujiake, when,
as it hardens, he uses the v)en}i more freely. After about three minutes' roasting, it
is removed to a table and passed through a round sieresimilar to that be fore described.
The grains that adhere to each other are thrown aside, and those that pass through
form a smoking heap, which is allowed to lie undisturbed for about twelve houn.
The grains are about the same size as they were before roasting, and some retain
wholly or partially their white or mealy appearance, but thie great part have
become translucent and glutinous, and all nave acquired a certain degree of
toughness, although still soft. The final process is another roasting, which

renders them hard and tough, and ^atly reduces their size. The pearl a&ao
thus prepared and tit for eipoi-tation is put away in large open bins ready to be
transferred to botes or bags when sold.

The method of making pearl sago, which we have deaeribed, appears to
have undergone no improvement or change whatever since it was introduced into
Singapore in 1819. The manufacture is entirely in Chinese bands.

Sago Palm (Sagwg Ekuv^Mana and S. Lfmrit) flourishes when planted in
the flat and marshy portions of the Peninsula and Settlemente, but, although
plentiful in various portions of the Malay Archipelago, does not appear to be in-
digenous to the mainland. Most of that exported from Singapore is imported in A
crude state from Siak and other Duteh possessions, and granulated by ChinoBe
workmen so as to form the pearl sago of commerce. It is somewhat sturpiising
that, considering the suitable land available (which must amount to hundreds of
square miles), lai^er plantations have not been tried. The tree takes from seven
to fifteen years (according to various authors — -the local estimate is from eight to
twelve) to come to perfection, and, being cut down and split, the pith-like interior
is scraped out and treated in running water untU only the fine Sour remains. It
will give some idea of the temptations to cultivate sago, to quote the following
from an article written many years ago in the J. I. A. : — " The sa^o-tree, when cut
down and the top severed from it, is a cylinder about 20 inches in diameter and IS
to 20 feet in height. If we assume 20 in. by 15 ft. to be an average size, the con-
tents will be nearly 26 bushels, and allowing one-half for woody fibre, there will
remain 13 bushels of starch, 700 pounds being equivalent to 12^ bushels. Tlie
enormous rate of this produce may be realized if it be considered that three trees
yield more nutritive matter than an acre of wheat, and six trees more than an 8«re
of potatoes. An acre of sago, if cut down at one harvest, will yield 5,220 bushels,
or as much as 163 acres of wheat, so that, according-as we allow 7 or 15 years for
tlie growth of a tree, an acre of sago is equal in annual produce to 23 or 10 acre«
of wheat."

The following is a description of the tree and the mode of obtaining the farina,
from the same source :—

" It shows itself at first, and for a long time afterwards, merely as a bush or
shrub, consisting of different upright branches, which are about 15 or lt> feet high,
green, concave in the inner side, convex on the outer, and smooth. On the lower
part of these, long small thorns are seen, which stand in order above each other
like needles, the middle being always the longest. The leaves, which are vcty long
and small, stand out on both sidee of these branches, are longer, broader, and
thinner than those of the cocoa-nut, and have on the sides soft, erect spines. In dut>
time there rises from the bush a stem, which, having reached twice the he^;ht of a
[334]

Sag of British Malaya. Sag

man, gradually loses its thorns, except those above, which also afterwards gradually
fall off. The branches, which become tolerably thick, have a broad base called
gft^rurw, about three feet long and a foot broad, being almost like a gutter, which
surrounds the stem and the next branch, and decreases to its top. The upper part
of the branch is called qdkyba gahba, and is about the thickness of the arm at its top
and much thicker below.

As long as the stem is immature, the thorny branches at the bottom protect it
from the wild hogs, who would otherwise batten on the meal. It gives no fruit
until all its strength is expended and its death approaches, and when the branches
are strewed with meal, at which time small fruits Hke round pigeon eggs show
themselves in great number at its top, like a crown. These are green, and when
ripe sour, and they finally become yellow.

The sa^-tree, whose appearance when it has attained its full growth has much
that of the gomuti tree, is cut down at the bottom of the stem. The greater or less
adaptation of the ground regulates its speedv or slow development; its full
development may, however, be placed at about 10 or 15 years. The natives know
this period from t^e appearance of the fruit at the top of the tree, and then call the
tree masak (ripe). The tree requires very little care in rearing it, only attention
must be given that it is not covered by creeping plants, and that the feet of the
trees be kept somewhat clear of high weeds that the growth of young shoots may
not be hindered. A full-grown tree of good quality may generally be valued at a
sum of /8 copper, and a medium tree at /S copper. The sago-tree being cut down,
the mealy substance inside is taken out and prepared for use and transport in the
following manner : — The stem is cut with the parang into pieces of a fathom in
length, which arc split through the middle and cut up, and are always carried with
great care to a running water. To separate the meal from the shell, the native
uses an indigenous adze (nany) which is of the following description : a piece of
bamboo, 3 inches in circumference and 2 feet long, is pierced with a slanting hole,
in which another piece of bamboo, like a chisel and sharpened at the broad end, is
stuck and fastened to the other with a string. For the cleaning of the sago, that
is to say, to separate the meal from all impurities and woody particles, an apparatus
is used called the sairany ; it consists of the end of a large old sago stem already
properly excavated by nature, fitted at the broadest side by means of bamboo pegs
to a bag of the bark of cocoa-nut (runut) ; the sairany thus provided is laid upon
two wooden forks about 3 or 4 feet high, the open end being considerably higher
and placed under a stream of water running very gently from a bamboo pipe, while
right opposite the other end a long and very strong stick is stuck in the ground,
and bent till its upper extremity is brought to the level of the runut, to which it is
fastened. The runut is thus always kept in a state of tension, when the sago meal,
mixed with water, is pressed by the hand against it. The meal passes through the
runutt while the coarse matters {ela) remain in the sago trough, and serve as food
for pigs and poultry. [On the ela, when thrown aside in heaps, a kind of mushroom
grows, which forms an agreeable dish ; and when the trees rot, there also grow in
the rotting parts, as well as in the crown, fine, fat whitish sago worms with brown
heads, which the natives roast on skewers, and devour as a great dainty ; but the
heads are taken off and then they are eaten by some Dutchmen also. But I cannot
say how they taste, for I never had an inclination to try them.]

The sago pressed through the sairany is received into the goii, which also rests
on two forks stuck in the ground. The goti is a portion of a split sago trunk, of
which both ends are made watertight by sago leaves and the spongy substance of
the gomuti, or the bark of the kayu jntteh tree. The goii always receives such a
supply of water from its upper extremity that it remains full, and gently overflows
at the low end, thus allowmg the heavy farina to sink, while any woody particles
that have been pressed through the runvi are carried off by the water.
This simple operation, called pi^cul sago, or striking the sago, being performed,

[335]

Sag Descriptive Dictionary Sftfc

the farina is taken out of the goii and packed in crlindrical baskets made of sago
leaves, ready for esportatioo. These baskets, wbicn are all nearly of the samo size,
aro named tunian^ eago."

Sa>glieir. — A fermented liquor from the palm-tree, which is uted much like
beer in some portions of the Archipelago, It appears to be leaa strong than tlie
" toddy," 80 well known.

Sai.^The southernmost of the nine districts of Patani. A V. of same
name on E. bank of Telupin B. [This is also the Siamese name of Eedah.]

Sakei or Sakai (both spellings are used by very recent writers), — The
aboriginal tribes who claim to be the original possesaors of the soil, and chiefly
inhabit the less acceBsible portions of the Peninsula. The Orang 8&mang appear
to be a tribe of the same origin, and are found in the same line of country, but
confine themselves to the mountains, while the Sdkei inhabit the plains. Very
full descriptions are given of both in the pages of the J. S. B. E. A. S.,
especially in Ho. 2, pp. 208 ef eeq. For the purposes of this work, it wiU be
Bumcient to quote an interesting account which appeared in the Field newspaper : —

"The Semang and Sakei, as they are termed by themselves, claim by tradi*
tion to be the aborigines of the Malay Peninsula, and to have settled down in
their present locality after years of travel in an endeavour to reach the end of
the land. The inroads of the Malays have driven them from the borders near
the sea to the centre of the country, where still exist the primeval forests in
which they can remain unmolested by their fellow-men, whom they fear more
than the wild beasts with whom they live.

" The features of the Sakei, or ' plains ' men, are those of the negro, and it ifl
a matter for students of the dispersion of races to decide how and from whence
come the dark skin, woolly hair, ihi.t noses, and thick lips, so prevalent amongst the
Sakei of the Malay Peninsula. The true Semang, on the other hand, has a oom-
plexdon of a light copper colour, brown straight hair, and a clear skin.

" The two tribes speak different languages, but follow the same mode of life,
and are on amicable terms. The Semanga keep almost entirely to their mountain
jungle, while the Sakei occasionally issue from their plain retreats to hold com-
munication with the Malays.

" The first occasion in which I had a view of these interesting specimens of
humanity was in the year 18f>4, while on a tour of inspection at the head of the
Selama River, a branch of the Krian, which latter was the boundary, prior to the
Perak war, between that country and the British possessions near its mouth. On
arriving at a Malar kam.'poTig close to Gunong Inas, a high peak of the centre
mountain range, I learnt that there were a number of 8^ei in the neighbour-
hood, and, of course, at once expressed a wish to see them, and accordii^ly sent a
mutual Malay friend to ask the chief if he would come to see the orang pntek, or
white man.

" The chief, who gloried in the name of Tuboo, or sugar-cane, was about 5 feet
3 inches high, of a dark-brown complexion, with very Sat features, and grizzly
hair, which would vie with a negro's in tvrist. His frame was spare to a degree.
but hard j his muscles knotted and visible in every portion of his light figure,
which still retained the elasticity of manhood, notwithstanding his age, which must
have been about fifty-five or sixty. His eyes, small and piercing, moved about in
a restless, suspicious manner, which nothing could prevent, and in this feature the
Malays are wont to recognize a wild man.

" I was told that when a man wanted to marry, he first of all spoke to the girl ;
if she agreed, he tbeu went to the father and mother, taking some jungle produce
as a gift. The terms of purchase were then arranged— usually a piece of iron, some
roots and flowers ; and when these were forthcoming, a day was fixed for the cere-
mony, which consisted simply of a feast in the neighbourhood of an ant-hill (where

Sal of British Malaya. Sam

the Malays suppose tliat spirits reside), ^fter which the couple leave and proceed to
some favourable spot for their honeymoon, returning at leisure to the tribe. It is
a most peculiar feature with these people that the marriage law exists at all ; and
further, the stringency which attaches to it is astounding. Polygamy is allowed,
but is seldom practised; while the punishment for adultery is death — usually
carried out by a relative, who invites his victim to a hunting excursion, and, after
tiring him out, beats his brains out with a club while he is asleep, and leaves him
to rot on the earth, denying to his remains the rough sepulture given to those who
die in an honourable way, whose remains are laid on a log of wood, in a sitting
posture, and buried a foot or two under the ground I made strict in-
quiries as to their belief, naturally concluding there would exist some idea of a
Supreme Being ; but, to my surprise, these people had no idea of a God ; they had
no representative caves or sacred spots ; nothing was looked upon as supernatural ;
they did not bother themselves to imagine a cause for thunder or lightning, or sun
or moon, or any of the phenomena which one and all give rise in other savages to
poetical ideas of dragons, combats, and destroying spirits. The Sdkeia were bom,
lived as best they could, died, rotted, and there ended. They build no houses,
seldom stop more than two days in one spot, and pursue a thoroughly nomadic life,
having no flocks or herds, existing from hand to mouth, but free, and this they
prize to a wonderful degree."

The Sakeis are divided into Sakei jinak and SaJcei liar, meaning respectively
"tame " and "wild Sakei." The former imitate the Malay dress when in Malay
villages, but the liar adhere to the narrow girdle of bast or cotton stuff fastened
round the waist and drawn up through the legs — both sexes adopting this latter
custom. The women are frequently tattooed, and perforate the cartilage of the
nose, in which a porcupine quill is often inserted. The liar are also at constant
feud with the Malays, with whom, imlike the jinak, they seldom have commercial
dealings.

SaJa. — See Bebtam.

Salak. — v. about 4 m. E. of Perak E., N. Perak, not far S. of Kwala Plus, at
the foot of a hill where tin is found in s.ufficient quantities to repay mining.

Sstlt (Garam in Malay) is not manufactured, except in very small quan-
tities, in the PeninsiQa. The supply is derived from Java, the Philippines and
India.

SaltpotrO. — ^The name for this commodity in Malay — ^indeed, with some
corruptions, in all the languages of the Malay and Philippine Archipelagos — ^is
ad/ndawa. It is obtained from 3ie decomposed dung of birds and bats in caves. To
what purpose it was applied before the knowledge of gunpowder, is uncertain, but
probably to the manufacture of fireworks. It is entirely a native word.

Samagaga Dalam or Eapala Batas.— A populous v. 6 miles N.E. of

Butterworth, Province Wellesley, between Permatang Kuching and Ara-Rendang.

Sambals. — ^This is the Malay name of certain relishes eaten with cunr, and

the list is, practically, almost inexhaustible. Those made with chilies are known

as chahei hesar or kechU, while many fiish figure also, such as ikan semMlan, ikan

jinehak, ikan nuia, &c. Some twenty or thirty names might be given, but they are

mostly of local pplication, according to the place where the name is current.

Samei. — Small rough mats made of ni;pdk leaves used for the same purpose
as kajange,

Sampa. — ^A sort of rinderpest which attacks buffaloes. It has been very
prevalent in Pahang.

Sampan. — The Chinese word for boat, which has passed into Malay. A
large description, having a serpent for a figure head, is called samjpan naga^ the

San

Descnptwe Dictionary

Sea

latter word being Sanskrit — a queer combination in Malay. As a rule, sampan is
applied to HmaU boats only, larger ones being called prahit*.

Sandal Wood, — imported only from other places in the Arcbipelago,

Sandstone is abundant, espedally in Perak, but is eeldom worked.
Opposite Penang and to the northward it prevails, associated witli clays and shales,
OS also in Selangor and Johore.

Sang Kelembai. — A legendary personage connected with various Malay
myths. (See N. and Q, with No. 15 J. S. B. K. A. S.)

Santan.— The scraped-up kernel of cocoa-nut, used in curries, &q,

Santee R. — At the extremity of Silat Tembrau, or Old Strait, tietween the
I. of Siugaporo and Johore.— J. I. A., Vol. I, p. 342.

Sapan Wood {Ceesulpinia sapaii). — Grows in abundance on the Northern
borders of Malacca and elsewhere iu the Peninsula. Its original habitat is reputed
to be the East Indies.

Sapphire (Bahi nilam). — Imported only.

Sarong. — Sm Dress. The word is also applied to a sword-sheatb and the
webs of Bpidc-rs and other insects.

Sarong Lang,— "V- on E. bank of Telupin E.. N.E. Patani.

Sasat. — A V. about 4 miles 2 furlongs from Butt erworth, Pro vinc« Wellesley,
in the Bukit Tengah Boad.

Savage. — The only term for savage in any of the languages of the Malay
Archipelago is equivalent in English to " men of the woods, or forests." This in
Malay, is oraiw/ vian, our well-faiown orang-utang. The word dayak seems more
eapecially restricted by the Malays to the wild people of Bonieo, Sumatra, and
Celebes.

Saw (Giigaji). — The Malay saw is drawn upwards to use like those of many
other oriental nations. Foreign tools are, however, now-a-days, almost exclusively
used.

Sayong. — V. on E. bank of Perak B., opposite Kwala Kangsa, C. Perak, the
residence of the Sultan of Perak.

Scarecrows. — These form most important adjuncts to Malayan agriculture,
the abundance of seed-eating birds rendering them even more necessary here than
at home. Add to which the ubiquitous sparrow is as plentiful in the Peninsula aa
in any part of Great Britain. One very common plan is to stretch a series of
strings to which are tied feathers, cloth, Ac., Ac, from a common centre, where a
Malay boy or girl iu the scantiest of raiment "plays spider," and agitates the
whole at each pull. In Chinese tilled fields, a scarecrow remotely resembling the
cultivator is erected, or a couple of split bamboos are so filed that by pulling a
string from a distance, one is made to rattle against the other and so frighten away
the birds. Bamboo and paper windmills are also used.

Scent (Bau-bavan). — The Malays make a scent of the flowers known as bunya
melali, b. lanjuu/, and 6. Uang Hang, but they are not much esteemed by £uro-

Scorpions (Knlajinkins) are found in most parts of the Peninsula and
Settlements, but are not bo plentiful as to cause serious annoyance.

Sea, the Ocean. — The Malay has three words for the sea, namely, laut and
tasek, which are native words, and luji. which is Arabic, the last of rare use. The
native words lavt and tasek are of very wide currency, being found in nearly all the
languages of the Malay Archipelago. In Malay all that is counectod with the sea,
as might be expected with the language of a peculiarly sea-faring people, has a
[388]

Sea of British Malaya. SeC

copious phraseology. Thus, there are specific terms for interior and seaboard,
for going with or against the current, for current, tide, ebb and flow, for cove, islet,
strait, various kinds of shoals, dry land, the correlative of sea or water ; not to
mention the enumeration of winds, which amount to no fewer than sixteen.*

Sea Fans. — ^These beautiful structures, belonging to the order Gorgoniacea,
abound on the southern coasts of the Peninsula, but at Singapore have almost
entirely disappeared to satisfy the greed of native fishermen, who found a ready
market for them amongst European visitors to the port. They are of various
colours — orange, vermilion, blue, black and white being the commonest — and con-
sist of branches resembling those of trees, of coralline structure, covered by a sort
of rind or bark. The latter is the layer of a living colony, and in nature is covered
with polypes. A good deal of exposure to sun and air is necessary before they can
be used as ornaments.

Sea Serpent. — This (possibly) mythical monster has been reported as seen
in Malayan waters. Capt. Websteb of the S.S. Neator and his officers, crew, and
passengers saw one in September, 1876, between Penang and Malacca. Capt.
Douglas and his boat's crew reported a similar appearance off the coast of Perak.
While a party of excursionists saw one between Pulo Ubin and Singapore some five
years ago. Persons interested in the question are recommended to read Mr. C.
Gould's " Mythical Monster," W. H. Allen & Co., 1886.

Sea Slugs. — See Teipano.

Seal Bluff or Gone Hill (675 ft.), near the shore of S. Kelantan, half way
between the Trin^anu and Kelantan Rivers.

Seaweed. — See Agab-Agab.

Sebang. — Formerly the principal village of Naning, in the Padang Sebang
district, N. Malacca.

Sebrang Gajah. — A small Y. l.mile W. of the Kesang £., in E. Malacca,
about 3 miles S. of Ghinchin.

Sebrang Gajah. — A v. on W. side of Malacca River in Sungei Petei
district, C. Malacca.

Secret Societies. — ^The straits Settlements and Native States have, ever
since the settlement of Chinese in these latitudes, been honey-combed with secret
societies, which, until about fourteen years ago, set the local Governments at
defiance. It was not until after the riots in 1872, that the matter was taken'
seriously in hand. The appointment of Mr. Pickebing, in the first instance, as
interpreter, and subsequently as Head of the Chinese Protectorate, organized in
1877, and which has since become one of the most important departments of the
Government service, aided as he has been by gentlemen of high education and
attainments, resulted in these societies being brought under control, and the peace
of the colony thereby vastly Improved. Full particulars of the T*ien ti hui, or
parent organization, are given in Mr. G. Schlbgel's " Hung League " (Batavia,
1866), and Mr. Pickebing's articles in the J. S. B. E. A. S. The societies then
(1888) recognized in Singapore were : —

Number of Begistered Members.
Ghee Hin (Hokkien) 14,962

do. (Hailam)
Ghee Hock
Ghee Khee Kwang Hok ...

Hok Hin

Kwang Fui Siu
Song Peh Kwan

4,763
12,507

o,235

12,537

4,071

• •• ••• D,51o

[339] ?! g

Descriptive Dictionary

Sel

59,470
17,628
12.402
2.359

Nttmbet of Registered Membora.

Hong Ghee Tong 402

Lee Seng Hong ... ... ... ... ... ... 407

Yet Tong Kun 415

HengSun 559

In Penang the following Bocietiea: —

Ghee Hin

TwaPekKoag

Ho Seng ... ... ...

TsuD Sim

Hai San 722

Iq Malacca the numbers were : —

Ohee Hm 5,355

do. Macao 448

Hei San 490

Mr. PicEEKiMO described these secret aocietiea rather as large friendly
societies than ae political organizations, and this is doubtless correct. But that
they frequentlj combined to shelter criminals and so defeat the ends of justice can
hardly be gainsaid. Although theoretically all " lodges " are held in the jungle or
mountains, and the ritual beara special reference to these sxirroundings. they in tact
took place at -ffwi Kuan, or meeting houses, one belonging to each lodge.
The officials of a lodge were as follows : —
1 Toa Ko, or Grand Master.
1 T»ong Li, or General Manager.
1 Sien Seng, or Van Guard.
1 A'ng Knn, or Red Baton or Eiecutioner.
Team, Koa. or Councillors (number varies).
Thihpau chhau oe, or District Headmen (number Taries).
In addition to the Chinese societies, two organizations known as the Bed
Flags and White Flags existed amongst the Kling, Jawi-pekan, and Malay in-
habitants, though forbidden by the Government and auppressed whenever their
existence became known. It was illegal for a British-bom or naturalized Chinese or
other subject to join any of these societies. All secret societies have since 1891
been nominally suppressed, deportation being resorted to in the case of bad

Sedin. — important V. on the Dingin R., S. W, Kedab, 5 miles from Province
Wellealoy frontier.

Segamat. — important V. on E. bank of Muar R. just above the junction
with it of the Segamat E. The most important place in S. Pahang.

Seine, — See Fishhto.

Selama. — The principal V. in N.W. Perak, on small R. of same name.

Selaugor. — Position.— The protecti?d Native State of Selangor. containing
a total area of about 3,000 square miles, lies on the western coast of the Malay
Peninsula, and is bounded by the protected N^ative States of Perak on the north,
and Sungei Ujong on the south, extending inland to the mountains in the centre of
the Peninsula, which divide it from Pahang and Jelebu.

HiSTOET. — Little is known of the earfy history of the Stat«, but the Malay
Rajas of Selangor long bore a bad reputation among their neighbours, aud were
notorious for the fierceness of their internal quarrels and the audacity of their
piracies.

The aeries of struggles between various native chiefs, which brought the State
under the more immediate notice of the British Government at Singapore, com-
menced in the year 1867. when Tunku Dia Udin, a brother of the Sultan of
£edah. married a daughter of the Sultan of Selangor, and was appointed by him
[340]

Sel of British Malaya. Sel

to be his Viceroy. The authority of Tunku Dia Udin was not recognized by Eaja
Mahdi, a grandson of the late Sultan of Selangor, and a fierce, contest was waged
between these two chiefs from 1867 to 1873. T^e Sultan was powerless to put an
end to this prolonged strife, in which not only Malay Bajas, but even Chinese
miners took an active part, and the struggle was carried on with varying success
until 1873, when the B^ndiihara of Pahang, at the instance of the Government of
the Straits Settlements, sent assistance to Tunku Dia Udin, by means of which he
was enabled to obtain a complete victory over the rebels, and at least a temporary
cessation of hostilities.

The occurrence of an atrocious case of piracy off the Langat Eiver in the
following year led to the direct intervention of the British Government ; and
shortly afterwards, at the request of the Sultan, Sir Andrew Clarke, then
Governor of the Straits Settlements, sent Mr. J. G. Davidson, first Resident of
Selangor, and Mr. F. A. Swettenham, an officer of the Straits Settlements, to
assist the Sultan in the administration of the Government, since which time
(1874), the peace of the State has not been disturbed, and its prosperity has
steadily increased.

Geology and Mineralogy. — The State embraces a large amount of alluvial
plain with but few hills. In the higher portions, tin is found in abundance, the
export for 1893 amounting to 190,505 piculs, valued at $8,748,884. The alluvial
lands are eminently suitable for agricultural purposes, and are gradually attracting
a desirable class of settlers, the Malays here, as elsewhere in the Peninsula, being
content to cultivate only just enough for home use.

Climate. — ^There is no perceptible difference between that of Selangor and
the adjacent States.

Fauna. — ^The same remark applies to the Fauna. Elephants are numerous
in the N.E. districts, a little N. of TJlu Selangor, but are not found further S.
Other animals appear to be distributed in the same proportions as throughout the
rest of the Peninsula.

Agriculture, Products, &c. — The soil produces coffee, cocoa, pepper, sago,
^mbier, and tapioca, with of course sugar, and tobacco for domestic wants. The
]ungle jproduce is, as elsewhere, rattans, gutta, garroo-wood, &c. Grants of land
on special terms have been made for planting purposes.

Trade. — The principal exports are tin, hides, garroo-wood, tapioca, canes,
rattans, and gutta ; the principal imports, opium, salt, salt-fish, rice, oil, tobacco*
and tea, and from the commencement of the year 1885 all duties have been
abolished, with the exception of those on tin and opium.

The imports for 1892 were valued at $7,393,679, and the exports at
$8,060,428. Tin and tin ore showed an increased value of one and a half million
dollars over 1891. Pepper, another export, exceeded the 1891 figures by two and
a half times. Tapioca doubled the value of the previous year. Other exportSi
however, showed a falling-off.

Population. — ^A census taken in 1884 showed the total population amounted
to 46,568 persons. The last census taken on the 5th April, 1891, gave a total of
81,592, of whom 67,051 were males, and 14,541 females. The various nationalities
represented were as follows : —

v/ninese ■•■ •■■ ••• ■•• ••• ••• ••• du,o44

JDiLaiays ••• ••• •■• >•• ••• ■•• ■•• au,/ du

Europeans (190) and Eurasians (167) • 357

Aborigines (1,224), Bataks (228), Boyanese (177), Dyaks

(47), Javanese (1,111), Jawi Pekans (9) 2,796

Tamils (3,082) and other natives of India (510) ... 3,592
Manilamen (32), Arabs (27), Japanese (68), Siamese (7),

Singhalese (106), Miscellaneous (13) ... ••• 253

[341]-

Descriptive Dutionary

Sel

At the close of the year 188? the population was estimated at 97,100 personB,
and it IB now probably 110.000.

Most of the Europeans are connected with the Government Beirice. but a few
are engaged in mining and plaotiDg, and as coatractors.

The majority of the Malay population is composed of emigrftote from
Sumatra and other neighbouring States, the native population having been greatly
reduced during the prolonged disturbances which lea to British intervention in
1874. With the esceptjon of a small number of traders and miners, these Malays
are eicluaively employed in planting and fishing,

The Chinese who, both as traders and miners, form the most important
element of the population, are emigrants from the south of Chiua, and are chiefly
comijosed of Hakkas (Khehs) and Cantonese. They now number rather more
than 50,000 persons.

There is, however, a considerable number of Hok-kiens and Tie-chews, of
whom the former are mostly traders, and the latter market- gardeners.

The Indians are nearly all Tamils from Southern India, who have previously
resided in the Straits Settlements. They are chieily coolies, but comprise, among
their numbers, a few traders and money-lenders.

The Sakeu of 8elangor are divided into nine tribes, under headmen called
Bating. They chiefly obtain a livelihood by . collecting gutta^ rattans, and other
jungle produce ; but some of them plant hill [>adi and tapioca, bum charcoal, and
waeu tin from the rivers ; and they have all claims on numerous orchards, to which
they migrate during the fruit season.

Government. — The Oovemment consists of the Sultan, advised by the
British Besident. who is directly responsible to the Qovemor of the Straits Settle-
ments, and assisted bv the State Council.

The State is divided into the foilowLng six Collectorates.

1. — Kwala Lumpor, the central district where the Residency and principal
Government olSces are situated, and which also contains the richest tin mines that
have yet been developed.

2. — Elang. the principal port, situated about 14 miles from the mouth of the
Elang Biver.

3, — Ewala Langat, an agricultural district, in which the Sultan resides.

4. — Kwala Selangor, containing the most important fisheries in the State.

5. — Ulu Langat, an inland mining district on the borders of Sungei Ujong.

6.' — Ulu Selangor. a district adjoining Perak, containing much valuable mining
land, as vet comparatively undeveloped.

Each Collectorate is under the charge of a Euro^>ean Collector and Magistrate.
from whom the native Penghulus (in charge of the districts into which each Col-
lectorate is subdivided) receive their instructions.

The law and procedure administered in the Courts are practically the same as
those in the Colony of the Straits Settlements, and the powers of a Collector and
Magistrate are almost identical with those of a Magistrate and Commissioner of
the Court of Bequests in the Colony, The decisions of the Magistrates are subject
to revision by the Resident, and again by the Sultan in Council.

The Police force consisted, at the end of 1892, of a Superintendent, throe
European officers, 21 Sikh non-commissioned officers, and 163 men, with 69 Malay
non-commissioned officers, and 417 men.

REVEin7E. — The following show's the rise in annual revenue and eipenditure of
the State between 1876 and 1892 :—

Bovenue.

193,476

2.13S.448

■[842]

Expenditure.
%
191,174 .
2,044,115

Sel of British Malaya.

CoMMUNicATioR.— There is frequent and regular communieatiou by ineana of 1
coaBting steamers between the Straits Settlements and Selangor ; and from Kwala I
Lumper a system of cart and bridle-roads extends to the boundarieB of Perak, ^
Sungei Ujong and Pakang.

A line o£ metre gauge railway, to connect Ewala Lumpor and Klang (a
diatanee of 22 miles) was opened for traffic early in 1887. A line from Kwala
Lumpor to Bavang (20 miles) was opened on 7tli November, 1893, and short
sectioDB to Serendah and Kuala Kubu have just been completed. The net profit
on railwavB for 1892 was 11 04 per cent. Eitenaion to Pahang is hoped for J
shortly. In connection with the railway, two lines of telegraph have been con- [
structed, viz., from Kwala Lumpor \a Klang, 22 miles, and from Kwala Lumpor to I
Malacca, 113 miles.

Selangor Hill (430 feet high), on the coast of that State, about 2
N.W. of KlSng.

Selat. — A strait, or narrovr. See under SiNOAPoaE.

Selat Dili. — A stream connecting tlie Suknn K, with the main R.,
Einta, S.C. Perak.

Selat Luna. — A narrow in the Kinta E, about 9 miles above Bandar
Eharu Island, S.C. Perak,

Selat Panel an . — Strait eeparating a group of islands which lie due S. of J
Pasir Panjang, from Oyrena Shoal, which is 1 mile near the 8. shore of

Selat Sembilan. — The mesage, \ mile broad at the widest part, between
the Tanjong Gul district, S.W. Singapore, and a group of islands exceeding nine 1
in number however.

Selat Siukif — The strait by which Siuf^aporo New Harbour is approached
from the W. ; 4 miles long, and f mile broad at narrowest part, marked by beaioons
on the reefs,

Selat Tebrau.— See Old Stbait.

Selendang. — A pretty sash of delicate t^sture worn by women over the
shoulder tir round the waist.

Selitar.— Three districts iu N. and N.E. Singapore, divided into Selitar
Proper. N, Selitar, and E. Selitar. R. of same name divides the N, and E. districts.

Selitar, Ol*ang. — The aborigines of Selitar in Singaxwre. Some forty
years ago they numbered about 200 souls, but death and intermarriage have
removed them. None of pure blood are now known to exist. Sea pp. 202 et eeo.
Vol. I, J. L A.

Semang.— A name applied by the Malays to a negro-like race found in the
muuntains of the Peninsula. According to most writers, they differ considerably
from the Saktig or Jakiing, being about the same size as Malays. They are of vei7
dark-brown compleiion, with Bat noses, thick lips, and large mouths, the hair boiug
long and iu iniia. Their origin has not been satisfactorily settled. M. Mikloho
Maslat is of opinion that they are only a variety of the Sakei, and that the latter
word in the centre of the Peninsula is only the equivalent of Semang further N.
This is open to question, although all writers agree that they have customs almost
in common. (See Sasei.)

Sembawang. — A district in N. Singapore, having numerous gambier and
pepiier plantations.

Sempang. — v. on E, bank of Selangor R., opposite Bukit Jelutong.

Serapang. — A V, l mile from the S. coast of Malacca, and IJ miles from
Merlimau, situated on the high road from Malacca-town to the latter place,
[343)

Sem

Descriptive Dictionary

Sep

''. in 8.E. comer of Simgei UjoDg,

Sempang Ampat. — The head of navigation of the Bemain K., Selangor.

Sempang Ampat.^V. and Police station, 12 mileB 3 furlongs from
Butterworth, ProTinee WelleBley, on tho high road between Bukit Minyak and
Bukit Tambnn. Sempang meajiB " crOBS-roads," and the four referred to in the
name are Bukit Minyak, Tasek, Bukit Tambun, and Sungei Bakap. A triangular-
ahaped eetat*, bounded hj two of these roads, with the Sungei Bakap road forming
the base, ia called Sempang Ampat Estate.

Sempang Ampat Junjong. — An island formed by the course of the
E. Junjong, just above Bukit Tambun, Province Wellesley. That portion of the
river surrounding its N. bank is called Sungei Junjong Mati.

Senelling, — V. and mountain S. of Jumpol. The latter said to be the.
highest moimtain between Malacca and Pahang.

Sengai. — V, on E. bank of Johore R., just behind Johore Lama.

Senggang,— V. on E. bank of Perak K., C. Perak.

Senggora (Song Kla). — Though not strictly coming within the geographical
limits dealt with Jn this work, Senggora overlaps them, and we therefore quote
Mr. Skisheb's short description in full ; — " Senggora ia the name of the most
Boutherly province of Siam, and consequently that which borders on the Malayan
States of the Peninsula ; and it ia through the Chinese Chivernor of Senggora, that
the Bong of Siam has hitherto exercised occasional interference with his Malayan
tributaries. Its capital ia on the E. coast., in the shelter of Ten tolam Island. This
is a large flat island, lying along the coast, with good pasturage and padi cultivar-
tion. Behind ia a remarkably deep inland channel of sweet water, into which the
Telung (Palelung) flows from the Kao Luang (chief mountains).

"Inland of this channel lie the small and quaHi-iudependent Sam-Sam States of
Patelung and Plean, under a Chinese Raja.

'■ Diuring the North-East monaoon thexe ia little or no communication between
the southern provinces of Siam and the capital, as the coast is a complete lee-
shore.

" From Senggora there is no land j)assage to Bangkok ; but a road was made in
tho opposite direction, across the Peninsula to Kedah, in 1871, at the time of tho
King of SJam's visit to the Strait*."

Senkalan. — The roller used for making curry, usually of granite.

Senna. — A favourite medicine with the Malays, that from Mecca being moat
esteemed. Its Malay name is daun mga.

Sensitive Plant. — ^Thia grows largely in the Settlements and Peninsula,
and quickly overruns waste ground. Scores of acres on some of the sugar
estates have been thus covered. Ita redeeming quality is that it destroys laUing
grass, the atter being the worst enemy the agriculturist has to contend with.
The curious property of contracting at a touch ia too well kuown to need detailed
description.

Sepak Raga (literally to kick vricker-work). — Childish games are unknown
amongst the Malays, but a paatime resembling the English football, or perhaps
flhuttle-cock, is indulged Jn by them as they approach mariiood. It is called S^xJe
Raga, and is the only game that appears indigenous, or it may have been obtained
from the Siamese. It is a common paatime in Burma, but unknown on the conti-
nent of India.

The game is played with a ball of wicker-work, which is very light and elastic,

and is merely an exhibition of skill and activity. It does not require the strength

and courage so requisite in the English game of football. The players are

unlimited in number, and stand in a circle about six feet apart from each other.

[344]

Ser of British Malaya. She

The ball is thrown into the air, and on its descending one of the players strikes it
back again with his hand, foot, elbow or knee. Sometimes the ball descends
beyond the circle, and is dexterously struck back again with the sole of the foot
without the player changing his position. If the players are active and expert at
the game, the ball may be kept from touching the ground for a considerable time. —
J. D. Vauqhan.

Serampai.— V. S. of small E. Chiko, a W. affluent of Pahang E., C.
Pahang.

Soranggong. — ^District in E. Singapore between Teban and Paya Lebar.

Seranggong. — ^V. and Police station on E. of same name, N.E. Singapore.

A Eoman Catholic Church and Government Bungalow exist close by.

Sorani. — The name applied by Malays to the Portuguese of the Straits
Settlements. It is supposed to be derived from Nazarani, the term used for
Christians in former centuries.

Serawa Lungut (Serawa, a dish made of plantains, sweet potatoes or
bread fruit ; lungut, to watch expectantly). A man who says he has eaten this,
implies that he has been disappointed in the hospitality he had expected, and has
" dined with King Humphrey."

Serei. — ^V. on E. bank of Pahang E. as it trends N. in C. Pahang.

Sorembailg. — ^V. | mile N. of the Eesident's house, Sxmgei Ujong, which is
3 miles N. of Eassa. The house is in lat. 2*' 43' N., and long. 101*' 54' E.
Serembang is a flourishing place largely inhabited by Chinese.

Sereting River. — ^An affluent of the E. Pahang, in Jumpol, Negri Sembi-
lan. Timber, dammar and rattans abound on the banks.

Serimbun Kangkah. — Y- on little E. Serimbim, N.W. Singapore.

Serindit. — V. in the environs of Malacca-town, N. of Bukit China.

Serpents. — See Ophidia.

Sliafei. — The patronymic of a celebrated Mahommedan doctor, the foimder
of one of the four sects considered by the Arabians as orthodox. All the Mahom-
medans of the Indian Islands belong to his sect. He was a native of Syria, and
flourished in the eighth century, or about three centuries before the earliest con-
versions of the inhabitants of i^e Archipelago to Islam. These know little about
him or his doctrines.*

Shair. — ^A poem. A good example is the " Shair Bidasari," in Vol. I, p. 40,
of the J. I. A.

Shamanisin. — ^Exorcists, pawangs, &c., exercise considerable power over
the Malays, all diseases incurable bv simple medicines being referred to evil spirits.
— See 8vh voce in Index, " Journal Asiatic Society."

Sharks abound in ail Malayan waters, sufficiently to make bathing
dangerous. The common species here appears to be Cestracion philippic identiod
with that of Port Jackson. The "hammer-head" and groimd shark are also
found. The Malays have adopted the Chinese word Tu (or have the Chinese
adopted the Malay word P) to describe the animal. Sharks' fins are an important
article of export to China, where they are used as the basis of a soup much
esteemed for its supposed stimulating qualities.

Shastre. — This celebrated Sanskrit word is unknown in its sense of a scrip-
ture or sacred writing. In the form of aastra, it signifies, in Malay, an alphabetic
character, and written language, as distinguished from oral.*

Sheep. — This animal is undoubtedly an exotic. The wool is coarse, and the
natives will not eat the flesh. The name by which it is known to the Malays is
the Sanskrit one— &tn — although Hiey occasionally call it " The European goat."

[345]

She Descriptive Dictionary

ShellB. — See CONCHOLOQT.

Shield or Bucklor. — This arm seems to have been universal in Malaya,
before the introduction of firearma, and is atill continued by all the ruder tribes.
In Malay there are no fewer than seven different names for it, fonr of which are
native, two taken from the Javanese, and one from the Talugu. These names,
however, rather refer to the different forms of it, than constitute synonyma. They
are formed of rattan, wood or hide*

Ship. — The proper name for a large trading vessel in Malay is Jung, which
the Portuguese converted intojMneo ; and we, improving on this corruption, into
junk. This is the word which we apply to the large trading vessels of the Chinese,
which the Malays call by the name of warigkang. The Malays have not now,
and seem never to have had, a square'rigged vessel. The people of the Coromandel
coast — the Telingas — who traded immemorially with the Archipelago, had vessels
of this class, and from them the Indian Islanders borrowed and naturalized the name
ikipal, which is now the accepted Malay word,*

Shooting Fish (IkansamjiU.ToxolesjaoKlator). — This amusing fish brings
down its iusect prey by " firing " drops of water at it, generally hitting tho mark.
It is kept as a pot by the natives, as well as eaten, being abundant in the Straita.
A smaller variety, prettily marked with black and white, is called the ikan paut, and
is only from 3 to 4 inches long, and is more common in Siamese thau in Malayan
waters.

Shrimps and Prawns, — These are very numerous along the coasts of tie
islands of both Archipelagos, under the name of iidang. in Malay. They form,
almost everywhere, a. very material portion of the animal food of the people, The
form in which they are commonly used is that of a paste, formed by mashing them,
well known to the Malays under the name of IfSlackan, turned by Europeans into
balachoTig. This is used as a condiment, and forms a very material article of native
trade between the coasts and interior.

Shuttlecock. — See Sepak Bag a.

Sia-k. — The junior officer of a mosque, under the Bilal. He has chai^ of the
building and performs the minor offices.

Siamese. — Large numbers of Siamese are found in the Native States, and at
one time the language was current as a vernacular. It has, however, now been so
lai'gely superseded by Chinese and Malay that its acquisition is no longer of practical

Sickle {Flngllam or pJnii?).— This is used almost eiclusively for rice or padi.
The pSngftam is used chiefly by women, and consists of a knife edge on a thin piece
of hoard with a bamboo handle. The gahU is the Chinese sickle answering to the
pihiiil or tue, about 2 feet long, with a sharp book at the end which will cut about
ten stalks at one stroke.

Siglap.— District in E. Singapore, of which Tanah Merah Eechil is the most
conspicuous portion.

SijSigUp. — V. on N. bank of mouth of Perak E. about 6 miles from the sea.

Sijara Malaya {Malayan Annals), — These purport to give a history and
genealogy of all the Malayan Kings, In the preface, dated 1612, it is stated that a
Malay Mikayat had been recently brought from Q<}a, and it having been judged
proper it should be altered in conformity with Malay institutions, the task had been
placed in the writ«r's hands. His name is not given. The Sijara Malayu consisto
of 34 Chapters or Annals, It was translated by Dr, Letben, and an abstract of
[346]

^H Sil of British Malaya. Sfn

^V the translation published in the J. L A. by Mr. T, Braddell, the late Attorney-
^H Qeneral, Strait-s Settlements. See p. 125, Vel. V, and succeeding numbers,

^^k Silk. — This commodity is known to the Malays by the name of sutra, which is

^^B the Sanskrit for thread or yam. Silk may probably have been first made known to
^^H the inhabitants of Malaya by the Hindus, if we are to judge from its Sanskrit name,
^^H^ but in all times known to us they have been supplied with this article, raw and
^^^■^ wrought, by the Chinese, the original iuTentora of silk. Pioafetta (1621) found
^^^B not only the King of Borneo and his courtiers clad in silk, but the very honsinf^ of
^^H the royal elephants made of it. The same thing was foiud to be the case at Malacca
^^H on its capture ten years before, and Babbosa. expressly names raw and manu&ctured
^^H silka as among the articles brought by the Chinese junks to Malacca. From the raw
^^^1 silk of China the Malays always wove, and still continue to do so, some strong and
^^^1 often rich domestic fabrics suited te their own peculiar tastes. The culture of the
^^H mulberry and the rearing of the silkworm hare never been practised by the natives,
^^H whether from the unsujtableness of this branch of industry to the climate, or to the
^^H state of society, is not ascertained.*

^^H Silver, — Yeias of this metal have been discovered in various portions of the

^^H Peninsula, but not in paying quantities. In Malay the name for silver is perak, but
^^V the State so named produces only tin in any quantity. Tlie Malay word is found
^^ a^ far as the Philippines in the slight disguise oipilak.

^H The silver with which the M^ays were supplied before their intercourse with

^H Europeans, was most probably derived from Tonquin, China, and Lao. Indeed,

^H Babbob expressly states that the silver which Axboqubbque coined money from at

^1 Malacca in 1511, came from the last-named of these countries through Siam. Ever

^H since, or at least since the discovery and conquest of Mexico and Peru, they have

^H been furnished from America in the course of trade, and their favourite form is the

^H column dollar or " piece of eight " of the old coinage,*

^M Singapore, correctly Singapura, formerly supposed to be from the Sanskrit

^H ghiga, lion, and fiura, city, but really from eingha, a place of call, and pura, a city,

^H It is spoken of m the Malay annals as Taniaak. This is the name of an island,

^H which, with the exception of a single villc^ of poor and predatoty Malay fishermen,

^1 and that only formed in 1811, was covered with a primeval forest down to the 6th

^H day of February, 1819, and is now the first in rank of the European emporia of the

^H Far East. Babbob gives a whimsical etymology of the name : " Anciently," silvs he,

^H " the most celebrated city which existed' in the land of Malacca, was ctuled Oinga-

^H £1"^ which, in the language of the country, signifies 'false delay' (false demora)."

^H This derivation must have come through the Malays, who, no doubt, were then, as

^H they now are, ignorant of the true meaning of the name.

^H Position, &c. — Singapore is the most northerly of the large islands of the

^H group that, in a great measure, blocks up the eastern end of the ati-ait which divides

^H the Peninsula from Sumatra, leaving but narrow channels for navigation, and form- ^^M

^H ing a region of straits. It is separated from the mainland by a strait generally ^^H

^H aboutamilebroad, butinsomepartalittlemorethanthreefurlongs. Thisisthe Selat ^^H

^r Tembrau of the Malays and the " Old Strait of Singapore " of European navigators. ^^H

It was the old passage into the China Sea, bnt has long been abandoned for that H

by the southern side of Singapore. Crawfdbd went through it in a ship of 400
tons, and found the passage tedious but safe. Singapore, in its greatest length from
east to west, is 25 miles 6 furlongs long, and in its greatest breadth 14, having an
area of 206 square geographical miles 59 square furlongs, which will make it 70
mOes larger than the Isle of Wight. To the north, it is bounded by the territory

kof Johore, the limit between them being the continental shore of the narrow strait _

already mentioned. Everywhere else, the British jurisdiction extends to 10 miles ^^M
from the shore of the mainland, and within this distance are contained no fewer ^^H
than 75 islete of various sizes, embracing an area of 17 square miles (>3J furlongs, ^^^|
iU72 ^M

Sin

Descriptive Dictionary

Sin

SO that the Buperficies of the entire British Settlemeot amounts to 323 square

HisTOKT. — The andent histoiy of Singapore, saja Gbawitf&d, is, as nsiial, ia
aJ] that relates to Bative stor;, full of obsctirity. It has been stated in native
WTJtingB. that Singapore was founded by a colony of Malaya from Palembang in
Sumatra in the year of Christ 1160, and abandoned by them in the year 1253. The
first palpable objection to this statement is that Palembang is not now, and is never
known to history as having been, a country ocoupied by the Malavs, the mass of its
Inhabitants being a distinct nation called the Sorawi, and its rulers immemorially
Javanese. Another palpable objection is, that we have a Christian era given, with-
out the Asiatic era fi'om whence it is reckoned, and, indeed, what Asiatic era would
it have been calculated from, for the Malays had none of their own, nor could they
be supposed to have adopted the Arabian, since they did not embrace tJie Mabom-
medan religion until 116 years after the supposed date of the establishment of
Singapore ? If the first settlers of Singapore came from Palemb&ug — and from ita
vicinity and the superior civilization of its rulers, it is not improbable they did —
they must have been Javanese and not Malays. This opinion gains some support
from the fact that, for the most part, the names and tities of the princes who are
stated to have reigned in Singapore, not to mention the name of the place itself, are
either Javanese or Sanskrit ; such names, in a word, as the modern Javanese would,
under similar circumstances, have imposed.

The account given by Babkos, and which he states to have been derived from
the natives, makes the colony, which fied from Singapore and eventually established
itself in Malacca, to have buen Javanese, which is, in fact, virtually the same oa the
assertion of the Malays themselves, that it came ft om Palembang. The relics, very rude
ones, discovered on the ancient site of Singapore, which is also that of the modem
town, afford some corroboration of the opinion. The most remarkable of these waa
an inHCription on a great mass of unhevn coarse red siliciouB sandatone at the
present site of the Harbour Master's offices. This nodule was split in the centre,
the two fragments lying opposite to each other, at about an angle of for^ degrees.
and at the base not above a couple of feet apart. The writii^ was on the two
opposing faces of the rock, which itself seems to nave been adapted for this purpose
on the very spot where it lay, being still surrounded by several other masses of the
same description. Nothing of the kind can be ruder. By time aud the decomposi-
tion of the rock, moat of the writing was obliterated, although here and there a
few letters were sufficiently distinct. These were, in form, rather round than
angular, and, making allowance for the material and the rudeness of the execution,
they bore the greatest resemblance to Kawi, or the ancient writing of Java, the same
which is found in most of the old monuments of that island. At all events, they
bore no resemblance whatever to the Bejang of Sumatra, the character used by the
majori^ of the people of Palembang, nor to the Korinchi, that in which the Malays
most probably wrote before their adoption of the Arabic letters. Unfortunatdy
this interesting relic was destroyed to make room for Port FnHerton, and thonga
some fragments were secured by Colonel Bdtterworth, and sent home, no further
investigation is possible. A full account will be found at pp. 219-223, VoL I,
"Misc. Papers on Indo-China" (Trubnor, 1886).

The other relics discovered are equally rude with the inscription. These were
the remains of an earthen wall, a fosse, a sepulchre, and a supposed temple on the
hill behind the town, on which now stands Fort Ghanning. Some old Chinese
coins, such as formed the currency of all the civilized nations of the Arehipel^o,
and still continue to do of some of them, we found among the ruins. The oldest
of these bears the name of a Chinese emperor who died in 967 of Christ, which carriea
ufl back to some 200 years before the supposed foundation of Singapore in the year
1160. This, however, affords no evidence whatever, old Chinese coins of similar age
being frequently found in the strings of cash current at the present day in China.

[S48]

I
I

SSi of British Malaya. Sn

The remains discovered in Singapore are certainly not such as to convey a high
Opinion o£ what Barros calls " the celebrated city of Cingapura, to which resorted
ail the navigators of the western seas of India, and of the eastern of Siam, China,
Champa, and Camboja, aa well aa of the thousands of islands to the eastward."
Earth, brick, unhewn sandstones and wood, seem to have been the only materiala
made use of, and there is not a vestige of the granite which abounds in the neigh-
bourhood and is now so largely employed.

From the time of its aubveraion down to the year 1811, or for a period of about
five centuries and a half, there is no record of Singapore having been occupied, and
it was only the O('ca8ional resort of pirates. In that year, it was taken posseaaion of
by the party from whom we first received it — an officer of the Government of Johore
called Uie Tem&ngong. He came there with about 150 followers, a few months before
the British eipedition which afterwards captured Java passed the island, and this
happened in the summer of 1811. The history of the formation of the British
Settlement ia as follows ; — After the restoration of the Dutch possesBiona in the
Archipelago, it was seen that no provision had been made for the freedom of British
commerce, and various projects were suggested for the establishment of emporia
within theseasof the Archipelago to obviate this inconvenience. One of these was sub-
mitted to the M&BQuis OF HiSTiNQa. then Ooveruor-GeucnLl of India, by Sir Stim-
Foan Baffles, and adopted by him in 1818. This, Sir Stamford proceeded to
carry into effect, and with the courage and promptitude which belonged to his
character. Many local obstacles, bv nameless parties vested with a little brief
authority, were thrown in his way, but bo overcame them all, and the result has
been such as has been described in this article. The convenience of a port at the
enatem end of the Straits of Malacca was too obvious to escape observation, and to
this quarter Sir Stamfokd Bafflbb directed his attention ; but in the first inalJuice
the i^and of Singapore did not occur, either to himself or any one else. Yet it is
remarkable that in what waa called a century and a half ago a " New Account of
the East Indies," it is expressly pointed out in the following unmistakable words : —
" In the year 1703," says the author. Captain Hamii.to», " I called at Johore on my
way to China, and he (the King of Johore) treated me very kindly and made me a
present of the island of Singapore, but I told him it could be of no use to a private
person, though a proper place for a company to settle a colony on, lying in the centre
of trade, and being accommodated with good rivers and safe harbours, so conveniently
situated that all winds served shipping both to go out and come into these rivers."
But this striking recommendation of Singapore was at the time unknown to Sir
Staufobd and Ms contemporaries. He had hence to grope for a suitable locality.
The first place thought of was Khio, but it waa found to be already in the occupa-
tion of the Netherlflida Government. The next was the Carimon Islands, ont, how-
ever, of the convenient track of navigation, and here Sir Stauford and hia expedition
tarried three days, but found the place unsuitable. The river of Johore was then
tboi^ht of. but on the way to it, the eipedition touched at Singapore to make
inquiry, and then, for the first time, the advanta^s and superiority of ita locality
presented themselves. A cession of a small portion of the island, to the extent of
two miles along the shore, and to the distance of the point-blank range of ordinary
cannon, inland, was obtained from the resident chief. This was afterwards con-
firmed by the Sultan of Johore, or the person whom we found it convenient to
consider as such, who, on our invitation, quickly repaired to the place. The inmu-
veuiencea of a state of things which, with the exception of the patch on which the
town waa to stand, left the sovereignty of the whole island, with its adjacent
to the Malay princes, were quickly experienced, and obviated by a treaty drawn up
bv Mr. Ckawfubd in 1824 under the direction of the Eabi. of Amhebbt, then
Cfovoruor-General, and this convention continues to be the tenure on which we hold
the main island, with the islets and seas aurrouuding it, forming the limits of the
British Settlement.

[319]

Sin Descriptive Dictionary tSS '

Singapore thus became an integral portion of the East India Company's possM-
BiottB, and wasadniiniflteredbjits ofSciala until the Company ceased to e list in 1858.
But it was atlll Indian territory, until in April, 1867, Singapore, Penang, PrOYince
Wellesley, and Malacca were created a Beparat« Crotni Colony ander fiie title of
the " Straits Settlements." Since that date it has been administered as follows : —

April, 1867.— Colonel (now Major-General, G.C.M.G.) Sir Habbt Saimt
Geokoe Oed, E.E„ C.B.

March, 1871. — Lieut-Colonel (now Major-General, K.C.M.G.) ABcmsALD
Edward Habboed Anson. E.A., Administrator.

KOT., 1873. — Colonel (now Lieut. -General, G.C.M.G.) Sir Andrew Clasee,
E.E.. K.C.M.G,. C.B., CLE.

May, 1875, — Colonel (now Major-Qoneral, G.C.M.G.) Sir William Frascib
Dedhmond Jeetois, E.E., K.C.M.G., C.B.

April, 1877. — Colonel (now Major- General, K.C.M.G.) Akchibald Edwabd
Habbobd Anhon, R.A., C.M.G., Adminstrator.

Oct, 1877. — Sir William Clkavek Pkancib Eobinson, K.C.M.G.

Feb.. 1879.— Colonel (now Major-General. K.C.M.G.) A. E. H. Anboh,
C.M.G., Administrator.

May, 1880. — Feedbeick Alotsius Weld, Es^cike, C.M.G.

MaJ^h, 1884.— Cecil Clementi Smith, Esquieb, C.M.G. , Administrator,

Nov., 1885. — Sir Prbdbbick ALoranrs Weld, G.C.M.G.

Oct., 1887.— Sir Cecil Clementi Smith. K.C.M.G.
1893.— Sir Chaeleb Mitchell, K.C.M.G.

Geoloot and MiHEBALOGT, — The plain npon which the town and snburba
stand 18 chiefly composed of deep beds of white, bluish, or reddish sand, averaging
90 to 95 per cent, of Biliea, The rest is aluminous. Eecent shells and sea-mud
found in this Band show it to have been formed by a retreating sea. The general
composition of the island, which conBista of low liilla and ridges, with narrow and
swampy flats intervening, is sandstone, with the exception of Bukit Tiinah, which is of
granite formation containing about 18 per cent, of quartz. Colonel Low, J. I. A., Vol.
I, p. 84, specifies eight varieties. The soil overlying the granit« is rather meagre (the
stone being neither very porphyritic nor micaceous and not very liable to disinte-
gration), but it of course containa a vast quantity of vegetable mould. The sand-
stone is of various colours : the darker variety rapidly decomposing in. exiv. in yellow
clay, though applicable to building when fresh from the quarry. That the sUghtly
reddish crystallme sandstone is very durable may be inferred from the fact that a
rock bearing an Indian inscription of the thirteenth century existed up to about
1830, at the mouth of the Singapore River. (See Inscription.)

All the sandstones are heavily impregnated with iron, and an ironstone, known
as laterite, is, to the casual observer, the prevailing mineral of the island. This
occurs sometimes in veins, but more frequently in large beds on the sides of hills,
and is extensively quarried for road-making purposes. It is supposed to contain
manganese, and is found from the size of coarse sand to that of masses 15 or 20 feet
in diameter. It is of dark clove-brown colour externally ; internally it is cellular,
and varies in density, being often, when freshly dug, soft enough to be cut with a
knife, or hard enough to resist the pick. It is not ma^etic in the mass, but when
pulverized is found to contain grains of magnetic iron. It hardens considerably on
exposure to the air. The commercial value ts 25 cents per cart-load.

A substance somewhat resembling soapstone, with red, white, or greenish
streaks, is sometimes found amongst the clays, being rather greasy to the touch, and,
occasionally, of a fibrous texture.

The valleys or flats of Singapore have a peaty eubstratum, varying in thickness

from 6 inches to a couple of feet. Below this generally lies a bed of cold clay, and

below this a stratum of arenaceous clay. In many lUstricts kaolin (which see) is

[350]

of British Malaya.

found in large quantities and of eicellent qnality. [For a lengthy paper on the
Ckology of Singapore, see J. I. A., Vol. I, p. 83,] See also Pnlo Obin and lalanda
off Singapore, Bueh as Pulo Timmukul. Blakang Mati, &e.

Climate. — The climate of the ialand is thus described by Mr, Thoubom,
in the Journal of ihe Indian Archipelago, his remarks still holding good : — " Sin-
gapore," says he, " though within 80 milca of the equator, has mi abundance of
moisture, either deposited by the dews, or gentle refreshing ahowers. which keeps its
atmosphere cool, prevents the parching effects of the sun, and promotea continual
rerduro. It never eiperiencea furious gales. If more than ordinary heat has
accumulated moisture and electricity, a aquaU generally acta in, followed by a heavy
shower of rain, such squalls seldom exceeding one or two hours in duration. Accord-
ing aa the monsoon blows, you will have the squalls coming from that direction. But
the moat severe and numerous are from the west, called ' Sumatra^,' and these occur,
most frequently, between 1 and S o'clock in the morning. The north-east monaoon
blows from November to March ; aft^r which the wind veers round to the aouth-east
and gradually sets in the south-west, at which point it coutinues to September. The
north-eaat blows more steadily than the south-west monsoon. The temperature is by
one or two degreea cooler in the first than in the last," The average fall of rain is
found, from the observation of a aeries of years, to be 92,697 inches ; and tho
average number of days in the vear in which rain falls is found to be 180, thus
dividing the year almost equally between wet and dry ; the rain not being con-
tinuQus, but pretty equally distributed through the year. January, however, being
the mouth in which the greatest quantity falls. The mean temperature of Singa-
pore is 81'''247. the lowest being 79°-55, and the highest 82''-31, so that the range is
no more than 2°76. It would appear from this that the temperature of the island
is by 9°-90 lower than that of many other locahties in the same latitudes. Comparing
the temperature now stated with that which wao aaoertained 20 years earlier, and
in the infancy of the Settlement, it would apj'ear that it had increased by 2"'48, a
fact ascribed, no doubt, to the increase of buildings, and to the country having been
cleared of forest for three miles inland from the town, the site of tho observations.
The general character of the climate as to temperature is that the heat is great and
continuous, but never esceasive. and that there is little distinction of seasons,
summer and winter differing from each other only by one or two degrees of the
thermometer. Thunder-showers are of frequent occurrence, but the thunder is by
no means so severe as I have eiperienced it in Java, and seldom destructive to life
or property. " That interesting and wonderful phenomenon, called a water-spout,"
saya Mr. Thousoh, " ia often to be seen in the seas and straits adjacent. They
ought more properly to be called whirlwinds charged with vapour. They occur,
generally, in the morning between the hours of eight and twelve, and rise to the
height of half a mile, appearing in the distance like large columns supporting the
heavy masses of cumuli above them. In August, 1838. one passed over the harbour
and town of Singapore, devastating one ship and sinking another, and carrying off
the comer of the roof of a house in its course landward. No other atmospherical
disturbances of any moment occur. The typhoons of the China Sea and Bay of
Bengal do not reach those parts, nor are there hot winds to parch the laud, Tho
equable and quiet stat« of the atmosjihere and seasons of these regions con-
sequently create analogous properties in the face of indigenous vegetation. Ever-
greens abonnd ; few trees shed all their leaves at the same time ; and many of the
fruit-trees produce all the year round. Such as have their aeasona of fruit will
produce crops out of season, bearing smalt irregular ones at intervening times.
This continual verdure is, perhaps, more grateful to the stranger than to those who
have been accustomed to it. To the former, it bears the pleasant appearance of
exuberance and fectmdity — of a region where the lofty fwrest not only hangs over
the beach, but clothes the mountains to their tops, so unlike the sterile barrenness
of higher latitudes. To the latter, the continual sameness palls the senses. They
[351]

i
I

Sin

Descriptive Dictionary

want variety, and call for a sterile winter, only that they may renew, with doablyl
keen perception, their acquaintance with the beanties of returning summer, a ac
that always here reigns."

Notwithstanding its heat and its monotony, the climate of Singapore is evea '
remarkable for its salubrify ; and with, perhaps, the exception of a few little-fre-
quented spots in the interior, it is certainly foee from the malaria which oft«ii
infects countries apparently more favourably oireumataneed. This advantage it
seems to owe to its perfect ventilation by the monsoons— by land and sea-breezea — I
and by frequent squalls. That this is the main cause is proved by the eminently I
pestiferous air of a land-locked harbour at the western end of the island, and not |
above two miles distant from the town.

The above account, by former^ writers, has been (quoted, with slight correc-
tions, as fairly accurate. A later writer, however, furnished the " Singapore and
Straits Directory" with observations which somewhat correct it, and in view of their
importance they are quoted hereunder : —

Considering the geographical position of Singapore, viz,, in latitude V 17' N.,
or, say 77 nautical miles from the equator, it has a wonderfully moist climate.
This is chiefl;? due to its being within vrhat is known as the " Eainy Latitudes,"
and from having large expanses of ocean on both its eastern and western sides. It
is well sheltered on the north and oast by the moderately high land of the south. I
eastern portion of the Malay peninsida, i^hich modifies the force of the north-e&st f
monsoon, and the gales of Uie China Sea, while to the south and west, a chain of |
islands act as a breakwater from the long swells and storms of the Indian Ocean.

There are no marked seasons, as are noticed in many tropical places, not even |
the usual dry and wet seasons ; but frequent showers of rain in every month.

From carefully kept records of observations during the past sixteen years, it is ■
found that there is an annual average of 167 wet days. The maximum number of
wet days during this period having been aa many as 209 in the year 1870, and the
fewest being 119 days in 1877; the average annual rainfall for the same period being
92*27 inches. It is remarkable that, so far back as 1849, Mr. Thomson, in tiiu
JtwraoJ of the Indian Archipelago, fixes the annual rainfall at 92'69 inches, which is
almost the same as that arrived at now, notwithstanding the extensive clearing of
forest that must have taken place during the past fifty odd years. His aven^
number of wet days is 180. a very small difference between then and now, and
easily accounted for.

Temperature. — This may be briefly stated in a tabular form as below :-

The mean maximum iu the shade is
Do. minimum do.

Giving a daily range of

And an approximate temperature of

The highest maximum observed was

The lowest minimum do.

The mean solar radiation in vacuo being .
Do, nocturnal do. on grass .

These figures differ somewhat from Mr. Thomson's, for he gives the maximum
at 82°-3, and the minimum at 79°'5. computing the approximal« at 81"-4, but thia
difference may be readily explained by — 1st, that in his time the nearness of tho
forest to the Settlement caused a greater degree of coolness during the day than
exists at present, thus giving a lower maximum ; while this same cause hindered
the free circulation of air and consequent evaporation producing rather a high
minimum reading ; or — 2nd, that meteorological instruments had not at that time
attained to the fine degree of sensitiveness and accuracy as at present.

The mornings, if not wet, are generally pleasant, and open-air exercise is an
enjoyment, the temperature averaging 77°, but aa the sun rises above the horizon,
[352]

Fahr.

86'
73'
13°

80°

■7
■3

■4

y*-

April 1878.

68*

■4 10th Feb.

i8U5.

148'-6

70*-6

tfi^

Sin of British Malaya. Sin

the heat increases, and if the sky be clear is somewhat acutely felt. At 9 a.m. the
average heat is 81**. The hottest time of the day is between 1 and 2 p.m. ; by
9 P.M. the temperature is down again to 78°, the coldest time being between 3 and

4 A.M.

The direction of the winds is in accordance with the prevailing monsoon, more
or less modified by surrounding or local influences. It may be generally assumed
that from November to April the north-east monsoon is the prevailing wind, and
from May to October it is south-west. But it is nothing imusual to have south-
east, south or south-west breezes for portions of the day as early as March or April,
and during the recognized south-west monsoon also, to have southerly and south-
easterly winds.

The north-east monsoon is steadier ; in the month of January, rather high
winds may be looked for. It is considered healthier than the south-west.

Dr.OxLEY, in the Jowrrud of the Indian Archipelago, gives the following opinion :
— ** May and June are less agreeable than the rest of the year from the prevalence
of the southerly winds, and it is rather remarkable that the stronger these winds
blow the more enervating they are. Strangers are apt to sit in this wind and call
it a fine breeze, but old residents cannot do so with impunity ; on the contrary,
they carefully avoid its influence. I would strongly advise all who are desirous of
keeping their health to carefully exclude it, even at the exx)ense of temporary heat
and discomfort." This opinion is fully established by subsequent experience, only
that one would go further and extend this period from May to September, particu-
larly when the breeze keeps on from south or south-east. These winds are ordinarily
known as ** Java winds," and blow with some fierceness and unpleasant warmth from
about 10 A.M. to about 1 p.m., gradually abating toward sunset, when there is
almost a calm, rendering the nights close and stifling, producing a feeling of lassi-
tude and disinclination to arise from bed in the morning. It is not unusual to
hear many complain that they awake from sleep with a greater sense of weariness
than when they retired to bed. Colds and fevers are more prevalent during the
months of May to September than during the other months of the year.

During the south-west monsoon occasional rapidly rising squalls blow with
great violence, generally between 2 and 5 a.m., and recur at almost the same time,
or with but slight difference of time, for a few days. These are known as ** Suma-
tras," and have a beneficial effect in clearing and cooling the atmosphere, though
the accompanying rainfall is generally small. Occasionally there are thunder-
storms, but nothing very heavy. There are also occasional heavy rainfalls at
uncertain periods without reference to either monsoon. The average of such is a
fall of 5 inches in 24 hours. The heaviest known is 7*10 inches, in December,
1884.

Thus it will be seen that Singapore enjoys a uniformity of climate not experi-
enced elsewhere in the Tropics. There are no extremes of temperature as is felt in
places not very distant to the north or south, where the heat during the day and
the chilliness of the night are very marked, but the frequent showers of rain, pro-
moting the growth of vegetation and diffusing moisture in the air, help to modify
equatorial heat, and maintain an evenness of temperature enabling it to compare,
most favourably with any other Tropical Settlement.

Yet this unchanging nature of the climate, producing as it were a " perpetual
summer," has its drawback ; it tends after some time to relax and enervate the
body, necessitating a change for a season to some more bracing latitudes. But for
all this, with ordinary care as regards living, as fair a share of health may be
expected here as in more favoured climes.

Although the conditions of European life in Singapore have ensured immimity
from serious sickness, the death-rate amongst the natives is abnormally high. For
1892 the European rate was only 14.84 per miUe ; that of Eurasians, 20.89 ;
Chinese, 80.73 Malays, 33.03; Indians, 29.62; and that of other nationalities,

[353] A A

Descriptive Dictionary

32.09 — tLe latter cottBisting largely of foreigners landed and sent to hospital from
ships touching at the port.

The high figures for orientals are accounted for by the prevalence of sporadic
cholera iind bowel compkiots, small-pos, beri-beri, and fever.

To a considerable extent the heiUth of the Colony dependa upon the rairkfall.
In 1841-2-3 and 4 this waa recorded as 73.126,116.247,92.300, and 89.117 inches.
Below is a table compiled by Mr. J. D. Vadohan of the rainfall in town and country
from 18(59 to 1886:—

Town,

Country.

1869

90,63 indiee.

95.56 iiiclies

1870

... 123,24 „

116.93 „

1871 ...

... 120.44 „

106.94 ..

1872

... 81.82 „

85.27 ..

1873 ...

... 97.20 „

91.46 „

1874 ...

... 89.45 .,

85.84 ,.

1875 ...

... 108.48 ,.

93.25 „

1876

... 101.48 „

91.28 „

1877 ...

... 61.19 ..

66,26 ,.

1878 ...

... 99.95 „

106.75 ..

1879 ...

... 118.63 „

116.96 .,

1880 ...

... 104.16 ,.

116.3? .,

1881 ...

... 82.18 „

96.59 „

1882 ...

... 79.92 ..

85.23 „

1883 ...

... 66.74 ..

65.19 .,

1884 ...

... 82.51 „

89.73 „

1885 ...

... 71.01 ,.

67.63 „

1886

... 90.53 „

85.75 ..

The total rainfall for 1892 was i>9.70 inches, the maximum fall in any 24 boura
being 9.30 inches. The maximum in any one month was 21.03 inches, and the
minimum (in February) 0,a4. Generally speaking, however, showers are pretty
constant daily throughout the year, droughts being infrequent.

Botany.— A popular view of the botany of Singapore was thus given by Dr.
OxLEY ; — " If Nature," says he, " has been ftiigal in her gifts of the higher orders
of the animal kingdom in Singapore, ahe has lavished witli unspajing prodigalitr
the riches of the vegetable one. Notwithstanding the infertility of the soil,
climate more than compensates for the loss: beat and moisture cover the lean earth
with unceasing verdure ; and we realize what fancy paints as the most desirable of
all climates— an eternal spring. But independently of its position, the botany of
this place possesses severaJ other interesting considerations. Being a connecdon-
liuk between the Indian and Australian forms, we have types of both, and many
gi>nera of either region. We observe the Indian forms in the natural familius
Palmfp, Scitamineee, Aroideos, ArtocarpejB, Euphorbtacete, Apocynea, G-uttiferffi,
Convolvulace», Leguminosse, all numerous. The natural families Casuarincs,
Myrtacete, particularly Melaleucse and Proteaceae connect us with Australia."

" The plants," he observes, " which usually spring up when the primeval forest
has been cut down, and where the bane of all the rest of the vegetable kingdom —
the AndrojKigou earicosum, or Lalang grass — has not taken possession, belong U>
the following genera : — Melastoma, Myrtus, Morinda. Solanum, Bubus, Rottlera,
Olerodendrum, Commersonia, Ficus, and Paasiflora," The jungle, with the eicep-
tion of its outskirts, was, at the time Dr. Oilky wrot«. reputed to be uneiplorable,
without great risk, from the number of tigers ; but, be adds ; — " I have collected
[354]

Sin of British Malaya. Sin

between forty and fifty orchideous plants, including epiphytal and terrestrial, and
about the same number of ferns. Fici are extremely numerous. Of palms, I haye
not seen more than twenty species, although, I beheye, there are a much greater
number. The most interesting of these, in an economic point of yiew, are the
cocoa-nut, the Areca catechu or pinang, the Areca sigillaria or nibong, the Sagus
Iseyis or ramhuja, the Nipa fruticans or nvpa, and the Gomutus or iju. Of the
natural families which most abound, the Asclepiadeee, Euphorbiaceee, Scitamineee,
and Urticacese are the chief. The forest contains an immense number of species of
timber trees, most of them of great height and growth. Aboye two himdred haye
been collected, and of these about half-a-dozen afford good timber for house and
boat-building. The teak is not of the number. The forest also produces the two
species which yield the useful gutta-percha, and a fig which affords an elastic gum.
But for use, these articles, as well as timber, are not obtained from Singapore
itself, but from the wider and more accessible forests of the neighbouring con-
tinent."

Zoology. — The Zoology of Singapore is that of the neighbouring continent,
to the exclusion of some of the larger animals — as the elephant, the rhinoceros,
the tapir, and the ox. The largest feline animal indigenous to the island is a small
leopard, called b^ the Malays harimau-dacm, that is, " the branch " or climbing
tiger. But the tiger, an animal unknown to the island in the earlier years of the
British Settlement, made its first appearance fiye or six years after it was formed,
and became too abimdant. It seems to haye crossed oyer from the continent,
attracted no doubt by the soimd of human yoices and the lowing of cattle. It
multiplied greatly, and was supposed to destroy, yearly, from two to three himdred
persons, preying the greatest bane of the Settlement. Large rewards haye always
been offered for the destruction of tigers ($50 per head), and a good number were
captured by pitfalls, but all attempts at their extermination were, for many years,
unsuccessful. The spread of population, howeyer, had its natural result; and
although specimens are occasionally met with who haye swam the narrow strait
between the island and Johore, there are not probably more than half-a-dozen now
existing in the jungle. The channel between Penang and the main is two miles
broad, and this is sufficient to exclude the tiger, for although there haye been
examples of indiriduals haying crossed oyer, they haye been in an exhausted state,
and they haye been immediately destroyed.

Of the natural family of Mustelidse, there are two in Singapore — ^the mv^ang
of the Malays, Paradoxurus musanga, and the hinturung, Ictides ater, of the size
of a badger. Otters are occasionally seen along the coasts, but are rare. The wild
hog is numerous, and there are fiye species of deer, the usual ones of the Peninsula
and Sumatra, from the rusa of the size of a heifer to the pelandok, which is hardly
as large as a rabbit. Among mammals, one species of bat is often to be seen, the
same which is. so frequent in almost all parts of the Archipelago, the kcdong or
Pteropus jayanicus. This is about the size of a rayen, and a troop of them in
flight has yery much the look of a flock of cfows, and by a stranger may be easily
mistaken for one.

" I may add," says Dr. Oxley, " in rendering a sketch of the zoology of
Singapore, seyeral species of the bat tribe, and among them that most destructiye
one to all fruits — the flying fox or Pteropus. Fortun&tely, howeyer, they are as yet
scarce, but at no distance from us they are numerous beyond count. I haye seen a
flock of them, while anchored in the Straits of Malacca, so large as to take seyeral
hours in passing. In the day they are seen asleep hanging in millions from the
branches of the mangroye. At sunset they begin to stir, and presently they ascend
into the air and wing their way to the south-east in one yast uninterrupted cloud.
They pass the whole night in the jungle and plantations, deyouring fruit, and as
soon as dawn begins to appear, they mount the air again and return to their
roosting-place. Their flesh is sometimes eaten by^ the natiyes, but no real fox

[355] A A 2

JHo Descriptive Dutionary Sin

Bmelk to my mind half 80 rank as thej do. Methinka a rat would be palatable
fcKid compared with them." These bate, in so far ae the orchard is coocemed, are
the locust of the country, in which flights of the insect itself, aa far as I am aware,
are unknown. The Pteromys, or flying squirrel, the krawak of the Malays, is very
frequent in Singapore, and so are three different species of monkey.

As with the larger quadrupeds, the larger birds of the FeninsiUa and Sumatra.
are not found in Singapore. It hiui neither their peacocks nor their pheasouta,
and the only birds of tlie BaBorial family which eKist in it are two species of quail.
Nearly all the web-foot«d birds, whether indigenous or of passa^, are not to be
seen. There are six different species of pigeon, from the size of our wood-pigeon
to that of a thrush. Parrots are frequent, but the species only two or three. The
only bird that can be called game is the snipe, which seems a stranger to no
country in the world that has marshes. The birds of prey of four different
genera are sufficiently numerous, and among birds of this family is that perfect
^pe of the true falcons, the beautiful little Falco cserulesceoa, which, although
not much larger than a sparrow, will kill and carry off a bird the size of a thrush.

Among reptiles, crocodiles are common in the salt-water creeks, and along the
shores of the island, but, having an abundant supply of fish, are not troublesome
to man. The Iguana lizard, the hewak of the Midays, is not infrequent, and the
noisy house-lizard or tokay, the tak^ of the Malays, so common in Penang and so
much more so in Siam, is also found in Singapore. The esculent turtle is very
abundant along the shores of Singapore and the neigbbouriug islands, ajid being,
as food, restricted to the European and Chinese population, is the cheaj>eat animal
food in the market, one of the largest weighing several himdredweiijbts selling for
$2 or ?3. " Snakes," wrote Dr. Osi,bt, " are not numerous." But in this instance
the writer was at fault, forty-four species having been found to eiist, of which
fourteen are more or less venomous. The well-known cobra {Naja Irijiudians) q. v.,
possesses the peculiar property of ejecting venom from its mouth. The Malaya say
there is no cure for its bite. Those killed have measured from 4^ to 5i feet in
length. This reptile, being slow and sluggish, is easily overtaken and killed.
When attacked, it erects the body and dilates the skin on either aide of the head,
uttering a noise like that of an irritated cat. If attacked, it throws, to the
distance of from 6 to 8 feet, a venomous fluid of a most poisonous quality, even
should it only enter the eye or touch the mucous membrane or any open sore. The
Hamadryad {0-phiophagus elapg) exists, but is fortunately not common. The
Bungams is the only other venomous snake of large size, but pythons of consider-
able length — up to 22 feet — are frequently captured. Pish and crustaceans ar# ia
great plenty, and some 200 species will be found named iu the article under this head.
About half-a-dozen of these are excellent for the table, fully equal to the best fiah
of our own coasts. Among the best is the white jwrnfret of Europeans, the haival'
putek of the Malays, of ridier Savour than our soles and less luscious than the tur-
bot, and the Ucan merah, resembling the savi-tai of China.

AoBicuiiTURE, &c. — The agriculture of Singapore, although conducted with
sufficient spirit and activity, is limited to a small numtjcr of objects, and nearly
excludes all the cereal grasses and pulses conatituting the staple articles of humtui
food. The soil of the island, with very few exceptions, is like that of the adjoin-
ing Peninsula — unfertile ; there is no natural, and therefore no cheap source of
irrigation, and hence the land is incapable of fumlahing a cheap supply of the
main necessaries of life, which are yielded only within the Archipelago by rich
volcanic or alluvial soils, assisted by a copious peremiial irrigation. For such
plants as rice, the sugar-cane, the indigo-plant, pulsea, maize, tobacco, cotton, the
soil must be considered as ill-suited. Besides want of fertility of soil, Singapore
wants sufficient elevation to give a climate fit for the production of coffee. Even
the nutmeg throve only when forced by rich dressing [it has since perished
' e did n ■ -....-..

entirely], and the clove <3

1 not succeed at all. On the other hand, all plants which

[356]

Sin of British Malaya. Sin

depend more on heat and moisture than on soil, flourish luxuriantly, such as the
cocoa and areca palms, with the TJncaria gambir, which is indigenous. Black pep-
per, which is a long naturalized exotic, although it answers well, yet even it requires
some manuring. Lq 1854, the quantity of pepper produced amounted to 3,116,533
pounds, and the betel or areca-nut to above 40,000 cwts. Among the plants
congenial to both soil and climate are most of the intertropical fruits, whether
indigenous or exotic. Among these the most easily reared, and even cheaper than
the banana, is the pine-apple, equalling in size and flavour the finest productions of
our hot-houses, llie durian, mangosteen, rambutan, rambei, blingbing, and others
flourish well. The mangoes are very inferior. Besides fruits, the soil and climate
are well adapted to the production of the yam and tapioca, and to that of the
coarse pot-herbs which belong to the latitude.

The following remarks are made by Mr. Loqan on the soil of Singapore : —
" The soil is much more varied than it was supposed to be in former years, and so
far from consisting entirely of decomposed sandstone and clay -iron ore, it contains
a plutonic (granitic) tract of about sixty square miles, and another in which shales
pi^edominate. Although the soils have not the fertility of the volcanic and
calcareous ones which occur in many parts of the Indian Archipelago, they are
covered with an indigenous vegetation of great vigour and luxuriance, supporting
numbers of animals of different species. The hills of plutonic rock support dense
and continuous forests composed of more than 200 species of trees, many of which
are of great size. So long as the iron is not in such excess as to recompose the
clay into stone, or render it hard, those soils which contain most iron are most
fertile. The purely, or highly felspathic, are the worst. But even felspathic soils,
when intermixed with a sidficient proportion of quartz, are, in this estimate,
capable of producing an abundant vegetation. Although it is obvious to every
observer that there is no kind of soil in the island for which nature has not
provided plants that flourish luxuriantly in it, yet it must not be hastily concluded,
as some have done, that this exuberant vegetation indicates a general fertility in
the soil It is found, on the contrary, when the native plants are destroyed and
the land is employed for agriculture, that there are very few soils in which cul-
tivated plants not indigenous to the region, but whose climate range embraces it,
will flourish spontaneously. While the cocoa-nut, areca, sago, gomuti, and the
numerous Malayan fruits succeed with little care, the nutmeg and clove are
stunted, and almost improductive, unless carefuUv cultivated and highly manured.
Yet the climate is perfectly adapted to them. Place them in the rare spots where
there is naturally a fertile soil, or create one artificially, and the produce is equal to
that of trees in the Malacca plantations. With respect to indigenous plants, gam-
bier, pepper, and all the fruits flourish on the plutonic hills, provided they are not
too deficient in iron and quartz. The hills of violet shale, where they are not too
sandy, are equal to the plutonic soil — those, namely, in which there is a sufficient
proportion of hard granules to render them friable, and sufficient iron to render
them highly absorptive of water, without becoming plastic. Of all the sedimentary
soils, the sandstone and very arenaceous shales furnish the worst. Of the alluvial
soils, the sand, particularly when it contains a mixture of vegetable matter, or
triturated shells, is the proper soil of the cocoa-nut, and the vegetable mud of the
sago. When the country has been better and longer drained and cultivated, the
latter soil will become a rich mould. At present it is too wet and sour to make a
fertile soil. Bice is grown on some patches of it. The bluish sea-mud contains
good ingredients, but the clay is in excess, and the animal matter in it appears to
assist in rendering it hard and intractable, when it is not saturated with water.
Even for such soils, however, nature has provided plants useful to man, for the
areca and some of the indigenous fruit-trees grow well in it with little cultivation.
Although there are cultivated plants adapted to every kind of soil in the island,
and it has indigenous tribes of man who can live exclusively on its yams, sago, fish,

[357]

Descriptive Dictionary

Sia

and wild aiiiina>ls, it is incapable of feeding a population of tho more civilized
races, and the latter must always be dependent on other £ountiiea for the great
neceasary of life— rite." [Sea also paragraph on the Geology of the Island.]

In the husbandry of Singapore, neither plough, harrow, nor spade aro

I employed. All is done with the changleol, or hoe. The whole is, in fact, a garden
culture, in which no great crop ia cultivated giving acope for the plough, and which

I is perhaps beat performed by the Uoe, the congenial and habitual implement, for

I this purpose, of all Aaiatio nations. With respect to tenures, wild lands,
when alienated by the government, were granted in fee simple, on payment of
thirty ehillings an acre, if within two miles of the town, and of one-half that
amount, if beyond this distance. At this aimpte arrangement the Government

I arrived af last, after the biggliug and blundering of a quarter of a ccntuij, and
the ex]>cnditure of vast quantities of ink and paper, and matters remained m this

' pjndition until 1883, when the present experiment of introducing the Torrena'
Xiaud Act was begun.

MiNui'ACTrBEH, Trade, BnsiNzss, &c. — The only manufactures deserving
thia name carried on in Singapore arc those of tapioca, sago, gambior, and white
pepper. The dock companies, noticed further on, produce good work in another
way. Great quantities of toola, implements, sworda, and wall-piecea are manufac-
tured by tho Chineae, and there ia some manufacture of furniture, with some boat
and ship-bnilding.

But every branch of industry is aubsidiary to trade. Singapore is, in fact, a
great commercial emporium, in which are warehoused for future distribution the
staple products of Europe, Aaia, and America, The town, the seat of thia
commerce, lies in north latitude 1" 17', or only 77 miles from the equator, and in
east longitude 103' Stf 47". Its locality is on the southern side of the island, on a
salt creek, into which falls the brook called the Eivcr of Singapore; the com-
raerciu.1 part of it being on the weatem bank, and the public buildings and private

, houses on the eastern, which spreads into a sandy plain, a little above the level of
the sea. There is, properly, no harbour, but the bay which fronts the town, and

' which ia also the highway through the Straits of Malacca, is a roadstead equivalent
to a harbour in a region never vexed by storms. Ships of the largest burden lie
in good anchoring- ground at the distance of two miles from the shore, those of
moderate draught of water within a mile, and small craft close to it. The salt
creek, which lias a quay on the commercial side, is navigable at all times for
lighters up to the warehouses of the merchants.

The commercial Intercourse of Singapore ia carried on with most of the
European porta carrying on a distant foreign trade ; with the ports of Continental
Asia, from the Eed almost to the Yellow Sea, including those of Arabia. Persia,
Hindustan, Siam, Cochin-Chlna, and several of China ; with all the ports of tho
Malay Archipelago, from Sumatra to New Guinea; with the capital of the Philip-
pines ; and with several of the east and west coasts of America. In the public
returns of eiports and imports, these places are classed under two-and-fifty different
heads. The most important branch of the trade ia that with the United Kingdom,
and then follow respeetively the trades with Hongkong and China, with British
Continental India, with Netherlands India, and with Siam,

The staple imports from Europe (in addition to articles of domestic cousump-

' tion, as tinned provisions, wines, spirits. &c.) are cottons, woollens, and metals ;
from the Continent of India, opium and cotton-wool for the Chinese market; and
from China, coarse porcelain, ailk, tea, camphor, and cassia. An ordinary price-
current will contain at lea«t forty different articles of the Malay and Philippine
Archipelagos, with the countries immediately in their neighbourhood, as
Tonquin, Cochin-China. Camboja, and Siam. Among these, the staples are
rice, sugar, pepper, coffee, tin. gold, antimony, tortoise-shell, and fossil cool.

I The first appearance in commerce of several of tiiu articles of this bmncb of the

Sin of British Malaya. Sin

trade may be said to be almost coeval with the foundation of the Settlement, or
to have appeared in consequence of its existence, such as the abaca or banana
hemp, gutta-percha, india-rubber, yegetable tallow, pearl and flour sago, hides,
and noms.

Singapore is, in every sense, a free port, open to the flags of all nations, upon
equal terms, and has continued so nearly from its foundation. There is no impost
whatever, on ship or cargo, saving a small charge for the lighthouse dues. This
freedom, and its highly convenient position, with security for Ufe and property, are
the cause of its rapid prosperity — a prosperity of which there is no other example
in the East, and which far more resembles that of an American than an Asiatic
Settlement. The example of Singapore has been followed by the Netherlands
Government at several points of its vast possessions in the Archipelago, and with
great, although not equal, success.

PopxTLATiON. — In 1826, or seven years after the British occupation of
Singapore, the population of the island, in roimd numbers, had already amounted
to 13,000. In 1850, it had risen to nearly 60,000, of which 26,000 were in the
town ; while in 1881 it had risen to 131,208. The census of 1891 gave Singapore a
population of 186,554, of whom 1,160 were Europeans, 121,908 Chinese, 35,992
Malays, 16,035 Indians, with 1,776 of other nationalities. The ingredients of this
population are very heterogeneous, and composed of no fewer than twenty-five
nationalities. The languages spoken are, at least, as numerous as the nationalities.
The Chinese speak five different tongues, the people of Continental India four, and
those of Celebes and Java two each. Then come English, Arabic, and Persian.
But the common medium of intercommunication — the language which unites all
classes of inhabitants, and prevents such a variety of tongues from making a Babel
of the place — ^is the liquid, easily-learned Malay, of which aU strangers acquire at
least a useful smattering.

One peculiarity of the population of Singapore deserves notice — the inequality
of the sexes. This applies, more or less, to every class of the inhabitants. In the
whole, the females form little over one-fourth part, or to four men there is but one
woman. But the disproportion is greater in the Chinese population, for here the
females form but one-fifth in the whole number. This arises from the peculiarity
of Chinese emigration, which is confined largely to the male sex, and this, too, of
men in the prime of life. Even many of the females classed as Chinese are not
really so, but the offspring of native women married to Chinese, or their mestizo
descendants. This state of things, especially in regard to the Chinese inhabitants,
forming too the majority of the population, is a source of much immorality and
disorder, but it is hard to say how it can be remedied. It is noteworthy that
about forty years ago a number of Battas settled in Pyah Lobar and Ballestier
Valley. Their descendants, though now absorbed into the general population,
show signs of their descent.

GovBENMBNT, — The Executive Government of Singapore is exercised con-
jointly with that of the other British Settlements in the Straits — ^Malacca and
Penang, Province Wellesley, and the Bindings — by the Governor, in whom, by and
with the advice of the Executive and Legislative Councils, is vested the essential
attributes of the Government — ^those of making laws, and directing their adminis-
tration. Under the Governor, at each of the Settlements is an officer, with the
title of Resident Councillor. The laws are those of England, modified in so far as
concerns the native inhabitants by some attention to their respective laws of
inheritance and domestic usages. They are administered by a Supreme Court in
civil and criminal jurisdiction, and three Magistrates, one of the latter holding a
small cause court for sums not exceeding $50.

Bevsnite. — ^The public revenue is derived from land rents, licenses, stamps,
port and harbour dues, postage, fines and fees of court ; excises, chiefly on me
consumption of opium and spirits ; and the rent of public markets, the property of

[369]

Descriptive Dictionary

Sin

the muuiuipalitj. In 1862-^3 the groia amount of this revenue wa^ ^45,720. and
tlie chief braauhes of it being ftirmed, and always by thp Chinese, the nominai
charge of collection was but three -aud-half per cent., which was, in fact, for Iho
moat part, the cost, not of collecting, but aimplj of receiving the amount. The
expenditure in the same year was J44,234, or £1,486 less than the income. In
18S4-55 the pubUc revenue had increased by the sum of near ^10,000, the main
part of it being derived from eicisea on articles of luxury, and from the rents of
public markets, the property of Government. These taxes, with their amotmls,
were as follows in the year in question : — opium, .£32,520 ; ardent apirita, =£1 1 ,412 ;
palm wine and hemp juice, ^670 ; and public markets, ^£3,372 ; making a total of
^£47,874, exclusive of the sale of public lauds. The revenue and expenditure for
1892 were ;— revenue. $3,652,789; and e>;i)enditure, $4,270,5?5.

TopooBAPHY. — Viewed from a distajice, Singapore presents no marked eleva-
tions. but has the unvarying aspect of one continuous forest. The surface, how-
ever, is undulating, consisting generally of rounded hills of from 80 to 500 feet high,
with narrow valleys not above 15 or 20 feet above the sea-level. A chain of rather
higher hills runs through the island from cast to west, making the water-shed in
one direction to the north, and in the other to the south. The culminating point
of the land is a hill nearly in the centre of the island, called Bukit Timah, that is,
"tin-hill," and this rises to the height of 519 feet above low-water mark spring
tides.

The following are the heights of the principal hills and objects in the vicinity
of the town calculated from the level of low -water spring tide : —

Foet. Feet.

Mount Wallicli

1«

St, James'

Mount Palmer

119

Pearls Hill

170

PiTilion

108

InstituUon HiU

lai

Bonnj Grass

Goverment Hill (Port Can-

Arman Bitnk

ning)

156

Mount Victoria

107

Lady Hill

108

Mount Elizabeth

Blakan Mati, Large Hill, or

Cairn Hill

lis

Bukit Serapong

301

Mount Emily, now Govern-

Mount Faber

300

ment Hill

136

Mount Zion

Mount Caroline

108

Peak Island

101

Mount Louisa

112

St. John's

189

Mount Sophia

108

PnloBrani

161

Bukit Chemiin

106

Bukit Timah

519

I>uneam

Claymore. Chinese Burial

Green Hill

Ground

Monks' Hill

French Church Spire

161

Drajeot

Everton

Tlie island may be characterized as a vast tropical garden, except in places
where the vii^in jungle still exists, or where secondary jungle has taken the place
of abandoned plantations.

The town lies in a bay on the S.E. coast. The general shape of the island is
that of a card diamond, and it is of nearly the some outline and area as the Isle of
Wight. It is intersected by good roads, originally made, under the Indian rigime.
by convict labour. Changi at the extreme East, where a firat-elaas Qovemment
Bungalow with bathing-house attached has bet'n erected (the former edifice haviog
been destroyed by fire early in 1887). is a. favourite pla4:e of visit. Kranji in Um
N.W. ifi the ferry place to Johore Bliam. Singapore posBesses but few show-places,
the public Library and Museum and the Botanical Gardens alone coming under
this head.

Sin of British Malaya. Sin

Establishments. — The most prominent commercial undertakings in the
Settlement to the eye of the passing visitor are the two Dock Companies. That
nearest the town, and ttie larger of the two, known as the Tanjong Pagar Dock
Company, is one of the most important establishments of its kind in the East.
Although it is impossible in a work of this nature to give exhaustive particulars, a few
details may usefully be given. The Wharf extends to one mile and a quarter, and is
divided by the entrances to the G-raving Docks into three parts : — The West Wharf,
over one mile in length with from 25 to 35 feet water alongside at low-water spring
tides, strongly built, connected with the shore by spacious bridges and capable of
berthing twenty to thirty vessels loading or discharging at the same time. The
Sheers Wharf, 340 feet long, having 26 feet depth of water, with powerful boiler
and masting steam sheers erected thereon, connected with the workshops by a line
of rails for transporting heavy machinery and boilers. The East Wharf, 500 feet
long, chiefly intended for vessels luidergoing repairs or waiting to be docked, has a
depth of 25 feet water outside and 16 feet inside at low water, so that vessels can
lie on either side of it.

There is sufficient water for the largest ships, and the heavy swell raised in the
Eoads by the north-east monsoon is barely perceptible at the wharf.

QoaX Sheds, substantially built of brick and roofed with tiles or corrugated
iron, and capable of storing 200,000 tons of coal, are erected in the immediate rear
of the wharf, affording imusual facilities for the discharge of cargoes and for the
supply of steamers.

Of the Graving Docks, the Victoria Dock, adjoiuing the wharf, is built of
granite throughout, and is of the following dimensions : —

Length on the blocks ... 450 feet.

Breadth at entrance ••• ... ... ... ... 65 „

Depth of water on sill at ordinary spring tides ••• 20 „

The Albert Dock, situated 275 feet to the eastward of the Victoria Dock, is of
the following dimensions : —

Length on the blocks ... ... ... ••• ••• 475 fet

Breadth at entrance ... 60 „

Depth of water on sill at ordinary spring tides ... 21 „

Both docks are fitted with powerful centrifugal pumps, and are emptied in
three hours.

Machine Shop, — One of the most complete in the East, fitted with lathes,
shearing, punching, shaping, slotting, planing, screwing, and boring machines with
the latest improvements, with all tibe necessary tools and appliances required for
effecting the most exteusive repairs to steamers and iron vessels of the largest class,
and to boilers, &c. Blacksmith's shop and f oimdry attached.

The premises formerly known as the Borneo Company's Wharf, situated to
the W. of Tanjong Pagar, have recently been absorbed by the Tanjong Pagar
Company.

The New Harbour Dock Company's premises, about 4 miles W. of the town,
though of less size, are not less efficiently fitted with all requisites for good work.
They include two docks, viz. : —

No. 1. Obavino Dock.

Length, 415 feet.

Depth of water, from 14 feet to 15| feet.

Width at entrance, 42 feet.
No 2. Graving Dock (Granite).

Length, 459 feet.

Depth of water, from 19 to 20 feet.

Width at enti*ance, 62 feet,

[361]

Sin

Descriptive Diclionary

The machiuG ehopB are remarkably well fitted up, and the sea approach
being convenient, a number of launchee and othtr small craft are built, engined,
&C., on the premises. Both companies are under exceptionally efficient manage-
mtmt, and are connected with the town by steam tramways conveying both paa-
sengers and goods.

Other engineering establishments, however, exist, which obtain a fair sh^ire
of nautical patronage. That of Messrs. Lton & Co. also fits and manufactures
a good deal of the machinery used on tapioca and sugar plantations, while a good
stock of tools of all descriptioDS is kept on hand for sale. MesBrs. Howabth,
Ebskjke & Co., and Messrs. Kilet, Habobeaves & Co., do a good deal of work
for steamers, the former having recently moved into new and very commodious
premises on the left bank of the Singapore Bivcr.

Most of the wood used in the Colony is obt^oined from the Johobe Stbah Saw
Mills, situated at New Johore, to which there is a daily post, with communication
by numerous omnibuses. The facihties possessed by the mills enable large ordere
to be promptly filled, while the forests of Johore supply unlimited quantities of
numerous varieties of timber. It is hoped to extend the Steam Tramway to Johore
before long. At present it nms only from New Harbour to Kochor, the rivalry of
the jinricksha keeping fares at a very low figure.

Singapore possesses three banks. Of these the branch of the Hongkong and
Shanghai Banking Corporation, established in 1877, has achieved a remarkable
success. Pounded over thirty years ago, its projectors wisely placed its head-
quarters at Hongkong, thus ensuring a close supervision of its local interests.

In one respect, circumstances exceptionally favoured the undertaking.
Although five other banks (the Agra Bank and the Comptoir d'Esiumpte at that
time had branches in Hongkong) had possession of the field, they appealed but
slightly to local sentiment, very few shares being held locally, while the directors,
meeting at home, were not closely in touch with Eastern cUent*. The auceeM of
the new Corporation was something at that lime undreamt of in Colonial history.
The shares originally subscribed for at $100 rose within a few months to 27*7^
premium, and within five years, despite the declaration of large dividends, the re-
serve fund stood at half a million of dollars. In ISfiti, however, the first symptoms
of a check became observable. The failure of Messrs. Dent &. Co., the head of
which house was a director of the Bank, caused serious loss. A year or two later,
large advances to the Indo-Chinese Sugar Company and other undertakiugs had even
worse results, and in 1869, for the flrat time since its inception, the bank failed to
declare a half-yearly dividend.

So sound, however, was its basis that, within a few months, the Bank Iiad
begun to recover its former status. Careful management had ita due reward, and
those who, in 1860, predicted tliat the shares would not for a long period again be
at par, were astonished to find them within twelve months at a premium of aO'/^.
Since that period, only one serious disaster has overtaken the management bv losses
in Manila — partly owing, however, to a fall in exchange which could scarcely have
been anticii)at«d by the most acute managers. This, however, was boldly met ; and.
although it involved the writing off of some $600,000 from the reserve fund, thu
latter had reached a sum which enabled the Bank to tide over its reverses and still
maintain Its former influential position. The shares of the Corporation are now
(]uoted at a very high premium — the best testimony possible to the confidence felt
in its prospects and present management.

Although its head quarters are in Hongkong, the Bank has a London Branch in
Lombard Street (controlled bv a home consultative committee), which does a buBineaa
not inferior to many establishments having that loeabty as their sole busineaa
quarters. It now possesses other Branches at Amoy, Foochow, Shanghai, Hankov,
Tientsm, Peking, Yokohama, Hiogo, Manila, Do-IIo, Saigon. Singapore, Pen&ue,
Batavia, Bombay, Calcutta, San Francisco, New York, and Lyons, all of which, wiSi

Sin of British Malaya. Sin

the exception of Manila, already alluded to, have generally continued in a thriving
condition. In China, the Bank owns palatial premises of large value. In 1867 the
Corporation received permission to issue %\ notes. So popular did these become,
that the entire amount at once passed into circulation, and an additional issue was
foimd necessary. The Corporation also prints and circulates its own $5, $10, $20,
$25, $50, $100, and $500 notes.

The Chabtebed Bakk of India, Austbalia and China was incorporated by
Royal Charter dated 29th December, 1853, with a capital of .;e644,000. By the first
Supplemental Charter dated 20th July, 1861, the agency then existing in the Island
of Singapore was converted into a Branch, with authority from Her Majesty's
Treasury to establish Branches also at Penang and Malacca, and to issue notes in
the three Settlements. On the 3rd November, 1863, Her Majestv's Treasury gave
their assent, imder the Supplemental Charter, to an increase of the Bank's capital
to .£800,000, at which figure it now stands. By the terms of the second Supple-
mental Charter dated 10th November, 1874, the then existing Charters were ex-
tended, with certain modifications, and the authorized capital was increased to
.£2,000,000, subject to the consent of Her Majesty's Treasury. The latest Charter
followed on the expiration of the above on 29tn December, 1884. The head-quarters
of the Bank are at Hatton Court, Threadneedle Street, London. The Bank is
governed by a Court of seven directors. The Manager has a seat on the Board.
The Bank has Branches and Agencies at Bombay, Calcutta, Akyab, Rangoon,
Colombo, Penang, Singapore, Batavia, Sourabaya, Manila, Hongkong, Foochow,
Shanghai, Hankow, and Yokohama.

The Chabtebed Mbbcantile Bank of India, London and China (now the
Mebcantile Bank of India), was started in Bombay in 1857, prior to which date the
title was the '' Mercantile Bank of India, London and China." On the Charter
being obtained, the Bank was reconstituted, and the name changed to the " Char-
tered Mercantile Bank of India, London and China." The Head Office is in No. 65,
Old Broad Street, London. The paid-up capital was .£750,000, with power to in-
crease it to ^61,500,000. The reserve fund amounted in 1887 to .^6105,000. The
Bank had Branches in Bombay, Calcutta, Madras, Rangoon, Colombo, G-alle,
Kandy, Singapore, Penang, Malacca, Batavia, Hongkong, and Shanghai ; but it was
found necessary in the beginning of 1893 to reconstitute it under its present name
of the Mebcantile Bank of India.

The Steamer Companies whose vessels touch at Singapore are extremely
numerous. Those most frequently visiting the port are the P. & 0., Messagbbies,
Nobth-Gebman Lloyds, Ocean, and Bbitish-India steamers ; those of the Glen,
Ben, Shibe, and severad other lines appearing at intervals. It may, however, be
said that few weeks pass without two separate opportunities for posting mails to
Europe. The Rubattino, Austbian Lloyds, Netheblands India, and Spanish
Tbansatlantic steamers touch at Singapore, but are not such familiar sights at
the wharves as those above-mentioned. The Mail services number very fine
vessels, replete with every comfort, and fitted especially for the services they
perform.

Of the familiar Ocean or "Blue Funnel" line, a local branch has been
established running to the neighbouring Native, Dutch, and Siamese ports. This line
can be highly recommended, as can also the G-lsn steamers, to those whose purses
prohibit the passage home or out by the mail lines, where the larger number of
passengers naturally makes the time pass with more variety.

Owing to the great use made of horses and carriages (the latter ranging from
the barouche to the jinricksha) in Singapore, the manufacture of vehicles is an im-
portant industry, and a visitor to the Settlement will find a visit to the Carriage
Works of Messrs. Lahbebt Bbothebs, Orchard Boad, of interest.

The factory is built in the same style as a London coach-builder's, having on the
ground floor two show-rooms ; in one of these is shown every variety of four-wheeled

^868]

Sin

Descriptive Dictionary

carriage from the most coBtlj and eipenaiTO style of London Eung upon patent oee
springs to the small victoria phaeton largely used in Singapore ; in the other show-
room is shown every variety of two-wheeled vehicle from the aristocratic tandem
tart and the fashionable eee spring cabriolet to ttie ordinary vamiBhed Norfolk

On entering their works, one is naturally Burprised at the vast quantity of
work there is in course of preparation, but MesBre. Lambeet Bkotheks have not
only a targe trade in Singapore, but also in Deli, Bangkok, Saigon, Borneo, &o.

To indicate its extent, we may state that Messrs. Lambebt Brothees have over
twenty different blacksmiths' forges at work, and these keep up a merry din all the
day. Two or three different natives of China will be found at work together, but side
by aide with them some really clever Madras workmen, who turn out work that would
do credit to any first-class London house. Messrs. Lambert Brothees have ajao a
large steam-engine on their premises, with the help of which they manage to turn
out a greater quantity of work than thej would otherwise do. On the same floor
aa the blacksmiths are the wheel-makers and body-makers. The former are as vet

Suite unable to make sufficient wheels to suit the requirements of the factorr, but
ley are awaiting the arrival of new machinery. Ascending by their lift to tJie top
floor, one finds carriages in every stage of finishing, and here are the paint«rs and
trimmers busily at work. For varnislung. Messrs. Lambert Bbothebs have a.
special room, and by this means they are able to keep the dust from their carriages
during the process, thereby preserving that gloss and briUiancy which go far to
make or mar a carriage.

A visit to their store-rooms leads one to feel surprise at the largo number of
articles required in the manufacture of a carriage. They have separate rooms for
iron, for bather, for cloth, for plated goods, and for paints and varnishes.

The manufacture of furniture has, within the past few years, been rescued from
tlie hands of the too conservative native, and, under European managoment. has
reached a high state of development. Messrs. Poweli, & Co. show aa lar^ an
assortment as can possibly be needed by those wanting to furnish, and have vei^
sensibly placed their godowns in the Orchard Road at a point piassed daily by neaxly
all the European population. Messrs. Kmam & Co. have followed suit, and tum
out furniture to order in a very creditable style indeed. The Asiatic is by no means
a bad workman, but he needs a controlling head whenever anything out of the
beaten track has to be done.

Ice being a prime necessity in the Tropics, the Sinoapore Icb Cokpajtt k
formed to render the Settlement independent of the impoited article, and the
supply is fairly good. In a similar way the Singapore and Straits Aerated Water
Company manufactures excellent soda-water and all other effervescing drinks at
reasonable prices. The latter Company has numerous competitors, but only one
receives any share of European patronage.

Of Insurance Offices, the Singapore Directory contains so copious a list that it
would seem as if every Euroi>ean association were represented. The one, however,
claiming special attention is the "Stnuts" Iiisurauce Company, the shares of
which arc largely held in the Colony.

Journalism and printing are worthily represented by the Singapore Free Pren
and Straile Times (both of which publish daily and weekly editions). The Jaiei
Peranakan va Malay, the Lat Pau in Chinese, and a third journal in Tamil, cater
for the reading public of those communities respectively. Most excellent work is
turned out by tne Singapore and Straits Printing Office, and some smaller offices
manage to get a share of job-printing required. Messrs. Kelly & Walsh are the
principal booksellers.

In the way of Stores, Singapore is very well provided. Messrs. John Little it

Co, mav be regarded as the Wm. Whitelet of the Settlement, almost any article

needed Iwing procurable at their large establishment in Commercial Square, where

[364]

Sin of British Malaya. Sin

a courtesy lamentably deficient in the large '' Stores " at home is unfailingly dis-
played to customers. Messrs. Katz Bbothebs have also a yery large assortment of
goods, as have also Messrs. Sayle k Co., Limited. It seldom happens that any
article needed cannot be got at one of the three. Messrs. Eobinsoi^ <& Co. deal in
sartorial goods only. The principal Chinese tailor is Chong I^i (opposite the
Hotel de TEurope), but a large number of Chinese work well and cheaply in the
same way.

Social Aspect. — Turning now to the Social Aspect of the Settlement, the fol-
lowing details will be of interest. The Qovbbnmbnt is administered by a (Governor
aided by an Executive and Legislative Council, and is accommodated in the follow-
ing offices : —The Colonial Secretariat, Treasury, Audit Office, Public Works and
Survey, Land, Chinese Protectorate, Marine, Post, Supreme and Magistrates'
Courts, Education, and Police. Two public and one Pauper Hospitals (the former
including a lock hospital) accommodate patients. The Pauper Hospital is supported
chiefly by voluntary contributioDS. A spacious Lunatic Asylum affords accommoda-
tion to some 200 patients. A large Guol at Sepoy Lines receives both criminal and
civil prisoners. The Municipal Office, controlled by Commissioners, with an
Engineer and Assistant, and a salaried Secretary, is housed in the Town Hall. Two
more departments, chiefly supported by the G-ovemment, viz., the Botanical Gardens
and the Baffles Library and Museum, complete the list of official departments. The
Consulates include those of Austria-Himgary, Belgium, Brazil, China,* Denmark,
Prance,* Germany,* Italy,* Netherlands,* Portugal, Russia, Siam, Spain,*
Sweden and Norway, and the United States* (those with asterisks being salaried and
official). The Eeliqious Element is represented, as regards Protestantism, by a
Bishop (non-resident). Archdeacon (who is Colonial Chaplain), and an Assistant
Clergyman, who are in charge of St. Andrew's Cathedral,! and the missions attached
thereto ; and by a Minister of the Scotch Presbyterian Church. The Catholic per-
suasion is represented by a French Vicar- Apostolic and Bishop, with a Cathedral
and four smaller churches in charge of missionaries ; and by a Portuguese Vicar
and his coadjutor with a single church. The Armenian and Jewish communities
have each their place of worship. Education is provided for by one public un-
denominational school (the Eaffles), the Convent, St. Joseph's Institution, and St.
Anthony's School (the three latter Catholic), and many native schools under
Government supervision. Litebaby Institutions are represented by the Raffles
Libra^ and Museum, the Straits Branch of the Eoyal Asiatic Society, the Singa-
pore Debating Society, the Celestial Reasoning Association, and the German
Reading Club. Of Clubs proper, there are the Singapore,* Cricket,* Recreation,*
Rowing, Sporting, Tanglin,* and Teutonia,* — the five marked * possessing suitable
buildings for their members. The last two-named are in the Tanglin district, about
2\ miles from town. The Masonic Association embraces a District Grand Lodge,
and a Royal Arch Chapter. There is an efficient Fibe Bbigade ; while the char-
acteristics of a thriving city are further exemplified by the existence of philanthropic
and other associations, such as the Mabine Association, Sailobs' Home, Sailobs'
Rest, Stbangebs' Fbiend Society, Debating and Mutual Impbovement societies,
&c. It will be seen from the foregoing brief summary, that Singapore takes a worthy
place amongst her sister cities in the East.

t The Cathedral was designed by Lieutenant-Colonel Macphebson, R.A., and built by
Captain McNaib, R.A., and G. Bennett, Esq., Executive Engineers of Singapore. The founda-
tion stone was laid on March 4, 1856, His Honour E. A. Blundell being then Governor of the
Straits Settlements, and the building was finally completed on Januaiy 25, 1862. Major-General
Cavenagh was Gk>vemor at the time. It was, however, opened for divine service in 1861, and
was constituted the Cathedral Church of the diocese in 1870. Its present Bishop is the Right
Reverend G. F. Hose, D.D., by the title of Bishop of Singapore, Labuan and Sarawak.
Archdeacon Meredith is the Colonial Chaplain, ana the Reverend W. H. Gomes Assistant
Clergyman. The Cathedral is in the Gothic style of architecture, and doubtless, from the
frequent rains that fall here, impresses the beholder with the idea of greater age than it really
possesses.

[365]

Descriptive Dictionary

Purely Meecantile Inteebbtb are watched over by a Chambsb oy Cohvbbck
and Exchange. But it will probably be moet conveaient to subjoin tlie following
table ehowiDg the average divisionB of buHinesa in the Settlement during tho paflt
few years : —

AcoouutantB ,.. •••

Advocates and Solieitora ...
Aerated Wat«r Manufactories
Architects and Surveyors
Amis, Dealers in*

Auctioneers

Bakers*

Boarding Establishments

Boiler-makers

Bookbinders* ... ...

Booksellers

Brokers*

Butchers*

Confectioners*
Uontractora (Engineering)
Carriage- buil ders •
Chemists and Druggists
Cigars, Dealers in ...

Oommissiou Agents ...

Dispensaries ... ...

Doclcs

Docks (under Comiwuiiea)
Prapera and Dreasmakera*
Engineer firms

Estate Agents

Fruit Preservers
Furniture Dealers
Horse Bepositories
Hotels

Insurance Agencies

Iron and BraAS-foundera («ee En-
gineers)
Jewellers* ... ,..

Lithographers*

Livery Stablea

Marine Surveyors

Medical Practitioners (non-official)

Milliners (see Drapers)

Music Teachers ... ...

Nurses and Midwives*

Opium Merchants

Piano-forte Eepairers and Tuners

Photographers*

Precious Stones, Dealers in

Printers*

Sail-makers

Ship-builders

Ship Chandlers

Stationers

Steamship Company Agents

Storekeepers*

Surgeons (aee Medical)

Tailors*

Tiffin-rooms

Undertakers*

Watchmakers*

Wine Merchants

120

These returns naturally fluctuate from year to year, but the foregoing list
gives a fair idea of the class ificatioD.

The occupations above-named against which an * appears, are also followed by a
largo number of natives in a petty way. The above figures are taken, with some
alight corrections, from the Straitg Directory, and represent firms or individuarls
well known to foreignera, moat of them being advertisers in the local prints.

The principal Chinese Fibmb average iu number 6(5. and the Chkttt Firus 26.
The total number of Cocoa-nut, Tapioca and other PLiMATioMB on the island
number 22.

The legal profession flourishes, despite the large number of members of tb«
Bar who find occupation in the Settlement. Aaeize court* are held every two
months, the judical stafE comprising a Chief and three Puisne Judges, of whom two
are usually absent at Penang.

Sirill. — The leaf of the betel pepper masticated with betel-nut (tobacco ftod
gambior being sometimes added) and prepared lime throughout Malaya. The
mixture causes the saliva to aasume a blood-red colour, and the t«eth become black-
ened. It is noticed, however, that betel-nut chewers seldom suffer from toothache.

Siiih Utau, or Basik (q. v.).

Sirkum.— V. h.ilf way between Umbei and Sempang, S.E. Malacca, about
1 mile from the coast.

[366]

Sis of British Malaya. Sla

SisterSj The,— Two small islands, not quite 1 mile to W. of W. St. John's
L, S. of Singapore.

Skin-Diseases. — ^^ Cutaneous.

Slate is found in most places, the best yet discovered being in Perak. It
has not yet, however, been worked to any extent.

Slavery. — in Malay there are six different names for a slave, and there is
even one for the " slave of a slave." The most frequent in Malay is hamba. This,
as well as all the others, is used as a pronoun of the first person in addressing a
superior. In Malacca, when first discovered, all labour appears to have been per-
formed by slaves, a fact which not only implies a very rude state of society, but
also a paucity of population in relation to the land, or, in other words, comparative
high-priced labour. " The Malay nation," says Babbos, " as they live by trade and
no other pursuit, so are they the most luxurious people of these parts, and the
proudest in their settlements. All with them is nobility, and this proceeds to such
a length that you will not find a native Malay who will carry on his back his own
or any other man's property, however much you may offer him for doing so." —
Decade n, Book 6, Chapter 1.

Slaves are of two classes — ^bondsmen and bond-debtors — ^the first called in
Malay tahvsan, which signifies the object purchased or redeemed, and the last
iringan, which means a follower, or retainer. The distinction between the slave
and the freeman (mardeka), is distinctly enough drawn by the Malays, but yet the
line is not so offensively drawn as to view the first as a mere chattel, for the slave
can possess and inherit property, purchase his freedom, and has, in other respects,
his prescribed rights. The only description of slaves that had not the power of
redeeming themselves, appears to have been those of the king. The real condition
of the slave may be seen from incidental notices of them in collections of the cus-
tomary laws, and the following are examples from those of Johore : — " If a slave
cut and wound a freeman, he shall be condemned as a slave for life to the king."
'* If a freeman wound a slave, he shall be fined to the extent of one-half the value
of the slave, or, if very poor, in the sum of ten mas" " If a slave give a freeman a
blow on the face, the offending hand shall be cut off." " If a freeman give a slave
a blow on the face, without any provocation on the part of the slave, he shall be
fined, if poor, five, and if rich ten mas. But if the slave have been insolent, the
freeman in such a case shall be held blameless." '* If a slave, whether male or
female, strike another slave a blow on the face without offence given by the latter, the
offender shall be fined to the extent of half the price of the slave assaulted." " If
a slave give abusive language to a freeman, he shall receive a blow on the face, or
have a tooth extracted." " If a slave commit a murder, it shall be lawful for a
third party to put him to death, provided the act shall have taken place in a remote
part of the country, where there is difficulty in securing the person of the offender.
But if the crime be perpetrated near a public authority, the slayer shall be fined
five tails and one jpoa, because he has killed the slave without leave of his owner or
the permission of the public authorities. However, in this last case, should the
slave have been mortally wounded, it shall be lawful to put him to death."

'' If a freeman kill a slave of the king (haniba-raja) he shall be fined the value
of the slave seven times sevenfold, and if he cannot pay the fine, he may be either
put to death, or be condemned to be for ever, with lus family and relations, slaves
to the king. But, if the slayer of the king's slave be a man of high rank, he may
not be put to death, but fined to the extent of one kati and five tails of gold. In
case, however, such great personage shall have killed the slave for some crime, then
no notice shall be taken of the matter." '' If a slave commit a theft, and is seized
and put to death in the act, the slayer shall pay a mulct equal to half the value of
the slave, to be shared equally between the master of the slave and the magistrate,
for the offence of the slayer consists in not informing the magistrate."*

[367]

Sle

Descriptive Dictionary

One circumxtani^, probably, mitlgatea the condition of slaverj among the
Malaya, that the master and slave are almost always of the same race, that there is
no broad disparitj in tlieir conditions, suob aa oiiGtB in civilized commuuitieB, and
that the severe labour of a calculating taskmaett-r ie never exacted. Debt slavery,
however, lias been largely abolished in the Native States since they came under
British influence.

Sletar. — See OaiKo.

Slim. — Important V. on R. of same name in S.E. Perak.

Sling. — In Malay ali-ali, although used, does not seem to have been a
favourite weapon with any class of the inhabifants. One is tempted t« suspect that
this may have arisen from the scarcity of pebbles in countries covered with forest,
and of which the shores consist of mangroves or sand. The blow-pipe for shooting
arrowB, and the bow and arrow, the materials for both of which are so constiaully
at hand, seem naturally to have taken its place.*

Smabok. — V. 2| miles from Malacca, E.N.E., 1| miles from the coast.

Small-Pox. — This epidemic is well-known to the inhabitants of Malaya,
and, of all the maladies with which they are afflicted, it has proved the greatest
scourge. By the Malays it is called chackar, and also katumbuhan, the last of tliis
signi^ing a sprouting or efflorescence, evidently taken from the eruption. Of the
origin of the small-pox, or its first appearance among them, the people tbemselvvs,
as might be expected, are wholly ignorant, and from the names we learn nothing,
eicept that, being purely native, they do not point to a foreign origin tor the
disease. Some European writers hav« fancied that it was introduced by tlie I
Arabian traders, but had this been the case, it i|i probable it would have had an
Arabian name, or at least such a name as would give some indication of its being ]
exotic.

Snake. — See Ophidia, Cobba, Bumqabub. Python, Hamashyas, Ac. The fol-
lowing amusing article on snake-catehers appeared in a recent issue of the PiruMig
Gaxette ;—

" Many residents may be uaawaj^ of the fact that every week numbers of snakes
are brought into Penang by natives, for the sake of the Government reward. These
men are professional snake-catehers, just aa there are rat-catehers in Islington.
They go into the jungle to cateh, alive, any herpetologiial specimens they can, tlie i
bi^er the better. Unlike Josh Billings, when they ' see a snaix bed stiekin out
of a hole,' they don't say ' that hole belongs to that snaix.' The Xflar savnilh
tedoiig and iedong selar, python, cobra di capello, and hamadryad are valued, like a I
Life-G-uardsman, according to their inches. For one under a foot long the captor J
geU 25 eta. ; if over 1 ft. and under 6 ft., 60 cts. ; 5 ft. and under 8 ft, 75 cta. ; I
8 ft, and under 10 ft., 11.50 ; 10 ft. and under 14 ft, «5. These are the ratea. j
When one thinks of the uncertainty of the life, the possibilities of being 'assimi- I
lated ■ by some 30 ft. python, or the chances of being bitten, which would mean an I
agonizing, if speedy, death, alone in the jungle, the snake-hunters are not too ■well I
paid. _They are strange fellows too. One will bring into the police-station a be^ I
with perhaps thirty snakes, principally cobras, all unwounded and fanged. but 1
apparently stupefied — ' charmed,' he mU t«ll you. They streteh themselves con- I
veniently out, hardly making a sinuous motion afterwards. This week there were I
98 ft. of venom lying innocently in a bat^h in the police-station compound. When |
they have been measured, and the total reward calculated, the snakes have to be
disposed of. But the snake-catcher is not also the snake-killer. On no a^eouDt
would he dispateh them— like a policeman who would arrest, but would not hang,
a murderer. So he pockets his fee and walks off, leaving bis scaly captives to be
knocked on the head by some native jwliceraan. Occasionally a monster eleven or
twelve feet long will be brought, and before now pythons of nearly three times that
length have been boastfully Ixime by a couple of men through the streets coiled round

Sna of British Malaya. Spe

a bamboo. Haying regard to the number and deadly nature of the serpent tribe
generally, the wonder is that so few lives are lost through their bite. The public
is indeed indebted to their courageous, unostentatious, low- caste exterminators
About fifty species, of which some sixteen are venomous, inhabit the Peninsula and
Settlements."

Snake-Bite. — The Malays believe in the use of a mineral resembling the
well-known Indian snake-stone, regarding which, however, Europeans are somewhat
incredulous. The^Chinese in the Straits, when bitten, at once take some tobacco-
pipe scrapings, or even pure tobacco, and after soaking it for a few minutes in
arrack drink the whole off, the . result, as alleged, being always complete recovery
Experiments made by the Government of India, however, go to show that nicotine
has no effect as an antidote. But it is at least curious that death from snake-bite
is almost unknown in an island containing sixteen venomous species. The Chinese
allege that they are most usually bitten by the Bungarus fasciatuay known in India
as the Krait,

The best known cure at present is the administration of strong doses of am-
monia in water, or of raw brandy or whisky. If symptoms of intoxication ^.ppear,
the patient is safe. It should be added that, so far as is known, there is no cure
for a person who receives the fvll dose of a cobra's venom. But in numerous in-
stances a portion goes into the clothes or is otherwise wasted, the mere act of
throwing back the head at times causing the animal to eject the fluid. It is, there-
fore, always worth while to try curative measures.

Snipe (Tetiroh or hurong berkik) abound in the swampy rice-grounds of the
Peninsula, Province Wellesley, perhaps, affording the best sport. There are, how-
ever, few places where, during the season, a good bag cannot be got.

Soldier. — The only word for soldier in Malay is soldado, from the Portuguese,
but warrior is translated by penjurit The Sanskrit word satriya, or chatriya, is
sometimes used in the same sense. No class equivalent to our soldiers exists
amongst the Malays.

South Cape or Tanjong Puling.— In N.E. Pahang and, except T.
Kuantan 15 miles S., the most E. point of the territory.

South Hummock. — Hill 9 miles from the coast of Sungei Ujong, near the
source of the Lukut R.

South Mound. — An eminence in the range nearest the sea, in Perak.

Spear^ Lance, Javelin (Lemhing or Tombah), — ^Weapons of this class,
from their simplicity and the abundance of materials for them, must have been,
after clubs, the earliest weapons used, and notwithstanding the introduction of fire-
arms, they still continue in present use, even among the most civilized tribes. The
half-savage inhabitants of the little island of Maktan in the Philippines, en-
countered, defeated and slew Magellan and several of his companions, with no
other weapon than bamboo spears, sharpened at the end and hardened in the fire ;
and long spears were the chief weapons of the Javanese when they made a show of
encountering the British troops in 1811, near three centuries later. The Malay
spear, or lance, is about twelve feet long, and is armed with a simple iron pike. In
the hands of resolute men, disciplined, and acting in unison, this would have been
a formidable weapon; but it is probable that effectual discipline never existed. A
phalanx of men thus armed, says Crawfurd, resists the spring of the tiger with
great ease and without any risk. The most general name for the spear is tumhak,
which I take to have been originally Javanese, the people of Java having been,
as we find from Babbosa, the great manufacturers of warlike weapons, even for
the Malays, before the arrival of Europeans. In describing the trade of Malacca,
after enumerating other commodities imported by the Javanese vessels, he says :
— "They also bring many kinds of arms for sale, such as spears, shields, and

[369] B B

Sid

Descriptive Diclionary

aworda with liandlds worked in marquetrie (kris'r')." In the polite langua^ of
Java, the Dame £or the spear is the same which L'S]ires8eB " steel," ami in the Ud-
guagee o£ Celelws, it is the same which the Malay and Javaaeae eipreaaea " iron,"
the refereno'e. in both cases, being to the [iriQcipal part of the weapon — the pike.
For the javelin, or half-pike, the Malays have the name lamhhi^. The metal ferule
joining the apear-biade to the shaft is called mmpak. AmongBt the Chineae even
now sharpened ndmng sticka do dutj aa speara.*

Spice. — See Ndtmeo, Clote, Allspice, &c.

Spiders. — The remarks made about other departments of Naturd,! History
apply to the Aruclimdm in full force. The naturalist has here a perfectly un-
explored field. Even Mr. Waj.UlCx dismisses this large family in a few lines at
pp, 433 and 467 of hia valuable work. It must suifiije to aay that the house and
field spider are well represented — the latter oft«n by species of the most brilliant
colouring. Tlie field and grass spiders are equally plentiful, amongst them being
a species of mygale with thick hairy legs and a hard carapace, which a pin or needle
can scarcely peneti-ate, and the " trap-door " spider which constructs its beautifully
finished nests on level grass plots. Several species inflict a severe bite, which.
though reputed venomous, has never been proved to be so on satisfactory evidence.

Spoilt. — District in N. Penang S. of Taiwan.

Squirrels (Tupei). — Several species of squirrel are found in the Peninsula,
the moat noteworthy being Pteromya petaurista, or flying-squirrel, which has a mem-
brane between the fore and hind legs which aeta as a parachute. Very pretty
varieties, resembling in shape, but more beautifully marked than, the home apecies,
ore alao found.

Sri Bulema.^Tbe principal V. in Eembau. lat, 2° 37' N, and long,
102" 14' E. (app.).

Sri Lemak. — v. in N. Bembau, Negri Sembilan.

Sri Lemantl. — Sta.tc and V. in the centre of the Negri Sembilau, uow the
residence of a Collector and Magistrate, who advises the mlera of the nine States.
(5ee Nbgei Sembilan.)

St. Jaranunio. — v. about 3 miles N. of Malacca-town on the E, road leading
to Batu Berendaia.

St. John's Hill. — At the E. end of Malacca-town. Euina of Port.uguese
and Dutch forts still csist here.

St. John's Island (Palu Skijano). — 1. 1^ miles 8.E, of Blakang Mati,
used as a quarantine station for Singapore.

Steel. — Known to the Malaya as baja, or by the Telinga word katuli, the
latter seldom used. Appears to have been a native invention. Most of it used to
be imported from Java, and even now native steel Is in greater demand than fomgn
for krissea and 8{}ear-heads,

Stick Insects.^An maect precisely resembling a twig of dried wood, and
sometimes from 8 to 10 inches in length. It is one of the Pkaimiiiix or Spectre in-
sects, and 18 probably the moat curious specimen of the iuaect world. It is fouoij
throughout the Peninsula, but the best specimens captured have been found id
Malacca. The eggs resemble the seeds of a plant. The Malays call stick insects
lipnn bara.

Still (Kiikitg). — ^A rude arrangement of tuba and pipes precisely aimilar in
general ahajx? to our own. Kuku» also means a retort.

Stockades (Kuhu). — In some cases these consist of stout pieces of htird-

wood laid side by side; but Ju most instances two rows of sharpened stakes are

driven into the ground at an interval of four or more feet, and the iuterior is filled

with mud and stones ; outside this a ditch about 5 feet is dug, the earth not used

[370]

Sto of British Malaya. Str

for making the wall being thrown outwards. They are frequently defended by
rajans or caltrops (q, v.).

Stone Implements* such as axes and adzes, appear to have been in use
some centuries ago, and are still to be found in Malay houses preserved as heir-
looms.

Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.— Founded 4 Nov.,

1877. (See Joubnal.)

Straits of Malacca. — The sea between the Malacca Peninsula and Sumatra,
conventionally known as " The Straits."

Straits Produce. — The general term applied to rattans, gambier, pepper,
nutmegs, tapiocca, gutta-percha, Ac. &c., which form the natural pr<5duce of the
countries adjoining the Straits of Malacca.

The following is a list of the principal articles of produce exported from Singa-
pore to the United Kingdom, and known as " Straii^ Produce " : — Black pepper,
borneo-rubber, cloves, cocoa, coffee, copra, cubebs, cutch, dragon's blood, essential
oil, flake tapiocca, gambier, gamboge, gum benjamin, gum copal, gum damar, gutta-
percha, hides, horns, iUipe nuts, india-rubber, lead-ore, long pepper, mace, Malacca
canes, mother-of-pearl shells, nutmegs, pearl sago, pearl tapiocca, rattans, sago
flour, sapan-wood, sticklac, tallow, tapiocca' flour, tea, teel-seed, tortoise-shells,
white pepper, wood oil.

Straits Settlements. — These include Singapore at the extreme S., Malacca
in the S.W., The Bindings in W.C., and Penang with Province Wellesley in the
N.W. coast of the Malay Peninsula, with the Cocos Islands (g. v.). As each Settle-
ment is dealt with in fidl under its respective heading, it will only be useful to give
a short summary of certain statistics.

Products and Trade. — The former will be found described for each place,
while a general list is given under Straits Produce. The grand total for all the
Settlements of Imports and Exports for the past two years were : —

1886. 1887. 1891. 1892.

Imports, $121,544,218. 8142,322,920. $144,864,526. $150,073,923.
Exports, $104,122,274. $121,341,211. $134,283,145. $143,011,967.

G-ovERNMENT. — ^A G-ovcmor (who is Vice- Admiral and Commander-in-Chief),
having under him a Colonial Secretary with a dormant commission as Deputy
Governor, an Executive Council of nine other of&cial members, and a Legislative
Coimcil of the same with seven unofficial members. Of the latter, the Chambers
of Commerce at Singapore and Penang nominate one member each. Of the former,
one is Resident Councillor at Penang and one at Malacca. Departments : — Common
to nearly all British Crown Colonies, the head of each residing in Singapore.

A Chief Justice and three Puisne Judges sit in the Supreme Court at the three
larger Settlements, and all four (or three of them) constitute the Court of Appeal,

A Municipality exists in Singapore, Penang, and Malacca. Under a new
Ordinance, passed in 1887, the President is a paid officer nominated by the
Governor, and the other Commissioners are one-half elected by the ratepayers of
the various Settlements, and the other half nominated by the Governor.

Revenxte. — The total Revenue for 1892 was $3,652,789, and the expenditure
$4,270,575. The balance to the credit of the Colony on the 1st January, 1893,
amounted to $674,682. The Protected States have a joint revenue of over
$3,100,000.

Detailed information will be found in the various articles in other pages.

Means of Mail Communication, — Communication is maintained between the
Straits Settlements and —

England and Europe, — By the weekly mail steamers (contract time by the

[371] B B 2

Descriptive Dictionary

Sttg

Me8Bagerie§ Maritimes from Singapore (not catling at Penang), via Marseilles, 30
days J by the P. and O. Cotupanj'a steamers, from Peuang, the nearest port, via
Brmdisi, 29 days), and by ar«amerB of the North German Lloyds, Ocean. Glen,
Ben, Shire, and other lines, at more or less regulai- intervals ; and by the Spanish
Transatlantic, Kuhattino and Austrian Lloyda steamers.

Ceylon. — By the P. and 0. and Measageries mail steamers weekly ; time by the
Messageries Maritimes from Singapore (not calling at Penang), 5 to 6 days ; by the
P. and O. Company's steamers, from Penang, 5 days; from Singapore, 7 days; and
by many of the other steamers named above.

Calcutta. — By the opium steamers, once a month; time from Penang, lie
nearest port^ about 9 days ; and by fortnightly steamers of the British and Nether-
lands India Companies; time about 13 days from Penang, touching at Rangoon
and other places.

Batavia.. — Weekly mails by the steamers of the Measageries Maritimes and
Netherlands India Steam Navigation Company, and frequent commuuication by*
other steamers ; time about S days.

Songkong.—Sj the P. and 0. and Messageriea mail steamers weekly and by
frequent trading steamers ; time from Singapore, the nearest port, 5 to 8 days
aecordiug to the monsoon.

Saigon. — By the Mesaagcries mall steamers and occasional private steamers ;
time 3 to 4 days.

Manila. — Fortnightly by the steamers of Messrs. Reyes, and monthly by the
Spanish Transatlantic steamers ; time from Singapore, the nearest port, 5 to 6
days.

AuMtralia. — To Brisbane and Sydney, i;«i Batavia and Torres Straits, by the
steamers or the British India Company, monthly ; time to Brisbane from Batavia,
20 days. By P. and O. Company's steamers to Melbourne, aid GaJle, bi-monthly ;
time 27 to 30 daya. To Western Australia by a subsidized steamer about once in
two months.

There is also constant steam communication lietwcen Singapore, Penah^, and
Malaeca, and between those places and the porta of the Protected Malay States,
also with Bangkok, Saigon, and the principal ports in Borneo, Java and Sumatra.

Sudu Tandok. — A spoon for administering medicine to children.

Sudu Tulang. — An ornamental spoon used occasionally for administering
medicine to childivn.

Sugar-Cane ia largely cultivated in Province Wellesley, but in the other
British Possessions and in the Malay States in small patches only. The annual
out-turn from Province Wellesley is about 11,500 tons, representing the produce of
some 9,000 a^res, divided amongst 12 to 15 plantations. The macliinery of the
mills under European management is of the latest and best description, but the
natives ciiltivating small holdings still adhere to the primitive buSalo-mlll.

The two varieties of cane in general cultivation are Yellow Mauritius and
Striped Bourbon. The Chinese cultivate what planters call the Otaheite variety,
but principally for eating. The Selangor cane formerly in cultivation has now en-
tii-ely disappeared. Some 33 other varieties are now under experimental cultivation
at the Penang Gardens nursery, and many of these are also being tested at the
Botanical Gardens, Singapore. They have not, however, as yet any commercial

The Malaya, who cultivate the cane in smaU patehes, have a number of names
for the different varieties, viz., Tebu (the generic name for cane) itam (black cane) ;
T. beiofig, a very thick species ; T. telor (the egg cane) ; T. mwis (the MauritiuB
cane) ; T. ealak (the white-skinned thin cane) ; and T. Gajah (the elephant caue).
T. telor appears to answer to the Otaheite cane, but 2". murit is that most couunonly
cultivated.

[372]

Sag

of British Malaya. Sum

Sugar Palm (Arenga saccharifera). — This is still used as a source of sugar
manufacture in the Cocos Islands, but has been replaced by that from the sugar-
cane in the Peninsula. The tree is not unlike the cocoa-nut in general appearance,
but furnishes a toddy superior to that from the last-mentioned tree.

Sukxi. — Lit a branch of a family, hence a tribe. The headmen in the Native
States under Penghulus are called Suku-Suku.

Sllloh Kakingan Tua. — ^V. in the Sungei Bharu Ulu district, N.W.
Malacca.

Sulphur. — In Malay halerang, is imported chiefly from the volcanic islands
of the Archipelago.

Sultan. — This Arabian title, first taken by the celebrated Mahommed of
Ghizni, the early Turkish conqueror of India, fell quickly into disesteem even
among the Turks themselves, having been assumed by many of their petty princes,
as we find from Ebskine's " History of the House of Timur." Many of the native
princes of the Malay Archipelago assumed it, after their conversion to Mahomme-
danism, in lieu of the Sanskrit name of Baja, or the native ones of Datoh and Pan-
geran. Thus Babbos informs us that the petty princes of Pase and Pedir, in
Sumatra, had assumed it before the arrival of the Portuguese, and so had three of
the petty princes of the Moluccas, although, when the Portuguese saw these islands
first, their inhabitants had been barely eighty years converted to Mahommedanism.
The Javanese princes of Mataram took it in 153S, and maintained it for some time,
and it is still the title of one of the two native princes of the interior of the island.
It was taken, also, by the princes of Bantam, and the only considerable iildependent
Malay prince of Borneo now goes by it. The title has lately been assumed by the
rulers of Pahang and Johore.*

Sumpitail. — Usually made of Kayu jati, Kayu dammar laut, or Btdu
timiang^ a species of bamboo. A hollow tube from which small arrows or clay
balls are propelled by the breath. Still used by aboriginal tribes as a weapon, but
amongst the more civilized Malays abandoned to children. (See Abms.) The
sumpitan of the aborigines of the Peninsula, unlike that of the Dyaks, which is
bored in solid wood, consists of two timiang bamboos, one within the other. The
darts or arrows (damak) are made of the stem of the bertam leaf, 10 inches in
length and l/16th in diameter at the base, whence they taper to a very fine point.
The base is inserted into a cane of Kayu tutu (which is very light and porous) so
as to fit the bore, while the point is dipped for nearly an inch in ipoh poison, said
to be made by taking ipoh root and wood limes and tuba, the whole being bruised,
boiled and strained. Arsenic is then added, and other drugs are sometimes mixed
with it. The preparation has the consistency of chandu, A nick is cut below the
poison to ensure the head of the arrow brealang off in the wood.

A writer in the J. S. B. R. A. S. gives a different account of the poison, which
is subjoined hereunder : —

" The chief ingredient of this poison is the juice of the well-known Upas tree
of the Javanese, the Antiaria toxicaria. With this juice a great many other sub-
stances are mixed, the number and nature of which depend partly on chance, and
partly on the science of the preparer. The poison-fangs of different kinds of
snakes, the juices of a number of trees and fruits, even arsenic, which the Orang
Titan jina get in exchange from the Malays, are mixed up together. It thus comes
to pass that the arrow-poison not only of every small tribe, but of every individual
Orang TJian is made of different materials, and that, in consequence of this, the
effects are very different. The effect on man is cei-tainly very deadly and very
rapid ; thoroughly trustworthy Malavs in different parts of the Peninsula say that
they know from actual observation that a man who has been wounded is not able
even to finish bis siri^ but is seized with violent cramps and severe vomitings vx^^

[378]

Descriptive Dictionary

Son

so diuB. In some experimGnts made upon animala, the poisoii had a verr rapid
effect, even when administered in very small doees.

It should be mentioned that specimeue sent to Europe fail to produce iuiy
toxic symptoms whatever. But this is in accordance with the native asBertion that
the poisonous properties rapidly disappear— a month's old preparation being use-
lesB.

Sungei. — In Malay, a river. Aa rivers nearly tLroughout Malaya have no
speeific names, but take them from the places through which thpy pass, and as the
Malayan nations dwell almost always on rivers, the word is of very frequent occur-
rence in the name of places,

Sungei Allakaa. — Petty N. affluent of the Bemam R., 2 miles E. of KwaJa
SUm.

Sungei AlU.— Petty E. affluent of Bidor E., 8. Perak.

Sungei Anak Ayer Krian.— A petty affluent of the Xlan^j K., entering
about 6 miles below ICwtila Lumpor.

Sungei Anak Endau. — Small R. flowing from thu W. into the Endau R,
near its mouth, in S.E. Pahang.

Sungei ArU. — The upper portion ot R. Keluang, in S.E. Penaug. V. of
same name on 5. uauk about Ij miles from E. coast.

Sungei Arang, — One of the sources of the Lebih H. (j. v.).

Sungei Arus. — Small N, affluent of the Selangor R., about 17 miles from
the mouth.

Sungei Assam. — Small affluent of Linggi R., Sungei Ujong, about 10
miles from its mouth.

Sungei Atap. — Petty stream iu N. Singaijore.

Sungei Atap Layar. — Small W, affluent of K. Endau, N. Johore.

Sungei Ayer Batu.^A petty affluontof the Klang R. about4 miles from
Kwala Lumpor.

Sungei Ayer GalaS.^Petty N. affluent of the Klang R.. Selangor.

Sungei Ayer Itam. — The name of the upper portion of the E. Sungei
Pi nan g.

Sungei Ayer Itam. — A small R. in W. Pcuang, E, branch of Sungei
Gagah.

Sungei Ayer Itam.^Petty E. affluent of the Bidor R.. S. Perak.

Sungei Ayer Raja.^"PL'lty stream in Pasir Panjang district, S,W. Singa-
pore.

Sungei Ayer Rawa. — ^- on E. bank of R. Sembrong, 4 miles above ita
abrupt turn N. in C. Johore.

Sungei Ayer Tawa.— Small E. affluent of the Dinding E., 8.C. OinJuigs.

Sungei Ayer Tengah. — Small stream flowing into the Luknt R., S.C.
Sungei Ujoug.

Sungei Badak. — Small V. on W. bank of Malacca River, in the Blimbing
district.

Sungei Badang. — Petty E. affluent of Dingin R., with V. of same name
near by, 4 U* -i mill's E. of Province Wellusley frontier, Kedah,

Sungei Bahan.— (Marked Buah on the local map.) Petty stream flowiog
from W. iuto Old Strait, Johore.

Sungei Bajan. - Small R. in Tengah distrii.-t, W. Singapore.

Sungei Bakal.— A petty E. tributary of the Sereting E.. 8.W. Pahang.
[3?43

Snil of British Malaya. SnU

Sungei Bakau.— Small E. affluent of the Perak R., C. Perak.

Sungei Bakau.— Small R. and v. in Province Wellesley.

Sungei Bakau. — A small affluent of the Bera R., just behind its junction
with the Pahang R., C. Pahang.

Sungei Bakau. — ^A small affluent flowing from the N. into Muar R. in
S.W. Pahang.

Sungei Balana Yam.'-Small S. affluent of the Selangor R., about 7 miles
W. of High Peak, E. Selangor.

Sungei Baling. — R. rising in Central Kedah and flowing into the
Muda R.

Sungei Baloh.— Small R. 4 miles S. of Tanjong Puling in N.E. Pahang.

Sungei Bamap. —Petty stream in N. Pulo Ubin.

Sungei Banmar. — Petty affluent of Chandriang R. in E.C. Perak.

Sungei Banting. — Petty R. and V. on S.W. coast of Selangor, about 7
miles from entrance to Bemam R.

Sungei Baran. — Small affluent of R. Endau, N. Johore.

Sungei Barong. — Small R. half way between Tanjong Puling and the.
Kuantan R., N.E. Pahang.

Sungei Batam Bidi. — N. affluent of the Kinta R., about Z\ miles above
Bandar Bam I., S. Perak.

Sungei Batam Papan. — Rises in N. of Sungei Ujong and crosses the
frontier of Selangor. It is the S. source of the Langat R.

Sungei Batang Malacca. — The name applied to the Malacca River for
about 8 miles from its source in the Jus district, whence it flows in a* W.S.W.
direction before turning southwards towards the sea.

Sungei Batang Padang. — One of the four principal tributaries of the
Perak River, rising in the Mts. of same name. It joins the Bidor 5 miles about E.
of Durian Sabatang, and the tide is evident for about 4 miles beyond the jimclion.
General course S.W. in S.E. Perak.

Sungei BatU.— Petty N. affluent of Bidor R., S. Perak.
Sungei BatU. — Two streams flowing from the E. and W. respectively into
the Kinta R. in C. Perak are thus named in the S. A. S. map.

Sungei Batu. — ^A petty stream flowing into a N. affluent of the Klang

River, and one of its sources in S.E. Selangor.

Sungei Batu. — Small stream on S. coast of Penang.

Sungei Batu Ampar. — Small R. in N.W. Kedah about 12 miles S. of R.
Lungu.

Sungei Batu Peringgi.— Small R. in N. Penang.

Sungei Batu Poho. — Small E. affluent of the Pahang R. where it trends

N. in C. Pahang.

Sungei Batu Sawang. — R. in Enas territory, N. of Johore, Negri Sem-
bilan.

Sungei Bau.— Small R. flowing from W. into the Old Strait, S.W. Johore.

Sungei Bawang. — Petty E. affluent of the Kinta R., S. Perak.

Sungei Bayan Lepas. — Small R. in S. Penang, flowing N. to S. through

district of same name.

L876]

Son

Descriptive Dictionary

San

Sungei Bedil.— Petty E. affluent of Johore R., about 8 mik'B iibuvu Johorc

Suagei Behei. — Small S. alHueat of R. Sembroug, N. Joliort.

Sungei Beko ■>'■ Pau. — A branch of the fi. Batu Fabat falhng into it§
juTictioiL with till/ K. Sembrong, according to the map.

Sungei Bekum— Petty N. affluent of the Bidor R., S, Pcrak.

Sungei Bemban.— A Bmall affluent of the Linggi R., opposite Niato,

Sungei Bengkong.— Small E. affluent of Muar R., in W. Johore. just
bolow Tik^iui.

Sungei Bengkwong.— Petty E, affluent of Selangor K.. E, Sokugor.

Sungei Benut.— R- on W. coast of Johore, 25 railee from Tanjong Bulus.
and 0.5 from W. point, of Singapore.

Sungei Bera— Small affluent of the SeretingR., 10 miles below its junction
with Paliaiig K,, and joining the lake of the same name.

Sungei Berati.— Smali stream in Tanjong Gu! distriiit, S.W. Singapore.

Sungei Berbera.— Petty stream in N.W. Kedah, 3 miles N. of the
Lungu V°

Sungei Bemam.— E. dividing Selangor from Perak, about \ mile wide for
the first 11 milew froui the sea. Its principal source is in Dlu Selangor, in the range
of hills between Sclaugor and Paliang.

Sungei Bertaya.— Small R, W. of Bukit Chermm, S. Singapore.

Sungei Betok.— Small N. affluent of R. Sembrong, N. Johore.

Sungei Betong.— Small affluent W. aide of Linggi B., about 4 miles above
Linggi. Suugei Ujoog.

Sungei Bharu. — A small river giving its name to four surrounding dis-
tricts, 4 miles from Linggi, in N.W. corner of Malacca, A V. ou the H. bank goes
by this name also,

Sungei Bharu.— An important village in Malacca lying on the boundaries
of Sungei Bharu Ulu and Sungei Bharu Tengah and on the high road from Llng^
to MalaiJca. A mosque lies just N. of tlio village.

Sungei Bharu Dir.— A district in N.W. Malacca, below Sungei Siput and
E. of Liuggi.

Sungei Bidor,— The S. branch of the Perak R. joining the Batang Padang
R. about 5 miles E. of Durian Sabatang. It rises in the Mts. of same name,

Sungei Bil.— Petty E. affluent of the Slim R. in 8.E. Perak.

Sungei Binchang.— Petty S.E. affluent of the Bidor B. near Durian
Sabatji.tijT. S. Pfrak.

Sungei Blakang Mati.— Petty stream in S.E. comer of 1. of same
name.

Sungei Blantar.— Small R. iu Jobore, entering Sti-ait telween Pulo Ubiu
and the former.

Sungei Blat.— Petty E. affluent of E. Ma<lek, E. Johore.

Sungei Bluan.— Petty N. affluent of tJic Batang Padang K., E.G. Perak.

Sungei Blukang.— Petty stream flowing into the mouth of Old Stnut,
S.W, Johore, about IJ miles from Tanjong Bulus.

Sungei Blukang.— Small stream iu extreme W. of Singapore, at eutranoa
'f Strait.

[376]

Sun of British Malaya. Sun

Sungei Blukang Kechil.— Ditto, \ mile S. of above.

Sungei Boh. — Petty W. affluent of R. Pulei, S.W. Johore, 2 miles from
the mouth.

Sungei Boko Boko.— A W. affluent of the Pahang R. in W.C. Pahang.

Sungei Boya. — ^«« Sungei Buaya.

Sungei Bremen. — Small E. affluent of R. Chendariang, B.C. Perak.

Sungei Brentong. — ^A S.W. affluent of the Pahang R., which it joins in
W. Pahang about 3 miles W. of the jimction of R Tomling.

Sungei Bri. — R- in W. Singapore between the Lim Chu Kang and Tengah
districts.

Sungei Bruang. — Petty affluent of S. Batam Pajam, the S. source of the
Langat R., 1 mile N. of Sungei TJjong frontier in S.E. Selangor.

Sungei Bruas. — ^R- in^ N. Binding territory, about 4 miles S. of the
boundary line.

Sungei Buaya. — Small affluent of the Endau R. in S.E. Pahang.

Sungei Buaya (Boya in S. A. S. map). — Petty W. affluent of Perak R.,
about 3 miles above Durian Sabatang, in S.W. Perak.

Sungei Bubar. — The fifth stream above S. Endau on the coast of Pahang.

Sungei Bukit. — Very small N. affluent of the Bemam R. in its extreme S.
turn, S. Perak.

Sungei Bulan Kasar. — A petty affluent joining R. Ridan flowing into
the R. Pulei, S.W. Johore.

Sungei Buloh. — Small R. on the coast of Selangor about 15 miles N. of
the entrance of the Klang R.

Sungei Buloh. — Small R. in Johore entering Old Strait opposite E. Selitar,
N. Singapore.

Sungei Buloh. — R- i^i N. point of Kranji district, Singapore.

Sungei Buloh Kechil. — Ditto, between \ and \ mile to W. of above.

Sungei Buluh. — A small V. in the Melakek district, N. Malacca.

Sungei Buluh Besar. — Small N. affluent of the Selangor R. in E.G.
Selangor.

Sungei Buluh Kechil. — Ditto, l mile S. of above.

Sungei Burong. — Small stream flowing into the sea in N.W. Perak, close
to Tanjong Piandang.

Sungei Burong. — Small R. on W. coast of Penang in Balik Pulau
district.

Sungei Butal. — Small stream in N.W. Perak, flowing into the sea 5^ miles,
S. of Krian R.

Sungei Chamar. — Petty affluent of Linggi R., 1 mile from its mouth.

Sungei Chamar. — ^A fork of the R. Simgei Pari, a branch of the Kinta R.,
C. Perak.

Sungei Changi. — R. flowing through district of same name, N.E.
Singapore:

Sungei Chapit. — Petty W. affluent of R. Simgei Pari, a branch of the
Eanta R., C. Perak.

Sungei Chat. — Small R. to W. of Johore Bharu, the capital of Johore.

Sungei ChegO Udong. — Small S. affluent of Selangor R., entering it
nearly opposite S. Kurlin in E. Selangor.

[377]

Sun

Descriptive Dictionary

Simgei Cheniala>U. — A email affluent on 8. Bide of Muar B., Oemenclii,
Negri iSt'iiibilau.

Sungei Chendariang. — E. affluent of the Kinta E, in E.G. Perak, which
it i;nU.T8 E' to 10 miles N. of Bandar Bam I.

Sungei Cheratlng. — ^K. supiwsed to mark the boundary between Pahang
and TriDggiLuu, eotraucy 3 milfs below that of B. Kemamang.

Sungei Ohermin.— Small E. affluent of Perak B. neajly opposite Kwala
Kangsii, 0, Pemk,

Sungei Chibillang.—Small E. in N.W. Kedah about 16 miles 8. o£
Luugu R.

Sungei Chikoh.— Small W. affluent of Pahang K. 3 miles N. of Onau.
C. Pahang;.

Sungei Chikus. — Small affluent of the Batang Padang E,, S. Perak.

Sungei Chin.— Petty N, affluent of the Batang Padang E„ E.G. Perak.

Sungei China. — Petty affluent of the Einta E. about 5^ miles above
Bandar Earu I., S.C. Perak.

Sungei China. — Small stream in the Mandi dlBtriut, N. Singapore, flowing
into the Straits opposite,' Johore Bharu.

Sungei Ghinder. — R. iu N. Pahang, just abore South Cajxi or TanjoDg
Puling.

Sungei Choden. — E. small ufllueut of the Muar E., 3 miles below junction
of B. SegiLUiat, Johorc.

SlUlgei Chul.— Petty stream 7 miles of Bidor Mts. in 8. Penik flowing into
R. EkkiLWaya.

Sungei Dagong. — Petty affluent of the Padang Batang E., S. Perak.

Sungei Damar,— Petty E. affluent of Johore K., just below Kota TmggL

Sungei DanaU Prujok.— A small affluent of the Muar E. about 5 miles
N. uf S^'giimat iu S.W. Pahang.

Sungei Dangah.— Small stream flowing from W. into embouchure of E.
Siikud^i. Old Strait, Johore.

Sungei DangaluS.— Petty E. affluent of Kinta E„ E.C. Perak.

Sungei Dapi. — Petty affluent of the Selangor B., N.E. Selaugor.

Sungei Dedap.— A biunch of the Perak Eiver in Perak,

Sungei Delai. — A small affluent of the Miuw K. in Enaa territoiy, Kegii
Scmbiluu.

Sungei Denah. — Small E. affluejitof the Selangor E., 3 miles above Ewala
Kauehing.

Sungei Dinding. — In the territory of that name (s-f.)- It is very wide in
proportion Ui ils len|^th, which is oiUy 12 to 13 miles,

Sungei Dingin.— The S. branch of the Muda E., S.W, Kedah.

Sungei Dochong. — The first stream on the E. coast of Pahang above 8.
Eudau.

Sungei Doulong. — A small affluent of the Pahang E. about l>\ milea from |
its mouth and 2 miles W. of Pekan. |

Sungei Dua. — A small stream iu Johol, Kegri Sembilan. Also a stream
ti !N. piart of Province Wellesley. The name is a very common one throughout

the Pen insula.

[878]

Sun of British Malaya, Sun

Sungei Dua. — Several small villages in Province Wellesley have this name,
derived from some petty stream close by. The most important is that about
3 miles from Ara Rendang, 7 miles 7 furlongs from Butterworth. It was formerly
the site of a Police Station.

Sungei Dua. — A village between Rembau and Johol.

Sungei Dua.— Petty N. affluent of the Selangor R., E.C. Selangor.

SuDgei Dua. — Petty N. affluent of the Bemam R. in extreme S. Perak,

about 21 miles from the coast.

Sungei Dua. — Small R. in E. Penang, flawing through Batu Uban
district.

Sungei Dua. — v. on the road from Chaban to Nyalas, E. Malacca.

Sungei DuablaS. — Small W. affluent of the Pahang in W.C. Pahang.

Sungei Dupah. — Small N. affluent of the Perak R., 9 to 10 miles from its
mouth.

Sungei Duri. — Small S. affluent of Pahang R., rising in a hill 10 miles S.
of same name, C. Pahang.

Sungei Durian. — Petty W. affluent of Perak R., in S.W. Perak, about 1
to 2 miles N. of Durian Sabatang.

Sungei Ekkawaya. — Small R. rising in the Bidor Mts. and flowing into
Bidor R., S. Perak.

Sungei ESndau (sometimes spelt Indau). — The most southerly river of any
size flowing through Pahang territory, its right bank being under the Government
of Johore, which claims all south of N. lat. 2° 40', the position of the Endau's
mouth. According to the S. B. R. A. S. map the source of its western and longest
branch is identical with that of the S. Sembrang flowing into S. Batu Pahat on the
W. coast, the two streams making the larger portion of Johore an island. Its
eastern branch rises at Chenddia Bemban, not far from the source of the S. Sedili
Besar. Various small affluents flow into it, but the country has not as yet been
sufficiently surveyed to allow of their being accurately mapped.

Prior to 1838 the mouth of the Endau was a great slave mart for captives
taken by the Illanun pirates, a village called Kassing (not marked on modern
maps), within 5 or 6 miles of the entrance, being their chief rendezvous. Here
those kidnapped were sold to dealers from Pahang, Kelantan, Tringganu and
Singapore, Chinese being the principal dealers. The S.W. monsoon was the musim
perompak, or pirate season. Now that the slave trade has been suppressed by the
breaking up of the piratical strongholds in Borneo, the inhabitants of the coast
bordering the Endau, who were formerly noted for incivility and inhospitality, have
turned their attention to more peaceful pursuits. They now collect g^tta, rattans,
ebony, <fcc., for the Singapore market.

Sungei Endau Mati. — A W. tributary of the R. Endau, joining the latter
in kt. 2r 26' N. and long 103° 42^ E.

Sungei Enggar. — Petty W. affluent of Perak R., 5 miles N. of Kota Lama,
C. PerakT

Sungei Epo. — Petty affluent of the Batang Padang R. in S. Perak.

Sungei Qading. — Small W. affluent of Muar R., Muar, 3 miles N.E. of
Panchor.

Sungei Qading. — ^A small affluent of the R. Sereting in Jumpol, Negri
Sembilan.

Sungei Gagah. — Small R. in W. Penang, entering the sea at same
entrance as Sungei Jalan Bharu, and flowing through the Sungei Rusa district.

[879]

Sun

Descriptive Dictionary

Sungei Gagah. — A small V. iu the Ayer Pah Abas district, Malact^.

Sungei Qajah MatL^Small E. affluent of the Diuding K., 8. Diuding.

Sungei Gantang. —Petty W. affluent of the Sungei Pari, a branch of the
Klata E.. C. Pcrak.

Sungei Garam.— R. in S.W. Perak, a W. affluent of the Perak E.

Sungei Garuda.— Petty affluent of the Slim E.. the N. branch of the
Beruam, S.E. Perak.

Sungei Gatal.— Small R. in N. Binding territory, 2 milea S. of Bruas R.

Sungei Gedong. — Small stream in N.W. Perak, 2 miles N. of Kuraa R.,
tlowliig into thf sea.

Sungei Gedong.— Petty R. in N.W. Singapore.

Sungei Gelang Patah.— E. branch of the Pulei R., S. Johore.

Sungei Gelugor. — Small R. in district of same name, E. Penang.

Sungei Genal. — Small R, in the Pahang Delta, E. Pahang.

Sungei Goar.— Petty W. affluent of Perak E„ W.C. Perak, about 10 miles
S.S.W. uf KwaLi Kangsa.

Sungei Goh.— A W. branch of the E. Pulei, S. Johore.

Sungei Goloh.— Petty E, affluent of the Kinla R., juat liclow Eirala
Kaugsa, S.C. Perak.

Sungei Gombah. — A petty affluent of the Klang E., and one of its sources
in S.E. Selaugor, 2 or 3 miles from Kwala Lumpor.

Sungei Griang.— Small R. in N. Kedah, lintvring the sea about 7 miles N.
of Kedah E,

Sungei Hantu. — Small stream flowing into the sea in N.W. Perak, 6 miles
S. of Kriau E.

Sungei Hantu. — Petty R. in N.W. Singapore, flowing into Old Strait,
S, of S. Poraput, in Johore.

Sungei Hams DraS.— Affluent of the Sembrong E., N. Johore.

Sungei Hitam.— Small affluent W. of Linggi E., 4 miles above Permatong
Paair. .Su!jj;i'i I'ji'ng, Also petty branch of the Chamar E., C. Perak.

Sungei Hut.— Small R. on coast of C. Perak, forming the N. Ixiundary of
the Dinding territory.

Sungei Ijok.— A a. branch of the Krian R. in N. Perak.

Sungei Itam,— Petty branch of the Chamar (fork of the R. Sri Pan), C.
Perak. SpoU ilIbo Hitam (3. y.).

Sungei Jakati,— The S. fork of the Rumpen E. in E. Pahang.

Sungei Jambai.— Petty N. affluent of the Batang Padang R., E.G. Porak.

Sungei Jambun.— Petty E. affluent of the Kiuta R., E.G. Perak.

Sungei Jandarata.— Small S. affluent of the Perak B., about 12 mileo
from its moulh.

Sungei Jang.— Petty affluent of the Selangor E.. N.E. Selaugor.

Sungei Jarum Mas.— Small R. on coast of Perak. just above the Ditid-
ing fro u tier.

Sungei Jelebat.— Petty E. affluent of the Kinta E., 8.C. Perak.

Sungei Jelebu.— An affluent and source of the Triang E.. rising iu the
Jelebu hills.

Sun of British Malaya. Sun

Sungei Jelutong. — ^Petty N. affluent of the Langat R. nearly opposite
Lankut Buntal, S.W. Selangor.

Sungei Jemaluang. — ^The eighth from the S. of the small streams on the
E. coast of Johore.

Sungei Jerak. — Small affluent flowing N. to S. into the Linggi R., Sungei
XJjong, about 2 miles above Permatang Pasir.

Sungei Jerbin. — Small R. in N. Kedah entering the sea 9 miles N. of
Kedah River.

Sungei JemiS. — ^A small affluent S. of Muar R., in the comer formed by
its turn from E. to S. in S.W. Pabang.

Sungei Jemong. — Petty affluent of the Chandriang R. in E.G. Perak.

Sungei Jijari.— Petty E. affluent of the Batang Padang R., S. Perak.

Sungei Johore. — ^The principal S. river of Johore. For 18 miles from its
mouth it is of considerable width, but there becomes the centre of numerous
affluents, the main stream eventually dividing some 16 miles N.W. into the Sayong
and Lenggin. This stream is probably the largest of the Peninsula. At its
mouth it is about 3 miles wide ; at an island called Fulo Layang, a few miles above
the ancient capital of Johore — Johore Lama, now almost deserted — it is yet
about 2 miles broad ; after the two islands, called Pulo Kayu Kechil and Pulo Kayu
Besar are passed, it is from 200 to 300 yards wide, but after that it rapidly
narrows, so that, a few miles further up, at the junction of the small river
Kamang, it is no more than 30 yards. It then diminishes very little in breadth
till Menkao, where it is 25 feet, and a few miles after only 10. It is to be
remarked that this river, as well as several other rivers of the Peninsula, do not
become shallow in proportion as they become narrow ; there are 15 feet of water
at Menkao, where the river is no more than 25 feet broad. Thus the* Johore might
be considered as navigable even for boats of considerable size until near its source,
if it could be cleared of the trees by which it is obstructed. The jungle which
covers both banks of the river abounds in rattans, chiefly in the upper part ; there
is also much dammar and garru-wood. The banks of the Johore River are almost
deserted, a few Malay houses being the only habitations met with, and these
ordinarily at a great distance from each other. The traveller proceeds sometimes
half a day or an entire day without meeting any of them. There is nothing like a
village except that of Johore. But, in the absence of human beings, a great num-
ber of wild beasts abound on both sides of the river.

Sungei Johore. — Small affluent of the Endau R. in S.E. Pahang.

Sungei Jong. — Petty E. affluent of the Chandriang R. in E.C. Perak.

Sungei Jubat. — ^A petty affluent of the R. Langat in S.E. Selangor.

Sungei Jugra. — An arm of the sea dividing Langat and Lumut Islands
from the mainland in S.W. Selangor. The Langat R. flows into it, but the appel-
lation is a misnomer, as it is not a river.

Sungei Jukan Mukili. — Petty affluent of R. Tiram Batu, S.W. Johore.
Sungei Jukun Kechil. — Petty stream flowing into the mouth of Old
Strait, S.W. Johore.

Sungei Jukun Besar,— Ditto, f mile S. of above.

Sungei Jumialu. — Small affluent from N. flowing into Muar R., just
below Kampong Mondok.

Sungei Jumpol. — Runs in a S.E. direction through the State of that name,
Negri Sembilan, and joins the Muar R. at its S.E. comer.

Sungei Junjongi in the centre of Province Wellesley, rises near

[381]

Sun

Descriptive Dicttatutry

Machatn Buboh, and is called by that name as far as Sempang Ampat. It flowM
into the arm of the sea which constitutes Batu Kawan an island, deboiichiog at
Bukit Taniliuro.

Sungei Jurak.^Pettv E. affluent of E. Gndau in N.E. Johore,

Simgei Jurong. — E- in S.W. Singapore dividing the Jnrong and Pandar
(lielii'ts fi-nm rviii; Kang.

Sungei KabuL— Petty N. affluent of the R. Kampar, an E. branch of the
Kinla R.. S.C. Pfrak.

Sungei Kacha Kechil.— Petty W. affluent of the KinU E- C. Feral;.

Sungei Kahang. — The E. branch of the Endau E., N,E. Johore.

Sungei Kalang. — Small E. separating the Kalaog and Eochor distrirts,
N.E. Siiigai.ore-towii,

Sungei Kalerbang. — Petty E. branch of K. Chamar, a fork of the Sungei
Pari R,. C. Pcralt.

Sungei Kali. — Petty 8. affluent of upper portion of Selangor E, Tia fonnd
on 8. bank.

Sungei Kambar. — Small affluent of the Endau R. in 8.E. Pahang.

Sungei Kampar. — ^An E. branch of the Kinta E., S.C. PeraV.

Sungei Kampong.— Petty N. affluent of the Bataog Padang R., E-C.

Perak.

Sungei Kanching.— Small E. affluent of the Selangor E. rising not far W.
of tbi; dividing i-haiu Ix'twoeu Selangor and Pahang.

SuDgei Kangsa.— Small W. afflm-nt of Perak E., 3 miles S. of Kota Lama,
C. Perak. Kwala Kangsa, situated at the confluence, is an important station.

Sungei Kapar. — Petty E, and V. N. of mouth of Klang E., Selangor.

Sungei Kapayang. — Small affluent of the R. Chamar (branch of the Suogei
Pari U- W. rf Kintii E.}. C. Perak.

Sungei Kapis. — N. affluent of the Muar E., just E. of Klnbo in 3.W.
PahautJ,

Sungei Karang. — Petty stream flowing from W. into E. JuA>ng, S.W.
Singapore.

Sungei Karong. — Petty E. about 8 miles N. of SeLvngor R., on coast of

Sungei Kaya Mati. — Small R. in the Pahang Delta. E. Pabang. The
fiiith stream above tlie E. Endau.

Sungei Kayang.— Petty stream flowing from N. iuto W. of Perak B,,
S.W. Perak.

Sungei Kayat. — A petty W. affluent of the Sungei Pari, a branch of the
Kinla R.. 0. PiTak.

Sungei Kedah. — E. in N. Kedah. in all probability of greater importancft
than it would appear from published maps and charts, tliongh not supposed to be
of any great size. The capital — Kota Star or Alor Star-— is situated at \\& month
on the N. bank.

Sungei KelamtU. — Petty affluent of the R. Semhraug. at its abrupt turn
N. in 0. Johore.

Sungei Kelantan.— (S.) The principal E. of that state flowing N. TUb

Sim of British Malaya. ShH

capital, of same name, is situated at the foot of a delta several miles N. of the main
entrance. The principal tributary of the Kelantan is the Lebih, which has its
sources under other names in the N. hills of Pahang.

Sungei Kelantan. — (N.) Not marked on the latest maps, its embouchure
only being indicated. This (forming a delta) is in about 6^ 18' N. and long.
102° 18' E.

Sungei Keluang. — ^B. in S.E. Penang flowing between the Belau and Bajan
Lepas district.

Sungei Kemaman.— /S^ce Kemaman.

Sungei Kemang. — Petty N. affluent of the Berman E., about 26 miles from
the coast, S. Perak.

Sungei Kemang. — Small E. affluent of Johore B., 7 to 8 miles above
Johore Lama.

Sungei Kembar. — Small N. affluent of R. Sembrong, N. Johore. Another
immediately S. of the former is also so marked on the map.

Sungei Kembi. — Petty affluent of Selangor R., N.E. Selangor.
Sungei Kementas.— Affluent of the Endau B. in S.E. Pahang.

Sungei Kemuda.— Small R. flowing from W. into the Old Strait, S.W.
Johore.

Sungei Kenabus. — ^A small W. affluent of the Triang B., W. Pahang.

Sungei Kenas. — Petty E. affluent of Perak B. just below a road connect-
ing the Perak and Kinta Bivers, C. Perak.

Sungei Kendrong. — Small W. affluent of Perak B., about 8 miles N. of
supposed boundary between Perak and Kedah.

Sungei Kerantun. — Small E. affluent of the Sereting B., about 7 miles N.
of Lake Bera.

Sungei Kessang. — ^The boundary between Malacca and Muar. It takes
its rise 2 or 3 miles W. of Mt. Ophir, is somewhat tortuous, deep, and very sluggish,
often spreading out into lagoons of considerable extent. The scenery in some of
these lakes is very beautiful. The river abounds with alligators.

Sungei Kindin. — Petty N. affluent of the Kinta B., near Kindin, C. Perak.
Sungei Kindum. — The source of the Bemam B., Selangor (5. v.).
Sungei KingldTn- — Small B. in Johore entering Strait between it and Pulo
XJbin.

Sungei Kino. — Small E. affluent of Chandriang B., E.G. Perak.

Sungei Kinta. — Bises in the main range of Perak in the N.E., and running
in a S. direction enters the Perak B. at Kwala Trus, being one of its principal
tributaries. About 6 miles before joining the main stream, it bifurcates and forms
an island, upon which is situated the village of Ban da Bharu, or Baru. The village
of Kinta lies on the E. bank of the river, about 14 miles S.W. by S. in direct dis-
tance from Kwala Kangsa.

Sungei Kita Bangsa. — Small B. in N. Selitar district, Singapore.

Sungei Kladi Merah. — Petty E. affluent of B. Madek, E. Johore.

Sungei Klang. — The principal B. of Selangor, the settlement of Klang, the
seat of the Besidency, lying about 12 miles from its mouth. Its sources lie in the
range of hills between Selangor and Sungei TJjong.

Sungei Klian Mas. — Small S. affluent of the Batang Padang B., E.G.
Perak.

[383]

Sun

Descriptive Dictionary

Sungei Kling. — Small E. affluent of the Perak R., close to iU mouth in
S.VV. Pi-rak-.

Sungci Korong.— Petty affluent of E. Piilei. S.W. Joliore.

Simgei Koyaia.— Petty W. affluent of Bidor R.. S. Perak.

Slingei Kramat.— Petty E. affluent of R. Pulei, S.W. Johore.

Sucgei Kran.— Small E, affluent of SeretiDg R., about 8 miles N. of I^afce
Bera.

Sungei Krauji. — K. in district of same name, N.W. Singapore.

Stmgei Kretum, — A fork and N. source of Sun^i Rumpln in E, Pahang.

Sungei Kri.— An affluent of the E. Batii Pahat, just below its junction (as ^
marked in the map) with the R. Sembrong.

Sungei Krian,— In K,W. Perak, with various affluents rising in the Perafc
range ; supposed to communicate with the Kurau further 8 by the B. Semao);.

Sungei Krong,— Petty affluent of the Chandriang R. in E.G. Perak.

Sungei Kuantan, — B. in N.E. Pahang. 6 miles E. of Cape of same nai
Flows from W.S.W. tu E.N.E.

Sungei Kubang Buaya.— Small R. in N.W. Kedah

Sungei Kuchang.— Petty E. affluent of Madek E., E. Johore.

SUDgei Kulim.— A N. branch of the Krian R. S.W. Kedah.

Sungei Kulim.— Petty E. bnuieh of the K. Chamar (the upper portion of
Sungei Pari), C. Perak.

Sungei Kurau.— R- about lO miles due S. of the Krian in N.W. Perak.
rising ia the Perak range.

Sungei Kurlin.—N. branch of SektigorR., N.E. Sekngor.

Sungei Kursi.— Petty N. affluent of Bidor R. about 1 mile of Kwala
Bekuiu, S, Pei-ak.

Sungei Kurut.— Small E. affluent of the Kinta R. communicating with lh«
Chandriiing R., W.C. Perak.

Sungei Kwang. — A petty affluent of the Sungei Pari, a N. branch of tho
Kinta E.. C. Perak.

Sungei Labis. — A small E. affluent of the Muar R., between Tikam and
Lunggd. \V. Johoi-e.

Sungei Labok Tanah.— A amoU K., being an E. affluent of the Muar
R.. about 2 niili.-s N. of Segamat, S. Pabang. Spice plantations eiist tn thia di>-

Sungei Labong.— Small affluent of R. Endau. N. Johore.

Sungei LabU,— Petty affluent on E. side of Batang Padang R., S. Penk.

Sungei Labu.— Small B. in N W. Perak. flowing into the sea 5 miles b«jIow

Sungei Labu.— Petty stream in Pasir Panjang district, S. Singapore.
Sungei Labun.— Small affluent of LinggiE.. 2 miles below Ran twu, Sungei

Ujoug.

Sungei Labor.— Petty W. affluent of the Kinta R.. C. Pemk.

Sungei Lalang.— Small N. affluent of the Johore R., just above its turn

Sungei Landi.— Small N. affluent of Muar R,. about ft miles from its

moulh, Muar.

[384]

of Briiisk Malaya.

Sun

Simgei Lantang.— Small afBuent of the Endau B. in S.E. Pah&ng.

Sungei Larut.— In the district of same name, W. Perak. Taipeng Kota,
the Beat of an Assistant Eesident, lies near its source.

Sungei Layang. — Petty W. affluent of Johore E. opposite Johoro Lama.

Sungei Lebam. — An E. affluent of Johore E., about 4 miles from its
mouth.

Sungei Lebih. — The principal tributary of the Kelantan E., but probably
known under other names at various portiona of its coarse.

Sungei Lememet. — Petty E. affluent of the B. Madek in E. Johore.

Sungei Lenga.~A petty W. affluent of the Sembrang E., 3 milGs below
its jonction with the Endau, N.E. Johore.

Sungei Lenggin. — A branch and the source of the Johora E., S. Johore.

Sungei Lenggor.— A petty E. affluent of the E. Sembrong. about I5 milea
below its junction with the Endau, N.E. Johore.

Sungei Liang BatU.— Small E. affluent of Muar E., 2 miles above
Panchor, Johore.

Sungei Likir.— Small E. in S.W. Penang, 3 miles N. of ont.ranee of
Perak E.

Sungei Limau. — The 8. source of the Lebih E. (j. v.).

Sungei Limau.— Petty W. affluent of the KJuta E.. S,C. Perak.

Sungei Limau. — Small E. on coast of Perak, about 5 miles below Kwala
Larut.

Sungei Limpit. — Petty N. affluent of the Batang Padang E., E.G. Perak.

Sungei Linggi. — The principal river of Sungoi Ujong, through which it
flows in a N. and S, direction.

Sungei Liong. — ^Tho upper branch of the Kinta E., which it joins not far
S.E. of Gunong Monie,

Sungei Liong Hi. — Small E. in Johore fiowing into Old Straits opposite
Sembawang district, N. Singapore.

Sungei Lisih. — The twelfth from the S. of the small streamfi on the E.
coOiSt of Johore.

Sungei Lorn. — Small N. affluent of the Pahang E., C. Pahang- At its
head is a village called Kampong Loui Telor, where gold is found in largo quan.
tities.

Sungei Lui. — A W. affluent of the Sereting E. in W. Pahang.

Sungei Lukut. — The N. river of Sungei Pjong, entering the sea about 3
milea S. of the boundary lino between that Stat© and Selaogor.

Sungei LutUUt. — Small E. affluent of Binding E., about 3 miles from its
mouth.

Sungei Lundong. — Small W. affluent of Sereting E., about 9 miles N. of
Lake Bera.

Sungei LundU. — A V. in Sungei Siput district, N.W. of Malacca, and just
inside the boundary line between Malacca and Eembau.

Sungei Lungga. — Small affluent of B. Muar just S. of V. of same same.
W. Johore.

Sungei LungU. — A E. in extreme N.W. Kedah.

Sungei Lupa. — Petty N. affluent of the Pahang E., E. Pajiang.,

[385] o c

Sun Descriptive Dictionary

Sungei Madek. — The E. fork of the E!aha.ng R., an affluent of the Som-
braog in E. Johorc.

Sungei Mahang.— The source of the Dingin R., S.W. Kedah.

Sungei MalaU.— Petty E. affluent of Dingin R., the S. branch of the Muda,
Kedah.

Sungei MalayU. — Small stream Sowing from W. into the Old Strait.
Johore, entering below the K. ScVudei.

Sungei Mandi. — Small stream rising in the Mandi district, N.W. 8iiiga>
pore, flowing into the Straits S. of Johore Bharu.

Sungei Mangkok. — A small village about 3 miles 2 furlongs from Batter-
worth, Province Wellealey, on the Bukit Tengah Road.

1 N. Penang, entrance \ xaile S.W. of Tanjong

Sungei Masei and S. Masei Kechil. — Two small rivers in Johore
flowing into Old Strait opposite R. Sempang, N. Singapore.

Sungei Mata Mata. — Small affluent on E. side of Linggi E., about Z\
miles above Linggi, Sungei TJjong.

Sungei Mati. — A small stream falling into the sea in N.W. Perak, jiist
below Tanjong Piandang,

Sungei Mau. — The thirteenth from the S. of the small streams on the E.
coast of Johore.

Sungei Medong.— Petty W. afHuent of R. Madek. E. Johore.

Songei Meletlr. — Petty affluent of the E, Sembrong at ita abrupt turn N.
in C. Johore.

Sungei Melmall. — a small affluent of the R. Sereting in Jmnpol, Negri
Sembilan.

Sungei Membang Segaru. — Small E. in N.W. Kodah, opposite Pulo
Teretek.

Sungei Menanti. — Small affluent of the Muar crossing the upper W.
corner of Sri Menanti (Negri Sembilan) in a N.E. direction.

Sungei SSengkelah. — Small W. affluent of the R. Sembrong in the Jakun
district, N. Johore.

Sungei Mentelong. — An affluent of the Endau E. forming port of tlie J
boundary between Johore and Pahang.

Sungei Merakit.— Small R. in N.W. Kedah, about 10 miles S. of It. I
Lungu. I

Sungei Merbuk. — R- riaing in Bukit Payong, Kedah. The town of old I
Kedah is situated at its mouth on the N. bank, 7 miles N. of the Muda B.

Sungei Merihong. — The fourth stream N. of E. Endau on the eonat of J
Pahang. I

Sungei Merising. — A creek and river in extreme N. of Johore oppoate I
Pulo Babi. Formerly the northernmost boundary of Johore jurisdiction.

Sungei Mingski. — Petty stream in N.W. Singapore just above 8. I

Serimbun.

Sun

of Brttish Malaya.

San

Sungei Montan.— A Bmall W. affluent of Muar R,, about 4 miles N. o£
Segamat in S.W. Pahang.

Sungei Moulana.— Petty W. affluent of E. Sedukei (y. t^.), S. Jotore.

Sungei Muar. — The river forming the boundary between Johore and
Muar, and then between the latter and Pahang. It risea in Jmnpol, and has
numerous potty affiuenla.

Sungei Muda.— E- dividing Eedab from Province Welloaloy. Accord-
ing to the maps it connects with the Prai K, in the N.E. comer of the Province,
tt risea in the Gunong Titi Wangsa range, S. Kedah. A southern branch known
as 8ungei Dingiu, and at its source as Sungei Mahaug, riseB in Gunong Erian,

—Small E. affluent of Muar R., just above Lungga,

S. Kodab.

Sungei Murei.— Petty R. in N.W. Singapore, Lim Chu Kang district.
Simgei Nangka.— Small affluent of the Endau R., in S,E. Pahang.
Sungei Neraka.— Petty stream flowing into Jurong R., S.W, Singapore.

Sungei Nibong. — ^A small W. affluent of the Muar R., 14 miloa E. of Mt.
Opbir in Muar,

Sungei Nier. — A small affluent of the R. Sembrang, about 4 miles below
ita junction with the Endau.

Sungei Nina.— Small W. affluent of Triang R. in W. Pahang.

Sungei Nioi. — Petty Ptream flowing into a creek between an unnamed
island and the coast of W.C. Perak, about 12 miles S. of Ewala Larut.

Sungei Nior. — Small R. flowing into W, side of Johore R., about 4 miles
from the mouth.

Sungei Nior.— Small affluent of Endau R., near its mouth, N. Johore.

Sungei Nipah.— Small R. in S.E. Penang.

Sungei Nipah. — Small R. on W, coast of Penang. Pondok Upili district,

Sungei Nyang. — Small affluent of R, Endau, N. Johore,

Sungei Ooey. — A small affluent of the Klang R., which it enters some
3 miles below Ewala Lumpor.

Sungei Orading. — Small W. affluent of 'Sereting R., about 3 miles N. of
Lake Bera.

Sungei Orai,— A petty E, tributary of the Sereting R„ S.W. Pahang.

Sungei Orlong.—Petty affluent of Sapetang E. in N.W, Peruk. ? or 8
miles K.E, of Port Weld.

Sungei Pabei. — A branch of the Pedas R. in W. Rembau, Negri Senibilan.
which flows into the Linggi about Bj miles above ita mouth.

Sungei Pahang. — The principal river of Pahang, rising in Perak, Its
banks arc well inhabited. About 5 miles from the coast the river divides into
the Pahang and the Pahang Tujih. forming a delta, with a coast line of 15 miles.
Pekan, the capital of Pahang, is situated 4 miles from the mouth on the S. bank.

Sungei Pahang Tuah. — A stream forming the N. side of the Pahang
delta, about 14 miles above the true entrance of the R. Pahang.

Sungei Paku. — Petty stream flowing into Bidor R., about 8 miles S.W. of
Qunong Batu Pulei, S, Perak.

[387] c c 2

Snn Descriptive Dictionary Boft ■

Sungei Pala.— Petty W. affluent of R. Pulei near its mouth, S.W. Johoro.
Sungei PalaS.—A small S. afBuent of the R. Endau, N. Johore.

Sungei Palawan. — Petty E. affluent of the Batang Padang B., S. Ferak.

Sungei Palin. — The aisth from the S. of the small streamB on the E, coawt
of Johore.

Sungei Pandan and S. Pandan Kechil,— Rivera in S.W. Singapora in
district of same najue.

Sungei Pandas. — Petty stream flowing from W. into Old Strait, Johore.

Sungei Fanggong. — Petty affluent of the Sembrong E., in C. Johore. The
pi-ohabte source of both that E. and the Batu Pahat E., which are shown as com-
municating at this point.

Sungei Fanglor. — A small stream at the angle where the Maar R. turns
from due N. to N.E, in S.W. Pahang.

Sungei Panjong.— Petty N. affluent of Bidor E., S. Perak.

Sungei Pankalan. — Small affluent of Linggi E. near Bantau, Sungei
Ojong.

Sungei Papa.— Petty N. affluent of the Batang Padang E., E.G. Perak.

Sungei Papan. — Small W. affluent of the Kinta E., C. Perak, which it meeta
about 6 miles below Einta V.

Sungei Papan. — Petty affluent of Lebam R., an E. branch of E. Johore.

Sungei Parit Tengah. — N. affluent and chief source o£ the Elang E,,
Selangor.

Sungei Pasir.— Petty E. affluent of the Bidor E., S. Perak.

Sungei Pasir.— Petty E. affluent of E. Endau in N.E. Johore.

Sungei Patang. — A N, affluent of the Muar E. in S. Pahang.

Sungei Patani. — The principal E. of Patani. Its entrance lies in the
extreme N. of the State, a long tongue of land called Cape Patani forming its N,
boundary. The town of Patani is on the E. bank, about 4 miles from the entranco.
The B. rises in the hiUs between Kedah and Eeman.

Sungei Patong. — One of the numerous affluents of the Einta B. in C.
Perak. A few miles from its source it bocomas known as Sungei Pari,

Sungei Pau. — Set Sonoei Beko.

Sungei Pecha,— Petty E. affluent of the Bidor E., S. Perak.

Sungei Pedas. — A branch of the R, Linggi, its affluents flowing, under
other names, across Rembau, Negri Sembilan, from S.W. to H.E.

Sungei Pekan. — Small S. affluent of the R, Pahang, 4 miles from it« mouth.
Pekan, the caj>ital of Pahang, is situated at the junction.

Sungei Pelajan. — Small affluent of E. Endau, N, Johore.

Sungei Pelawan. — Petty E. affluent of B, Endau, N.E. Johore.

Sungei Pelipah. — Small E. affluent of Johore B. entering it at Panti.

Sungei Femangan. — Small N. affluent of the Pahang E. in E.G. Pahang.

Sungei Penaga. — Petty W. affluent of Johore E., 10 miles N, of Johore
Lama.

Sungei Penat.— Petty E. affluent of Kinla R.. S.G. Perak.

Sungei Penderam,— Petty W. affluent of Johore R„ about 10 miles from
its mouth.

Sungei Penglow. — Small N. affluent of the Kinta B., E.G. Perak, joining
it at the same place as the R. Liong.

Sun

of British Malaya.

Stmgei Penoh.— An E. affluent of the Kinta R., E.G. Perak.

Songei Perak. — The principal E. in the State of that name, one of its '
Bourcea being in Kedah, and the other in Patani, It runs in a generally N. and 8.
direction, and has several important affluents, of which the Plus, Eiuta, Batang
Padang and Bidor are the cluef. Abont 15 miles from its mouth it tnms W.,
reaching the sea after niuneroua windings. It ia about 1} miles wide at the
entrance.

Sungei Perampuan. — Small stream in Kranji district. N.W. Singapore. ,

Suugei Peraput. — Small E. flowing from "W. into Old Strait, Johore.

Sungei Perei. — Small 8. affluent of the Pa.httng E., 3 milea from its
mouth.

Stmgei Fergam. — Petty atream on W, coaat of Singapore, LimChu Eiuig
district.

Sungei Ferimbi. — Small H. in Johore, entering Old Strait N.E. of Selitar. ,
If. Singapore.

Sungei Fenuakei. — A small E, tributajy of the Sereting E. in S.W.
Pahang.

Sungei Fermas. — Small E, in Johore, flowing into Old Strait opposite N,
point of Singapore.

Sungei Fesisik. — SmaJl affluent from the N. of Johore E., ha'ring its
source W. of Gunnng Panti.

Sungei Fetei. — Petty W. affluent of Johore E., 9 miles abore Johore
Lama.

Sungei Fetei.— Small W. affluent of the Sereting E., about 7 miles '^, of
Lake Bera.

Sungei Petei. — A small V. in diatrict of aame-name, 0. Malacca.

Sungei Fetei. — A district in C, Malacca on the W. side of Malacca B.

Sungei FikoL— Petty W. aiflnent of Perak E., about 10 milea S.S.W. of
Kwab Eiingsa.

Sungei Pelanx — Petty E. affluent of Dingin E., the 8. branch of the
Muda. A V. of same name at the Sw&la, 2^ miles E. of ProTince Wellealey
frontier in Kedah.

Sungei Pinion. — One of the sources of the £inta E., rising in Gunong
Challei, C. Perak.

Sungei Finang. — E. entering the sea just below the town, its upper portion
being known a^ Ayer Itam. Rises in tbe E. side of the central range.

The same name is applied to a smaller R. rising on W. aide of same range ancl
reaching the W. coast just below Bt. Eechil in the Sungei Pinang district. Also
name of a district in W. Penang.

Sungei Piagan.— Petty W. affluent of Bidor E., S. Perak.

Sungei Pinii. — Small E. affluent of the Einta B., just below Eiula, C.
Perak.

Sungei Plus.— An E. tributary of the Perak E., rising in Gunong Tong
Yup, near the Pahang frontier.

Sungei Foaka. — Petty stream in S.W. Pulo IJbin.

Sungei Fondok.— Petty affluent of the E. Sembrong, C. Johore ; the baoka
are inhabited by Jakuna.

Sungei Fonggol. — E. in H.B. Singapore, W. of district of same name. Ita

Sun

Descriptive DicHonafy

Sungel Pontean. — The second of the small streams about 16 miles above
B. Endau on the coast of Pahang.

Sungei Propoh.— Petty stream in Tanjong Gul L, S.W. Singapore. L of
same name at mouth.

Sungei Puju.— Small R. just above Purlia R. in N.W. Kedah.

Sungei Pulei.— Small E. in S.W. Johore, its mouth being Smiles W. of W.
point of Singapore. Risea in Mt, of same name.

Sungei Pulo Ubin.— Petty stream ia S.E, Pulo X^iin.

Sungei Pungei Balau.— The S. of the small streams on the E. coast, of
Johore.

Sungei Purlia.— A river just opposite Pulo Langkawi, situated in N. KedaJi.
V. of same name on S. bank.

Sungei Pus.— A petty R. in N.E. Singapore about a mile E. of E. Selitar.

Sungei PutUS.— The E. fork- of the Liuggi R., joinii^ it just below Rantau.
Sungei Ujong.

Sungei Puyo.— A populous v. 3 miles 6 furlongs W. of Butterworth, Pro-
vince Wellesley, on the cross road leading from Bagan Ayam to Ararendang.

Sungei Rabat.— Petty S, affluent of the Bidor R,, 8. Perak.

Sungei Rabbit {Rahal ?).— Petty E. affluent of KinU R., E.G. Perak.

Sungei Raja Itam.— Petty E. affluent of the Dinding R., C. Dinding.

Sungei Rambei Kechil.— Petty S. affluent of Selangor R., at its turn N.
about 25 miles from the coast.

Sungei Rambei Besar.— 2 miles W. of above.

Sungei Rambuan China Besar, and Kechil.— Two small streams,

aflueuts of thu Prdas in N.W. Malacca.

Sungei Rapal.— Small stream flowing into R. Sepang. extreme S. of
Selangor.

Sungei Raya.— Petty affluent of Liuggi R., 2 miles from its mouth.

Sungei Raya.— An E. tributary of the Kinta E., S.C. Perak.

Sungei Rayei. — Near the Linggi R,, N. of Malacca. Mentioned in Malay
annals, but not identified on modern maps.

Simgei Rebana.— Small N, affluent of the Perak E., about 10 miles from
its mouth.

Sungei Relau.— S. affluent of the Lebih E. (5. v.).

Sungei Rembau.— Flows in a S.W. direction across the Stat€ of that name.
Negri Sombilan, and after meeting the Pabei is called Sungei Pedas. It joins the
Linggi about 'i\ milea above its mouth.

Sungei Rendam Seligi.— Petty W. affluent of the R. Madek, E. Johore.

Sungei Ridan.— Petty W. affluent of the Pulei R. in S.W. Johore.

Sungei RimaU.— Petty stream in TT. Singapore.

Sungei Rindawal.— Small E. affluent of Pahang R., just N. of Lake Hera.

Sungei Rio. — A small affluent of the Muar River in Enaa territory, Negri
Sembilau.

Sungei Rochor. — Eiver and canal bounding the 3. of the district of that
name in N.E. Siugaiwre-town,

[390]

San

of British Malaya.

Sungei Roko. — Small E. in Johore flowing into Old Strait opposite Sempang I
E., N. Singapore,

Sungei Rui.— The W. source of the Perak R. in S.E. Kedai.

Sungei Rixknm.— Petty E. affluent of the Einta B., E.C. Perak.

Snngei Bumbei. — V. about \ mile N. of one of the numerous twists of the {
Kessang E., forming the E. boundary of Malacca territory, and a little over 5 milea I
E. of Merlimau. A police station eiieta S. of the V.

Sungei Rmngan.— SmaU R., 3 milea N. of R. Purlia in N.W. Kedah,

Sungei Rumpen. — R- in Pahang, its month being opposite Tiomaa Island,
and 10 miles N. of Sungei Endau,

Sungei Rumpin.— The third of the rivers on the E. coast of PahangaboTS j
SuDgei Endau.

Sungei Rusa. — V, and small R. in W. Penang. The latter flows into the ]
R. Gagah.

Stmgei Sadang. — Petty W. affluent of the Perak R., 4 miles S. of Blanja,
C. Perak,

Sungei Sah. — Petty W. affluent of the Sungei Pari, a branch of the Kinta
R., C. Perak.

Sungei Salah. — Small R. in N. Kedah, 4 miles N.W, of GuBong Jereu

Sungei Salen Tiga,— Petty affluent of the LangatR., Selangor.juat above ]

Sungei Samagaga.— R. flowing into the strait between certain unnamed
islands and Port Weld in W.C. Perak. Not marked in the Admiralty chart.

Sungei Sanglang. — Small R. in N. Kedah entering the eea 6 miles S. of
R. Purlia. ^

Sungei Santi. — Small R. flowing from E. into embouchure of Johore E., N.
of Johore hill and opposite Pnlo Tekong.

Sungei Sapang.— Small N. affluent of the Bemam E.. C. of extreme S.
Perak.

Sungei Sapetang. — A small R. falling into the creek between two unnamed
islands in W.C. Perak coast and jost N. of Port Weld.

Sungei Sapetang Kechil. — A small S. affluent of above.

Sungei SapUt. — Upper portion of an affluent of the Kinta R., about half-
way between that stream and the Perak E.

Sungei Sarong Dinding.— Petty W. affluent of the Perak R. in S.W.
Perak.

Sungei Sat. — Affluent of the R. Tomling, a N. branch of the Pahang B. in
W.C. Pahang.

Sungei Sayong. — The S. source of the Johore E., joining the latter, where
the N.W, branch is named the Lengg^.

Sungei Sebarang. — A small stream in W. aide of Changi district, N.E.

Sungei Sebating. — An affluent running E. into the R. Sereting and forming I

the N.E. border between Pahang and Jumpol, Negri Sembilan.

Sungei Sedang.— A small affluent of the Bidor R., in S. Perak. The |

valley through which it flows produces eiceptionally fine padi.
[391]

Son Descriptive Dictionary SflU

Songei Sedili Besar. — ^Tlie moat impoitant of the mull ■tmmfl on the
£. eoui of Joho2«. and the fifth from its S. extremitr. The entzanee k neazij diy
as kiT -raier, bnt has 5 fathonu inside as fax as the' Y. of fiimpang, abofot 6 mfles
i:^* the rrrer. The tide nms about 3 miles up. The banks aze ahmy and infested with
acoc»i£Ies. The inhabitants of SimpaTig aze poor, and although a jmm^ii/k rendea
there, the place is unimportant. Umber, gutta and rattan are collected and ex-
ported to SingaroT^e.

Songei Sedili JTa^^W^ . — ^The fourth from the S. of the xiTen on the E.
coast cf Johore, of which t>>ig and Sung^ Sedili Besar are the only important

Songei SediwL — Small W. affluent of Muar B. in X. Muar.

Simgei SednkeL — A small S. flowing into the Selat Tembran, Johore
Bhazn brii:^ on the E. side of its moTith.

Songei Segamat. — ^An £. affluent of the Muar B^ fonning part of the
boizndazy line l-erween Pahang and Johore.

Songei Seget. — Small B. to £. of Johoze Bharu.

Songei Sei P&rL — A X. affluent of the Kinta &, with, nameioiu Bnall
a2hie::ts frc^m the hilLs S JL of Kota Lama, C. Perak.

Songei Selama.— Small affluent of Krian B., X.W. Perak. Impoitant V.
cf sanie name on 2^. bank.

Songei Selangor. — ^The principal B. of Selangor, rising in Ula Selangor
oa the lordeis of Pahanic, and entering the S. of yx^^^^m. jn ]at, 3^ 22^ H ., kmg.
101= 1-3' E. ^ "

Songei SeleL — Small y . affluent of the Sembzong B., N. Johore.

Songei Selendok. — Pettr W. affluent of B. Sembiong, X. Johore.

Songei Selengkang. — SmallW. affluent of Muar &, Muar, nearly i^^XNdte
Pitiicr.

Songei Selitar . — ^The principal stream in X. Singapore, fkiving through the
district of same name. It dixides X. and E. Selitar.

Songei Seloang. — ^A X. affluent of the Johore B^ about 23 miles from its

Songei SemaleL — Small B.. affluent of Endau B^ X. Johne.

Songei Semanda. — ^Petty B. in E. Selangor. supposed to flow into the
Sr'^rgM-rB,

Songei Sembah. — Petty X. affluent of Bemam B. in SJE. Perak.

Songei Sembawang. — Small B. in extreme X. of Sing^wre, flowing into
Old Stnit tieajhr opposite Liong Hi. B. Johore.

Songei SembilaiL — ^Petty stream flowing fzxmi the X. into the entranee of
the Perak B.

Songei Sembong. — Small B. in Johore. flowing into Old Strait opposite
X. r*:-rnt cf Sir, garoie.

Songei Sembrtrng.— The W. branch of the Endau B^ X. Johoie. Aeoord-
ing to the msf* a=d Admiraln- charts, it flows into the rirer Batn Fahat, joining
it where a S. brinch bsx>ines known as Sxicgei Beko or Plan. But geocri^idcally
the two rtTers appear to rise in a swamp, in lat. 2* :?' X., long. WW* 25' E.

Songei Semema.— Small £. affluent of the Baiang Pidaag B., E.C.
Perak.

Songei SenumgalL— Petty affluent of the B. Beraam. in N. Seiaagor.

'392'

Sun of British Malaya, Snn

li Sempang Trgoh.— Petty affluent of the Bemam B., in N. Selon-
gor, just above Kramat Hantu.

Snxigei Sempang. — ^B. in N. Singapore flowing through district of same
name.

Simgei Sempit. — Petty stream flowing from N. into embouchure of Din-
ding B.

Slingei Sendok.— Small N. affluent of Muar B., Muar, \\ miles N. of
Panchor. Another stream of same name so marked, as the last N. affluent of same
river 5 miles from its mouth.

Sungei Sendok. — ^V. on the Muar side of the Kessang B.
Simgei Sendret. — ^A small S. affluent of the Muar B., about 8 miles from
Eubi, in S.W. Pahang.

Sungei Sengkur. — ^A small N. affluent of the Sembrong B., N. Johore.

Snngei Senoko. — Small stream in N. Singapore, flowing into Old Strait
opposite S. Permas, in Johore.

Snngei Sepang. — Small B. in extreme S. Selangor.

Snngei Serah. — ^A small N. affluent of the Sapetang B., W.C. Perak, 6
miles N. of Port Weld.

Snngei Seranggong. — ^B. in N.E. Singapore rising in district of that
name. S. Serangong Kechil rises in the Ponggol district, and flows into the Strait
about \ mile N. of tite B. proper.

Snngei Serdang.— Petty W. affluent of B. Madek, E. Johore.
Snngei Serding. — Branch of the Ejrian, N.W. Perak ; the upper portion
called the Kulom B.

Snngei Sereting. — The upper portion of the Pahang Biver running in a
S.S.W. direction between Pahang and Jempol, Negri Sembilan. Near the S. boun-
dary of the latter it makes an abrupt turn to the N.W., and is known locally as
Sungei Bir Sereting.

Snngei Serimbnn. — Small B. in N.W. Singapore. A Government rest-
house is close to the E. bank, and the Y. of Serimbun Kangkah lies near its source
about I mile from the Strait.

Snngei Serongong. — Petty affluent of the Chandariang B., E.C. Perak.
Snngei Setnl. — Small B. in N.W. Kedah, about 18 miles S. of B. Lungu.
Snngei Silian. — Small affluent of Linggz» B., Sungei Ujong, entering it
about 10| miles from its mouth.

Snngei SimoneL — SmaU branch of the Langkat B., S.E. Selangor.
Snngei Simpeda. — Petty E. affluent of the Batang Padang B., S. Perak.

Snngei Singat. — Petty N. affluent of theBaya B., about 5- miles S.S.E. of
Kinta.

Snngei Singet. — Petty W. affluent of the Johore B., 4 miles N.W. of
Johore Lama.

Snngei Singha. — Petty S. affluent of the Bemam B., N. Selangor, 5 miles
E. of the Chenghal Bintang.

Snngei Sinnd.— Small S.E. affluent of the Ghendariang B., E.C. Perak.

Snngei Sinni. — Small B. in Johore flowing into Old Strait opposite the
Sempang district, N. Singapore.

Snngei Sipat. — ^Petty E. affluent of Dingin B., between Sedin and Pelam,
Kedah.

[898]

Descriptive Dictionary

San

Sungei Siput. — A district in N.W. border of Malacca S. of Svmgei Liiiggi.
a bmnth of wbji;h. S. Pedas, divides it from SuDgei Ujong.

Sungei Skudai.— See S. Sekudei.

Sungel Skudang. — Small R. in Johoro flowing into Old Strait opposite
Selilar, N. Singapore.

Sungei Slim.— The N. branch of the Beraam R., S,E, Perak.

Sungei Smibong Puteh.— Small R. in Johore flowing into Old Strait
opposite Sempaug district, N. Singapore,

Sungei Sobimbo. — The aeventh from the 8. of the small streams on the
E, coast of Johoro.

Sungei Sol Nyongsan.— Petty E. affluent of the Madek R. in E. Johore.

Sungei Solobok, — E. affluent of the Perak E., about 8 miles by ri»er
above Brita, VV.C. Perak,

Sungei Sonti.— Small W. affluent of Muar R., in N. Mnar.

Sungei Sorban. — Small affluent of Linggi R., entering at Linggi V.,
Sungei Ujong.

Sungei Soadayong. — Small stream, an E. affluent of Simgei Lukut, S.C,
Sungei Ujong.

Sungei Srei. — Petty W. affluent of Johore E., about 7 miles above Johore
Lama.

Sungei Sri. — A small affluent of the Muar E., in Enaa territory, Negri
Sembilan.

Sungei Snitong.— Petty W. affluent of Bidor R.. 8. Perak.

Sungei Subang Hiang.— S. petty affluent of the E. Laagal, rising at the
boundary between Selangor aud Sungei Ujong.

Sungei Suka Menanti. — Small affluent of the Musj- R. on E. side JTiBt
above Tikam, Johore.

Sungei Sungkei. — E. affluent of the Bidor R., S. Perak, rising at foot
of the Bidor Mta.

Sungei Surat Litan.— A small affluent of Linggi R„ entering near
Rantau, Sungei Ujong.

Sungei Suroh Rokam.— A N. affluent of the Muar E. in S. Pahang.

Sungei Sut. — A small affluent and one of the sources of the Langkat E.
in Selangor,

Sungei Tabangau.— Small R. in N. Kedah. 14 miles S. of the Kedah E.

Sungei Tabau.— A small E. affluent of the Sereting R. in S.W. Pahang.

Sungei Tampayan. — A W. branch of the E. Pulei. 8. Johore.

Sungei Tamulah. — A petty stream flowing into Kwala Trong, about 10
miles S. of Kwala Lanit, W.C. Perat,

Sungei Tangatu Arang.— The tenth from the S. of the small stieamB
on the E. Coast of Johoro.

Sungei Tai^ong FatuS. — Petty E. affluent of Johore K., about 5 miles
N. of Johore Lama.

Sungei Tapa.— Small S. affluent of the Batang Padang R., E.C. Perak.

Sungei Tarei. — An E. affluent of the SereKng R., W. Pahang.

Sungei Tebang Kasing. — Small E. affluent of Endau R., N. Johore.
[SM]

Sun of British Malaya. Snn

Sungei Tebran.— B. in Johore flowing into Old strait 2 miles E. of
Johore Bharu.

Sungei Tebran. — Small stream flowing into the Selat Tembrau opposite
the Sembawang district, N. Singapore.

Sungei Teja. — ^A small E. affluent of the Einta E., Kampar district, C.
Perak.

Sungei Telupin. — ^The E. of the two principal rivers of Patani, its entrance
being 25 miles by coast S.E. of Cape Patani. Like the Patani E., it takes its rise
in the hills between Kedah and Eeman.

Sungei Tembia. -Petty W. affluent of Johore E., about 8 miles above
Johore Lama.

Sungei Temblang. — Small E. in N.W. Kedah, opposite Pulo Teretak.

Sungei Tembruan. — Petty stream in Tanjong Gul district, S.W. Singa-
pore.

Sungei Tempayan. — Small N. affluent of E. Muar, 2 miles from
Panchor.

Sungei Tengah. — Small E. in N. Kedah entering the sea opposite Pulo
Langkawi.

Sungei Tengah. — Small E. flowing into the embouchure of Jarum Mas
E., W. Perak.

Sungei Tengah. — Small E. on E. coast Penang opposite Pulo Jerejak.

Sungei Tengah. — Petty stream flowing into the E. Jurong in S.W.
Singapore.

Sungei Tengah. — Small E. forming the S. boundary of district of same
name, extreme W. of Singapore.

Sungei Tersap. — Small E. affluent of the E. Endau, just before it turns
W. in the same lat. as E. Mentelong. Li N. Johore.

Sungei Thara. — Petty W. affluent of the Kinta E., S.C. Perak.

Sungei Tilian. — ^An E. affluent of the Triang E. in W. Pahang.

Sungei Tingar. — ^The second northernmost of the small streams on the E.
Coast of Johore.

Sungei Tinggi. — Petty stream flowing into the creek between Pasir Itam
L and the coast of W.C. Perak.

Sungei Tiram. — Small E. on coast of S.W. Perak, about 5 miles S. of the
Bindings frontier.

Sungei Tiram. — Small W. affluent of Johore E., nearly opposite, but N. of
Johore Lama.

Sungei Tiram Batu — (SUme Oyster B,). — A W. branch of the E. Pulei,
S. Johore.

Sungei Tiram Duku. — Petty E. affluent of E. Pulei, S.W. Johore.

Sungei Titian Trap. — Source of the Lukut E., dose to S. Hummock,
Sungei TIjong.

Sungei Toas. — Small stream in W. Singapore, Tanjong Gul district.

Sungei Tokus. — Petty affluent of the Chendariang E. in E.C. Perak.

Sungei Tomedo. — The eleventh from the S. of the small streams on the
E. coast of Johore.

Sungei Toxnling.— A N.E. affluent of the Pahang E. in W.C. Pahang.

[3951

Son

Deseriptive Dictionary

San

Sungei Tong Kang. — Small stream in N.W. Perftk, flowing into the sea
3 miles below the Erian R.

Sungei Trap.— Small E. affluent of the Muar E. in W. Johore. about 7|
miles from the mouth,

Sungei TriaJlg. — The river next S. of the Endau E, and the firet iu
Pahang territory from the S.

Sungei Triang. — The S.W. branch of the PaJiang E., rising in Jelebu.

Sungei Tris. — Petty stream on S.W. coast of Pulo TTbiii,

Sungei Trong. — A small stream flowing into a salt-water creet of same
name about 8 to y miles S. of KwaJa Lamt, W.C. Perak.

Sungei TruS Sunan.— A N. affluent of the Muar E. in S. Pahang.

Sungei Tuan. — Inalguificant river on the Malacca coast just below
Panchor.

Sungei Tuan.— Small E. flowing from W. into Old Strait, S.W. Johore.

Sungei Tui. — A small E. affluent of the Muar E., just above Trua Labis I.
in the B.

Sungei Tujoh.— Small E. in N. Patani. entrance 9 miles W. of that of

I Johore, entering Old Strait opposite Tan-

Patani E.

Sungei Tukang— Small E. i

Jong Ponggol, N.E. Singapore.

Sungei Tukun.— Petty W. affluent of Kinta E., C. Perak.

Sungei Tumboh. — The upper portion of E. Ealam Bidi a N. affluent of
the Kinta E., S.C. Perak.

Stmgei Twaka.— Small affluent on E. side of Lin^ E.. about 5^ mjlee
above Linggi, Sungei Ujong.

Sungei Ubah. — A petty E. on the coast 3 miles S. of the supposed boun-
dary between Kedah and Siam in 7° N.

Sungei Udang. — Petty affluent of the Linggi E., 4 miles from its month.

Sungei Udang. — District and V. 12 miles from Malacca, N.W. of the town.
Tapioca plantation close to T., about 1 mile from the coast,

Sungei Ujong.— Was the smallest of the protected Native States until the
Negri Sembilan became so classed in 1887, and lies N.W. of Malacca and S.
of Selangor. Including the districts of Lutut and Sungei Eaya, it comprieea an
area of about 660 square miles, with a coast line of some 36 miles from the mouth
of the Linggi Eiver to that of the Sepang. The Linggi was formerly navigable
for boats for 40 miles, but has now silted up. In 1873 the river was blocked owing
to the quarrels between Sungei Ujong and the adjoining Stat* of ^mbau, and all
traffic was stopped. Sir Andrew Claske, then Governor of the Straits Settle-
ments, proceeded to Sempang on the Linggi Elver in 1874 and suppressed the
disturbances. A Sritish Eesident was then appointed, and the State has ever
since been under British protection. The Eesidency was established at Seremban,
about two miles from Eassa, the old capital of the State. It is not only the centre
of the tin-mining district, but contains numerous Chinese shops in which nearly all
foreign articles of food and drink (tinned meats, soups, &c., champagDC. claret,
beer, &c., Ac.) can be bought at reasonable prices. The customs office and that of
the State Treasurer are situated at Eassa.

The range of hills to the northwards attain an altitude of about S,800 feet^
and there being a good supply of water, with good soil, thej are considered to
afford good promise for the cultivation of Arabian coEFee, cmchona, cacao, ^■
Fair success ha^ as yet attended enterprise in this direction. On th« lower

Son

of British Malaya.

grounda, Liberiaa coffee, caoao, pepper and tapioca wx found to thriTe. Mr. Seb
Bow Tiosa'a ateatn. factory of the latter product ib inferior to few in this part of
the world.

To the aouth of the State lies the Beremban range of hills, riaing, like
those in the north, to a height of 3,000 to 4.000 feet. Id this the Linggi R. Uaa
its source. On the south side is the Mua.r E., amd on the east the Triang, atribu-
tary of the Fabang. Between the Beremban Hills and Gunong Angaa to the 8, is
a gap called Bukit Putus, leading to Sri Menanti and the other States of the Negri
S^bilan.

The total population by the census of 1891 amounts to 23,000. of which 18,000
are Chinese and over 4,000 Malaya. The foreign population is increaaing rapidly,
as more land is being opened up for tin-mining, which is the principal industry of
the State. Eice, however, ia largely cultivated by the Malays.

The new port of Sungei Ujong waa opened on the Ist September, 1834, at
Pengkalan Kompas on the Linggi River, at a distance of about seven miles from
the mouth of the river. Streets have been marked out and houses of considerable
size are rapidly being erected.

Port Dickson (Diatrict and Port) lies S.W. of Seremban, and promises to
become of some importance. The harbour haa from eleven to fifteen fathoms of
water and ia well sheltered. A railway connecting it with Seremban was opened in
July, 1891. The liue has greatly facilitated trade.

There is a first-clasa road from Pengkalan Kompas to the Eeaidencj^ at
Seremban, and thence on to Pantai, a distance altogether of about 31 miles, ■
Pantai being 8 milea from the seat of Qiivernmeot and leadin); to the coffee estatcB 1
on Bukit Berembun, which are in a flourishing state. To these, a diatance o'
13 miles, a cart-road has been constructed.

A cart-road from Seremban to Setol, 9 miles distant, and extending to Bemang, ]
six milea further on the Selangor border, haa been made, and haa opened up an I
eitensive and rich tin mining diatrict, which ia rapidly being taken up by the ]
Chinese, who are the real wealth-producers of the country, as elsewhere in the ]
Native States.

Communication with Malacca ia kept up bv subaidized atcam launches, and a \
cart-road from the State to Lubok China in Malacca (five milea) was completed in I
1385.

The Government conaiata of the Raja, assisted by the Resident and a Council of ]
State, Including some of the principal Malays and Chinese. I

The principal sources of revenue are the sale and leasing of lands, dutiea oa
opium, and dutiea on the export of tin. All importe, except opium, are duty free.
The revenue for 1892 was $354,184.35, and the expenditure I361.143, thus exceeding
the revenue by $6,958.65.

Simgei UlU Puting. — Small stream flowing into Lukut fi., 8.0. Sungei
Ujong,

Sungei Upip. — The acknowledged boundary at the coast line between Siam I
and Eedah, in T Z\' N.

Sungei Taring. — Petty afBuent of Patani E., in extreme N. of the State.

Stmua. — Small T. \\ miles W, of Duyong K., and SJ from the coast of i
Malacca.

Superstitions C«ee also Chakms). — The beUef in supernatural mfluences
aa common \a the Malay as his fellow-men. Trees and animals are reverenced or
feared for their supposed power to affect human fortune. This belief is strengthened
by the acceptance of the doctrine of metempaychosis, and the tiger especially is
regarded aa the tenement of a human aoul, A belief analogous to that in the Ger-
man wehr-wolf ia alao Malayan. Bemona of the woods and burial grounda of the
aterms and rocks all find place in thia survival of a heathen mythology. Some
[397] J

Descriptive Dictionary

Tarn

interesting details on tliiB subject are given in the 20tli CbEbpter of Major McKaib's
" Perak and the Malays. "

Suran, Raja. — A king of the Coromandel country reputed to have invaded
Johore and Singapore about 1200 i.D. [See Imscbiptioks.] See J. I. A., 89.

Swallow. — See BiEDa' Nebts.

Swords. — The Malays have various names for this weapon. The Jdawan^ and
ehenangkan are broader near the tip than at the handle, somewhat after the Cluneee
pattern. The kumjiel is a short equal-sided weapon, while the ladek is a smaller
variety of the same pattern. The wali. which more resembles a small krii, is still
much worn, but the sword proper has almost disappeared, except in portions of the
Peninsula as yet unaffected by foreign intercourse. The mining is either straight
or wavy like a kris, short, and single or double-edged. Borneo, Sulu, and Achun
are the places whence tbey mostly come. The tun^mk Idda is rather a dagger than
sword, and mostly comes from Sumatra. [See Akms.] Babbob does not include
the sword at alt among the weapons used by the Malays in defending Malacca when
attacked by the Portuguese in 1511. "The arms," says he, "which they used ure
daggers, of from two palms and a half to three palms long, straight and two-edged.
Along with these they employ bows and arrows, javelins for throwing, and blow-
pipes, from which they diBchai^e very small darts, barbed and poisoned. These
blow-pipea they have borrowed from the Javanese. They havu two kinds of
bucklers with which to shield themselves, a large one which protects the whole
person, and a smaller." — Decade II, book 6, chapter I.

Syenite. — This hard stone, of which the Egyptians have left so man;
Bculptured remains, appears to be the bed-rock of the central portion of the Penin-
sula.

Tabas Tabang. — Tree and brushwood, a collective name used by wooil-
cuttera tor jungle.

Table Mt. (1,205 feet), on E. bank of Binding R.. about 7 miles from ila
mouth.

Tabong. — District in N. Malacca divided by the boundary line from that of
Etu in Eembau.

Taiwan.— District in N. Penang, S.W. of Tanjong Tokong.

Taji or Golok. — The steel spur affixed to a fighting cock's heel. It is about
Is or 2 inches long, Jth of an inch broad, sharpened on both sides, keenly point«d
and straight or curved. One is generally used, but at times two.

Talre. — V. and district of same name in N. Malacca on the border of Kembau,
the village being at the foot of Bukit Ampar, 1 J miles from the boundary line. It
is 12 miles from Rumbiah.

TambOTirine (Befcana). — See Dbttm.

TambUSU. — The name of the tribe inhabiting the islands of Tingi, Ac, off
the E, coast of Johore. They are few in number, dirty and ill-favoured.

Tampin. — The state between E. Eembau and Malacca, forming one of the
Negri Sembilau (g. v.).

Tampln. — Mt. between Eembau and Malacca.

Tampin Teugah. — v. on the borders of Malaeca and Eembau, a portion
being in each territory.

Tampinis. — District in N.E. Singapore, W. of Changi. An estate of same
name in W, portion.

Tampui Mambong. — v. just below the junction of the Kahang and Madek
Rivers, E, Johore.

Tarn

of BHiish Malaya.

Vol. I,

Tamaak. — A name applied in jthe Malay annals to Singapore. — J. I. A.,

I, p. 89.

Tanah.-

t probably from the Sanskrit iliama.. This is the most Sequent
word to express laud, earth, or ground ; and also country, land, and region. Puuied
before the name of a people, it represents the country they inhabit, as TawtiWauw.
the land of the Javanese, or that portion of Java occupied by the proper Javanese ;
Ta^mk^S!t1lAl^. the country of the Sundaa, or that part of the same island inhabited
by the Sunda nation ; Ta.wxh-Bv^ie, the laud of the Bugis, or country o£ this nation,
Eretjuently extended to the whole island of Celebes, because the Bugis are its chief
nation ; and Tanah-Kling, the land of the Eahnga nation, or Talugus, often extended
to the whole country of the Sindus, because the Talugus were the people of Hindu-
stan best known to the inhabitants of the Malayan Archipela^. This is very niuch
the manner in which the name of our own country is formed.*

Tanah Abang.— V. on E. side of Endau E. in N.E. Johore.

Tanah Merah. — A small V. in the Blimbing district, Malacca.

Tanah Merah, — A part of the coast of Malacca, about 2^ miloa N. of Tan-
jong Kling.

Tanah Merah Besar, and Kechil. — ^The former justs, of the Changhoi
district, E. Singapore, and the latter just half-way between Singapore R. and point
Beting Eusa, the S.E. point of the aaiuo district. Both places are so called from
the colour o£ the exposed cliffs, which are of reddish laterite. A powder magazine
and landing-pior are at Tanah Merah Eechil, all gunpowder imported into tho
Colony being stored there.

Tanah Seroh. — V- 3 to 4 miles above Johore Lama, on E. bank of Johore E.

Tangga BatU. — District and V. about 2 miles N, of Tanjong Kling, in
Malacca,.

Tanggiling. — The local word in parts of the Peninsula for the Pangolin or
Manis (ij. t;.).

Tanglia and Upper Tangliu. — District in S. Singapore, bounded on the
E. by the continuation of Orchard Road and the Botanical Gardens, on the N. by
Toah Payoh, on the W. by Jurong and Padan diatricta, and on the S. by Paair
Panjang. The district chiefly inhabited by foreign residents.

Tani. — v. on N. shore of Patani.

Tanjong. — in Malay, a headland, point, cape, or promontory— any land,
whether high or low, projecting into the sea, or a river, or inland ; but more com-
monly applied to the former. The word is of very frec[uent occurrence in the
geography of Malayan countries, and eiamples are abundant, as Tatijoag-Vato,
Tanjong-Api, Tanjong-Selalan, literally " elder," " fire," and " south " points.

Taniong- — A village in Eembau, Negri Sembilan (not marked in maps

S. A. sTiu

Tanjong Aigoh. — Point in the Pahang E., about 30 miles from the mouth,
E. Pahang.

Tai^ong Ayer Jambu. — Point at W. extreme of Teluk Blangah district,
S.W. Singapore.

Tanjong Baru. — ^A point on N. aide of Perak E., about 14 miles from ita
mouth.

Tanjong Batang. — A point on 8. side of Muar R., about half-way between
Segamat and £lubi in S.W. Pahang.

Tamong Bata. — A point 10 miles S. of Pahang Eiver, on the coast of that
State.

Tan

Deuriptive Dictionary

Tan

TanjOQg Batu. — The extreme N. point of Penang, Batu Feringgi district.

Tai^'ong Ben. — Point on W. of entrance of E. Piiloi, S.W. Joliore,

Tanjong Berala.— S,E. point of Tioman l. Also a point on E. coast of
Johoro, lii-'twLH'ii jxjiut.s Moran and TenguraU.

Tanjong Bidan. — A small V, 1 mile S. of the Tampin (Eemban) district.

Tanjong Bidara. — A point on the Malacca coast, about 16 miles from tlie
town in (liu SuD[:;oi Udang diBtriet,

Tar^ong Bidara. — The N. point of Pnlo Ayer Litntm.

Tanjong Bri.— N. point of entrance of Bri E., W. Singapore, oppodte
1 Diilii in Singapore.

Tsi^Ong Buei. — A point in Johore B. forming S'. bank of entrance to

Tai^ong BulUS. — The S. point of Asia {tm Bohanu) and forming tbo
citrcnn' S.W. (mint I'f the Territory of Johore, distant from Singapore 8J miles.

Tanjong Blinga.— Point about \ mile W.S.W. of Tanjong llkos, SJS.
Penan t;.

Tanjong Changi. — The point E. of the v. and station of same name, fonn-
intt, nilh lit'liiii; Ktis.i. in a dir«ct line 1 mile S.. tlie B. extremity of Singapore L

Tanjong Dadala. — Point on W. side of PeraJt R., S miles If.K. of GoDong
Tuojotal, W-U. Penik.

Tanjong Dahan. — The S. point of the Linggi district, ICalacca, and about
% mil<-« S. E. of the Potic« station.

Tanjong Damar.— Point on W. side of Haka Head. K.W. Pauutg. abont
\ mile S-W. ef it,

Tai^ong Datoh.— A S. bend of tlM Longat K. balf-wa.; between Bnkit
Jngnt and Lanktit Bunlal, S. Selangor.

Tanjong DtUi. — Point N. of entrance of K. Murbok, N. Eedah.

Tanjong Dnyong.— Point about 1 mile E. of Uoka Head. }T.W. Vvtaa^

Tanjong Oabees.— Point in N.\7. Eedah. about 8 miles B. g< R. PoEa.

Taqjong Qading. — Point between the Kessaag B. and E«ala Mtax, alwvt
3 buIm from the Malacca frontier.

TutJoi^ Qadomg.— A point on E. side of Jobon B^ S to 3 mka ab«v«
Jobore Luaa.

Tanjong Qfimok. — ^^ pwnt foiming the N. nde of the ■Tit*^''"tf to tte
Eadaa R.. E- Pahacg.

Tanjong Oenmrnh.— Puict w a eoaal of Panaa^ Bid T. a IttOt to V.
of mu.-.

Tanjong OoL— Point S.W. «f Sbgapcn, and dittriet of n^ tamm. T.
1| tc2 mD<^G.oiaboTeoD S.W. eoasL K. of P. Soafatba.

TanJOTg Qotak BanggoL— The atnan &W., ^ammHarj af I^^«-

Tanjong HantO.— 3le extnne W. ptant of the Dia^ag l^am^ti

Tanjong A^a.— P^iut ^ a camBce of Tu B, :S. Se^ah. ring ai

Taq}oa< Mntosf.— nes

Tuioag]
it, S.W. p«

Tan of British Malaya. Tan

Tazijong Kampong Padaman.— Point and Y.'on E. bank of Perak B.,
C. Perak.

Tazijong Kapa. — ^Point on Perak coast, just below the Bindings boundary.
Tazijong Karang (Krong in the Admiralty charts).— Point W. end of

island facing Port Weld, Larut, N.C. Perak. A lighthouse is erected here, show-
ing a red light.

Tai^jong Karang. — Point and Police station at extreme W. point of Singa-
pore I., in the Tengah district.

Tazijong Katapang Besar. — Point in N.W. Penang, about 1 mile S.W.
of Muka Head.

Tazijong Katong.— Point on S.E. coast of Singapore, on which is erected
the pillar forming the E. harbour limit. A battery exists to the W. of the point at
and near which several bungalows have been erected, which are let for short periods
to persons wishing to enjoy sea-bathing and change of air.

TaBJong Katta. — ^The S. point of the Bindings (mainland) coast.

Tapjong Kerechut.— Point in N.W. Penang, about 10 miles below Muka

Head, in the Teluk Bahang district.

Tapjong Kinawar. — ^A point S.E. of Johore about 5 miles N. of Point
Bomania.

Tazijong Kling. — S. Point in Tanjong Gul district, S.W. Singapore,
between Pulo Sembilan and Pulo Damar.

Tapjong Kling. — ^The point 6 miles W. of the town of Malacca, and one of
its prettiest suburbs. A Government bungalow and an excellent bathing-house
have been erected here. The village is on the' N. of the high road just before it
turns upwards to the Tangga Batu district.

Tazijong Kramat. — A point and V. in the Sungei Bharu Tengah district,
N.W. of Malacca.

Tanjong Kuantan. — Point in N.E. Pahang, 34 miles N. of Pahang B.
and the most easterly portion of the State.

Tanjong Kupang. — Point between Old Strait and mouth of B. Pulei,
S.W. Johore.

Tanjong Labn. — Small V. on the E. bank of the Duyong B., Malacca.

Tanjong Lepas.— =-Point in the Batu Feringgi district, N. Penang. A
litUe over 2 miles S.W. of T. Batu.

Tanjong Liat Tanah. — ^V. at entrance of Kwala Trong, 10 to 11 miles
S. of Kwala Larut, W.C. Perak.

Tanjong Limau. — ^A point at extreme S.E. of Pahang, formerly regarded
as making the boundary between that State and Johore.

Tanjong Lumboh. — Point on E. bank of Perak B., about 6 miles below
Bota, W.C. Perak.

Tanjong Luyong. — Point and V. just below the mouth of the Jugra B.,
S.W. Selangor.

Tanjong Lyan. — Small V. in the Ihirian Tunggal district, S.C. Malacca.
Tanjong Malmi. — Point on N. side of Bemam B., S.E. Perak.

Tanjong Manura. — ^A point on E. bank of B. Perak, about 8 miles below
Kwala Kangsa.

Tanjong Masari. — ^A W. point of the Pulai Betong district, S.W.
Penang.

[401] P P

Tan

Descriptive Dictionary

Tan

Tai^ong Menkuang.^The S.E. point o£ Bedoh district, S.E. Singapore.

Taujong Merawang.— Point on W. Singapore coast forming E. boundary
of entrance to Old Strait.

Tanjong Morau, — Point in K. Johore, 2^ mOea N. of Point Berala.

Tanjong Nipis. — A N. bend in tlie Euran R., N.W. Perak, abont 8 miles
from tlie mouth.

Tanjong Pachut.— Point on E. ba-nk of Perak R., C. Pemk.

Tai\jong Pagar. — District of S.W. Singaporo-town, where the prineipal
docks are situated. Connected with the town proper by steam tramway.

Tai^ong Pangkalen. — Point ou the B. bank of Perak R., 8 miles above
Duriau Sabatang, S. Perak,

Tanjong Pau.— Point in U.W. Kedah, about X8 miles S. of R. Lungu,

Tanjong Pengra. — The first point W. of Point Romania, S.E. extreme of
Johore.

Tanjong Peniabong. — A point In Pahang opposite Pulo Eaban, and
almost at the S.E. extremity of that State.

Tanjong Peniabong. — The extreme N. cape of Johore, 5 miles E. of
entrance of Endan E.

Taiyong Penyuso or Point Romania. — The extreme S.E. point of the

Malay Peninsula, often but erroneously called the S. point of Asia, that distiuctJou
belonging to Tanjong Bulus, a little W. of Singapore. It terminal«a in a bold
rocky promontory of plutonic origin.

Tanjong Piandang. — The W. point of the Perak coast, lat, 5° 2' N., long.
100° 23' E,

Tanjong Pinjura. — Point between the entrances of the Jurong and
Pan dan Rivers, S.W. Singapore.

Tanjong Ponggol. — Point berween the Ponggol and Seranggong R. in
N.E. Singapore. It is the site of a Police station, and is just opposite the R.
Tukang in Johore.

Tanjong Puchat Muka (Mnka Head).— The N.W. point of Penang,
upon which a lighthouse is erected.

Tai\}Ong Ridan. — Point 4 miles up the R. Pulei, where a Uttle R. of that
name joins it.

Tanjong Rimau. — A small V. in the Pulau Sebang district, N. Malacca,
1| miles S. of the Tampin district (Bembau). Also a district of the same name iu
the same position.

Tanjong Risang. — Point in extreme N. Johore, about 5 miles S. of Point
Peniabong.

Tai\jong Ru. — A spit of laud forming the S. limit of the entrance to the
Ealang and Kochoro Rivers, Singapore.

Tanjong Salang. — N point of Tioman I.

Tanjong Sang Long. — A bend on N. side of Selangor R., about 8 miles
from the mouth.

Tai^ong Sarong. — Extreme W. point of BLikaag Mati I., forming S.
boundary of New Harbour, Singapore.

[402]

Tan of British Malaya. Tap

Tanjong Sekakap.— Point on E. coast of N. Johore, 1\ miles S.W. of
Babi I.

Tai\J0Ilg Sekudei. — ^Point at W. entrance of Sekudei B., opposite Johore
Bharu, S. Johore.

Tai\jong Sembilan,— Point to S. of entrance of E. Lungu, N.W. Zedah.
Tanjong Senai. — ^V. in Linggi district of Malacca, about 1 mile S. of the
Police station at the entrance of E. Linggi.

TaDJong Silantei.— Point in N. Johore, 4^ miles S. of Point Eisang.
Tailjong Sipang (Sjrang in the Admiralty chart). — Point forming a

peninsula on N. bank of Perak E., and about 16 miles from its mouth, in S.W.
I^erak.

Tazijbng Sippong.— The N.E. point of the promontory of which the S.E.
end is named Point Eomania.

Tanjong Sungei Poaka. — Point forming W. entrance of small E. of
same name, S.W. Polo IJbin.

TaDJOng Tajam.— The W. point of Pulo Ubin.

Tai^jong Teluk Bahang.— Point at E. side of Teluk Bahang, N.W.
Penang, about 2| miles S.W. of Tanjong Batu.

Tanjong Teregeh. — S.E. point of Pulo Brani.

Tailjoilg Tikus. — ^Point in N.E. Penang, about f mile S. by E. of Pulo
Tikus.

Tazijong Tokong. — District and point in N.E. Penang, 4^ miles N.W. of
town.

Tazijong Tukun. — Point in N.W. Penang, about 1^ miles S.E. of Muka
Head.

Tapa. — ^Important V. on S. bank of Batang Padang E., E.G. Perak.

Tapioca Plant. — TJhi Kayu, cassava (Jathropha momihot). Originally from
Brazil. About six varieties are grown in the Straits, from the roots or tubers of
which are manufactured tapioca in various forms — as flake, flour, bullet, pearl, and
seed. The fibrous part, or refuse after manufacture of the tapioca, is used as
pig's food. Casserepe, the basis of the famous West Indian pepperpot, can be
made from the expressed juice of the pulped roots. This juice contains two
poisons — ^hydrocyanic acid and a poison which has lately been discovered and pro-
visionally named ^ Manihotoxin." Both poisons being very volatile, they are
expelled by a slight degree of heat. The juice also contains a non-poisonous sub-
stance, which has been named " Sepsycolytin," or " fermentation's hinderer," on
account of its remarkable antiseptic properties, to which is probably due the
preservation of the ingredients of West Indian pepperpot. The tubers are some-
times eaten as a vegetable, either boiled or roasted.

Mr. Cantley, referring to the Government Nursery (Eeport 1886), says : —
" Of tapioca there are many varieties ; so far I have been able to secure the follow-
ing : — ^Eed and white Brazilian, Singapore, and Mauritius. These are all in culti-
vation here, and the time they take to mature is about as follows : — ^Brazilian, nine,
months ; Singapore, fifteen months ; and Mauritius, eighteen months."

Tapioca, Bullet, Pearl and Seed.— The same process is gone through
as in making flake, only that before being placed in the hot iron pans, the damp
pulverized starch is rolled about in doth cradles until converted into pellets, when
it is stirred about on the hot round pans for a short time and then dried the same
as flake. It is .sifted into sizes, and gains the name of bullet, pearl, or seed,
according to size.

[403] D D 2

Tap

Descriptive Dictionary

Tea

Tapioca, Flake. — ^Is the starch of any variety of the tapioca plant manu-
factured into irregukr rocky masses. To manufacture it, the roots are Trashed,
grated, and the starch washed out of the pulp, the water and starch in a. milky
state being run into cisterns to settle. After the Btarch has settled to the bottom,
the water and lighter impurities are run off, the starch is dug up and agitated with
clear water and allowed to settle again in other cisterns. This process is gone
through one or more times, according to circumstances, the top and lower surface
of the starch being each time carefully scraped clean with chisels. The starch is
then pulverized and sifted in its damp state and stirred about in round iron pans
heated to a temperature suf&cient to burst the starch capsules ; the amyla^wiUB
matter thus released cements the whole into small, irregular, rocky masses, which
are dried until crisp on flat iron or copper plates at a comparatively low heat.
After sifting inte sizes, it is then packed in bags. The manufacture of tapioca is
now almost entirely done by machinery on all large estates.

Tapioca Plour. — The same process is followed aa for making Sake
tapioca, except that the pulverized dsunp starch, instead of being stirred in the
round iron pans at a high temperature, is either dried in the sun or placed on flat
iron or copper plates and dried slowly.

Tapir (TipirMS Jtfaiayewsis). — In Malay, Ihiah, or Kv^ Ayer ("water-
horse "). This animal was discovered in the Peninsula at the beginning of the
present century, and differs from the American species, which is of uniform brown
colour, in having a ground colour of sooty-black, with greyish-white back and
flanks. The young animal is beautifully variegated, being striped and spotted
with yellow fawn above and white below, the marks disappearing as it reaches
adult age. It has no mane, and the proboscis is longer than with the American
animal. The hide is used, but the flesh is dry and tasteless. In spite of its
native name, it does not attempt to Bwim, though very fond of wading in streamg.
It is said te be readily tamed, and even to become unpleasantly familiar with those
it knows, acting like a put kitten or puppy, which, in an animal of its size, is some-
what embarrassing. The proboscis of the Malayan is longer than that of the
American variety.

Tasek. — ^V. on W. bank of Kesaang R., extreme S.E. of Malacca.

TaBek. — Hill and V. 15 miles from Butterworth, and formerly the site of a
sugar plantation owued by Mr. NAiasE of Penang, but now abandoned in favour
of cocoa-nut and other cultivation. The house is pleasantly situated, and the
water in the neighbourhood soft.

TaSQk Bera. — A lake in W. Pahang, supposed te be about 8 miles long by
3 in greatest breadth. Oval in shape, and lying in a N.W. to. S.E. direction at the
junction of the Bera R. with the Sereting R.

Tattooing. — ^The practice of making indelible stained figures in the skin, by
way of ornament or distinction, is called, in Malay, chachak, a word which also
signifies te chop, or mince. It obtains only among the rudest tribes, but is
unknown to all the more civilized races, nor is it ascertained to have existed among
the latter in any period of their history.

Tea (Aamm hybriit). — Is imported from China and India for foreign con-
sumption, but ia not indigenous. Plantations have been started in Johore, which
are meeting with fair success. Mr. Cajjtlbt says the plant " grows with a &eedom
which would seem to insure profitable cultivation; the question is more one of
cheap manipulation than of plant growth. I have lately inspected tea cultivation
on some estates in Ceylon, and I see no good reason why its cultivation should not
be taken up freely in the Straits on selected soils and made remunerative."

Teak. — See Woods.

Teanel. — v. on N, bank of Pahang R., K. Pahang.
[404]

Teb of British Malaya. Tel

Teban. — ^A N.E. district of Singapore, between Ponggol and Tampinis. ,An
estate of the same name occupies about one-third of the district.

Tebang Said. — ^V. on E. bank of Eahang B. in E. Johore, half way
between its junction with the Sembrong and Makek Eivers.

Tebing Tinggi. — Small Y. on the main branch road from Malacca-town
to Ayer Panas, about 7 miles from the former.

Tebing Tinggi. — A y. in the Bringin district, C. Malacca.

Tebing Tinggi. — ^V. and bridge on the high road between Bukit Minyak
and Sempang Ampat, 11 miles from Butterworth, Province Wellesley.

Tebong. — ^A small y. on the W. affluent of the B. Kessang, about 3^ miles
from Chin Chin, E. Malacca.

Tedong. — ^A small y. on the S. coast of Malacca, about 2^ miles E.S.E. of
Merlimau.

Tejong.— /See NuTCHi.

Tekah. — Small y. 1| miles S. of the Johore frontier in N.E. Malacca.

Tekam. — ^Important y. on E. side of Muar B. in Johore, lat. ¥ 27' N.,
long. 102° 53' E.

Telaga Tnjoh. — ^y. in extreme N.W. of Kedah on the coast just below the
Siamese boundary.

Telinga or Kalinga. — ^ Malay K^ing, the name of the nation of
Southern India with which the Indian islanders have at all known times held
most intercourse, and through whom, it is believed, they received, in ancient times,
the Hindu religion, and some of the civilization which belongs to those who profess
it. (See ExiNa.)

Teluk Anson. — A flourishing settlement in Lower Perak, about 23 miles
from the mouth of the Perak B., and likely to become of much greater importance,
owing to its situation just below the confluence of the Perak and Kinta Bivers,
this being the key of the riverine traffic. A railway has been partly constructed
from Kinta, which will yet further aid the development of Teluk Anson; which has
grown up entirely under the management of the late Superintendent of Lower
Perak, Mr. Noel Denison. Teluk Anson lies on the side of a tongue of land about
I mile across, and has replaced Burian Sabatang, which was the native villi^e on
the N. side, but is now almost abandoned.

Teluk Ayer. — Bay forming a portion of the sea face of Singapore. A large
reclamation has recently been filled in here, which in time bids fair to become an
important business centre.

Teluk Ayer Rambut. — The beach N. of Point Bomania, Johore.

Teluk Ayer Tawar or Tawer. — ^y. and district in N. division of
Province Wellesley, the former 5 miles 7 furlongs from Butterworth. The village
is a populous one, the inhabitants being chiefly fishermen and boatmen, with
Chinese and Klin^ petty shopkeepners. A short but wide river admits boats of good
tonnage at high tide, and the fishing industry is very flourishing. A Police station
stands near the N. end of the village. Ayer Tawar is the natural capital of the N.
district, but the inland y. of Penaga has been found more suitable as the head
station, on account of its more central position as regards the N« boundary of the
Province.

Teluk Bahang. — ^District in N.W. Penang.

Teluk Bahang.— Bay in N.W. Penang, T. Tukun and T. Teluk Bahang
being the two extreme points ; about 2 miles from Muka Head S.E.

[405]

Descriptive Diclionmy Tel

Q the Perak B., 6 to 7 miles below Beta, in

Teluk Barang.— Curve and V. oa E. bank of E. Endau, N.E. Johore.

Teluk Batu,— Bay at S. point of Dindings territory.

Teluk Bendira. — Bay on N.E. side oE Blakang Mati 1., S. of Siugaporo.

Teluk Bharu. — Bay forming S.E. coast of Changi district, eitrenio E.
8iiiga]iorc,

Teluk Blangah.^The S. district of Singapore proper, only partly within
the town liiuita. The P. and 0. Wharf and New Harbour Docks are within this
district, as laid 'lown in the most recent maps.

Teluk Blangah.— Bay and V. in Sungci Bharu Tengah district, N.W. of
Malacua.

Teluk Brani.— N,E. point of Pulo Br-iai.

Teluk Durian. — A bend in the Langat E., 3 miles W. of Bukit Merbiling,
S. Selaugor.

Teluk Duyong.— Bay to S.E. of Muka Head, N.W. Penang.

Teluk Epi.— The bay immediately B. of the entrance of the Kurau E..
N.W. Poi-ak,

Teluk Qhintan.— Bay to E. of Tanjong Batu, N, Penang.

Teluk Gong.— V. on the W. bank of the Kessang E.. about 5 miles from
the coast, E. Malacca.

Teluk Joara.— Bay on E.G. side of Tioman I.

Teluk Kapur.— Bend of the Endau R., about 11 miles from its mouth, the
river here tui-niug N. after running 2 miles W. In N. Johore.

Teluk Katapang Besar.— Bay just below point of same name in N.W.

Teluk Kempai.— Bay on W. coast of N. Penang, Teluk Bahang districi.

Teluk Kertang.— V- on S. bank of Larut E., about 3 miles from the
entrance, Perak, The anchorage at tlie mouth of the river goes by this name.

Teluk Kirlang. — Bay in N.W, Penang, just below Tanjong Duyong.

Teluk Kumbar.— Bay and district in S. coast of Penang.

Teluk Kupoh.— Bay on W. side of S.E. point of Penang.

Teluk Larak.— V. on W. bank of fi. Endau, N. Johore.

Teluk Luas.— See Tkldk Was.

Teluk Mas.— V. on the left of the Umbei E., between 6 and 7 miles E. of
Malacca-town.

—Bay and T. on E. coast of Singapore in Bedoh

Teluk Moku^.— Bay on S. coast of Tioman Island (3. ».).

Teluk Nangka.— Bay on N. coaat of Penang, \\ miles E. of Tanjong
Batu.

Teluk Nibong Patah.— Bend of the Endau E. in N. Johore.

Teluk Pah Bedin,— Bay on E. side of Teluk Purajah, S. coast of Penang.

Teluk Paku.— Bay forming E. coaat of Cliangi district, E, Singapore.

Teluk Papan. — A bay about 12 miles from Mahieca-town iu the Sungei
TJdang district.

Teluk Perlepah.— V. at junction of Sembrang and Kabang Eivers witli
Endau E., N. Jnhore.

[406]

Tel of British Malaya. Ten

Taluk Prang. — ^A reach of the Perak E., C. Perak, with V. of same name
on W. bank about 12 miles S. of Kwala Eiangsa.

Teluk Purajah. — ^Point to E. of Teluk Kumbar on S. coast Penang.

Taluk Remis.— A village 3 miles 7 furlongs N. of Butterworth, Province
Welleslej. Formerljr the site of a Police station and the magistracy for the N.
portion of the Provmce. About 1850 the station was abandoned for police pur-
poses and converted to the use of Indian convicts employed in repairing the roads.
On the cessation of the convict system, the building was allowed to fall into dis-
repair and is now a ruin. According to Malay story, two large and fierce hama-
diyad snakes took possession of it, and nobody dared approach it after nightfall.
A syce assured the compiler that he had seen one of these snakes, which was
induced to show itself by an Indian snake-charmer, but as none of the party had
guns, it was allowed to escape. As the hamadryad abounds in the Province, there
is no improbability in the story.

Teluk Ridang.— Point on W. side of E. Endau, S.E. Pahang.

Teluk Salang. — ^Bay at N.W. comer of Tioman I.

Teluk Sekari. — ^V. in S. Pahang, about 2 miles E. of Muar E. and 4 miles
N. of Segamat.

Teluk Sera.^ — Bay on coast of N. Binding territory, the shore, running E.
and W., turning abruptly S. just above Pulo Tallong.

Teluk Talaga. — Bay on coast of Pasir Panjang district, S.W. Singapore.

The Pasir Panjang Police station about \ mile.E.

Taluk Tampoyak. — ^Bay on E. side of S.E. promontory, Penang.

Taluk Tikus. — Bay on N.W. coast of Penang, \\ miles from Pulo Tikus.

Taluk Tingah.— Bay on W. side of Tioman I.

Taluk Tingho. — ^V. on W. bank of Perak E,, just S. of Kedah boundary
line.

Taluk Trapang. — ^A N. curve in the Langat E., just below Langkut
Buntal, S. Selangor.

Teluk Tuan. — Eeach and V. on W. side of E. Endau, N.E. Johore.

Teluk Was or Teluk Luas.—Bay to S. of entrance of E. XJpip. the
boundary between Siam and Kedah.

Telupin. — ^District at mouth of E. of same name in N.E. Patani.

Temenggong, or Tumunggong. — ^t,, guardian of the palace ; next in
rank to rajah.

Temong. — V. a few miles above Kwala Kaugsa on the Perak R, formerly
the seat of the native Government. It is now known as Kota Lama.

Teiuparature. — ^The mean temperature of Singapore is 81**, seldom vary-
ing one degree. It appears to be slightly increasing, but the clearing of land, <&c.
renders this at present mappreciable. Penang has a slightly higher average, while
that of Malacca appears to be the same within a trifling decimal. The Peninsula
will naturally, owing to the vast forest tracts existing, give higher figures. But
85^ may be taken as the highest average heat throughout the States dealt with in
this work.

Tengah. — The W. district of Singapore. Gambier and pepper plantations
exist here in large numbers.

Tengah. — ^V. in E. part of Tampin, Eembau, Negri Sembilan.

Tenure of Land. — Crawfubd'b remarks upon this sabject are of interest.
He says : — With the exception of the populous islandi of Java. Bali, Iiomboc» and
afew parts of the Philippines, the land is so siipen "^ilatkm so

[407]

Ter Descriptive Dictionary TfflP

small ill relation to it, that the greater part of it has, in reality, no sateable value at
all. With the oiceptionB thus enumerated, no real or theoretic rent esiste, and the
only value of the land is derived from the labour invested in clearing it of forest,
in making it amenable to irrigation, in digging wella, and in the fruit-trees planted
on it, All lands which have received a value from labour so invested, are a prirato
heritable property, or an heirloom — in the language of the Malays and Javanese.
jmeaka. li any pubUc tax be imposed on such lands, it is taken in kind, and does
not exceed a tithe. Even the rude laws of the Malays proclaim this private
property in cultivated or reclaimed land, as the few following extracts from those
of Johore will satisfactorily show :— ' Land is of two descriptions, appropriated
and unappropriated. The last has no owner, and therefore cannot be a subject of
litigation.' ■ He who reclaims forest land, or builds upon it, shall not be molested
in hia possession.' ' The proofs of land being appropriated are the presence of
wells, of fruit-trees, or marks of tilla^, and if any one intermeddles with such
lands, he shaU be amenable to prosecution.' ' If any one trespasses on such appro-
priated lands, he shall be fined ten mas, more or less, at the discretion of the
magistrate, according to the extent of the land.' ' If a man builds a house, and
makes a garden upon the appropriated laud of another, not knowing that it had an
owner, and the owner returns, he shall be entitled to one-third part of the pro-
duce," ' If a man cultivates the irrigated land (sawah) of another, not knowing it
had an owner, he shaU pay such owner, as m the last case, one-third of the produce
of the land.' ' If a man takes possession of the land of another, after it has been
prepared for upland culture (wmaA). he shall pay a fine of ten mas. and if a man
seizes upon such land forcibly, he shall be fined one tael and one paa.' 'If neigh-
bours unite for the purpose of clearing, cultivating, and fencing a portion of
forest land, and one out of the number neglects the portion of the fence assigned
to him, and cattle or wild hogs ent«r and destroy the crop, such person ho neglect-
ing shall be eompelled to make good the crop which has been destrovfd.' ' If a
man steals the materials of a fence, and the owner of it meets him, it shall be law-
ful for him to seize and bind the thief, to take from him such articles as krises,
han^rs, or spears, and to carry him, if a free man, to the magistrate, or if a slave,
to his mastt-r.' ' If a man goes to hunt with toils, or nets, or decoys, or to fish in
rivers or lakes, it shall not be lawful for the thief iu authority over the land to
hinder him, for the game he is in quest of are wild animals.' ' If, however, a
person robs a beehive on another's land, without the knowledge of the owner, it shall
be lawful for the owner to seize and take such hive from him, and the offender
shall be further fined to the extent of half a tael. It is trae that bees are wild
animals, but the hives had yielded the owner of the land a regular and certain

In the British possessions, however, so important a source of revenue as land-
rent could not be overlooked. Owing to defective registration, want of proper
land-marks, and other causes, matters nad reached so unsatisfactory a state that a
late Governor, Sir F. A. Wkld, determined to introduce the Torrens system, and to
this end Mr, W. E. Maxwell (now C.M.G.) was despatched to Australia to study
that system on the spot. Upon his return. Ordinances were passed, and the
requisite staff appointed to carry out the new arrangements. The revenue from this
source baa undoubtedly inereased, but the want of a sufficient staff to effectively
demarcate the land has materially retarded matters. Upon the whole, there haa
been less grumbling amongst the natives than might have been expected, they
being fully conscious of the value of a secure title. The matter, however, is still
one of experiment.

Teraclli. — One of the Negri Sembilan, lying between Ulu Muar and Ghinong
Pftdir, and the most westerly of the group. It possesses no villages of any im-
Bortance. The source of the Muar R, forms the Iwundary line between it aod TTlu

[408]

Ter of British Malaya. Tid

Terap Bark. — ^The fibre of this bark is used bj the Jakuns to form loin
cloths.

Terentang. — Small Y. on the W. affluent of the E. Kessang, \\ miles from
Belau Police station and just above Chin Chin.

Tetun Yong. — ^V. on N. bank of Pahang R., opposite Cheno, C. Pahang.

Thaipeng or Taiping. — ^The principal mining station of Larut, C. Perak,
at the head of the Larut B., and the seat of the Assistant Residency. It is a busy
place, and has largely developed of late years, and is regarded as the real capital of
the State, although the Sultan and Resident both reside at or near Kwala Kangsa.
It has well-constructed public buildings, such as prison, hospital, barracks, markets.
Police stations, court-house, treasury, post office, <&c. It possesses a library and an
excellent museimi. The town is supplied by waterworks.

Thaiping. — 8^ Taipano.

Thatch. — 8ee Attap.

Theatricals. — Plays are sometimes, but rarely, given, derived from the
Javanese. (See Clown and Pttppet Show.) In such cases four characters usually
appear, a hero and his friend the clown, with the heroine and a muse or servant.

Thermal Springs exist in two or three localities only, Malacca, Naning
and Klang being the only districts regarding which we have reliable information.
The springs are found in level swampy ground only, a« in other countries, and are
believed to possess curative qualities. That in Klangiis thus described by Mr. B.
DouoLAS : —

" Near the junction of the Klang and Tata, we came on the track to Pahang.
About four miles below the Icampong at Sungei Tata we reached a hot spring flowing
out of the basin in a small granite rock, about two or three feet above the bed of a
small branch or back-water of the Elang on its left bank. The water is im-
pregnated with sulphur, and hot enough to cook an egg or rice in ; we found it too
hot to test by hand. On approaching, steam is seen rising a considerable height
among the trees. A short distance below are two other springs, the lowest being
the coolest and oozing out of the mud. Here wild cattle — Seladang — ^and other
large game came down to wallow in the hot ground, and, so the natives say, to
drink the mineral water. The natives themselves bathe in the water, and use it as
an internal medicine for rheumatism, with, they say, good effect. I had no detached
thermometer to test the temperature of the springs, but I should say the hottest
one was about 180 degrees. There was some eoullition as of boiling."

At Ayer Panas in Malacca a similar spring exists. It is in the centre of a
padi field, about 6| feet square, with a dear stream of water running within 2 feet
of its edge. Temperature 122° F. A spring at Seban^ shows a temperature of
over 110° according to one writer, 130** accordLig to another.

" The hot swamp lies between the road and the base of the hill which forms
the western side of the flat. The ground is uncultivated and swampy, but the
thicket which rises out of it extends nearly back to the hill, and is said by the
Malays to have a bottom of hot mud and water throughout. The water must rise
from more than one place, and the quanti^ discharged is considerable, as, where it
flows out beneath a bridge &cross the road, it formed a running stream three feet
broad and three inches deep. Every day there is probably discharged about ten
thousand cubic feet."

, — y. on the Duyong B., Malacca, about 4 miles S.W. of Ayer Panas.
. — ^The tides, both at the Settlements and at the more important places
on the coast of the Peninsula, have been, even at this late date, but imperfectly re-
corded. Tide tables for Singapore by E. Bobebts were published for the first time
in 1884, but are avowedly incomplete. At Singapore, curious double tides take place,

[409]

Descriptive Dictionaiy '

i.e., tliere are two high and two low waters, the secood tides in each ca«e being;
inferior in riae and ^U to the others. At times the inferior tides disappeat
altogether. Beliable tida tables for all the Settlements are still de^dtraia..

Tiger (Felw rigrw). — This dangerous animal is freqnent in the Peninsula,
and is occasionally found in Singapore, Malacca and Province Wellesley, The tiger
of the Malayaa countries is the same as that of India. In Malay the name for it
is Aan'moM, and by elision of the initial syllable — a frequent practice of the language
— rt'mrtM. The royal tiger is the type which, in the native languages, furnishee the
generic name of all the larger feline animals, the others being designated by adding
an epithet. Thus, the MaJays call a kind of tiger-cat harimau-akar, whict may be
rendered "the scandent or cBmbtng tiger." The tiger itself, to distinguish it from
the rest of the family, is designated harifnau-tiinygal, which signifies " the unique
tiger," or the " tiger itself." It should be noted that the Malays, when in the
forest, never refer to the animal by its real name, tjiey having a superstitious belief
that the animal understands spieech. They call it tuhan itlan (1'^'^ of the woods),
or by some similar synonym. The souls of the dead are supposed to enter the
bodies of tigers, and their destruction therefore is seldom attemjited independently,
though the natives will gladly assist foreign ^rtsmen.

Tigers are usually caught by pitfalla or tunber-trapa in which a heavy balk of
timber falls on the animal if he touches a releasing trigger. The pitfalls have more
than once proved fatal to men. A French priest at Batu Kawan in Provinoe
Wellesley was impaled on the sharp bamboo planted in the bottom of a tiger-pit
into which he accidentally fell, and died before he could even l>e released. Singular
cases are on record of tigers being shot by accident, i.e., under thMmpression that
they were dogs or wild pigs. A case happened at Bukit Timah, Singapore, about
eight years ago.

A man-eating tiger is called ttmavr-htmbati^, one which eats auimalB ool;
riTTMU-kerka. (See aUo Black Tioeb.)

As many people will be interested by further particulars, we subjoin an account
furnished on tne subject of t^r-hunting to the J, I. A., VoL XI, by Mr. J. D.
Vadghan. The lapse of time has rendered one or two corrections necessary: —
" Fire-arms are in common use, and some Malaya are exceedingly bold and expert
iu killing tigers. It is said that a tiger becomes extremely fierce and bloodthirsty
when ouce he has tasted human blood, and will seek his prey in the roost crowded
}tampong», and will watch a house night after night in the hope of catching a man.
A remarkable instance fell under the writer's observation,

" Several men had been killed at a village in Province Wellesley by the same
tiger, and for several nights ho had been heard prowling about the houses, regard-
less of cattle and dogs that fell in his way. He was evidently bent on catching
one of the inhabitants. Finding at length that the villagers kept close, he actuaUv
sprang at the door of a house at night, burst it open, seized a man from his bed
and walked off with him. At daylight he was traced by his footprints into the
jungle and the body of the man was found partly devoured, i famous shot, one
Etimg, a Samsam (or cross between a Malay and Siamese), was in the neighbour-
hood, and he proposed that the remains of the poor fellow should be kept in the
bouse, as the tiger would be sure to return for a second meal. This was done, and

I over the door of the house a strong platform was erected, on which Eting took bis
station with his guns. Sure enough, the tiger a Uttle after nightfall returned to
the house, and was xhot through the head.
"Tigers are frequently caught in traps; the most common is the pit-trop,
which is used in all parts of India. A deep pit is dug and the bottom staked witk
sharp-pointed staves. The mouth of the pit is concealed by branches and tesvea,
and the bait (a dog generally) is tied lo a bar over the centre. The tiger in
prowling about discovers the bait, naturally springs at it, and ahghts on the
[410]

Tik of British Malaya. Tin

stakes. He is often pierced through by them ; if not, he is easily despatched with
long spears.

" Another trap employed in catching tigers resembles the figure-of-four trap
used by schoolboys. The trap is made with poles cut from l^e jungle ; the part or
lid that falls is laden with logs till rendered so heayy that the largest brute is
unable to raise it. The lid is held up by an upright post so pla^ that the
slightest push will remove it. To this upright post the bait is fixed, which the
tiger seizes, and in endeayouring to drag it away, he pulls the post aside and brings
the lid down. To prevent the Ud crudhing the animal, a cross-bar is placed on the
post a sufficient height off the ground to protect the brute, but not leaving room
enough to permit him to rise ; his captors then introduce their hands into the trap
and tie his legs together, and to prevent him biting a piece of wood is lashed
across his mouth. The lid is removed, and the animal is so powerless that he may
be easily removed in a basket or slung to a pole. In this fashion he is carried to
town and disposed of. ,

" A fixed reward of $50 is now paid by Ck)vemment for the tigers destroyed, but
in any case the fortunate sportsmen are enabled to dispose of them for a handsome
sum. Chinese are the usual purchasers ; to them the claws, teeth, flesh, and bones
are invaluable. The two former are strung on threads and worn about l^e person,
or treasured in their houses as charms, the bones are calcined and ground to a fine
powder and used as medicine in various diseases, and the flesh is eaten to render
them brave and hardy. The skin generally falls to the lot of a European. It
occasionally happens that the master of a merchantman purchases a tiger for the
English marked and then the hunters reap a golden harvest. A tiger is usually
sold for five-rmiliiicenty or thirty dollars."

It must be added that this account was written when tigers were more common
both in Singapore and elsewhere than they are now, but, this allowed for, the above
remarks apply at the present date.

Tikoro. — Small I. 10 miles from nearest point of the Kelantan coast,
opposite the mouth of B. Kelantan.

Tiktun Batu. — On the most southerly bend of the E. Muda in the extreme
N. of Province Wellesley, 19 miles 4 furlongs from Butterworth. This is a great
resort for cattle-dealers, a station on the other side of the river in Kedah territory
being the chief mart for cattle and buffaloes brought from Ligore and Patani, some
4,000 head changing hands annually. They are swum across the river and taken
south by the Ik^ Mati Leber and P. Bertam Boad. A duty of 81 per beast is
levied in Kedah on each beast before it is allowed to cross, this being farmed to
Chinese resident in Penang.

Tilion Banga. — ^V. on E. side of the Triang B., W. Pahang.

Timba. — ^Water-lifters made of the tepet, or sheath of the betel-nut palm
just below the fruit.

Timber. — See Woods.

Tin. — ^lu Malay Umdh. The word, however, is used as a generic term for
both tin and lead, the epithet ** white," or ** flowery "-—^^tUeh and aari — ^being given
to tin itself, and that of "black" — itam — ^to lead, a metal with which, being
entirely a foreign product, the Malayan nations are but little acquainted. Stream
tin is timah hiji. A tin mine is hmbong Hmah, the tin bearing strata is karang.
To. excavate it is wngJeat karang^ and to smelt is maaak or jpwput.

What may be called the Malayan tin district, or tin field, is, beyond all com-
parison, the most extensive and the richest in the world, for it stretches from
Tavpy, in the 14° of north latitude, to Billiton, in the B° of south latitude, that is,
over seventeen degrees of latitude, and ten of longitude. Tin has been found or
worked in a great many localities within these wide bounds — in various parts of

[411]

Tin

Descriptive Dictionary

the continental territories of the Malayan States, and in aeveral of the islands at
the eastern end of tlie Straits of Malacca. The ore would seem only to become the
more abundant as it approaches its termination at Banca and Billitoo. The
localities richest in tin are ascertained to be those near the junction of the sand-
stone with the granite, and all the countries rich in tin are aJao observed to be so
in iron. All the ore heretofore worked, it should be noticed, has been found in the
alluTium, or detritus of ancient mountains — what is called in mining language
" stream-work " — obtained, in fact, by washing the soil in the same manner as, for
the most part, gold in Australia and California ; for no ore has ever been obtained
by mining the rock containing veins of it, although it has been traced to them. It
must also be remembered that the greater part of the tin district is covered with
an immense forest, and has not been ei^lored, so that tin may reasonably be
expected to be foijnd in many situations which have hitherto remained unexamined.
The supply of tin from the Malayan countries promises to last for at least as many
a^es as tlm,t of the coal of England. It is prodaced, in fact, in quantity propor-
tionate to the labour and capital inyested in working it, and without restriction
from any other cause. With partial exceptions, the Chinese are at present the
effectual miners and smelters, and the increase which has taken place in the
quantity produced is remarkable. The tin mines of Malacca were not worked at
all until as late aa 1793, and not effectually by Chinese until 1840, but in 1848
there were 50 open, yielding some 250 tons. The production in the neighbouring
Malay States had also greatly increased, so that the whole quantity exported from
Malacca amounted io that year to above 960 tons. Mr. Looa.k estimated the whole
quantity produced in the Malay Peninsula at about 2.350 tons, exclusive of the
produce of the Siamese territory. Since that period, tin iiiiiiiixjjJlM almost ceased
in Malacca ; Sungei Ujoag, Selangor, and Perak being now the principal mining
centres. Perak produces some 12,000 tons, and Sek.ngor between 5,000 and
6,000 annually. The metal has also been discovered in the N. and S. of
Johore.

Babboba. mentions tin among the commodities taken by the Malay traders to
the Moluccas and other eastern islands from Malacca; but in a detailed list of the
articles taken by the junks to China, and amounting to ten in number, tin is not
found. BA.BSOB names the metal as one of those found in the market of Malacca,
but calls it, erroneously, a product of Sumatra. The tin referred to by these
writers, was, no doubt, the produce of rude Malayan industry, for in their time the
Chinese had not yet settled in any part of the Archipelago. It would, consequently.
have been small in quantity, and, at least by 20 per cent., less valuable tb^
that smelted by the skilful Chinese. Malay tin must have reached Hindustan at
an early period, for it ia otherwise difficult to understand from whence the Hindus,
who have none of their own, could have obtained their supply of a metal which is
largely used by them in the formation of alloys. Dr. Vikcbnt is of opinion that
this tin was British, but It is far more likely to have been Malayan, part of it,
probably, brought overland from the Coromandel coast. The most usual Sanskrit
name for tin— vanja and ranga — seem to be Indian, and to have no relation to the
Malayan word Hmah.* j

Til^au Laut. — V. and hiU in E. Johore, 3 miles S. of E. Sedili Besar. I

Tipah. — One of the nine districts of Patani (g. v.). I

Titi, — A bridge. Occurs in names of places. 1

Titi Trus. — Bridge over a small affluent o£ Sungei Ayer Itam and V. of
same name, W. Penang.

Titi WangSa. — A range of hills in Eedab. I

Titian Akar. — The site of a tin mine opened in 1793, about 11 miles from I

Malacca, and lying between Durian Tuuggal and Ayer Panas ; now abandoned. I

[412] J

Toa

of British Malaya.

Toa Payoh and Upper Toa Payoh. — Two dlBtricts in S.C. Singapore.
A Police etatiou exists at the formor, about 3 miles from town.

Toads [Katak puTu) of various specicB abound, bat the same remarks
ajiplj to them as to the Prog family (g. v.).

Tobacco (NieoHana tobaeum) is grown in small quantities throughout the
Peninsula, but not as an article of export. That for foreign consumption is
imported. The Malaj ezpresaioo for smoking is minum rolco', lit., to drink the
nipah palm leaf, the ooveriogs of Malay ci^rett«s being of that material. The
experiment has recently been tried in Province Wellesley by Mr. Koh Boo Ann of
growing tobacco on a large scale, but it hiis resulted to noneidenible loss, much to
the disappoiatmeat of many who hoped to see a new industry available. Pipes and
cigars are unknown to the Mala.ys of the Peninsula, except where their use has been
acquired on board foreign ships or in other countries. Mr. K. Cahtlev says of this
plant: — " The soil of the Straits is generally not sufficiently rich for the sucoeasful
cultivation of tobacco, except [jerhapa as a first crop after the removal of virgin
forest, or in specially prepared compost. The plant requires heavy manuring to
keep it growing satisfactorily on ordiuary ground, as it eihauata the soil so quickly
and thoroughly. Where soil is not congenial to start with, its cultivation can hardly
prove remunerative. Seed of the best kiuds have, however, been distributed
amongst the planting community."

Todah. — The sword-fish. A curious legend in the Sijara. Malayu relates that
in old times a large number attacked the inhabitants of Singapore and cut the leijs
of those who opposed them. A boy advised the Rajah to substitute plaintain stems
for people's le^iH^uLthe advice being taken the fish, on embedding their swords in
the trunks, were eoSily captured and destroyed. The boy, however, was deemed to
show a dangerous ability, and was killed, lest he should become a conspirator
against the Government.

Toddy (Tvak) or palm-juice is much consumed. It is fermented in the same
way as in other palm-producing countries.

Tokaug. — Small islets with few or no trees, such as T. Burong and T. Bara
between Pulo Siribuat and P. Tioman off the coast of Pahang.

Tokay. — A species of lizard, so called froni ita cry resembling this word. Tho
natives firmly believe its bite to be poisonous, which, it need hardly be said, is an
error, no poisonous lizards existing in Asia.

Toman. — A village in Johol, Negri Sembilan.

Tombak Bandrang. — A spear the shaft of which is ornamented at ita
upper part with hair dyed red or black. It is carried before a chief on state occa-
sions.

Tombs (Kuhor), iu the case of conspicuous men, hajis, &c., are often of some
pretence, and resemble our own. As a rule, however, a simple head-piece of wood
marks the last, resting-place.

Tones.— A writer in N. and Q. with No, 17 (1886) of the J. S. B. R. A. 8.
states that he has detected three tones in both dioJects spoken by the Sakett in
Perak. Pliilologista will be interested iu following up the hint.

Tong Perapah. — A V. in a bend of the Bemam R., about 22 miles from
its mouth, N. Selangor.

Tonquin Bean (DipUrue odorata), — Introduced a few years ago and found
iu many gardens iu the Settlements. It has a very charming scent.

Tooth-Bmsh. — The fibrous stick used as a brash is called pSrfji.

Topaz (Manikam kunin^). — Imported only.

Tops iOashi^). — Top-spinning, main gaaiag. This is a favourite game
■_ [113]

Tor

Descriptive Dictionary

in the Peninsula, but none
s described by McNaib as
J ite movements, scuttling

amongst the Malaya, the toy being almost identical with our boya' peg-tops, bulmtli
a shorter iron peg. It is spun in precisely the same way, the object, as witli us,
being to split the top of the opponent.

Tortoise. — Various species of tortoise ore found
of lai^e size, or of any commercial value. Ono species i
having a soft shell, a large snout, and being veiy quick ii
away rapidly at any alarm.

Tortoise-Shell.— The riiell of the turtle (Chelone _imbricata) whioh
furnishes this incorrectly- named article, is an article of export, the chief supply
coming from the Bindings.

Torture. — The Malays have never emulated the Chinese in the refinements
of torture recorded against the latter. They are not, however, blameless in fluch
matters — compressing and crushing the fingers, the bastinado, holding the head over
smoking cocoa-nut husk and chili, hanging by the wrists so that the feel caonot
touch the ground, and rubbing chili in t^e mouth, are (or were) schoolboy punisb-
mentB. Burying the accused to the middle and leaving him or her to periah by
starvation is also a Malay torture ; but there is no record of judicial torture being
employed to the same extent as in more civilized countries.

TouoaJl. — The word often erroneously applied to hombills (q. «.).

Town.— CaAwpuBD states that there is no word in Malay for town or dty,
except anch as are Sanskrit, namely, tiegri or nagara, jnira and prtya, with kuta,
which signifies, literally, " a fortress," adding : — The application of the word praja
to a town is rather singular, for in Sanskrit it signifies " subject^^^ in habitant*."
It is not. therefore, on unreasonable conclusion to come to thafll^^^rere unknown
before the arrival of the Hindus, even to the most civilized nations of the Archi-
pelago, The Persian word batidm- is now, however, used by educated Malays, the
country people still rutaining the word Icampoiig (q. v.).

Trade, Commerce. — in Malay the moat usual word for these is an abstract
noun, derived irom the word which signifies "a stranger." dagang. In Malay
iamiyaga or menyaga is a synonym of frequont use. and this is Sanskrit. The simple
native expression, jtuU-bti, " selling and buying," is of frequent use also. To sell,
to buy, to be in debt, are all expressed by native words. Interest of money is
expressed by the figurative phrase. " flower of gold," which also signifies " tributfl,"
Mercantile profit is usually eipressed by the Sanskrit word laba. but sometimes bv
the native figurative word hirnga, flower or produce, and, occaBionally, by the wor^
uniong, which signifies " luck," The only word for capital or stock is modal, which
is from the Telinga. The most usual expression for money is mas-perak, that is,
gold and silver, orpichis, which is the name of the small tin or zinc coins borrowed
from the Chinese. Another, and now the commonest word, is wang, which also
signifies "a palace." For a merchant, the most usual native word is the same which
signifies a stranger- Another native n&me, jnragan, means, literally, the master or
commander of a vessel; two others are Sanskrit — bapari and tantri — the last
being literally scholar or priest ; and the fifth — tudagar, very commonly used — ^is
Persian,*

TraialgEr Estate. — Partly in the E. Solitar and partly in the Ponggol
districts, N.E. Singapore.

Tree Ferns.— Pine specimens of these are to be met with in the Peninsuliv,
but they invariably dwarf when potted or removed to the garden. The finest aru
from 12 to 14 feet high, being much below the enormous height of 30 feet recorded
by Wai-lacb as that of those met with by him in the Am Islands.

Trees. — See Woods,

Tribute. — in the shape of a golden flovrer (bwnga itkm) was sent trionnialtv
[414]

H^ift

Tri of British Malaya. Tli

by subject states, but has been discontinued since British influence became para-
mount in the Peninsula.

Tringganu. — Position between 4** 35' and 5*^ 40' N. lat. Bounded on the
N. and E. By the China Sea, on the S. by Pahang, and on the W. by Kelantan.

History. — ^Less is known of this than of any other Malay State. It has
always been deemed tributary to Siam, but has never done more to acknowledge its
dependent positions than to send the periodical hwn/qa maa, or golden flower. No
historical details are available.

Geolooy. — ^Nothing certain is known. The country is one continuous jungle.

Pauka. — ^Presumed to be identical with that of the rest of the Peninsula.

AoBicuLTTTBE, Pboduce, and Trade. — ^A few Chinese carry on all that can
be mentioned under these heads. A little jungle produce is gathered, and there
are a few tin mines worked by Chinese, but the information regarding them is
practically nil.

Population. — ^The inhabitants consist almost entirely of Malays and some
wild tribes, with a very few Chinese. The total population of the State was
computed at 37,500 in 1856. Of this number, the town of Tringganu, situated in
the northern part of the State, near the mouth of a not very large river, latitude
5^ 25' north, longitude 103^ east, was then estimated to contain from 15,000 to
20,000 inhabitants, or more than half of the population of the State. A most
destructive fire took place in August, 1883, which is said to have destroyed nearly
2,000 habitations. The town has been much deserted since, and the population of
the whole country has, it is believed, declined considerably, and does not exceed
20,000 at the present time, many having been attracted away to Kelantan.

QovEBNMili^i^ Bajah nominally tributary to Siam but really independent.

Bevbntje. — No details obtainable.

TopooEAPHY. — Tringganu has an area of under 4,000 square miles, and has,
for some time past, included old Kemaman, which lies along the coast of the Gulf
of Siam to the south of Tringganu. Its coast line extends along the Gulf of Siam
for 80 miles. The Eiver Besut is its boundary with Kelantan, and the Biver
Cherating with Pahang. To the interior, the high ranges forming the east
boundary of Pahang form a natural frontier, but the boundarv is believed to be
otherwise quite undefined. Of its area nothing certain is known ; nearly the
whole country is one continuous jungle, with less development, either of its
minerals or its commerce, than perhaps any other of the Malay States.

Communication with other Ports. — ^By sailing boats only.

Tringganu. — Y* on S. bank of B. of same name, extreme N.E. of Tringganu
State.

Tringganu Head. — Point 5 miles S. of entrance of Tringganu B.,
Kemaman.

Tripang. — ^The name of a species of holothurium, found in most of the
shallow seas of Malaya. The word tripang is Malay. It is the hicho-de-mar, or
sea-worm of the Portuguese, and our own " sea-cucumber," for in appearance and
shape, although not in colour, for it is a dirty brown, it greatly resembles a
cucumber. The esculent holothuria is by no means confined to tne seas of the
Archipelago ; it is found in the upper part of the Gulf of Siam, and is so
abundiEuit on the northern coast of Australia, that the people of Celebes, receiving
advances from the resident Chinese, have been long in the habit of making annusd
voyages thither in quest of it. Gutted, dried in the sun, and smoked, it is con-
sidered cured, and fit for its only market, that of China, to which many hundred
tons are yearly sent for the consumption of the epicures of that country.

The fisher7 of the tripang is to China what that of the sardine, tunny and
anchovy is to Europe. It is, for the most part, caught by hand, for it has little
power of locomotion, but in deep water it sometimes dives. This is the account

[415]

Tro

Descriptive Dictionary

given by]Mr. Windsob Eabl of the fishery on the shores and banks o£ the Aroe
lalands.^here this animal appears to l>e very abundant : — " But the great eources
of wealth are the pearl and tripang bants, which lie on the eastern side of the
^up. These extend the entire length of the island, and are often several miles
m width, being intersected by deep channels, some of which will admit vessels
of burthen. The tripang, or sea-slug, ia of several varieties. The greater
portion is caught in shallow water, where it can be picked up off the bank
without diving." — Journal of the Indian Archipelago, Vol. IV, p. 4S0. The
trima/ng, although an article of considerable importance in the trade of the Indian
IslandB, is never found in the printed price -current* of an European emporium,
because never dealt in by Europeans, which arises from nice or rather capricious
distinctions in their quality, which no European is competent to appreciate, I
can discover no mention of the tripcmg in the early Portuguese writers; which
seems to be another proof that the Chiiiese, who carry on the trade and advance
the funds, had not yet settled in the Archipelago when the Portuguese first
appeared in it.

Trompah. — A document containing the Malay Royal Genealogy.

Trong. — The generic name of Cucorbitaceous plants, but chiefly applied to
the brinjal or egg-plant.

Trong Merah (,Agali grandiflora). — A plant introduced into the Singa-
pore Botanic Gardens from India.

Trousers (SUuar). — See Dbess.

Trubuk (Fisk^oe). — Strictly speaking, the name of a fish, the cured roes of
which are a large article of native trade, but usmilly appUi^^^^ie roe itself.
Sumatra is the principal breeding-place, but the roes are ciposed for sale at all the
principal ports of the Peninsula.

Trumpet (Nefiri). — The native term in Persian, and points to the origin of
the instrument. It is also applied to a fife or lute. The trumpet is rarely seen in
the Peninsula, the well-known conch or trumpet-shell taking its place. It ia more
common amongst the Chinese, the hwa ehiok, or "painted horn," or the la pa
(horn), being fret[uently seen ia street procesaions.

Tuak. — Toddy, made from the fermented juice of the cocoa-nut palm,
Often used as a substitute for yeast.

Tuba. — The name of a creeping plant (dnlbergia), the root of which, when
the sap ia extracted by maceration in water, is used to stupefy fish for the purpose
of capture. It does not appear to in any way vitiate their consumption as food.
A few buckets-full thrown into a river will bring to the surface every fish within a
wide radius — sometimes 100 yards — and " tuba-fishiugs " by Europeans never tail
to attract all the Malays within hail of the proceedings, to whom ^c lees promis-
ing specimens for the cook's art are always given.

Tumbuk Lada. — ^A short da^er, the best s])ecituens of which come from
Sumatra. It is rather a matter of curiosity than of actual use in the Settlemeuta
and States under British influence, where the use of the Krig and its numerous
varieties is steadily discouraged by the authorities.

Turkey (Ayam yuropa or A. blanda). — The native names at once show that
this bird is exotic. Chinese breeders rear them to meet the wants of £<irop(*nn
residents, but they do not produce specimens comparing with the best obtainable
in home markets. It has long been naturalized in Java and the Philippines, but is
regarded by Mahommedans as unclean ovring to the tuft on the breast resembling
the bristles of a hog.

Turmeric (Kumjit). — ^This important ingredient of curry is aa common in
Malaya as in othcrOriental countries, the word Ktmyit being apparently pure Malay,

of British Malaya.

Veg

Turnip.— Exotic onlj; grown only from foreign Bted.

TurquoiS6. — Imported onl^.

Turtle ('"'« 'a^i, JcaioTig, or penyu, the latter being the commoner name ;
river turtle, tuntong). — Turtles are fai^ely consumed in Singapore, where they are
nearly Eilnaja on sale at cheap rates, the amount of flesh necesBary for a tureen-
full of soup costing only on an average ten cenla. They are less often seen in
Penally, but, generally speaking, are well known on the W. coast of the Peninsula.
They are, as a rule, imported from the outlying islands.

Typhoons (Arabic Tufan) are fortunately unknown in Malaya, although
their effect® sometimes extend to the shores of the N.E. States. They have never
been experienced In any district of the Peninsula inhabited by Europeans.

Ubi. — The generic name for tubers of all sorts, potatoes, yams, &c. Potatoes
are often called uhi benggata, or vLi holanda, as large quantities are imported from
Bengal or the Dutch East Indies. U. bada, the rhinoceros yam, U. Bouton, the
Bouton yam, Ubi Jmea, the batata, or sweet potato, U. upas, the poison yam. There
are several other varieties, but they are not oft«n met with by foreigners.

Ujong. — A tip or point, of constant occurrence in the names of places— e.g.,
Sungei TJjong, TJjong Tanah. &c.

UlU. — The interior or up-stream portion of a country ; the handle of a
weapon. This is a conmion geographical term, e.g., Ulu Jelentu in N.E. Kinta.

Umbrella {Payyiig). — The native word is probably derived from the Java-
nese payon, a roof or covering. Although regarded as a Malay word, the umbrella
or parasol it jdC^^ of European or Chinese manufacture, the latter being In con-
stant use. Umbrellas as Hunshades are in British Malaya commonly carried by
Europeans and well-to-do Malays and Chiueae. In other Malay countries they
are, as with the Chinese, a symbol of official dignity, being carried by attend-
ants over the heads of Rajahs and other Government officers. These latter are
rather ornamental than useful aa a protection against rain.

Ul^ Ka, or Wah-Wah. — See Monkey.

Upas-Tree (Pokoh ipoh). — The ipoh-tree is supposed to be identical with
the upas of Java, exuding a white, milky juice which is a deadly blood poison, the
aborigines using it as one of the ingredients to poison the heads of their sumpitaa
arrows. The upas-tree in Javanese is anckar, the word designating the juice only.

While the juice is undoubtedly a virulent poison, it is said to lose its effects
if exposed to the air very speedily, and it is worthy of note that the aborigines
invariably mix with it a ptomaine or animal-corpse poison, obtained by dipping the
point of the arrow in putrid flesh.

A shrub called eketek (gtrychnoa tiento) is reputed in Java to )>ossess the same
properties. Death from the introduction of the juice of either plant into the cir-
culatory system generally ensues within an hour. {See Ipoh.)

Upih. — A vegetable substance growing at the bottom of the leaf of the
betel-nut-tree. It makes primitive but useful buckets, much used by natives
dwelling on the banks of rivers.

Utan. — Forest or wood. (See Jvmqlb.)

Vamisll. — The Malays use tcanpang, the juice of a jungle tree, for this
j)urpose. The word " vamiah " is generally understood by native carpenters and
joiners.

Vegetables (Sayor). — Most European vegetables have been grown with
more or less success— artichokes, tomatoes, kohl rabi, vegetable marrows, celery, and
some few others, flourishing well. Of native vegetables yams, brinjals, cucumbers,
onions and garlic, kackang, or various kinds of bean, and bamboo shoots (much

[■11 7J E E

Ven Descriptive Dictionary

eateemed), are pleatiful. Watercrees thrives without difficulty. Of out-of-the-
way plants the leaf-shoots of a fern resembliug bracken, and the ]>alm cabbage,
one of which only is produced by each tree, may be mentioned.

Venereal Disea.se. — introduced by Europeans, Chinese, and Japanese.
Much modified by the excellent syBtem of Cktvernment supervision introduced
many years ago, but now again unchecked, owing to the outcry raised against "a
Government recognition of immorality" by the so-called "Purity Party" in
England.

Most hiHtoriana award to the Portuguese the unenviable distinction of having
introduced this disease to the Malayan peoples. Chinese and Japanese immi-
grants have aided its spread within recent years.

Village (Pefcom; Zti., a place for buying and selling; and Kartvpong, which
is, strictly fipealdug, an enclosure) .^The native villa^s are in nearly all casea
insignificant in size, while no word eiists correctly designating a town or city.

Besides the terms above given, (iw*itn and diika are occasionally iised. Each
village has its headman, who is assisted by a writer and priest. Under British
rule, the pmighulu (lit., chief) or headman is the officer responsible to the
Oovemment for the good order of his district.

Volcano (Gunoag api). — The Peninsula lies outside the volcanic belt, extend-
ing from Japan to the Philippines, no volcano existing within its limits. The
grea,t eruption of Erakatoa in 1SS3 was, however, heard in the Peninsula, although
580 miles distant, and the dust fell in Singapore.

Wah Wail.—8ee Moskkt.

Wait-a-bit. — ~A name conventionally applied to a spccie^£tfhMA armod with
powerful curved thorns which is found in the jungle.

WalMng-atick (Toiigkat). — This applies otJy, in native parlance, to a slick
cut from the jungle, but has naturally been adopted to designate the polished and
moimted sticks used by Europeans. Excellent specimens suitable for finishing in
Western style can be easily obtained at a nominal price from native junglemen.

Wampi, a Chinese fruit, is imported from S. China and generally procurable
in the fruit markets at the proper season.

Wasp (krawei with nests on the ground, iabuan those building in trees). —
Several speiues of wasp exist, but they seldom attack man unless provoked. The
commonest sort and the most vicious are of small size, but all the tree species build
enormous combs, which are plainly visible on the lofty trees at a considerable
distance. It does not appear that naturalists have as yet classified this lai^ family
of tropical insects.

Water Caltrop, or Buffalo Horn Nut.— See Bcah Tandok.

Water Melon (M^andciitci). ^Melons of all sorts thrive well in the Penin-
sula, and an indigenous species is lately sold io the streets.

Wax (LUin) is plentiful, but seldom collected by the Malays, as there is no
demand for it in native circles, although for some centuries exported from the
Islands of the Archipelago. The honey is poor in flavour compared with that pro-
duced in Europe, and is not found in the native markets. Bees are not kept as
domesticated insects, the combs being invariably gathered in the jungle. The man
who discovers one is held to have a right to its ownership.

Wayang (actor, player, or drama). — The name applied to theatricals, a cor-
ruption of baianff (lit. a shadow). As noted under Plays, the Malaya seldom
inanlge in stage plays, and the word is generally understood to apply to Chinese
theatricals.

Weatliercock (Aiigin Angin or tanda angin). — The Malays are fond of fix-
ing these in trees. They are fitted with windmill arms, which i-anse a hamming
[118]

I
I

Wea

of British Malaya.

Woo

noise as thej whirl round, and are frequently put up to frighten away birds and
monkeys from plantations or fruit orchards. A common term for them is hala/ng-
halang.

Weaving (tdnun, to wesive, jentra or luriJc, a loom). — ^The Peninsular Malays,

being mostly junglemen or fishermen, are much behind their fellow-inhabitants of
the Archipelago in the matter of weaving, nearly everything in the shape of woven
material being imported. The art is, however, pursued in some districts, though
British Malaya does Dot furnish woven goods except for local and very limited re-
quirements.

Weights (hcUu tiwhaugan) and Measures. — ^The latter having no generic
title. The weights in use are either Chinese or English, measures of capacity alone
being of Malay origin. The Chinese table of weights sanctioned by law are : —

= 1^ oz. avoirdupois.

1 Kati = l| lbs.

1 Pikul = 133| lbs.

1 Koyan =» 5,333| lbs.

All other weights except goldsmiths' (which follow the Indian tables) are the same
as with us. The measures, dry and liquid, are as follow : —

Measubes of Capacity.
Dry Measure,

1 Tahil
16 Tahils
100 Katis
40 Pikuls

9»

Gills.

^^^^^

2 ..

. ^^^Pfthi

or Quarter Chupak.

4 ..

2 ...

1 Pint or Half Chupak.

8 ..

2 ... 1 Quart or Chupak.

32 ..

16 ...

8 ... 4 ... 1 Gallon or G^tong.

64 ..

32 ...

16 ... 8 ... 2 ... 1 Peck.

256 ..

128 ...

64 ... 32 ... 8 ... 4 ... 1 BusheL

2,048 ..

. 1,024 ...

512 ... 256 ... 64 ... 32 ... 8 ... 1 Quarter,
Liquid Measv/re.

• Gills.

2 ..

1 Pau

or Quarter Chupak.

4 ..

• a •'•

1 Pint or Half Chupak.

8 ..

. 4 •• •

2 ... 1 Qna.rt or Chupak.

32 ..

16 ...

8 ... 4 ... 1 Gallon or Gantang.

2.016 ..

. 1,003 ...

504 ... 252 ... 63 ... 1 Hogshead.

4,032 ..

. 2,006 ...

1,008 ... 504 ... 126 ... 2 ... 1 Pipe.

8,064 ..

. 4,032 ...

2,016 ... 1,008 ... 252 ... 4 ... 2 ... 1 Tun.

All other measures of capacity are British.

Whale (Ihcm jpaus), naturally, but mist^kenl^, called a fish by the Malays.
It is known only by repute to the natives of the Peninsula.

Wood OH— See Oils.

Woods (Kayu). — The following list, largely based upon the catalogues of
exhibits sent by the late Mr. N. Cantley, curator of the Botanical Gardens, Singa-
pore, and by Dr. Eowell, C.M.G., to the Colonial Exhibition, comprise, it is
believed, all names known to foreigners. Eeaders will be struck with the fact i^t
no less than fifteen varieties will not fioat in water. While a large number are
unidentified, some fifty-eight are noted as of more or less use to the builder.
Scarcely any country in the world can compete with Malaya in this respect.

[419]

Woo

Descriptive Dictionary

Woo

» ♦ "

[n ordinary conversation the word Kayn

Antoi ...

(unidentified).

Ara

vitex pubescens*

Babi Kurus .

eurycoma longifolia*

Bfiichang

mcmgifera fartvia.

Bakau...

rhigqpkora conjugata

Balau ...

dwt^vcarpus 8p

piUarium oblongifoUum,

Bangka

Bangkong

(unidentified).

Banior itam

do.

Btoi ...

caryota rumphiana.

BSrangan

castanea speAitdbiHs,

Bintangor

cdlophyllum inophyllvm . . .

bai

to ... „ lanigerum.

„ bunga ... „ c^tnosum.

GhampKdak .

artocarpua polyphema ...

„ utan .. „ cc^tassia

Ghempau

(unidentified).

Chingei

caryophuUua sytvestris,

memecyum subtnnervium.

D&UD&U .

DArat ...

(unidentified).

D&r&mong

do.

Dtlrian daun .

shoTCd 8p, ...

„ utan .

durio malacctis

EmpSning

(unidentified).

Emp^ek

do.

Garroo

leguminosa sp» (agila) ...

QSlam...
Gelam tikus ...
GCran

GSronggng

Hiiba

Jambu ayer ..

„ utan ..
Jangkang
Jelutong

JSntek J6ntek
Kahwa
Kftmup
Kandis

• V • • ••

• • • •• •

KAtafitan
Kedondong iitan
Kdlat ...

KSlatak tangga
Kembang semankok

melalevca leucadendron,
melaleuca minor,
shoreasp, ...

• •• • • •

diospyros ebenum ...

discolor ...
(unidentified).
eugeniasp

Jambosa linearis ...
(unidentified).
dyera costuUUa ...

(unidentified).
rubiacecB ^,
(unidentified).
Utsceasp, ...

(unidentified).

do.
eugenia zeylanica . . .

(unidentified).
trenesiasp.

Mangrove : the bark is used for tanning.
Used for beams, sleepers, &c.

A durable wood, used for masts, spars,
beams, and other purposes.

The smaller species of jackfruit-tree.

The jungle species of the same. Both
trees produce a timber used in build-
ing.

Fruit edible. Wood used in house and

boat-building.
Used for plants, posts, &o.

This is the decayed wood of more than
one variety of tree, that known as
eagle-wood furnishing the principal
supply. It bums with a strong per-
fume, and is much used for scenting
joss sticks, &c.

Used for building purposes. It is a very
heavy wood, simdngin water like iron-
wood, which Europeans often call it.

Used for posts, &c., and in building.

Used for furniture somewhat mottled
in colour.

Do.

Used in building, but not durable if

exposed to sun and weather.
A jungle variety of the preceding.

The tree yields a resin, and the wood is
used by clogmakers and undertakers.
It is not regarded as durable.

A very heavy wood, sinking in water.
It is used for posts, but is not very
durable.

A heavy wood, used for building ; like
Eandus, it sinks in water.

Wood used for planking ; the tree pro-
duces an edible fruit.

[420]

Woo

of British Malaya.

Woo

KSmSnyan ...
Kfimpas

Kdrftlei

Korantei
KetApang
Eledang
Kranji

• • •

„ burong
„ papan

KfUiin...

Kondangan ...

Korkapollei ...

Kusak...

Kweng

Landas

XiSban...

liSlei

L6mp6yan ...

LSn^raas

Lundek

Malimp&tah...

Mampat

Mangalang

Maiigga

Manggisutan

Mangol

Mata keU ...

Medang bgl&nak
buava
klacU
kunyit
lawang
pSr&was
serei...
tandok
telor...

Melantei
MSndArahan ...
MSngas
Mengkudu ...

Mentangor b6nut

MSr&pat
MSrawan

• • •

• ••

• • •

• a •

• • •

Merb&tu
MSxibau

I • ■ • • •

• • • • • •

Merjagong
MSranti

• • • at*

iiyrax benzira
kcempassia malaccensis .,

Urminalia ap,

artocarpus sp,
calUcarpa langifolia,
diospyros melinoxylon.
legunUnosa ap,

dipterocafpecB,

do.
(unidentified).

do.
injgaduids.
dipterocofpua 8p, ...

dipterocofptis eurhynchus,
(unidentified).
vitexnegundo.
hanringUmia speciosa,
(unidentified).
alpinia malaccenais.
cissus thyrsiflora,
myrUtica laurifoUa
croUxDyUm polyantha
jambosa t^rcidra*
mangif&ra indica

enibryopteris glutinifer ...

(unidentified),
do.

tetratUheraM

(unidentified).
tetranthera aubovata,
par€Ur<mia HUoralia,

tetranthera ap

polyadema hicida
tetranthera bancana
(unidentified).
tetranthera^

ahorea ^» ...
(unidentified).

do.

calophyllum ap

(unidentified).
bopea ap, ...

(unidentified).
afzelia pdlembanica

(unidentified).
hopeameranti

Only occasionally used. The tree yields
the gum benzoin of commerce.

A forest tree of fine appearance, but of
little use, even its charcoal being
regarded as inferior.

Used in house-building; hard, strong,
and durable.

Used for tool-handles.

Heavy wood, sinks in water ; used for
rudders and masts, and in bmlding.

A tough wood, used for paddles and
oars. The Chinese use it to make
the carrying poles which do duty for
our "yokes.**

... ...

[421]

Sinks in water ; used in building.

Do.

The well-known mango-tree wood ; not
regarded as of much use.

The jungle mangosteen; wood not often
used.

Used in building, bat not durable.

Used for planks, posts, &c.

Used in building ; a very durable wood.

Used in building ; very durable.

Used chiefly for planking ; very durable.

Used chiefly for posts, &o.

Used for house and boat-building ; the
tree produces an edible fruit.

Used in building ; but the chief value
of the tree is that it produces " damar
mata kuching,'* the most valuable of
the damar gums.

A hard wood, which tries tools consider-
ably ; bookcases and other articles of
furniture designed to last a long time
are made of it. The price is expensive.

A fine tree, which yields planks three
feet in width. It is much used in
boat and house building.

Woo

Descriptive Dictionary

Woo

Nangka

Nibong

• • • • • •

V • • ■ • •

NipiskuUt ...

Nyatoh

Nyirih

Pagaranak ...
Pantatulat ...

PAsaklingga...
PauhPauh ...
PSlAwan
PSniiga
PSndirah buklt

PSrah ;..

PSrftpu

P6rona

PStAling
Pisang-pisang
PfQei ...

Putih

Rambutan fttan

• • •

• • •
■ • •

• • •

Bejang

BSsak...

Bengas

Buzn6nia

paohat ...

Tampenis

• • • • ■ •

arUxofr]^ integrifolia
areca nibong
fcigrcBct 8p» ...

dichopsis sp,
xylocarpus gromaUim,
(unidentified)
eugemasp

(unidentified).

do.
tristania obvata.
ccUophyUum inophylkm,
dipteroearpus

(unidentified).

do.
dichopsis gtUta ...

stronibosiajavamca

(unidentified).

alstonia scholaris, var. .

melaleuca cd^^mH
nephelium lappaceum

nepheUumsp.
shored sp, ...
quercus newophyUa.
ghUavelaHna

The large jaokfruit-tree, the ohSmpedak
producing a smaller variety. The
wood is occasionally used in building.

A jungle palm, the wood of which is
much used for spears, fences, battens
for holding down attap roofs, &c.

The tree yields a resin. The wood sinks
in water, and is used for posts and in
building.

Used ohidy for planks ; very durable.

Used for planking.

Not in use for bmlding, but yields good
charcoal.

Used chiefly for posts.

Used for posts; sinks in water, but is
not considered durable.

One of the gutta-peroha-yielding trees.

The wood Is not deemed of value.
A close-grained wood used in building.

The tree yields a resin; the wood is

used for planking, but is not very

durable.
The tree yields the well-known Eayu-

putih or &$gfH^^x*fJb\xt no use is

made of the wood.
The wild rambutan, which bears an

edible fruit. The wood is very

durable, sinks in water, and is used

for building purposes.

A very brittle wood of trifling value.

Used principally for fuxniture, as it takes
a good polish,
du

honea maorqphylla and meero- A very durable wood used for the

phylla ...
casuarina sumatrana

Sabilik

Sdga fttan ...

...
...

dipterocarpus
admanthiirapavonma.

SakSpal
Sam&ram

...
...

bopea parvifiora ...
(unidentified).

SAmapiUut ...

...

do.

Sapahpetei ...
Sejangkang ...

...
...

Utscsasp

diospyros sp.

S&nak...

...

gygygium varUfolium,
(unidentified).
macarcmgayp,
(unidentified).

S&nongkong...
Sendok-sendok

...
...

SSntada

...

S^ntul

...

sandoricum indicum.

SSpan ...

...

bopeasp.

Ser&ya

Sialm6n4hun

...
...

vatica grahdiflora.
(unidentified).

Supute

Taho

...

sindora siamensis ...

...

(unidentified).

Tampang

...

artocarpus rigida ...

supports of houses ; sinks in water.

Very brittle, and rejected even by char-
coal-burners.

Hard and durable ; used in building.

slatia sideroxylon. . .

Used in building ; sinks in water.

Used in building ; sinks in water.
Used in building.

Used for planks, posts, &o.
Used in building ; sinks in water.

Used chiefly for planks.

The tree yields a gum ; the wood, which
is very durable, is used for house
posts.

A very excellent durable wood, much
used in building.

[422]

Wri

of British Malaya.

Zoo

Tampui

„ batang
„ buDga

Tembusu

T&nplnik ...
T&nptbiek ...
TSmptbrong ...

TSmft

T&Qgar

Tending jantan
Teranti
TSrSntang
Terutam
Tiup-Tiup ...
Tunjuk beUka

UtrcmXiiwa sp,

do.
pierardia,
fagrcBa peregrina ...

artocofpus ap,
hedpcarpua malaycmus,
(unidentified).
vemoniafovanica,
paratropta rigida.

vUexsp

melodmus IcBvigatua.
fagrcBd sp, ...
Mgiceras mams,
(unidentified),
do.

Sinks in water ; used in building.

A veiy durable wood, which sinks in

water ; used in building.
Sinks in water ; used in building.

Very durable ; used mostly for planking.
Used for posts, &o.

Writing (TtUU). — ^A writing, surat (Ar.) The Malays, like the Arabs, use a

sharpened reed to produce the written character, though most educated natives are
able to use the European pen.

XenopeltiS. — ^The name of a species of harmless snake found throughout
the Peninsula. It is of brown colour.

Yam (T7hi). — ^A dioscorea common throughout Malaya and the South Sea
Islands, as also tropical Africa and America, taking the place occupied by
the potato in temperate regions. The tuber varies in lei^h from 3 to 10 inches or
more.

Yeast r .^'];^ '"J!piown to and used by the Malays, but its usual substitute is
ttiak or cocoa-nut palm toddy, which serves the same purpose.

Zebra. — ^Although known to the Malays by description only, the animal is
named huda hUmg, The term is generally applied to piebald horses.

Zinc {Timah aon) is import^ and is used exclusively by Europeans, or as
fittings to houses built more or less in European style.

Zodiac^ signs of the (bintang d/iwblaa), — ^The little astronomical knowledge
possessed by the Malays comes from Arabic or Hindoo sources.

Zoology. — The zoology of the Malay Peninsula is fairly well kno¥m, the list
of mammals being, it is believed, complete. In Ornithology, the lists published by
the late W. Davison in " Stray Feathers," by Lieutenant Kelham in the Ibis and
Journal S. B. B. A. S., and by other workers in the same field, leave but little remain-
ing to be done. Mr. A. £. Wallace discovered and catalogued an enormous
number of insects, but the lists are not supposed to be exhaustive. Dr. T. J.
BowELL has devoted much attention to ichthyology, while the Baffles Museum
contains a nearly complete collection of local Ophidia. The Peninsula has been
reasonably described as '' a zoologist's paradise."

Woodfall & Kinder, Printers, 70 to 76, Long Acre, London, W.O.

[423]

ESTABLISHED 1858.

t fmhvi anir €^xm ^mxm

OIROULATING THROUGHOUT

CHINA, JAPAN, STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, EAST INDIA,

SIAM, HONG KONG, BORNEO, JAVA,

AMONG

BANKERS, MERCHANTS, IMPORTERS, PLANTERS, STOREKEEPERS,

OOYERNMENT OFFICIALS,
NAYAL AND MILITARY OFFICERS, AND OTHERS.

THE LONDON AND CHINA EXPEESS is the oldest Commercial
Paper issued in England for circulation exclusively in Foreign and Colonial
Markets, ^ .« ^ . ^rf an unrivalled Yearly Subscription List, the largest and
most important (including among its regular readers all the principal Native
and European Officials of the various Governments, Mercantile Firms, and the
Consular body) of any European Journal to be found in the Far East.

As the only Newspaper published in the interest of the Foreign Commercial
Communities throughout the Empires of China, Japan, the adjacent States,
and aU parts of the Far East it has acknowledged great influence among
business men.

THE CONTENTS EMBRACE-

The News of the Week from all parts of the world, Commercial and Shipping
Reports, Markets, Share Quotations, Exchanges, <&c., special attention
being given to subjects connected with the countries in which this Paper
circulates, and to all matters which promote their trade and prosperity.

Pablished every Friday, In time for Outward English or French Mail.

Subscription, £2 16s. per annum, including postage.

OFFICES IN LONDON : 79, GRACECHURCH STREET, E.C.

Agents in all parts of the Far East.

p P

C|e Jcnkn ^ €\im Cd^grap^

ESTABLISHED 1858.

This well-known Paper is regularly
published on arrival of the in-
coming Mails via Brindisi, via
Marseilles, and via Araerica (from
Japan).

It contains a digest of all the news — Politic a l. 'Commercial,
Social ; Cablegrams, and letters from our own correspondents,
Share Quotations, Exchanges, Markets, Literature (embracing
critical notices of new books and periodicals), Commercial and
Shipping Intelligence, &c., from China, Japan, the Straits Settle-
ments, Siam, Borneo, Java, and other parts of the Far East.

It constitotes a Journal which is generally admitted to
be of great ntihty to Mercantile Houses, Commercial Men, and
all having relations with, or interests in, the Far East.

Subscription £2 2s. per Annom, including Postage.

OrrioEs:— 79, GKACECHUECH SIEEET, LONDON, E.C.